ſº º §º ſº > 3. º º ºg Ri $º É º: jº º º: % º # º ºš. #º. E- : ºº º º w sº - ºw * * *- ºº: ſº sº. " - -- #: §§ º º º º sº ºf 'ºff'... º. º. º. *: º -3 º- **.*.*.*.*.* - * . . --- { t i ; ſ t - |U||||||||||||||ſº T U | | | | | | T | T T §º: #. N.VERTTAs . NIVERSITY Pºſitiºn C B § B § ſ C C [. ſº H i. | º H Ü- £3. &: UAERIS PENINsutam-A £ºciºculīsect: : == - SE i É sº t | ! E. E. T. Sº- = § E - § E E. E { E E. ! E: # E E ! - ! [- = - | E | ºf E i - • , - - - - - - - .**-* . . . . E-3 : E- ...Nº * tº Yº ww.r : "...S. ... E -: - § w * & §§ &º.--- sº . . . . . " . . . E : =3 IIIHITTIſ: [[IIIHEITITUTIIITITIIIHITHITE HE º = - F. #;# i T # i C \\ “tº h f - y, it i º: . | | - in hº A i sº t º: sº º - º E º & sº Ex * , §: º: º: º §: § º º º & ; º: ºw º §§ º §§§ º #º - : 㺠§: : º º º : i. s & As º 111 leavera, Lili's Line. All tººlkºdºk 1Alaue lil vals Portuguese house of peers yesterday that President McKinley had called upon Portugal to obtain the departure of the Spanish squadron from St. Vin- cent, Cape Verde Islands, adds: “Pres ident McKinley's notification is under- stood to have threatened, unless the Spaniards were ordered to leave St. Vincent, that the United States would regard Portugal as an ally of Spain; and treat her accordingly.” St. Vincent, Cape Verde Islands; April 29, 3:08 p. m.—Although the Spanish squadron is still at anchor here, it is believed the war ships will probably sail tomorrow, as the pay- masters have been settling up accounts today. - S. Plymouth, England, April 29—A steamer which arrived here today from St. Vincent, Cape Verde Islands, re- ports that the Spanish war ships there are unable to get half the amount of coal which they require te fill their bunkers, London, April 29.-Lloyd’s advices from Manila say the American bark Saranac, owned by William Simpson, Jr., of New York, which was captureſ at Iloilo, Philippine islands, by the Spanish gunboat El Cano, was seizes after she had unloaded her cargo of coal at that port, which was her desti. nation, * ~ . Spaniards still Confident. § Madriá, April 29–The perfect con: fidence which appears to be felt here at the outcome of the war between Spain and the United States is reflecte: by the Liberal (moderate republicaiſ) Which, contrasting “Spanish calm and American excitability,” says today; “Spain is patiently awaiting the attack which America is noisily threatening to make simultaneously on Cuba, Por: to Rico and the Philippine Islands with her undisciplined forces, while he preachers and merchants, findin; the task more difficult that hey had calculated, are already ising the Bible to prove that peace I thing for civilized nations *** ~ * ~ - 4 - - - - -- ~ *- ~~~~~ --- ~~~~ COMPANY A. How Our Soldier Boys Are Enjoying Thermselve s at Camp Eaton. Camp Eaton, Island Lake, April 28. Editor Times: Perhaps never since the stirling times Of the Civil War has such a tremen. dous demonstration been created by a military Organization in Ann Al bor as on Tuesday, when Company A de- parted for Island Lake, The great loyal crowd of patriotic friends and sympathizers gave the boys additiona courage and determination. It inn. pressed them with the gravity of their position and rendered the final parting n One the less difficult. There is no doubt, however, that they enjoy the prospect Of an active campaign in Cuba much better than the friends and deal ones whom they leave behind. Aftel many a hearty handshake and parting good-bye, the Special train—#oiled Ou of the depot annid a ſlutter of banner: and handkerchiefs. All were greatiy impressed, for it seemed to each mar that every acquaintance and frienc had come to bid him God-Speed in his WOrk Of humanity. At last the members of Çompany A settled down in their seats, some with a sigh of relief that the parting Ordea was over; others with a tinge of sad. ness On their sober faces. HOW ever the “raging” Huron h, td. bºeri barely passed when the spell was broken and All settled down for a move Or ies: enjoyable ride. It was by no mean' the riol.sy, vociferous CrO WCi O. the Surn mer trip, how ºver, for each man Wel understood the reasons for 'his call a this time. The laxiuy and abandon men ! t ºr stºc trip were entirely want Ing. Every man is ir. dead earnesſ and if evel y OI) e does • O O J Tesk) OI!". when the call 13 made for volunteers it will be because of his paysical in capacity rather than lack Cf bellicos Spirit g All along the line the blue jacket and brown service hats in the Car Wiri dows, the pickets on the platform; and the banner on the train told º own story only too plainly tº the WO dering farmers and villagers, and a vied with each other in doing us hono) looked with open-mouthed the soldiers whirled a loſſ *'w`--J |-`~).·· ( ſ.A "**, . \{xį{\<>* \\*«»… **=*), ' $ «ą<ț~-{, }---- *-). `N<.** ~ AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA PRACTICAL INFORMATION UNIVERSAL FORMULARY. A BOOK OF READY REFERENCE IPOB EVERY OCCUPATION TRADE AND PROFESSION. BY ROBERT BRADBURY. M. D., _A-"J"ºne-EOIE OF BRADBURY's MEDICAL ENCYCLOPAEDIA, Cox’s PHYSIOLOGY, ETC., Bho., AND LATE PROFESSOR IN THE MANCHESTER LITERARY AND MECHANIOS' INSTITUTE, ENGLAND. IBIG-BIT V OLTU IMIES IN ON E. CHICAGO : 1889. F. S. & H. OOMIS, arian at Washington, D. C. All ri $owtowto. Jſedical 90hattment. 3%ades 90hattment. ºpticultułaſ 9ehattment. &tousehold 90hattment. &usineſ, 90hattment. Jſmetal 90hattment. ğducational 9ehattment. Jſſºceſſaneous 3%hałłment Entered according to act of Congress, in the year 1888, by & F. S. & H. G. LOOMIS, in the office of the Librarian at Washington, D. C. All rights reserved. i ss gº © &r. § º & *Tsº <=#s FFRE FA CE. ex: sº *º- C. Fº ºf F - C : sº e-cº º gº ºr -º sº- Universal Formulary, was convinced that a real necessity existed for its production, and after many months of constant labor, sends it forth, believing that it will fill a place in every library that at the present time remains unoccupied. : Knowledge is the common property of the human race. Science has lately become dissemi- nated among the great masses of the people, far beyond the dreams of the most sanguine. Great truths and the teachings of the sages remain no longer peculiar to the savant, and the property of the few. The public press has become a mighty power in the land, throwing off and scattering abroad the mature thoughts of the Scientist, and daily becoming more and more a blessing to the nation. Huxley, Darwin, Spencer, and Tyndall have contributed their mite to the world's progress, writing and spreading abroad in plain and unmistakable English, the deepest thoughts of the brightest minds. No topic that is elevating to this generation is thought unworthy of notice, and sealed books, heretofore accessible to none but the favored few, have been opened, the store- houses of learning have disclosed a wealth free to all; so that now every man who thirsts may drink freely from the fountains of knowledge, and be satisfied. The compiler of this work unhesitatingly recommends the pages of his book to every workman in the country, as a ready reference in every emergency, and as a work containing such an amount of information and congregated mass of scientific facts which were at one time only obtainable at the feet of the Sage or Votary in the temple of Science. To produce a work of this description in one volume, that should contain such formulae as have a bearing upon the different trades and professions—a book that should be at the same time easy of access, with formulae sifted and perfectly reliable, was a task of no ordinary nature. The best writers have been consulted and leading authorities freely examined touching the many different branches of the useful arts and professions, and as a necessary Consequence, works native and foreign, works expensive, and such as usually occupy the library of the wealthy only, have been consulted in this compilation, and where necessary, a synopsis bas been made of articles and contributions from the pens of men of acknowledged ability, to whom we are greatly indebted. - It will be observed by the intelligent reader that our aim throughout the work hos been to avoid as much as possible all unnecessary abstractions, such as usually enter into the body of works of this description. We have chosen rather to make the book in every sense a truly - # `. *Tº §T), § S º 2: 35% º {} 4. P. R. E. F. A. O. E. practical work, always attempting the briefest form of expression consistent with clearness and accuracy, and an avoidance of all technical terms and phrases that usually act as an impassable barrier to the unscientific. Our aim has been to bring the book within the means of the artisan and mechanic, and in typography and general execution worthy of a place in every man's library. The subjects treated upon are such as command universal interest and acceptance, and at the same time an endeavor has been made to help forward an already rational and comprehensive plan of education for all classes of workmen, artistic or scientific. Formulas and items of interest in every trade and profession, as will be seen, exhibit a form of $orylateness, and of such a business character as can not be found in any published work before the public. Its bearing in the various branches of the industrial arts, whether it be pertaining to hus- bandry, the Smith, the carpenter, the engineer, the mason, the iron founder, brass founder, or workers in steel and iron, each department will be found rich in good business formulas and practical advice. Typographical errors have been avoided as much as possible, and every endeavor put forth to make it useful, and a welcome guest in every family. Respectfully, ROBERT BRADBURY, M. D. * * .* *=" * * * *msº * DiSC336 in the Family, and HOW UO Treat It. --mºº –G Terms Used in Medicine, É ENTHELMINTICS are medicines which º § have the power of destroying or expell- iſ ing worms from the intestinal canal. ANTISCORBUTICS are medicines which prevent or cure the scurvy. ANTiSPASMODICS are medicines given to relieve spasm, or irregular and painful action of the muscles or muscular fibres, as in Epi- lepsy, St. Vitus' Dance, etc. AROMATICs are medicines which have a grate- ful smell and agreeable pungent taste. ASTRINGENTs are those remedies which, when applied to the body, render the solids dense and firmer. CARMINATIVES are those medicines which dis- pel flatulency of the stomach and bowels. CATHARTICs are medicines which accelerate the action of the bowels, or increase the dis- charge by stool. DEMULCENTs are medicines suited to prevent the action of acrid and stimulating matters upon the mucous membranes of the throat, lungs, etc. DIAPHORETICS are medicines that promote or cause perspirable discharge by the skin. DIURETICS are medicines which increase the flow of urine by their action upon the kidneys. EMETICs are those medicines which produce vomiting. EMMENAGOGUES are medicines which promote the menstrual discharge. EMOLLIENTS are those remedies which, when applied to the Solids of the body, render them Soft and flexible. ERRHINEs are substances which, when applied to the lining membrane of the nostrils, occasion a discharge of mucous fluid. EPISPASTICES are those which cause blisters when applied to the surface. ESCHAROTICs are substances used to destroy a portion of the surface of the body, forming sloughs. EXPECTORANTs are medicines capable of facil- itating the excretion of mucous from the chest. NARCOTICs are those substances having the property of diminishing the action of the nerv- ous and vascular systems, and of inducing sleep. RUBEFACIENTS are remedies which excite the vessels of the skin and increase its heat and redness. SEDATIVEs are medicines which have the power of allaying the actions of the systems generally, or of lessening the exercise of some particular function. SIALAGOGUES are medicines which increase the flow of the saliva. 6 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. STIMULANTs are medicines capable of exciting the vital energy, whether as exerted in sensa- tion or motion. Tonics are those medicines which increase the tone or healthy action, or strength of the living system. Rules for the Preservation of Health. Pure atmospheric air is composed of nitro- gen, oxygen and a very small proportion of carbonic acid gas. Air once breathed has lost the chief part of its oxygen, and acquired a proportionate increase of carbonic acid gas. Therefore, health requires that we breathe the same air onçe only. The solid part of our bodies is continually wasting and requires to be repaired by fresh substances. Therefore, food, which is to repair the loss, should be taken with due regard to the exercise and waste of the body. The fluid part of our bodies also wastes con- stantly; there is but one fluid in animals, which is water. Therefore, water only is neces- sary, and no artifice can produce a better drink. The fluid of our bodies is to the solid in pro- portion as nine to one. Therefore, a like pro- portion should prevail in the total amount of food taken. Light exercises an important influence upon the growth and vigor of animals and plants. Therefore, our dwellings should freely admit the sun's ray8. Decomposing animal and vegetable substances yield various noxious gases, which enter the lungs and corrupt the blood. Therefore, all impurities should be kept away from our abodes, and every precaution be observed to Secure a pure atmosphere. Warmth is essential to all the bodily func- tions. Therefore, an equal bodily temperature should be maintained by exercise, by clothing, or by fire. Exercise warms, invigorates and purifies the body; clothing preserves the warmth the body generates; fire imparts warmth externally. Therefore, to obtain and preserve warmth, exer- cise and clothing are preferable to fire. Fire consumes the oxygen of the air, and produces noxious gases. Therefore, the air is less pure in the presence of candles, gas, or coal fire, than otherwise, and the deterioration should be repaired by increased ventilation. The skin is a highly-organized membrane, full of minute pores, cells, blood-vessels, and nerves; it imbibes moisture or throws it off according to the state of the atmosphere or the temperature of the body. It also “breathes,” like the lungs, (though less actively). All the internal organs sympathize with the skin. Therefore, it should be repeatedly cleansed. Late hours and anxious pursuits exhaust the nervous system and produce disease and pre- mature death. Therefore, the hours of labor and study should be short. Mental and bodily exercise are equally essen- tial to the general health and happiness. There- fore, labor and study should succeed each other. Man will live most happily upon simple solids and fluids, of which a sufficient but tem- perate quantity should be taken. Therefore, over-indulgence in strong drinks, tobacco, Snuff, opium, and all mere indulgences, should be avoided. Sudden alternations of heat and cold are dangerous (especially to the young and the aged). Therefore, clothing, in quantity and quality, should be adapted to the alternations of night and day, and of the Seasons. And therefore, also, drinking coid water when the body is hot, and hot tea and Soups when cold, are productive of many evils. Never visit a sick person (especially if the complaint be of a contagious nature) with an empty stomach, as this disposes the System more readily to receive the contagion. And in attending a sick person, place yourself where the air passes from the door or window to the bed of the diseased; not between the diseased person and any fire that is in the room, as the heat of the fire will draw the infectious vapor in that direction. - General Rules for Treating Diseases. Rule 1.—In every complaint, whatever it may be called, if you find the pulse quick, hard, full, and strong, the head aching, tongue foul, skin hot, or those marks which denote it to be of an inflammatory nature, remember the plan AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 7 is to reduce excitement by purging, low diet, drinking plentifully of cold water and lemonade, rest, etc. Rule, 2.-If, on the contrary, the pulse be small, soft, feeble, and intermitting, the tongue dark, and great debility or weakness is evident, reverse the whole plan; the diet must be gen- erous and nourishing, the bowels opened with gentle laxatives, and the strength supported by bark, Sulphate of quinine, wine, and tonics of various kinds. It is necessary, however, to be careful in distinguishing the weakness which is here meant, from that state of debility which arises from excessive action, from the stuffing up of the vessels, and which requires the lancet. As a mistake might prove fatal, attention should be paid to the pulse, by which they can be known. In that state which requires tonics, the pulse is Small, Soft—sometimes like a thread, and quick. In the other, it is slower and full, giving considerable resistance to the pressure of the finger. Rule 3.−If, in addition to those symptoms mentioned in the second rule, the tongue be covered with a black coat—foul, dark-looking Sores form about the gums and insides of the cheeks—the breath be offensive, etc., the same class of remedies is to be vigorously employed, with a free use of acids and other antiseptic articles. Rule 4.—Incessant and earnest entreaties on the part of the sick for, or longing after, any particular article of diet, if steadily persevered in, may be safely indulged, whether the use of it agrees or not with our preconceived ideas on the subject. Rule 5.—In all fevers, where the pulse is quick, full and strong, the skin burning to the touch, and there is no perspiration, apply gently cold water over the head and limbs of the patient, wipe him dry and cover him in bed. If, in consequence of this, a chill be experienced, and the pulse sink, give warm wine, etc., and omit the water for the future. Should a pleasant glow, over the whole frame, follow the affusion, and the patient feel re- lieved by it, repeat it as often as may be necessary. . W Rule sºobserve carefully the effects of various articles of food, as well as physie, upon your own body, and choose those which experience proves to agree best with you. It is a vulgar, but true saying, that “What is one man's meat is another's poison.” When, how- ever, the stomach is out of order, do not con- clude hastily that a particular article is inju- rious; as, at such a time, everything may seem to disagree, and the simplest things are then the best. Rule 7.—Keep a sick room always well venti- lated. Plenty of fresh air is an important remedial agent in all diseases. It is not meant by this that the patient should be exposed to a direct current of air, which should be always avoided by well and sick. . - Every time the heart contracts, a portion of blood is forced into the arteries, which dilate or swell to let it pass, and then immediately regain their former size, until by a second stroke of the same organ, a fresh column of blood is pushed through them, when a similar action is repeated. This swelling and contract- ing of the arteries then constitutes the pulse, and consequently it may be found in every part of the body where those vessels run near enough to the surface to be felt. Physicians look for it at the Wrist from motives of con- venience. The strength and velocity of the pulse vary much in different persons, even in a state of perfect health. It averages about seventy beats a minute in adults. It is much more frequent in children than in adults; and in old men it grows more slow and feeble, owing to the de- creased energy of the heart. The pulse is increased both in strength and velocity by run- ning, Walking, riding and jumping; by eating, drinking, singing, speaking, and by joy, anger, etc. It is diminished, in like manner, by fear, Want of nourishment, melancholy, excessive evacuations, or by whatever tends to debilitate the system. In feeling the pulse, then, in sick persons, allowance should be made for these causes, or, What is better, we should wait until their tem- porary effects have ceased. A full, tense, and strong pulse is when the artery SWells boldly under the finger, and resists 8 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAT, INFORMATION. its pressure more or less; if, in addition to this, the pulsation be very rapid, it is called quick, full and strong; if slow, the contrary. A hard, corded pulse is that in which the artery feels like the string of a violin, or a piece of tightened cat-gut, giving considerable resistance to the pressure of the finger. The Soft and intermitting pulses are easily known by their names. In cases of extreme debility, on the approach of death, and in some particular diseases, the artery vibrates under the finger like a thread. In feeling the pulse, three or four fingers should be laid on it at once. The most com- venient spot to do this, as already mentioned, is the wrist, but it can be readily done in the temple, just before, and close to the ear, in the bend of the arm, at the under part of the lower end of the thing, among the hamstrings, and on the top of the foot. There are two kinds of large blood-vessels in the human body: arteries and veins. The arte- ries carry the blood from the heart to the extremities of the body, where they are con- nected through the capillaries with the veins which bring it back again. An artery pulsates or beats; a vein does not. We may sum up the rules as follows: 1. Take note of the temperature and dryness of the skin. 2. Find whether the pulse beats slow or quick, weak or strong. 3. Enquire as to the state of the bowels and kidneys. 4. Enquire concerning the patient's appetite. . Examine the appearance of the tongue. . General appearance of the patient. . Size, whether thin or corpulent. . Expression. . Changes of color or skin. 10. The position or posture. 11. If the patient is in bed, observe the position, manner of lying, whether on the back or side, quiet or restless. 12. If the patient is out of bed, observe his posture, gait, stiffness, loss of power of his limbs. 13. The sensations of the patient. : *E=E=º- Rules for Prescribing Medicines. In prescribing a medicine the following cir- cumstances should always be kept in view: Age, Sex, Temperament, Habit, Climate, the Condition of the Stomach and Idiosyncrasy. Sea.—Women require smaller doses than men. They are more rapidly affected by purgatives than men; and the condition of the uterine System must never be overlooked. Temperament.—Stimulants and purgatives more readily affect the sanguine than the phleg- matic, and consequently the former require Smaller doses. Habits.-The knowledge of habits is essential, for persons in the habitual use of stimulants and narcotics require larger doses to affect them when laboring under disease; while those who have habituated themselves to the use of saline purgatives are more easily affected by these remedies. Persons, however, who have habitu- ated themselves to the use of opium do not require larger doses than usual of other nar- cotics. - Climate.—Medicines act differently on the same individual in Summer and in winter, and in different climates. Narcotics act more power- fully in hot than in cold climates; hence smaller doses are required in the former; but the reverse is the case with respect to calomel. Condition of the Stomach and Idiosyncrasy.— The least active remedies operate very violently on some individuals, owing to a peculiarity of stomach, or rather disposition of body uncon- nected with temperament; this can be discov- ered by accident or time; but when it is known it should always be attended by the practioner. In prescribing, the practitioner should always so regulate the intervals between the doses that the next dose may be taken before the effect produced by the first is altogether effaced, for by not attending to this circumstance, the cure is always commenced, but never proceeded. Remember that the mercurial Salts, arsenic, etc., are apt to accumulate in the system, and elaterium and digitalis continue their action long after the remedy is left off. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PBACTICAL INFORMATION. 9. Asthma. Symptoms.-Difficult breathing occurring in paroxysms, accompanied by a wheezing Sound, a great desire for fresh air, difficulty of breath- ing increased by violent emotions or damp atmosphere; an endeavor to expand the chest mechanically by every possible means; hands and feet are cold, the body wet with perspira- tion, the pulse irregular. Cause.—This troublesome complaint is caused by a spasm of the muscular fibres encircling the bronchial tubes, especially the Small branches. The action of the diaphragm is imperfect, as well as the walls of the chest. If the symptoms of this complaint subside without expectoration, it is called dry asthma, but when any phlegm is raised, it is known as humoral asthma. There is also a third kind called hay asthma or hay fever, occurring in Some persons during hay-making. It combines the peculiarities of asthma and coryza. The paroxysms occurring during the day. It is a distressing complaint. ASTEIMA. Fluid Extract of Skullcap, 1 drachm. Fluid Extract of Skunk-cabbage, 1 & 4 Spirits Lavender Compound, 2 ounces. Tincture Valerian, 1 drachm. Mix. Dose—20 drops. ASTHMA. Elecampane Root, bruised, 1 ounce. Angelica 6 & & 6 1 ounce. Comfrey, 6 & 66 1 “ Spikenard, 66 66 1 “ Horehound Tops, 1. “ Steep in Honey, 1 pint. Dose.—Tablespoonful taken bot. Intermittent Fevers. Symptoms.-Cold stage—Yawning, stretching of the limbs, headache, sickness and sometimes vomiting, nails blue, gooseflesh, shivering, back-ache. The chill lasts from a few minutes to several hours. Hot stage—Fever comes on gradually, head-ache increased; skin hot; some- times lasts three to twelve hours. Sweating stage—This increases from a mere moisture to a profuse perspiration. After this the body returns to its natural temperature, and appa- rent health returns. Formulase COLD STAGE. Treatment.—Nitrate of Amyl, 4 drops. Drop the Nitrate on a silk handkerchief and allow the patient to inhale; when a warm glow will suffuse the whole body. Be careful and use this agent carefully. - HOT STAGE. Powdered Nitrate of PotasS., 1 drachm. Tartar Emetic, 1 grain. Calomel, 6 grains. Mix. Make six powders. Dose.—One every two hours. - If the patient suffers with severe headache, administer the following: Bromide of Potass., 2 drachms. Sulphate of Morphia, 1 grain. Tincture Weratrum Viride. 20 drops. Water, 2 ounces. Mix. Dose.—Tablespoonful every two hours. SWEATING STAGE. During the sweating stage the patient should be wiped off with dry flammels, and at its con- clusion, the wet clothing should be exchanged for clean and dry garments, and the body sponged with tepid water. Now is the time for administering the fol- lowing: Peruvian Bark, 2 ounces. Wild Cherry Bark, 1 ounce. Cinnamon, 1 drachm. Capsicum, 2 drachms. Sulphur, 1 ounce. Port Wine, 2 quarts. Pulverize the drugs, add the wine and let stand a day or two. Dose.—A Wine-glassful every two or three hours. The following will be found useful: Sulphate Quinine, 20 grains. Dover's Powder, 10 “ Sub-carbonate of Iron, 10 ** Gum Arabic, Sufficient. Mix. Divide into 20 pills. Dose.—One night and morning. 10 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Bilious Fever. º Symptoms—Chills, followed by fever and sweat- ing; no complete intermission, all the other Symptoms of ague or intermittent fever are present; sometimes jaundice; remittent fever may either follow or terminate in ague. There is a sense of languor and debility, slight head- ache, lack of appetite, furred tongue, bitter taste in the mouth, pain in the joints, and through the whole body. Usually there is but One Well-marked chill; the paroxysms of fever returning subsequently, and seldom preceded by a cold stage. The symptoms of this disease intensify at certain periods of the day; preceded occasion- ally, but riot generally, by a chill. Between this period of severity in the febrile systems and a similar period following there is gener- erally a decrease in the violence of the syp- toms during which the fever moderates, but does not, as in intermittent fever, totally dis- appear. It remits in severity, and hence the name. The pulse in the hot stage ranges from One hundred to one hundred and thirty. The pains in the head, back, and limbs are almost insufferable. The covering of the tongue is yellowish or dirty white, and in severe cases, in the advanced stage, the tongue is parched, brown or nearly black in the centre, and red at the edges. Food is distasteful, and nausea and vomiting ensue, with frequently pain, upon pressure, in the epigastrium. The bowels are at first costive, but become loose, and the faces are dark and offensive. Treatment. —Give an emetic or cathartic in the formative stage. When the disease is fully developed, sponge the body all over Several times a day with cold or tepid water, which- ever is most grateful to the patient, and give cooling drinks, as the effervescing draught. When the fever is high, moderate it with tinc- ture or fluid extract of green hellebore, in doses of from three to ten drops. Dover's powder should be given as a diaphoretic. Ice-Water can be drank at pleasure. A mustard poultice should be placed over the pit of the stomach whenever tenderness exists. is the great remedy in this disease also, and should be administered in the same mamner as advised in fever and ague. It is to be given in a remission. Whenever the fever has been subdued by large doses of quinine, its administration should not be abruptly ceased, but be continued in smaller or tonic doses for Several weeks afterward. There is a form of fever called Congestive. It is also called pernicious fever. It is not essentially remittent, but may also be inter- mittent in character. The congestion may only Operate upon one of the internal organs, or upon all of them. Congestion may ensue in the earlier or later stage of the disease. There is usually congestion of the brain, and profound stupor follows. It assumes all types of periodic fevers, but is more frequently quotidian or tertian. The first attack generally simulates a simple attack of intermittent, and excites but little attention. The second attack is severe, producing great coldness, and the patient has a deathlike hue of face and extremities. As the disease advances, the heat of the skin becomes pungent. The skin also becomes dry, husky, and parched, followed, after a time, by a cold, clammy sensation. The eyes are dull and watery, and at times glassy, chills longer, and harder stupor, ending with sweat, hemor- rhage from bowels, congestion of the lungs, pleurisy, jaundice, etc. Formula, No. 1. Sulph. Quinine, 1 drachm. Calomel, 15 grains. Capsicum, 5 “ Mix. Make 12 powders. Dose.—One powder every three hours. , Formula, No. 2. Sulph. Quinine, 15 grains. Nitrate of Potass., 6 “ Elixir of Vitriol, 20 drops. Water, 1 ounce, Dose.—One teaspoonful every three hours. Formula, No. 3. Powdered Nitrate Potass., 1 drachm. Tartar Emetic, 1 grain. Calomel, 6 grains. Mix. Make 6 powders. Dose.—One every three hours. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. II Retention of Urine. Symptoms. –Pain and swelling of the bladder; violent and fruitless attempts to make Water, attended with excruciating pain, etc. Treatment.—As a total retention of urine is always attended with considerable danger, there should be no delay in endeavoring to remove it. The first step is to place the patient im- mediately in the warm bath. While he is there a laxative and anodyne clyster must be got ready, which is to be given as soon as he leaves it, and soon repeated. In the mean time the warm formentations and bladder of hot water must be kept applied, and the mixture below be taken every three or four hours. If there be any difficulty in procuring it, twenty drops of laudanum in a little warm barley or rice- water, or a decoction of the dandelion, will answer instead. Warm sweet oil, or milk and water may be injected up the urethra, and three or four grains of camphor, in a little milk, be taken every hour. If no relief is obtained by these means, leech the perineum, apply Snow or ice to the blad- der, or make the patient stand on a cold brick or stone pavement, and dash cold water over his thighs, and, if this fail, try the tobacco clyster, which sometimes succeeds after every- thing else has been resorted to in vain. If a catheter can be procured, try gently to pass it into the bladder while in the bath. If the patient himself cannot do it, let a handy friend attempt it; if foiled in one position, try another. Success is of the utmost importance, for there is nothing but an operation, in the event of its not being obtained, that can save life. In every case of retention of urine the order of remedies then is: the warm bath, laxatives and anodyne clysters, fomentations or bladders half filled with warm water over the lower belly, camphor and milk every hour or every three hours, passing the catheter, leeching, dashing cold Water over the thighs and legs, or applying Snow or ice to the bladder, and, lastly, the tobacco clyster. Mixture.—Mucilage of Gum Arabic, 1} ounces; Olive Oil, 2 drachms. Rub them well together, and add Ether, 1 drachm; Laudanum, 30 drops. Ischuria, or Suppression of Urine. This frequently attends inflammatory diseases, especially acute nephritis. It may either arise from an irritation of the kidney beyond the point of secretion, or from a torpor or paraly- sis of the kidneys. It is important to distin- guish it from retention of urine. It is sometimes very dangerous, being attended with vomiting, drowsiness, coma and convulsions. A vicarious secretion from the skin, bowels, etc., is also often established. It is evidently due to a sort of paralysis of the nerve centres. Treatment.—Leeches may be placed over the loins, and digitalis or squill administered. The demulcent drinks should be freely used. If uric acid is in excess, some carbonate may be given. If dependent upon torpor, the stimulating diu- retics, as turpentine, should be used. Frequent hot sitz-baths are also beneficial. Incontinence of Urine (Enuresis.) This is often associated with some constitu- tional weakness. The bladder may be exclu- sively irritated and not be able to hold the urine, or the little circular muscle at the neck of the bladder may be debilitated or paralyzed, Owing to acridity of the urine. In some cases it may be owing to debility of the kidneys. Treatment.—A course of tonics, sea-bathing, Cold baths, warm clothing, etc., together with astringents and stimulating diuretics, will usually cure it. Small doses of the Extract of Bella- dona will also afford relief. In case of paraly- sis of the bladder, nux vomica, electricity, counter-irritant application to the spine, and local irritants, are necessary. Cystitis- This is an inflammation of the bladder. The Symptoms are pain above the pubes, tenderness on pressure, the pain extending into the penis, Scrotum and perineum, producing straining and pain in urination; sometimes pain over the ab- domen, which is swollen, or the inflammation may extend to the peritoneum, causing perito- nitis. It may terminate in suppuration, the pus appearing in the urine, or, if the abscess occurs in the coats of the bladder, it may open. suddenly. It is caused by direct irritation as by a catheter; also by gonorrhoea, difficult labor, turpentine, cantharides, etc. When the inflam- * 12 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. mation becomes chronic it is called “Catarrh of the Bladder.” Treatment.—Mucilaginous drinks should be freely used, such as decoctions of marshmal- low, uva ursi, etc. Dover's powder may be given to relieve the pain. About three grains of populin and one-fourth of a grain of gelsem- inum given three or four times a day, exerts a marked beneficial influence in this disease; lin- Seed oil and essential tincture of hydrangea are also remedies of great value. The chronic form will require special treatment, in accord- ance to condition and nature of each case. Inflammation of the Stomach–Gastritis. Symptoms.-Pressure and fullness at the stom- ach after eating, flatulence, heartburn, water brash, slimy tongue, headache, delirium, SWal- lowing becomes difficult, pains in the limbs and face, sleeplessness. This disease is much more common than is supposed, and may be often confounded with dyspepsia, but may be known from dyspepsia in their being more pain at Some particular point, and more frequent vomiting after taking food. Gastritis is often long continued, from which a thickening of the mucous membrane of the stomach occurs; gastric ulcers, contraction of the pylorous, and enlarged stomach, and consumption itself, very frequently follows chronic gastritis. Treatment.—In the acute form, having got rid of the poison or irritating substance, when thus caused, apply mustard poultices over the stomach, along the spine, and to the extremities; also hot fomentations and poultices of hops or stramonium (Jamestown weed). Give ice by the mouth in small pieces, or iced water, in half to teaspoonful doses, or lime water and SWeet milk (in equal quantities), in similar manner, to quench thirst, with one to three drops of tincture of aconite root, or veratrum to control the pulse and fever. The diet cannot be too carefully managed while there is considerable tenderness. The nourishment must be of the most simple and unirritating kind; consisting of little more than the most bland nutritive drinks, and even this should be taken in small quantities at a time. Gum Arabic water, rice water, barley water, arrow-root, gruel, tea, toast without butter, will be sufficient, and in two or three weeks a more nourishing diet may gradually be resumed Formula, No. 1. Pepsin, 64 grains. Water, 2} ounces. Hydrochloric Acid, # drachm. Glycerine, 1} ounce. Mix and filter. Dose.—Teaspoonful. Formula, No. 2. Pepsin, 2 drachms. Dilute Hydrochloric Acid, 1 drachm. Mint Water, 3 ounces. Syrup of Orange Peel, 1 ounce. Dose.—Teaspoonful in equal quantities of water, directly after eating. Formula, No. 3. Extract of Lupulin, 1 drachm. Nitrate of Silver, 10 grains. Submitrate of Bismuth, 1% drachms. Sulphate of Quinine, 40 grains. Mix, and make 40 pills. Dose.—One three times a day. Formula, No. 4e Extract of Hyoscyamus, 15 grains. Extract of Stramonium, 4 grains. Extract of Hops, 1 drachm. Sulphate of Morphia, Mix. Make, 30 pills. - Dose.—One every half hour till easy. 1} grains. Erysipelas, This disease commences with languor, ach- ing or soreness of the limbs, chilliness, alter- nating with flushes of heat. The pulse is quick, skin hot, tongue foul, appetite gone, thirst, nauSea sometimes; vomiting, headache, restlessness, sore throat, swelling and tender- ness of the glands of the neck, arm-pits, or groin, AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 13 according to the seat of the cutaneous inflam- mation. The eruption usually makes its appear- ance about the third day of the fever, in the form of a small reddish spot, somewhat eleva- ted, painful or tender to the touch. This occurs most frequently upon the face, especially on the side of the nose, cheek, or rim of the ear. In some instances the inflammation ad- vances slowly, in others it spreads quickly over large portions of the body, accompanied by tumefaction, and a burning and stinging pain in all cases. About the third day of the inflammation small blisters, filled with yellow serum, appear, which break about three days afterward. On the fifth or sixth day they begin to dry, and on the seventh or eighth form crusts or Scales, which desquamate, and a new skin forms. In phlegmonous erysipelas the inflammation involves not only the skin, but the subcutaneous tissues also, and the symp- toms are all severer. It often assumes a very malignant type, and is then a disease of a most fatal character. It is liable to attack wounds; and those who are fmursing patients suffering with erysipelas should never wait upon a woman who has been but recently con- fined, as she will be very liable to contract puerperal peritonitis, a very fatal disease. Treatment.—Give a lobelia emetic, a mild purge, and a hot bath at the commencement. In the mild form cover the inflamed patch with collodion, and renew every two or three hours. The emetic and purge should be fol- lowed with quinine in two or three grain doses every three hours. The inflamed surface should also be washed with a decoction of the bark, or a solution of quinine. Bruised cranberries are a good application. Cloths wrung out of a hot decoction of white-oak bark and golden- seal should be applied to the inflamed part to prevent spreading. In wounds apply lint saturated with compound tincture of myrrh and capsicum. If the fever is violent, treat it as in all the febrile cases, and administer the fol- lowing: Formula No. 1. Sulphate Quinine, 30 grains. Extract of Belladonna, 8 & 6 Mix. Make into ten pills and give one every six hours. Formula No. 2. Chlorate of Potash, 2 drachms. Muriate Tincture of Iron, 3 6 & Sulphate Quinine, 30 grains. Simple Syrup, 1 ounce. Water, 3 ounces. Mix. Dose.—Teaspoonful every two or three hours. Cholera, Morbus. Symptom.—A violent vomiting and purging of bile, preceded by a pain in the stomach and bowels; quick, weak, and fluttering pulse ; heat, thirst, cold sweats, hiccups, and Sometimes death in a few hours. Treatment.—Bladders or bottles containing hot water should be applied to the feet, and flannel cloths wrung out of hot spirits, or a mustard plaster, be laid over the stomach. When it is supposed that the stomach is sufficiently cleared, give two grains of solid opium in a pill, and repeat half the quantity every few hours, as tke case may require. If the weakness is very great, and the spasms so alarming as to cause a fear of the immediate result, the quantity of opium may be increased carefully. If the pill will not remain in the stomach, give eighty or ninety drops of laudanum, in a tablespoonful of thin starch, by clyster, and repeat it as often as may be necessary. Fifty or sixty drops of laudanum in a small quantity of strong mint tea, or the effervescing draught, will frequently succeed in allayin] the irritation. If all these means fail, apply a blister to the stomach. For thirst, give ice, a little at a time. To com- plete the recovery, and to guard against a second attack, a complete casing of flannel is requisite, together with the use of vegetable bitters and tonics. Persons subject to this dis- ease should be cautious in their diet and avoid exposure to moist, cold air. Any of the following may be given: Formula, No. 1, Chloral Hydrate, 3 drachms. Sulphate of Morphia, 4 grains. Laurel Water, 1 ounce. Mix. From 15 to 20 minims injected under the skin hypodermically. 14 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Formula, No. 2. Tincture of Camphor, 1} ounces. Tincture of Capsicum, # ounce. Spirits of Lavender Comp., 1 ounce Tincture of Opium, 1 “ Mix. needed. Dose.—From 20 to 40 drops, as may be Typhoid Fever. This is a febrile disease, and very insidious in character, its commencement being scarcely perceptible. The patient has a sense of indis- position, but is unable to describe his condition; there is lassitude, headache, irregular chills, irritability of disposition, pain in back and limbs, looseness of bowels, as the disease ad- vances, more or less delirium in severe cases; the tongue is but slightly coated, and the appe- tite often remains until the disease is fully developed. After the full development, a num- ber of small vesicles, called Sudaminae, may be observed on the abdomen. They are small and may escape notice, unless carefully observed. On the fifth day after the occurrence of these, another eruption occurs, which consist of small red or purple spots, resembling flea-bites. These spots are called petechiae. If these are observed the disease is unmistakably typhoid fever. Typhoid fever is often indicated by the ther- mometer, which often shows a temperature of 106° or 107°, when the case may be considered a very dangerous one. Complications often greatly increase the severity of the attack, the most serious of which are pneumonia, inflammation of the parotid glands, mumps, etc. The duration of the dis- ease is generally from two to four weeks. Treatment.—If the bowels be costive give some gentle laxative, as rhubarb or castor oil. As soon as this has operated, or even before (if the weakness of the patient seem to require it), exhibit wine whey and beef tea, always remem- bering that if the strength of the patient be not supported by these means, he may die of debility. body is a remedy in this disease, of great value. If delirium or insensibility come on, shave the head and apply a blister to it, or cloths wrung out of iced vinegar and water. If a copious purging ensue, it must be stopped, or it will Applying cold water gently over the *-* prove fatal; this may be done by the mixture of No. 1, or by opium. Musk mixture, No. 2, and the camphor mixture, No. 8, will also be found useful. Great reliance is sometimes placed upon the sulphate of quinine, which may be taken in doses of two or three grains four times a day, dissolved in a little gum arabic tea, or in pills. The order of remedies, then, in typhoid fever, is to open the bowels with the mildest laxatives, to use wine or sometimes brandy, to apply cold water over the body, to give milk, chicken Soup, jellies, tapioca, Sago, etc.; to check purging, keep the room cool and clean, use the quinine mixture, one or all of the different mixtures of camphor or musk, and if the delirium come on, to apply blisters to the head. Formula, No. 1. Chalk Mixture, 4 ounces. Tincture of Kino, 1 drachm. Tincture Lavender Comp., 1 drachm. Laudanum, 30 drops. Dose.—A tablespoonful as may be required. Musk Mixture No. 2. Musk, 1 drachm. Gum Arabic, Powdered, 1 6 & Loaf Sugar, 1. & 4 Water, 6 ounces. Rub up the Musk, Sugar, and Gum Arabic, adding the water very gradually. The dose is a tablespoonful every two hours. Camphor Mixture. Camphor, 30 grains. Powdered Gum Arabic, 2 drachms. Loaf Sugar, 1} 6 & Peppermint Water, 6 ounces. The Gum Arabic and Sugar beat to a paste, add the Camphor, and pour in the water grad- ually. The dose is a tablespoonful every two or three hours. In the Delirium of Typhoid. Tartar Emetic, 1 to 2 grains. Sulph. Morphia, 1} & G Cherry Laurel Water, 1 ounce. Mix. Take a spoonful every two or three hours. AN ENOYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 15 Inflammation of the Lungs—Pneumonia. Symptoms.-Pains in the side, difficult breath- ing, a cough, at first dry, but soon accompanied by bloody phlegm, pain in the chest of a piercing or stabbing character, a rapid pulse, from 90 to 150 beats per minute; redness of cheek on the affected side; eruption upon the lips; a crackling sound heard upon placing the ear to the affected side. Treatment.—Dr. Wells, of New York, states that in his practice ergot has yielded better re- sults than any other treatment. In ten cases in which he employed this drug, the “rusty” sputa was speedily and permanently arrested, and the attack in half the cases averted; in others so shortened as to recover in six or seven days. Ergot will remove the intense congestion of the lungs, the cause of that rusty Sputa. The following is the prescription: Fluid Extract of Ergot, 4 drachms. Tincture of Digitalis, 1 drachm. Acetate of Lead, 6 grains. Aqua Cinnamon ad., 2 ounces. Mix. Dose—Tablespoonful every two hours, until, bloody Sputa stops; then twice a day. Dr. Wells begins his treatment by adminis- tering large doses of Quinine. Carbonate of Ammonia, 5 grains. Tartar Emetic, 1-6 grain. Nitrate of Potass., 10 grains. Chloroform, 15 drops. Mix. To be taken every four hours. Every night and morning give Calomel, 8 grains. Opium, 1 grain. From the beginning to the end of the disease great benefit will be derived from hot fomenta- tions. Tincture Aconite Root, 16 drops. Syrup of Ipecac, 2 drachms. Syrup of Tolu, to make 4 ounces. Mix. Dose.—Half a teaspoonful every two or three hours to a child five years old. Dysentery-Colitis. Symptoms.-Diarrhea, chilliness, followed by fever, severe pain in the bowels, constant desire or stool, burning pains in the rectum, pas- —-º- sages usually small in quantity, and composed of mucous mixed with blood, severe griping, sickness and vomiting, a thread-like pulse, jaun- dice, headache, tongue at first white, afterwards Smooth and slimy, and inability to sleep. Formula, No. 1. Nitric Acid, 8 drops. Tincture of Opium, 40 drops. Camphor Water, 8 ounces. Mix. Dose.—One teaspoonful, several times a day. Formula No. 2, Syrup of Acacia, 2 ounces. Submitrate of Bismuth, 2 drachms. Tincture of Opium, 2 6 & Oil of Turpentine, 1} & 6 Peppermint Water, 2 ounces. Mix. Dose.—Teaspoonful every three hours. Formula, No. 3. Chloral Hydrate, 5 grains. Starch Gruel, 2 ounces. Mix. Throw it into the rectum, and repeat as often as necessary, Formula, No. 4. Powdered Ipecac, 1} drachms. Fluid Extract Gelseminum, 12 drops. Calomel, 10 grains. Sulphate of Morphia, 1} grains. Mix. Divide into twelve waters. Dose.—One every two hours. Pleurisy. Symptoms.-Chilliness, fever, sharp pain or stitch in the affected side, generally located below the nipple; cough, lying on the affected side and motion increases the pain. The cough is short and dry, though a little frothy mucous may be expectorated; hard breathing, urine Scanty and high colored. Treatment.—Commence with a mild cathartic and encourage sweating; confine your patient to bed; hot fomentations to the seat of pain. 16 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Formula, No. I O Iodide of Potassium, 1 drachm. Water, 4 ounces. Mix. Dose.—Tablespoonful three times a day. JFormula, No. 2. Citrate of Iron and Quinine, 640 grains. Simple Elixir, 1 pint. Dose.—Teaspoonful three times a day. Cholera Infantum-Summer Complaint. Symptoms.-Womiting and diarrhea, stomach irritable, vomiting immediately after drinking; the matter vomited is tinged with bile and pre- sents a greenish hue. The discharge from the bowels consist of a colorless, or sometimes greenish, inodorous and watery fluid; occasion- ally with shreds of mucous mixed with it; stools without effort; considerable pain; plain- tiff cry; extreme languor and prostration and very rapid emaciation. Formula—for Diarrhea. Submitrate of Bismuth, 3 grains. Cakomel, 1-6 grain. Acetate of Lead, # grain. Creta Preparata, 8 grains. Mix. Administer the above dose twice a day. Formula, No. 2-for Vomiting. Acetate of Lead, 5 grains. Acetic Acid, 5 drops. Water, 2 ounces. Mix. Dose.—Teaspoonful often repeated. Formula No. 3—for Griping- Mucilage of Acacia, 3 ounces. Pure White Sugar, 3 drachms. Spirits of Turpentine, 2 & 6 Calcined Magnesia, 15 grains. Mix. Dose.—Teaspoonful every three or four hours. Dropsy- Symptoms.-Abdomen enlarged, skin tense and shiny; a sensation of fluid when felt by the hand, short breath, swelling of the lower ex- tremities, sleeplessness, inability to lie down. on account of disturbed breathing, weakness, emaciation. Formula, No. 1. Extract of Conium, 1 drachm. Powdered Cantharides, 40 grains. Hydrarg. Submur. 30 “ Powdered Ipecac, 20 “ Mix. Make forty pills. Dose.—Take one three or four times a day. Formula, No. 2. Extract of Taraxacum, # ounce. Carbonate of Soda, 2 drachms. Tartrate Potassa, & 6 66 Tincture of Rhubarb, 8 66 Tincture of Henbane, 14 ounces. Infusion of Dandelion, 8 & 6 Mix. Dose.—Tablespoonful every two hours. Formula No. 3. Acetate Potassa, 1} drachms. Extract of Fox-glove, 6 grains. Winegar of Squill, 2 drachms. Syrup of Ginger, 6 & 6 Water, 2 ounces. Mix. Dose.—Teaspoonful every three hours. The above will be found useful in dropsy fol- lowing scarlatina. Formula, No. 4. Powdered Jalap, 50 grains. Gamboge, 30 & 6 Podophyllin, 20 66 Elaterium, 12 “ Aloes, 30 66 Cayenne, 35 66 Mix. Form into a pill mass by using thick mucilage, and make pills of three grains each. Dose.—One pill every two days. Bad Breath. Scarcely anything is more disagreeable than bad breath. The real cause of bad breath may generally be traced to a diseased stomach or decayed teeth. When the former is the ease, AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PEACTICAL INFORMATION.< 17 mild aperients should be administered, and if these do not succeed, an emetic may be given, followed by an occasional dose of abernethy medicines. When rotten teeth are the cause they should be thoroughly cleaned and then stopped; or better still, have them removed. In other portions of this work very excellent formulas are given for mouth washes. Ordi- marily a little Chlorate of Potash or Tannic Acid in the form of a mouth wash will be found serviceable. How to Cure a Cold-Catarrh. This treatment refers to that particular form of cold characterized by running from the nose and eyes, accompanied with fever. We base our treatment on the principle of restoring the natural functions of the skin, which a chilling wind or other atmospheric influence, on per- sons with lowered vitality, has wholly or par- tially suppressed. Give small doses of morphia and antimony every three or four hours, until the Sneezing and defluxion cease, which, with ordinary pre- caution, results after the third or fourth dose. Our formula is as follows: Morphia, P. B., 40 minims. Wine of Antimony. 30 minims. Citrate of Potass., 40 grains. Syrup of Orange Peel, 3 drachms. Water sufficient to make 4 ounces. Mix. Dose.—Take two teaspoonfuls every three or four hours. Consumption. Consumption is one of the most common and greatly dreaded of all constitutional diseases. Its approach is frequently insidious, and its development, though often slow, is sure and cer- tain, unless arrested in the earlier stages. Causes.—It may be inherited, like scrofula, or it may occur as a subsequent form of that disease. It may also be occasioned by a too rapid growth among the young, scanty and improper food, im- proper dressing, damp dwellings, want of out door exereise, severe exposure, neglect of slight colds, and in Women, frequent child bearing and nursing. 2 Symptoms.-The disease develops, most fre- quently, between the ages of fifteen and thirty, and is characterized by deposits on tubercles among the tissues and organs; most generally the lungs. It does not manifest itself by any positive symptom at first, and there may be noticed little more than an imperfect nutrition and a general debility. As the disease advances, the Symptoms become more marked: frequently there is a dry, hacking cough, (though in some cases, this may be wanting); the voice grows husky, there is a shortness of breath and tenderness of the lungs; the expectoration consists of lumpy, calcareous matter, frequently streaked with blood; the diges- tive functions become impaired, and diarhoba occurs, the pulse is frequent and feeble, with dry- ness of the skin, and, often, a slight fever, followed by night-sweats. These symptoms usually pre- cede the third, on ulcerative stage, by which time, it is often too late for successful treatment of the disease. Treatment.—Cases of suspected, or established consumption should be promptly placed under the charge of the family physician, and should command his greatest care and skill. When this is done in time, his efforts may be rewarded with the prolongation of the patient's life, and possibly, by his final restoration to perfect health. While this is true, it is equally true, and just as impor- tant, that all known means be adopted to prevent the inception of the disease. First, forbidding the marriage of persons sus- pected of Serofulous, or consumptive tendencies. Second, by paying attention to the correct devel- opment of childhood, and insisting that physical laws are properly obeyed by the young; allowing them proper food and clothing, moderate study, and sufficient exercise in the open air. The uter- ine System of girls, should receive the attention of mothers it frequently requires, and a prompt Yeto placed on much of the nonsense composing the supposed requirements of “society.” Third, if, in spite of all precautions, the disease seems likely to develop, a change of climate will often be found beneficial, if not absolutely necess- 3ry; and in no case should there be any delay. A dry, salubrious atmosphere will prove the best. Such can always be found upon the south- Western plains and plateaus of America, at an altitude of from 2,000 to 5,000 feet above the sea level. At a greater elevation than this, the atmosphere is too light, and the change would frequently be for the worse. I8 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Colic. Symptoms.-Griping, tearing, gnawing, or shooting pain in the bowels; chiefly confined to the region of the naval, generally attended with a painful distension of the belly, with spasmodic contraction, sometimes vomiting with looseness of the bowels. Formula No. 1. 2 drachms. # ounce. & 6 Tincture of Opium, Spirits of Camphor, Tincture of Capsicum, # Tincture of Ginger, 1 Essence of Peppermint, 2 ounces. Hoffman's Anodyne, 2 & 6 Mix. Dose.—Ten to twenty drops every twenty minutes. & 6 Formula, No. 2. Chloroform, 3 drachms. Tincture of Camphor, 1 ounce. Tannic Acid, # & © Sulph. Morphia, 1} grains. Mix. Dose.—Teaspoonful, in Water or Syrup, every hour, or oftener, if needed, till pain Cea,SéS. In printers' and painters' colic, use either of the foregoing formulas, and apply, externally, the following limiment freely, over the abdomen. Formula No. 3. 1 drachm. 66 Chloroform, Tincture of Aconite, 1 Tincture of Opium, 1 66 Soap Liniment, 3 drachms. Mix. Formula, No. 4. To eliminate lead from the system, employ Tincture of Iodine, 1 ounce. Drop ten drops in wineglass of cold water, and take three times a day. Diphtheria. Symptoms.-Slight fever, dryness in the throat, with slight pain on Swallowing, glands of throat swollen, lassitude, headache, loss of appetite, i chills, quick pulse, a furred tongue, a hot, dry and pungent skin, mind confused, one or more whitish patches in the throat, breath offensive. Cause.—The immediate exciting cause of this disease seems to be a vast number of minute organisms or germs, which find ready access to the throat and cavity of the nose, during the act of respiration. It is the enormous number of these germs, and their extraordinary activity which gives to diphtheria its dangerous char- acter. Treatment.—Dr. Baynes says, in Canada Med- ical Record: “In the first place, a very impor- tant part of any treatment is, when examining the throat, not to weary your patient. The patient should be kept quiet, never use a brush or swab to apply a solution to the throat. Not only are they very disagreeable to the patient, but if you brush off the membrane you simply leave a raw surface, and it will necessarily take deeper root. I have no hesitation in Saying that the patient stands a better chance for life if not treated at all, than if he has his throat swabbed or brushed out. - “The best means of applying a solution to the throat is by means of an atomizer. The tube is put in the mouth, and a few Squeezes of the ball insures a complete coating of all parts of the throat.” so Formula. No 1. 4 drachms. 8 ounces. Lactic Acid, Lime Water, Mix, and apply by means of the atomizer. If the nares (nose) are involved, Syringe the passages every two or three hours. The diet should consist of milk, to which add a little lime water, beef tea, beef juice, eggs beaten up with milk. Drink lemonade. Formula, No. 2, Bromine, 5 grains. Bromide of Potassium, 2 66 Water, 1 ounee. Mix. Apply by means of antomizer. AN ENOYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 19 Formula, No. 3. Hyposulphite of Soda, 1 drachm. Chlorate of Potass., 2 drachms. Muriate Tincture of Iron, 3 6 & Sulphate of Quinine, 15 grains. Water, 4 ounces. Mix. Teaspoonful every two hours, and drink no water for some time after. Formula, No. 4. Bisulphate Soda, 4 drachms. Tincture of Orange Flowers, 1 ounce. Water, 4 ounces. Mix. Give a child a teaspoonful, and a grown person a tablespoonful. Jaundice. Symptoms.-The most prominent symptoms of this disease are yellowness of the skin and whites of the eyes, Saffron colored urine, and whitish or clay-colored stools; also, impaired appetite, a loathing of food, the sourness of stomach, sometimes sickness and vomiting, a bitter taste in the mouth, disinclination to move about, sleeplessness, a dull pain in the right side, which is increased by pressure. Treatment.—Stimulate the liver to action by the application of an irritating plaster over the region of the liver, and give the following: Formula. Nitro Muriatic Acid, 2 drachms. Ext. of Dandelion, # ounce. Spirits of Chloroform, 1% drachms. Water, 8 ounces. Dose.—Two tablespoonfuls three times a day. Scarlet Fever. Symptoms.-The disease begins with nausea, vomiting, convulsions, fever, tongue coated, lassitude, headache. On the Second day the eruption appears in the form of numerous minute dots of a bright scarlet color, which rapidly run together, nd soon cover the whole body. Scarlet fever has not till recently been recog- nized as an intensely contagious and infectious disease. The first symptoms of this malady is observed from four to seven days after expo- sure. The tongue has a strawberry color, and throat exhibits inflammatory symptoms. The glands under the jaw are swollen. This complaint is difficult to manage, and always requires the presence of a physician. Its complications are numerous, among which may be noticed inflammation of the ears, in- flammation of the bowels and joints, kidneys affected, giving rise to dropsy. It is very fatal to young children. The following will show the difference between Scarlet fever and measles: In Scarlet Fever. The eruption is bright scarlet. It appears on the second day. Is quite smooth to the touch. Is in Small round spots. Disappears on pressure. The face is quite dry. In Measles. The eruption is dark-red color. Does not appear till the fourth day. Is larger and crescent-shaped. Does not disappear. Face swelled; running from the eyes and nose Treatment.—This should be cooling in its na- ture, cooling drinks, Sponging with cold water, etc. In ordinary cases little more is required, excepting a few drops of Tincture of Belladonna may be given several times per day. When high fever exists, give the remedies advised in measles. Hot foot-baths are advisable. As this is a prostrative disease, beef tea and the ordinary stimulants should be given from the first. What is called malignant Scarlet fever is only a severer form than the above. Gargles of sage and Cayenne pepper are used to allay the throat affections. The abscesses in the region of the ear, and consequent deafness, can be obviated by subduing the inflammation of that part by the usual methods. The following have been found useful 20 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. In Scarlatina. Chlrate of Potass., 10 grains. Tinct. Muriate of Iron, 5 drops. Syrup of Ginger, 1 drachm. Water, # ounce. Mix. Take every four to six hours, for a child from 8 to 10 years. Prevention of Pitting in Small-Pox. There are many applications to prevent pit- ting in cases of small-pox, but none from which I have derived such manifest good results as from linseed meal poultices, assiduously applied to the face from the moment the eruption shows itself until the fever begins to decline. Among the many advantages that the poultices possess over other applications, is the by no means unimportant one, of softening and deter- mining to the skin, and thus aiding the develop- ment of the pustules, and in this way reliev- ing the system of the strain placed upon it. Any one who has seem much of Small-pox, must have learned to look with anxiety for the appearance of well thrown up pustules on the face, knowing well the likelihood of a co-incident relief to respiration and decline of temperature. This the poultices hasten, I had almost said effect; while, more than this, they exclude the light and completely prevent subsequent pit- ting. My mode of proceeding has always been to have a sauce-pan with linseed meal and water on the fire in the bedroom and as soon as the poultices dry on the patient's face—and this in severe cases they do very speedily—I direct the attendants to take Some of the lin- seed meal paste from the Sauce-pan and apply it as a fresh poultice. In this way the poul- tice is always ready. It may be said that this application would be offensive; but let any one try it in a really serious case of commencing confluent small-pox, where the skin of the face burns with the deterioration of blood caused by the effort to throw out the eruption, and I am sure that however disagreeable it may appear in description, in practice it gives almost heavenly relief. I do not question the advis- ability of bathing the face with a carbolic wash between each poultice; but contrasted with the poultice application, I doubt if carbolic acid alone would be equally Satisfactory. Small-Pox—Variola. The symptoms are divided into four periods. The period of invasion occupies about three days, and is marked by languor, lassitude, rest- lessness, stretching, gaping, petulance, Sullen mood; these are followed by chills and rigors. Towards evening the skin becomes hot and dry, pain attacks the head, loss of appetite, nausea, and frequently lumbago. On the third day, heat, fever, flushed face, headache, and in chil- dren sometimes convulsions. The period of eruption commences on the fourth day (often on the third), with the appearance of a series of Small red circular points (papula”). They do not rise above the surface then, but can be seen in it and felt by the finger. They are sit- uated in the substance of the skin, and roll about under the finger, the size that of a small pin's head. These gradually enlarge, the patient in the mean time suffering severely, until the period of suppuration arrives. The fever is now great, the hands, feet and face swell, and salivation is profuse and constant. There is hoarseness and pain, and the Saliva emits a most disagreeable odor. Then comes the period of recovery. The pustules scab, the fever and other unpleasant symptoms gradually disappear, and, if all goes right, the danger is over from the twelfth to the fifteenth day after the eruption. What is known as confluent small-pox is when the pustules are very numerous and running together; and when all the symptoms are very severe, the disease is known as malignant. Variola patients emit a peculiar fetid odor, which is characteristic, and distinguishes it from Varioloid. Treatment.—An active purge should be given at the OutSet and the patient kept in bed. Give such food as is easy of digestion. As the disease cannot be broken up by any known remedy, my plan of treatment consists in painting every part of the skin where the eruption appears with one part of carbolic acid dissolved in from eleven to fifteen parts of glycerine, and repeating the application night AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 21 and morning. with great care, as it often happens that the carbolic acid becomes absorbed and makes its presence known in the urine by giving the fluid a dark smoky appearance. If this be observed, the application must be made less frequently, or a weaker solution of the acid employed, as it may act too severely as a depressing agent, though I never knew this actually to result from the use of even the more concentrated Solution. The employment of carbolic acid in this Way has other advantages besides those already mentioned. It acts as a disinfectant, and it prevents pitting to a very great extent. The latter effect is due to the fact that Suppura- tion does not run the same lengthened course as it does when no carbolic acid is employed, and thus the skin is not destroyed to such a depth as it would otherwise be. I could enumerate many of my patients who have suffered from what might have been called very severe attacks of small-pox, and yet now they present not the slightest trace of having had the disease. Tonsillitis-Quins.y. Symptoms.-This is an inflammation of the tonsils. It is usually accompanied with acute inflammation of the pharynx or soft palate, and hence is accompanied with nearly all the symptoms mentioned as characteristic of the latter affliction. On account of the more ex- tensive swelling of the tonsils, there is much greater pain than usually accompanies a com- mon catarrh. There is a constant disposition to swallow in order to free the fauces from a tenacious colorless mucous which adheres to that part. From the commencement there is fever, severe headache and a rapid pulse. The termination is usually an abscess, which at length opens, and a discharge of very fetid pus ensues, which affords relief. The duration of the disease is usually about a week, and is scarcely ever fatal. Treatment.—During the first stage of the disease benefit may be derived from holding pieces of ice in the throat and packing the throat with pounded ice wrapped in a towel. Inhalation of steam and hot formentations ap- plied to the throat instead of the ice-pack. The urine must be watched Formula No. 1. Alum, 20 grains. Tannic Acid, 20 “ Sulphate of Zinc, 20 ** Sulphate of Copper, 30 “ Water, 1 ounce. Mix. Inhale the vapor or use in an atomizer. Formula No. 2. Tannic Acid, 6 drachms. Gallic Acid, 2 & 4 Water, 1 ounce. Mix. Use as a gargle. Formula, No. 3. Liquor Permanganate of Potash, 1 drachm. Distilled Water, 10 ounces. Mix. As a gargle. Cholera, Infantum. Symptoms.—This is a complaint which usually attacks children between the ages of two months and three years; it occurs in the warm season, and is chiefly confined to cities. It is very fatal. It commences with a profuse diarrhea, stools thin and variously colored. The stomach becomes irritable, and rejects everything. Loss of flesh, languor and prostration follow, and stools become colorless and odorless; skin is dry and harsh, head and belly hot; thirst is great, and fever at mightfall. Delirium is present in many cases, indicated by violent tossing of the head, etc. Treatment.—The child should be removed to a vicinity abounding in pure air, if possible; otherwise, in a large and airy room, and may even be taken into the open air occasionally. Its food should consist of the farinaceous arti- cles of diet, if weaned; otherwise, of its mother's milk; mucilaginous drinks can also be given. If vomiting be obstinate, give cam- phor or a little opium, or combined, as in par- egoric. The astringents must be given to check the diarrhea. Rhubarb is a good remedy. Charcoal is the proper remedy when the stools are very offensive. Any of the following formulas will be found Serviceable: %2 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Formula, No. 1. Nitrate of Silver, 1 grain. Dilute Nitric Acid, 8 drops. Deodorized Tinct. of Opium, 8 drops. Mucilage of Acacia, # ounce. Simple Syrup, # ounce. Cinnamon Water, 1 ounce. Mix. Dose.—Teaspoonful every three, four or six hours, to a child one year old. Formula No. 2. Sulphate of Copper, 1 grain. Deodorized Tinct. of Opium, 8 drops. Water, 4 ounces. Mix. Dose.—Teaspoonful every two, three or four hours. Face Ache or Facial Neuralgia. Symptoms.-This is one of the most common forms of neuralgia. The pain is usually con- fined to one side of the face. It may be excited by cold, by decayed teeth, or by causes which are unknown. In some cases the pain is at- tended by contraction of the muscles of one side of the face, whenit is termed tic douloureux. This form of disease generally occurs in persons considerably advanced in years. Treatment.—Hot applications to the face together with hot foot or sitz bath and the use of electricity, are the most useful measures. The application of cold to the seat of pain sometimes give relief, when hot applications are ineffectual. Sometimes an injection of a few drops of chloroform beneath the skin, just in front of the ear, has proved of great value. The following formulas for this distressing com- plaint will be found valuable: Formula, No. 1. IExtract of Hyoscyamus, 15 grains. Extract of Stramonium, 4 grains. Extract of Humulus, 1 drachm. Sulphate of Morphia, 1} grains. Mix. Divide into 30 pills. Dose.—One every half-hour till relief is felt. Formula, No. 2. Sulphate of Quinine, Sulphate of Morphia, Make 30 pills. Dose.—One as often as may be required. 40 grains. 10 grains. Formula, No. 3. Extract of Hyoscyamus, 30 grains. Sulphate of Morphia, 8 grains. Strychnia, 1 grain. Powdered Capsicum, 80 grains. Sulphate of Zinc, 15 grains. Mix. Make 30 pills. Dose.—Take one three or four times a day. Diarrhea. Is a purging looseness of the bowels. The causes of diarrhea are various, but among the most common are the presence of irritating matter, worms or acidity of the stomach or bowels, and exposure to cold, especially cold to the feet or sudden changes of climate or tem- perature. Treatment.—In general, it will be proper to administer a mild aperient, for which purpose rhubarb or castor oil is usually preferred. The dose of the first may be from 20 to 30 grains, in sugar, or made into a pill; that of the Sec- ond from 2 to 4 teaspoonfuls, with a little pep- permint water. After due operation of this medicine, opium astringents may be taken with advantage, but not in excessive doses, as is commonly the practice. The first and second are indicated when great irritability exists, and the third in cases arising from the presence of acidity. In bilious diarrhea, characterized by the bright yellow brown color of the dejections, a dose of blue pill or calomel, assisted by mild dilutents and demulcents, and warmth gener- ally proves efficacious. Small doses of opium are also useful in some cases. The following formulas will be found good: Formula No. 1, Submitrate of Bismuth, 2 drachms. Dilute Hydrocyanic Acid, # drachm. Mucilage of Acacia, 2 ounces. Peppermint Water, 2 & 6 Mix. Dose.—Tablespoonful three times a day. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 23 Formula, No. 2. Submitrate of Bismuth, 20 grains. Mucilage of Tragacanth, # ounce. Tincture of Cinnamon, 10 drops. Water, 1 ounce. Mix. Take at one dose. Formula, No. 3. Submitrate of Bismuth, 80 grains. Paregoric, 2 drachms. Chalk mixture, to make 2 ounces. Mix. Dose.—Teaspoonful to a child. Bronchitis, This is an inflammation of the mucous lining of the bronchia or smaller ramifications of the windpipe. In its milder form it is popularly called a cold on the chest. Symptoms.-The usual symptoms are hoarse- ness, dry cough, and a slight degree of fever, followed by expectorations of mucous, at first thin and afterwards thick and copious. In the severer form there is more fever, cough, and oppression at the chest. Treatment.—It generally yields to small and repeated doses of ipecacuanha and antimonial diaphoretics, a light and mild purgative being at the same time adopted, but in every case it is safer to have recourse to medical aid. Formula, No. 1, Sulph. Morphia, 8 grains. Tinct. Sanguinaria, # ounce. Wine of Ipecac, } & C Syrup of Wild Cherry, 5 ounces. Mix. Dose.—Teaspoonful, twice or three times a day. Formula, No. 2. Wine of Antimony, # ounce. Syrup of Tolu, # “ Syrup of Squill, # & 6 Mucilage of Acacia, 2 ounces. Mix. Dose.—Teaspoonful, two or three times a day. Formula, No. 3. Compound Spirits Ether, 1 ounce. Spirits of Squills, 1} ounces. Solution of Morphia, 1 ounce. Camphor Water, 1 & 6 Mucilage of Acacia, 1 66 Mix. Dose.—Teaspoonful, to a tablespoonful, according to the severity of the attack. Rheumatism. This very painful affliction is most frequently brought on by exposure to wet and cold, after violent and fatiguing exercise of the muscles. There are two forms of this complaint, the acute and chronic. -- Symptoms.-Acute rheumatism is ushered in by slight chilliness, followed by fever, pain in One or more joints, most frequently in the knee, ankle, wrist, or shoulder, which increases rapidly and becomes very severe; great tender- ness of the affected joints, pain greatly in- creased by motion, pulse 90 to 100 a minute, considerable thirst, tongue coated. The chronic form may follow the acute, but is more often an independent disease, the fingers and limbs are often rendered useless by the great distortion. It is said to be due to the presence of lactic acid in the blood. Formula No. 1, Win. Colchicum, # ounce. Powdered Nitrate of Potash, 1} drachms. Syrup of Morphia, 1 ounce. Syrup of Tolu, 8 ounces. Mix. Dose.—Teaspoonful every five hours. Formula, No. 2. Salicylic Acid, 80 grains. Acetate of Potassium, 160 “ Glycerine, # ounce. Water, 2 ounces. Mix. Dose.—Teaspoonful four times a day. 24 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Formula No. 3. Salicylic Acid, 20 grains. Bi-carbonate of Soda, 20 “ Water, 1 ounce. Mix. Take at one dose. Formula No. 4, Salicylic Acid, 2 drachms. Solution of Acetate Ammonium,2 ounces. Water, 6 ounces. Dose.—Tablespoonful, often repeated. Convulsions. Symptoms.-Spasmodic contraction of the muscles producing motions of the limbs, gen- erally accompanied with unconsciousness. Convulsions occur at all periods of life, but in adults they are only symptoms of other diseases. In children they are very common. They are of frequent occurrence in teething; and a swollen and inflamed state of the gums is said to excite them; they may be brought on by improper food, such as the milk of a nurse suffering from some violent emotion. At the siege of Berlin, nearly all the sucking children died of convulsions. They may also be induced by feverish attacks, whooping cough, strong purgatives, or suppressed eruptions. Treatment.—In the case of a dangerous attack of convulsions no time should be lost in send- ing for a medical practioner. Pending his arrival, the patient should be placed as promptly as possible in a hot water bath. A better plan is to loosen all the dress, to place the child across the arms and Sway it up and down gently, and to allow cool air to play on the face and chest; give an injection of Soap and warm water and apply mustard plasters, for a few seconds only, to the pit of the stomach; if these fail to give relief, apply cold water to the head and leeches to the temples. Lance the gums if inflamed. When the fit is over keep the head cool. The following will be found valuable reme- dies in convulsions. Formula No. 1. Bromidia, 1 ounce. Dose.—For an adult, one-half teaspoonful every twenty minutes; and for a child, from 5 to 15 drops every hour. Formula, No. 2. Bromide of Ammonia, 2 drachms. Bromide of Potassium, 3 ounce. Syrup of Ginger, 1 ounce. Water, 2 ounces. Mix. Dose.—One teaspoonful, diluted. Croup. Symptoms.-A permanent laborious and Fºfo. cating breathing, accompanied by wheezing, cough, a peculiar shrillness of the voice, and more or less expectoration of purulent matter, which continually threatens suffocation. There are two varieties, acute and chronic. The latter is very rare. Treatment. An early and effective emetic is indicated in all cases (Formula No. 1); flaxseed poultice to the throat, inhalation of vapor from hot water and mullein leaves is of great service. The bowels should be kept regular. Formula, No. 1. Tartar Emetic, 1} grains. Syrup of Ipecacuanha, 1 ounce. Water, 2 ounces. Mix. Dose.—Teaspoonful every ten minutes till vomiting ensues. Repeat as often as may be deemed necessary. Formula No. 2. Oil Stillingia, 1 drachm Oil Cajeput, 1 drachm Tinct. Lobelia, # drachm. Tinct. Lavender, # drachm, Oil Cinnamon, 10 drops. Alcohol, 1 ounce, Dose.—One to two drops or sugar, AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 25 On the Treatment of the More Common Forms of Skin Diseases. ECZEMA—(An Eruption on the Skin)—Is by far the most common disease met with, both in its acute and chronic forms. The local treat- ment I have found most efficacious, consists in keeping the affected part moist, with lint or linen saturated in a very weak alkaline solu- tion, consisting of soda subcarb. 4 drachm to a pint of water. For this purpose it is neces- sary to cover the moistened lint with oil silk, or gutta percha sheeting, which should well overlap the lint below, so as to prevent evapo- ration. The usual effect is soon to remove all local irritation, and especially the itching or smarting so distressing to the patient; to keep the surface clean and prevent the accumulation of those scabs and crusts, which in themselves often tend to keep up the disease. After a time, even the indurated parts begin to soften, the margins of the eruption lose their fiery red color, and merge into that of the healthy skin, and, finally, the whole surface assumes its normal character. I HERPEs—(Ringworm, Shingles and the like.)— This disease generally runs its course in about fifteen days, and requires no treatment what- ever, further than an acetate of lead lotion to allay the Smarting. It is not very common. SCABLEs—(Itch)—Occurs very frequently, and is cured by a host of remedies. A strong lather, of common soft soap and Warm water, twice a day answers very well. The question with scabies, is not what remedy is useful, but which will cure it in the shortest period. The most extensive experience has shown that the sul- phur and alkaline cures itch, on an average, in seven days. That Sulphur, however, is not the active remedy, I have Satisfied myself, by ex- periment. Soft Soap, as we have seen, which contains alkali, and even simple lard, if pains be taken to keep the parts constantly covered with it, will cure the disease as soon as sul- phur ointment. PEMPHIGUS.—This is rather a rare disease, and when chronic, coming out in successive crops, is very rebellious. Two cases were cured in a few weeks by the weak alkaline wash, applied as in the case of eczema, combined with generous diet. usual occupations. Impetigo—A Pustular Eruption. This affection in all its forms is very com- mon, and is best treated by the weak alkaline wash, exactly the same as in eczema. In the chronic forms which attack the chin of men, constituting one of the varieties of mentagra, the same treatment cures the most rebellious cases if the moisture be constantly preserved. For this purpose the hair must be cautiously cut short with sharp scissors, and the razor carefully avoided. If the side of the cheek cov- ered with the whisker is attacked, removal of the hair from thence also is essential to the treatment. A bag or covering accurately adapted to the part affected must be made of gutta percha sheeting, and tied on with strings. This may be covered with black silk, to allow the individual to go about and carry on his In this way I have fre- quently seen chronic impetigo of the chin, of from eight to ten years' standing, completely removed in a few weeks. But then the surface must be kept constantly moist, a circumstance requiring very great care and determination on the part of the patient. When it becomes nec- essary to shave, flour and warm water, or paste should be used, and not soap. Alkalies ap- plied from time to time only, as in the form of Wash or soap, always irritate, although, when employed continuously, they are soothing. ETCHYMA—(large round pimples inflamed at the base)—Is not a common disease, and usually presents itself, as the E. cacheticum, requiring in addition to the alkaline wash locally, a gen- erous diet. ACNE–Is a disease always requiring constitu- tional rather than local remedies. Although not uncommon in private, it is rare in hospi- tal practice. Careful regulation of the diet, abstinence from wine and stimulating articles of food, Watering-places, baths, etc., etc., con- stitute the appropriate treatment. RUPIA.—This disease I have never seen occur but in individuals who have been subjected to the influence of mercurial poisoning. Hydrio- date of potassium and tonic remedies, with careful avoidance of mercury in all its forms, is the treatment I have found most successful. LICHEN AND PRURIGo—(A Cutaneous Eruption of a Pricking and Tingling Nature).-In both these affections constant inunction with lard is 26 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. as beneficial as constant moisture in the ecze- matous and impetiginous disorders. In the prurigo of aged persons, the Ung. Hyd. Precip. Alb. is a useful application, although the dis- ease is not unfrequently so rebellious as only to admit of palliation. The chronic papular diseases often constitute the despair of the physician. PSORIASIS-And that modification of it known as Lepra-are very common diseases, and are uniformly treated by me externally with pitch ointment. I have satisfied myself, by careful trials, that it is the pitch applied to the part that is the beneficial agent, as I have given pitch pills, and infusion of pitch, largely inter- nally without benefit. With the hope of obtain- ing a less disagreeable remedy, I have fre- quently tried creosote, and naphtha ointment and washes, but also without benefit. Lastly, I have caused simple lard to be rubbed in for a lengthened time, but without doing the slightest good. The oil of cade is also very useful, especially in psoriasis of the scalp. In- ternally, I give five drops each of Fowler's solution, and of the tr. cantharides. It is rare that the internal treatment alone produces any effect on a case of psoriasis of any standing. If a case resists this conjoined external and internal treatment, I have always found it incurable. LUPUs—(A sort of Cancer)—Is a constitutional disease, and must be treated by cod-liver oil, and all those remedies useful in scrofula, of which it is a local manifestation. The external treatment is Surgical, consisting of the occa- sional application of caustics, red lotion, oint- ments, etc., according to the appearance of the SOre. FAVUS--(A pustular Disease of the Scalp)—Is a very common disease, and is most readily re- moved, first, by poulticing the crusts till they fall off, and the skin presents a smooth, clean surface; secondly, by shaving the hair; and thirdly, by keeping the Scalp continually cov- ered with oil, so as to exclude the atmosphere and prevent the growth of the parasitic fungi, which constitutes the disease. For this purpose, a gutta percha or oil silk cap must be con- stantly worn. A continuance of this treatment for six weeks produces a cure in young persons combined with cod-liver oil, generous diet, and anti-scrofulous remedies internally. I have tried the lotion of sulphurous acid and found it successful in a few cases, but the treatment by oil is so easy as to be far preferable to it. Very chronic cases are cured with difficulty, but so long as the oil is applied the disease never returns, and mere freedom from the dis- gusting crusts is a great gain. SCALP DISEASEs must be treated according as it depends on eczema, impetigo, psoriasis, or favus, in all cases first removing the crusts with poultices, then keeping the head shaved, and, lastly, applying alkaline washes, pitch ointment, or oil, according to the directions formerly given. Ringworm is a disease I have never seen in Edinburgh, and of what it con- sists I am ignorant. Some writers apparently consider it to be favus, and others a form of herpes. On two or three occasions I have seen a scaly disease of the scalp, in the form of a ring—that is lepra, which I have cured by pitch ointment, or oil of cade. My friend, Dr. An- drew Wood, informed me some time ago, that he banished it from the Heriot's Hospital School by condensing on the eruption the fumes of coarse brown paper, and thus causing an empyreumatic oil, or kind of tar, to fall upon the part. This has led me to suppose that it is a scaly disease, and a form of lepra or psoriasis. So-called syphilitic diseases of the skin are, in my opinion, the various disorders already al- luded to, modified by occurring in individuals who have suffered for periods more or less long from the poisomous action of mercury. A longer time will be required for their cure, but the same remedies locally, conjoined with hydriodate of potassium, in Smaller doses, with bitter infusions, tonics, and a regulated diet, offer the best chance of Success. The great difficulty in the treatment of skin diseases generally consists in their having been mismanaged in the early stages—a circum- stance I attribute to their not having, until a recent period, been much studied by clinical students. Many chronic cases of eczema are continually coming under my notice, which, in their acute forms, have been treated by citrine ointment, or other irritating applications, which AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 27 invariably exasperate the disorder. I shall not easily forget the case of one gentleman, covered all over with acute eczema, who had suffered excessive torture from its having been mistaken for psoriasis, and rubbed for some time with pitch ointment. In the same way I have seen simple herpes, which would have readily got well if left to itself, converted into an ulcera- tive sore, by the use of mercurial ointment. Nothing is more common than to confound chronic eczema of the scalp with favus, although the microscope furnishes us with the most exact means of diagnosis. I need scarcely say that the correct application of the remedies I have spoken of can only be secured by accurate discrimination, in the first instance, of the diseases to which they are applicable. The general constitutional treatment in all these cases seldom demands aperient or lower- ing remedies except in the young and robust individuals with febrile systems. In a great majority of cases, cod-liver oil, good diet, and tonics are required. In a few instances, seda- tives, both locally and internally, are necessary to overcome excessive itching and irritation. These the judicious practitioner will readily understand how to apply according to circum- stances. IDISEASES OF THE NERVOUS SYSTEMI. Inflammation of the Brain–Cerebritis. This consists of inflammation of the cerebral substance, and due to long exposure to a vertical sun, the inordinate use of ardent spirits, cold, fright, external injury, the sudden disappear- ance of an old discharge, and it sometimes occurs as a consequent on Small-pox, or erysi- pelas of the face and scalp, and fevers. The symptoms are violent inflammatory fever, hot and dry skin, flushed countenance, suffused eyes, quick and hard pulse, the arteries of the neck throb, and delirium. The senses are mor- bidly acute, there being intolerance of light and Sound. The person is extremely restless, the muscles of the face are spasmodically contracted, the upper eye-lids hang down, and as the dis- ease progresses, blindness and deafness ensue. The countenance is vacant or idiotic, the eye loses its lustre, the pupils become dilated, and the eyes often squint. In the still more ad- vanced stage the discharges pass off involun- tarily, the countenance becomes pale and sunken, the pulse weak and irregular, the coma more profound, and death soon closes the scene. It is commonly called “Brain Fever.” Treatment.—This should be most energetic. Bleeding to fainting has been the practice of many physicians, but I deem it unnecessary, as revulsion can be made by other means. Leeches may, however, may be applied to the Scalp. The hair should be closely shaved from the head, and ice, alcohol or ether, with water, applied to the head. The decoction of Lady's Slipper should be given internally. At the outset pur- gatives should be given. Those that act thor- oughly, sach as gamboge, colocynth, etc., are the best. The bladder should be emptied every day. In the stage of collapse, stimulants may be given. Apoplexy. This is a condition in which all the functions of animal life are suddenly stopped, except the pulse and the breathing. There is neither thought nor feeling, nor voluntary motion, and the patient suddenly falls down, and lies as if in a deep sleep. The disease assails in three different ways. The first form of attack is a sudden falling down into a state of insensibility and apparently deep sleep, the face being gen- erally flushed, the breathing stertorous, or Snoring, the pulse full and not frequent, with occasional convulsions. From this mode of at- tack death often occurs immediately, but in Some cases recovery occurs, with the exception of paralysis of one side, or the loss of speech, or some of the senses. The second mode of attack begins with Sudden pain in the head, and the patient becomes pale, faint, sick, and vomits. His pulse is feeble, has a cold skin, and occasionally some convulsions. He may fall down, or be only a little confused, but soon recovers from all the symptoms except the headache; this will continue, and the patient Will sooner or later become heavy, forgetful, unable to connect ideas, and finally sink into insensibility, from which he never rises. This mode of invasion, though not so frightful as the first, is of much more serious import. The third form of attack is where conscious- mess is retained, but power on one side of the 28 AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. body is suddenly lost. The patient retains his mind, and answers questions rationally, either by signs or words. He may either die soon, or live for years with imperfect speech, or a leg dragging after him, or an arm hanging loosely by his side. Those persons who have large heads, red faces, short and thick neeks, and a short, stout, square build, are more predisposed to this disease than thin, pale and tall persons. Literary men, especially editors, lawyers, doc- tors, etc., are subject to this disease, owing to mental overwork. The symptoms preceding an apoplectic attack are headache, vertigo, double vision, faltering speech, inability to remember certain Words, sometimes forgetfulness of one's own name, a frequent losing of a train of ideas, and occasionally an unaccountable dread. It is caused by whatever hurries the circulation, as strong bodily exercise, emotional excitement, exposure to the sun or severe cold, tight cra- vats, etc. Treatment.—If the face is turgescent and red, and the temporal arteries throb, and the pulse full and hard, the patient should be placed in a semi-recumbent position, with his head raised, his clothes loosened, particularly his neckband and shirt collar, and then, quickly as possible, | cold water or ice should be applied to the head, leeches to the nape of the neck, and mustard plasters to the calves of the legs. Tight liga- tures may also be tied around the thighs suffi- ciently tight to arrest the venous circulation; they should be removed gradually as conscious- ness returns. Administer a stimulating purgative, as a few drops of croton oil. Injections may also be given. If the patient is old, and the pulse feeble, the ice applications, ligature, etc., may be omitted, and instead apply warm flannels and Warm bricks to the body, and administer camphor. To prevent future attacks, gentle tonics should be given, and the skin kept healthy by daily bathing and friction. The bowels must not be permitted to become costive. The diet should be well regulated. The mind should be kept cheerful and hopeful, and free from all excite- ment. Intoxicating drinks should be totally avoided, and sexual congress should be of rare occurrence. In fact everything that might pro- voke an attack should be avoided. Dr. Strickland’s Advice to Mothers. There are no diseases more distressing or common than those known as female com- plaints, and none more neglected. They are always aggravated and prolonged, if not gen- erally produced by neglect. This is not the case with the young alone, but also with the middle aged women, both married and single. a slight cold will often produce the most seri- ous results, if not taken in time, when the monthly discharges, or menses, are obstructed or profuse or painful. You must know there is a cause for it, and it is your duty to take some course immediately to remedy the ill, either by applying to a physician or making use of the following: Obstructed Menstruation, Formula, No. 1, Sulphate of Iron, 30 grains. Subcarbonate of Potass., 30 6 & Myrrh, 60 66 White Sugar 30 “ Mix, and make into pills 8% grains each. Take two, three times a day. Formula, No. 2. IPowdered Myrrh, 60 grains. & 6 Rhubarb, 60 & 6 Extract of Aloes, 20 66 Extract of Chamomile, 2 drachms. Gum Acacia, sufficient. Mix. Make into pills of 8% grains each. Dose.—Two, three times a day. In Obstinate Cases of Constipation, Extract of Henbane, 80 grains. 66 Colocynth, 20 & 6 66 Nux Womica, 10 & 6 Mix. Work into pill mass, and form 15 pills. Dose.—One pill, every might and morning. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 29 Cholera- This much-dreaded disease is undoubtedly contagious, and is frequently communicated from one person to another, not through con- tact of the body, but by the discharges of the bowels, that are supposed to contain the specific germ that propagates the disease, which some- times rages as an epidemic. Causes.—Asiatic cholera is most frequently caused by the use of impure drinking water, excessive use of alcoholic liquors, eating unripe or stale fruit, exposure to sudden changes of temperature, general imprudence, etc. Symptoms.-The attack is frequently preceded by a diarrhea, as a premonitory symptom ; but sometimes comes on suddenly, with vomiting and purging, stools resembling rice-water; cramps in abdomen and lower limbs; skin cold; lips and skin blue, features pinched, extreme thirst, feeble pulse, and, toward the last, drowsi- ness, collapse. Prevention.—The disease is easier prevented than cured. During cholera epidemic, persons should eat and drink with moderation, preserve regularity of habits, and strive to keep the mind free from fear and anxiety; the chances being that they will escape. Treatment.—When cholera symptoms actually appear the patient should go to bed at once, and a physician be called. In the meantime, small doses of opium and camphor may be given, and broken ice may be fed the patient to allay thirst and check vomiting. Give plenty of fresh air, and if the patient becomes cold he should be vigorously rubbed with dry flan- nels and hot bricks applied. It is important that the bowel discharges be promptly removed from the room, and disinfected by means of sulphate of zinc or copperas dissolved in water. During convalescence great care should be given the patient to prevent a relapse. Cholera Morbus, or milder form of cholera, originates from much the same causes, and requires the same treatment. It is not conta- gious. Formula. Tinct. Opium, Tinct. Camphor, 1 Tinct. Capsicum, 1 sº Spirits Ether, Comp., 1 sº 1 ounce. 66 Mix. Take 10 to 20 drops, as a preventive, and increase the dose to 40 or 60 drops, if re- quired, in actual attack of cholera. Vaccination. The plan of vaccination, as a prevention against small-pox, has been known to Science for many years; but it is only recently that it has been largely practiced, and its efficacy gen- erally admitted. In America, particularly, a country that is constantly receiving a foreign emigration frequently infected with Small-pox, it is important that vaccination should be universally practiced, as the only method of arresting the spread of that terrible Scourge through all the highways of travel. The usual place for vaccination to be per- formed is on the outside of the left arm, above the elbow. It is usually done by a physician, but in case of an emergency, can be performed by almost any one. The bovine, or kine mat- ter, is the safest to use, and can usually be obtained on quills or ivory points. Take one fresh ivory point and, having scarified a small place on the arm until it is just ready to bleed, moisten the point in water for a moment, and rub the lymph contained on the point well into the arm, and the work is done. If the bovine matter cannot be obtained, a fresh crust from the arm of a healthy infant may be used. Never use two points in vaccination. If the matter is fresh, one is sufficient. Never use matter from the arm of a person that has had syphilis, in however mild a form, it is sure to become communicated. During the first few days after vaccination has been performed, if the itching and burning is intense, it may be alleviated by Washing the part in a weak solu- tion of Sugar of lead, or a few drops of car- bolic acid in rain water. Avoid taking cold. Vaccination should be performed in infancy, and once every seven years thereafter. It is erroneous to suppose that vaccination will hold good as long as the scar remains. Whenever vaccination will take, the person would be liable to contract small-pox. 30 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. PHYSICIANS” FAVORITE PRESCRIPTIONS. Ague, Chills, and Fever. Sulphate of Quinia, 20 grains. Bicarbonate of Soda, 30 “ Fluid Extract of Licorice, 3 drachms. Peppermint Water. 12 6 & Mix. Teaspoonful, three or four times a day, to young children; as the bitter taste of the Alkaloid is completely disguised. Tasteless Solution of Quinine for Children, in Ague. Sulphate of Quinine, 15 grains. 6 & Cinchonia, 10 6 & Tannic Acid, 10 & © Simple Syrup, 6 drachms. Syrup of Orange Peel, 6 & & Aqua Cinnamom, 2 ounces. Mix. Dose.—One teaspoonful, three times a day. Toothache Drops. Chloroform, 1 ounce. Laudanum, 1 & 6 Tincture of Benzoin, 4 ounces. Mix, and apply on a little cotton. Dyspepsia Pills. Sulphate of Zinc, 4 grains. Extract of Nux Womica, 4 “ Podophyllin, 2 “ Extract Rhei, 24 “ Divide into 16 pills. Dose.—One pill three times a day. In Secondary Syphilis. Hydrarg., Chloridi Cor., 2 grains. Chlor. Ammonii, 120 grains. Tinct. Chlo. Ferri, 180 minims. Syrup, 1 fl. ounce. Aqua Cinnamon q. S. to make, 4 ounces. Mix. Dose.—Teaspoonful, in Water, three times a day. Epilepsy. Bromide of Soda, 8 ounces. Sulphate of Strychnia, # grain. Aqua Pura, 1 pint. Mix. Take one teaspoonful three times a day. Cough Mixture. Mist. Glycyrrh. Comp., 4 ounces. Syrup Pruni Virg., 2 ounces. Syrup Senega, 5 drachms. Chloride of Ammonia, 2 drachms. Sulph. Morphia, 2 grains. Syrup of Acacia, 8 ounces. Mix. Dose.—Desertspoonful every three hours. For Neuralgia of the Gºterus. Tincture Aconite Root, 1} drachms. Ammonii Chloride, 2 drachms. Ammonii Iodide, 1 drachm. Tincture Card. Comp., 1 ounce. Syrupi Aurant. 4 ounces. Aqua Anisi q. S. to make, 8 ounces. Mix. Dose.—Teaspoonful every four hours; also give, before each meal, a teaspoonful of the syrup of the phosphates of iron, quinine and strychnia. In Syphilis. Hydrarg., Iodidi Wir., 12 grains. Extract Cannabis Indicus 6 “ Extract Conii, 12 “ Lupulinae, 12 “ Divide into 12 pills. Mix. Take one pill three times a day. Cough Mixture in Consumption. Mist. Glycyrrhiza Comp., 4 ounces. Syrup Pruni Wirg., 2 ounces. Sulphate of Quinine, 82 grains. Sul. of Morphia, 2 grains. Elixir Taraxaci Comp., 2 ounces. Mix. Dose.-Dessertspoonful every four hours. Acute Rheumatism. The Alkaline treatment is the one most gen- erally adopted in the medical wards of London and New York. Here is a good one: Soda Bicarb., 14 ounces. Potass. Acetat, # ounce. Liquor Ammon., Acetat, 8 fl. ounces. Aqua q. S. ad. 1 pint. Mix. Dose.—One to three teaspoonfuls. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PBACTICAL INFORMATION. 31 Cerebro-Spinal Meningitis. Potassii Bromidi, 2 drachms. Fl. Ext. Ergot, 8 drachms. Tinct. Belladonna, 1 drachm Tinct. Aconite Root, 12 drops. Curacoa Cordial, sufficient to make 3 ounces. Mix. Dose.-Dessertspoonful every 3 hours. For Caseous Pneumonia. Acidi Nitrici, 20 grains. Potassi Cyanidi, 5 “ Morphia Sulph., 2 “ Tinct. Hyoscyami, 1 drachm. Syrupi Tolutani, 4 ounces. Syrupi Picis Comp., 2 ounces. Mix. Dose.—Take a teaspoonful every three hours. For Puerperal Convulsions. Potassi Bromidi, 1 drachm. Chloral Hydrate, 1 & C Camphor, 6 grains. Tinct. Card. Comp., 6 drachms. Mix. Dose.—Teaspoonful, diluted, every half hour until relieved. Gonorrhea. Balsam Canad., 1 ounce. Spirits of Nitre Dulc., 4 ounces. Oil of Turpentine, 2 drachms. Powdered Camphor, 1 drachm. Mix. Dose.—Teaspoonful three times a day. Inject the following every six hours: Fl. Ext. Hydrastis Canadensis, 1 ounce. Sulphate of Zinc, 8 grains. Mix. Erysipelas. Tinct. Mur. Ferri, 2 drachms. Chlorate of Potass., 2 & & Aqua and Syr. to make 4 ounces. Mix. Dose.—Tablespoonful every four hours. As an external application use the following: Acetate of Lead, 2 drachms. Tinct. Opii., 4 drachms. Aqua, # pint. Mix. Apply often. hours. Infantile Diarrhea. Syr. Rhei. Arom., 1 ounce. Mucilage of Acacia, 1 ounce. Submitrate of Bismuth, 1 drachm. Spts. Ammonia Arom., 20 drops. Syrup of Ipecac, 20 drops. Mix. Dose.—Teaspoonful every three hours to a child one year old. For Rheumatism, Iodide of Potassium, Tincture of Cimieifuga, Wine of Colchicum Seed, 1 fl. ounce. Fl. Ext. Henbane, # “ Simple Syrup, 1 © (; Mix. Dose.—A teaspoonful, copiously diluted with water, every four hours. 24 drachms. 1; fl. Ounces. Intermittent Fever, Sulphate Quinine, 1 drachm. Reduced Iron, 1} drachms. Strychnia, 2 grains. Confection of Roses sufficient to make sixty pills. Mix. Dose.—One pill every three hours, in absence of fever. A Remedy for the Eruption of Poison Oak, Ivy, Sumac, etc. Bromine, 20 drops. Olive Oil, 1 ounce. Mix. Rub gently on the affected part three or four times a day. Wash off the oil twice a day with castile Soap. Renew the Bromine every twenty-four It is best to stand the bottle on its cork end in the interval of application. Facial Neuralgia. Nitrate of Amyl, 5 drops. Drop on blotting paper and inhale the vapor. If the pain returns, repeat the process. 92 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTIONAL INFORMATION. Diphtheria, Formula, No. 1. Chlorate of Potassa, 1 drachm. Muriate Tincture of Iron, 1 drachm. Sulphate of Quinine, 15 grains. Hyposulphite of Soda, 1 drachm. Water, 7 ounces. Mix. Dose.—Teaspoonful to dessertspoonful, to be used three times a day. Administer as well to all who are exposed to the disease. Formula, No. 2. Acid Phos. Dilute, # ounce. Tinct. Chloride of Iron, 3 ounce. Spts. Lemon, 2 drachms. White Sugar, 2 drachms. Water, 6 ounces. Mix. Dose.—Teaspoonful every two or three hours in a little Water. Intermittent Fever. Sulphate Cinchonidia, 80 grains. Tincture Chloride of Iron, 30 drops. Tincture Nux Womica, 10 drops. Aqua Distill, 1 ounce. Podophyllin, 2 grains. Syr. Simplex q. S. to make, 4 ounces. Mix. Dose.—Teaspoonful four times a day. Headache. Potassi Bromidi, 2 drachms. Morphia Sulph. # grain. Tincture Werat. Wirid, 10 drops. Water, 1 ounce. Mix. Dose.-Dessertspoonful, in Water, every hour or two until relieved. Thrush, Chlorate of Potass., 1} drachms. Sulphite of Soda, 1} “ Sodae Bibor, 1} & 6 Glycerine, # ounce. Aqua, to make, 2 ounces. Mix. Swab the mouth often. Scarlet Fever, Saturated Solution of Bromide Potass.,2 ounces. Bromine, 1 drachm. Add the bromine very slowly, shaking the bottle constantly; when dissolved add water till a four ounce mixture is obtained. For internal application one drachm of this solution is put in one ounce of water, and of that a teaspoonful is given in a tablespoonful of Sweetened Water, as necessary. Asthma, Camphor Water, 8 ounces. Bromide of Potassium, # ounce. Bromide of Ammonia, § “ Tincture of Lobelia, 1 66 Tincture of Stramonium, 1 66 Mix. Dose.—Teaspoonful, every three hours. Shortness of Breaths Oil of Stillingia, 1 drachm. “ Cajeput, 1 : “ * Lobelia, # 66 ** Lavender, 3 “ * Cinnamom, 10 drops. Alcohol, 1 ounce. Mix. Dose.—One or two drops on sugar. Chronic Bronchitis. Bals. Copaiba, 4 drachms. Liq. Potassi, 1 drachm. Pulv. Ext. Glycyrrhiza, 2 drachms. Syrup Scilla, 1 ounce. Oil Amygdalae Amar., 10 drops. Paregoric, 1 ounce. Syrup of Acacia q. S., to make, 4 ounces. Mix. Dose.—Teaspoonful, every three or four hours. - Dysentery. Pill Hydrarg., 12 grains. Pulv. Ipecac, 12 “ Gelseminum, 2 “ Mix. Divide into 12 pills. Dose.—One every three or four hours, until the effects of the gelseminum is manifest in debility of the eye- lids, and then discontinue. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 33 In Fevers. The following as a diaphoretic will be found excellent: Liq. Ammonia Acet., 6 ounces. Spirits of Nitrous Ether, 3 ounce. Ant. et PotasSæ Tart., 1 grain. Morphia, 1 “ Syr. Acidi Citrici, § ounce. Mix. Dose.—Tablespoonful, every three hours. In Phthisis. Pulv. Digitalis, 10 grains. Sulph. Quinine, 10 & 6 & 6 Iron, 5 66 Ext. of Conium, 25 & 6 Mix. Make 10 pills. Dose.—Take one every four hours. In Carditis. Hydrarg., Chlorid Mitis, 10 grains. Camphor, 10 & 6 Ext. of Hyoscyamus, 30 “ Mix. Make 10 pills. Dose.—One every four hours. In Dyspepsia. Ext. Nucis Womicae, 1} grains. Argenti Nitrate, 2 4 & Ext. Lupuli, 12 & 6 Mix. Make 6 pills. Dose.—One every four hours. In Rheumatic Dysmenorrhoea: Salicylic Acid, 3 drachms. Bicarbonate Soda, 2 & © Tincture Stramonium, 4 6 & Wini Colchicum Root, 4 & 6 Glycerine, 1 ounce. Water, 8 ounces. Mix. Dose.—A teaspoonful four times a day. Congestive Dysmenorrhoea. Fluid Ext. Ergot, 7 drachms. Tincture Gelseminum, 1 drachm. Tincture Aconite Root, 16 drops. Mix. Dose.—A teaspoonful every four hours er oftener. In Anaemia, with Amenorrhoea. Arsenic, 1 grain. Sulphate of Iron, (powdered), 3 drachm. Powdered Black Pepper, 1 “ Pill Aloes and Myrrh, 1 & 6 Mix. Make sixty pills. Dose.—One twice a day after meals. Diuretic in Cardiac Dropsy. Infusion Digitalis, Acetate Squill, Mix. day. 3} ounces. # ounce. Dose.—A tablespoonful three times a Diphtheret Croup. Chlorate of Potash, 2 drachms. Syrup of Lemon, 1 ounce. Water, 8 ounces. Dose.—If under two years, 1 teaspoonful; from two to ten, 2 teaspoonfuls; over ten, a tablespoonful, given every three hours. In Bronchial Catarrh. Acetate of Squill, # ounce. Fl. Ext. Ipecac, # drachm. Tinct. Opium, Deodorat, 1 & 6 Syrup Tolu, 10 drachms. Mix. Dose.—Teaspoonful every two, three or four hours. Pneumonia. Ammonia Muriatis, 3 drachms. Antim, et Pot. Tartrat, 2 grains. Sulph. Morphia, 3 “ Syrup Glycyrrhizae, 4 ounces. Mix. Dose.—Teaspoonful every two hours. Hydrag. Chlor. Mitis, 6 grains. Ipecac Pulveris, 6 “ Opii Pulveris, 3 * Sacchar. Alb., 90 “ Mix; make six powders. Dose.—One powder every four hours, alternately with the preced- ing prescription. At the same time cover the • chest with emollient poultices. At the end of twenty-four hours omit the powders, and 8 34 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PBACTICAL INFORMATION. if the bowels have not been moved, give a mild laxative. If the symptoms are not favor- ably modified in three or four days, a blister is placed on the side of the chest most affected. Convulsions. Musk, 6 grains. Sesquicarb. Ammonia, 4 & & White Sugar, 3 drachms. Mix thoroughly and add Aqua Elder Flowers, Dose.—Teaspoonful every hour. 2} ounces. Dropsy (following Scarlet fever.) Tinct. Digitalis, 16 drops. Potass. Acet., 80 grains. Syrup of Squills, 1 fl. ounce. Acetate of Squills, 3 fl “ Aqua Mentha Pip., A fl “ Mix. Dose.—Teaspoonful, to a child, every two hours. Whooping Cough. Formula, No. 1. Sulph. Zinc, Pulv. Myrrh, Confect. Rosarum, q. S. Make twenty pills. Dose.—One pill. 10 grains. 1} drachms. Formula, No. 2. Ext. of Belladonna, 2 grains. Aqua, "2 ounces. Mix. Dose.—Five or six drops four times a day. Formula, No 3. Chloral Hydrate, Simple Syrup, 1 drachm. 4 ounces. Mix. Dose.—Teaspoonful, according to Be- verity. Formula, No. 4. Acid. Nit. Dil., 12 drachms. Tinct. Card. Comp., 3 & 6 Simple Syrup, 34 ounces. Aqua, 1 ounce. Mix. Dose.—Teaspoonful every hour, or Sec- ond hour, with soda gargle immediately after administering. Cholera, Infantum. Formula No. 1. Creosote, 3 drops. Chalk Mixture, 1} ounces. Acetate of Lead, 15 grains. Acacia. # ounce. Form into an emulsion. Dose.—Thirty drops every two or three hours. Formula, No. 2. Calomel, 10 grains. Sub. Nit. Bismuth, 20 “ Powdered Opium, 1 grain. Pepsin, 20 grains. Make thirty powders. Dose.—One every three or four hours, or oftener if needed. Cough. Aq. Foeniculi, 4 drachms. Wine of Antimony, 1 drachm. Ext. Hyoscyamus, 8 grains. Syrup Althae, 13 ounces. Mix. Dose.—A teaspoonful, every two hours, to an infant from six to twelve months. Infantile Diarrhea. Acetate of Lead, 2 grains. Opium, # grain. Camphor, 1 “ Sugar, 8 grains. Mix. Divide into 12 powders, and administer one as often as needed. Croup. Oil of Stillingia, } drachm. “ Cajeput, # & 6 * Lobelia, 3. “ ** Lavender, # 66 “ Cinnamon, 10 drops. “ Alcohol, 1 ounce. Mix. As soon as a croup eough is noticed, rub a small quantity on the throat, and repeat every hour as long as needed. If the case is very bad, administer one or two drops, on sugar, every hour or two. Lotion in Acne. Hydrarg. Chlor. Cor., 1 scruple. Glycerine, # ounce. Rectified Spirits of Wine, 8 ounces. Spirits Rosemary, , 4 drachms. Mix. Use as a lotion. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 85 Chronic Alcoholism. Oxide of Zinc, 1 drachm. Piperin, 20 grains. Mix. Make 20 pills. Take one pill three or four times a day. Amenorrhoea. Arsenic, 1 grain. Sulph. Ferri. (exsiccat), 3 drachm. Pulv. Pip. Nig., 1 drachm. Pil. Al. et Myrrh, 1 & 6 Mix. Divide into 40 pills. Dose.—One twice a day after meals. As An Aphrodisiac. Ergotin, 20 grains. Sanguinaria, 2 & 6 Mix. Ft. pil. No. 20. Dose.—One three times a day. Loss of Appetite. Sulph. Quinine. 8 grains. Acid Nit. Dil., # drachm. Tinct. Aurantii, # ounce. Syrup Aurantii, 1 “ Aqua Ad., 8 ounces. Mix. Dose.—Two tablespoonfuls, three times a day. Hay Asthma. Iodide of Potass., § ounce. Liq. Potass., Arsenit, 1 drachm. Aqua, 4 ounces. Mix. Dose.—Teaspoonful every four hours. Cerebral Congestion. Bromidi Sodii, 1 ounce. Fluid Ext. of Ergot, 4 ounces. Mix. Dose.—Tablespoonful three times a day. Asthmatic Fits of Emphysema. Tincture of Opium, 1 drachm. Ether Sulph., 2 drachms. Mix. Dose.—Teaspoonful every twenty min- tutes. To each dose may be added Tinct. Lobeliae Aetherae Gtt. XX. Diphtheric Croup. Potassii Chloratis, 2 drachms. Syrupi Limonis, 1 ounce. Aqua Pura, 3 ounces. Mix. Dose.—According to age. If under two years, a teaspoonful; from two to ten, two tea- spoonfuls; over ten, a tableSpoonful, given every three hours. Toothache Remedy. Chloral Hydrate, 1 drachm. Camphor, 16 drachms. Morphia Sulph., 2 grains. Oil Peppermint, 2 drachms. Rub solids in a mortar until they liquify, then add the Oil Peppermint. Apply on cotton. º Hemorrhages, Acidi Gallici, 1 drachm. Glycerini, # ounce. Aqua Destillata, 6 ounces. Mix. Dose.—Two tablespoonfuls three times a day. Syr. Scillae, Tinct. Opii Camph., Win. Antimonii, Gum Acacia, Aqua Distill, OUIIlC68. Mix. Dose.—A teaspoonful every hour or two. # fl ounce. 2 fl drachms. 1 fi drachm. A fl 2 2 fl & 6 Pneumonia, Liq. Antim et Potas. Tart., 2 Tinct. Opii, 2 drops. Muc. Acacia, # fl Syr. Limonis, Aqua Mentha Pip., Mix. Dose.—From one to two teaspoonfuls every two hours. Mumps. Olive Oil, 1 ounce. Aqua Ammonia, # ounce. Oil Terebinth, 2 drachms. Mix. Apply several times a day. 36 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Ringworm. Sulph. Zinc, Lard, # ounce. Mix. Wash the part affected and wipe dry; £hen apply the ointment once or twice a day. 15 grains. Constipation. Carb. Magnesia, 1 drachm. Pulv. Rhei, 10 grains. Saponis, 20 “ Mix. Dose.—Ten grains twice a day. Catarrh Remedy, Powd. Hydrastis Canadensis, 5 drachms. Indigo, } drachm. Powdered Camphor 2 drachms. Carbolic Acid, 2 6 & Common Salt, 50 66 Powder the camphor by means of alcohol, and mix with the salt, previously reduced to a fine powder. Rub the indigo and carbolic acid together, mix with the salt and camphor, and add the powdered golden seal; mix intimately, without much pressure, in a mortar. The above is said to be Sage's Catarrh Cure. A valuable Remedy for Catarrh. White Hellebore (powdered) 2 drachms. Orris Root, 66 1 drachm. Rice, & 6 12 drachms. Oil of Lavender, 1 drop. “ Cassia, 1 “ “ Lemon, 1 “ External Piles. Powdered Opium, 40 grains. Pulv. Plumbi Acetatis, 30 “ pulv. Nut Galls, 2 “ Tannic Acid, 20 & 6 Simple Cerate, 1 ounce. Mix. Apply a portion on going to bed. Incontinence of Urine. Fl. Ext. Ergot, 1 ounce. Dose.—Ten drops after each meal, followed, in a little while, by the same amount of muri- ate tinc. of iron. Whooping Cough. Oil. Succini Rect., 1 ounce. Tincture of Opium, 1 “ Aqua Ammonia, 1 tº Olive Oil, 1 “ Mix. Rub along the whole track of the spine two or three times a day, to be discontinued when the parts become tender. Burns. If you have a wet surface apply bicarbonate of soda in dry powder, then cover with a wet cloth so as to keep the surface moist. A dry burn must have the Soda in solution. Chronic Throat Affections, Tannic Acid, 2 drachms. Rectified Spirits Wine, 1 drachm. Camphor mixture to make 10 ounces Mix. Use as a gargle. Chronic Bronchitis. IExt. Eucalyptus, 1 ounce. Muriate of Ammonia, 2 drachms. Extract of Glycerine, 2 ounces. Syrup of Tolu, 3 * Mix. Dose.—A tablespoonful, four or six times a day. ANOTHER. Chloride of Ammonia, 2 drachms. Compound Mixture of Licorice, 3 ounces. Mix. Dose.—A desertspoonful, three times a day. Acute Catarrh. Tartar Emetic, # grain. Acetate of Morphia, 3. “ Water, 2 ounces. Mix. Dose.—A tablespoonful every hour or so. Caseous Prmeumonia. Infusion of Digitalis, 4 ounces. Acetate of Lead, 20 grains. Laudanum, 1 drachm. Mix. Doge.—A teaspoonful twice a day. AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 37 A Sure Cure for Gonorrhea. Powdered Iodoform, 2 drachms. Submitrate of Bismuth, 2 & 6 Hydrate of Chloral, 15 grains. Morphia, 5 “ Cocoa Butter, 1 ounce. Oil of Rose Geranium, 20 drops. Mix, and divide into twenty-four supposito- ries, one-eighth of an inch in diameter. Di- rections: One to be pushed into the urethra three times daily. Remedy for Syphilis. Caroba Leaves (powdered), 90 parts. Sarsaparilla, “ 30 “ Senna Leaves, 66 30 “ Calomel, 6 & 2 “ Simple Syrup, & 6 Q. S. Mix. Dose.—A teaspoonful, night and morn- ing, with caroba tea. Bleeding from the Lungs. Sugar of Lead, 40 grains. Powdered Foxglove, 20 & 6 Powdered Opium, 10 66 Mix. Make 20 pills. Dose.—One every four hours. In Chronic Heart Disease. Powdered Foxglove, 30 grains. Sulphate of Iron (powdered), 15 “ Powdered Capsicum, 1 drachm. Pill of Aloes and Myrrh, 2 drachms. Mix. Form a mass and make 60 pills. Dose.— One twice a day. Influenza's Dilute Phosphoric Acid, 15 drops. Spirits of Chloroform, 25 “ Syrup of Squills, 1 drachm. Water, 1 ounce. Mix. Dose.—Teaspoonful four or six times every twenty-four hours. A Stimulating Expectorant. Carbonate of Ammonia, 5 grains. Tincture of Nux Womica, 10 drops. Tincture of Squills, # drachm. Infusion of Serpentaria. 1 ounce. Mix. Dose—Teaspoonful three times a day. Whooping Cough Mixture. Tincture of Nux Womica, 2 drachms. Wine of Ipecac, 2} & 6 Syrup of Sarsaparilla Comp. 13 ounces. Syrup of Senega, 1} “ Mix. Dose.—A teaspoonful, for children. Diphtheria. Benzoate of Soda (pure), 1 drachm. Distilled Water, 1 ounce. Peppermint Water, 1 “ Syrup of Orange Peel, 2 drachms. Mix. Dose.—For an infant under one year, one-half tableSpoonful every hour. For Hemorrhages. Gallic Acid, 1 drachm. Glycerine, # ounce. Distilled Water, 6 ounces. Mix. Dose.—Two tablespoonfuls three times a day. Cholera, Cure. Tinct. of Opium, 2 ounces. Spirits of Camphor, 2 66 Tinct. of Capsicum, # ounce. Tinct. of Ginger, 1 & 6 Essence of Peppermint, 2 ounces. Hoffman's Anodyne, 2 & 6 Mix. Dose.—Ten to twenty drops every 20 minutes, till relieved. Cholera, Cure No. 2. Chloroform, 8 drachms. Tincture of Camphor, 6 ounces. Tannic Acid, # drachm. Sulph. Morphia, 1% grains. Mix. Dose.—Teaspoonful in water or syrup. In Profuse Diarrhea. Carbonate of Ammonia, 5 grains. Tincture of Opium, 10 drops. Infusion of Logwood, 1 ounce. Mix. This amount every three or four hours- AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Night Sweats. Arom. Sulphuric Acid, 2 drachms. Tincture Opium, 1 drachm. Syrup of Orange Peel, 1 ounce. Water sufficient to make, 8 ounces. Mix. Doge. day. The above prescription is also very useful in summer diarrhea, and as a preventive against painters' colic. Two teaspoonfuls, three times a Compound Ether Mixture. Hoffman's Anodyne, 2% drachms. Tincture of Lobelia, 3 drachm. Camphor Water, 5 drachms. Dose. One to two teaspoonfuls. Good for all cases of pain of the bowels and as a gen- eral anodyne. Cough Mixture. Syrup of Ipecacuanha, 1 ounce. Syrup of Tolu, 1 “ Syrup of Rhubarb, 1 “ Paregoric, 1 drachm. Mix. Dose.-Teaspoonful, every two hours. ANOTHER. Ammonia Chlor., 1} drachms. Spirits of Ether Compound, # ounce. Syrup of Ipecacuanha, 2} drachms. Powdered Extract of Licorice, 1 drachm. Water sufficient to make, 4 ounces. Mix. Dose.—Teaspoonful, in wine glass of water, three or four times a day. This mixture will be found beneficial in the cough of bronchitis. Lotions. These are especially called for after sprains, bruises, and blows which do not break the skin, but are followed by swelling and pain. No. 1. Tannic Acid, 1 drachm. Tincture of Opium, 2 drachms. Water, 6 ounces. Mix and apply, astringent and Sedative. No. 2. Liquor Sugar of Lead, 1 drachm. Alcohol, 6 drachms. Extract of Opium, 10 grains. Water, 10 ounces. Mix and apply, astringent and sedative. No. 3. Chloride of Ammonia, 5 drachms. Acetic Acid, 10 66 Alcohol, 10 66 Water, 10 ounces. Mix. Evaporating and discutient. esteemed in the Hospital of London. Highly Cough Mixture. Syrup of Tolu, 1 ounce. Syrup of Wild Cherry, 1 “ Tincture of Henbane, 1 “ Compound Spts. of Ether, 1 “ Water, 1 * Mix. Dose.—A teaspoonful. In Lead Colic. Alum, 2 drachms. Dilute Sulphuric Acid, 1 drachm. Syrup of Lemons, 8 drachms. Water. 3 drachms. Mix. Dose.—A tablespoonful every hour or two. Stodes' Expectorant Mixture. Carbonate of Ammonia, 82 grains. Fluid Extract of Senega, 1 drachm. Fluid Extract of Squills, 1 drachm. Paregoric, 6 drachms. Water, # ounce. Syrup of Tolu Sufficient to make 4 ounces. Mix. Dose.—A teaspoonful. Licorice Mixture. Chloride of Ammonia, 2 drachms. Extract of Licorice, 2 drachms. Paregoric. 2 drachms. Water Sufficient to make 4 ounces. Mix. Dose.—A teaspoonful. AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 39 Sedative Mixture, Diluted Hydrocyanic Acid, 1 drachm. Chloroform (pure), 1 drachm. Tincture of Henbane, 8 drachms. Syrup of Tolu, 8 66 Camphor Water, 8 66 Mucilage of Acacia, 8 66 Mix. Dose.—A teaspoonful. In Summer Catarrh (Hay Asthma.) Iodide of Potass., 1 ounce. Fowler's Solution, 1 drachm. Water, 4 ounces. Mix. Dose.—A teaspoonful every four or six hours. Acute Bronchitis. Wine of Ipecac, 2 drachms. Liquor Citrate of Potash, 4 ounces. Paregoric, 1 ounce. Syrup of Acacia, 1 ounce. Mix. Dose.—A tablespoonful three times a day in the first stage of ordinary acute Bron- chitis. Excoriated Skin, Borax, 1 drachm, Dilute Alcohol, 1} drachms. Distilled Water, 8 ounces. Mix. To be applied several times a day in bruises with excoriated skin. Cooling Lotion, Liquor Acetate of Ammonia, # ounce. Water, 1} ounces. Mix. Use as a cooling lotion. In Painful Joints. Chloride of Ammonia, 2} drachms. Camphor, 40 grains. Soap, 1} drachms. Dilute Alcohol, 5 ounces. Immerse a piece of flannel in this solution and retain it upon the painful joint by a bandage. Poultices. These are used in the beginning of inflam- mations, to arrest them and prevent the form- ation of pus; also after suppuration, to facilitate the passage of the matter to the surface and its expulsion, and limit the spread of inflam- matory action. Hints and Cautions.—It is important that poultices should be applied as hot as can be borne, and frequently changed, the old poultice not being removed before the new one is at hand to replace it. In the treatment of boils it is good practice to cover the boil with a piece of opium plaster with a circular hole, and to apply the poultice only over the plaster, or to smear the contiguous surface to the boil with zinc ointment; the object being to pro- tect the adjacent tissues from the action of the poultice, which has a tendency to develop fresh boils. How to Make a Good Linseed Poultice. Rinse a bowl with boiling water to heat it, then pour in sufficient boiling water; with one hand sprinkle into the the bowl the meal, while with the other stir the mixture constantly with a Spoon or spatula, till sufficient meal has been added to make a thin and smooth dough. This should be done rapidly, otherwise the poultice will be almost cold when made. The meal should always be added to the water with con- stant stirring, as here directed, for if the water be poured over meal the two ingredients are not Well blended, and a lumpy, knotty mass is the result. The dough thus made should be Spread quickly and evenly over a folded piece of warm linen, cut ready to receive it. The following is the formula of the British Pharmacopoeia for this poultice: - Linseed Meal, 4 ounces. Olive Oil, # ounce. Boiling Water, 10 ounces. Mix and apply. Bread and Milk Poultice. Place a handful of fine bread crumbs in a basin; pour on boiling milk and stir until the mixture is of the thickness of mush, and per- fectly smooth. Spread upon cloth, and apply Warm, renewing often. This poultice, though simple, is a valuable one, and always conven- ient. Useful in inflammations of any kind. AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Charcoal Poultice. Make a bread and milk poultice in the usual Way, then sprinkle finely powdered charcoal over it, and apply. Valuable for cleansing old Sores, and for arresting mortification. Mustard Poultice. Mix ground white mustard with boiling water to the consistency of paste; spread on thick linen, or brown paper, covered with thin muslim. Apply for a few minutes only, unless it is necessary to produce a blister. Used chiefly as a counter-irritant in acute pain and con- gestion. Slippery-Elm Poultice. Powdered elm bark and boiling water formed into a thin paste. Sometimes a small portion of laudanum is added, which makes a grateful application to abscesses, felons, painful bruises, etc. Starch Poultice. Make a smooth, moderately thick paste of starch and boiling water, in the usual manner, and spread upon linen cloth. Useful in cases of irritable and inflamed skin eruptions. SURGICAL, EMERGENCIES. Wounds. Men whose business it is to work as wood- choppers, railroad men, miners, etc., and, in- deed, all who are liable to cuts and wounds, should know what to do until the doctor comes. The first thing we shall call your attention to is, the necessity of providing yourself with a few necessary articles, in case of emergen- cies; and first we shall mention Monsel's Solu- tion and some adhesive plaster. Here we are prepared against bleeding, except a vital part has been injured. We will suppose, however, that, unfortunately, one has received a Wound, either from some sharp instrument, or a gun- shot wound, or some part of the body is lacerated, contused, or punctured, from Some cause; and that the wound was bleeding freely. Before the wound is dressed, the character of the bleeding is to be noticed. If the blood is dark-colored, and flows regularly in a stream, it is venous blood, and you will be able to control it easily; but if it is bright scarlet, and Spurts out in jets, some artery has been Wounded. If the wound is a gun-shot one, and received in the trunk, proceed thus: Take the adhesive plaster, and cut a piece from it large enough to cover the wound well, and then apply it over the wound so as to pre- vent the flow of blood or entrance of air; or take a rag and shape it in a pleget, and tie it On the wound firmly with a bandage or hand- kerchief. If internal hemorrhage occurs nothing can be done—the patient will die. (See gun- shot wounds.) If the wound is in the arm or leg you can always do something. If the blood flows from a vein, cold water, or raising the arm or leg and employing pres- sure will stop the flow. If you are not suc- cessful, apply Monsel's solution, which will cause the blood to coagulate. When the flow of blood has ceased, apply a bandage. If the blood comes out in jets, you may know that an artery is wounded, and a surgeon required immediately; but in such cases instantly apply the Spanish windlass, which is made by tying a handkerchief around the limb, and twisting it with a stick until the hemorrhage ceases. Be careful, however, to apply the windlass above the wound, towards the heart. In ordinary wounds, cuts, etc., draw the edges together with adhesive plaster and put on cold water dressings. Gun-Shot Wounds. “Always look at your gun, but never allow your gun to look at you,” or any one else. Wounds made by a gun or pistol shot are, frequently, more easily prevented than cured. In case of a wound of this character, the first thing to be done is to stop the flow of blood, if possible. If the wound is in a limb, this can usually be accomplished by applying a ligature above the Wound, and by thrusting a portion of a silk handkerchief into it. If an artery has been severed, the flow of blood must be stayed by hard and constant pressure upon it. AN ENCYCLOPMEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. * 41 If possible, the patient should be quickly and quietly removed, placed on a bed and kept quiet, until a Surgeon arrives. If there is much prostration from the shock, and loss of blood, the strength should be kept up by artificial stimulants, and plenty of fresh air allowed. In all cases, the ball, or shot, must be extracted, and the wound thoroughly cleansed, or it cannot be expected to heal. Frequent bathing of the part, with warm water, will help to keep down the inflammation, and assist nature greatly. Give mild nourishment and cooling drinks, keep the bowels open. Bandages—How to Make and Apply. Them. Bandages are strips of calico, linen, flannel, muslin, elastic webbing, bunting, or some other substance, of various lengths, such as three, four, eight, ten, or twelve yards, and one, one- and-a-half, two, two-and-a-half, three, four, or six inches wide, free from hems or darns, soft and unglazed. They are better after they have been washed. Their uses are to retain dress- ings, apparatus, or parts of the body in their proper positions, support the Soft parts, and maintain equal pressure. |Bandages are simple and compound. The former are simple slips rolled up tightly like a roll of ribbon. There is also another simple kind, which is rolled from both ends,-this is called a double-headed bandage. The compound bandages are formed of many pieces. Bandages for the head should be two inches wide and five yards long; for the neck, two inches wide and three yards long; for the arm, two inches wide and seven yards long; for the leg, two inches-and-a-half wide and seven yards long; for the thigh, three inches wide and eight yards long; and for the body, four or six inches wide and ten or twelve yards long. To apply a single-headed baridage, lay the outside of the end next to the part to be ban- daged, and hold the roll between the little, ring and middle fingers, and the palm of the left hand, using the thumb and fore-finger of the same hand to guide it, and the right hand to keep it firm, and pass the bandage partly round the leg towards the left hand. It is some- times necessary to reverse this order, and there- fore it is well to be able to use both hands. Particular parts require a different method of applying bandages, and therefore we shall de- scribe the most useful separately; and there are different ways of putting on the same bandage, which consists in the manner the folds or turns are made. For example, the circular bandage is formed by horizontal turns, each of which overlaps the one made before it; the spiral consists of spiral turns; the oblique, follows a course oblique or slanting to the center of the limb; and the recurrent folds back again to the part whence it started. Circular bandages are used for the neck, to retain dressings on any part of it, or for blis- ters, Setons, etc.; for the head, to keep dress- ings on the forehead, or any part contained within a circle passing round the head; for the arm, previous to bleeding; for the leg, above the knee; and for the fingers, etc. To confine the ends of bandages some per- Sons use pins, others slit the ends for a short distance, and tie the two strips into a knot, and some use a strip of adhesive plaster. Always place the point of a pin in such a po- sition that it cannot prick the patient, or the person dressing the limb, or be liable to draw out by using the limb; therefore, as a general rule, turn the head of the pin from the free end of the bandage, or towards the upper part of the limb. The best mode is to sew the ban- dage on. A few stitches will hold it more Securely than pins can. The oblique bandage is generally used for arms and legs, to retain dressings. The spiral bandage is generally applied to the trunk and extremities, but is apt to fall off even when very carefully applied; therefore, we generally use another, called the recurrent, which folds back again. The recurrent bandage is the best kind of bandage that we can employ for general pur- poses. The method of putting it on is as follows: Apply the end of the bandage that is free, with the outside of it next the skin, and hold this end with the finger and thumb of the left hand, While some one supports the heel of the patient; then with the right hand pass the bandage over the piece you are holding, and keep it crossed thus until you can place your right forefinger upon the spot where it crosses 42 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. the other bandage, where it must be kept firm. Now hold the roll of the bandage in your left hand, with the palm turned upwards, and tak- ing care to keep that part of the bandage between your right forefinger, and the roll in your left hand, quite slack; turn your left hand over, and bring the bandage down upon the leg; then pass the roll under the leg towards your right hand, and repeat this until the leg is bandaged up to the knee, taking care not to drag the bandage at any time during the pro- cess of the bandaging. When you arrive at the knee, pass the bandage round the leg in circles just below the knee, and pin it as usual. Ban- daging is very easy, and if you once See any one apply a bandage properly, and attend to these rules, there will not be any difficulty; but bear one thing in mind, without which you will never put on a bandage even decently, and that is, never to drag or pull at a bandage, but make the turns while it is slack, and you have your right forefinger placed upon the point where it is to be folded down. When a limb is properly bandaged, the folds should run in a line corresponding to the shin-bone. Use, to retain dressings, and for varicose veins. A bandage for the chest is always placed upon the patient in a sitting posture; and it may be put on in circles or spirally. Use in fractures of the ribs, to retain dressings, and after severe contusions. A bandage for the belly is placed on the patient as directed in the last, carrying it spirally from above downwards. Use, to com- press the belly after dropsy, or retain dressings. The hand is bandaged by crossing the band- age over the back of the hand. Use, to retain dressings. For the head, a bandage may be circular or spiral, or both; in the latter case, commence by placing one circular turn just over the ears; then bring down from left to right, and round the head again, so as to alternate a spiral with circular turn. Use, to retain dressings on the head, or over the eye; but this form soon gets slack. The circular bandage is the best, cros- sing it over both eyes. For the foot, place the end just above the outer ankle, and make two circular turns to prevent its slipping; then bring it down from the inside of the foot over the instep, towards the outer part; pass it under the sole of the foot, and upwards and inwards over the instep towards the inner ankle, then round the ankle and repeat again. Use, to retain dressings to the instep, heel or ankle. For the leg and foot, commence and proceed as directed in the preceding paragraph; then continue it up the leg, as ordered in the recur- rent bandage. As it sometimes happens that it is necessary to apply a bandage at once, and the materials are not at hand, it is desirable to know how to Substitute something else, that any one may apply with ease. This is found to be effected by handkerchiefs, and an experienced surgeon (Mr. Mayor) has paid great attention to this subject, and brought it to much perfection. It is to him, therefore, that we are indebted for most of these hints. Any ordinary handkerchief will do; but a Square of linen folded in various shapes answers better. The shapes generally required are as follows: The triangle, the long square, the cravat, and the cord. The triangular handerchief is made by fold- ing it from corner to corner. Use, as a band- age for the head. Application.—Place the base round the head, and the short part hanging down behind, then tie the long ends over it. Abrasions. Pyroxyline, 200 grains. Stronger Ether, 124 ounces. Alcohol, 3} & 6 Mix the ether and alcohol in a suitable bot- tle, add the pyroxyline, and dissolve. The above preparation will be found very useful as a dressing for abrasions and Wounds. Abscesses. Take white paint and apply it gently with a brush; or else tincture of armica, used in the same manner. Apply poultices of linseed meal. Care should be taken not to open an abscess too soon. Dress with spermaceti ointment. Abortion-(To prevent.) Fluid Ext. Viburnum Prunifolium, 1 ounce. Simple Syrup, 1 “ Mix. Dose.—A teaspoonful every two or three hours. - AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 43 Chillblains, Inflammation of the skin, owing to sudden change to or from a frosty temperature, occurs usually in females and children with feeble cir- culation. A congestive stage and ulcerated or broken stage, is plainly marked. It will be found that all the symptoms are aggravated by warmth and luxurious diet, and one feels the trouble increase towards evening. Treatment.—Take Sulph. Copper, 3 grains. Water, 1 ounce. Mix. Apply to the affected part; or, Tinct. Iodiue, 1 ounce. Glycerine, 1 “ Mix. Paint the affected part : take regular and free exercise, plenty of fresh air, healthy living. A few drops of laudanum at night would help the circulation. How to Distinguish a Fracture of the Shoulder from a Dislocation. In a dislocation, there is no crepitus. In a fracture there is. In a fracture, the bone, when reduced, will not remain in place. In dislocation, it will. In dislocation, the patient cannot place the hand upon the opposite shoulder; in fracture, he can. In dislocation forwards, the arm is shortened. In fracture, the arm is lengthened. In dislocation, first return the bone to its natural position. Let this be done as early as possible, and the Sooner the better. One of the great obstacles in the Way of reducing a dislocation is the contraction of the muscles. The reduction of the dislocation is generally performed while the patient is under the influ- ence of chloroform or ether, as it has a ten- dency to relax the muscles. In moderate cases, however, continuous and firm pulling upon the limb will suffice. After the reduction has been accomplished, the limb should be kept perfectly quiet. When there is much pain or swelling, hot fomentations should be applied, or a hot shower upon the limb may be used. Dislocation of the Jaw. The jaw is often thrown out of place by yawning, convulsions, or blows on the chin. It is usually recognized by the chin being thrown to the opposite side, if the displace- ment occurs but on one side. In wide gaping of the mouth, the dislocation occurs Unon both sides at once. Treatment.—Seat the patient on a low stool, stand in front of him, and then press your thumbs upon the last molar, or grinding teeth, very firmly. Be careful, however, to have your thumbs well protected with wrappings; make a downward pressure. When you hear a Snap, it is an indication that the bone is in its natural position. Confine the chin for a Week or ten days by a bandage. Dislocation of the Elbow. When the elbow is dislocated backward, the most common form, the point of the elbow will be found projecting much more than naturally, and it will be impossible to bend the arm more than to a right angle; though it may be drawn out without pain. This dislocation can gener- ally be reduced, very easily, by simply placing the knee in the bend of the elbow and bending the arm around the knee, while pulling upon it with considerable force. After the disloca- tion is reduced, the arm should be placed in a sling. Hot formentations should be applied to relieve Soreness, and if inflammation threatens, cool or ice compresses should be used as much as possible. Dislocation of the Hip. The simplest plan of treating dislocation of the hip is that known as the automatic method. The patient lies upon the floor on his back. The operator raises the injured limb to a right angle, and places the foot of the patient be- tween his legs in such a way that the back of the foot rests against his sacrum. The limb is then firmly grasped just below the knee, and the patient is lifted until the hip is raised from the floor. The body should be held in this position for a minute or two, by the end of which time the head of the femur will be heard to click into its socket. In case the effort is not successful, both legs should be treated in the same Way at once. If neither effort is suc- cessful, after Several trials, proceed to employ 44 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. the following method: Let the operator with one hand grasp the affected limb by the ankle, and bend the knee nearly to a right angle, placing the other hand just below the bend of the knee. The knee should now be carried outward, the limb being also twisted in the Same direction, and then brought slowly down to its matural position. Dislocation of the Knee-Cap. This may be dislocated in various directions. It is characterized by the leg being stretched, and a prominence formed by the patella in an abnormal situation. Treatment.—Raise the patient's leg and rest it upon your shoulder. While in this position, force the bone into its place with the hand. Dislocation at the Ankle. This may be forwards, backwards, inwards, and outwards, and are the results of severe force. The bones' ends are usually fractured at the same time. It is a very serious accident, and when it occurs to patients whose constitu- tions are bad, amputation may often be neces- Sary. Treatment.—Reduction is effected by bending at the knee, and while in that position, drawing the foot forwards. In all cases of dislocations and fracture com- municating with joints, the danger is anchylosis or stiffness of the joints. This is to be obviated by what is called passive motion, which is to be instituted in all cases a few weeks after the accident. It is accomplished by taking hold of the limb and moving it in natural directions, as far as consistent, and repeated after suita- ble intervals. The patient is to be enjoined, also, when practicable, to exercise his limb at the wounded articulation. There are many other fractures and dislocations that I have not spoken of, for the reason that they are all so serious that the treatment should only be at- tempted by those having the proper anatomical knowledge and Surgical skill. Dislocation at the Shoulder. This may be displaced in three directions, viz: inwards, downwards and backwards. By comparing the injured with the Sound shoulder you may be able to tell that it is a dislocation. Where the head of the bone ought to be, you will find a depression, and you will most likely find a tumor, near the breast, in the arm-pit, or towards the back, according to the manner of dislocation. Treatment.—Lay the person on his back, and sit down beside him on the injured side, and put a round pad in the arm-pit. Then take off your boot, put your foot against the pad, grasp the patient's arm, or tie a towel to it, put it around your neck, and pull in that way. Then while you pull at the arm and push with your foot, tell the patient to turn round, or you may carry the arm across the chest. While this is done, a snap is heard, and the bone is in its proper place. Dislocation From Pulling the Arm. This is a form of displacement which occurs in young children, in . . consequence of being pulled forcibly by the arm. There is still some question among surgeons as to the exact nature of the dislocation; some claiming that the dis- location is at the wrist, and others at the elbow joint. It is probable that either joint may be af- fected. The hand will be found turned upon the palm, the patient being unable to turnit backward. Treatment.—All that is necessary is to grasp the hand and forcibly turn it upon the back, which will cause the bones to resume their proper position. Fracture of Collar Bone. The collar bone is generally fractured by indirect violence, such as a fall on the point of the shoulder. It is generally broken near the middle of the bone. Symptoms.-The patient is usually found sup- porting the arm with the hand, leaning toward the injured side. The shoulder falls downwards, is sunken and drawn toward the breast bone. Treatment.—Push the shoulder backwards and press on the seat of fracture, until you get it in its place. Then make a wedge-shaped pad and put it in the arm-pit, and secure it there by a bandage which surrounds the chest; then bring the elbow to the side and place the fore- arm so tightly in that position that it cannot move. If you follow these simple instructions the cure will be a good one. AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 45 Dislocation of the Bones of the Hand. Displacement of the bones of the carpus or body of the hand rarely occurs. The bones of the fingers are occasionally dislocated, but more frequently the thumb is dislocated backwards. Treatment.—Make extension in a curved line, by means of a narrow bandage or tape, firmly applied by a close-hitch upon the finger. Dislocation of the Ribs. Dislocation of the ribs from the spinal col- umn may sometimes occur by severe falls, or blows upon the back, and from the breast bone by violent bending of the body backwards. Great pain and difficulty of breathing follow in either case. Treatment.—Tell the patient to take a deep inspiration, and slightly bend the body back- wards, and while he does this, make some pressure on the projecting point. After reduc- tion, treat the same as for broken ribs. Dislocation of the Wrist. This is a very rare displacement, but can be easily discovered by an unnatural position of the hand and total inability to move the wrist ioint. J Treatment.—All that is required is firm pull- ing upon the hand, which causes the displaced bones to slip into position. Fracture of the Humerus. The humerus is the bone between the elbow and the shoulder. A fracture of this kind is usually the result of direct muscular action. If, as is usual, the fracture is transverse, there is little displacement. Treatment.—Place the bones in apposition, and in order to be sure you are right, compare it with the Sound arm. Then take four splints and put one in front, one behind, and one on each side of the arm. Secure these with a bandage, and the work is done. Apparent Death from Lightning. Slip the clothes from the body, and apply cold water, in large quantities, by throwing it over the body briskly, at the same time apply continual friction; administer internally brandy, whisky, hartshorn, or any stimulent you may have on hand. Electricity answers well if it can be procured; administer gentle shocks to the chest until signs of life seem evident. In- flate the lungs by method given under instruc- tion for drowned persons. Apparent Death from Noxious Vapors. Men who are employed in underground work- ings often suffer death from inhaling bad gases found at the bottom of old wells and under- ground excavations. Before commencing work, it is always a good plan to lower a lighted candle to the bottom of a suspected well; if the light is extinguished you may be sure it is not fit to go into. If, however, a person has Ventured down, and been overpowered, place the body in the open air, dash cold water over the face, head, and neck, turn the body gently but completely on the side. Apparent Death from Hunger. Do not hasten to administer food or a fatal result may follow, but first inject, with syringe, a small quantity of mutton broth, or beef tea, and if the patient can swallow, administer, in teaspoonful doses, warm milk, then a little brandy, and so gradually increase the nourish- ment, as the patient's strength increases. Feed the patient about every ten or fifteen minutes. Choking. This is an accident that may happen at any moment, while in the act of eating; children, too, are often addicted to putting substances in their mouths, as coins, buttons, etc., as well as attempting to swallow food without properly masticating it. Treatment.—Slap the patient on the back, Smartly, or press a finger immediately down the throat. Distend the gullet with a draught of water; or better still, warm water and mustard, which will act as a strong emetic. AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Fracture of the Bones of the Forearm. There are two bones here—the radius and ulna. Both bones are sometimes fractured to- gether. The cause is, generally, direct violence, or, more rarely, a fall on the palm of the hand. Treatment.—Examine the fracture, and if found oblique and the arm shortened, draw the arm forward and press the muscles into the interosseus space (the space between the bones). Then take two splints, well padded on the in- side, reaching from the elbow beyond the fin- gers; put one on the inside, reaching from the elbow beyond the fingers, and the other on the outside of the forearm. Secure with a band- age. The arm should be carried in a sling. Fracture of the Leg. There are two bones below the knee, called the tibia and the fibula. Either one or both bones of the leg may be broken. The tibia, or inner bone of the leg, is most frequently frac- tured, on account of being less protected by muscles. When the tibia is broken, it can be very easily discovered by feeling along the shin. The pain is not very severe, but the limb is partially bent, and the patient has no power to extend it. Sometimes the outer-bone of the leg is broken at a point about three inches above the ankle, and the inner ankle is either broken or separated from the heel-bone by laceration of the ligaments. This is what is known as Potts’ fracture. Treatment.—When both bones are broken, or when the fibula alone, or when the upper part of the fibula is fractured, the best and most complete apparatus is the fracture-box and pil- low. Make a box considerably wider than the leg, with only one end-board, and that consider- ably higher than the sides of the box. Of course the box must have no lid. A piece of cloth a yard long, and about two feet wide, should be placed in the box, in such a way as to cover the bottom and sides, the edge of the cloth hanging over outside of the box. A quantity of dry bran or sand should next be placed in the box, a sufficient amount being poured in to form a cushion for the foot and lower part of the leg, to the shape of which it should be molded. Bran or sand should be poured in around the sides of the leg. Bran or sand is necessary only in cases in which there is a Wound, which is very frequent in this form of practice. Secure the foot to he foot-board, so as to prevent lateral inclimation. Ordinary Splints'of pasteboard or other material may also be successfully used in case of fracture of the lower end of the fibula, in which the foot is turned to one side. In bandaging, great care must be exercised that the work is done Smoothly, and allowance made for the swelling which occurs. If splints are used, they should be carefully stuffed and applied to the inner side of the limb When the foot is turned, and firmly strapped down in such a manner as to bring it into its natural position. Fracture of the Bones in the Hand, Foot, or Ankle. Fractures of the carpal bones are generally compound. When it is a simple fracture little or no treatment is required beyond rest. The Solid bones are generally wounded by accidents that tend to crush them, as threshing machinery, heavy weights falling on them, etc. Treatment.—Dress the open wounds as any other, then cover the whole hand in several folds of rag or handkerchief dipped in water. Fracture of the Cap of the Knee. The knee pan, the cap of the knee, the patella, are but different expressions for the Same thing. The cap of the knee may be broken vertically or transversely. In some cases it is shattered by a severe fall, muscular contractions, or direct violence. There is no crepitation felt in this fracture. Treatment.—Keep down the Swelling with lotions, and the fragments kept together by adhesive plaster. Bind the leg to a lºng splint placed on the back of the leg. Fracture of the Ribs. Accidents of this kind often happen by direct violence, the ends being driven inwards; some- AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION, 47 times a severe Squeeze against a wall, when the ribs give way and the ends are driven outwards. Symptoms.-Pain at the seat of injury; in- creased pain on taking a deep inspiration; arrest of the movements of the ribs in breath- ing. By bending the head and listening you may detect crepitus (a grating sound), and may also detect the fracture by passing one hand over the seat of injury, and the other on the opposite side of the chest. Treatment.—In a simple fracture, the best plan is to apply strips of plaster two inches broad, stretching from the spine behind to the sternum in front, and extending some inches above and below the site of the fracture. By this means the ribs are kept perfectly at rest on the injured side. Injuries to the Eyes. By a Blow. A severe blow on the eye will frequently cause hemorrhage to take place, between the choroid and the retina. If the hemorrhage is severe, all useful vision is lost, but if slight, recovery may be looked for with a blind spot correspond- ing to the detached portion of the retina. Treatment.—The treatment should consist of a couple of leeches to the temple, ice over the eye, atropine drops, and perfect rest to both eyes. By Lime or Mortar. If seen immediately, should be treated by Washing out with a tepid solution of vinegar, Bay one teaspoonful of vinegar to sixteen of water. The upper lid should be averted, and all portions remaining in the eye carefully re- moved; a drop of castor oil may then be put in, and the eye closed with a pledgit of wet lint. By Acids. When the eye is injured by strong acid it Should be Syringed out with an alkaline solution. Formula. Bicarbonate of Soda, Water, Mix and apply. 5 grains. 1 ounce. The after treatment being the same as that above described. If the lids are injured with the acid, they should be dressed with the following liniment: Linseed Oil, 4 ounces. Lime Water, 4 6 & Prepared chalk, 2 & 6 Mix. Lint dipped in this liniment should be applied over the eye, and a pad of cotton wool placed over it, with a bandage. By Gunpowder. When the eye is injured by an explosion of gunpowder, all the loose powder should be care- fully removed with a syringe and tepid water. Examine the eye, and remove all particles im- bedded in it. Castor oil should then be dropped in, and belladonna lotion applied. By Pieces of Metal. Pieces of metal and other bodies, as the frag- Inents caused by the explosion of percusion caps, and Small shot, very frequently penetrate the eyeball. If the foreign body can be seen, an attempt should be made to remove it. Treatment.— Draw down the lower lid with the forefinger of the left hand and remove by a piece of moistened paper. If the substance be under the upper lid, place a bodkin across the lid, and draw back the lid so that it is completely inverted. Inflammation is very apt to occur after these accidents. Bleeding from the Air Passages and Lungs. Let the patient at once go to bed, and keep perfectly quiet, avoiding movement of any kind as much as possible. Administer dilute acids, in frequently repeated doses, with five drops of tincture of digitalis. The bowels should be kept open by means of epsom salts, in infusion of roses. Give iced drinks and let the solid ice be sucked. Mustard plasters may be applied to the chest. A Small dose of morphia, say one-sixth of a grain, may be given. The cough must be allayed by the administration of any of the cough mixtures, should the morphia not suffice. AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Bleeding from the Nose. Apply cold water containing ice, if obtaina- ble, or a piece of cold metal, to the back of the neck. If this will not suffice, inject with a Syringe, a solution of alum, or sulphate of zinc, (ten grains to the ounce), or Snuff up the nos- trils some gallic acid, powder of pomegranate, kino, or catechu, mixed with starch. A plug of lint may also be dipped in either of the above powders and pushed up the nose. To Check Nose-Bleed. Take Monsel's iron solution and apply it with a feather; the wing-feather of a common fowl is most readily obtained. The barbed end, of course, is dipped into the solution and pushed rapidly back into the nostril, and turned once or twice in the fingers. In a few seconds the feather refuses to yield to pushing or pulling, showing that a firm clot has been formed. The projecting end is clipped so as not to incon- venience the patient, enough of it being left to be easily seized and removed when required. If one feather should fail to stop the blood, a second feather may be introduced in the same manner, along side of the first one. At the end of a certain time the clots slough away from the nasal walls, and may be removed without trouble. Sunstroke. Sunstroke may with much propriety be called congestion of the brain, as the injury done to the brain is much the same, except it may be that no clot is found there. Harvest hands and all persons exposed to the extreme heat of the Sun are liable to be stricken down, and as a prevention ought to wear light clothing. The symptoms are dizziness, extreme thirst, violent throbbing of the arteries, both corotid and temporal; insensibility ensues by a convul- sive shivering. Treatment.—Carry the patient to a shady place, and instantly apply, copiously, cold water, or what is better, pounded ice in a bag, to the head. Rub the legs briskly with turpentine. Inhalation of ammonia or hartshorn is bene- ficial, and carbonate of ammonia may be given internally. This treatment must be kept up until the patient is better, or death ensues. When the patient is sufficiently recovered give him a brisk cathartic, and keep him from exposing himself to the sun for a few days. Stabs. They are treated as common wounds by first stopping the blood, if possible, by the use of cold Water and a sponge; and the edges brought together with strapping and bound up. Keep the patient quiet. Ingrowing Nails. The best thing to be done is simply to get a common saw file or a piece of glass, and either file or scrape the arch of the nail quite thin, by this means the center of the nail will event- ually be rendered so thin that it may be readily bent. Now raise the sides of the nail and insert in the grove between it and the flesh a thin layer of cotton wool. Nails should never be clipped at the corners, but cut straight across the top, if anything, slightly scooped in the middle. Apparent Death From Cold. A person apparently dead from cold must not be taken to a hot fire; that would be very wrong. The best thing you can do is to rub the body of the person with Snow, ice, or cold water, and after a time apply a very gentle heat, and proceed according to the directions laid down in the article on drowning. Apparent Death From a Blow or Fall. In an emergency of this kind prompt means must be resorted to. Place the patient on a couch in a recumbent position, with the head raised. Dash cold water on the face, and administer stimulants such as brandy, harts- horn, etc., and apply warmth to the feet and legs. Keep the patient quiet. Cut Throat. In cut throat, the first thing to be done is to search for all bleeding vessels, veins as well as arteries, and either twist or tie them. The danger is from hemorrhage, Suffocation from blood clot, or by entrance of air into a divided AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 49 vein. If the blood is of a dark color and gushes out, there is a vein severed; but if the blood is red (arterial blood), and spurts, an artery has been severed, and must be tied. In case of the severance of a Superficial vein, place the fingers on the course of the veins, a little above the cut, between it and the head, and keep a firm, though gentle pressure. If the trachea (wind pipe) is entirely divided, the divided edges may be kept together by some sutures. On no account apply sutures to the eacternal wound. Place the patient in bed with the shoulders well raised, and the head thrown forward on the chest, and secured there by tapes passing from a night cap to a roller round the the chest. Of course you would call a doctor as Soon as possible. Mow to Act. When the Clothes Take Fire. The Scientific American says three persons out of four would rush right up to the burning individual, and begin to paw with their hands, without any definite aims. It is useless to tell the victim to do this or that, or call for water. In fact, it is generally best not to say a word, but to seize a blanket from a bed, or a cloak, or any woolen material at hand, hold the corners as far apart as you can, stretch them out higher than your head, and running boldly to the person, make a motion of clasping in the arms, mostly about the shoulders. This instantly smothers the fire and saves the face. At the same time throw the unfortunate person on the floor. This is an additional safety to the face and breath, and any remnant of flame can be put out more leisurely. The next instant immerse the burnt part in cold water, and all the pain will cease with the rapidity of lightning. Next get some common flour, and cover the burnt parts thickly with it, put the patient to bed, and do all that is pos- sible to soothe until the physician arrives. Let the flour remain until it falls off, and a beau- tiful new skin will be found. Unless the burns are deep, no other application is needed. The dry flour for burns is the most admirable rem- edy ever proposed, and the information ought to be imparted to all. The principle of its action is that, like Water, it causes instant and perfect relief from pain, by totally excluding the air from the injured parts. Spanish whit- ing and cold water, of a mushy consistency, are preferred by some. Spread on the flour until no more will stick, and cover with cotton batting. Within the last few months the med ical profession has used the bicarbonate of soda, (bread soda), as an application to burns and scalds. Its efficacy is really wonderful. Try it. Cure For Drunkenness. There is a famous prescription in use in Eng- land, for the cure of drunkenness, by which thousands are said to have been assisted in recovering themselves. The receipt came into notoriety through the effects of John Wine Hall, commander of the steamship Great Eastern. He had fallen into such habitual drunkenness that his most earnest efforts to reclaim himself proved unavailing. At length he sought the advice of an eminent physician, who gave him a prescription which he followed faithfully for Seven months, and at the end of that time had lost all desire for liquor, although he had been for many years led captive by a most debasing appetite. The receipt, which he afterwards published, is as follows: Five grains of sul- phate of iron, ten grains of magnesia, eleven drachms of peppermint water; use twice a day. This preparation acts as a tonic and stimulant, and so partially supplies the place of accus- tomed liquor, and prevents the absolute phyisical and moral prostration that follows a Sudden breaking off the use of stimulating drinks. The following is said to be a cure for the appetite or disease of drunkenness: Five grains of Sulphate of iron, ten grains of magnesia, eleven drachms of peppermint water, and one drachm of Spirit of nutmeg, twice a day. To Extract Substances From the Nose. When a child has any substance wedged in its nostrils, press the vacant nostril so as to close it, and apply your lips close to the child's mouth and blow very hard. This simple method Will generally force the substance out of the nostril. 4 50 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Partial Dislocation of the Neck. To reduce this dislocation the unhappy per- Son should immediately be laid on his back upon the ground, and the operator must place himself behind him, so as to be able to lay hold of his head with both hands, while he makes a resistance by placing his knees against the patient's shoulders. In this posture he must pull the head with considerable force, gently twisting it at the same time, if the face be turned to one side, till he perceives that the joint is replaced, which may be known from the noise which the bones generally make when going in, the patient beginning to breathe, and the head continuing in its natural posture. To Stop Bleeding from Wounds. Bleeding from a wound on man or beast may be stopped by a mixture of wheat flour and common salt in equal parts, bound on with cloth. If the bleeding be profuse, use a large quantity—say from one to three pints. It may be left on for hours, or even days, if necessary. In this manner the life of a horse was saved which was bleeding from a wounded artery. The bleeding ceased in five minutes after the application. It was left on for three days, when it worked loose, and was easily removed from the wound, which very soon healed. ANOTHER REMEDY. Take of brandy or common spirits two ounces, castile soap two drachms, and potash one drachm; scrape the Soap fine, and dissolve it in the brandy, then add the potash; mix well, and keep in a close phial. When applied let it be warmed, and dip pledgets of lint, and the blood will immediately congeal. It operates by coagulating the blood a considerable Way within the vessel. A few applications may be neces- sary for deep wounds, and where limbs are cut off. ANOTHER REMEDY. Take the fine dust of tea, or the Scrapings of the inside of tanned leather, and bind it close upon the wound, and the blood Will soon cease to flow. These articles are at all times accessible, and easy to be obtained. Drowning. Rules to be observed for the recovery of per- Sons apparently drowned.—The body should be moved with all speed to the nearest house, unless too far, and after being stripped and dried, it should be placed in bed, between blankets, the head being slightly raised, whilst hot bricks and bottles are being got ready to place to the feet and abdomen. Artificial res- piration should be commenced, by means of a bellows, until a physician arrives with a proper apparatus. Mustard poultices should be applied to the abdomen, friction with hartshorn to the chest, and an injection administered, composed of turpentine and gruel or hot water and spirits. Hartshorn to the nose is useful. When signs of animation begin to appear, a teaspoonful of brandy and water should be given, but do not force it down the throat. It is foolish to attempt to bleed. The late Doctor Walentine Mott gives the fol- lowing directions: “Immediately as the body is removed from the water, press the chest Sud- denly and forcibly downward and backward, and instantly discontinue the pressure. Repeat this violent interruption until a pair of bellows can be procured. When obtained, introduce the muzzle well upon the base of the tongue. Sur- round the mouth with a towel or handkerchief and close it. Direct a bystander to press firmly on the projecting part of the neck (Adam's apple), and use the bellows actively; then press upon the chest, to expel the air from the lungs, to imitate the natural breathing. Continue this at least one hour, or until signs of natural breathing come on. Wrap the body in blank- ets, place it near a fire, and do every thing to preserve the natural warmth, as well as to impart an artificial heat, if possible. Every thing, however, is secondary to inflating the lungs. Send for a medical gentleman imme- diately, and avoid all friction until respiration shall be in some degree restored.” Frozen Limbs. When any part of the body is frozen, it should be kept perfectly quiet till it is thawed out, which should be done as promptly as pos- sible. As freezing takes place from the surface AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 51 mº- * inwardly, so thawing should be in the reverse order, from the inside outwardly. The thawing out of a portion of flesh, without at the same time putting the blood from the heart into cir- culation through it, produces mortification; but by keeping the more external parts still con- gealed till the internal heat and the external blood gradually soften the more interior parts, and produce circulation of the blood as fast as thawing takes place, most of these dangers are obviated. Raw cotton and castor oil have restored frost-bitten limbs when amputation was thought to be necessary to preserve life. It is said to be an infallible cure. For a Fish Bone in the Throat. If any person should become choked with a fish bone, and cannot cough it out, or other- wise easily remove it from the throat, let him take the white of three or four eggs, and if that does not carry the bone down into the stomach (and perhaps it would be best that it should not carry the bone down), let him take immediately from a teaspoonful to a table- spoonful of ground mustard in a little warm water, which will be pretty certain to make him vomit almost immediately, and as the eggs are thrown from the stomach they will be very likely to carry the bone from the throat. If no mustard is on hand, take some other quick emetic. Snake Bite. It is said that alum is a sure antidote to the bite of a rattlesnake. Take a piece about the size of a walnut and dissolve and drink it. This, it is said, will cure either man or beast. It would be a good idea for those who are in the habit of going into the Woods or the prairies to carry a piece of alum in their pockets, so as to be in readiness for the emergency of a bite. It is a simple remedy, but we have no doubt of its efficacy. ANOTHER. The “New Albany Bulletin” says: We learn that a lady resident of this county was bitten by a snake of the copper-head kind, in the foot, a few days since, which caused such excru- ciating pain as to give her friends Serious apprehension, for a time, of her recovery. An experiment was, however, resorted to, which resulted in a cure. The Snake was killed, cut to pieces, and bound to the Wound, which in a short time extracted the poison, and the lady is now convalescent.” Cure For Rattlesnake Bites and Other Poisonous Creatures. Indigo four drachms, gum camphor eight drachms, alcohol eight ounces; mixed and kept in close bottles. Apply to the Wound, and the cure is soon completed. ANOTHER. Take green hoarhound tops, pound them fine, press out the juice, let the patient drink a tablespoonful of the juice morning, noon and night, or three times in twenty-four hours. Apply the pounded herbs to the bite; change the same twice a day. The patient may drink a spoonful of sweet olive oil. This never fails to cure. Management of a Natural Labor. We would not advise an incompetent person to undertake the duty of midwife; but as labor may some times take place in railroad cars, and in places far away from medical assistance it will be the duty of the writer to proceed to describe his method of conducting a case of natural labor. The midwife should have with her a good Syringe, a pair of Scissors, some stout pins, for the binder, a soft elastic catheter, spirits of ammonia, and ergot of rye in the form of the fluid extract. As soon as you are called have the lying-in Woman quietly informed that the midwife wishes to see if all is “going on as it should.” You then tell the patient to turn on her left side, with the head and shoulders low down on the bed, and the thighs and knees drawn up. Her back should be placed towards the right edge of the bed. 52. AN ENOYCLOPEDIA OF PRAOTICAL INFORMATION. If labor pains are present they may be known by what is called “come and go pains,” which at first are moderate and wide apart, but finally become more intense, and succeed each other at shorter intervals—often causing cries and gestures, during a pain. Pass the hand, which has been previously smeared with lard, cold cream, oil or vaseline, to the mouth of the vagina. The fore finger of the right hand is then guided along up the vagina, directing its tip backward towards the hollow of the Sacrum, where the mouth of the womb will be felt. If the os (mouth of the womb) is then found to be soft and dilatable, the chances are in favor of an easy and expeditious labor. If, on the contrary, it feels hard and rigid, the labor is likely to be slow. The examination having been made, and the labor found to be all right, it is best to allow the patient to get off the bed and walk about the room, resting herself at intervals on a chair and taking some refreshment. It is of advant- age for the patient to walk about in the com- mencement of labor, as the entrance of the head into the pelvis is favored. When the pains come quite frequently again, introduce your hand, and as soon as you find that the os uteri is fully dilated, the time has arrived to rupture the membranes or bag of waters, a sort of fluctuating tumor (unless they have already burst). This may be done with your finger nail, or by pressing a sharp nail against the membranes while they are distended by the water during a pain. If you have with- drawn your hand you may again insert it, and you will most likely find the head about descend- ing into the vagina. This is what is called the first stage of labor. THE POSITION IN WHICH TO PLACE THE PATIENT DURING THE SECOND STAGE. In the Old Testament, Women are described as being delivered in a sitting posture, and a labor chair was used in France, in 1573. In some parts of Germany, labor chairs are still in use. A gum coat, or water-proof covering, should be laid over the bed, and covered with one or two sheets folded to receive the discharge of blood and water, which comes from the woman during the second and third stages of labor. In order to assist the woman in expulsive pains, give her your hand to pull on, or, if her husband be present, let her press him around the neck. This will greatly aid her; Or, you may tie a sheet to the bed post and let her pull at that. As soon as the child's head is born, you must examine whether the cord be twisted round the child's neck. If it is so, it should be gently drawn down, and slipped over the child's head. If it should be too tightly encircling the neck to admit of being drawn down over the head, or if the head is being drawn down too quickly, then the encircling loop should be opened a little, to let the body pass through it. But a third case may happen; that is, the encircling loop may be so tight as not to admit of being drawn over the head, or of opening to let the body pass through. In such a case, the child is in danger of being strangled; it gets blue and black in the face, and its body, held back by the cord, cannot be born. The remedy here is to get a finger under the loop, to guide by it one blade of a pair of scissors, and cut the loop. Then both cut ends should be held by the fingers, or tied, if there is time. Of course, when the child is born, the cord can be tied again at the proper place. The cord may be twisted twice, or even three times, round the neck. In such a case it will be the more likely to require to be divided. As soon as it is born you will probably hear the child gasp and cry, this is caused by the sudden shock it receives from exposure to the air, causing pain by the sudden expansion of the lungs. A gentle pat on the back, or blow- ing, or sprinkling Water on its face will often excite respiration. The cord should not be tied until the child has well breathed and cried, or until the pul- sations can no longer be felt in it, then sepa- rate it from the mother. To do this, take a few strands of thread and tie it round the cord, not so tight as to cut through, about two inches from the navel. Next take a pair of scissors and cut the cord through about half an inch away from the ligature, not on the side, how- AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. §9 ever, towards the navel; you can put two lig- atures on the cord if you like, and cut between them. It is better to use blunt scissors to cut the cord, as this crushes and bruises the ves- sels in the cord, and thus helps to prevent subsequent bleeding. It is well to examine the cut end of the cord an hour or so after the child is born, in order to see if there is any escape of blood; in which case, a fresh liga- ture should be applied. Immediately after the child is born the mid- wife should place her hand over the woman's abdomen, to Secure contraction of the womb, and at the same time to ascertain if there may not be a second child in the uterus. Then take the baby away, but be careful how you do it, or else an accident may happen. The baby is very slippery, so take it up in this way: put its neck between the thumb and fore- finger of the left hand, and put the palm of the right hand under its buttocks, you then have it secure; but do not be too anxious about its safety, or you might choke it. Now commences what is called the third stage of labor, or the placenta stage. This important stage is, perhaps, the most dangerous to the mother, inasmuch as flooding often commences, requiring the greatest efforts of the midwife to stop it, for so long as the after-birth is still in the womb there is great danger. The midwife, then, should place a hand over the fundus of the uterus and exert a moderate pressure upon it, if the after-birth has not passed down into the vagina, for in some cases the expulsion of the placenta follows immedi- ately upon that of the child, sometimes with the same pain. Usually the womb remains in a state of rest for some minutes after the ex- pulsion of the child. By making pressure upon the womb, and at the same time pulling gently upon the cord, but by no means pull so hard as to tear the cord, or invert the womb. If it will not come, give the patient a pinch of Snuff to set up a cough : this may expell the placenta. When the placenta cannot be delivered in the way just described, the hand may be gently intro- duced into the uterus and passed between it and the after-birth, which is then seized and delivered by hand. On the expulsion of the after-birth, be sure and examine it to see if it is complete, and if all the membranes have come away with it. As soon as the after-birth has been removed, the external genitals should be gently sponged with warm water, and a warm dry napkin placed on the vulva. The soiled linen may be removed and sent out of the room. After the delivery of the after-birth, a ban- dage or binder should be applied to the abdo- men. Do not fasten the binder too tightly, but So as to give comfortable support. The great point is that the binder should seize well below the hips, otherwise it will slip upwards and be- come useless. If everything has gone on well the patient may be moved to the other side of the bed, and made comfortable, in about half an hour. But if she is weak from hemorrhage or other cause, she must be allowed to rest an hour or more undisturbed. The child having been washed, it should be put to the breast for a few minutes. This early application of the child to the breast acts beneficially in two ways—on the child, by sat- isfying its natural instinct to suck, as well as by the first milk opening its bowels; and on the mother by securing a due and permanent contraction of the uterus. When the midwife has put the child to the breast, has found it Suck, and examined the uterus and found it contracted, ascertained that there is no bleed- ing, and found the pulse 100, she may safely leave the patient. After Pains. After-pains are caused by the contraction of the uterus after labor. They vary in intensity in different Women; in some they scarcely excite attention; in others, they are most severe and distressing. Treatment.—The best remedy is patience; they may, however, be alleviated by small doses of morphia, or a few drops of laudanum. Heated cloths and warm formentations are some- 54 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. times useful, particularly if assisted by mod- erate but sufficient pressure on the abdomen, by means of a broad bandage. They seldom follow with severity the first birth. Placing the child to the breast tends to pre- vent the occurrence of after-pains, by promoting early contraction of the uterus. After-pains should not be checked, unless too Severe, because they tend to promote the ex- pulsion of substances which, if retained in the Womb, might decompose and set up blood poisoning. IELIXIRS, This is a term applied in pharmacy to various compound sweetened tinctures or cor- dials, and to preparations supposed to contain the quintessence of other substances. The elixirs of the alchemists were solutions, employed in their fruitless attempts to transmute the baser metals into gold. The indicated elixirs of the present day, when properly made, form a certain, convenient and agreeable method of administering a large class of important remedies, and are fast coming into favor throughout the civilized World. Simple Elixir No. 1. Fresh Orange Peel, 120 grains. Cardamoms, 20 “ Star Amise, 30 “ Simple Syrup, 5 fl ounces. Alcohol, 4 “ “ Water, 9 “ “ Exhaust the aromatics with the alcohol and water. Mix and add the syrup; color with car- mine, if desired. Simple Elixir No. 2. Cinnamon, 1} drachms. Star Anise, 1 drachm. Coriander, 1} drachms. Nutmeg, # drachm. Caraway, 1} drachms. Oil Sweet Orange, # drachm. Dilute Alcohol, 2 pints. Syrup, 2 pints. Percolate the the aromatics with the dilute alcohol previously mixed with the oil of Orange, continuing the percolation until two pints of aromatic tincture are obtained, and mix with the syrup. Simple Elixir No. 3. Alcohol, 4 ounces. Water, 9 ( & Sugar, 4}. “ Oil Sweet Orange, # drachm. Oil Caraway, 15 drops. Oil Coriander, 10 & 6 Oil Cassia, 10 & 6 Mix and shake with paper pulp, or rub with one ounce of carbonate of magnesia, and filter. Elixir Lactopeptine and Bismuth. Lactopeptine, 1 ounce. Cit. of Bismuth and Ammonia, 128 grains. Aqua Ammonia, Q. S. Boiling Water, Q. S. Simple Elixir, to make 1 pint. Dissolve the bismuth and ammonia in a little boiling water, adding a few drops of aqua am- monia to clarify. Macerate the lactopeptine for 24 hours in a portion of the elixir. Mix and filter. Each fluid drachm contains one grain of bismuth and three grains of lactopeptine. NoTE.—For properties and uses, see elixir lactopeptine. Dose.—One to two teaspoonfuls. Elixir Mandrake Compe * }* in coarse powd., º grams. Dilute Alcohol, 1 pint. Sugar, 6 ounces. Prepared flavoring, 1 ounce. Percolate the powders with diluted alcohol until thirteen ounces are made; then add the sugar and the prepared flavoring, and filter. Each fluid drachm contains five grains each of mandrake and Senna. Properties.—Cathartic, emetic, alterative, an- thelmintic, hydragogue, and Sialagogue. Uses.—In chronic liver diseases; in bilious and typhoid fevers. Doge.—One to two teaspoonfuls. *. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 55 Percolating Menstruum. Alcohol, 40 OunceS. Water, 4} pints. Mix and filter through carb. magnesia. Prepared Flavoring. Oil Coriander, 1 drachm. Oil Anise, # drachm. Oil Sweet Orange, 2 ounces. Oil Cinnamon, # drachm. Oil Cloves, 10 drops. Alcohol, 1 pint. Mix. This and the preceding formula will both be found useful in making some of the medi- cated elixirs which follow. *- Stock Solution For Simple Elixir. Oil Orange, # drachm. “ Coriander, 15 drops. “ Cassia, 15 & & “ Caraway, 5 66 “ Anise, 10 & 6 “ Nutmegs, 5 & & Alcohol, 2} ounces. Mix. To make simple elixir with the above, use Stock Solution, 1 drachm. Alcohol, 4 ounces. Water, 10} “ Sugar, 3 “ Carbonate Magnesia. q. s. Elixir Calisaya. With Hypophosphites. Hypophosphite of Calcium, 256 grains. Hypophosphite of Sodium, 256 & 6 Fluid Extract of Calisaya, 2 ounces. Simple Elixir, 14 & 6 Rub the salts very fine and dissolve in Sepa- rate portions of elixir, and filter. Each fluid drachm contains about five grains of calisaya and two grains each of the hypophosphite of lime and of soda. Properties. Tonic and antiperiodic. Uses.—Extensively used in tuberculosis, and as a remedy for defects in the Osseous system, and as a remedy in phthisis. Dose.—One teaspoonful. Elixir Calisaya, with Lactophosphate of Lime. Solution Phos. Lime (see solutions) 1 ounce. Fluid Extract Calisaya Bark, 2 ounces. Simple Elixir, 14 6 & Mix and filter. Each fluid drachm contains one grain of lac- tophosphate of lime and about five grains of calisaya bark. Properties.—Tonic, antiperiodic. Uses.—In tuberculosis and defects in the OSSeous System and as a remedy in phthisis. Dose.—One teaspoonful. Elixir Strychnia, Quinia, and Bismuth. Sulphate of Quinia, 128 grains. Sulphate of Strychnia, 1 grain. Citrate of Bismuth, 128 grains. Aqua Ammonia, Q. S. Citric Acid, 10 grains. Simple Elixir, to make 1 pint. Take two separate portions of the elixir; in one dissolve the citric acid, and in the other rub the quinia. Dissolve the citrate of bismuth in a little hot Water, having previously reduced it to a fine powder, and add a little aqua ammonia to clarify. Dissolve the Strychnia in a little hot water and alcohol and a few grains of citric acid, previously dissolved in the water. Mix the solutions and balance of elixir, and filter. Each fluid drachm contains one grain of quinia, 1.128 grain Strychnia, and one grain of citrate of bismuth. Properties.-Powerfully tonic, and stimulant, and stomachic. Uses.—In intermittent and remittent fevers, gout, rheumatism, pyrosis, dyspepsia, and in cases of partial paralysis. Dose.—One to two teaspoonfuls. Elixir Lactopeptine. Lactopeptine, 640 grains. Simple Elixir, 1 pint. Macerate the lactopeptine for 24 hours in the elixir, and filter, 56 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Each fluid drachm contains five grains of lactopeptine. Properties.—Absorbent, sedative. Uses.—Employed with great success in dys- pepsia, gastralgia, and general debility of the system, and in all the numerous disorders dependent on want of tone and vigor of the stomach and digestive organs. Dose.—One teaspoonful. Elixir Pepsin. Saccharated Pepsin, 256 grains. Muriatic Acid, Q. S. Glycerine, 2 ounces. Simple Elixir, to make 1 pint. Shake the pepsin in a portion of the elixir, and add sufficient muriatic acid, about two drachms; when all is completely dissolved, add the glycerine and balance of the elixir and filter. Each fluid drachm contains two grains of pepsin. Dose.—One to three teaspoonfuls. Uses.—For indigestion, dyspepsia, vomiting, in pregnancy, cholera infantum, and all dis- eases arising from imperfect nutrition. Elixir Pepsin and Bismuth. Cit. of Bismuth and Ammonia, 256 grains. Warm Distilled Water, 1 ounce. Water of Ammonia, sufficient. Elixir of Pepsin, 15 ounces. Dissolve the bismuth in the Warm Water, adding aqua ammonia sufficient to neutralize. Mix with elixir and filter. Each fluid drachm contains two grains of bismuth and two grains of pepsin. Properties.—Tonic, antispasmodic, stomachic. Uses.—Indigestion, dyspepsia, fantum, nausea, imperfect nutrition. Dose.—One to two teaspoonfuls. Elixir Pepsin and Strychnia. Hall's Solution of Strychnia, 2 fl. Ounces. Elixir Pepsin, 14 fl. Ounces. Mix. Each fluid drachm contains 1-64 grain of strychnia and two grains of pepsin. cholera in- Properties.—Powerful tonic, antispasmodic, stomachic. Uses.—This elixir increases the appetite and aids digestion, and is very valuable in diarrhea. Dose.—One teaspoonful; can increase to two. Elixir Pepsin, Bismuth and Strychnia. Cit. Bismuth and Ammonia, 256 grains. Hall's solution of Strychnia, 2 ounces. Warm Water, 1 ounce. Elixir Pepsin, 13 ounces. Dissolve the bismuth in the water, by the aid of a few drops of aqua ammonia. Mix and filter. Each fluid drachm contains two grains of bis- muth, two of pepsin, and 1-64 of a grain of Strychnia. Uses.—It has been found very useful in dys- pepsia, gastralgia, general debility of the System, and in all the numerous disorders dependent on want of tone and vigor of the stomach and digestive organs. Dose.—One teaspoonful. Elixir Pepsin, Bismuth and Iron. Citrate of Iron and Ammonia, 256 grains. Elixir Pepsin and Bismuth, 1 pint. Dissolve the Iron in hot water, add the elixir and filter. Each fluid drachm contains two grains of iron, two of bismuth, and two of pepsin. Uses.—See previous formula. Dose.—One teaspoonful. Elixir Pepsin, Bismuth, Iron and Strychnia. Citrate of Bismuth and Ammonia, 256 grains. Citrate of Iron and Ammonia, 256 grains. Hall's Solution of Strychnia, 2 ounces. Elixir Pepsin q. S. to make 1 pint. Rub the bismuth to a fine powder and add it gradually to about one ounce of hot water; then add a few drops aqua ammonia to make clear. Dissolve the iron in one ounce of hot water; mix and filter. Each fluid drachm contains two grains of bis- muth, two of iron and two of pepsin, with one- sixty-fourth grain of Strychnia. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 57 Properties and Uses.—For properties and uses, sée formula for pepsin, bismuth and strychnia. Dose.—One teaspoonful. Elixir Pepsin, Iron and Strychnia. Hall's Solution of Strychnia, 2 ounces. Elixir of Pepsin, 14 ounces. Citrate of Iron and Ammonia, 256 grains. Mix and filter. Each fluid drachm contains one sixty-fourth grain of Strychnia, two grains of pepsin and two of Iron. Dose.—One teaspoonful. Elixir Taraxacum Compound. Fluid Extract Dandelion, 6 fl drachms. Fluid Extract Wild Cherry, 4 fl drachms. Fluid Extract Gentian, 30 drops. Fluid Extract Liquorice, 30 drops. Simple Elixir, Mix. Properties.—Stomachic, tonic, diuretic, and slightly aperient. Uses.—Recommended in torpor and engorge- ment of the liver, as well as of the spleen. In uterine obstruction, chronic diseases of the skin. jaundice and dropsy. Dose.—One to two teaspoonfuls. 14 ounces. Elixir Pepsin and Quinia's Sulphate of Quinia, 256 grains. Aromatic Sulphuric Acid, Q. S. Elixir of Pepsin, 1 pint. Dissolve the quinia in just enough acid to cut it; add to the elixir of pepsin and filter. Each fluid drachm contains two grains of sul- phate of quinia, and two grains of pepsin. Dose.—One teaspoonful. Elixir Phosphorus. Phosphorus, 2 grains. Sulphuric Ether (Concentrated), 1 fl drachm. Alcohol, 1 fl ounce. Glycerine, 8 ounces. Simple Elixir to make 1 pint. Dissolve the phosphorus in the ether by allowing it to stand twenty-four hours; intro- duce no water; next add the alcohol, then the glycerine, very gradually; Shake after each addition; lastly add the elixir. Each fluid drachm contains one sixty-fourth grain of phosphorus. Properties.—A powerful stimulant particularly of kidneys and genitals. Uses.—To relieve irritation of the bladder, prostate testes and urethra, and to improve the nutrition of the nervous system. Dose.—One to two teaspoonfuls. Elixir Lactate of Iron- Solution of Protoxide of Iron (See Solutions), 1 ounce. Lactic Acid Concentrated, 1} drachms. Elixir to make 1 pint. Mix and filter. Each fluid drachm contains nearly one grain of lacto-citrate of iron. Properties.—Astringent, tonic, etc. Uses.—Recommended in chlorosis anaemia amenorrhea. Dose.—One teaspoonful. Elixir Lactophosphate of Iron and Lime- Solution of Lactophosphate of Lime, 1% ounces. Solution of Lactophosphate of Iron, # ounce. Solution of Phosphoric Acid, # ounce. Simple Elixir, to make 1 pint. Mix and filter. Each fluid drachm contains two grains of the lactophosphate of iron and the lactophosphate of lime combined. Properties.—Tonic, astringent, stomachic. Uses.—Recommended in cases of deficient nutrition, in the different forms of scrofula, phthisis and dyspepsia. Dose.—One teaspoonful. Elixir Iodide of Calcium. Iodide of Calcium, 256 grains. Simple Elixir, 1 pint. Dissolve the iodide in the elixir and filter. Each fluid drachm contains two grains of iodide of calcium. Properties.—Stimulant, absorbent, alterative. Uses.—In scrofula, bronchocele and chlorosis. Dose.—One teaspoonful. Elixir Iodide of Potassium. Iodide of Potassium, 512 grains. Simple Elixir, 1 pint. Dissolve the iodide in the elixir and filter. 68 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Each fluid drachm contains four grains of iodide of potassium. Properties.—The same as that of iodine, but chiefly as an alterative in secondary syphilis, rheumatism, lepra, bronchocele and other glam- dular swelling. Uses.—Highly recommended in intermittent and remittent fewers, where quinine can not be tolerated. Dose.—One to two teaspoonfuls. Elixir Gentian and Bismuth, Citrate of Bismuth and Amm., 384 grains. Elixir of Gentian, 1 pint. Dissolve the bismuth by the aid of a little hot water, first rubbing it to a fine powder in a mortar, and clarify by adding a few drops of aqua ammonia. Mix and filter. Bach fluid drachm contains three grains of bismuth and three grains of gentian. Properties.—A powerful tonic ; improves the appetite; antispasmodic ; astringent. Uses.—In dyspepsia, diarrhea, general de- bility, great exhaustion, jaundice, hysteria. Dose.—One teaspoonful. Elixir Gentian and Strychnia. Fluid Extract of Gentian, 4 ounces. Hall's Solution of Strychnia, 2 & 6 Simple Elixir, to make 1 pint. Mix and filter. Each fluid drachm contains fifteen drops of the fluid extract of Gentian and 1-64 grain of strychnia. Properties.—Tonic, antispasmodic. Uses.—Recommended in diarrhea, great gen- eral prostration, and as a powerful tonic where strychnia is indicated. Dose.—One teaspoonful. Elixir Gentian, Iron and Bismuth. Cit. of Bismuth and Ammonia, 256 grains. Plixir Gentian and Iron, 15 ounces. Dissolve the Bismuth in one ounce of hot water; add to the elixir and filter. Each fluid drachm contains two grains of bismuth, one of iron, and three of gentian. Its properties and uses are similar to the previous formula. Dose.—One teaspoonful. Elixir Dandelion Comp. Dandelion Root, 6 ounces. Wild Cherry Bark, 4 6 & Gentian Root, 1 ounce. Orange Peel, 2 ounces. Cinnamon Bark, 1 ounce. Coriander Seeds, 1 “ Anise Seed, 2 drachms. Caraway Seed, 2 & 4 Licorice Root, 2 & & Simple Syrup, 1 ounce. Alcohol, Water, of each, sufficient. Exhaust the powdered drugs by percolation with enough of a mixture of one volume of alcohol to three of water to obtain six pints and one-half of percolate; mix this with the simple syrup and filter. This elixir will be found an excellent prepa- ration in which to administer quinine, and to disguise its taste. Elixir Gentian and Iron. Pyrophosphate of Iron, 256 grains. Elixir of Gentian, 1 pint. Dissolve the iron in a little hot water. Mix and filter. Each fluid drachm contains two grains of the pyrophosphate of iron, and about three grains of gentian. Properties.—See Elixir of Gentian below. Uses.—See Elixir of Gentian below. Dose.—One teaspoonful. Elixir of Gentian Ferrated. Extract of Gentian, 128 grains. Simple Elixir, 15 ounces. Warm Water, 4 drachms. Muriatic Acid, 66 drops. Water, 4 drachms. Iron Filings, 1 drachm. Dissolve the extract in the warm water and add it to the elixir. In a glass mattress place the iron filings with the acid and water, and when the evolution of gas has nearly ceased, bring the liquid to a boiling point and filter; add the filtrate to the elixir, and filter again through paper. Properties.—A powerful tonic; improves the appetite and helps digestion. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 59 Uses.—In exhaustion, dyspepsia, debility, gout. Dose.—One to two teaspoonfuls. Elixir Muriate of Iron–Tasteless. Citrate of Potassium, 400 grains. Tinct. Muriate of Iron, 640 drops. Elixir q. S. to make 1 pint. Dose.—One teaspoonful. Elixir of Gentian With Chloride of Iron. Ext. of Gentian (solid), 128 grains. Warm Water, # ounce. Tincture Chloride of Iron, # “ Simple Elixir, 15 ounces. Dissolve the extract in the hot water, add the elixir, and lastly the tincture. Filter. Dose.—One teaspoonful. Elixir of Sulphate Cinchonia. Simple Elixir, 15 ounces. Sulphate Cinchonia, 256 grains. Water (hot), 1 ounce, Aro. Sulph. Acid, Q. S. Dissolve the cinchonia with the acid and water, and add the elixir. Color with tincture of carmine. Dose.—One teaspoonful. Elixir Licorice Aromatic. Licorice Root, 32 ounces. Caraway Seed, 6 drachms. Star Anise, 16 & 6 Coriander, 10 & 6 Cinnamon, 16 66 Water, 16 pints. Alcohol, 4 pints. White Sugar, 80 ounces. Macerate the aromatics with two pints of alcohol and one of water for seven days, fre- quently agitating; transfer them to a percolator and when the liquid ceases to drop add enough of the same menstruum to complete three pints of percolate. Digest the licorice with the water for two hours, then bring to the boiling point, and boil for fifteen minutes, when cold express strongly, and mix the decoction with the aro- matic percolate, set aside for twenty-four hours and filter. Mix the sugar with the filtrate, agitate till it is dissolved, add the remainder of the alcohol and filter again. Uses.—Chiefly as an aromatic, and to disguise the taste of bitter or nauseous medicines. Elixir Valerianate of Ammonia. Crystalized Valerianate of Amm., 256 grains. Comp. Tincture of Cochineal, # fl. dr. Simple Elixir, 15% ounces. Dissolve the valerianate in two ounces of the elixir, add water of ammonia q. S. to neutralize, then add the rest. Each fluid drachm contains two grains Valeria- nate of ammonia. - Properties.—Antispasmodic and nervous stim- ulant. Uses.—Intermittent, and as a nervous tonic. Dose.—One to two teaspoonfuls. Elixir Valerianate of Quinine. Valerianate of Quinine, 128 grains. Citric Acid, sufficient, or 10 “ Simple Elixir, 1 pint. Dissolve the Valerianate of quinine and citric acid in the elixir and filter. Each fluid drachm contains one grain of Valeri- anate of quinine. Properties.—It exerts the combined influence of quinine and Valerianic acid, tonic antiperiodic. Uses.—Intermittent and as a nervous tonic. Dose.—One to two teaspoonfuls. Elixir Eucalyptus and Iron. Fluid Extract of Eucalyptus, 1 ounce. Pyrophosphate of Iron, 256 grains. Hot Water, Q. S. Simple Elixir, to make 1 pint. Dissolve the pyrophosphate in about one ounce of hot water. Mix and filter. Each fluid drachm contains about four grains of eucalyptus and two grains of iron. Properties.—Tonic, astringent, febrifuge. Uses.—Useful in all kinds of fevers. Dose.—One or two teaspoonfuls. 60 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Rheumatic Elixir. Salicylate of Soda, 6 drachms. Fluid Ext. Black Cohosh, 1% ounces. Fluid Ext. Colchicum Seed, 4 ounce. Acetate Potassium, 14 ounces. Comp. Tinct. Cardamom, 1 ounce. Simple Elixir, to make 1 pint. Mix and filter. Dose.—One teaspoonful. Compound Elixir of Senna. Extract of Senna (solid) 6 drachms. Extract of Aloes, 6 & 4 Carbonate of Soda, (crystals) 1 drachm. Anise Seed, 1 & 6 Caraway Seed, 1 6 & Cardamom Seed, 1 & 4 Simple Syrup, 4 ounces. Alcohol, Q. S. Simple Elixir, to make 1 pint. Macerate the drugs with alcohol and perco- late till six ounces are obtained, add simple elixir and filter. Dose.—One teaspoonful. An excellent ca- thartic. Elixir Pyrophosphate of Iron, Quinine and Strychnia. Sulphate of Quinine, 64 grains. Strychnia, 1 grain. Citric Acid, 5 grains. Stronger Alcohol, 8 fl. ounces. Spirits of Orange, 80 drops. Syrup, 6 fl. ounces. Pyrophosphate of Iron, 256 grains. Distilled Water, 7 fl. ounces. Water of Ammonia, Q. 8. Triturate the sulphate of quinine, Strychnia and citric acid together until minutely divided, then add the alcohol and Spirits of Orange. Warm the syrup slightly to about 150° Fahr., and add to the turbid mixture, when, upon stirring, the mixture becomes clear. To this add the pyrophosphate of iron, previously dis- solved in the distilled Water, and finally care- fully add water of ammonia, drop by drop, until the elixir is perfectly neutral to test-paper. Filter. The finest preparation has a greenish- yellow color, a pleasant flavor of Orange, and is permanent. This preparation is also known as “Phosphate of Iron, Quinine and Strychnia,” and is as valuable in every particular. Each fluid drachm contains one-half grain of quinine, two grains pyrophosphate of iron, and 1-128 grains of Strychnia. Properties.—Strongly and permanently tonic and antiperiodic. Uses.—An excellent preparation in all kinds of febrile affections, remittent and intermittent fever, etc. Dose.—One to two teaspoonfuls. Elixir Rhubarb and Magnesia. Carbonate of Magnesia, 3 drachms, Citric Acid, about 4 4 & Elixir Rhubarb, 1 ounce. Simple Elixir, 15 ounces. Rub the carbonate of magnesia with one ounce of elixir, and having previously dissolved the citric acid in a small portion of elixir, add it gradually to the carbonate of magnesia. After it has ceased effervescing, add the elixir of rhubarb, and filter. Properties.—The above elixir is stomachic, pur- gative, according to the dose employed. Uses.—In dyspepsia, debility of the intestines, flatulent colic, diarrhea, costiveness of old people. Dose.—One or two tablespoonfuls. Elixir Calisaya Bark (detannated.) Calisaya Bark, coarse powder, 640 grains. Percolating Menstruum, 1 pint. Sugar, 6 ounces. Prepared Flavoring, 1 ounce. Percolate the powder with the percolating menstruum until thirteen ounces are obtained; to this add about one ounce of white of egg, or sufficient to deprive it of its cincho-tannic acid. The absence of the latter is readily as- certained by the addition of a drop of muriate tincture of iron to a filtered portion of the liquid treated, which should not be colored by such admixture. Should coloration result, the degree of faintness will serve as a guide to the further quantity of albumen necessary to completely detannate the preparation. We can lay down no absolute rule as to the necessary amount of albumen which may be required in the pro- cess of detannating, as it depends on the AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 61 astringent quality of the bark, which is not al- ways the same. Should too much albumen be added to the filtrate, precipitate the albumen with about five grains of citric acid; and where too much acid is present, filter through mag- nesium. Lastly, add the sugar and prepared flavorings. Properties.—Strongly and permanently tonic and antiperiodic. Uses.—In intermittents, cymanche maligna, scarlatina, and in every disease attended with deficient action. Dose.—One to two teaspoonfuls. Elixir of Quinine. Sulphate of Quinine, 128 grains. Citric Acid, 20 & 6 Aqua Ammonia, Q. S. Simple Elixir to make 1 pint. Take two portions of elixir, in one dissolve the citric acid, and in the other dissolve the quinine, by rubbing in the mortar. Mix the solutions and add the balance of the elixir; lastly, add aqua ammonia, a few drops at a time, till the solution is clear. Take care not to add any more ammonia than is actually needed to clarify, otherwise the excess of am- monia will precipitate the quinine. Use a little test paper. It is a good plan to mix the aqua ammonia with about twice as much elixir before adding it to the solutions. Properties.—Antiperiodic, tonic. Uses.—In febrile diseases; intermittent and remittent fevers. Dose.—One to two teaspoonfuls. Elixir Calisaya, Bark (Detannated) No. 2. Calisaya Bark, in fine powder, 24 ouncs. Bitter Orange Peel, “ & & 16 “ Coriander Seed, & 6 & 6 4 * * Cardamom Seed, “ & 6 1 ounce. Ceylon Cinnamon, “ & 6 8 ounces. Anise Seed, & 6 & 6 1 ounce. Bxhaust the powdered drugs with a mixture of one part, by measure, of alcohol, and three of water; so as to obtain twenty pints of per- colate. From six pints of the officinal solution of tersulphate of iron prepare hydrated oxide of iron; Wash it well; measure it, and to every four measures add one measure of alcohol; then add of this to the percolate sufficient to deprive it of its cincho-tannic acid. The ab- water, to which add the alcohol; sence of the latter can be readily ascertained by the addition of a drop of muriate tincture of iron (as shown in the previous formula) to filtered portion of the liquid treated, which should not be colored by such admixture. If coloration is exhibited, sufficient oxide of iron must be added to completely detannate the preparation. As soon as the result is obtained the mixture is thrown in a muslin strainer, and when the liquid ceases to pass, the residue is washed on the strainer, with sufficient of a mixture of one measure of alcohol, and three of water, to make the strained liquid equal to five gallons. The elixir is then finished in the usual manner by adding two gallons of syrup. NoTB.—Both the methods here given have their advocates. By the method of detannating with albumen it is claimed that no effect is produced in the gallic acid, which nearly always accompanies tannin, and is equally prejudicial in elixirs that are intended to con- tain chalybeates. The only solution of this much vexed question is to try both plans, and take your choice. Elixir of Calisaya, or Cinchona, Made From the Alkaloids. Sulphate of Quinine, 8 grains. Sulphate of Cinchonia, 32 “ Sulphate of Cinchonidia, 17 “ Citric Acid, 10 “ Alcohol, 2 ounces. Boiling Water, 2 “ Simple Elixir, 12} “ Dissolve the acid in two drachms of the and to this solution add the quinine, cinchonidia and cin- chonia, then add the remainder of the hot water; lastly, add the simple elixir; color to suit. When this elixir is to be used with any of the iron preparations, omit the coloring. Dose.—One to three teaspoonfuls. Elixir Rhubarb, Columbo and Iron, Rhubarb in coarse powder, 640 grains. Columbo, & 6 & 6 640 & 6 Pyrophosphate of Iron, 128 6 & Warm Water, 1 ounce. Sugar, 6 ounces. Citric Acid, Q. S. Diluted Alcohol, 15 ounces. Prepared Flavoring, 1 ounce. 62 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Percolate the powders with the percolating menstruum until fourteen ounces are obtained; remove the tannin with q. s. albumen and citric acid, then add the sugar and prepared flavoring, and finally add the iron, previously dissolved in hot water, and filter. Each fluid drachm contains five grains each of rhubarb and columbo, and one grain of the pyrophosphate of iron. Properties.—Purgative, stomachic, astringent. Uses.—Dyspepsia, chronic diarrhea, and dys- entery, febrile, and inflammatory diseases. It is most useful in the remittent and intermit- tent fewers of hot climates. Dose.—one teaspoonful. Elixir of Belladonna. Tincture of Belladonna, 23 ounces. Simple Elixir to make 1 pint. Mix and filter. Each fluid drachm contains about ten drops of the tincture, Properties.—Powerfully narcotic, diaphoretic, and diuretic. Use.—In dropsy, neuralgia, headache, per- tussis. Dose.—One teaspoonful, repeated as needed. Elixir of Bismuth. 256 grains. 1 fl. ounce. Citrate of Bismuth and Ammonia, Warm Distilled Water, Aqua Ammonia q. S. to neutralize. Simple Elixir, 15 fl. ounces. Dissolve the bismuth in the warm Water, add- ing the ammonia, drop by drop, until the so- lution is clear; add the elixir and filter. Each fluid drachm contains two grains soluble citrate of bismuth. Properties.—Antispasmodic, absorbent, tonic and sedative. Use.—Dyspepsia, cardialgia, and painful affec- tions of the bowels generally. Dose.—Teaspoonful, often repeated. Elixir Bismuth, Strychnia, and Iron. Citrate of Iron and Ammonia, 256 grains. Cit. of Bismuth and Ammonia, 128 4 & Hall's Solution of Strychnia, 2 ounces. Simple Elixir, q. S. to make 1 pint. Dissolve the iron and ammonia in a little warm water, and after rubbing the bismuth in a mortar, add a little hot water to it. Add the two solutions to the elixir, and, lastly, the Solution of Strychnia, and filter. Each fluid drachm contains two grains of iron, one of bismuth, and 1-64 grain of strychina. Properties.—Antispasmodic, tonic, sedative, astringent. Uses.—Wery useful in passive diarrhea, pyrosis, affections of the bowels generally. Dose.—One tablespoonful. Elixir of Blackberry Root. Blackberry Root, in coarse powder, 1280 grains. Percolating menstruum, 1 pint. Sugar, 5 ounces. Prepared flavoring, 1 ounce. Percolate the blackberry root with the per- colating menstruum, consisting of diluted alco- hol, until thirteen ounces are obtained, then add the prepared flavoring and the Sugar; add sufficient of the menstruum to make one pint, and filter. Each fluid drachm contains ten grains of blackberry root. Properties.—Astringent and tonic. Uses.—In diarrhea, from debility, cholera infantum, chronic dysentery, and in all cases where astringents are needed. Dose.-One to three teaspoonfuls. Elixir Cathartic Compound. Calisaya Bark (in moderately fine powder), 2 ounces. Butternut (the inner bark of the root), dried and bruised, 2 “ Senna, 2 “ Dried Peppermint, 1 ounce. Fennel Seed, bruised, 1 “ Black Cherry Bark, powdered, 1 “ Poplar Bark, 1 “ Alcohol, 1 quart. Distilled Water, 1} quart Simple Elixir, 1} pints. Digest for fourteen days and filter. Uses.—A good laxative and cathartic. Dose.—One tablespoonful once a day. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 63 Elixir Chloral Hydrate and Bromide of Potassium. Chloral Hydrate, Bromide of Potassium, 384 grains. Simple Elixir, 1 pint. Dissolve the chloral hydrate and the bromide of potassium in the elixir, and filter. Each fluid drachm contains five grains of chloral and three grains of bromide of potassium. Properties.—Hypnotic, anodyne, nervous seda- tive. Uses.—In melancholaº, insomnia, etc., It is greatly superior to opium, and greatly superior to almost any other drug in its sleep-producing action. Dose.—One or two teaspoonfuls. 640 grains. Elixir Chestnut Leaves. Fluid Ext. Chestnut Leaves, 4 ounces. Simple Elixir, 1 pint. Mix and filter. Each fluid drachm contains about fifteen drops of the extract. Properties.—Tonic and astringent. Use.—In intermittents and whooping cough. Dose.—One to three teaspoonfuls. Elixir Pyrophosphate of Iron and Quinine. Sulphate of Quinine, 128 grains. Citric Acid, 20 “ Pyrophosphate of Iron, 256 °4 Aqua Ammonia, Q. S. Simple Elixir q. S. to make 1 pint. Divide the elixir into two portions; in one dissolve the citric acid; in the other portion rub the quinine. Mix gradually and allow to stand a short time. Lastly, dissolve the pyro- phosphate of iron in a little hot water and mix very slowly. In order to clarify, add a few drops, gradually of aqua ammonia. Each fluid drachm contains one grain of quinine, and two grains of the pyrophosphate of iron. Properties.—Tonic, astringent, febrifuge. Uses.—Very useful in general debility, inter- mittent and remittent fevers. Dose.—One teaspoonful. Elixir of Beef. Extract of Beef, 1 ounce. Warm Water, 1 ounce. Simple Elixir, 14 ounces. Dissolve the extract of beef in the water; add enough simple elixir to complete one pint, and filter. Given as a stimulant during recovery from fevers, etc. Elixir of Beef and Iron. Citrate of Iron and Ammonium, 64 grains. Elixir of Beef, 1 pint. Dissolve the iron in water, and add the elixir; filter. Each tablespoonful contains one ounce of beef. Elixirs of beef will be found valuable where inability to readily digest food exists, and where a stimulant is required. Each tablespoonful is Said to contain the nutritive qualities of one ounce of beef. Elixir of Wild Cherry and Iron. (Ferriphosphated Elixir of Wild Cherry.) Pyrophosphate of Iron, 128 grains. Elixir Wild Cherry, 1 pint. Hot Water, Q. S. Dissolve the iron by adding to it two drachms and a half of hot water, when dis- Solved add the elixir. A teaspoonful or dose contains four grains of Wild Cherry and one grain Pyrophosphate of iron. Elixir of Pepsin, Bismuth, Iron and Calisaya. Fld. Ext. Calisaya, 2 ounces. Simple Elixir, 12 ounces. Citrate Bismuth and Ammonia, 256 grains. Citrate Iron and Ammonia, 128 “ Saccharated Pepsin, 256 “ Water, 2 ounces. Rub the pepsin with the water, and allow it to stand for two or three days; then dissolve the bismuth and ammonia in the Water, with the help of a few grains of carbonate of ammo. nia. Rub the iron and ammonia with the elixir until dissolved. Mix the two solutions with the ferrated calisaya, and allow to remain a few days undisturbed, and filter if necessary. Dose.—One teaspoonful. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. MEDICATED SYRUPS. Syrup Assafoetida. Pulv. Assafoetida, 1 ounce. Carb. Magnesia, 6 drachms. Flavoring, 1 ounce. Hot Water, 1 pint. Sugar, aver. wt., 2 pounds. Rub the assafoetida and magnesia together in a mortar, and add the hot water, rubbing thoroughly ; allow this to stand for an hour, and then filter; after filtering add the flavor- ing and agitate the sugar in the liquid until it is entirely dissolved, Each teaspoonful contains three grains of assafoetida. Uses.—Can be employed with excellent re- sults in cases of hysteria and chorea of young girls, and in the cholic of children. Dose.—One to three teaspoonfuls—children in proportion. Syrup Rhubarb and Potassa Compound. (Neutralizing Cordial.) Rhubarb (coarse powder), 2 ounces. Carbonate of Potassa, 2 ounces. Golden Seal (coarse powder), 1 ounce. Cinnamon (coarse powder), 1 ounce. Sugar, 4 pounds. Brandy, 1 gallon. Oil of Peppermint, 20 minims. Macerate the rhubarb, golden seal and cin- namon in half a gallon of the brandy for six hours at a gentle heat, keeping covered; then transfer to percolator and displace first with the remaining brandy, and afterwards with enough water to complete one gallon. Add the potassa, sugar and oil of peppermint previously rubbed with sufficient Sugar; strain. Dose.—For an adult, a tableSpoonful; chil- dren in proportion to age. Uses.—This is a preparation in much favor as a remedy in cases of indigestion, Sour stom- ach, habitual constipation, and in Some forms of diarrhea of children. Syrup Senna Compound. 4 Troy ounces. 1} Troy ounces. 4 drachms. Alexandria Senna, Jalap, Rhubarb, Cinnamon, 1 drachm. Cloves, 1 drachm. Nutmegs, 80 grains. Oil of Lemon, 20 minims. Sugar, 24 troy ounces. The first six articles are to be reduced to a coarse powder and exhausted with dilute alco- hol. Evaporate the liquor by water bath to eighteen fluid ounces and filter. Lastly add the Sugar and oils. Uses.—A pleasant and efficient laxative and cathartic, useful in cases of habitual constipa- tion. Dose.—From one to four fluid drachms. Syrup Quinine, Morphia, and Strychnia. Syrup of Quinine and Morphia, Hall's Solution Strychnia, 2 ounces. Mix. Each fluid drachm contains one and one-eighth grain quinine, one-eighth grain mor- phia, and one-sixty-fourth grain of Strychnia. Uses.—A good nerve tonic. Dose.—One teaspoonful. 1 pint. Syrup Strychnia. Hall's Solution of Strychnia, 2 ounces. Prepared Flavoring, 1 ounce. Simple Syrup, 18 ounces. Mix and add the solution with the syrup, lastly the flavoring. Each fluid drachm con- tains one-sixty-fourth grain of Strychnia. Uses.—To be given under the advice of a physician. Dose.—One to two teaspoonfuls. Syrup Strychnia, and Morphia. Hall's Solution Strychnia, 2 ounces. Magendie's Solution Morphia, 1 ounce. Prepared Flavoring, 1 “ Simple Syrup, 13 ounces. Mix. Add the two solutions with the syrup, lastly add prepared flavoring. Each fluid drachm contains one-sixty-fourth grain of stry- chnia and one-eighth grain morphia. Uses.—See preceding formula. Dose.—One teaspoonful. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 65 Syrup Hypophosphites Compound. Hypophosphite of Lime, 256 grains. Hypophosphite of Potassa, 128 & 6 Hypophosphite of Soda, 192 & 6 Hypophosphite of Iron, 96 6 & Sol. Hypophosph.”. Acid, q. S. or 240 & 4 White Sugar, 12 ounces. Extract Vanilla, 1 drachm. Water, a sufficient quantity. Dissolve the lime, soda, and potassa in six ounces of water; put the iron in a mortar and gradually add the hypophosphorous acid until it is dissolved; to this add the other solution (after it has been rendered slightly acidulous with the same acid), and then water until the whole measures 9 fluid ounces. Dissolve the sugar in this, with heat, and flavor with the vanilla. Remarks.--Any other flavoring may be used, such as ginger, Orange peel, or Orange flower. It is also suggested that glycerine may be used partially or wholly, instead of Sugar, using six ounces and a half of glycerine to 12 of sugar. Uses.—A convenient method of administering the combined hypophosphites, and useful in scrofula, hysteria, and other diseases arising from an impoverished condition of the blood. Dose.—One or two teaspoonfuls. Syrup Sarsaparilla Compound.. Sarsaparilla (coarse), 24 Troy ounces. Guaiacum Wood (coarse), 3 “ & 6 Pale Rose, Senna, Licorice (coarse), Oil Sassafras, Oil Anise, ſº each 2. “ 66 } of each 5 drops. Oil Gaultheria, 3 drops, Sugar (coarse), 96 Troy ounces. Dilute Alcohol, Q. S. Mix the solid ingredients, except the sugar, with three pints of dilute aleohol, and allow this to stand for twenty-four hours, transfer to per- colator and pour on dilute alcohol until ten pints of tincture have passed. Evaporate this with water-bath to four pints; filter. Add sugar and dissolve by gentle heat, and strain while hot. Lastly, rub oils with a small portion of mixture, and mix them thoroughly with the remainder. Uses.—Sarsaparilla, when given alone, is of little value as a medicine, popular belief to the contrary notwithstanding. It is, however, a convenient vehicle for the administration of iodide of potassium, and is much used in the treatment of scrofula, syphilis and other blood diseases. Dose.—A tablespoonful. Syrup Hypophosphites of Manganese. Sulphate of Manganese, 240 grains. Hypophosphite of Calcium, 160 “ Water sufficient. d Orange Flower Water, 1 ounce. Sugar, 2 pounds. Dissolve the manganese and calcium separate- ly in sufficient water. Mix. Then wash the precipitate, evaporate the filtrate to one pint, dissolve in this the sugar, by the aid of a gentle heat, and add orange flower water. Each drachm contains two and one-third grains hy- pophosphite of manganese. Uses.—May be given in scrofula, obstinate ulcers and syphilis. Dose.—One teaspoonful. Syrup Iodide of Iron and Quinine. Iodine, 75 grains. Iron Filings, 80 “ Water, 5 drachms. Simple Syrup, 36 ounces, avoir. Sulphate of Quinine, 15 grains. Aromatic Sulph. Acid, sufficient. Digest the iron filings with the iodine and Water at a gentle heat, until the solution is colorless; filter it into the simple syrup; mix well, and add it to the quinine solution. Uses.—May be used with success in scrofula. and kindred diseases. Dose.--One-half to one teaspoonful. Syrup Iodide of Iron. Iodine (dry) 960 grains. Warm Distilled Water, 3 ounces. Iron Filings, sufficient, or 300 grains. Syrup, sufficient. Dissolve the dry iodine in the warm water, in a matrass, add the filings to the mixture, and Shake until it has acquired a green color and has lost all its smell of iodine. Filter the 5 66 A N ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. solution and mix the simple syrup. The finished product is to measure twenty fluid ounces. Uses—Same as preceding formula. Dose.—Ten drops to one teaspoonful. Syrup Lactophosphate of Lime. Bibasic Phosphate of Lime, 450 grains. Concentrated Lactic Acid, q. S., or about 500 & 6 Distilled Water, 25% ounces. White Sugar, 47 “ Essence of Lemon, 6 drachms. Carefully divide the phosphate in the distilled water, add the acid in quantity just sufficient to dissolve the salt, and then add the sugar. This being dissolved without heat, or a very gentle one, strain the syrup, and, when cold, add the essence of lemon. Each fluid drachm contains nearly three grains of bibasic phosphate of lime. Uses.—May be given in Some cases of dys- pepsia, or in scrofula and caries. Dose.—One or two teaspoonfuls. Syrup Lactophosphate of Lime and Pepsin. Syrup Lactophosphate of Lime, 1 pint. Powdered Pepsin. 256 grains. Dissolve the pepsin in a portion of the syrup, add to remaining syrup, and after two days filter. Each fluid draćhm contains about three grains of lime and two grains of pepsin. Uses.—Same as preceding. Dose.—One or two teaspoonfuls. Syrup Lactophosphate of Lime No. 2. Concentrated Lactic Acid, 1 Troy ounce. Magma of Phosphate Lime, sufficient. Orange Flower Water, 1} fluid ounces. Water enough to complete, 8 “ ( & Sugar, 11 ounces. Dissolve in the lactic acid as much of the phosphate as it will take up; add the water, filter and dissolve the Sugar in the filtrate without heat. Dose.—One to three teaspoonfuls. Syrup Chloroform. Chloroform, 20 drops. Alcohol, 90 minims. Simple Syrup, 8 ounces. Mix the chloroform and the alcohol, and to the solution add the simple syrup. A good ad- dition to bitter mixtures and drops. Dose.—One or two teaspoonfuls could be given. Syrup Phosphate of Iron, Quinia, and Strychnia. Sulphate of Iron, 5 drachms. Phosphate of Soda, 1 ounce. Sulphate of Quinine, 192 grains. Strychnia, 4 “ Diluted Phos. Acid, 14 ounces. White Sugar, 14 “ Ammonia, sufficient. Sulphuric Acid, & 6 Dissolve the sulphate of iron in one ounce of boiling water, and the soda in two ounces; mix the solutions and wash the precipitated phos- phate of iron until the washings are tasteless. With sufficient aro. Sul. acid dissolve the qui- nine in two ounces of water, and precipitate the quinine with the slightest possible excess of ammonia. Wash carefully the precipitated al- kaloid. Dissolve in the phosphoric acid the iron, the quinine and the Strychnia; then add the sugar, and, lastly, dissolve it without heat. Care should be taken that nothing but the ab- solute, pure, tribasic phosphoric acid is used, that which is obtained from phosphorus. Each fluid drachm contains one grain of qui- nine, and 1-32 of a grain of Strychnia. Uses.—An excellent nerve tonic. Dose.—One teaspoonful, three or four times daily. Syrup Manna. Flake Manna, 10 ounces. Hot Water, * 12 “ Make a solution, strain, and add Sugar, 1 pound. Dissolve by a gentle heat. Uses.—This is an elegant laxative. Dose.—A tablespoonful, or more. Syrup Pinus, Compound. White Gum Turpentine, 2 drachms. Sulphate of Morphia, 8 grains. Fluid Ext. Ipecac, # ounce. Chloroform, 1 drachm. Sugar, 14 ounces. Water, 6 “ Alcohol, 3 “ Carbonate of Magnesia, q. S. AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 67 Dissolve the gum turpentine in the alcohol, add the ipecac and morphia, rub well with the magnesia, add the sugar and water, filter, and, lastly, add the chloroform. This is a valuable addition to cough syrups. Doge.—One teaspoonful. Syrup of Lemon. Lemon Juice, fresh strained, 1 pint. Sugar, in coarse powder, 48 ounces. Water, 1 pint. Mix the lemon juice and water together, add the Sugar, dissolve it by a gentle heat, strain while hot. Syrup of Sarsaparilla, with Iodide of Calcium. Com. Fld, Ext. Sarsaparilla, 4 ounces. Iodide of Calcium, 2 drachms. Boiling Water, 3 ounces. Syrup, 14 “ Extract Wanilla, Q. S. Rub the calcium with the boiling water, until the solution becomes white. Filter the solution from the precipitate, and add the extract and syrup, mix and flavor with the vanilla. Each fluid drachm contains nearly one grain of cal- cium, and about 4% drops of Sarsaparilla. Uses.—Given in erysipelas, scrofula, etc. Dose.—One to three teaspoonfuls. Syrup Black Snake-Root, Compound. Black Snake-Root, - 14 ounces. Wild Cherry, 2} “ Ipecac Root, # ounce. Ext. Licorice, powdered, # “ Simple Syrup, 16 ounces. Bruise the Snake-root and ipecac fine, and saturate with eight ounces of alcohol for twenty- four hours; transfer to a percolator and run through two pints of diluted alcohol. Evapo- rate to one pint by water-bath, then add the syrup and licorice. Lastly, take the wild cherry, moderately fine, put in a percolator and run eight ounces of cold water through. Mix to- gether and shake well. Uses.—This is a good method of administer- ing the black cohosh. It is given in chronic bronchitis, rhoea, etc. Dose.—One-half to one tablespoonful. chorea, lumbago, atonic amenor- Syrup Wild Ginger. Wild Ginger Root, bruised, 14 ounces. Carbonate Potassium, 80 grains. Cochineal, bruised, 20 & & Wine of Ipecac, 6 drachms. Alcohol, 80 per cent., 10 ounces. Water, 10 6 & White Sugar, 24 & & Macerate for fourteen days, all except the sugar, express and filter through paper, adding dilute alcohol to complete twenty ounces, then add the sugar to the solutions and dissolve without the aid of heat. Uses.—Stimulant and diaphoretic. Given in low forms of febrile disease, and in colic. Wal- uable as an emmenagogue. Dose.—One teaspoonful. Syrup Sulphate Quinine. Sulphate of Quinine, 64 grains. Aro. Sulph. Acid, Q. S. Simple Syrup, 1 pint. Dissolve the quinine in as small a portion of the aro. Sulph. acid as possible; add the syrup and filter. Each teaspoonful contains one-half grain of quinine. Uses.—A convenient and pleasant method of administering quinine to children. Dose.—From one-half to two teaspoonfuls, according to age. Syrup Cod-Liver Oil. Cod-Liver Oil, 8 ounces. Gum Acacia, pulverized, 5 & & Water, 12 & 6 *Simple Syrup, 4 6 & White Sugar, 24 6 & Make an emulsion of the first four ingredi- ents, and dissolve the sugar at a moderate heat, then add orange flower water, two ounces. Uses.—A good method of giving cod-liver oil, as it serves to partially mask the disagreeable taste. Dose.—Two teaspoonfuls. 68 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Syrup Morphia, Compound. Fluid Extract Ipecac, } drachm. Syrup of Senega, 3 drachms. Syrup of Rhubarb, 4 & C Simple Syrup, 81 ounces. Muriate Morphia, 8 grains. ESS. of Sassafras, Mix. Syrup. Doge.—One or two teaspoonfuls, as required. q. S. to flavor. This is known as Jackson's Cough Syrup Acetate Morphia. Acetate Morphia, 4 grains. Clarified Syrup, 1 pound. Mix the morphia with a little quantity of water, and when dissolved add to Syrup. Dose.—For adults, from one to four drachms. Syrup Sulphate Morphia. Sulphate of Morphia, 4 grains. Clarified Syrup, 1 pound. Mix the morphia with a small quantity of water, and when dissolved add to the Syrup. Dose.—For adults, from one to four drachms. Syrup Ipecac, Ipecac, in coarse powder, 4 ounces. Rectified Spirits, 2 pints. Proof Spirits, Water, of each, 14 ounces. Syrup, 7 pints. Digest the ipecac in the rectified Spirits for twenty-four hours, Squeeze and filter; repeat this process with the proof Spirits, and again with the water. Unite the fluids and distil to 12 ounces; add 5 ounces of rectified Spirits, and then the Syrup. Used in bronchitis, asthma, and croup. Dose.—From one to two teaspoonfuls. Syrup Ipecac, U. S. P. Fluid Extract of Ipecac, 2 fl. Ounces. Syrup, 30 fl. & 6 Mix them. Dose.—As an emetic for children, from 10 drops to one teaspoonful. Syrup Hypophosphites Compound, of Lime, Soda, Potassa, and Iron. Hypophosphite of Lime, 256 grains. Hypophosphite of Soda, 172 & 6 Hypophosphite of Potassa, 128 66 Proto. Sulphate of Iron, 185 & 6 Hypophosphorous Acid, 9 fl. drS. Sugar, 12 troy ozs. Water, sufficient. Dissolve 96 grains of the lime in four ounces of water, with the aid of heat, and acidulate the solution with a small portion of the acid. Dissolve the iron in two ounces of water and mix the two solutions; let stand for a short, time, and pour into a paper filter with a small quantity of water, acidulate as before, and pre- serve the filtrate. Dissolve the remaining lime, with the other hypophosphites, in four fluid ounces of water, with the aid of heat, adding the remaining acid. Mix the solutions and preserve the filtrate, adding sufficient water to complete 10 ounces, and pour the liquid into a bottle containing the sugar. Agitate the mix- ture, occasionally, until the solution is com- plete; filter if necessary. This is the formula adopted by the Pharma- ceutical Association. Each teaspoonful contains 34-5 grains of lime, 2 3-20 grains of soda, 1 3-5 grains potassa. Uses.—A remedy highly valued by physicians in the treatment of dyspepsia, pulmonary phthisis, sexual debility, and all those diseases where there are Wasted tissues and a lack of vital force. Dose.—One teaspoonful, two or three times daily. Syrup Hypophosphites, Compound of Iron, Quie nine, and Strychnia. Ferrous Oxide, 320 grains. Quinine, pure, 64 & & Strychnia, 1 grain. Hypophosphorous Acid, 10 drachms. White Sugar, 2 ounces. Orange Flower Water, suf. for 8 “ Dissolve the ferrous oxide, the quinine, and the strychina in the hypophosphorous acid, add the sugar and sufficient Orange flower water to complete the measure of 8 ounces. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 69 Each teaspoonful contains 5 grains of oxide of iron, one grain of quinine, and 1-64 grain of strychina. Uses.—An excellent tonic. Dose.—One teaspoonful, three times daily for an adult. Syrup Horse-radish. Grated Horse-radish, 1} ounces. Bešt White Sugar, 16 6 & Boiling Water, 8 66 Digest the horse-radish in a covered vessel with the boiling water; strain and add the Sugar. Uses.—May be given in cases of feeble appe- tite, flatulence, and gastric debility. Dose.—One or two teaspoonfuls. Cox's Hive Syrup. (Syrup Squills Comp.) Squills, in moderately coarse powder, 4 ounces. Seneka, & 6 fine & & 4 * * Tartrate of Antimony and Potassium, 48 grains. Sugar, coarse, 42 ounces. Dilute Alcohol, Water, Mix the Squills and Seneka, and having moist- ened the mixture with half a pint of dilute alcohol allow it to stand for a day; transfer to percolator, and pour the dilute alcohol on until three pints of the tincture have passed. Boil for a few minutes; evaporate by water-bath to half a pint, add fourteen ounces boiling water; filter. Dissolve the sugar in the filtered liquid; having heated the solution to a boiling point, strain while hot; then dissolve the antimony and potassium in the Solution while hot, and add boiling water sufficient, through the strain- er, to measure three pints. Mix the whole thoroughly together. Uses.—An old and favorite remedy; valuable in the croup of children, etc. Dose.—From ten drops to one drachm. } each a sufficient quantity. Syrup Orange Peel. Fresh Orange Peel, Distilled Water, 1 pint. White Sugar, 8 pounds. Macerate the peel in the water for twelve hours in a covered vessel; then to the decanted fluid add the Sugar. 2} ounces. Uses.—Chiefly as a vehicle to mask the taste of nauseous medicines. Dose.—One to two teaspoonfuls. Syrup of Dover's Powder. Macerate, for a few days, 64 grains of pul- verized opium in one ounce of wine of ipecac ; filter, and add to 16 ounces of simple syrup; drive off excess of alcohol by slightly heating; after, if you wish, add one ounce Sulp. Potass.; dissolve in syrup and filter. Each teaspoonful is equivalent to five grains Dover's Powder. Syrup Quinine and Morphia. Sulphate of Morphia, 1 grain. Sulphate of Quinine, 128 grains. Aromatic Sulph. Acid q. S., or 1 drachin. Flavoring, 1 ounce. Water, 17 ounces. Sugar, 16 “ Dissolve the quinine with the Arom. Sulplt. Acid, and add flavoring and the water, holding the morphia in solution, mix and percolate the sugar with the mixture until dissolved. Each fluid drachm contains one grain of quinine, and one-eighth grain of morphia. Uses.—May be given when the patient is unable to bear large doses of quinine. Dose.—The adult may take one teaspoonful. Syrup of Rhubarb, Aromatic. Fluid Extract Rhubarb, Arom., 2 ounces. Simple Syrup, 14 & 6 Mix them. Uses.—Waluable in bowel complaints of children. Dose.—Teaspoonful, to tablespoonful, accord- ing to age. Syrup of Squills. Winegar of Squills, 1 pint. Sugar in coarse powder, 24 ounees. Dissolve the sugar in vinegar of senills, with the aid of a gentle heat, and strain while hot- Uses.—Given largely in coughs and whenever a diuretic and expectorant is required. Dose.—One-half to one teaspoonful. 70 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Aromatic Syrup of Rhubarb. The following will be found a ready method of making an aromatic syrup of rhubarb : Rhubarb, in moderately fine powder, 6 ounces. Cloves, in moderately fine powder, 2} “ Qinnamon, in fine powder, 2} “ Nutmeg, in fine powder, # ounce. Percolate with a menstruum of Stronger Alcohol, 6 ounces. Water, 6 “ Glycerine, 5 66 until one pint has passed through. One fluid ounce of this extract mixed with fifteen fluid ounces of syrup will make a pint of aromatic Syrup of rhubarb. Syrup of Tar. Pure Pine Tar, 1 ounce. Pine Sawdust, 1 “ Pure Rainwater, 4 ounces. Mix the tar with the sawdust and pour on it the water, heated to 140° Fahr. ; shake occa- sionally, and after a few hours' contact, filter or strain four ounces, and add syrup to make one pint. Flavor to suit. Uses.—Highly prized by many in cases of chronic cough and Soreness of the lungs. Doge.—One or two tableSpoonfuls. Syrup of Tolu. Tincture of Tolu, 2 ounces. Carbonate of Magnesia, 2 drachms. Sugar, in Coarse Powder, 26 ounces. Water, 1 pint. Rub the tincture of tolu first with the mag- nesia and two ounces of Sugar, then with the water gradually added, and filter. To the fil- tered liquid add the remainder of the sugar; dissolve with gentle heat, and strain while hot. Uses, As an expectorant, generally in com- bination, on account of its pleasant flavor. Dose.—One or two teaspoonfuls. m=s=-1 ºn IMEDICATED WINES. Wine of Antimony. Tartar Emetic, 82 grains. Boiling Water, 1 ounce. Sherry Wine, 1 pint. Dissolve the Salt in the boiling water, and While hot add the wine. Properties.—Febrifuge and expectorant. Uses.—In large doses, emetic. Dose.--From one-half drachm to half an ounce. Wine of Aloes. Socotrine Aloes (fine powder), 1 troy ounce. Cardamom, in fine powder, 60 grains. Ginger, 6 & 64 60 “ Sherry Wine, 1 pint. Macerate for seven days, and occasionally Shaking; filter through paper. Uses.—Useful in cases of habitual constipation. Dose.—From two drachms to two ounces. Wine of Calisaya. Fluid Ext. Calisaya, Simple Elixir, Sherry Wine, to make, Mix. 1} ounces. 4 & & 1 pint. Wine of Cinchona, Sulphate of Cinchonidia, 10 grains. Sulphate of Quinine, 5 “ Sherry Wine, 12 ounces. Simple Elixir, to make, 1 pint. Dissolve sulphates in Wine; add elixir, and filter. Each fluid drachm represents five grains of calisaya bark. This, as well as the preceding, will be found an excellent tonic. Dose.—A tablespoonful. Wine of Ergot. Ergot, in moderate fine powder, 4 Troy ounces. Sherry Wine, sufficient to make 2 pints. Moisten the powder with a portion of the wine, pack in percolator and percolate until two pints have passed. Uses.—Waluable in nervous headache and cerebro-Spinal meningitis, but used chiefly in uterine hemorrhage and in labor. Dose.—One drachm. AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 71 Wine of Ipecac. Ipecac, in fine powder, 2 troy ounces. Sherry Wine, sufficient to make 2 pints. Moisten with a portion of the wine, pack in percolator, and add the wine until 2 pints have passed. Properties.—Expectorant, diaphoretic, emetic. Uses.—Useful in dyspepsia, fevers and chronic diarrhea. Dose.—From one drachm to half an ounce. Wine of Rhubarb. Rhubarb, in coarse powder, Canella, in fine powder, 60 grains. Sherry Wine, 14 fluid ounces. Dilute Alcohol, sufficient quantity. Mix two ounces of alcohol with the wine and moisten the powders. Transfer to percolator, and pour on the remaining liquid and enough dilute alcohol to measure one pint. Uses.—A carminative and laxative. It may be used to advantage by persons of constipated habit. Dose.—One to four teaspoonfuls. 2 troy ounces. Wine of Colchicum Root. Colchicum Root, in fine powder, 12 troy ounces. Sherry Wine, sufficient to make 2 pints. Moisten the powder with a portion of the Wine, pack in percolator, and gradually pour on the alcohol until two pints are obtained. Uses.—A valuable remedy in gout, rheuma- tism and neuralgia. Poisonous in overdoses. Dose.—From ten drops to one drachm. Aromatic Wine. Wormwood, S Peppermint, Thyme, Hyssop, Sage, Lavender, Sweet Marjoram, Port Wine, 2 pints. Macerate for several days, transfer to perco- later and displace. Uses.—As a mild tonic, and in debility of the stomach. Dose.—One-half wine-glass, as needed. } 2 drachms each. 2 Beef, Wine and Iron. Extract of Beef, 1 ounce. Citrate of Iron and Ammonia, 4 drachms. Orange Flower Water, 3 ounces. Sherry Wine, 1 pint. Mix the beef with the wine, dissolve the iron and ammonia in a portion of boiling water; when dissolved add to the wine with the orange flower water, and filter. Uses.—Waluable as a stimulant during conva- lescence from febrile and other wasting diseases. Dose.—One to two teaspoonfuls. Wine of Quinine. Sulphate of Quinine, 128 grains. Simple Elixir, 6 ounces. Sherry Wine, q. S. to make 1 pint. Dissolve the quinine by the aid of as small a quantity of elixir of vitriol as is possible, add other ingredients and filter. Uses.—Waluable in most cases where the use of quinine is indicated. Dose.—A teaspoonful. Wine of Opium. Pulverized Opium, 2 ounces. Pulverized Cinnamon, 60 grains. Cloves (bruised), 60 grains. Sherry Wine, 1 pint. Rub the first three ingredients together, put in a percolator and percolate with Sherry wine. Filter. Uses.—This is a valuable preparation when- ever the use of opium is required, as it is less apt to disagree with the stomach than most preparations of that drug. Dose.—Ten to twenty-five drops. Wine of Wild Cherry and Iron. Wine of Wild Cherry, 1 pint. Citrate of Iron and Ammonia, 4 drachms. Cinnamon Water, 3 ounces. Dissolve the iron in a portion of hot Water, and add the other ingredients. Uses.—Tonic and stimulant, Dose.—A teaspoonful. 72 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Wine of Pepsin and Bismuth. Citrate of Bismuth and Ammonia, Wine of Pepsin, 128 grains. 1 pint. Dissolve the bismuth by rubbing down in a mortar and then adding four drachms of hot water; add to the wine and filter if necessary. JEach fluid drachm contains two grains of pep- sin and one of citrate of bismuth. Uses. A valuable remedy during enfeebled digestion, and in some forms of dyspepsia and bowel complaint. Dose.—One or two teaspoonfuls. Wine of Pepsin, Bismuth and Strychnia. Sulphate of Strychnia, 1 grain. Wine of Pepsin and Bismuth, 1 pint. Dissolve the strychnia by rubbing with a portion of the wine, until thoroughly dissolved, then add the remaining wine and filter. Each fluid drachm contains two grains of pepsin, one of bismuth and one one-hundred-and-twenty- eighth grain of Strychnia. Uses.—Used in the same class of disorders as the preceding remedy. Dose.—One to two teaspoonfuls. Wine of Pepsin and Iron. Pyrophosphate of Iron, 128 grains. Wine of Pepsin, 1 pint. Dissolve the iron in about four drachms of hot water, by thoroughly rubbing together; add the wine and filter. Each fluid drachm con- tains two grains of pepsin and one of iron. Dose.—One to three teaspoonfuls. Wine of Pancreatin. Powdered Pancreatin, 160 grains. Prepared Flavoring, # ounce. Sherry Wine sufficient for 1 pint. Macerate the pancreatin in the mixed liquids for twenty-four hours, and filter. Each table- spoonful contains five grains pancreatin. Uses.—Waluable in cases of jaundice, dyspep- sia and gastric irritation. Wine of Tar. Ground Malt, Honey, }* 1 pound. Tar, Yeast, # pint. Water sufficient. Mix the first three ingredients and three quarts of water in a stone vessel, keep warm for three hours; then let this cool and add the | yeast. After fermentation sets in keep it mod- erately warm for a week, then strain through Canton flannel, and remove the dregs from the liquor. The expressed liquor is then filtered for use. Uses.—Waluable in chronic bronchitis and pulmonary complaints generally. Dose.—A tablespoonful. Wine of Wild Cherry (Ferrated.) Fluid Ext. Wild Cherry Bark, 1 ounce. Syrup & 4 & 4 & & 2 ounces. Solution Oil Bitter Almonds, 10 drops. Wine of Orange, 13 ounces. Pyrophosphate of Iron, 128 grains. Dissolve the iron in a small quantity of hot water; add other ingredients, macerate for sev- eral days and filter. Uses.—A good tonic ; useful in loss of appe- tite, and enfeebled condition of the System. Dose.—A teaspoonful. Wine of Pepsin. Saccharated Pepsin, 2 drachms. Distilled Water, 1 fl. ounce. Sugar, 10 drachms. Alcohol, 4 & & Best Sherry Wine, 8 ounces. Dissolve the pepsin in the water, by the aid of a few drops of muriatic acid; add sugar, then the wine, and lastly the alcohol; filter, if necessary. Uses.—Can be given in dyspepsia, indiges- tion, etc. 2’ Dose.—One to three teaspoonfuls. Wine of Iron (Aromatic). Iron Filings, 1 ounce. Lemon Juice, 8 fluid ounces Contused Gentian, 3 ounce. l Contused Cinnamon, “ Dose.—One or two teaspoonfuls. 2 Rhenish Wine 18 ounces. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 79 Digest for twenty-four hours and decant. Uses.—A valuable tonic in case of impover- ished blood, and in many forms of various diseases. Dose.—From one-half to two drachms. Bitter Wine of Iron. Sulphate of Cinchonia, 45 grains. Sulphate of Quinine, 15 “ Citric Acid, 60 “ Citrate of Iron (soluble), 240 “ Tinct. Orange Peel (fresh), 3 fluid ounces. Distilled Water, 3 “ & 6 Sherry Wine, 8 “ & 6 Syrup, 2. “ 6 & Dissolve the sulphates, with the citric acid, in two ounces of water, and the iron in the remaining water. Mix the two solutions and add the other ingredients, previously well mixed, together. Uses.—Excellent as a tonic during recovery from fevers, and in cases where there is loss of strength and appetite. Dose.—A teaspoonful. MEDICATED WATERS. Bitter Almond Water. Oil of Bitter Almonds, Carbonate of Magnesia, Distilled Water, First rub the oil with the carbonate of mag- nesia, and gradually add the water. Filter through paper. 16 minims. 60 grains. 2 pints. Cinnamon Water. Oil of Cinnamon, * fluid drachm. Carbonate Magnesia, 60 grains. Distilled Water, 2 pints. Rub the carbonate of magnesia thoroughly with the oil of cinnamon, and gradually add the water. Camphor Water. Gum Camphor, 2 drachms. Alcohol, 1 drachm. Carb. Magnesia, 1 & & Distilled Water, 2 pints. First rub the camphor with the alcohol, then with the magnesia, and lastly add the water gradually and filter through paper. Lime Water. Lime, 4 ounces. Water, 1 gallon. First slack the lime with a small portion of the water, then add the remainder and stir them together and cover the vessel immediately; in about three hours it is ready for use. Al- Ways keep in a well stoppered bottle. Creosote Water. Creosote, 1 fluid drachm. Distilled Water, 1 pint. Mix them, and agitate them until the creo- Sote is dissolved. Fennel Water. Oil of Fennel, # fluid drachm. Carbonate of Magnesia. 60 grains. Distilled water, 2 pints. Rub the oil with the magnesia, then gradu- ally add the water and filter. Peppermint Water. Oil of Peppermint, * fluid drachm. Carbonate of Magnesia, 60 grains. Distilled Water, 2 pints. Rub the oil with the magnesia, and then add the Water gradually and filter through paper. Rose Water. Oil of Rose, 15 drops. Carbonate of Magnesia, 1 drachm. Distilled Water, 1 pint. Rub the oil first with the magnesia, then with the Water gradually added, and filter. MINERAL WATERS. Congress Water. Calcined Magnesia, 1 ounce. Bi-Carb. Soda, 20 grains. Hydrate of Soda, 28 grains. Common Salt, 7# ounces. Add to ten gallons of water, and charge with carbonic acid gas. 74 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Seltzer Water. Bicarbonate of Soda, 5} ounces. Carb. Magnesia, 7 drachms. Marble Dust, } ounce. Muriatic Acid c. p., 53 ounces. Water, 10 gallons. Add the acid to one-half gallon of Water; dissolve the marble in the mixture; then add the magnesia, and after one hour the bicarbon- ate of soda, add the whole to the rest of the water and charge with gas. Kissengen Water. Bicarbonate of Soda, 1 drachm. Carbonate of Lime, 2 drachms-î-2 scruples. Precipitate of Carb. Iron, 2 drachms-H2 scruples. Phosphate of Lime, 2 drachms+2 scruples. Phosphate of Soda, 13 grains. Sulphate of Magnesia, 2 ounces. Sulphate of Soda, 2 drachms--2 scruples. Muriate of Ammonia, 4 grains. Common Salt, 8 OunceS. Mix. Add half a gallon of water; let it stand twelve hours; filter, add carbonate of magnesia three drachms and 1 scruple, and charge With ten gallons of Water. Vichy Water, Carbonate of Ammonia, 10 grains. Bicarbonate of Soda, 5+ ounces. Common Salt, 6 drachms. Phosphate of Soda, 25 grains. Sulphate of Soda, 4 scruples. Sulphate of Potassa, 2 drachms. Mix and add water one-half gallon; let it stand half a day; filter and charge With ten gallons of Water. Hunyadi Janos Water. Sulphate of Lime, 1} ounces. Glauber Salts, 23 6 & Epsom Salts, 28 & 4 Sulphate of Potassium, 1 drachm. Water, 10 gallons. Mix, and charge with gas. Citrate of Magnesium Water. Citric Acid, 16 ounces. Carbonate of Magnesium, 16 “ Essence of Lemon, 8 “ Dissolve the acid in four pints of hot water; add the magnesia. When effervescence ceases add the lemon, and make up sufficient to meas- ure one gallon. Charge with nine gallons of water. 3 LINIMIENTS. Aconite and Chloroform Liniment. Tincture of Aconite Root, 2 ounces. Chloroform, 2 “ Soap Liniment, 12 “ Mix them; apply carefully. Valuable in neuralgia and in sprains. Should not be used when the skin is broken. Arnica, Liniment. Arnica Flowers, 2 ounces. Oil of Sassafras, # ounce. “ Turpentine, § “ 66 Origanum, # & 6 Alcohol, sufficient to make 1 pint. Bruise the flowers and macerate with eight ounces of alcohol for three days, then transfer to percolator, add remaining alcohol, and per- colate until fifteen ounces have passed; then add the oils, and shake well. For external use. Good in sprains, bruises and lame back. Soap Liniment. Castile Soap, in shavings, 4 Troy ounces. Camphor, 2 “ & & Oil of Rosemary, * fluid drachm. Water, 4 “ ounces. Alcohol, 2 pints. Mix the alcohol and water, digest the soap with the mixture by a water bath until dis- solved; filter, and having added the camphor and oil, mix the whole thoroughly together. This ſiniment is much in favor for lame joints, sprains, etc. AN ENOYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 75 Pride of India, Liniment. Alcohol, Gum Camphor, Linseed Oil, Chloroform, Tincture Conium, Mix. Used in croup, and a good remedy for tooth- # pint. 2 ounces. 1 quart. 2 ounces. 2 & 6 ache. St. Jacob’s Oil. (Said to be.) Oil of Sassafras, # ounce. “ Origanum, 1 “ Chloroform, 1 “ Sulph. Ether, 1 sº Chloral Hydrate, 1 “ Tincture of Opium, # “ Gum Camphor, 1 “ Alcohol, # gallon. Dissolve the camphor in a portion of alcohol and rub thoroughly in a mortar; then add the other ingredients and mix. Used externally and internally. Dose. —One-half teaspoonful as often as needed. Young's Liniment, Black Oil, Alcohol, Tincture Arnica, British Oil, Tincture Stramonium, Oil of Tar, Mix. 2 ounces each. 1 ounce. This is good for inflammations. Great African Wonder. Chloroform, Oil of Origanum, “ Sassafras, “ Turpentine, Tincture of Opium, Spirits of Camphor, Alcohol, 1 ounce. 2 ounces. 2 6 & 1 ounce. 1 & & 2 ounces. 1 quart. Mix. For external and internal use. Dose.-For rheumatism, headache, colic, etc., two teaspoonfuls, in one-third glass of water. ) Brodie’s Liniment. Sulphuric Acid, 1 drachm. Olive Oil, 1 ounce. Turpentine, 1 “ Add the acid to the oil very slowly, stirring constantly, and when cold add the turpentine. Black Liniment. Sulphuric Acid, 1 drachm. Olive Oil, 1 ounce. Turpentine, # “ Mix the acid with the oil, very slowly, and when cold add the turpentine. This is a good counter-irritant, and excellent for swellings of the joints; apply twice a day, on lint. Centaur Liniment. Oil of Sassafras, 2 ounces. 66 Spike, 8 6 & “ Peppermint, 1 ounce. * Petroleum, 8 ounces. * Cloves, 2 drachms. “ Cinnamon, 2 & 6 “ Cedar, 2 & 6 * Origanum, 2 ounces. “ Wormwood, 2 “ “ Tansy, 2 drachms. Aqua Ammonia, 2 ounces. Tincture of Opium, 2 “ Opodel.doc, 2 “ Gum Camphor, 2 “ Chloroform, 2. “ Alcohol, 1 gallon. Mix. This is an excellent liniment, and good in all cases where a liniment is needed, German Liniment. Oil of Origanum, # ounce. “ Sassafras, # drachm. Tincture of Capsicum, # ounce. 6 & & 6 Camphor, # 6 & & 6 & 6 Aconite, # 6 & Chloroform, 4 drachms. Comp. Soap Liniment, 1 ounce. Alcohol, 2 quarts. Mix. External, only. 76 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Loomis’ Liniment. Oil of Cedar, 1 drachm. Oil of Hemlock, 2 drachms. Oil of Origanum, 1 drachm. Oil of Cajeput, 2 drachms. Oil of Sassafras, 5 & 6 Powdered Capsicum, 1]. “ Alcohol, sufficient to make 1 pint. Macerate for five days, then filter. internal or external use. Dose.—One-half teaspoonful. For Magnetic Liniment. Sulph. Ether, 1 ounce. Muriate of Ammonia, 3 drachms. Oil of Origanum, 2 6 & Tincture Cantharides, 2 & & Alcohol, 1 pint. Mix. Bathe the affected parts and rub well in ; this is a good stimulating liniment. Manning’s Liniment. Aqua Ammonia, 1 ounce. Oil of Rosemary, 3 drachms. Oil of Lavender, 2 drachms. Gum Camphor, # ounce. Iodine, 1 drachm. Alcohol, 1 pint. Dissolve the camphor and iodine in the alco- hol, then add the oils; lastly, add sufficient aqua ammonia to remove the dark color. Newton’s Liniment. Ammonia Liniment, U. S. P., 4 ounces. Castile Soap Liniment, 2 ounces. Chloroform, 1 ounce. Tincture of Arnica, # ounce. Tincture of Iodine, 12 minims. Essential Oil of Turpentine, 4 ounces. 66 “ Rosemary, 6 & “ Origanum, 1 ounce each. & 6 “ Lavender, 12 drops. Mix thoroughly. Apply on a piece of cotton or lint. Gunn’s Rheumatic Liniment. Linseed Oil, Oil of Amber, Oil of Cedar, Gum Camphor, 1 ounce. 1 & 6 1 6 & 66 Sulph. Ether sufficient to dissolve Olive Oil, Turpentine, Laudanum, Mix. | # ounce each. Use castile soap and rub in the liniment three times a day. Great Mogul Liniment. Acetate of Morphia, 12 grains. Aqua Ammonia, Olive Oil, Chloroform, Mix. For external use only. British Oil, American Petroleum, Oil of Juniper, “ Turpentine, * Amber, Flaxseed Oil, } ounce each. 4 ounces. # ounce. 4 ounces. 1 pint. 8 pints. Mix together thoroughly by agitation. Haarlem Oil. Crude Oil of Amber, Barbadoes Tar, Dalsam of Sulphur, Linseed Oil, Oil of Turpentine, Mix together thoroughly. # pint. 1 pint. 8 pints. 4 6 & 8 66 Smith’s Electric Oil, Linseed Oil, Olive Oil, Sassafras Oil, Chloroform, Mix. 2 pints. # pint. 4 ounces. AN ENOYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Carter’s Liniment. Fluid Lightning. Alcohol, 4 ounces. Oil of Turpentine, # ounce Glycerine, 1 ounce. & & Origanum, # & 6 Extract Aconite, 1 grain. & 6 Cedar, # & 6 Oil of Mustard, 1 drachm. “ Sassafras, # 6 & Mix. This formula has been sold to physi- “ Hemlock, # “ cians at from $25 to $100 each. Used in rheu- Balsam of Fir, 1 & © matism and Sciatica, externally. Chloroform, 1 & 6 Gum Camphor, # “ Farmington Liniment. Sulph. Ether, 1 & 6 (For Bheumatism.) Tincture of Capsicum, 2 ounces Olive Oil, Oil of Wormwood. 3 ounce Spirits Camphor, each 1 ounce. Alcohol, # gallon Chloroform, Mix. Oil of Sassafras, # ounce. Add the oil of Sassafras with the olive oil, Carpenter’s Liniment. then the camphor, and lastly the chloroform. - Apply three or four times a day, and always Aqua Ammonia, 1 ounce. rub toward body. Chloroform, 1 Olive Oil, 1 “ Common Liniment. Sulph. Morphia, 10 grains. Alcohol, 8 ounces. Aqua Ammonia, # ounce. Mix. Tincture of Arnica, 1 & & For pains in the back and limbs; apply often & 6 “ Capsicum, 1 “ and rub well in. External only. & © & 4 Myrrh, 1 & 6 Sulph. Ether, 1 & 6 Green Oil) Oil of Wintergreen, 2 drachms. Met. Balsam Green on. “ Spearmint, 2 “ Linseed Oil Tincture of Camphor, 1 ounce. Olive oil." 6 ounces each. Alcohol, 1 quart. Expressed Oil of Laurel, 1 ounce. Mix. This is a good, useful limiment. Turpentine, 2 ounces. Powdered Aloes, 2 drachms. Croton Liniment. 6 & Sulphate of Zinc, 1} & 6 & & e - 66 Tincture of Iodine, 3 drachms. º Verdigris, 3 & & Sul & 6 Oil of Juniper, 4 ph. Ether, 4 & & 1 drach Croton Oil 2 6 & º Cloves, º , aragnm. e 3. e Mix the turpentine and the oil of laurel with Iodide Potassa, 20 grains. © - ſe - the linseed and olive oil, over a gentle fire; Alcohol, 1 ounce. dd th ders, and when cool. th tial Mix. This liniment is used for a blister, and 8, e powders, , Une éSSen also as a counter-irritant. Rheumatic Liniment. • w oils. The bottle must be shaken before using. Used for dressing old Sores, ulcers, etc. Cook’s Magnetic Liniment. Chloral Hydrate, 4 drachms. Camphor, 4 6 & Oil of Amber, 8 ounges. Tincture Aconite Root, 1 ounce. Gum Camphor, 8 * * Oil of Cajeput, 8 drachms. Castile Soap, 2 “ Alcohol sufficient to make 4 ounces. Beef Gall, 4 * * Mix. Apply, with a camel-hair pencil over Aqua Ammonia, 12 “ Alcohol, 1 gallon. the parts affected. 78 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Cut the soap into fine pieces before adding to the other ingredients. Mix, and shake occa- sionally. This is a good cheap liniment. Mattern's Cream Camphor. (Liniment.) White Castile Soap, 1 ounce. Boiling Water sufficient to dissolve. Carbonate of Ammonia, # ounce. Gum Camphor, 3. “ Tincture of Opium, # “ Spirits of Turpentine, 2 ounces. Oil of Origanum, } ounce. Water sufficient to make 2 pints. Mix and thoroughly dissolve. A good stim- ulating liniment. Neuralgia Liniment. Tincture of Aconite Root, 1 ounce. G & “ Arnica, 2 ounces. Oil of Camphor, 1 ounce. “ Cajeput, 14 ounces. Chloroform, 1 ounce. Alcohol, 1 pint. Mix. To be well rubbed in. Iodide of Ammonia, Liniment. (Giles' Liniment.) Iodine, 15 grains. Alcohol, 8 ounces. Gum Camphor, 2 drachms. Oil of Lavender, 1 drachm. “ Rosemary, 1 6 & Water of Ammonia, 1 ounce. This has been largely advertised as a patent medicine, Giles' Liniment; which is heralded as a new discovery. It is largely used in a great many of the cities and towns of the United States. Hamlin’s Wizard Oil. Chloroform, 2 Oil of Sassafras, 2 Tincture of Camphor, 2 6 & & © Opium, 2 & 6 Powdered Cayenne, 2 Aqua Ammonia, 2 Alcohol, 1 Filter and color to suit. King of Pain. Alcohol, 1 pint. Oil of Origanum, 2 ounces. “ Cedar, 1 ounce. “ Sassafras, 1 “ “ Hemlock, 1 “ “ Turpentine, 3 ounces. Gum Camphor, 2 & 6 Tincture of Lobelia, 2 & 6 66 6 & Arnica, 2 & 6 66 “ Capsicum, 8 & 6 Aqua Ammonia, 3 66 Sweet Oil, 8 6 & Mix. Use with castile soap, and apply three times a day. Chamberlain’s Relief. Tincture of Capsicum, 1 fl. ounce. Spirits Camphor, ; fl. “ Tincture Guaiac, 1 66 Alcohol, 1 66 Mix well together. Black Oil Liniment. Quicksilver, # drachm, Nitric Acid, 1 drachm. Sulphuric Acid, 2 drachms. Olive Oil, 1 ounce. Turpentine, 1 “ Cotton Cloths, Q. S. Mix the acids together very slowly, avoid the fumes; this must be made out of doors. When the acids are mixed, add the turpentine and olive oil, together with all the cotton cloths it will dissolve. Brodie’s Asthma, Liniment. Alcohol, 8 ounces. Oil of Stillingia, 4 “ “ Lobelia, 1 ounce. “ Cajeput, 2 ounces. Mix. Rub the spinal column and neck three times a day. Solution Carmine. Carmine, No. 40, in fine powder, 1 drachm. Aqua Ammonia, # ounce. Water, 3% ounces. Dissolve by triturating with the ammonia; add the water. Keep in a tight bottle. AN ESGXOLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFOBMATION. 79 British Oil, Oil of Turpentine, “ Flaxseed, “ Amber, “ Juniper, Barbadoes Petroleum, American Petroleum, Mix. 4 ounces. 3 pints. 1 pint. 3 ounce. 2 ounces. 2 ounces. Hines’ Liniment. Aqua Ammonia, Tincture of Opium, 6 & 6 & Arnica, Chloroform, Gum Camphor, Alcohol, Mix. 2 ounces. # ounce. 1 & 6 1 66 1} ounces. 5 & 4 Apply to the parts affected, by means of a flannel Saturated with this liniment. Hobbs’ Kerosene Liniment. Kerosene Oil, Tincture of Opium, “ “ Arnica, “ “ Stramonium, Aromatic Spts. Ammonia, Spirits of Camphor, Oil of Origanum, Chloroform, 2 ounces. 4 drachms. 5 66 4 66 6 & 6 5 66 4 & 6 1 OUIIlC6. Mix. Rub in well twice during twenty-four hours. and as good for beast as man. Osgood’s Liniment. Castile Soap, 2 ounces. Gum Myrrh, 2 6& ($6 Opium, 1 # 66 “ Camphor, 2. “ Oil of Origanum, 2 66 Tincture of Arnica, 2 Chloroform, # ounce. Alcohol, 1 quart Mix and let stand for a week, occasionally shaking, and it is ready for use. This is one of the best liniments in use, Johnson’s Liniment. Chloroform, # ounce, Tincture Myrrh, 1 66 ($6 Capsicum, 1 & 66 Arnica, 1 66 Sulph. Ether, * * Oil of Spearmint, 2} drachms. “ Wintergreen, 2} “ Aqua Ammonia, 2 ounces. Alcohol, 1 quart. Mix. Radway's Ready Relief. Soap Liniment, Tincture of Capsicum, Water of Ammonia, Alcohol, Mix thoroughly. 1} fl. ounces. 1 fl. ounce. # fl. 66 # fl. 66 Uncle Sam’s Nerve and Bone Liniment. Oil of Origanum, 4 ounces. “ Rosemary, 4 “ * Amber, 4 * “ Hemlock, 4 “ Turpentine, 4 pints. Oil of Linseed, 6 pints. Mix. For external use only. OINTIMENTS. Alum and Calomel Ointment. Calomel, 2 drachms. Powdered Alum, # ounce. Sugar of Lead, # “ Oil of Turpentine, 2 drachms. Simple Ointment, 14 ounces. Mix. This is a valuable remedy in tinea Flagg’s Relief. Oil of Cloves, 1 fl. drachm. “ Sassafras, 2 fl. drachms. Spirits of Camphor, Mix well together. 1} fl. ounces. capitis. The simple ointment is made as fol- lows. Simple Ointment. White Wax, 1 pound. Prepared Lard, 2 pounds. Mix. ſ 80 PRACTICAL INFORMATION. AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF Camphor Ointment. Powdered Camphor, 15 grains. Glycerine, Q. S. Simple Ointment, 1 ounce. Mix. Useful in erythema, and in vesicular and equinous affections of the skin. Basilicon Ointment. (Resin Cerate.) Resin, 10 ounces. Yellow Wax, 4 ounces. Lard, 16 ounces. Melt them together over a slow fire; strain the mixture through muslin, and stir constantly until cold. This is one of the best known and most reliable dressings for healing old burns, scalds, and all kinds of Sores. Cantharides Cerate. (Blister Ointment.) Cantharides, in fine powder, 12 ounces. Yellow Wax, 7 “ Resin, 7 * Lard, 10 “ To the wax, resin and lard, previously melted together and strained through muslim, add the cantharides, and by means of a Water-bath keep the mixture in a liquid state for half an hour, then remove from the fire and stir con- stantly until cool. This forms the usual blis- tering plaster. Ointment of Rose Water, (Cold Cream.) Oil of Sweet Almonds, Spermaceti, White Wax, 2 drachms. Eose Water, 2 fl. ounces. Melt together by means of a Water-bath, the oil, spermaceti and wax; then gradually add 84 ounces. 1 ounce. the rose-water, and stir constantly while cool- | ing. A small portion of glycerine may be added, if desired, before cooling. When prop- erly made, cold cream is one of the most ele- gant and grateful preparations in use for chapped hands and lips, frost-bite, raw sur- faces, etc. Stramonium Ointment. Fresh Lard, 2 pounds. Stramonium Leaves, bruised, sufficient. Place the lard in a kettle, over a slow fire, and put in all the stramonium leaves it will hold; let it simmer for an hour, remove from the fire, and strain while hot; expressing the leaves dry. This forms a simple and good ointment to relieve pain; and is much used as an addition to pile ointments. Eye Ointment. Pulverized Opium, 8 grains. 66 Camphor, 8 “ ($6 Calomel, 30 “ Oil of Sweet Almonds, 1 drachm. Cocoa Butter, 1 “ Mix. Rub a small portion on the eye-lid before going to bed. Compound Butter Ointment. Burgundy Pitch, 4 ounces. Red Oxide Mercury, 1 ounce. Red Oxide Lead, 1 “ Venice Turpentine, 1 “ Fresh Butter, 16 ounces. Melt the butter and pitch over a slow fire; add the turpentine; and, lastly, the two oxides, finely powdered, stirring constantly until the ointment is cold. Deshler’s Salve. Flaxseed Oil, 8 ounces. Turpentine, 54 “ Yellow Wax, 12 66 Resin, 12 6& Suet, 12 &G Melt all together and strain the mixture well, stirring until cold. Magnetic Ointment. Prepared Lard, 8 ounces. Raisins, 8 66 Fine-cut Tobacco, 3 66 Simmer well together, then remove from the fire and strain. This is a fine remedy for salt rheum, tetter, etc. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 81 Becker’s Eye Salve. Calamine, 1} drachms. Tutty, 1} 66 Red Oxide of Mercury, 6 {& Powdered Camphor, 1 drachm. Oil of Sweet Almonds, 2 drachms. White Wax, 1 ounce. Fresh Butter, 8 ounces. Reduce the minerals to a fine powder and incorporate with the oils, in which the camphor has been dissolved, with the butter and wax, previously melted. Unsalted butter should be used. Green Mountain Salve Powdered Verdigris, 1 ounce. Oil of Wormwood, % 6 & Venice Turpentime, 14 ounces. Oil of Red Cedar, 1 ounce. Oil of Origanum, 1 & 6 Oil of Hemlock, 1 & 6 Balsam Fir, 1 & 6 Mutton Tallow, 4 ounces. Beeswax, 4 & © Burgundy Pitch, 4 6 & Resin, 5 pounds. Melt the resin, pitch, beeswax, mutton tal- low and balsam together; now add the oils with the verdigris, together with the other in- gredients, and mix thoroughly. Judkins’ Ointment. Linseed Oil, 1 pound. Red Lead, 4 Ounces. Spts. Turpentine, # drachm. Sugar of Lead, 1 * * The oil is first boiled in an earthen pot, af- ter which the lead is gradually added, finally the other ingredients. Mild Oxide of Zinc Ointment. The first three articles are to be melted by a gentle heat, and while warm, sprinkle in the zinc, and when nearly cold add the benzoic acid and otto of rose. Petit’s Eye Salve. White Wax, 4 ounces. Spermaceti, 12 “ Olive Oil, 2 pounds. White Precipitate, 3 ounces. Oxide of Zinc, 4 & & Benzoic Acid, 2 drachms. Sulphate of Morphia, 48 grains. Oil of Rosemary, 20 drops. Melt the sperm, wax, and olive oil together. Rub the precipitate, zinc and benzoic acid in a portion of the warm mixture, add together, and lastly add the rosemary; stir until cool. Oxide of Zinc Ointment. Prepard Lard, 5 Troy ounces. Olive Oil, 5 Troy ounces. White Wax, 2} Troy ounces. Spermaceti, 2} Troy ounces. Oxide of Zinc, 2} Troy ounces. Powdered Gum Benzoin, ; Troy ounce. Melt the lard, olive oil, white wax and sperm by a gentle heat; Sprinkle in the zinc, and when nearly cool add the gum and mix all thoroughly. An excellent ointment for sores that are indisposed to heal. Cazeaux Nipple Ointment. White Wax, 4 ounces. Oil of Sweet Almonds, 1 ounce. Honey, (clear) # ounce. Balsam Peru, 2} drachms. Melt the wax and honey by a gentle heat, then add the oil of almonds, and when nearly cold, add the balsam of Peru. Croup Ointment. 2 pounds. Olive Oil, Spermaceti, 12 ounces. Lobelia Seed, powdered, 1 ounce. White Wax, 9 “ Maccoboy Snuff, 1 ounce. White Oxide of Zinc, 4 * * Prepared Lard, sufficient to make an ointment, Acid, Benzoic, 2 drachms. Spread upon linen and apply over the throat Sulphate of Morphia, 2 & & and chest, as long as the case requires a ou, of Roses, 20 drops. relaxant. 82 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Kittridge’s Ointment. Quicksilver, 1 ounce. Nitric Acid, 1 ounce. Prepared Lard, # pound. Let the silver and the acid stand together until the silver is set, then add to the lard previously melted and mix thoroughly. This is a fine remedy for pimpled face, prairie itch, itch, etc. Radin’s Camphor Ointment. Purified Lard, # ounce. 66 Suet, # “ White Wax, * “ Oil of Bay-berries, 3. " Gum Camphor, 2 drachms. Melt altogether, except the camphor, which must be added to the mixture when nearly cold. Pimple Ointment. Cold Cream, 1 ounce. Nitrate of Bismuth, 40 grains. White Precipitate, 40 “ Oil of Bergamot, 20 drops. Mix. This is a fine preparation to reduce pimples, etc., from the face. Favorite Ointment. Red Oxide Mercury, # ounce. Sugar of Lead, # “ Burnt Alum, 1 &6 White Witriol, 2 drachms. Mutton Tallow, # pound. Melt the tallow and add the other ingredients while warm; mix thoroughly and stir until cold. Green Ointment. Clear Honey, # pound. Beeswax, # “ Turpentine, 1 ounce. Oil of Wintergreen, 2 ounces. Tincture of Opium, 2 66 Powdered Verdigris, 2 drachms. Refined Lard, 1} pounds. Melt the lard and beeswax together by a gentle heat, then add other ingredients and mix thoroughly. Chilblain Ointment. Powdered Nutgalls, 1 drachm. Glycerine, 2 drachms. Simple Ointment, 7 & 6 Mix and make a uniform mass. A good dressing for broken chilblains. Mead's Ointment. Aqua Fortis, 1 ounce. Quicksilver, 1 “ Castile Soap, dissolved, 1 “ Prepared Chalk, 1 “ Prepared Lard, 1 pound. Mix the aqua fortis and quicksilver in an earthenware vessel, and when done effervescing, mix with the other ingredients. This is an excellent remedy for salt rheum. Pile Ointment–No. 1. Powdered Galls, 40 grains. Powdered Opium, 20 & & Simple Ointment, # ounce. Stramonium Ointment, # & 6 Mix. Apply two or three times daily. Pile Ointment–No. 2. Carbonate of Lead, # ounce. Sulphate of Morphia, 15 grains. Stramonium Ointment, U. S. D. 1 ounce. Olive Oil, 20 drops. Mix, and apply three times a day, as occa- sion and pain may require. Sisson’s Ointment. Best Brandy, 8 ounces. Turpentine, 1 gill. Gum Camphor, 1 ounce. Beef’s Gall, 8 ounces. Neat's Foot Oil, 1 pint. Dissolve the camphor in the brandy, add the other ingredients, and mix well. AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 83 Anderson’s Soothing Ointment. Oxide of Bismuth, # ounce. Oleic Acid, 4 ounces. White Wax, 1% £ 6 Waseline, 4}. “ Oil of Rose, Q. 8. Mix. Add perfume when mixture is nearly cold. Iodoform Ontment. Iodoform, 10 grains. Oil of Eucalyptus, 1 drachm. Cosmoline, 1 ounce. Mix. Citrine Ointment. Mercury, 4 ounces. Nitric Acid, C. P. 12 fl. ounces. Neatfoot's Oil, 8 fl. “ Lard, 2} pounds. Dissolve the mercury in the acid. Heat the lard and oil to 180°, then add the dissolved mercury all at once. Commence stirring and continue doing so until the ointment is cold, or about of the consistency of molasses. Toward the latter end of the process, the vessel may be set in one containing cold water, thus hasten- ing the cooling. I wish to impress it firmly upon the minds of all trying this process, that it is absolutely necessary to continue the stir- ring until the completion of the process. The above gives an ointment of good consistency, bright lemon color, without disagreeable smell, and keeps. PILLS. Medicines adapted to the pilular form are powders in less than fifteen grain doses; gum- resins in extracts, and oleo-resins and oils in small proportions. Unadhesive materials—Calomel, Dover's pow- der, Sub. nit. bismuth, morphia, acetas, strych- nia, pulv. digitalis, pulv. ipecac, plumbi acetas, ant. et. pot. tartrate, ant. sulph., argenti nitras, argenti oxidum, ferri pulvis, ferri sub carb., etc. Medicinal excipients—Extracts, pil. hydrarg., pil. Copaibaº, pil. ferri carb., terebinthina; with moisture, powd. aloes, rheum, kino, tannin, opium, Scilla, ferri citras, assafoetida, etc. A Good Excipient for Pills. Starch, Glycerine, Mix and heat together by means of a water bath until a gelatinous mass is formed. Excipients should be added to the pill cautiously or it will become too soft. If this occurs a dryer will be needed, Powdered acacia, powdered starch, powdered licorice, etc., all answer this purpose. 4 drachms. 3 ounces. Pills of Antimony Comp. (Plummers Pill.) Sulphuretted Antimony, 120 grains. Mild Chloride of Mercury, 120 grains. Guaiac, powdered, # ounce. Molasses, sufficient. Mix. Make 240 pills. Dose.—One to three pills. Gamboge Pills, Compound. Gamboge, 1 drachm. Aloes, 1 & & Compound Powder of Cinnamon, 1 © 6 Soap, 2 ounces. Syrup, sufficient. Make into 3 grain pills. Dose.—One to three pills. Pills of Copaiba. Solid Copaiba, 600 grains. Magnesia, 60 grains. Make 200 pills. Dose.—One to three pills. Pills of Aloes and Assafoetida. Aloes, 3 drachms. Castile Soap, 8 & & Pulv. Assafoetida, 40 grains. Make into 3 grain pills. Dose.—Two to five. Tonic and Stomachic Pills. Aqueous Ext. Cinch., 20 grains. Ferri Subcarb., 12 “ Syr. Aurant. Cort., Q. S. Make 12 pills. Dose.—One every four hours. AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Quinine and Camphor Pills. Ext. Cinch., 1 drachm. Pulv. Camphor, 12 grains. “ Opii., 1 grain. “ Cinch., Q. S. Make 12 pills. Dose.—One every three hours. Antispasmodic Pills. Ext. Cinch., 2 drachms. Catechu, 2 & 6 Pulv. Assafoetida, 40 grains. Nitrate of PotaSS., 40 “ Make 50 pills. Dose.—One every two or three hours, or oftener if needed. Pills Bromide of Iron. Brom. Ferri. Pulv., 12 grains. Confect. Rosae, 18 “ Gum Acacia, 12 “ Make 20 pills. Dose.—Take two in the morning, and two in the evening. Useful in hypertrophy of the heart and scrofulous affections. Pills of the Arsenate of Iron. ferri. Protox. Arsen., 3 grains. Ext. Humuli, 2 drachms. Puly. Althae, 30 grains. Simple Syrup, Q. 8. Make 48 pills. - Dose.—Take one every day. Useful in Scrofu- lous or cancerous affections. Pills of Aloes and Iron. Socotrine Aloes, 1 ounce. Ginger Jam, 2 ounces. Sulphate of Iron, 2 “ Extract of Conium, 1 ounce. Make into 3-grain pills. Dose.—One or two pills. Emmenagogue Pills. Ferri Sulph., 20 grains. Pulv. Aloes, 20 “ Saponis Castile, 20 “ Make ten pills. Dose.—One, morning and night. Sulphate of Iron Pills, Comp. Ferri Sulph., 1 ounce. Ext. Anthem, 1} ounces. Ol. Mentha Pip., 1 fl. drachm. Syr. Simp., Q. S. Dose.—Take five to ten grains. Useful as em- Imenagogue. Emmenagogue Pills. Formula, No. 1. Ferri Sulph., 30 grains. Galbanum, 1} drachms. Myrrh, 1} “ Syr. Aurant. Cort., Q. S. Make pills, two grains each. Dose.—Take six, every three hours. Formula No. 2., Acid Tannic, Syr. Simple, Ft. Pil. No. 8. Dose.—One, every two or three hours, in gon- orrhea. 12 grains. Q. S. Formula, No. 3. Accid Tannic, 20 grains. Morphiae Sulph., 1 grain. Mucilage Acacia, Q. S. Make ten pills. Dose.—Take one every two or three hours. Useful in diarrhea and dysentery. Formula No. 4. Acidi Gallici, 20 grains. Ext. Gentiana, 10 “ Syrupi, Q. 8. Make ten pills. Dose.—Take one every hour. orrhages. Useful in hem- AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PEAOTICAL INFORMATION. Pills of Camphor and Kino. Pulv. Kino, 40 grains. Camphor, 30 “ Pulv. Aromatic, 20 “ Oxide of Zinc, 10 “ Make twenty pills. , Dose.—Two, morning and night. In Asthma. Pulv. Opii., 1 grain Castorei, 9 grains Digitalis, 2 66 Pil. Scillae, compound, 8 66 Mix. Make four pills. Dose.—One, three times a day. Good Laxative Pills. Podophyllin, 2 grains. Powdered Rhubarb, 14 “ Powdered Capsicum, 4 ** Make twelve pills. Dose.—Two to four pills, at night. In Gout of the Stomach. Ammon. Carb. 20 grains. Pulv. Capsici, 20 & 6 Pulv. Caryoph, 20 & 6 Pulv. Macis, 20 © & Ol. Carui, 5 drops. Ext. of Gentian, 5 drops. Syr. Simp., Q. S. Mix. Make 20 pills. Dose.—One, every two hours. In Spasmodic Cough. Oxide of Zinc, 8 grains. White Sugar, 5 6 & Pulv. Myrrh, 1} drachms. Conserve Roses, Q. S. Make 20 pills. Dose.—One, to be taken twice a day. In Chorea and Epilepsy. Argent. Nit., 3 grains. Pulv. Opium, 30 “ “ Camphor, 20 “ * Moschus, 20 ee Make 24 pills. Dose.—One, morning and night. To Produce Sleep. Ext. Opii Aqueous, 2 grains. Camphor, 2 & 6 Simple Syrup, Q. Be Make one pill. Dose.—To be taken at bed time. Pills for Intermittent Fever. Cupri Sulph., 6 grains. Ext. Cinchonae, 32 66 Simple Syrup, Q. S. Make 16 pills. Dose.—Take one four times a day. Rufus’ Pills (Cathartic.) Pulv. Aloes, 2 ounces “ Myrrh, 1 ounce. Crocus, # “ Simple Syrup, . Q. S. Make 480 pills. Dose.—Take three to six pills for a dose. Useful in constipation. Pills in Nervous Irritability, Etc. Zinci Valerianas, 18 grains. Make 12 pills. Dose.—One, three times a day. For Neuralgia- Oxide of Zinc, 1 drachm Ext. Hyoscyamus, 1 6 & Hellebore Nig., 1. & 4 Pulv. Glycyrrhiza, Rad., Q. S. Make 72 pills. Dose.—One pill daily. 86 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Pills for Epilepsy and Chorea. Oxide of Zinc, 40 grains. Conserve of Roses, Q. 8. Make 10 pills. Dose.—One, three or four times a day. Emmenagogue Pills. Pulv. Myrrh, 1} drachms. Ext. Hyoscyamus, 30 grains. Pulv. Scillae, 30 “ Aqua, Q. S. Make 80 pills. Dose.—Two or three daily. Use.—To promote the menstrual discharge. Sulphate of Iron Pills. Ferri Sulph., 3 drachms. Socotrine Aloes, 2 6 & Aromatic powder, 6 66 Confection of Roses, 8 66 Pulverize the iron and aloes separately, mix all the ingredients in a proper mass, then make pills five grains each. Dose.—Ome to three pills a day. Hooper’s Female Pills. Aloes, Soc., 8 ounces. Dried Sulphate of Iron, 17; drachms. Extract of Black Hellebore, 2 ounces. Myrrh, 2 & 4 Soap, 2 & & Powdered Camella, 1 ounce, Powdered Ginger, 1 & 6 Beat them well together into a mass, with syrup or water, and divide into pills, each containing two and one-half grains. Dose.—Take one every four hours. In Neuralgia. Extract of Hyoscyamus, 3 drachm. Extract of Belladonna, 5 grains. Sulph. Morphia, 2 grains. Sulph. Quinine, 40 “ Mix. Make 20 pills. Dose.—One every two hours. Holloway’s Celebrated Pills. Aloes, 2 drachms. Rhubarb, 2 6 & Capsicum, 20 grains. Saffron, 5 “ Sulphate of Soda, 5 grains. Make 100 pills. Dose.—One three times a day. In Rheumatism. Pulv. Antimony, 10 grains. Pulv. Opii, 2 “ Hyd. Chlo. Mit. 2 “ Confection of Roses, Q1. 8. Mix. Make four pills. Dose.—Take two at bed time. In Rheumatism. Ant. et Potas. Tart, 2 grains. Pulv. Opii, 6 “ Camphor, 86 “ Spts. Rectif., 3 drops. Conserve of Roses, Q. Be Mix. Make 12 pills. Dose.—One every fourth hour. Pills for Habitual Costiveness. Pulv. Ipecac, 10 grains. Hydrarg. Chlor. Mit., 8 & 6 Ext. Taraxaci, 40 66 Mix. Make 30 pills. Dose.—One three times a day. Compound Cathartic Pills-Improved. (Wegetable.) Powd. Ext. Colocynth, Comp., 100 grains. 6 & & 4 Jalap, 50 6 (; 66 “ Hyoscyamus, 25 “ $6 “ Dandelion, 25 tº Leptandrin, 50 “ Podophyllin, 25 “ Oil Peppermint, 8 drops. Make into one hundred pills. Dose.—One to three pills. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 8.7 Dr. Vance’s Rheumatic Pills. Ext. Colchici Acetici, 3 drachm. Pulv. Ipecac Comp. 1} drachms. Dover's Powder, 3 grains. Make 24 pills. Dose.—Two at night and one before breakfast. In Scrofulous and Skin Diseases. Green Iodide of Mercury, 10 grains. Resin of Guaiacum, 40 & 6 Ext. of Conium, 30 & 6 Triturate the resin of guaiacum into a mass with a little alcohol; then incorporate with it the extract of conium and iodide of mercury, and divide into twenty pills. Dose.—One three times a day. Eclectic Liver Pills. Podophyllin, 10 grains, Leptandrin, 20 & © Sanguinaria, 10 6 & Extract of Dandelion, 20 66 Mix into 20 Pills. Useful in chronic diseases of the liver. Take a pill at night for several days, or two may be taken at first, to move the bowels, then one daily. Cough Pills. Powdered Assafoetida, 1 drachm. Sulph. Morphia, 8 grains. Mix. Make 30 pills. Dose.—One or two at bed time. Neuralgia, Pills—(Dr. Gross.) Sulphate Quinine, 200 grains. Sulphate Morphia, 5 “ Powdered Extract Aconite, 50 “ Sulphate Strychnia, 3 “ Arsenious Acid, 5 “ Make one hundred pills. Dose.—One to two pills. Compound Cathartic Pills. Ext. of Colocynth Comp., # ounce. Extract of Jalap, 180 grains. Calomel, 180 “ Gamboge, 40 “ Make one hundred and eighty pills. Dose.—One to four pills. Webster’s Dinner Pills. Powdered Socotrine Aloes, 360 grains. 6 & Mastic, 120 “ & & Red Rose Leaves, 120 “ Make two hundred pills. Dose.—One to three. Cook’s Pills. Powdered Aloes, Soc., 100 grains. & 4 Rhubarb, 100 “ Calomel, 75 “ Powdered Castile Soap, 25 tº Make one hundred pills. Dose.—Two to four pills. Ague Pills, Blue Mass, 14 grains. Sulph. Quinine, 24 “ Oil Black Pepper, 12 drops. Make twelve pills. Dose.—One pill every three hours, preceding the chill. Howlett's Ague Pills. Quinine, 2 drachms. Powd. Gum Myrrh, 1 drachm. 6 & Capsicum, 1 6 (; Make into 64 pills. Dose.—One pill. Ingall’s Pills. Pulverized Gamboge, 50 grains. Aq. Ext. Aloes Soct., 50 “ Podophyllin, 50 ** Mix, and make 100 pills. Dose.—One or two pills. AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Lee’s Pills. Powdered Aloes, 1 ounce. & © Scammony, # “ 66 Gamboge, 3 drachms. ( & Jalap, 2 6 & C & Soap, Castile, 1 drachm. Make into three grain pills. Dose.—One to three pills. Sappington’s Pills. (ForíAgue.) Sulph. Quinine, 480 grains. Powd. Ext. Licorice, 360 “ “ Gum Myrrh, 120 “ Oil Sassafras, 30 drops. Syrup q. S. to form a mass. Make into 480 pills. Dose.—One to three pills, in absence of fever. Barclay's Anti-Bilious Pills. 2 drachms. 1 drachm. Extract of Colocynth, Extract of Jalap, Almond Soap, 1} drachms. Guaiacum, 3 & 6 Tartarized Antimony, 8 grains. Oil of Juniper, 4 drops, Oil of Caraway, 4 6 & Oil of Rosemary, 4 & & Form into a mass with syrup and divide into 3 grain pills. Dose.—One to three pills SOLUTIONS. Solution Carbolic Acid. Carbolic Acid, in crystals, 1% ounces. Glycerine and Water, each a Sufficient quan- tity. Dissolve the carbolic acid in glycerine, about two ounces, to which add fourteen ounces of water; when clear, add two ounces more Water, and filter. If the solution is milky, clarify with glycerine. Used as a lotion, or in combination, whenever carbolic acid is indicated. Solution Citrate of Bismuth. Citrate of Bismuth and Ammonia, 4 drachms. Hot Water, 4 “ Aqua Ammonia, about # ounce. Rub the bismuth to a fine powder, and add it gradually, in small portions, to the hot Water, rubbing it to a uniform consistency; then add enough aqua ammonia to make clear, and Water enough to measure half a pint; filter. Dose.—One half to one teaspoonful. Solution of Citric Acid. Citric Acid, 8 ounces. Hot Water, 8 “ Dissolve the acid in the water, and add water to make one pint. Used mostly in making soda syrup and acid drinks. Donovan’s Solution. Iodide of Arsenic, 35 grains. Red Iodide of Mercury, 35 “ Distilled Water, # pint. Rub the iodides with half a fluid ounce of water; when dissolved add the remainder of the water, and filter. Uses.—Given in chronic cutaneous affections, by advice of a physician. Dose.—Five drops, gradually increased. Harle’s Solution. Arsenious Acid, 30 grains. Carbonate of Soda (dried), 30 “ Distilled Water, 6 ounces. Cinnamon Water, q. S. to make 8 & 4 It is used for the same purposes and in the same doses as Fowler's. Fowler’s Solution. Arsenious Acid, in Small fragments, 64 grains. Bicarbonate of Potassa, 64 “ Distilled Water, Q. S. Compound Spirits of Lavender, 3 fl. drachm. Boil the arsenious acid and the bicarbonate of potassa in a glass vessel, with twelve fluid ounces of distilled water till the acid is entirely AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION., 89 dissolved in the solution; when cold, add the compound spirits of lavender, and afterwards sufficient distilled water to measure one pint. Uses.—Given for skin diseases and in ague and intermittent fever. Dose.—Five drops, gradually increased; to be well diluted. Liquor Chlorinate Soda. (Labarraque's Solution.) Chlorinated Lime, 1 ounce. Carbonate Soda, 2 ounces. Water, 1 pint. Dissolve the sodium in four ounces of the water, with the aid of heat. Triturate the lime with the rest of the water, adding a little at a time, until mixed; set aside for twenty- four hours, then decant the clear liquid, and transfer the residue to a muslin strainer, and allow to drain, adding enough water to make twelve ounces of clear liquor. Add this to the Solution of sodium, and mix thoroughly ; lastly, keep the liquid in well stopped bottles, pro- tected from the light. Uses.—This preparation is largely used as an antiseptic, in putrid diseases, and as a topical application in unhealthy ulcers, diphtheria, scarlet fever, burns, etc. It may be used as a gargle, or an injection, by being diluted with eight to twelve parts of Water. Dose.—Internally, twenty to sixty drops, di- luted. Solution Acetate of Ammonia. Acetic Acid, dilute, 1 pint. Carb. of Ammonia, Q. S. Add the carbonate of ammonia to the acid until saturated or neutral, and filter. A diaphoretic. Useful in low fevers, headache and drunkenness. Dose.—From one to two teaspoonfuls, diluted. Solution of Iodine. (Lugol's.) Iodine, # ounce. Iodide of Potassium, 1 ounce. Water, 10 ounces. Dissolve the iodide of potasS. in the Water, and add the iodine, previously rubbed to a fine powder. This solution is for internal use. Dose.—Five to two drops, diluted with Water. Lugol's Caustic Solution of Iodine. Iodine, 1 ounce. Iodide of Potassium, 1 ounce. Water, 2 ounces. Mix and dissolve. This is a powerful caustic, for external appli- cation. Solution Persulphate of Iron. (Monsel's Styptic.) Sulp. of Iron (coarse powder), 12 Troy ounces. Sulphuric Acid, 1 Troy ounce+ 30 grains. Nitric Acid, 1 Troy ounce+300 grains. Mix the acids with a half pint of distilled water in a large porcelaia capsule, and, having heated the mixture to the boiling point, add the sulphate of iron, one-fourth at a time, stir- ring often each addition, until effervescence ceases. Then keep the solution in brisk ebullition until nitrous vapors are no longer perceptible, and the color assumes a ruby tint; lastly, when the liquid is cool, add sufficient distilled water to make it measure twelve fluid OUID.C6S. Valuable to arrest bleeding, by application and should be kept in every family. Solution of Salicylic Acid. Salicylic Acid, 1 ounce. Bicarbonate of Soda, 1 “ Glycerine, 6 ounces. Water, 9 “ Dissolve the bicarbonate of soda in the water, mix the acid with the glycerine. Then add enough of the solution of soda to the acid and glycerime to dissolve the acid. Make up the measure to one pint with water. Good in rheumatism. Dose.—One to three teaspoonfuls. Solution of Iodine. Iodine, 2 grains. Iodide of Potassium, 4 drachms. Peppermint Water, 6 ounces. Dissolve. 90 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Solution of Phosphoric Acid. Glacial Phosphoric Acid, 1 ounce. Water sufficient. Nitric acid, 40 grains. Dissolve phosphoric acid in three ounces of Water. Add the nitric acid and boil until it is reduced to a syrupy consistence and free from the odor of nitric acid, then add enough water to make the measure twelve and a half ounces. Solution of Dialyzed Iron. In view of the wide-spread and rapidly in- creasing demand for this preparation, the fol- lowing working formula, which has been tried with excellent success, may prove of interest and benefit : Solution Chloride of Iron, 1 pint. Water of Ammonia q. S., or. 2 pints. Distilled Water, 12 “ Mix the iron solution with eight pints of the water and precipitate the oxide of iron there- from by means of the water of ammonia, pre- viously diluted with the remaining four pints of water, care being taken to have a slight excess of ammonia. Collect the precipitate upon a close cotton (drilling) strainer of ample proportions, well Secured around the ends. Wash the precipitate with plenty of distilled water of a temperature not exceeding 50° F., stirring the magma constantly with a horn or wooden spatula while pouring the water upon it. Set the magma aside to drain for several hours and then without expressing, or, if too moist after application of very slight and grad- ual pressure, transfer to a wide mouth bottle and add four fluid ounces of Solution of chlor- ide of iron, shake briskly for awhile and then set aside in a cool place for twenty-four hours or until a complete solution has been effected, meanwhile stirring the mixture frequently. Fi- nally transfer the Solution to a dialyser and proceed in the usual manner. The process re- quires from eight to twelve days for comple- tion. The preparation may be considered finished when tincture of nutgalls produces no darken- ing color, and nitrate of silver no precipitate in the diluted Solution. U When time is no object successive portions of oxide of iron may be dissolved in the solu- tion already obtained in the same manner as the first portion, thus shortening the process of dialysing, or, in fact, carrying the Saturation when the latter becomes altogether unnecessary, since the resulting preparation possesses pre- cisely the same physical and chemical proper- ties and peculiarities as the dialysed liquid. Hall’s Solution of Strychnia. Strychnia, in Crystals, 16 grains. Alcohol, 7 ounces. Water, 7 & 6 Acetic Acid, # ounce. Tinc. Cardamom Comp., 1} ounces. Rub the strychnia to a very fine powder, and dissolve with the acetic acid. Add the alcohol, water and prepared flavoring previously mixed, and filter. Each fluid ounce contains one grain Strychnia. Solution of Morphia, Sulphate of Morphia, 16 grains. Water, 1 ounce. Dissolve. This must not be used in place of the offici- nal liquor or solution of morphia. See below. Solution of Morphia. (Officinal). Sulphate of Morphia, 8 grains. Distilled Water, # pint. One fluid drachm contains one-eighth grain morphia. Solution of Phosphorus, Bromine and Iodine. Phosphorus, 10 grains. Bromine, 170 “ Iodine, 170 “ Alcohol, 1 ounce, Glycerine enough to make 8 fluid ounces. Dissolve the iodine in the alcohol and add to the glycerine; then add the bromine, and, lastly, the phosphorus, very gradually, in fine shavings, to the mixture. Great care must be taken in adding the phosphorus, as the action is violent. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Solution of Bromhydric Acid. (Hydrobromic Acid.) Bromide of Potassium, 1 ounce. Tartartic Acid, 14 ounces. Water, 4 & 4 Mix and agitate until the salts are dissolved and precipitation commences. Set aside in a eold place for twelve hours, decant and filter. WINES AND BITTER.S. To Prepare Cider for Making the Various Kinds of Artificial Drinks. Pure Cider, 40 gallons. Alcohol, 1 gallon. Loaf Sugar, 4 pounds. Crude Tartar, 8 ounces. Fill into a cask and mix the ingredients thoroughly, and as fermentation takes place, keep the cask full up with fresh cider in order to work off all the dregs. To check fermenta- tion, add one-half pound of mustard seed to each 40 gallons. Rule for Making Family Wines from the Various Fruits. Ripe Fruit, crushed, 24 pounds. Soft Water, 1 gallon. Loaf Sugar, 4 pounds. Cream of Tartar, 13 ounces. Brandy, 1 quart. Dissolve the cream of tartar in water, mix all the ingredients and let them stand for one week before drawing off. Blackberry Wine. Bipe Berries, 20 gallons. Hot Water, 5 gallons. Sugar, 40 pounds. Ginger, bruised, 2 ounces. Red Tartar, 8 & 4 Alcohol, 1 gallon. Bruise the berries and pour on three gallons of hot water, infuse three days, and subject to pres- sure in a canvas bag. Macerate the dregs for twelve hours in the remaining water, and press again; mix the two liquors together, add the sugar, and after fermentation, the ginger, the tar- tar, and mix well. Black Currant Wine. Black Currants, 20 gallons. Cold Water, 20 “ Sugar, 60 pounds. Red Tartar, 8 ounces. Cloves, # ounce. Orange Peel, # “ Ginger, 3. “ Proceed as with the blackberry wine Cherry Wine. Bruised Cherries, 10 gallons. Water, 10 & & & Sugar, 22 pounds Cherry Stones, bruised, 2 & & Honey, 5 & & Alcohol, 1 gallon. Red Tartar, 6 ounces. Cardamoms, 1 ounce. Follow the process given for blackberry wine. Ginger Wine. Alcohol, 1 quart. Pulverized Capsicum, 80 grains. Best Ginger, bruised, 8 ounces. Tartaric Acid, 3 drachms. Let stand for one week, then add: Water, 1 gallon. Sugar, crushed, 1 pound. Boil the Sugar with the water for some time before adding to the other mixture; color with cochineal coloring. Ginger Beer. White Sugar, 20 pounds. Lemon Juice, 8 fluid ounces. Honey, 1 pound. Bruised Ginger, 17 ounces. Water, 18 gallons. Boil the ginger in three gallons of water for half an hour, then add the lemon juice, sugar, and honey, with the remaining water, and strain; when cold add the white of an egg, together with half an ounce of essence of lemon. After standing four days, bottle. AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PºCºTCAL INFORMATION. Claret Wine. Prepared Cider, 40 gallons. Water, 5 & 6 The Juice of 40 lemons. Sugar, 12 pounds. Cream of Tartar, 4 ounces. Pure Spirits, 3 gallons. Let stand for ten days, and then color with red Saunders, after this, fine it. Mead, Hôney, 20 pounds. Cider, 12 gallons. Rum, 4 pints. Brandy, 4 “ Red or White Tartar, 6 ounces. Bitter Almonds, 2 drachms. Cloves, 2 & 4 Yeast, 1 pint. Dissolve the honey in the cider, add the yeast, and let it ferment. When clear, add the other ingredients, macerate three days, strain and bottle. Extract Root Beer, Extract American Sarsaparilla, 10 drachms. Fluid Extract Prince's Pine, 10 “ 6 & “ Wintergreen, 4 “ 66 & & Licorice, 2 € 6 Root Beer Flavoring, 1 ounce. Refined Molasses, 1 gallon. Water, 9 gallons. Mix. Charge in an ordinary Soda fountain in the usual manner. Cherry Brandy, Alcohol, 40 gallons. Water, 4 gallons. Cherries, bruised, 40 quarts. Sugar, 10 pounds. Bitter Almonds, braised, 1 pound. Cloves, 2 ounces. Cassia, 1 ounce. Macerate for one month and then draw off and decant or filter. Color this with burnt Bºgar. Manhattan Spruce Beer Powder. Powdered Befined Sugar, 164 ounces. & 6 Bicarbonate of Soda, 3} “ & 6 Citric Acid, 4 66 Conct. Essence of Spruce, 1 ounce. Mixed and used as before. Metheglin. Honey, 112 pounds. Water, 24 gallons. Mix in a cask, and stir daily until dissolved; then add Yeast, Hops, 1 pint. 1 pound. Boil the hops in a gallon of water, mix the whole, add as much more water as will make in all one barrel full. Ferment. Blackberry Brandy. Blackberries, crushed, 1 gallon. Brandy, 1 gallon. White Sugar, 2 pounds. Macerate the berries with the brandy for six days, express the liquor, add the sugar, and after two weeks decant or filter. Blackberry Cordial. 6 pounds. 4 pounds. Blackberry Juice, Refined Syrup, Mix and add brandy one pint, Saturated with cinnamon half ounce, nutmegs two drachms, cloves and allspice, each one drachm. Currant Wine, White Currant Juice, 1 quart. Warm Water, 1 quart. Brown Sugar, 2 pounds. Alcohol, # pint. Tincture of Kino, 3 drachm. Let stand for a week or two then rack of and bottle. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Mulberry Wine. Ripe Mulberries, 10 gallons. Apples, 10 gallons. Sugar, 20 pounds. Catechu, 8 ounces. Red Tartar, 8 ounces. Express the juice, put it into a cask, add the sugar, and ferment with yeast if necessary; then add the other ingredients. Port Wine-Imitation, Drepared Cider, 35 gallons. Red Cape Wine, 5 6 & Genuine Port Wine, 5 66 Alcohol, 3 66 Sugar, 15 pounds. Tincture Kino, 2 ounces. Tartaric Acid, 1 ounce. Put this first into a tight cask for one week, then draw off and color with sugar coloring. Port Wine No. 2. Prepared Cider, 40 gallons. Alcohol, 5 gallons. Wild Grapes, 10 quarts. Rhatany Bark, bruised, 1 pound. Loaf Sugar, 18 pounds. Tinct. Kino, 4 ounces. Follow the instructions as given for black- berry wine as regards the grapes, that is, sub- ject them to pressure in a canvas bag, when the juice is all pressed out, mix with the other ingredients and let stand ten days, then draw off. Raspberry Wine. Spirits (Proof), 30 gallons. Water, 5 gallons. Sugar, 4 pounds. One Pineapple, sliced. Raspberries, 40 quarts. Tinct. Kino, 2 ounces. Yeast, # pint. Tartaric Acid, 2 ounces. Let this stand in a warm place until fer- mentation takes place, then draw off and fine it. BITTERS. Bitters are considered as tonic and stomachic, and to improve the appetite when taken in moderation. The best time is early in the morning, or an hour before meals. An excessive use of bitters tends to weaken the stomach. They should not be taken for a longer period than a few days at a time; but allow a period to elapse before again having recourse to them. French Cognac Bitters. |Red Peruvian Bark, 1} pounds. Calisaya Bark, 1} & 6 Bitter Orange Peel, 1} 6 & Sweet Orange Peel, 1} & 6 Calamus Root, 2 ounces. Cardamoms, 4 6 & Cinnamon, 1% 66 Cloves, 1} & 6 Nutmeg, 1% 66 Caraway, 4 66 Wild Cherry Bark, 3 pounds. Powder the drugs and steep for fifteen days in forty-five gallons of proof spirits. Stir occa- sionally; then rack off and mix sufficient car- amel to make it a dark red. Stoughton Bitters. Orange Peel, 12 parts. Gentian, 16 “ Virginia Snake Root, 3 “ American Saffron, 1 part. Red Saunders, 1 part. Alcohol, 104 parts. Water, 56 parts. Mix by either percolation or maceration. Peruvian Bitters, Peruvian Bark, 8 parts. Orange Peel, 8 parts. Cinnamon, 3 part Cloves, + “ Nutmegs, 3 “ Cayenne, + “ Alcohol, 492 parts. Water, 492 parts. Mix by either maceration or percolation. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Tonic Bitters. Cardamom, Nutmeg, Cinnamon, Cloves, Ginger, Orange Peel, Alcohol, Water, Sugar, 4 parts. 1 part. 4 parts. 2 & 4 2 & 4 1 part. 278 parts. 278 “ 72 & 6 Mix by either maceration or percolation. Wild Cherry Bitters. Wild Cherry Bark, Partridge Berry (Mitchella repens), 1 part. Juniper Berries, Prickly Ash, Exhaust with Water, And after filtering add Sugar, Alcohol, Angostura Bitters. Gentian, Calisaya Bark, Canada Snake Root, Virginia Snake Root, Licorice Root, Dandelion Root, Pimento Root, Angostura Bark, Cardamom, Rhubarb, Galangal, Orange Peel, Caraway Seed, Cinnamon, Nutmegs, Cloves, Coriander, Catechu, Wormwood, Mace, Red Saunders, Curcuma, 4 parts. 10 parts. & 6 6 & & 6 & 4 & 6 6 & & & & 4 & & & 4 & © 4 parts. & 4 & 6 & 4 66 16 parts. 2 2 & & 2 & 6 # part. 2 parts. 6 & & 6 1 part. 12 parts. 8 & 6 Alcohol, 65 per cent., 1450 “ Honey, 480 “ In the above formulae either maceration or percolation may be employed. Clifford’s Bitters. Gentian, 24 parts. Orange Peel, 16 “ Cardamom, 8 “ Cinamon, 1 part. Cochineal, 1 “ Brandy, 140 parts. Water, 984 “ German Bitters. Chamomile, 2 parts. Sweet Flag, (; “ Orris Root, 8 “ Coriander, 3 “ Centaury, 1 “ Orange Peel, 3 “ Alcohol, 5SS “ Water, 672 “ Sugar, 24 “ Hop Bitters. Orange Peel, 2 parts. Sweet Flag, 1 part. Pimpinella Root, 1 “ Hops, * “ Alcohol, 820 parts. Water, 820 “ Sugar, 20 “ When otherwise completed this should be colored with burnt Sugar. Hamburg Bitters. Agaric, 2 parts Cinnamon, 5 “ Cassia, 4 “ Grains Paradise, # “ Quassia, 3 “ Cardamom, 1 part Gentian, 3 parts Orange Peel, 3 “ Alcohol, 556 “ Water, 684 “ Acetic Ether, 2 “ Mix by either maceration or percolation. Orange Bitters. Orange Peel, grd 6 parts. Water, 36 “ Alcohol, 88 “ Sugar, 16 “ Mix by either maceration or percolation. {\N ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PIRACTICAL INFORMATION. 95 Spiced Bitters. Poplar Bark, bruised, 10 ounces. Puly. Bayberry, 2 & 6 “ Balmony, 2 & 6 “ Golden Seal, 1 ounce. “ Cloves, 1 “ “ Cayenne Pepper, 3. “ “ Sugar, 3 ounces. Water, 20 & 6 Alcohol, 28 & 6 Mix by either maceration or percolation; if by maceration, about the eighth day add six ounces of the best brandy, and if by percola- tion, add the brandy when through percolating. Smith’s Stomach Bitters. Pulv. Gentian Root, 14 ounces. “ Orange Peel, 2} & & “ Cinnamon, 3 ounce. “ Anise Seed, 4 drachms. “ Coriander Seed, 4 & 4 “ Cardamom Seed, 1 drachm. Peruvian Bark, coarse, 4 drachms. Gum Kino, 2 & & Best Alcohol, 1 pint. Macerate for one week, and add one pound of loaf Sugar, together with one quart of hot water, then filter. Wine Bitters. Cinchona Bark, crushed, 4 ounces. Gentian Root, crushed, 2 & & Juniper Berries, crushed, 1 ounce. Orange Peel, crushed, 1 “ California Port Wine, 4 pints. Alcohol, 1 pint. Water, 3 pints. Mix. Digest for one week; then filter, adding enough wine to complete one gallon Dose.—One-half to two tablespoonfuls, for debility and loss of appetite. TINCTURES. Tinctures are spirituous solutions of vegeta- ble, animal and some Saline substances. They are made either with pure alcohol or with proof spirit. The first kind are precipitated by the addition of water, and therefore are more seldom employed, but the latter are very comfmon additions to infusions and decoctions. They ought not to be united with any vehicle that can decompose the tinctures or separate anything from it in a palpable form. Tinctures should be kept in close bottles, for although they are not liable to spoil, yet by the evaporation of the menstruum, their strength is altered, which if they contain opium or other active matters may be productive of bad effects. Care must be taken that the substances treated are exhausted by their soluble princi- ples, and your aim must be to produce a pe" fectly clear liquid. NO. 1. Deoderized Tincture of Opium, Opium, in moderately fine powder, 2} ounces. Ether and Alcohol, each, # pint. Water, a sufficient quantity. Macerate the opium with half a pint of Water for twenty-four hours; express, repeat the operation twice with the same quantity of Water. The foregoing preparations of opium have all an anodyne operation, and are found useful in a vast number of conditions. It is principally used to allay pain, relax spasms, and procure sleep. Temporary lock-jaw is said to yield to its external application. Dose.—Ten to thirty drops. Incompatibles.—Liquor, ammonia, potass., car- bonate potass., soda, metallic salts, astringent, Vegetable infusions and decoctions. NO. 2. Compound Spirits of Lavender. Oil of Lavender, 1 fl. drachm. Oil of Rosemary, 2 fl. drachms. Cinnamon in mod. fine powd., 2 Troy ounces. Cloves, 66 & 6 & 4 # Troy ounce. Nutmeg, 66 & & & & 1 Troy ounce. Red Saunders, “ 6 & “ 860 grains. Alcohol, 6 pints. Water, 2 pints. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity. 96 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA of PRACTICAL INForMATION. Dissolve the oils in the alcohol, and add the Water; then mix the powders, and having moistened the mixture with a fluid ounce of the alcoholic solution of the oils, pack it firmly in a conical percolator and gradually pour upon it the remainder of the alcoholic solution and afterwards diluted alcohol until the filtered liquid measures eight pints. Use.—In fainting and chronic debility. U08e.—Twenty to sixty drops. NO. 3. Compound Tincture of Quinoidia. Quinoidia, 10 scruples, Aromatic Tincture, 10 66 Muriatic Acid, 5 & 6 Diluted Alcohol, 100 & 6 Oil of Cinnamon, 6 drops. Dissolve the acid and the alkaloid in the alcohol, and mix. Dose.—Teaspoonful, two or three times a day. Useful in intermittent and remittent fevers and whenever tonics are indicated. NO. 4. Tincture of Ergot. Ergot of Rye in coarse powder, 8 ounces. Diluted Alcohol. Q. S. Macerate for fourteen days, and strain. Properties.—Stimulant, acting chiefly on the muscular system of the uterus. Use.—In parturition, leucorrhoea, and uterine hemorrhage, hemorrhage from the stomach, etc. NO. 5. Tincture of Iodine Comp. Iodine, 1 drachm. Iodide of Potassium, 2 ounces. Alcohol, 2 pints. Dissolve the iodine, and filter. Preserve the mixture in a closely stoppered vessel. Properties.—Stimulant, absorbent, emmena- gogue, alterative. - Uge.—In scrofula, bronchocele, and chlorosis. Dose.—Ten to thirty drops. NO. 6. Tincture of Lobelia Comp. Lobelia, 1 ounce. Blood Root, 1 “ Skunk Cabbage, 1 “ Wild Ginger, 1 “ Pleurisy Root, 1 “ Water or Winegar, 1 pint. Coarsely powder the roots. Macerate for fourteen days; express and filter. Properties.—Emetic, diuretic, expectorant. Use.—In spasmodic asthma. Dose.—Twenty to sixty drops. NO. "7. Tincture of Opium (New Method.) Opium, 3 ounces. Hot Water, 1 pint. Alcohol, 1 pint. Slice the opium and work it in the hot water until thoroughly separated and dissolved, then add alcohol, and filter after it has stood a short time. Each nineteen drops will represent one grain of opium. For its incompatibilities see Deodorized Tinc. of Opium, No. 1. Properties.—Anodyne. Use.—To allay pain, relax spasm, and pro- cure sleep. NO. S. - Tincture of Opium, Camphorated (Paregoric.) Opium dried, moderately fine powder, 60 grains. Benzoic Acid, 60 “ Camphor, 40 “ Oil of Anise, 1 fl. drachm Clarified Honey, 2 ounces. Diluted Alcohol, 2 pints. Mix the ingredients in a suitable vessel, and macerate for seven days, and strain. Properties.—Anodyne. Use.—Chronic asthma, whooping-cough, and in cases where quiet, rather than sleep, is re- quired. Dose.—For children five to twenty drops; for adults, one to three teaspoonfuls. - AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 97 No. 9. Tincture of opium, Acetated. Opium dried, moder’ly fine powder, 2 ounces. Distilled Winegar, 12 “ Alcohol, § pint. Rub the opium with the distilled vinegar, then add the alcohol and macerate for seven days and strain. NO. 10. Tincture of Assafoetida, Comp. Assafoetida, 1 ounce. Lupulin, 1 “ Stramonium Seed, bruised, 1 “ Walerian Root, in powder, 1 “ Alcohol, 3 pints. Macerate for fourteen days and filter. Properties.—Anti-spasmodic, expectorant, an- thelmintic. Useful in hysteria, tympanitis, asthma, etc. Dose.—One teaspoonful. NO. I le Tincture of Benzoin, Comp. Benzoin in coarse powder, 3 ounces. Socotrine Aloes, coarse pow., 3 ounce. Storax, 2 ounces. Balsam Tolu, 1 ounce. Alcohol, 2 pints. Macerate for seven days and filter. Properties.—Stimulant, expectorant, spasmodic. Use.—In old asthma cases, chronic catarrh, etc. anti- NO. 12. Tincture Cinchona, Comp. Red Cinchona, moderately fine powder, 4 ounces. Bitter Orange Peel, “ 66 66 3 * * Serpentaria, - 860 grains. Saffron, 120 “ Red Saunders, 120 “ Alcohol and water, each Q. S. Mix three measures of alcohol with one of water; mix the powders, and moisten them with four fluid ounces of the menstruum, and per- colate till two and a half pints of percolate is obtainyl Properties.—Tonic, antiperiodic, diaphoretic, Use.—Same as the bark. It is incompatible with acids, acidulous earthy and metallic salts. NO. 13. Tincture of Rhubarb and Cardamom. Rhubarb, moderately coarse powder, 6 ounces. Cardamom, “ fine & & 1 ounce. Diluted Alcohol, sufficient to make 50 ounces. To be prepared by percolation. Properties.—Stomachic and purgative. Use.—Exhibited in dyspepsia, debility of the intestines, etc. It is a useful adjunct where calomel is administered. Dose.—One teaspoonful. NO. 14. Tincture Iodoform, Comp. Iodoform, 15 grains. Potass. Iodide, 2 drachms. Glycerine, 2 & 6 Strong Alcohol, 6 & & Rub up the iodoform and iodide of potassium, then add the glycerine, and rub it up to the consistence of thin cream; then add the alcohol and stir briskly. Properties.—Alterative. Use-In syphilis and blood diseases, in gland- ular tumors and spermatorrhea. NO. 15. Tincture of the Acetate of Copper. Crystalized Acetate of Copper, 1 drachm. Distilled Water, 10 drachms. Alcohol, 1 ounce. Dissolve the acetate in the water previously Warmed, then add the alcohol and filter. Properties.—Tonic, stimulant and escharotic. Useful in epilepsy, chorea and other Spas- modic affections. Dose.-Five drops in water. AN ENCYCLOPARDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. NO. T 6. Tincture of Cinnamon, Comp- Cinnamon, bruised, 1 ounce. Cardamoms, “ 3 drachms. Prickly Ash Berries, 3 “ Ginger, 3 “ Diluted Alcohol, 2 pints. Macerate for fourteen days, express and filter. Properties.—Astringent, stomachic. Use.—In chronic diarrhea and dysentery, etc. Doge.—A teaspoonful. NO. 17. Tincture of Colchicum, Comp. Colchicum Seeds, Aromatic Spirits of Ammonia, 2} ounces. 1 pint. Macerate for fourteen days, and strain. Properties.—Narcotic, diuretic, cathartic. Use.—In dropsy, gout, rheumatism, ralgia. Dose.—Ten drops to one teaspoonful in Water. Ilêll- |NO. I 8. Tincture of Camphor. 5 ounces. 2 pints. Camphor, Alcohol, Mix, that the camphor may be dissolved. Properties.—Anodyne, narcotic, diaphoretic, sedative. Use.—A useful topical application in rheuma- tism and other pains, typhus, cymanche ma- ligna, and as an adjunct to barks and opium in checking gangrene. NO. 19. Tincture of Castor, Comp. Castor, bruised, 1 ounce. Assafoetida, 4 drachms. Aromatic Spts, Ammonia, 1 pint. Digest for seven days and strain. Properties.—Anti-spasmodic, emmenagogue. Use.—In hysteria, cramp of the stomach and flatulent colic, amenorrhea, typhus, etc. Dose.—One or two teaspoonfuls in water. NO. 20. Tincture of Blue Cohosh, Comp. Blue Cohosh, in powder, 2 ounces. Ergot, 1 ounce. Water Pepper, bruised, 1 & 6 Oil of Savin, A fl. “ Alcohol, 1} pints. Macerate for fourteen days, express and strain. Properties.—Tonic, diuretic, diaphoretic, ex- pectorant, emmenagogue. Use.—Rheumatism, dropsy, chorea, hysteria and pulmonary affections. Mix the powder with two fluid ounces of diluted alcohol, and proceed as in No. 61. NO. 21. Tincture of Cinchonae Yellow Cinchona, in moderately fine powder, 6 Troy ounces. Diluted Alcohol, Q. S. Properties.—Strongly and permanently tonic and anti-periodic, slightly astringent, stom- achic, and febrifuge. Use.—In intermittent and continued fevers, confluent Small-pox, erysipelas, acute rheuma- tism, cynanche maligna, Scarlatina, and in every disease attended with deficient action. Dose.—One to three drachms. No. 22. Tincture of Cinchona, Comp, Red Cinchona, in moderately fine powder, 4 Troy ounces. Bitter Orange Peel, in moderate- fine powder, 3 “ 66 Serpentaria, 360 grains. Saffron, in moderately coarse powder, 120 “ | Red Saunders, in moderately fine powder, 120 tº Diluted Alcohol, Q. S Mix the powders, and having moistened the mixture with four fluid ounces of diluted alco- hol, proceed as in No. 61, until two pints and a half of tincture are obtained. Properties.—Tonic, anti-periodic, diaphoretic. Use.—The same as the simple tincture, but it is more grateful, and therefore more fre- quently used. Dose.—One to three drachms. AN ENCYCLOPERDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 99 NO. 23. Tincture of Castor. Castor, bruised, Alcohol, Macerate for seven days, express and filter through paper. Properties.—Tonic, anti-spasmodic, emmena- gogue. Use.—In hysteria, cramp of the stomach, neuroses and spasmodic affections. Dose.—Twenty drops to two drachms. 2 Troy ounces. 2 pints. NO. 24. Tincture of Catechu. Catechu, in moderately coarse powder, 3 Troy ounces. Cinnamon, 2. “ 66 Diluted Alcohol, G. S. Macerate for seven days, or proceed as in No. 61. Properties.—Astringent and tonic. Use.—In chronic dysentery and diarrhea from a relaxed state of the bowels, in uterine hem- orrhages; ulceration of the gums, and in coughs and hoarseness. Dose.—One or two teaspoonfuls in wine or Some bitter infusion. NO 25. Tincture of Colchicum. Colchicum Seed in moderately fine powder, 4 Troy ounces. Diluted Alcohol, Q. S. Moisten the powder with one ounce of the diluted alcohol, and proceed as in No. 65. Properties.—Narcotic, diuretic, cathartic. Uses.—In dropsy, gout, rheumatism, neu- ralgia, bronchitis, and Scarlet fever, combined with magnesia in Small doses. Dose.—Ten drops to one drachm. NO. 26. Tincture of Coniu, Conium in moderately fine powder, 4 Troy ozs. Diluted Alcohol, Q. S. Moisten the powder with two fluid ounces of diluted alcohol, and proceed as in No. 66. Properties.—Narcotic, poisonous in an over- dose; resolvent. Use.—In cancer and scirrhous, scrofulous, and syphilitic ulcerations and SWellings, pertus- sis, chronic enlargement of the liver; asthma, and neuralgic affections. Dose.—Thirty drops to one drachm. NO. 27. Tincture of Lobelia. Lobelia in fine powder, 4 Troy ounces. Diluted Alcohol, Q. S. Moisten the powder with two fluid ounces of diluted alcohol, and proceed as in No. 65. Properties.—Emetic, diuretic, expectorant, anti-spasmodic, purgative. Use.—In paroxysms of asthma; in croup and whooping cough. NO. 28. v Tincture of Lupulin. Lupulin, 4 Troy ounces. Alcohol, Q. S. Pack the lupulin in a narrow cylindrical percolator, and gradually pour alcohol upon it until two pints of tincture are obtained. Properties.—Tonic and sedative, hypnotic and febrifuge. Use.—In gout, rheumatism, delirium tremens. Dose.—One to three drachms. NO. 29. Tincture of Hyoscyamus. Henbane Leaf, fine powder, 4 Troy ounces. Diluted Alcohol, Q. S. Moisten the powder with two fluid ounces of diluted alcohol, and proceed as in No. 65. Properties—Narcotic, anodyne, anti-spasmodic, and slightly stimulant. Use.—In epilepsy, hysteria, palpitation, palsy, mania, and Scirrhus, and as a substitute for opium to procure sleep in nervous habits, per- tussis, asthma, catarrh, gout, rheumatism. Dose.—One-half to two drachms. 100 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. NO. 30. Tincture of Jalap. Jalap, in fine powder, Alcohol, Q. S. Water, Q. 8. Mix two measures of alcohol with one of water, and proceed as in No. 65. Properties.—Cathartic. Use.—In costiveness, mania, worms, and as a hydragogue in dropsy. It is given to quicken the operation of calomel and other slow purga- tives. A drop of essential oil will prevent its griping. 6 Troy ounces. NO. 31. Tincture of Quassia. Quassia, in mod. fine powd., 2 Troy ounces. Diluted Alcohol, Q. S. Moisten the powder with a fluid ounce of diluted alcohol, and proceed as in No. 65. Properties.—Stimulant and tonic. Use.—As an adjunct to stomachic infusions, or taken diluted with water in dyspepsia and other cases of debility. Dose.—One to two drachms. NO. 32. Tincture of Rhubarb. Rhubarb, in mod. fine powd., 3 Troy ounces. Cardamoms, } Troy ounce. Diluted Alcohol, Q. S. Mix the powders, and having moistened them with one ounce of diluted alcohol, proceed as in No. 65. Properties.—Cathartic, astringent and tonic. Use.—In costiveness, and in combination with calomel, and a useful adjunct to neutral salts. It is much used as a laxative for infants. NO. 33. Tincture of Rhubarb and Senna. Rhubarb, in mod. coarse powd., 1 Troy ounce. Senna, in mod. coarse powder, 120 grains. Red Saunders, 120 “ Coriander Seeds, 60 “ Fennel, 60 “ Licorice, 30 “ Saffron, 80 “ Raisins, without seeds, 6 Troy ounces. Diluted Alcohol, 3 pints. Macerate for fourteen days and filter. Properties.—Stomachic and purgative. Use.—In dyspepsia, debility of the intestines, flatulent colic, diarrhea, and the costiveness of old people. NO. 34. Tincture of Sanguinaria. Blood Root, in mod. fine powd., 4 Troy ounces. Diluted Alcohol, Q. S. Moisten the powder with a fluid ounce of diluted alcohol, and proceed as in No. 65. Properties.—An acid emetic, stimulant and narcotic. Use.—In bronchitis, laryngitis, whooping cough, dysentery. It excites the energies of a torpid liver. Dose.—Ten drops to one drachm. NO. 35. Tincture of Valerian. Walerian in moderately fine pow- der, 4 Troy ounces. Diluted Alcohol, Q. S. Moisten the powder with one fluid ounce of diluted alcohol, and proceed as in No. 65. Properties.—Stimulant, anti-spasmodic. It ex- cites the cerebro-Spinal system. Use.—In hysteria, epilepsy, hemicrania, chlo- rosis, and all nervous and Spasmodic affections, Dose.—One to two drachms. NO. 36. Tincture of Valerian, Ammoniated. Walerian in moderately fine pow- der, 4 Troy ounces. Aromatic Spirits of Ammonia, 2 pints. Macerate for seven days and filter. Properties.—Stimulant, anti-spasmodic. Use.—The same as for the former, but on account of the ammonia, this is more useful in hysteria. AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 101 NO. 37. Tincture of Black Haw. Black Haw, in coarse powder, Diluted Alcohol, Exhaust by maceration or displacement, so as to obtain one pint of tincture. Properties and Uses.—It is recommended as having a special tonic action on the uterus and preventing abortion. Dose.—A teaspoonful, four or five times a day. 3 Troy ounces. 1 pint. NO. 38. Compound Tincture of Serpentaria. Virginia Snake Root, 2 ounces. Ipecac, 2 & 6 Saffron, 2 66 Camphor, 2 & 6 Opium, 2 & 6 Gin or Diluted Alcohol, 6 pints. Exhaust by maceration or percolation. This preparation is called Sudorific tincture by Ec- lectics. Properties.—It is stimulant, diaphoretic, and diuretic. Use.—United with infusions of cinchona in typhoid and putrid fevers, in gout and periodic headaches. NO. 39. Tincture of Buchu. Buchu Leaves in moderately fine powder, Alcohol, Exhaust by maceration or percolation. Dose.—A teaspoonful. Use.—In rheumatism, gout, and affections of the bladder. Properties.—Sudorific and diuretic. 8 ounces. 1 pint. NO. 40. Tincture of Erythroxylon. Coca, in moderately fine powder, 1 part. Alcohol, Sufficient to make 5 parts. Exhaust by percolation. Properties.—Anti-spasmodic, calmative, as- tringent. Useful in nervous debility, spermatorrhea. Dose.—One drachm. NO. 41. Tincture of Eucalyptus. Eucalyptus, in moderately fine powder, 1 ounce. Alcohol, 5 ounces. Exhaust by percolation. Useful in intermittent fevers. Dose.—A teaspoonful. NO. 42. Tincture Grindelia, Robusta. 1 ounce. 5 ounces. Grindelia, in coarse powder, Alcohol, Exhaust by percolation. Useful for asthma, also as an antidote to effects of poison-oak. NO. 43. Tincture of Iodine, 1 ounce. 10 ounces. Iodine, Alcohol, Mix. Properties.—It is stimulent, absorbent, alter- ative. Useful in glandular swellings, scrofula, dropsy, cutaneous diseases. Dose.—Five or six drops in water. No. 44. Muriated Tincture of Opium, Powdered Opium, Muriatic Acid, 1 fl. ounce. Distilled Water, 15 fl. ounces. Macerate for fourteen days, then filter and add sufficient water through the filter to make the preparation measure a pint when completed. Properties.—Anodyne, anti-spasmodic. Use-May be used with advantage in typhoid fever, and fevers generally. 1 ounce. NO. 45. Tincture of Pleurisy Root, (Asclepias Tuberosa.) Pleurisy Root, 8 ounces. Alcohol, 1 pint, Exhaust by maceration or percolation. 102 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. * = < *... • * * Properties. – Diaphoretic, expectorant, ca- thartic. Use.—Used extensively in pneumonia, remit- mittents and dysentery. Dose.—One teaspoonful two or three times a day. NO. 46. Acetic Tincture of Blood Root. Blood Root, finely powdered, 2 ounces. Lobelia, 2 “ Skunk Cabbage, 2 “ Distilled Winegar, 2 pints. Alcohol, 2 ounces. Properties.—An acid emetic, stimulant, nar- cotic, diaphoretic. Use.—Chronic catarrh, whooping cough, and bronchial affections. Make two pints of tincture by maceration or percolation with the vinegar, and add the alcohol. Used by eclectic physicians principally. Dose.—Ten to sixty drops. No. 47. TDover’s Tincture. Pulv. Opium, “ Ipecac, 8 Diluted Alcohol sufficient. Exhaust the powders by percolation in the usual manner, so as to obtain one fluid ounce of percolate. Each fluid drachm of the perco- late will be equivalent to ten grains of Dover's powder. 8 grains. 66 No. 48. Tincture of Aloes and Canella. (Tincture of Hiera Piova.) 12 drachms. 1 pint. Powdered Aloes and Canella, Brandy, Macerate ten days and filter. Dose.—A teaspoonful. Properties and Uses.—Similar to aloes, which g00. No. 49. Tincture of Iodine. Resublimed Iodine, 5 ounces. Iodide of Potassium, 1 ounce. Alcohol, 24 ounces. Water, 4 & 6 Properties.—Stimulant, absorbent, alterative. Use.—In glandular swellings, dropsy, second- ary syphilis, rheumatism, gout, hepatitis. It is about two and a half times as strong as the officinal tincture. Dose.—Five to ten drops. No. 50. Tincture of Myrrh. U. S.–L. E. D. Myrrh in moderately coarse powder, 3 Troy ounces. Alcohol, Q. S. Introduce the powder into a comical percolator, press it moderately, and gradually pour alcohol upon it until two pints of tincture are obtained. Operation.—Tonic deobstruant and antiseptic. Use.—In chronic catarrh, phthisis and pulmo- nary complaints generally. Dose.—Thirty to sixty drops. No. 51. Tincture of Nux Vomica. Nux Womica in fine powder, 2 Troy ounces. Diluted alcohol, Q. 8. Mix the powder with a pint of alcohol, and digest for twenty-four hours in a close vessel, with a gentle heat, then transfer the mixture to a cylindrical percolator and gradually pour diluted alcohol upon it until two pints of tinc- ture are obtained. Operation.—Tonic, stimulant. Use.—In dyspepsia, gout, rheumatism, and especially in paralysis of the lower limbs. Dose.—Ten to twenty drops. NO. 52. Tincture of Cantharides, Cantharides in fine powder, 1 Troy ounce. Diluted Alcohol, Q. S. Moisten the powder with half a fluid ounce of diluted alcohol, pack it in a conical perco- AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 103 * lator, and gradually pour diluted alcohol upon it until two pints of tincture are obtained. Properties.—Diuretic, stimulant and narcotic. Use.—In gleet and leucorrhea, but chiefly used as an external application. Dose.—Thirty to sixty drops. NO. 53. Tincture of Capsicum—(U. S., L. E. D.) Capsicum, in fine powder, 1 Troy ounce. Diluted Alcohol, Q. 8. Proceed as for tincture of cantharides. Properties.—Stimulant, rubefacient. Use.—In the low stages of typhus fever sore throat, gargles, etc. NO. 54. Tincture of Capsicum and Cantharides.—(U. S.) Cantharides in fine powder, 10 drachms. Capsicum, & 6 66 1 drachm. Diluted Alcohol. 1 pint. Mix, and digest for ten days, and filter, or proceed as in No. 52. Properties.—Stimulant and rubefacient. Use.—As a counter-irritant in deep-seated, painful affections. NO. 55. Tincture of Colombo-(U. S. D.) Columbo, in moderately fine powder, 4 ounces. Diluted Alcohol, Q. S. Moisten the powder with one ounce of diluted alcohol, and proceed as in No. 61. Properties.—Tonic, antiseptic. Use.—In bilious vomiting, mesenteric fever of infants, in dyspepsia. Dose.—Thirty drops to four drachms. NO 56. Tincture of Indian Hemp. Purified Ext. of Hemp, Alcohol, Dissolve the extract in the alcohol, and filter through paper. Properties.—It is narcotic, anodyne, anti-spas- modic. 360 grains. 1 pint. Use.—Employed in gout, neuralgia, lockjaw, convulsions, chorea, hysteria, etc. Dose.—Forty drops is equal to one grain of the extract. NO. 57. Tincture of Hydrastis. (Golden Seal.) Hydrastis in Powder, 8 ounces. Diluted Alcohol, 1 pint. Macerate for fourteen days, express and filter. Properties.—It is a powerful tonic, exerting an especial influence on the mucous surfaces. Use.—In dyspepsia, erysipelas, remittents and intermittents as well as typhoid fevers. Dose.—One teaspoonful. NO. 58. Tincture of Belladonna. Belladonna leaves recently dried, and in fine powder, 4 Troy ounces. Diluted Alcohol, Q. S. Moisten the powder with two fluid ounces of diluted alcohol, and proceed as in No. 65. Properties.—Powerfully narcotic, diaphoretic, diuretic and repellent. Use.—In obstinate intermittents ticdouloureux, palsy, epilepsy, chorea, mania, gout, rheuma- tism, dropsy, jaundice, night Sweats, etc. Dose.—Ten to thirty drops. NO. 59. Tincture of Hydrastis, Compound. Golden Seal Root, Powdered, 2 ounces. Lobelia. Seed, 2 66 Diluted Alcohol, 1 pint. Proceed as in No. 65. NO. 60, Tincture of Sheep Laurel. Sheep Laurel, 3 ounces. Alcohol, 1 pint. Macerate for fourteen days, express and filter. Properties.—Sedative and somewhat astrin- gent. 104 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Use.—In syphilis, fevers, jaundice, neuralgia and inflammation. * Dose.—Ten to twenty drops. NO. 61. Tincture of Arnica. Arnica, 6 Troy ounces. Alcohol, 1} pints. Water, # pint. Diluted Alcohol, q. S. Mix the alcohol and water, and having moistened the armica slightly with the mixture, bruise it thoroughly in a mortar, then pack it firmly in a cylindrical percolator and pour upon it first the remainder of the mixture and after- wards sufficient diluted alcohol to make the tincture two pints. Properties and Uses.—It is used as a popular lotion in sprains and bruises, and sometimes internally in obstimate intermittents. NO. 62. Tincture of Assafoetida. (U. S. P. L. E. D.) Assafoetida, bruised, 4 Troy ounces. Alcohol, 2 Pints. Marcerate for fourteen days, and strain. Properties.—Anti-Spasmodic, expectorant, an- thelmintic. Use.—In hysteria, tympanitis, asthma, dys- pn(98. Dose.—Thirty to sixty drops. INO. 63. Tincture of Aloes and Myrrh, (L. D.) Socotrine Aloes, mod. fine powder, 8 ounces. Myrrh, 3 “ Saffron, mod. coarse powder, 1 ounce. Alcohol, Q. S. Mix the powders, and having moistened the mixture with two fluid ounces of alcohol, pack it moderately in a conical percolator, and grad- ually pour alcohol upon it until two pints of tincture are obtained. Properties.—Cathartic, g0glle. Use.—To open the bowels in languid cold habits; in chlorosis. Dose.—Two teaspoonfuls. stomachic, emmena- NO. 64. Tincture of Aloes, (U. S., P., L. E. D.) Socotrine Aloes, in fine powder, Extract Licorice, Alcohol, # pint. Distilled Water, 1} pints. Macerate for fourteen days; express and filter. Properties.—Cathartic, stimulant. Use.—It is anthelmintic, stomachic, and pro- motes digestion. 1 Troy ounce. 3 Troy ounces. NO. 65. Tincture of Aconite Leaves, (U. S. P.) Aconite Leaves, recently dried, and in fine powder, 4 Troy ounces. Diluted Alcohol, Q. S. Moisten the powder with two fluid ounces of diluted alcohol, pack it firmly in a comical per- colator, and gradually pour diluted alcohol upon it until two pints of tincture are obtained. Properties.—Excitant, revellent. Use.—In fevers; externally in palsy, amau- rosis, etc. NO. 66. Tincture of Scilla. Squill, mod. coarse powder, 4 ounces. sº } together, Mix three measures of alcohol with one of water; moisten the powder with a fluid ounce of the mixture; pack it in a conical percolator, and gradually pour the menstruum upon it until two pints of tincture are obtained. Properties. –Stimulant, expectorant. Use.—Often employed in advanced stages of bronchial affections, after the subsidence of fever. Dose—Thirty to forty drops. 2 pints. NO. 6'7. Tincture of Serpentaria. Serpentaria, mod. fine powder, 4 ounces. Diluted Alcohol, Q. 8. Proceed as for tincture of scilla. Properties.—Tonic, stimulant, Sudorific. Use.—United with infusion of cinchona in typhoid and putrid fevers, gout and periodic headache. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 105 NO. 38. Tincture of Aconite Root. Aconite Root, fine powder, 12 Troy ounces. Alcohol, Q. S. Moisten the powder with six fluid ounces of alcohol, pack in a comical percolator, and grad- ually pour alcohol upon it until two pints of tincture are obtained. Properties and uses the same as for aconite leaves. Dose.—Five to ten drops. NO. 69. Tincture of Tamarac, Comp. (Bone's Bitters.) Tamarac Bark, 6 ounces Juniper Berries, 6 “ Prickly Ash Berries, 4 “ Wild Cherry Bark, 3 * Seneca Snake Root, 3 * Tansy, 1 ounce Whisky, 5 pints Molasses, 1} “ Hydro Alcoholic Ext. Mand’e, 14 ounces. Water, a sufficient quantity. Powder the barks and roots coarsely and mix; to this add three pints of the whisky. Let stand twenty hours, then place the whole in a vapor displacement apparatus, and force through the articles the steam or vapor of the addi- tional whisky two pints, after which the stream of water sufficient to make the whole amount of tincture equal to twenty-four pints; to this add the molasses and the hydro-alcoholic extract of mandrake, which must be thoroughly dis- solved. NO. 70. Tincture Turkey Corn. Root of Turkey Corn, in powder, 3 ounces. Diluted Alcohol, 1 pint. Allow to stand forty-eight hours, and transfer to a percolator, or macerate for fourteen days, and strain. Properties.—Alterative and diuretic. Use.—In syphilis and scrofula. Dose.—Teaspoonful. NO. 71. Tincture of Cardamom. Cardamom. , in fine powder, 4 Troy ounces. Diluted Alcohol in sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with two fluid ounces of diluted alcohol, pack it firmly in a percolator, and gradually pour diluted alcohol upon it until two pints of tincture are obtained. Properties.—Carminative, stomachic. Uge.—In the flatulent colic of children, and to give warmth to other remedies. Dose.—Sixty to one hundred and twenty drops. NO. 72. Tincture Cardamom Comp. Cardamom in moderately fine powder, 360 grains. Caraway, in moderately fine powder, 120 66 Cinnamon, in moderately fine powder, 300 & 6 Cochineal, 66 66 60 6 & Clarified Honey, 2 ounces. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity. Mix the powders, and having moistened the mixture with half a fluid ounce of diluted alco- hol, pack it in a cylindrical percolator and gradually pour diluted alcohol upon it until two pints and six fluid ounces of tincture are obtained; lastly, mix this with the clarified honey, and filter. Properties.—Carminative, stomachic. Use.—To give warmth to other remedies, and as an elegant adjunct to stomachic infusions, and to jalaps a good corrective to griping or cold purgatives. Dose.—One to two drachms. NO. 73. Tincture of Cinnamon. Cinnamon, in fine powder, 3 Troy ounces. Alcohol and water, each, a sufficient quantity. Mix alcohol and water in the proportion of two measures of the former to one of the latter; then moisten the powder with a fluid ounce of 106 As *— Bhe mixture, pack it moderately in a conical £ereolator, and gradually pour the mixture upon it until two pints of filtered liquid are obtained. Properties.—Stimulant, astringent, tonic, car- minative. Use.—As a grateful aromatic in dyspepsia and diarrhea to cover the taste of nauseous remedies, and with cathartics to prevent grip- IIlg. Dose.—One to four teaspoonfuls. NO. 74. Tincture of Cubebs. (Tinctura Cubebae.) Cubebs, moderately fine powder, Dihuted aleohol, a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with a fluid ounce of diluted alcohol, pack it in a conical perculator, and gradually pour diluted alcohol upon it until two pints of tincture are obtained. Properties.—Stimulant, purgative, diuretic. Use.—In gonorrhea, gleet, leucorrhea; as a carminative in disorders of the digestive organs. Dose.—One to two drachms. NO. 75. Tincture of Digitalis. (Tinctura Digitalis.) Digitalis, recently dried and in fine powder, 4 ounces. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with two fluid ounces of diluted aleohol, pack it firmly in a conical per- colator, and gradually pour diluted alcohol upon it until two pints of tincture are obtained. Properties.—Stimulant, but afterwards seda- tive; diuretic, narcotic ; in over-doses it occa- sions vomiting, purging, vertigo, delirium, convulsions and death. Use.—In inflammatory diseases, phthisis, drop- sies, palpitation of the heart, and other kindred affections; in mania, epilepsy and asthma. Dose.—Ten to twenty drops. NO), '76. Tincture of Helleboree (Tinctura Hellebori.) flack Hellebore, in moderately fine powder, 4 ounces. Dihuted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity. 4 Troy ounces. | AN ENCYCLOPAETXIA OF PHACTICAL INFORMATION. Moisten the powder with a fluid ounce of di- luted alcohol, pack it in a cylindrical percola- tor, and gradually pour diluted alcohol upon it until two pints of tincture are obtained. Properties.—Alterative, emmenagogue, purga- tive, hydragogue. Use.—In mania, melancholia, dropsy, Sup- pression of the menses, in cutaneous eruptions. Dose.—Thirty to sixty drops in water, twice a day. NO. 77. Tincture of Hops. (Humulus.) Hops, in moderately fine powder, 5 Troy ounces. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with two fluid ounces of diluted alcohol, pack it very firmly in a cylin- drical percolator, and gradually pour diluted alcohol upon it until two pints of tincture are obtained. Properties.—Narcotic, anodyne, diuretic. Use.—In gout and rheumatism. Dose.—One to three drachms. NO. 78. Warburg’s Tincture. Socotrine Aloes, 120 grains. Confection of Rose, 30 “ E. I. Rhubarb, 30 “ Angelica Seed, 80 “ Elecampane Root, 15 “ Saffron, 15 “ Fennel Seed, 15 “ Prepared Chalk, 15 “ Gentian Root, 8 “ Zedoary Root, 8 “ Cubebs, 8 “ Camphor, 8 “ Sulph. Quinine, 75 “ Diluted Alcohol enough to make 1 pint. Powder the drugs and percolate all except the confection of rose, prepared chalk and qui- nine, with the diluted alcohol until one pint is obtained. Rub the quinine with the confection of rose and dissolve in a portion of the perco- late, previously heated; add all together except the prepared chalk, which must be added when the mixture is cold. Allow to stand twenty- | four hours and filter. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 107 NO. 79. Tincture of Kino. (Tinctura Kino.) Eino, in fine powder, 360 grains. Alcohol in sufficient quantity. Water in sufficient quantity. Mix two measures of alcohol with one of water, then mix the powder thoroughly with an equal bulk of dry sand, and having introduced the mixture into a conical glass percolator gradually pour the menstruum upon it until half a pint of tincture is obtained. Properties.—Astringent. Use.—In obstinate chronic diarrheas, uterine, intestinal and pulmonary hemorrhages. Dose.—One to two drachms. No. 80. Tincture of Krameria. (Tinctura Krameria.) Rhatany, mod. fine powder, 6 Troy ounces. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with two fluid ounces of diluted alcohol, pack it in a cylindrical perco- lator, and gradually pour diluted alcohol upon it until two pints of tincture are obtained. Properties.—Astringent, diuretic, detergent. Use.—In dysentery, attended with bloody stools; in ulceration of the gums, and as a stomachic in dyspepsia. Dose.—One to two drachms. NO, 81. Tincture of Galls. (Tinctura Gallae.) Nut Galls in moderately fine powder, 4 troy ounces Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with a fluid ounce of the diluted alcohol, pack it in a glass percolator and gradually pour diluted alcohol upon it until two pints of tincture are obtained. Properties.—Astringent, tonic. Use.—In intestinal hemorrhages, and those of the prostate gland, obstinate protracted diarrhea and dysentery, used in gargles and injections. Dose.—-One to three drachms. - NO. 82. Tincture Tolu. (Tinctura Tolutana.) Balsam of Tolu, 3 troy ounces Alcohol, 2 pints. Macerate the balsam with the alcohol until it is dissolved, then filter through paper. Properties.—Expectorant, stimulant, tonic. Use.—Used extensively on account of its pleas- ant flavor in cough remedies. It is useful in asthma, bronchitis, catarrh. Dose.—30 to 60 drops or more. NO. 83. Tincture of Stramoniurn. (Tinctura Stramonii.) Stramonium Seed in moderately fine powder, 4 Troy ounces. Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity. Moisten the powder with a fluid ounce of diluted Alcohol. Pack it in a percolator and gradually pour diluted alcohol upon it until two pints of tinc- ture are obtained. Properties.—A powerful narcotic producing vertigo, headache, more or less cerebral disturb- ance, has a laxative effect upon the bowels, effects the fauces and trachea. Use.—In Asthma, pertussis, neuralgia, syphilis, cancer, rheumatism and other spasmodic affec- tions. - Dose.—Twenty to forty drops. NO. 84. Tincture Guaiac, Compound. Guaiac, in mod. fine powd., 8 Troy ounces. Aromatic Spirits of Ammonia, 1 pint. Macerate for seven days, and filter through paper. Properties.—Stimulant, sudorific, and anti- spasmodic. Use.—In chronic rheumatism, for which it is more adapted than the following preparation. Dose.-Thirty to sixty drops in milk, or any viscid fluid. 108 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. NO. 85. Tincture of Guaiac. (Tinctura Guaiaci.) Guaiac, in mod. coarse powd., 6 Troy ounces. Aleohol, a sufficient quantity. Mix the powder thoroughly with an equal bulk of dry sand, pack the mixture moderately in a conical percolator, and having covered it with a layer of sand, gradually pour alcohol upon it until two pints of tincture are obtained. Properties.—Stimulant, Sudorific, laxative and diaphoretic. Use. —In chronic rheumatism, gout, cutane- ous diseases. Dose.—Thirty to sixty drops. Incompatible with nitrous acid, Sweet nitre, solution of chlorine. NO. 86. Tincture of Gentian, Comp. Gentian, in moderately fine powder, 2 Troy ounces. Bitter Orange Peel, 1 ‘‘ ounce. Cardamoms, l. 3 & $6 2 Diluted Alcohol, a sufficient quantity. Mix the powders thoroughly, and having mois- tened the mixture with a fluid ounce and a half of diluted alcohol, pack it in a percolator and gradually pour diluted alcohol until two pints of tincture are obtained. Properties.—Tonic, stomachic, aperient. Use.—In dyspepsia, hysteria, jaundice, gout, an elegant adjunct to stomachic infusions. Externally in putrid ulcers. Dose.—One to two drachms. TOILET CREAMS AND LOTIONS. Balsam of Flowers. Almond Oil, 1 pound. Violet Pomade, 6 ounces. Rose Pomade, 6 ounces. Oil of Bergamot, 1 drachm. Mix. Almond Glycerine. Oil of Sweet Almonds, 4 gallons. Lime Water, 5 gallons. Saccharated Solution of Lime, 10 ounces. Oil of Cinnamon, 43 “ “ Cloves, 1% & 6 “ Sassafras, 3} & 6 “ Rosemary, 1} 66 “ Lavender, 13. “ “ Fennel, 2} 66 “ Myrbane, 1} 66 “ Thyme (white), 1} 66 Mix the lime water with the solution of lime, and add one pint of oil, and shake well; repeat this until the oil is all mixed, then add the oils. - Glycerine Cream. Glycerine, 3 ounces. Mucilage of Quince Seeds, 10 ounces. Cochineal Powder, 5 grains. Hot Water, 1} drachms. Alcohol, 2} drachms. Oil of Rose, 8 drops. Gum Acacia (powdered), 80 grains. Water, 8 ounces. Rub the cochineal with the hot water gradu- ally, then add the alcohol; then rub the oil of rose with gum acacia, and gradually add the water. With this mix the solution first formed; filter and add the glycerine and mucilage; shake well. This is an excellent remedy for chapped hands, roughness of the face, etc. When applied to the skin it imparts an agreeably soft, smooth and velvety feel. Compound Glycerine Lotion. Strained Honey, 2 drachms. Water, 3 ounces. Cologne, 2 “ . Glycerine, 6 drachms. Alcohol, 8 ounces. Oil Bitter Almonds, 5 drops. Mix. Apply with a soft Sponge or napkin while the skin is damp, wiping dry with a towel. AN ENOYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFOBMLATION. 109 Calamine Lotion. The following is the formula prescribed by the late Dr. Tilbury Fox: Levigated Calamine, 40 grains. Oxide of Zinc, 20 “ Glycerine, 20 drops. Rose Water, to make, 1 ounce. The main point is to get the white calamine and not the red. It is a very soothing appli- cation, and is a great favorite with ladies who have flushed faces. It should be applied with a small, Soft Sponge, and allowed to dry on, the excess of powder being lightly dusted off with a soft cloth. Camphor Ice. Spermaceti, 6 ounces. White Wax, 4 & 4 Oil of Almonds, 32 6 & Gum Camphor, 5 & 6 Rose Water, 8 ( & Borax, 2 drachms. Dissolve the borax in the rose water, and add it to the other igredients previously added to- gether; stir the mixture till it is nearly cold, and pour it into moulds. - Cocoa, Cream. Oil of Cocoa, 2 ounces. Castor Oil, 8 6& Alcohol, 4 Gé Otto of Rose, 5 drops. Melt the cocoa oil by gentle heat, and add it to the castor oil and alcohol previously mixed; mix thoroughly and add the perfume while cooling. Bismuth Cream. Cream of Almonds. Sweet Almonds (blanched,) 4 ounces. Rose Water, # pint. Orange Flower Water, # “ Alcohol, 2 ounces. Castile Soap, 2 drachms. Spermaceti, 2 66 White Wax, 2 & & Oil of Roses, # drachm. Beat the almonds with the water, and dis- solve the wax, sperm and Soap by a gentle heat, mix the two by rubbing in a mortar, dis- Solve the oils in the alcohol, add all together, dissolve and strain. Cold Cream. Rose Water, 8 ounces. Oil of Sweet Almonds, 8 66 Spermaceti, 6 drachms. White Wax, 4 66 Pulverized Borax, 20 grains. Otto of Roses, 8 drops. Melt together by a gentle heat the sperm, Wax and oil of almonds, dissolve the borax in the water, and add slowly to the melted mix- ture; when mixed, take from the fire and stir until cold, then add the otto. Rose Lip-Salve. White Wax, 5 drachms. Spermaceti, 2 6 & Oil of Sweet Almonds, 1 ounce. Oil of Rose, 8 drops. Alkanet Root, 1 drachm. Heat the oil of almonds and alkanet together on Slow fire. Melt the wax and sperm and add the two together; when nearly cold add the perfume and stir well. Submitrate of Bismuth, 2} ounces, Carbonate of Magnesia, 20 grains. Hagan's Magnolia, Balm. Gum Acacia, # ounce. Aqua Rose, B} ounces. e e Orange Flower Water, # ounce. i. º: of Zinc, º OUID.C6, Essence Vanilla, 10 drops. . cerine." 1 i. Carmine, 2 grains. ...” Q º Iſle Mix together thoroughly. Mix. 110 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRAGTICAL INFORMATION. Bay Rum. (Barbers' Improved.) Oil of Bay, 6 fl. drachms. Oil of Pimento, 1 fl. drachm. Acetic Ether, 1 ounce. White Castile Soap, pow'd, 4 drachms. Alcohol, 12 pints. Water, 10 “ Mix, and allow to stand one week, then filter. Milk of Almonds. Spermaceti, # ounce. White Wax, 3. “ Castile Soap, (white) * “ Bitter Almonds, (blanched) 5 ounces. Alcohol, 6 “ Oil of Bitter Almonds, 5 drops. Oil of Bergamot, 1 drachm. Water, (distilled) 1 pint. Rub the almonds with the water, and dis- solve the spermaceti, wax and soap, by Water bath; mix the two, then add the alcohol (in which the oils have been dissolved) slowly, then strain. Glycerine Lotion. Glycerine, 6 ounces. Quince Seed, 1 drachm. Hot Water, 21 ounces. Alcohol, 5 “ Coloring and flavoring to suit. To the quince seed add a portion of the hot water. When mucilage is formed, strain, then add balance of water and flavoring. Chapped Hands. Druggists are often called upon for some- thing for chapped hands. Here is a good One. Acid Carbolic, 30 grains. Yolk of one Egg. º Glycerine, 3 ounces. Mix—form emulsion. A small portion to be rubbed gently upon the affected surface several times a day; wearing a pair of gloves will assist. HAIR TONICS. Kilner's Hair Tonic. Químilie Sulph., # drachm. Acid Sulph. Aro., # “ Tinct. Cantharides, 1 ounce. Tinct. Myrrh, 1 “ Castor Oil, 3. “ Alcohol, 7} ounces. Mix. Apply often. St. Clair’s Hair Tonic. Oil Castor, 3 ounces. Oil Bergamot, 3 “ Oil Cinnamon, 15 drops. Oil Cloves, 15 “ Oil Lavender, 13 drachms. Tinct. Cantharides, 2 66 Aqua Ammonia, 4 66 Alcohol sufficient to make two pints. Mix. This is a splendid preparation. Lavender Hair Tonic. Alcohol, # gallon. Castor Oil, # “ Tinct. Cantharides, # ounce. Oil Bergamot, # “ Oil Lavender, 3. " Oil Thyme, white, # “ Blackwell’s Hair Restorative. Glycerine, 1 ounce. Tinct. Cantharides, # “ Sugar Lead, 2 drachms. Lac. Sulphur, 2 & Oil Bergamot, 2 66 Rain Water, 2 66 Mix. Apply once a day. Rub well with the hand. Rosemary Hair Wash. Distilled Water of Rosemary, 1 gallon. Rectified Spirits, # pint. Pearlash, 2 drachms. Dissolve the Pearlash in the mixed Alcohol, and mix. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 111 Bernhardt Hair Tonic. Oil of Castor, 8 ounces. Oil of Bergamot, 8 drachms. Oil of Cinnamon, 15 drops. Oil of Cloves, 15 “ Oil of Lavender, 13 drachms. Tinct. Cantharides, 2 6 & Aqua Ammonia, 4 66 Alcohol sufficient to make 2 pints. Creole Hair Tonic. Lac. Sulphur, 1 drachm. Sugar of Lead, 1 6 & Pulverized Copperas, 82 grains. Tannin, 32 & 6 Rose Water, 1 pint. Mix. By wetting the hair with the above compound once or twice a day, for a couple of Weeks, it will be invigorated and keep the color. Owen's Hair Tonic. Rain Water, 1 pint. Lac. Sulphur, # ounce. Sulphate of Iron, § “ Oil of Bergamot, + “ Mix, and apply to the hair daily. Ring’s Ambrosia. (Said to be.) Lac. Sulphur, 1 drachm. Acetate of Lead, 1 & 4 Chloride of Sodium, 2 drachms. Glycerine, 2 ounces. Bay Rum, 8 66 Jamaica Rum, 4 & 6 Soft Water, 1 pint. Mix. Shake before using. Eau Lustrale. Castor Oil, 8 ounces. Tincture Cantharides, 1 ounce. Alcohol, 48 ounces. Oil Bergamot, 4 drachms. “ Lavender, 1 drachm. “ Cloves, 80 drops. Mix. Perfume for Hair Oil. Oil of Bergamot, 1 ounce. Oil of Rosemary, 1 drachm. Oil of Cassia, 5 drops. Oil of Cloves, 5 “ Oil of Rose Geranium, 10 “ Alcohol sufficient to make 4 ounces. Bay Rum. Oil of Bay, 1 drachm. Oil of Nutmegs, 5 drops, Oil of Orange, # drachm. Jamaica Rum, 4 ounces. Alcohol, 2 pints. Water, to make 4 & 6 Cut oils in alcohol; add rum and water; let stand two or three weeks, and filter through magnesia and charcoal. Neil’s Hair Tonic. Tincture Cinchona, Red, 3 ounces. Glycerine, 1 ounce. Jamaica. Rum, 1 “ Tannic Acid, # drachm. Tincture Cantharides, 2 drachms. Tincture Capsicum, 1 drachm. Cologne, to make 9 ounces. Mix. Apply twice a day, rubbing well into the scalp. Jaborandi Hair Tonic. Glycerine, 2 ounces. Jaborandi, 4 drachms. Cinchona Bark, 1 ounce. Alcohol, 2 ounces. Bay Rum, 2 6 & Rose Water, 10 6 & Reduce the jaborandi and cinchona to a mod- erately fine powder, and exhaust them by per- colation with the alcohol, bay rum and water, mixed together. glycerine, and filter. To the percolate add the 112 as moxolorama or enactical INromºtion. Walpole’s Hair Tonic. Shampoo Wash. Glycerine, 1 ounce. Borax, powdered, 4 drachms. Tincture Cantharides, 2 drachms. Bay Rum, 2 ounces. Rose Water, 8 ounces. Aqua Ammonia, 1 ounce. Mix. Rose Water, 18 ounces. Dr. Cattell's Hair Dye. Nitrate of Silver, 11 drachms. Distilled Water, 1 pint. Green Soap, 8 drachms. Gum Arabic, 1} “ Mix, and allow to stand a day or two. Ap- ply as needed. Chestnut Hair Dye. Permanganate of Potash, 1 drachm. Powdered Gum Arabic. 2 drachms. Bose Water, 8 ounces. Mix. Apply carefully with a tooth-brush, so as to avoid staining the skin. Lightning Hair Dye. (The Mordant.) Pyrogallic Acid, 1 drachm. Distilled Water, 5 ounces. Alcohol, # ounce. Mix. No. 2.—The Dye. Nitrate of Silver (crystals). 1 drachm. Distilled Water, 6 drachms. Aqua Ammonia, 2 6 & Or q. S., to make clear. Mix. Apply the mordant first ; as soon as it is dry, use No. 2. Preparation for Removing Stains. # drachm. 1 ounce. Sulphuret Potass., Distilled Water, Mix. Diamond Dust. White Frostings, Bub moderately fine in a mortar. Used to powder the hair. 1 ounce. Mix. Apply a portion to the head and rub briskly; after the hair is thoroughly cleansed, rinse with clean water, dry quickly, and apply a little oil. Dry Shampoo. (Sea Foam.) Sulphuric Ether, 1 ounce. Alcohol, 1 66 Glycerine, 1 66 Aqua Ammonia, . 1 drachm. Castile Soap, sliced, 2 ounces. Rain Water, 2 pints. Mix. POMAIDES AND HAIR OHLS. The name of “Pomade” and “Pomatum” is derived from “Pomum”—an apple—because it was formerly made by immersing over-ripe apples in grease. If an apple be stuck all over with spice, such as cloves, then exposed to the air for a few days, and afterwards macerated in purified melted lard, or any other fatty mat- ter, the grease will become perfumed. Repeat- ing the operation with the same grease several times produces real Pomatum. - In making pomades, the following directions ought to be strictly followed if you wish to make a really nice article. You need not fol- low the following remarks if you simply want a common article of pomatum. Pomades ought to be made from inodorous lard. Melt your lard in a hot water bath (boiling); take off the Scum, after previously adding two ounces of powdered alum and two ounces of table salt. When the grease appears clear, let it grow cool. The lard is now to be washed. This is done a small quantity at a time. Take about a pound on a slate slab, and let the slab slope sufficiently so that a good supply of water may AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 113 trickle over it and run off at the same time. Reep the grease well stirred. In this way the water will remove any trace of the alum and salt. & Finally, the grease, when the whole is washed, is remelted, the heat being maintained enough to drive off any adhering water. When cold, it is finished. Philocome Pomade. White Wax, 10 ounces. Fresh Rose Pomatum, 1 pound. Fresh Acacia, & 4 * “ Fresh Jasmin 66 3 * Fresh Flower of Orange “ 1 6 & Fresh Tuberose, & 6 1 & 6 Melt the wax in the oils by a water bath at the lowest possible temperature. Stir the mix- ture as it cools. Do not pour out the philo- come until it is nearly cool enough to set. Warm your utensils to the same heat as the philocome ;, otherwise the bottles chill the material as it is poured in, and make it appear of an uneven texture. Marrow Cream. Purified Lard, 1 pound. Almond Oil, 1 & 4 Palm Oil, 1 ounce. Oil of Cloves, # drachm. Oil of Bergamot, # ounce. Oil of Lemon, 1} ounces. Heliotrope Pomade. Lard, 44 pounds. Tallow, 12 & © Benzoin Body, 5 *s Tonka Bean Body, 2. “ Civet Body, 1 pound. Oil Lemon, 12 drachms. Oil Bergamot, 12 66 Oil Bitter Almonds, 1} “ Oil Neroli, Petit Grain, 1} “ Balsam Peru, 12 66 No coloring used. For Winter use, add 9% pounds of lard and 7 poung tallow. Common Violet Pomade. Purified Lard, 1 pound. Acacia Pomatum, 6 ounces. Rose Pomatum, 4 ounces, Work it up like marrow pomade. Marrow Pomatum. Purified Lard, 4 pounds. Purified Suet, 2 pounds. Oil of Lemon, 1 ounce. Oil of Bergamot, # “ Oil of Cloves, 3 drachms. Melt the greases, and beat them up with a whisk or flat wooden spatula for half an hour or more ; as the grease cools, the pomatum is rendered light and Spongy. It is an excellent and a very profitable pomade. Hungarian Pomade. (Mustache Wax.) White Wax, 4 ounces. Lard, 2 & 4 Canada Balsam, # ounce. Oil Bergamot, 1 drachm. Oil Lavender, 15 drops. Add the balsam to the wax and lard, pre- viously heated; when nearly cold add the essential oils and run into appropriate moulds. It may be colored black or brown. Stick Pomade. Suet, 1 pound. Paraffine, 8 ounces. White Wax, 2 & & Oil Bergamot, 1 ounce. Oil Cassia, # drachm. Oil Lavender, 1 £ 6 Mix by melting, and cast into moulds. It may be colored black by the addition of a little lampblack, finely ground with a little oil of almonds. AM ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 114, IHAIR OILS. Hickory Nut Oil. Cotton Seed Oil, Oil of Fennel, Oil Sassafras, Oil Thyme, Oil Bosemary, Oil Cinnamon Oil Cloves, Oil Lavender, Do not color. Macassar Oil. Olive Oil, Oil of Roses, Alcohol, Color with alkanet root. 15 gallons. 2} ounces. 8 & 6 1} £ 6 1} & 6 4 & © 1} & 6 1} & & 1 quart. # drachm. 2} ounces. Tie a small por- tion in a thin muslin bag, and let it lie in the oil till sufficiently colored. Hair Oil, Cotton Seed Oil (yellow), Oil Lavender, Oil Thyme, Oil Cloves, Do not color. Golden Oil. Oil Cotton Seed (yellow), Oil Bergamot, Oil Cassia, Oil Cloves, Oil Thyme (white), Color with alkanet root. Rose Oil. Cotton Seed Oil (yellow), Oil Red Cedar, Oil Geranium, Oil Rose, Oil Cloves, Oil Citronella, Oil Lemon Grass, Oil Bergamot, No color. 15 gallons. 12 ounces. 2 & 4 4 66 15 gallons. 8 ounces. 6 & 6 4 & & 1 ounce. 15 gallons. 8 ounces. 6 4 & 1} & & 6 & 4 1} & 4 1} 66 2 Bears’ Oil, Cotton Seed Oil, 15 gallons. Oil Fennel, 8 ounces. Oil Lavender, 2 & © Oil Citronella, 8 66 Oil Cloves, 3 & 6 No color. Silver Oil. Cotton Seed Oil, 15 gallons. Oil Red Cedar, 1 ounce. Oil Geranium, 23 ounces. Oil Cloves, 2} & 6 Oil Citronella, 1 ounce. Oil Lemon Grass, 1 “ No color. Night Blooming Cereus Oil. Cotton Seed Oil, 15 gallons. Oil Caraway, 4 ounces. Oil Cloves, 4 “ Oil Sassafras, 2 66 Oil Lavender, I0 GG Oil Rosemary, 2 66 Color with alkanet root. Crescent Oil. Cotton Seed Oil, 15 gallons. Oil Bergamot, 8 ounces. Oil Cassia, 6 & & Oil Cloves, 4 & 4 Oil White Thyme, 1 ounce. Mix. Color with alkanet. Cocoanut Oil. Cocoanut Fat, 2} pounds. Castor Oil, 1 gallon. Alcohol, 1 & C Oil Lavender, 4 ounces. Oil Cloves, 2 6 & Oil Cinnamom, 2} “ Oil Rose Geranium, 2 drachms. Melt the cocoa fat at a gentle heat; add castor oil; mix thoroughly, and add alcohol; then perfume. AN ENOYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 115 New York Barbers’ Star. Castor Oil, 6; pints. Alcohol, 1} “ Oil Citronella, # ounce. Oil Lavender, # “ Mix. ESSENCES AND EXTRACTS. Essence of Anise. Oil of Anise, 1 ounce. Alcohol, 95 per cent., 9 ounces. Mix them, and filter. Essence of Allspice. Oil of Allspice, 1 ounce. Alchohol, 95 per cent., 9 ounces. Mix and filter. Essence of Banana. Banana Fruit, peeled, 1 pound. Alcohol, 95 per cent., 1 pint. Water, 1 “ Macerate for fourteen days, express and strain. Essence of Bergamot. Oil Bergamot, 1 ounce. Alcohol, 95 per cent., 8 ounces. Tincture of Grass q. S. to color. Mix. Essence of Bay. Oil of Bay Leaves, 1 ounce. Cologne Spirit, 16 ounces. Carbonate of Magnesium, 2 “ Water, 16 ounces. Alcohol may be used instead of Cologne Spirit, but it is not quite as good. Dissolve the oil in a little of the Spirit, and rub in a mortar with the addition of the magnesium, then add sugar, if so required. Color lightly with Tinc. Grass. Essence of Blackberry. Blackberries (fresh) 2 pounds. Alcohol, 10 ounces. Water, 26 “ Macerate for 14 days, express and strain through muslin. Essence of Cloves. Oil Cloves, 1 ounce. Magnesium, 1 “ Alcohol, 95 per cent., 7 ounces. Proceed as in Essence of Bay. Essence of Cinnamon. Oil of Cinnamon, 1 ounce. Carbonate of Magnesium, 2 ounces. Alcohol, 95 per cent., 18 & & Rub the oil with the magnesia and a portion of the alcohol. Add the rest and filter. Essence of Coriander. Oil of Coriander, 2 drachms. Carbonate Magnesium, # ounce. Sugar, 1 6 & Alcohol, 8 ounces. Water, 8 66 Proceed as in Ess. Cinnamon. Essence of Caraway. Oil of Caraway Seed, 1 ounce. Carbonate of Magnesium, 2 ounces. Sugar, 2 & & Alcohol, 16 £ 6 Water, 16 66 Proceed as for Ess. Cinnamon. Essence of Coffee. Best ground coffee (burnt,) 4 ounces. Hot Water Q. S. Cologne Spirit, .8 & & Pack in percolator and pour on a pint of Water, or until a pint has passed through; then add cologne spirit. Mix. - 116 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Essence of Ginger. Jamaica Ginger (ground), 1 pound. Carbonate of Magnesium, 2 drachms. Alcohol, 95 per cent., 2 pints. Essence of Citronella. Oil Citronella, # ounce. Alcohol, or Cologne Spirit, 8 ounces. Water, 8 66 Mix. Color with Tinc. Grass. Essence of Cardamom. Oil of Cardamom, 1 drachm. Carbonate of Magnesium, 4 drachms. Alcohol, 95 per cent., 4 ounces. Water, 4 & 6 Essence of Cassia. Oil of Cassia, 1 ounce. Carbonate of Magnesium, 2 ounces. Sugar, 2 & 6 Alcohol, 95 per cent., 16 & 6 Water, 16 66 Essence of Juniper. Oil of Juniper Berries, # ounce. Carbonate of Magnesium, 1 “ Alcohol, 8 ounces. Water, 8 “ Essence of Lavender. Oil of Lavender, # ounce. Carbonate of Magnesium, 1 “ Alcohol, 8 ounces. Water, 8 “ Essence of Lemon. Oil of Lemon, # ounce. Carbonate of Magnesium, 1 “ Sugar, # “ Alcohol, 8 ounces. Water, 8 ounces. Color yellow. Mace, moderately fine, Cologne Spirit, Essence of Mace. 6 ounces. 2 pints. Macerate for fourteen days, express and filter through paper. Essence of Nutmeg. Oil of Nutmeg, 1} drachms. Alcohol, 4 ounces. Magnesium Carb., 3 drachms. Water, 4 ounces. Sugar, # ounce. Proceed as in Essence of Bay. Essence of Orange. Oil of Orange, 1 ounce. Carbonate of Magnesium, 2 ounces. Sugar, 2 “ Alcohol, 8 “ Water, 8 “ Color with saffron. Proceed as in Essence of Bay. Mix Essence of Peppermint. Oil of Peppermint, 1 ounce. Cologne Spirit, 8 ounces. Peppermint (herb), 3 ounce. Water, 8 ounces. and filter. Essence of Pineapple. Butyric Ether, 24 ounces. Acetic Ether, 40 drops. Alcohol, 1 pint. Glycerine, # drachm. Water, 2 ounces. Mix. - Essence of Raspberry. Butyric Ether, 1 drachm, Acetic Ether, 45 drops. Sweet Spirits Nitre, 10 “ - Glycerine, 20 “ Cologne Spirit, 2} ounces. Color with alkanet root. Mix and filter. AN ENOYCLOP2, DIA O, PRACTIOAL INFORMATION. 117 Essence of Rose. Oil of Rose, 30 drops. Alcohol, 8 ounces. Water, 8 & © Dissolve the oil in the spirit, add the water, and color with carmine. Essence of Sassafras. Oil of Sassafras, 1 ounce. Carbonate of Magnesium, 2 ounces. Cologne Spirit, 16 & © Water, 16 66 Proceed as in Essence of Bay. Essence of Spruce. Oil of Spruce, 3 ounce. Magnesium, 1 & C Alcohol, 8 ounces. Water, 8 “ Essence of Sarsaparilla. Oil of Wintergreen, # ounce. Oil of Sassafras, 3 drachms. Oil of Anise, 1 drachm. Carbonate of Magnesium, 1 ounce. Sugar, 1 6 & Alcohol, 12 ounces. Water, 4 6 & Color with burnt sugar, if so desired. Pro- ceed as in Essence of Bay. Essence of Strawberry. Butyric Ether, # ounce. Acetic Ether, } “ Cologne Spirit, 1 pint. Color with tincture carmine. Extract of Tonka, Tonka Sean (cut small), 2 ounces. Alcohol, 12 “ Water, 4 ** Rub the beans with a little sugar and the spirit and water, and macerate for ten days; color to suit. Essence of Wintergreen. 8 ounces. 29 “ Oil of Wintergreen, Cologne Spirit, Color to suit. Mix and filter. Essence of Wormwood. Oil of Wormwood, # ounce. Carbonate of Magnesium, 1 ounce. Alcohol, 8 ounces. Water, 8 ounces. Color to suit. Essence of Nectar. Butyric Ether, 1 ounce. Oil of Wintergreen, 1 drachm. Oil of Bitter Almonds, 15 drops. Alcohol, 12 ounces. Water, 2 ounces. Mix and filter; color to suit. Essence of Orgeat. Oil of Bitter Almonds, 2 drachms. Acetic Ether, 2 drachms. Butyric Ether, # ounce. Alcohol, 15 ounces. Dissolve the oils in the ethers; add the alco- hol and filter. Essence of Pears Acetate Oxide of Amyl, 2 ounces.’ Acetic Ether, 1 drachm. Alcohol, 95 per cent., 12 ounces. Water, 2 ounces. Mix. Essence of Quince. Pelargonic Ether, 2 ounces. Alcohol, 95 per cent, 12 “ Water, 2. “ Mix. Essence of Bitter Almond. Oil Bitter Almond, 1} drachms. Carbonate Magnesium, 2 & 6 Sugar, 1 ounce. Cologne Spirits, 8 ounces. Water, 8 & 6 Proceed as in Essence of Bay. 118 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Essence of Celery. Oil of Celery, 2 drachms. Carbonate Magnesium, # ounce. Sugar, 1 ounce. Cologne Spirit, 8 ounces. Water, 8 & 4 Proceed as in Essence of Bay. Essence of Apple. Acetate of Oxide Amyl, 2 ounces. Valerianate of Ammonia, 1 drachm. Cologne Spirits, 12 ounces. Water, 2 “ Mix. Essence of Pennyroyal. Oil Pennyroyal, # ounce, Carbonate Magnesium, 1 66 Sugar, 1 66 Cologne Spirits, 8 “ Water, 8 * Proceed as in Essence of Bay. Extract of Vanilla. Vanilla Pods, 1 ounce. Sugar, 1 “ Cologne Spirits, 12 ounces. Water, 4 “ Slit the pods and cut them very fine, then mix them with sugar and bruise until moder- ately fine, then mix with spirits and water, and put in a warm place; macerate for two weeks, occasionally shaking; filter. Extract of Vanilla. (Artificial.) Balsam Peru, 1 drachm. Oil Orange, # “ Extract Orris 4 ounces. Tonka Beans, coarse powd., 2 & 6 Tinct. Castor, 15 drops. Cologne Spirits, 8 ounces. Carb. Magnesium, 3 drachms. Water, 4 ounces. Dissolve the balsam and oil in two ounces of spirits, and rub with tha magnesia; add the —- balance of the ingredients, and let stand in a Warm place for four weeks, then filter. Extract of Rosemary. Oil of Rosemary, # ounce. Carb. Magnesium, 1 “ Cologne Spirit, 8 ounces. Water, 8 “ Extract of Nutmeg. Oil of Nutmeg, 3 drachms. Carb. Magnesium, 6 & 4 Sugar, 1 ounce. Water, 8 ounces. Cologne Spirits, 8 66 Essence of Hemlock. Oil of Hemlock, # ounce. Carb. Magnesium, 1 “ Cologne Spirits, 8 ounces. Water, 8 “ Essence of Jamaica, Ginger. Jamaica Ginger, 6 ounces. Grains of Paradise, 1 ounce. Mace, 3. “ Oil of Lemon, 1 drachm. Alcohol, 20 ounces. Reduce the drugs to a coarse powder, and moisten with four ounces of alcohol; pack in a percolator, and add balance of alcohol, in which add the lemon; allow to stand 24 hours, and percolate with diluted alcohol sufficient for 20 OUII) CôS. Lemon Extracte Alcohol, 10 gallons. Water, soft, 4 & 6 Oil of Lemon, 8 pounds. Remarks.-Put the oil into three gallons of the alcohol, and let stand for twenty-four hours; then have your water warm and pour in one gallon, then one of alcohol, then one-half gal- lon of water, then one gallon of alcohol, and so on until alcohol and water are gone. Be sure and put in the alcohol last. Let stand, AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 119 and filter through a felt bag kept for nothing but lemon extract. Color to suit with yellow aniline. Vanilla, Extract. Alcohol, 10 gallons. Vanilla Beans, 3 pounds. Soft Water, 15 gallons. Glycerine, 2 pounds. Remarks.-Grind in a sausage-cutter the beans, warm the alcohol over a water bath, put in the beans, and stir. Strawberry Extract. Alcohol, 5 gallons. Concentrated Strawberry Ether, 3 & & Oil of Orange (Portugal), 2 pounds. Remarks.-Proceed as for lemon. suit with tincture of red aniline. Color to Cinnamon Extract. Alcohol, 10 gallons. Oil of Cassia, 8 ounces. Oil of Cinnamon (True) 2 & 6 Warm Water, 5 gallons. Remarks. –Proceed as for lemon, and color with red Sandal and burnt sugar to the color of cinnamon true. Banana Extract. Alcohol, 5 gallons. Concentrated Banana Ether, 4 pounds. Soft Water, 10 gallons. Glycerine, 8 pounds. Mix, and it is ready for use. Cochineal Extract. Red Winegar, 1 gallon. Glycerine, 2 pounds. Mix, and it is ready for use. Orange Extract. Alcohol, 10 gallons. Water, 3 “ Oil of Portugal, 2 pounds. Proceed same as for lemon. with tincture of yellow aniline, Color to suit Blackberry Extract. Alcohol, 5 gallons. Concent'd Blackberry Ether, 5 pounds. Soft Water, cold, 10 gallons. Glycerine, 3 pounds. Mix, and it is ready for use. Nutmeg Extract. Alcohol, 1 gallon. Ground Nutmeg, 1 pound. Warm Water, 82 ounces. Let stand two weeks; it is then ready for use. No color. Cloves Extract. Alcohol, 1 gallon. Cloves, ground, 1 pound. Warm Water, 32 ounces. Let it stand for three weeks; it is then ready for use. No color. Celery Extract. Alcohol, 8 gallons. Essence of Celery, 2 66 Warm Water, 5 6& Mix the essence with the alcohol, and add the Water. Color with burnt sugar. Rose Extract. Alcohol, 10 gallons. Oil of Rose, 1 ounce. Oil of Geranium, rose, 2 drachms. Oil of Cloves, 1 drachm. Warm Water, 5 gallons. Remarks.-Proceed as for lemon; if colored, use red aniline tincture to suit. Wintergreen Extract. Alcohol, 10 gallons. Oil of Wintergreen, 1 pound. Warm Water, 5 gallons. Remarks.-Let stand twenty-four hours; then add water. Color to suit with tincture of red aniline. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 120 Coffee Extract. Alcohol, warm, 5 gallons. Glycerine, # pound. Warm Water, 1 gallon. Ground Coffee, 8 pounds. Remarks.-Heat the alcohol in a water-bath to boiling point; then add the coffee. Let stand twenty-four hours; and add glycerine, then Warm Water. Almond Extract. Alcohol, 10 gallons. Oil of Bitter Almonds, 1 pound. Warm Water, 5 gallons. Remarks.-Mix the oil with the alcohol, and after standing twenty-four hours, add the Warm water; it is then ready for use. Sarsaparilla Extract. Alcohol, 10 gallons. Oil of Sassafras, 8 ounces. Oil of Wintergreen, 8 “ Warm Water, 5 gallons. Remarks.-Let stand twenty-four hours, then add warm water. Color to suit With caramel. Ginger Extract. Alcohol, 8 gallons. Mace, powdered, 1 pound. Essence of Ginger, 2 gallons. Warm Water, 4 & 4 Remarks.-Mix the alcohol and mace, and let stand twenty-four hours. Put in the essence and then the water. No color, but it may be colored with burnt Sugar. Peach Extract. Alcohol, 10 gallons. Concentrated Nectarine Ether, 2 pounds. & 6 Pine Apple Ether, 1 pound. Oil of Orange, Portugal, 2 ounces. Warm Water, 5 gallons. Glycerine, 2 pounds. Remarks.-Mix the oil of Orange and alcohol, then add the ethers, and then the Warm Water. Color with burnt Sugar, Same as pine apple. Nectarine Extract. Alcohol, 5 gallons. Concentrated Nectarine Ether, 5 pounds. Soft Water, cold, 10 gallons. Glycerine, 8 pounds. Color same as pine apple. - Raspberry Extract. Alcohol, 5 gallons. Concentrated Raspberry Ether, 5 pounds. Soft Water, cold, 10 gallons. Glycerine, 3 pounds. Remarks.-Color to suit with tincture of red aniline. , TOOTHI POWDERS AND MOUTHE WASHIES There is scarcely a subject, of a personal character, so sadly neglected and so little un- derstood by the people in general, as the care of the teeth. In view of this fact, in 1868 the Dental So- ciety of Philadelphia offered a prize for the best essay on the subject, the same to be published for the benefit of the public. The prize was awarded for the following rules: First. Cleanse your teeth once, or oftener, every day. Rinse the mouth after eating. Cleansing the teeth consists in reynoving every particle of foreign matter from around the teeth and gums. Second. To cleanse, uge well-made brushes, soft quill or wood toothpicks, an antacid styptic tooth wash, and precipitated chalk. If these means fail, apply to a regular dentist. Third. Avoid eating hot food. Thoroughly masticate the food, and Well Salivate it before swallowing. Fourth. Parents ought carefully to attend to the child's second dentition. Prevail upon your children to visit, at frequent intervals, a care- ful and skillful operator. Fifth. Remember that four of the permanent double-teeth come in at the age of six years. They are very liable to decay early, are very large, and should never be allowed to require extracting. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PBACTICAL INFOBMATION. 121 Siath. Never allow any one to extract a tooth or dissuade you from having them filled, unless absolutely necessary. . Seventh. Carelessness and procrastination are responsible for a large proportion of teeth that are lost. The teeth were never intended to take the place of nut-crackers, nor to rival scissors in cutting thread. The teeth must be taken care of, or your health will suffer. Remember, a clean tooth would not decay in a hundred years. Superior Mouth Wash. White Castile Soap, old, 2 drachms. Alcohol, 3 ounces. Honey, 1 ounce. Perfume, as below, 4 ounces. Dissolve the soap in the alcohol and add the other ingredients. Perfume for Tooth Powders. ASarnm Canadense, # ounce. Orris Root, J. “ Strong Alcohol, 8 ounces. Make a tincture, then add Tincture Musk, 1 drachm. Essence Mille Fleurs, # & 6 Essence Patchouly, 20 drops. Mix. Orris Tooth Powder. Prepared Chalk, 1 pound. Powdered Borax, 8 ounces. 6 & Myrrh, 4 & 6 6 & Orris, 4 “ Mix thoroughly, and put through a fine silk sieve. Violet Tooth Powder. Prepared Chalk, 6 ounces. Cuttlefish Bone, 3 “ Rose Pink. 2 “ Orris Root, 2 “ Essence of Wiolets, 1 drachm. Mix thoroughly, put through a fine silk sieve and color with indigo sufficient to strike a violet tint. Tooth Powder. White Sugar, 1 pound, Prepared Chalk, 1 pound. Carbonate of Magnesia, 2 pounds. Cuttlefish Bones, # pound. Cream of Tartar, 10 ounces. Rose Pink, 10 & 6 Rub these to a very fine powder, then mix with perfume to suit. Scent for Tooth Powder. Oil of Cloves, 2 drachms. “ Cinnamon, 2 6 & “ Orange Peel, 2 & 6 Extract of Vanilla, 2 & 6 The above is for one pound of the powder. For coloring tooth powders various shades of red and pink, use armenian bole, protoxide of iron and carmine or cochineal lakes. Avoid aniline reds, as they are injurious to the teeth. Cuttlefish Tooth Powder. Powdered Cuttlefish-bone, # pound. Precipitated Carbonate of Lime, 1 & © Powdered Orris Root, * “ Oil of Lemons, 1 ounce. Oil of Neroli, # drachm. Mix thoroughly and powder very fine. Charcoal Tooth Paste. Chlorate of Potassa, # drachm. Mint Water, 1 ounce. Form a solution then add Powdered Charcoal, 2 ounces. Honey, 1 ounce. Mix thoroughly. Quinia, Tooth Powder. Sulphate of Quinia, § drachm. Pulverized Orris Root, 4 ounces. Pulverized Starch, 5 & © Pulverized Chalk, prepared, § pound. Pulverize fine each article and then mix thoroughly. 122 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Cocoa, Soap Tooth Powder. Pulverized French Chalk, 1 pound. Lily White, 1 { % White Earth, 1 66 Pulverized Sugar, # “ Powdered Cocoa Soap, * “ Oil of Wintergreen, # ounce. Oil of Rose, # drachm Oil of Cloves, 3. “ Oil of Sassafras, + “ Mix and pulverize thoroughly. Rose Tooth Powder. Pulverized Corn Starch, 2} pounds. Pulverized Orris Root, 3 pound. Terra Alba, 2 pounds. Carbonate of Magnesia, # pound. French Chalk, # “ Oil of Cloves, # drachm Oil of Rose, 1 drachm. Oil of Bergamot, # “ Mix and pulverize thoroughly. Detergent Mouth Wash. Alum, powdered, 30 grains. Simple Syrup, 1 ounce. Rose water, 3 ounces. Mix. Should the mouth be very sore, dilute with water at first, and use pure afterwards. Farina’s Tooth Powder. Cuttlefish-bone, 2 pounds. Pulverized Orris Root, 2 pounds. Pulverized White Sugar, 3 pound. Oil of Rosemary, 4 drachms. “ Orange Peel, 2 & 6 “ Lemon, 2 & © “ Neroli, # drachm. “ Bergamot, 2 drachms. Mix, and pass through a silk sieve. Camphorated Tooth Powder. Prepared Chalk, 8 ounces. Powdered Cuttlefish-bone, 4 ounces. Camphor, 1 ounce. Oil of Cloves, 1 drachm. Dissolve the camphor with alcohol, and then add to the remaining ingredients, and mix thoroughly. | Pulverized Cream Tartar, Eau de Botot. Star Anise, 1 ounce. Cloves, 2 drachms. Cinnamon, Ceylon, 2 drachms. Oil of Peppermint, 20 drops. Diluted Alcohol, 28 ounces. Macerate for eight days, and filter if desired; this may be colored with a little cochineal infused with the other ingredients. Peruvian Tooth Powder. Pulverized Peruvian Bark, red, 2 ounces. Pulverized Orris Root, 4 Bole Armenian, Prepared Chalk, Powdered Myrrh, Cassia Bark, Otto of Cloves, Mix. 4 & 6 4 & 6 2 & 6 2 & 6 - 1 drachm. Parisian Tooth Powder. 2} pounds. & 4 Alum, 1 pound. 6 & Cuttlefish-bone, 1 66 6 & Carbonate of Magnesia, # “ é & Cochineal, 3 ounces. 4 & Cassia, # ounce. & 4 Cloves, 1} ounces. Oil of Geranium, # drachm. “ Peppermint, 13 drachms. “ Bergamot, # drachm. Mix. Mouth Wash. Tincture of Orris, 4 ounces. Alcohol, 4 6 & Rose Water, 4 6 (; Otto of Almonds, 3 drops. Mix. Lemon Tooth Powder. Powdered Arrow Root, 1 pound. Powdered Orris Root, 3 ounces. Oil of Lemon, 20 drops- 6 & Oil of Cloves, 10 Oil of Bergamot, 12 Rub the oils with the powders until thoroughly mixed, then color with indigo sufficient to strike a violet tint. 66 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 123 Van Buskirk’s Sozodont. Castile Soap, 1} drachms. Glycerine, 1} “ Alcohol, 1 ounce. Soft Water, 4 ounces. Oil of Wintergreen, sufficient to flavor. “ Cinnamon, 66 & 6 66 Anise, 6 & & & Mix. Accompanying this, is a powder which is composed of equal parts of Chalk, prepared, Orris Root, Carbonate of Magnesia. TOILIET SOAPS. Ala Bouquet Soap. Prepared Soap, 10 pounds. Oil of Bergamot, 4 ounces. “ “ Lemon, 1 ounce. * “ Cinnamon, 2 ounces. “ “ Cloves, 1 ounce. “ “ Lavender, 6 ounces. Mix, and color with vermilion. Erasive Soap. Castile Soap, 2 pounds. Carbonate Potassa, # pound. Hot Water, # pint. Aqua Ammonia, # ounce. Camphor Gum, 3. “ Alcohol, * “ Cut the soap into fine pieces, and boil it with the potassa until thick enough to mold into cakes. Dissolve the camphor with the alcohol, add the ammonia, and mix all together and mould the desired shape. Color to suit. Green Soap. (Lehlback's.) Olive Oil, 16 ounces. Caustic Potash, 6 66 Water, a sufficiency. Dissolve five ounces of the potash in two pints of water, add eight ounces of this solu- tion to the oil, in suitable vessel, and place over a slow fire; when it becomes thick, add the remaining solution; continue the heat until the mixture becomes a yellow color; dissolve the remaining potassa in two pints of water, and add it to the mass; evaporate to the proper consistency. Color with finely powdered indigo, if preferred. Sand Soap. (Piesse.) Prepared Soap, 8 pounds. Marine Soap, 7 & & Sifted Silver Sand, 25 6 (; Oil of French Lavender, OUIIlC68, 66 & & Thyme, & 6 “ “ Carraway, “ “ Cassia, 66 2 2 2 & 6 2 Mix in the usual way. Windsor Soap. (Piesse.) pounds. OUIEl CeS. OUIQ.C6. & & Prepared Soap, Burnt Umber, English Vermilion, Lampblack, Oil of Cinnamon, “ “ Bergamot, & 6 & & Thyme, “ “ Peppermint, ‘ Caraway, “ “ Cloves, “ “ Lavender, º Olln CeS. C & 6 (; & 66 & 4 & 66 i 66 & 6 Mix according to the usual way. White Windsor. (Piesse.) Curd Soap, 50 pounds. Marine Soap, 10 & & Oil Soap, 14 & & Oil of Cassia, 2 ounces. “ Cloves, & & “ Caraway, “ Thyme, “ Rosemary, Mix in the usual way. 6 & l & 6 2 6 (; : 124 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Brown Windsor. (Piesse.) Curd Soap, 40 pounds. Yellow Soap, 14 6 & Marine Soap, 10 * Oil Soap, 12 6 (; Oil of French Lavender, 1 ounce. “ Thyme, 1 & & “ Caraway, 1 66 “ Cloves, 1 66 “ Neroli, Petit Grain, 13 ounces. * Cassia, # ounce. Caramel, sufficient to color. Mix, and proceed in the usual manner. Frangipani Soap. Pink Curd Soap, 7 pounds. Oil of Rose, 2 drachms. “ Neroli, 4 & 6 “ Santal, 1} ounces. “ Wetivert, 4 drachms. Civet, 2 6 & Rub the civet with the oils, then mix and beat in the usual manner. Bath Soap. Curd Soap, 20 pounds. Oil of Cloves, 6 drachms. “ Lemon, 1 ounce. “ Maryolaine, 6 drachms. English Wermilion, 4 ounces. Mix. Rub the vermilion with the perfume, then add to the soap, and mix and beat in the usual Way. Royal Bouquet Soap. 40 pounds. 3 drachms. & 4 Prepared Soap, Oil of Rosemary, “ Cinnamon, 11 * Sassafras, 6 66 “ Fennel, 6 66 * Eremon, 6} 66 “ Cloves, 6} “ “ Peppermint, 3 & 6 “ Maryolaine, 3 ( & & 6 Thyme, 8 & & Color, Burnt Sugar, 4 ounces. GG “Terra Sienna, 23. “ Bºb the terra sienna with the oils, and add the burnt sugar separately. Camphor Soap. Prepared Soap, 25 pounds. Gum Camphor, 1} “ Oil of Rosemary, 1} “ Reduce the camphor to powder, by the aid of sufficient almond oil; when the soap is melted and ready to turn out, add the rosemary and camphor, and mix thoroughly. Soap for Removing Grease from Clothing. Castile Soap, 2 pounds. Carbonate of Potash, # pound. Hot Water, # pint. Alcohol, # ounce Camphor, 3. “ Aqua Ammonia, 3. “ l. Pulverized Charcoal, # “ Dissolve the potash in the hot water, cut the soap into fine slices, boil the soap with the pot- ash until thick enough to mould into cakes, then add the other ingredients. Sulphur Soap. White Castile Soap, # pound. Flower of Sulphur, 1 ounce. Alcohol, 1 & 6 Oil of Cloves, # drachm. Oil of Lavender, 1 & 6 Mix. Beat the whole to a smooth mass, in a mortar. Palmer’s Bouquet Soap. White Castile Soap, 10 pounds. Oil of Lavender, English, 2 drachms. “ Citronella, 2} & 6 “ Lemon, 4 & 6 “ Bergamot, 4 66 Palm Oil, 2 pounds. Melt the soap and palm oil together, by a gentle heat, and when nearly cold, add the perfumes, previously dissolved in sufficient alcohol. Transparent Soap. Palm Oil, 8 pounds. Cocoa Nut Oil, 2 “ Soda Lye, 36°, 5 “ Alcohol, 4 pints. Oil of Thyme, 2 drachms. “ Lavender, 8 & 6 “ Cassia, 4 66 “ Cloves, 2 & 6 “ Citronella, 2 66 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA of PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 125 Melt the oils over a warm bath, then remove, and stir till nearly cold; then mix the alcohol || and lye together, and put them over water bath in a vessel, and the oils in another; let them heat for five minutes, but take care they do not boil, then mix the two and stir them well together. The soap is done when a scum forms over the top; when done pour into a tin can and cool as quick as possible; dissolve the oils in one pint of the alcohol, and add one pound ! of glycerine; mix together and mould the re- quired shape. Ladies' Favorite Soap. Castile Soap, best, Palm Oil, Soda Lye, Alcohol, Oil of Neroli, “ Bergamot, “ Lavender, “ Cloves, “ Cinnamon, 10 pounds. 2 & & 5 & 6 4 pints. 4 drachms. 1 ounce. 1} ounces. 1 Oll]] Cé. l & 6 2 Mix, and proceed as in the transparent soap; only cutting the Soap into thin slices, befor adding the oil. * - Joekey Club Soap. Glycerine, 2 pounds. Cocoanut Oil, 2 6 & Tallow Oil, 6 6 & Soda Lye, 36° 5 & 6 Alcohol, 4 pints. Otto of Rose, Virgin, 3 ounce. “ Santal Flav., 2 drachms. “ Bergamot, 2 & 6 “ Neroli, super., 2 6 & Proceed as with the transparent soap, only do not add the glycerine mentioned in the directions. Honey Soap. Prepared Soap, Wermilion, Yellow Aniline, Oil of Lavender, “ Citronella, * Lemon, “ Cloves, “ Bergamot, 25 pounds. 2 ounces. 3 drachms. 2} ounces. 83 66 1 ounce. 1% ounces. 1 ounce. Mix, and proceed in the usual manner. | | English Bath. Tallow Oil, 4 pounds Palm Oil, 4 & 6 Cocoanut Oil, 2 & & Alcohol, 4 pints Soda Lye, 36°, 5 pounds Oil of Sassafras, # ounce. “ Peppermint, * “ “ Lemon, # “ “ Cinnamon, # “ “ Lavender, § “ Mix, and proceed as in the directions of the transparent Soap, omitting the glycerine. Palm Oil and Glycerine Soap. Palm Oil, 6 pounds. Glycerine, 2 & 6 Soda Lye, 36°, 4 sº Alcohol, 3 pints. Oil of Lemon, # ounce. “ Bergamot, # “ “ Lavender, # “ “ Citronella, * “ Mix, and proceed as in the directions of the transparent soap, omitting the glycerine. Carbolic Acid Soap. Prepared Soap, 20 pounds. Alcohol, 2 pints. Carbolic Acid, 1 pound. Caustic Potassa., 4 ounces. Oil of Lemon, 1 ounce. “ Bergamot, # “ “ Lavender, # “ * Citronella, # “ Melt the soap, add the carbolic acid, potassa, and part of the alcohol; dissolve the oils in the remaining alcohol, and mix thoroughly; when cool enough, run into moulds. --- SACHET POWDERS. Acacia Sachet. Cassia Flowers, 1 Orris Root, 1 Mix. pound. pound. 126 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Au Crypre. Ground Rose Leaves, Ground Santal Wood, Ground Cedar Wood, Otto of Rose, Mix and sift. 1 pound. 1 & 4 1 66 2 drachms. Care should be taken to have the woods in very fine powders before mixing. Clove Pink Sachet. Orris Root, powdered, Lavender Flowers, Patchouly Leaves, Cloves, Deer Tongue, Musk Tonquin, Pimento, ground, Otto of Roses, Otto of Neroli, Oil of Santal Wood, Oil of Lavender, English, Mix. 2 ounceS. 1 ounce, # & © 2 drachms. 2 66 2 grains. 1 drachm. 10 drops. 10 “ 15 6 & 10 66 Frangipanni Sachet. Orris Root, powdered fine, Vetivert, Santal Wood, Grain Musk, Oil of Neroli, Oil of Rose, Oil of Santal, Mix these well together. 8 pounds. 3 pound. 3. 66 1 ounce. 1 drachm. 1. 6 & 1 66 Heliotrope Sachet. Orris Root, ground, Rose Leaves, ground, Tonka Beans, ground, Vanilla, Grain Musk, Oil of Bitter Almonds, Mix. 2 pounds. 1 pound. 8 ounces. 4 ounces. 1 drachm. 5 drops. Lavender Sachet. Lavender Flowers, ground, Gum Benzoin, powdered, Oil of Lavender, Mix. 1 pound. 4 ounces. 2 drachms. Mille Fleurs. Flowers of Lavender, # ounce. Cloves, powdered, 2 drachms. Buds of Cassia, powdered, 2 “ Coriander Seeds, 66 # ounce. Orris Root, 66 2 ounces. Vanilla Beans, 6t 1 drachm. Nutmegs, 66 # “ Gum Benzoin, 60 3. “ Musk, 5 grains. Oil of Santal, 8 drops. “ “ Lavender, English, 5 “ “ “ Patchouly, 3 “ “ “ Werbena, 2 “ “ “ Neroli, 5 66 Otto of Roses, 5 “ Mix. Marechale Sachet. Orris Root, ground, 1 pound. Coriander Seeds, ground, 6 ounces. Mace, ground, 2 & 6 Cassia & 6 1 ounce. Cloves, “ 1 & 6 Musk Seeds, ground, 1 & 6 Yellow Santal Wood, 1 66 Mix. Patchouly Sachet. Patchouly herb, ground, 1 pound. 20 drops. Oil of Patchouly, Mix. - Jockey Club Sachet. Lavender Flowers, ground, 3 ounce. Rose Leaves, & 6 13 ounces. Orris Root, 66 2 6 & Wanilla Beans, 66 # drachm. Extract Jasmin, 2 drachms. Musk, 4 grains. Otto of Roses, 10 drops. Oil of Santal, 20 & 6 & © Neroli, 6 66 Mix. AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF 127 PRACTICAL INFORMATION. La Pierce Sachet. Dried Lavender, “ Rose Leaves, # pound. & 4 “ Marjoram, OUID.C68. & 4 Mint, & 6 “ Lemon Thyme, 6 & Thy me, & 6 Calamus, powder, 1 8 4 8 66 4 1 pound. 2 1 Ground Cloves, OUID.C0S. Musk, grain, drachm. Mix. Rose Sachet. Santal Wood, ground, 8 ounces. Red Rose Leaves, “ 1 pound. Oil of Rose, Mix. Note.—Santal wood, before being ground, is no use whatever to the druggist, on account of its extreme toughness; therefore be sure that it is reduced to powder before buying. 2} drachms. Violet Sachet. Black Current Leaves, powdered, 1 pound. Rose Leaves, powdered, 1 & 6 Cassia Buds, powdered, # “ Pulverized Orris Root, 2 pounds. Gum Benzoin, powdered, # pound. Otto of Almonds, 3 drachm. Otto of Roses, # “ Grain Musk, 1 C & Mix well, and let them stand for a week before using. Wild Flowers Sachet. (Piesse.) Coriander Seeds, ground, 1 ounce Wild Ginger, & 6 1 & 6 Lavender Flowers, “ 1 & 6 Deer Tongue, 66 # “ Sweet Flag, root, 66 2 drachms. Patchouly Leaves, “ 1 ounce. Nutmeg, 66 1 drachm. Extract Jasmin, 2 drachms. Oil of Patchouly, 5 drops. “ Santal, 20 drops. “ Bergamot, 1 drachm. “ Werbena, 5 drops. “ Neroli, 10 drops. Mix. Portugal Sachet. Dried Orange Peel, ground, 1 pound. “ Orris Root & & # “ “ Lemon Peel, “ # “ Oil of Lemon Grass, 3 drachm. Otto Neroli, 20 drops. Otto Orange Peel, 1 ounce. Mix. Verbena, Sachet. Dried Lemon peel, ground, 1 pound. Lemon Geranium Leaves, ground, 4 ounces. Oil of Lemon Grass, 1 drachm. Oil of Lemon, 4 drachms. Oil of Bergamot, 1 ounce. Mix. PERFUMIERY. Before entering upon our work of formulas for the manufacture of perfumery, it will be well to bear in mind the following directions as to the best methods of making extracts from flower pomades. First.—Pure Cologne Spirits, # gallon. Flower Pomade, 4 pounds. (Flower pomade is known to the trade as triple pomade.) Second.—Place the spirits in a well stoppered bottle, together with the pomade cut in small pieces, and place the bottle in a water-bath, and apply gentle heat, just sufficient to melt the pomade, and stir with a wooden spatula, or shake Well together. By this method the fatty matter will solidify and exhibit a granu- lated appearance, having been thoroughly per- meated by the spirits. Third.—Let the mass stand for five days, but shake occasionally. Fourth.-Now drain off the liquid extract into another bottle, but if it fall short of a gallon, pour on a sufficiency of alcohol to make up the measure. This is called the First Wash, or Wirgin. Fifth.-By subsequent and similar treatment, a second and even a third quantity of extract may be made, which, although much weaker, will be found suitable for cheap perfumes. The 128 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. pomade left will then make an excellent hair Tomade when bottled. Herewith are appended several formulas for extracts, which will be required in our formulas which follow. Others can be made in a similar manner, by using gums and essential oils. Extract of Vanilla. Vanilla Beans, fine quality, 4 ounces. White Sugar, 4 “ Proof Spirit, 1 gallon. Powder the beans and sugar very fine; pack || in a percolator, and percolate with the proof Spirit. Extract of Orris, Orris Root, finely ground, 7 pounds. Percolate with pure alcohol until one gallon of extract is obtained. Extract of Tonka. Tonka Beans, in coarse powder, 1 pound. Percolate with alcohol until one gallon of extract is obtained. Rondletia. Otto Lavender, English, 1 ounce. Otto Cloves, # “ Otto Bergamot, # “ Otto Rose Geranium, Turkey, 2 drachms. Otto Cinnamon, true, 20 drops. Otto Rose, Virgin, 10 & & Otto Santal Flav., 1 drachm. Ext. Musk, 2 ounces. Ext. Orris, 4 & 6 Ext. Vanilla, 2 & 6 Benzoic Acid, 1 drachm. Pure spirits sufficient to make four pints. Jonquil. Ext. Jasmin Pomade, 1 pint. Ext. Tuberose Pomade, 1 “ Ext. Orange Flower, 4 “ Ext. Vanilla, 2 ounces. Mix. The Jonquil is very fragrant. Magnolia. Ext. Orange Flower Pomade, Ext. Rose Pomade, Ext. Tuberose Pomade, Ext. Violet Pomade, Otto Citron Zest, Otto Almonds, bitter, 1 pint. 2 pints. # pint. # & 6 3 drops. 10 & & Mix. This is the genuine, which is found in the perfume shops of London and Paris. White Lilac, Ext. Tuberose Pomade, Ext. Orange Flower Pomade, Otto Almonds, bitter, Ext. Civet, Mix. 1 pint. l & 4 3 drops. # ounce. The Civet is only used to give perma- nence to the perfume of the handkerchief. Clove Pink. Ex. Jasmine, 12 ounces. Ex. Orris, 12 © & Ex. Musk, 8 & 4 Otto Rose, Virgin, 1 drachm. Otto Clove, 2 drachms. Otto Neroli, 1 drachm. Otto Pimento, 10 drops. Otto Yellow Santal, 2 drachms. Benzoic Acid, 1 drachm. Bure spirits sufficient to make four pints. Extract Mary Stuart Bouquet. Extract Orange, from Pomade, & & Rose 4 & & 6 & 6 Jasamine, “ & 6 Tincture Musk, 6 & Civet, & 6 Ambergris, 66 Ambrette, (1 to 8) & 6 Storax, & 6 Vanilla, Oil Rose Geranium, Oil Sandalwood, Oil Laemon, Oil Ceylon Cinnamon, Oil Sassafras, Oil Bay, Alcohol, Mix. 3 ounces. 3 { { 2 drachms. 3 & 6 3 6 & 8 6 & 1 ounce. 15 drops. 3 drachms. 40 drops. 30 & & 2 drachms. 5 drops. 2 & & 3 & 6 6 ounces. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 129 Bousquet Knight Templar. Pure Spirits, 7 ounces. Ext. Orris, 3} “ Oil Bergamot, 3 drachms. Oil Patchouly, 16 drops. Oil Cloves, 8 & 4 Geranium, true, 16 & & Ext. Vanilla, 3 drachms. Ext. Benzoin, 2} & 4 Ext. Tolu, 1} 6 & Mix. Musk Rose. Ext. Rose, Virgin Pomade, 9 ounces. Ext. Rose, 4} & & Ext. Orange, “ & 6 8 6 & Ext. Musk, 1} & & Oil Santal, 4 drops. Tr. Camphor, 4 66 Mix. New Mown Hay. Ext. Jasmin Pomade, third wash, 32 ounces. Ext. Tuberose “ & & “ 32 & 6 Ext. Orange, “ 6 & “ 32 6 & Ext. Rose, & & & 6 “ 32 & & New Mown Hay Comp., 8 66 Mix. Jasmin. Ext. Jasmin Pomade, third wash, 96 ounces. Ext. Jasmin, Virgin, 10 6 & Oil Jasmin, 3 66 Mix. - Flor de Mayo. - Ext. Jasmin, Virgin Pomade, 8 ounces 66 ( & 2d wash pomade, 3 * * “ Orange, Virgin, & 6 3 “ 66 & 4 Second wash, 2 “ “ Tuberose, & 4 3 “ ( & Virgin, 2 “ “ Musk, Comp., 2 “ Oil Bergamot, 10 drops. Oil Neroli, 2. “ Ext. Musk, 1 drachm “ Ambergris, 1 & 6 “ Civet, 1 & © “ Styrax, 15 drops “ Tolu, 1 drachm Mix. .* Bouquet I. O. O. F. Pure Spirits, Oil Lavender, Oil Cloves, Oil Rose, Oil Bergamot, Ext. Musk, Ext. Vanilla, Ext. Ambergris, Ext. Rose, Virgin Pomade, Ext. Orris, Mix. Posy. Ext. Rose, Virgin Pomade, Ext. Orange, “ & 4 Ext. Jasmin, “ 66 Ext. Musk, Oil Rose, Mix. Orange Flowers. 16 ounces. 3 drachm. 4 & & 4 Oll]]C6. OUID.C68. &&& & & OUIn CeS. & & & 6 : & & # drachm. Ext. Orange, Virgin Pomade, 8 ounces. Ext. & 4 Second wash, Ext. Civet, Mix. Lucca, Bouquet. Triple Ex. of Roses, 20 Extract of Jasmin, 20 Extract of Jonquil, 20 Extract of Violets, 10 Extract of Ambergris, 10 Oil of Neroli, 1} Otto of Roses, 1. Oil of Lavender, # Mix. Pearl of Savoy. Triple Ext. of Roses, 24 Triple Ext. of Jasmin, 20 Triple Ext. of Violets, 16 8 & 6 # drachm. fluid ounces. © & 6 & 6 & 6 & & 6 & & & 6 & & & & & & ‘‘ ounce. & 6 & G fluid ounces. & 6 & 6 & & 6 & Oil of Cedrat, 3 drachms. Oil of Citron, 3 & 6 Oil of Neroli, 2} & © Oil of Cinnamon, 1 drachm. Extract of Musk, 3 drachms. Extract of Ambergris, 2 & 6 Mix. 9 180 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Sweet Gem of Eden. Extract of Jasmin, 20 fluid ounces. Extract of Tuberose, 16 “ & & Extract of Orange Flowers, & & & 6 Extract of Jonquil, Triple Extract of Roses, Extract of Acacia Flowers, Extract of Vanilla, Extract of Civet, Oil of Bergamot, & 6 © 6 & 6 & 6 & 6 & 6 & 6 & G OlliſiC6. & 6 6 & i Mix. Spring Flowers. Ext. Rose, (from pomade) 1 pint. Ext. Violet, & 6 & © 1 pint. Ext. Rose Triple, “ 6 (; 24 ounces Ext. Cassia, & 6 6 & 2} “ Otto Bergamot, 2 drachms Ext. Ambergris, 1 ounce. Mix. The just reputation of this perfume places it in the first rank of the very best mixtures that have ever been made by any manufac- turer. Lily of the Valley. Ext. Tuberose, # pint. Ext. Jasmin, 1 ounce. Ext. Orange Flower, 2 ounces. Ext. Vanilla, 3 & 4 Ext. Cassia, 3 pint. Ext. Rose, # pint. Otto Almonds, 8 drops. Mix. Keep this mixture together for a month, and then bottle for sale. It is a perfume that is very much admired. Tuberose. Ext. Tuberose, 24 ounces. Ext. Musk, 4 “ Ext. Jasmin, 1 ounce. Otto Rose, Virgin, 1 drachm. Otto Neroli Super. 10 drops. Benzoic Acid, 2 drachms. Pure Spirits, sufficient for four pints. Mix. Jockey Club. Ext. Jasmin, 5 OunceS. Ext. Orris, 20 & 6 Ext. Musk, 7 66 Ext. Vanilla, 1} “ Otto Rose, Virgin, 1} drachms. Otto Santal Flav., 1} “ Otto Bergamot, 2% & 6 Otto Neroli Super, 40 drops. Benzoic Acid, 2 drachms. Pure Spirits sufficient for four pints. Mix. In this, as well as in all the following ex- tracts, before adding the last portion of the Spirits, replace as much of it with water as the perfume will bear without becoming milky, which will vary from two to eight ounces or more. This addition will make the perfume Softer. Ylang-Ylang. Ext. Tonka, 3 ounces. Ext. Musk, 4 6 & Ext. Tuberose, 4 & 6 Ext. Cassia, 4 & 6 Ext. Orris, 8 & 6 2 drachms. # drachm. Otto Orange, new, Otto Neroli, Super., Pure Spirits sufficient to make four pints. Mix. - Tea, Rose. Spts. Rose Pomade, 1 pint. Spts. Rose, Triple, 1 & & Ext. Rose Leaf, Geranium, 1 6 & Ext. Santal Wood, & 6 Ext. Neroli, Ext. Orris, Mix. & & 66 | Sweet Pea, Ext. Tuberose, Ext. Orange Flower, Ext. Rose Ext. Vanilla, pint. 66 | 66 Mix. 1 ounce. AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRAOTICAL INFORMATION. 131 Musk. Magnolia Water- Ext. Musk, 1 pint. Ext. Tuberose, 8 ounces. Ext. Orris, 6 ounces. Ext. Orange Flowers, 6 6 & Ext. Vanilla, 2 “ Ext. Violet, 6 © & Ext. Styrax, 2 drachms. Tincture Musk, 2 & 6 Otto Santal Flav., 1 drachm. Essence of Cedrat, 3 drachms. Otto Bergamot, 2 drachms. Oil Bitter Almonds, # drachm. Otto Neroli Super, 10 drops. Oil Rose, 20 drops. Otto Patchouly, 12 “ Rose Water, 8 ounces. Otto Lavender, English, 15 “ Orange Flower Water, 4 & & Otto Cinnamon, true, 6 “ Deodorized Alcohol, 5 pints. Pure Spirits sufficient to make four pints. Mix and filter. Mix. Violet Water. Victoria- Ext. Violet, 4 ounces. Otto Rose, Virgin, 2 drachms. Ext. Cassia, 2 “ Otto Neroli, Super, 2. “ Rose Water, 4 “ Otto Bergamot, 4 & 6 Deodorized Alcohol, 30 “ Otto Coriander, 16 drops. Mix and shake well together, and filter. Otto Pimento, 24 “ Otto Lavender, English, 16 “ Lavender Water. Ext. Jasmin, 2 ounces. Ext. Orris, 16 “ Oil of Lavender, 1} ounces. Ext. Musk, 2 “ “ Lemon, 8 drachms. Benzoic Acid, 2 “ “ Sage, # drachm. Pure spirits sufficient to make four pints. “ Orange Peel, sw’t, 1 & 4 Mix. “ Lemon Thyme, 4 drachms. “ Nutmeg, 1 drachm. White Rose. Tincture of Benzoin, 1 ounce. Otto Rose, Virgin, 2 drachms. S Musk, # º oft Water, 1 pint. Otto Red Cedar Wood, true, 6 drops. Deodorized Alcohol % gall Otto Patchouly, 4 * * tº 3. # gallon. Otto Orange, fresh, # drachm. Mix. Ext. Tuberose, 2 ounces. Nannie May’s Cologne. Ext. Orris, 2 6 & s Ext. Jasmin, 2 66 º º º and . dra. Ext. Musk, 2 & 6 º g 5 Benzoic Acid 1 drachm Oil Lavender Flowers, 1 * “ 1 dr. • * . . tº Oil Neroli, 5% drs. Pure spirits (to which four ounces of rose Oil Rose, 1 “ “ 1 “ water has been added), sufficient to make four Cologne Spirits, .. 4} gals. pints. - Orange Flower Water, 4 pints Florida, Water. Lundborg's Extract of Musk, 1 lb. Oil Bergamot, - 1 ounce. * age faster by being kept in a warm º Benzoin, : pints The above is, without doubt, one of the best wº '. e selling colognes ever placed upon the market, Mix. To this may be added any amount of and if good materials are used, will not fail to water to suit the grade required. give satisfaction. 132’ AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Love’s Bouquet. Ext. Rose (treble), 9 ounces. Ext. Violet, 9 & © Ext. Jasmin, 9 & & Ext. Patchouly, # ounce. Tincture of Vanilla, 1 & 6 Mix. Cologne Water. Oil of Lavender Flowers, 3 ounce. Oil of Rosemary, # “ Oil of Neroli, bigarade, 13 ounces. Oil of Neroli, petit grain, 1}. “ Oil of Lemon Peel, 1} & 6 Oil of Orange Peel, 2} & 6 Oil of Bergamot, 2} & & Oil of Rose Geranium, # ounce. Tincture of Storax, 2 ounces. Cologne Spirits, 26 pints. Orange Flower Water, 6 & & Mix. Let stand thirty days, and filter. COLOGINE. The following formulas will be found to pro- duce first rate articles in every particular. We desire to call attention to the fact, that the oils used in Colognes must be cut in about nine-tenths of the spirit, and after standing 24 hours, add the water, and, immediately after, add the rest of the spirit. The water must be lukewarm. Always filter through paper, with a little powdered carbonate of magnesia, if nec- essary. Always use pure, fresh oils. Oil of Cologne. Oil of Bergamot, 4 ounces. “ Rose, 1 drachm. “ Neroli, 1 & 4 “ Lemon, # ounce. “ Geranium Rose, 2 drachms. “ Lavender, 2 66 Mix. German Cologne. Cologne Spirits, 3 quarts. Oil of Bergamot, 2 ounces. “ Cedrat, 1} “ “ Lemon, 1} “ Warm Water, 1 quart. Mix. Farina Cologne. (Artificial.) Cologne Spirits, Water, distilled, Oil of Bergamot, “ Orange, “ Neroli, Mix. The fragrance of this to the genuine article. 3 pints. 1 pint. 1 ounce. # & & 8 drachms. is little inferior German Cologne. (Said to be Hoyt's.) Cologne Spirits, 1 gallon. Orange Flower Water, 32 ounces. Oil of Rose, 6 drops. “ Bergamot, 1 ounce. “ Cedrat, 2 drachms. “ Orange, 1 ounce. “ Rosemary, 1 drachm. Mix. Farina's German Cologne. (Genuine.) Fresh Sage Leaves, 6 drachms. Fresh Thyme Leaves, 6 & 4 Fresh Balm Leaves, 12 ounces. Fresh Peppermint, 12 “ Fresh Wormwood Leaves, 1 ounce. Fresh Violets, 1 “ Fresh Rose Leaves, 2 ounces. Fresh Lavender Flowers, 2 “ Fresh Orange Flowers. 4 drachms. Nutmegs, 4 & 6 Cinnamon, 4 & 6 Calamus, 4 & 6 Angelica Root, 4 & 6 Lemon Peel, 22 & © Orange Peel, 22 6 & Brandy, 4 gallons. Macerate 48 hours, distill 18 pints spirits, and add Oil of Lemon, 12 drachms. Oil of Citron, 12 & & Oil of Melissa, 12 & © Oil of Lavender, 12 & & Oil of Neroli, 4 & 6 Oil of Jasmin, 8 & 6 Oil of Bergamot, 12 ounces. Macerate three weeks, and filter. AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 133 Common Cologne. Violet Cologne. Oil Lavender, 13 ounces. Ext. Violet Pomade, third wash, 32 ounces. Oil Rosemary, # ounce. “ Jasmin, “ & © “ 32 & 6 Oil Lemon, 1 ounce. “ Cassia. “ & & “ 32 & 6 Oil Cinnamon, 20 drops. “ Rose 6 6 66 “ 32 & 6 Oil Alcohol, 1 gallon. “ Musk & 6 6 & “ 4 drachms. Mix and filter. Mix. Cologne Water. Farina Cologne No. 2. - Oil of Bergamot 8 ounces. Oil Neroli, 5 drachms. Oil Lemon, 3 & & Oil Bergamot, 1 ounce. Oil Orange, 2 & 6 Pure Alcohol, 6 pints. Oil Rosemary Flower, 1 ounce. Water, 2 pints. Oil Neroli, bigarade, 2 ounces. Mix. Oil Neroli, petit grain, 2 & & Oil Cloves, 4 drachms. Imperial Cologne. Ext. Orange Flower, 10 ounces. * Tinct. Orris Root, 4 6 & Oil Bergamot, 2 ounces. Tinct. Benzoin, 4 * * Oil Neroli, 2 drachms. Pure Spirits, 6 gallons. Oil Lavender, 2 & 4 Orange Flower, Q. S. Oil Ceylon Cinnamon, 1 drop. Mix. This is a very fine preparation, one of Ext. Jasmin, 4 ounces. the very best in use. Tinct. of Musk, 1 ounce. Otto Rose, 8 drops. Jockey Club Cologne. Ext. Millefleurs, 4 drachms. Benzoated Spirits, 8 ounces. Ext. of Jasmin Pomade, third wash, 1 gal. Soft Water, 2 pints. Ext. of Rose, 8 ozs. Cologne Spirit, 1 gallon. Ext. of Orange, 10 * * Mix. Ext. of Jockey Club, comp., 8 “ Ext. Cloves, 2 “ White Rose Cologne. Mix. .* Ext. Rose Pomade, third wash, 1 gallon. Eau de Cologne. Pine Spirits, 32 ounces. Pure Spirits, 6 gallons. Oil Rose, 2 drachms. Otto Neroli, petit grain, 2 ounces. Ext. Violet, third wash, 5 ounces. “ Neroli, petale, # ounce. Ext. Jasmin, “ & 6 2} “ “ Rosemary, 2 ounces. Ext. Musk, “ 66 2 & & “ Orange Peel, 4 6 & Tincture Camphor 12 drops. “ Lemon, 4 * * Oil Patchouly, 1 drachm. “ Bergamot, 4 66 Mix. Mix. Verbena Cologne. Geranium Rose Cologne. Pure Spirits, 96 ounces. Ext. Cassia Pomade, third wash, 32 ounces. Ext. Orange Pomade, third wash, 32 “ Pure Spirits, 4 * * Ext. Werbena, comp. 8 66 Ext. Geranium Rose, Comp., 8 “ Mix. Mix. 134 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Best Cologne Water. Oil Bergamot, 2 ounces. “ Neroli, 2 drachms. “ Jasmin, # ounce. “ Garden Lavender, 2 drachms. “ Cinnamon, 1 drop. Benzoated Tincture, 3 ounces. Tincture of Musk, # ounce. Pure Spirits, 1 gallon. Rose Water, 2 pints. Mix. Portugal Cologne. Oil of Orange Peel, 8 ounces. “ Lemon, 2 & 6 “ Bergamot, 1 ounce. “ Rose, 2 drachms. Alcohol, pure, 1 gallon. Mix. Long Branch Cologne. Oil of Bergamot, 8 ounces. “ Lemon, 3 & 6 “ Orange, 2 & 6 “ Rosemary Flowers. 1 ounce. “ Neroli, bigarade, 2 ounces. “ Petit, grain, 2 6 & “ Cloves, 4 drachms. Ext. Orange Flowers, 10 ounces. Tinct. Orris Root, 4 66 Tinct. Benzoin, 4 & © Alcohol, deodorized, 6 gallons. Orange Flower Water, sufficient. Dissolve the oils in five and one-half gallons of the aleohol, add the extracts and tincture, and lastly the orange flower water, by Small portions, until the mixture acquires a slight milky tint, that no longer disappears on shak- ing; then add the remaining alcohol, set aside for three or four weeks, and filter through paper. Orange Cologne, Bxt. of Orange Pomade, third wash, 96 ozs. Oil of Orange, Portugal, 2 “ Ext. Orange Flower, comp. 8 “ Golden Bell Cologne. Pure Spirits, 2 quarts. Oil Lemon, 5 drachms. Oil Bergamot, 4 & 6 Oil Orange, Portugal, 3} & & Oil Neroli, # drachm. Oil Neroli, petit grain, ; & 4 2 Oil Rosemary, # “ Oil Lavender, 25 drops. Oil Cloves, 3 & 6 Warm Water, 1 pint. Mix. Jasmin Cologne. Ext. Jasmin Pomade, third Wash, 96 ozs. Ext. Jasmin, Virgin, 10 “ Oil Jasmin, 3 “ Mix. POISONS AND THEIR ANTIDOTES. Poisons are substances of an animal, a vege- table, or a mineral nature, which produce effects deleterious to the animal economy, when they are taken into the stomach in certain doses; and in some instances, even when they are applied to the surface of the body. Many poisonous substances, however, are daily em- ployed as medicines, and with the best results when they are administered in proper doses, and with due precaution. Writers who profess- edly treat of poisons, have arranged the sub- stances which they regard as such, according to their effect on the animal economy. They are generally classed as Irritant-Narcotic and Narcotic-Irritants. Narcotic poisons have their operations con- fined to the brain and spinal marrow, causing headache, dizziness, sleepiness, paralysis, and occasionally lockjaw. Irritant poisons, for the most part, belong to the mineral kingdom. They produce, in ordi- nary doses, Speedy vomiting and purging, ac- companied by intense pain in the abdomen. Narcotic-Irritants, as the name implies, have a compound action. Soon after being swallowed they give rise to diarrhea and vomiting, and, sooner or later, they produce the same effect as the narcotic poisons—Stupor, paralysis, etc. They are all derived from the vegetable kingdom. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Every person ought in some measure to be acquainted with the nature and cure of poisons. They are generally’ taken unawares, and their effects are often so sudden and violent as not to admit of delay, or allow time to procure the assistance of physicians. Happily, indeed, no great degree of medical knowledge is here necessary; the remedies for most poisons being generally at hand, or easily obtained, and nothing but common prudence needful in the application of them. The Vulgar notion, that every poison is cured by some counter-poison, as a specific, has done much hurt. People believe they can do nothing for the patient unless they know the particular antidote to that kind of poison which he has taken; whereas, the cure of all poisons taken into the stomach, without exception, depends chiefly on discharging them as soon as possible. There is no case wherein the indications of cure are more obvious. Poison is seldom long in the stomach before it occasions sickness, with an inclination to vomit. This shows plainly what ought to be done. Indeed, com- mon sense dictates to every one, that if any- thing has been taken into the stomach which endangers life, it ought immediately to be dis- charged. Were this duty regarded, the danger arising from poisons might generally be avoided. The method of prevention is obvious, and the means are in the hands of every one. Poisons either belong to the animal, veget- able, or mineral kingdoms. Mineral poisons are commonly of an acrid or corrosive quality, as arsenic, cobalt, the corrosive sublimate of mercury, etc. Those of the vegetable kind are generally of a narcotic or stupefactive quality, as poppy, hemlock, henbane, berries of the deadly night- shade, etc. Arsenic is the most common of the mineral poisons; and as the whole of them are pretty similar, both in their effects and method of cure, what is said with respect to it will be applicable to every other species of corrosive poison. When a person has taken arsenic, he soon perceives a burning heat, and a violent prick- ing pain in his stomach and bowels, with an intolerable thirst, and an inclimation to vomit. The tongue and throat feel rough and dry; and if proper means be not soon administered, the patient is seized with great anxiēty, hiccough- ing, faintings, and coldness of the extremities. On the first appearance of these symptoms, give immediately from a teaspoonful to a table- spoonful (according to age) of ground mustard, and the same quantity of common salt, in half a pint or less of water, warm or cold, warm being the best, which usually makes the patient vomit almost immediately, and which may be repeated every five or ten minutes. If no mus- tard is on hand, give large quantities of new milk and salad oil, or oil and warm Water, or fresh butter melted and mixed with warm water; or if none of these are at hand, three or four grains of tobacco (a small quid) will usually operate as a ready emetic. Some of these, or other emetics, are to be taken as long as the inclination to vomit continues, or until the stomach has become entirely empty. Lest there be any remnant of the poison, however small, or its effects, left in the stomach, let the patient take a dose of the best antidote on hand; and if nothing better at hand, give the white of an egg, or a cup of strong coffee. Should there be any delay, from any cause, in administering an emetic, give immediately a dose of the best antidote you have at hand for the poison taken. It is sometimes best to give an antidote first, and then an emetic, and after thoroughly vomiting, and the stomach has become quieted, give another portion of the antidote. But above all things give an emetic as soon as possible, as life may depend on a prompt and thorough cleansing out of the stomach. Poisons-Mineral and Vegetable. Arsenic (Ratsbane).-Give an emetic ; then the White (albumen) of eggs, lime water, chalk and water, or calcined magnesia, and the pre- parations of iron, particularly hydrate. Alcohol.—Give an emetic ; then dash cold water on the head, and give ammonia (spirits of hartshorn.) Belladonna (Hembane).-Give an emetic ; then plenty of vinegar and water, or lemonade. 136 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Corrosive Sublimate.—Give a strong solution of pearlash or saleratus, if at hand; if not at hand, give the white of eggs, or wheat flour and water freely, and then give an emetic. Creosote.—Give the white of eggs, and then an emetic. Laudanum.—Same as opium, which see. Mushrooms, when poisomous.-Give an emetic ; then vinegar and water, or either, freely. Muriatic Acid.—Give an emetic ; then cal- cined magnesia, or soda and water, or Saleratus and water, or any aſkali. Nitric Acid (Aqua fortis).-Same as muriatic acid. Nitrate of Potash (Nitre-Saltpetre).-Give an emetic ; then sweet oil, or flaxseed tea, or milk and water, freely. Nitrate of Silver (Lunar Caustic).-Give a strong solution of common Salt, and then an emetic. Nua, Vomica.-Give an emetic ; then brandy. Opium.–Give an emetic ; then strong coffee and acid drinks, and dash cold water on the head. Oaxalic Acid.—Give an emetic ; then chalk or magnesia, or soap and water, freely; or these first, and then an emetic. Prussic Acid.—Give an emetic ; or first give soda and water, or Saleratus and Water, or any alkali, and then give an emetic, and pour acetate of potash and common Salt, dissolved in water, on the head and Spine. Sulphuric Acid.—Same as muriatic acid. Strychnine.—Give an emetic ; then oil, lard, or fresh butter, and gum camphor in almond mixture, or pounded and mixed with Warm Water. Tobacco.—Give an emetic ; then astringent teas, and then stimulants. For the following poisons emetics are not recommended : Snake Bite.—If the bite is on a limb, in- stantly tie a cord tightly above the part bitten, and then apply a cupping glass on the bite, and bathe it with spirits of hartshorn. Take a dose of sweet oil, drink Spirits freely, and take a tablespoonful of the juice of the tops of green hoarhound three times a day. Alkalies.—Give ginger. Ammonia.—Give lemon juice or ginger; then milk and water, or flaxseed tea. Carbonic Gas.-Remove the patient to the Open air, and dash cold water on the head and body; hold hartshorn to the nose, and at the same time rub the chest briskly. Lead, White Lead, or Sugar of Lead.—Gi". alum, castor oil, and Epsom Salts. Tartar Emetic.—Give tea made out of galls, Peruvian bark, or white oak bark, freely. Verdigris.-Give the white of eggs and water, freely. White Vitriol.—Give milk and water, freely. Nitre-Nitrate of Potassae (An Acid Mineral Poison.) Symptoms.--When taken in doses of half an ounce to an ounce, which has too frequently happened from the salt being sold by mistake for sulphate of soda, it excites nausea, vomit- ing, and hypercatharsis; bloody stools, excrucia- ting tormina of the lower bowels, the sensation of fire in the stomach, laborious respiration, cold extremities, syncope, convulsions, and sometimes death. If the patient live, he may remain paralytic. Treatment.—Empty the stomach, and dilute freely with milk and bland demulcents, opium and aromatics. Give plenty of flour and water or limseed oil. Chloride of Tin. A corrosive metallic poison. Symptoms.--An austere, metallic taste, con- striction of the gullet, impeded respiration, violent vomiting, with cramp of the stomach and excruciating colic pains, convulsions, some- times paralysis and death. Treatment.—Drink copiously of milk, which appears to decompose the chloride; then excite vomiting, by large draughts of tepid water; warm water bath; administer opiates. Chloride of Antimony. (Butter of Antimony.) This is a highly corrosive, poisonous liquid, va- rying from a light yellow to a dark red color. Symptoms.-Severe vomiting, cramps, faint- ness, purging, colicky pains, etc. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 137 Treatment.—Give plenty of strong tea, or an infusion of oak bark, elm, sloe, currant or black- berry bark or leaves. Carbonate of Lead. An astringent metallic poison. Symptoms.-Obstinate costiveness; violent colic, with retraction of the abdomen; vomit- ing; the pulse Small and hard; laborious breathing, and tremors; the gums assume a blue tinge. Treatment.—Administer cathartics, particu- larly castor oil, and Sulphate of magnesia com- bined with opium or extract of hyoscyamus ; use the warm bath, and throw up repeatedly injections of mutton broth and demulcents. The patient should dilute very freely with mu- cilaginous liquids. Some alkaline sulphate, mixed with vinegar, or some weak vegetable acid, such as lemon juice, will prove highly useful. Emetics and the stomach-pump should also be employed. When convalescent, he should live almost entirely on a milk diet. If paralysis of the limbs continue, it should be treated with Strychnia. As the symptoms produced by poisoning by lead put on one of the three forms, irritant poisoning, lead colic, and paralysis, our treat- ment must be governed accordingly. In cases of irritant poisoning, we should immediately administer dilutents holding in solution some Sulphate, as of Soda, magnesia, or potassa, so that a Sulphate of lead may be formed. Wom- iting should be excited by sulphate of zinc, tickling the throat, or the contents of the stomach may be evacuated by the stomach- pump. In lead colic, the best remedy is alum, though it is generally treated successfully by means of purgatives and opiates, with venesec- tion, leeching, etc. In lead palsy, strychnine is one of the best remedies. The action of acetate of lead, and of red oxide of lead or litharge, on the animal econo- my, is nearly the same as that of the carbonate of lead; consequently the above observations apply to all the Salts of lead, which, as I have already said, are converted into the carbonate, after being taken into the stomach. Nitrate of Silver. A corrosive, metallic poison. Symptoms.-Nearly the same as those pro- duced by corrosive sublimate ; in general, the pain of the stomach is more severe; greatly embarrassed respiration. Tests.-If the poison has been taken in solu- tion in water, it is detected by the arsenious acid mixed with ammonia, precipitating a yellow arsenite of silver. A stick of phosphorus placed in it precipitates the silver in a metallic State. Treatment.—Administer, instantly, a strong Solution of common salt, to form an insoluble chloride of silver in the stomach. Then evac- uate the stomach by an emetic, and if symp- toms of inflammation nevertheless supervene, employ tepid baths and emollient formentations and clysters. Opium. Symptoms.-Drowsiness and stupor, which are followed by delirium, pallid countenance, sigh- ing, deep and stertorous breathing, cold sweats, sleepiness, death. Treatment.—If you can not get drugs, use mustard and warm water, salt and water; after vomiting, give plenty of very strong coffee, put a mustard plaster round the calf of each leg, and if cold and sinking, give a good quan- tity of Spirits and water. Keep the patient roused till the effects have passed off, by beat- ing the soles of the feet; dash cold water in the face. Remember, if the patient goes to sleep, at this stage, it will be the sleep of death. Saliva of the Rabid Dog. Symptoms—These occur at a very uncertain interval after the bite, generally between the twentieth day and three or four months, some- times not till after several years. The first Symptoms are usually a sense of pain and un- easiness in the seat of the wound, which assumes a red and inflamed appearance— anxiety, languor, restlessness, spasms, horror, disturbed sleep, difficult respiration, and shud- dering at the slightest breath of air, Succeed, and are soon increased. Violent convulsions 138 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. affect, at times, the whole body, distorting the muscles of the face. The eyes are red and protruded, the tongue swells, and sometimes hangs out of the mouth, while there is a copi- ous Secretion of viscid saliva; there is pain in the stomach, vomiting often, of bilious fluids; difficulty, or often inability of swallowing, and a sense of horror whenever liquids are seen; glassy appearance of the eyes; death. Treatment.—The bitten part should be im- mediately cut out, and a running Sore made by caustic repeatedly applied. Even after the wound has healed, the parts should be removed by the knife, and caustic applied, making an ulcer, which should be allowed to heal by gran- ulation. Suction by the mouth should never be neglected, and bleeding should be promoted by the application of warm water. The wound should be covered for some days with a warm poultice. If convenient, exhausted cups should be applied. After hydrophobia has Supervened, no treatment will probably succeed. Fox Glove Digitalis. Symptoms.-Giddiness, impaired vision, sick- ness, hiccough, cold sweats, delirium, Syncope, convulsions, death. Treatment. — Administer cordials, brandy, whisky; apply a blister to the pit of the stomach; opium, strong coffee; keep the body in motion. Phosphorus. (Phosphorus.) A Corrosive Poison. Symptoms.-Phosphorus, taken even in moder- ate quantities, produces immediate death; and as it has been exhibited as a remedy, in this manner it may prove poisonous. The Symp- toms are violent pain of the stomach, with a hot alliaceous taste in the mouth; great excite- ment of the arterial system, and horrible con- vulsions, which are the forerunners of death. Treatment.—Dilute largely, So as to fill the stomach with liquid, by which the combustion of the phosphorus is impeded, and Vomiting induced, without increasing the irritation of the stomach. Magnesia, mixed with the fluid, neutralizes the acid. Give chalk or even whiting; or even flour, stirred in. Give no oil or fat of any description. Rattlesnake Poison. Symptoms.-Quick pulse, impeded respira- tion, sudden depression of strength in the Wounded limb extending over the whole body; convulsions; death. Treatment.—Tie a handkerchief or rope very tight above the bitten part, suction of the wound; the application of cupping-glasses; cauterization by hot irons or caustics. Ad- minister internally ammonia, olive oil, and whisky. Nux Vomica. Symptoms.-Sensation of inebriety, dizziness, twitching of the muscles of the mouth, stiff- ness of the arms and limbs, extreme difficulty of breathing with excruciating pain. Treatment.—Evacuate the stomach and bowels, and then dilute freely with vinegar and water and other acidulous drinks, cold baths, strong coffee, tannin, purgatives, spirits of camphor. Laudanum. Symptoms.-Stupor, pulse small, weak and irregular; skin warm and livid, pupils con- tracted in the early stage, Smell of opium in the breath. Treatment.—Cold affusions to the head, strong coffee, tannic acid, sulphate of zinc. Keep the patient in continual motion; flap the surface of the body with wet towels. Colchicume (Meadow Saffron.) An acro-narcotic poison, deriving its powers from colchici. Symptoms.-Sickness and vomiting, violent purging, rapid sinking of the pulse and cold sweats. Treatment. Evacuate the contents of the stomach with a tableSpoonful of mustard and water injections of hot Water, blisters to the pit of the stomach. Rub the spine briskly with a stimulating liniment. Cold applications to the head, afterwards cordial stimulants. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 139 Verdigris. Symptoms.-Colic pains, constant vomiting and purging, violent pains in the throat, with tension of the epigastrium. Indeed, all the symptoms of irritant poisoning. Treatment.—Magnesia, carbonate of soda and emetic, if necessary. Vermin Poison. Various powders for destruction of vermin, etc., contain arsenic, and are frequent Sources of poisoning. The symptoms come on about half an hour after the dose has been taken, and are: Nau- sea and burning pain in the stomach, violent vomiting, intense thirst, purging, and pain in the epigastrium, on pressure. The treatment is, to excite vomiting as much as possible by the administration of a scruple of sulphate of zinc and ipecacuanha, and plenty of warm water, and to apply the stomach pump as soon as possible. The hydrated sesquioxide of iron, given in large quantities, is also useful; and a mixture of linseed meal, castor oil and water, made to the consistency of molasses, may also 've given to protect the stomach. Tartar Emetic, Tartar emetic has been taken in mistake for Epsom Salts. Symptoms.—A livid countenance, violent pain in the stomach, spasmodic contractions of the muscles, particularly of the arms, and violent abdominal pains. Treatment.—Excite vomiting, strong tea, qui- nine, gall-nuts. Stramonium, | Symptoms.—Womiting, giddiness, delirium, sometimes furious madness, stupor, convulsions, paralysis, cold sweats, and death. Treatment.—Administer tannic acid, cold af- fusions to the head, and strong coffee. Keep the patient in continual motion, the surface of the body being flapped with wet towels. IBlue Vitriol. (Sulphate of Copper.) When taken, it causes such severe vomiting as to be an antidote to itself. When this is not effectual, then pains in the abdomen, purg- ing and convulsions take place. Treatment.—Encourage vomiting with Warm water and give milk, flour and Water, coffee, and white of egg. Muriatic Acid. A corrosive mineral poison. Symptoms.-Sensation of burning in the throat, the oesophagus, and the stomach; styptic taste in the mouth ; great thirst ; the eyes red and sparkling; the pulse very frequent and tense; the skin hot and dry; the tongue red and glazed; the lips black; vomiting of blood and yellow matter, having the pungent color of the acid; cold sweats, delirium, and death. These are also the symptoms attending poisoning by any of the mineral acids; but it is said by Orfila, that when hydrochloric acid is the poison, a thick white fume of a sharp penetrating odor, similar to that exhaled by the acid, issues from the mouth. Treatment. — Administer calcined magnesia, flax seed tea, lime and demulcent drinks; soap suds, bicarbonate of Soda. Sulphuric Acid. Symptoms.-Intense burning pain in the throat, gullet, and stomach, vomiting of coffee grounds mixed with shreds of mucus and blood. Treatment.—Lime, magnesia, bicarbonate of soda, soap suds, infusion of wood ashes, white of eggs, oil, or any mild diluent. Cantharides. Symptoms.-Nausea, vomiting and purging; the matter ejected in either case being frequently bloody and purulent, writhing colic, great heat and irritation of the bladder and urinary organs. Treatment.—Copious dilution with milk and demulcent fluids, the warm bath, opiate, fric- tions; camphor internally administered and ex- termally applied. 140 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Corrosive Sublimate. This is a corrosive metallic poison. Symptoms.—An acrid, styptic, metallic taste, with the sensation of fullness and burning in the throat; copious salivation, but not always; tearing pains of the stomach and intestines; nausea, frequent vomiting of a fluid, occasionally mixed with blood; diarrhea, convulsions and death. Treatment.—Give large quanties of white of egg, diluted in water, in repeated doses. The albumen decomposes the corrosive sublimate, and reduces it to a state of calomel, and the protoxide, which, acting on the bowels, carries itself off by purging. The poison is also reduced to calomel by a mixture of Soap and the gluten of wheat flour. The warm bath may also be em- ployed; and during convalescence the patient should subsist altogether on broths, milk and demulcent fluids. Creosote. An acrid poison. Symptoms.-It operates as a powerful topical excitant, causing inflammation of the tissue with which it comes in contact, and destroying life by the nervous sympathy it induces. Treatment.—Administer freely White of eggs, then give direct emetics. The prostration is to be counteracted by ammonia and other stimu- lants, oleaginous and mucilaginous drinks. Carbonic Acid Gas. This gas is often extricated by burning char- coal in close rooms, so as to produce suspended animation and death. As it is also very heavy, it remains in fermenting vats and beer cellars long after the liquor has been drawn off or re- moved, so as to destroy individuals who incau- tiously enter them. Symptoms.-Great drowsiness, difficult respira- tion. The features appear Swollen and the face bluish, as in cases of strangulation. Treatment.—Remove the patient into the open air, and place him on his back, with his head elevated; dash cold water over the body and inflate the lungs with common air by means of bellows, or according to the directions laid down in the article on drowning. Arsenic-Arsenious Acid. A corrosive mineral poison. Symptoms, Metallic, austere taste, constant Spitting of saliva, constriction of the pharynx and gullet, nausea and vomiting, sometimes of a brown, mucous matter, a sensation of great heat in the throat, severe pain in the stomach, severe griping and purging, difficult breathing, prostration of the strength and paralysis of the feet and hands, delirium, convulsions, bloody urine, and death. Treatment.—If vomiting does not already ex- ist as a direct effect of the poison, administer sulphate of zinc and linseed tea. When sul- phate of zinc cannot be procured, administer two teaspoonfuls of mustard in a glass of Water. Give lime water, large draughts of oil, Sugar and water, charcoal, chalk, and if a drug store is near, procure hydrated Sesquioxide of iron, and administer about one tablespoonful, adding about twenty drops of liquor ammonia to each dose, which may be often repeated. Aconite. Symptoms. –Numbness at the point of the tongue, with a sensation of burning in the throat, followed by tremors and a feeling of coldness in those parts, sickness and violent vomiting, giddiness, cold sweats, delirium, and convulsions which terminate in death. Treatment.—Administer freely acidulous fluids and cordials. Cause vomiting by administering a tablespoonful of mustard in Water, plenty of strong coffee, without milk or Sugar. Morphia. Symptoms.-Morphia in poisonous doses causes nearly the same symptoms as opium; the ace- tate and hydrochlorate, in doses of three to six grains, cause headache, Vertigo, dimness of sight, contraction of the pupils, vomiting, colic, diar- rhea succeeded by obstinate costiveness, reten- tion of urine, great itching of the skin, Sometimes accompanied with a papular eruption and pro- fuse sweats, convulsions, sometimes of a tetanic, sometimes of an epileptic, character. The acetate in particular, causes tetanic twitching, resem- AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 141 bling electric shocks. This is not a fatal symptom; but in these large doses the symptoms of this poison terminate in death. Treatment.—Strong coffee, without milk or sugar, after which produce vomiting. Mustard mixed in Warm water, or grease in warm water. Keep the body in constant motion. Cyanide of Mercury. Symptoms.-Weight and pain in the head, giddiness, nausea, quick pulse, loss of muscular power, foaming at the mouth, strong odor of bitter almonds. t Treatment.—Cold affusions to the head and spine; carbonate of ammonia internally; in- halation of chlorine gas; Small doses of chloride of lime or soda. The chemical antidote, if there is time for its administration, is the peroxide of iron. Belladonna. Symptoms.—A sense of great dryness and con. striction of the pharynx and Oesophagus; sick- ness, vertigo, dilated pupils and dimness of sight; laughter, delirium, redness and tumefac- tion of the face; convulsions. The stomach and bowels become sometimes so paralyzed, that vomiting can Scarcely be produced by the most powerful emetics; and death follows. Treatment.—Give emetics of sulphate of zinc or of copper; then evacuate the bowels by active purgatives and clysters; and follow these by large doses of vinegar and water, or other vegetable acids. The previous use of vinegar has been recommended, and it is said the emetics act with more certainty after its use; after the vomiting, strong coffee proves very efficacious. Prussic Acid. Symptoms.-If the quantity be large, death takes place instantly, but smaller quantities produce giddiness, loss of sight and fainting. The peculiar Smell is often perceptible about the mouth. Treatment.—Give ammonia and water and apply a bottle of Smelling Salts to the nose, dash cold Water on the face and give stimu- lants, as whisky, etc. Hemlock. A narcotic vegetable poison, deriving its poisonous properties from an alkaline principle called Conia. Symptoms.-Sickness, difficulty of respiration, great anxiety, vertigo, delirium, which often rises to maniacal phrensy, dilatation of the pupils, stupor, convulsion and death. Treatment.—Take twenty grains of Sulphate of zinc and two tablespoonfuls of water, and administer at once. Make your patient vomit; pour cold water on the head, give freely of vinegar and water or any other acidulous liquid. - Strychnia. Symptoms.-This is lockjaw; the body is bent backward like a bow so as to rest on the feet and head only. Treatment.—Empty the stomach by an emetic, then give linseed tea, barley water and laudanum to relieve the spasms; about thirty drops of the tincture to an adult. Give plenty of powdered charcoal suspended in water. If the spasms have set in, chloroform should be given, or large doses of chloral. Chloroform. In threatened death from chloroform, the tongue should be immediately pulled forward with hooked forceps, and the stomach forcibly pressed up; artificial respiration should be re- sorted to without delay, and galvanism; the patient should be placed in a current of cold air, and the chest and extremities flapped with a wet towel. The head, if the face is pale, should be lowered; if turgid, should be raised. Artificial respiration should be kept up for a long period, even after all appearance of life has ceased. Poisonous Insects. (Tarantula, Scorpion, Hornet, Wasp, Bee, Gnat, Gad-Fly, Sand-Fly, Etc.) In general, the sting or bite of these insects occasions only a slight degree of pain and Swelling; but occasionally the symptoms are more violent, and sickness, fever, and occasion- ally death, result in consequence. 142 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Treatment.—Ammonia and oil may be rubbed On the affected part, and a piece of rag mois- ened in the same, or in Salt and water, may be applied till the pain is removed. Small doses of spirits of ammonia may also be given internally, with warm dilutents, or wine and Water. The sting may often be removed by making pressure over it with the barrel of a Small watch key. PROMISCUOUS IFORMIUILAS. Red Precipitate. Bichloride of Mercury, 4 ounces. Water, 6 pints. Liquor Potassa, 28 ounces. Dissolve the bichloride in the water, add the liquor of potassa, wash the precipitate in dis- tilled water, and dry by a gentle heat. Aqua. Fortis (For Dyers.) Colorless Nitric Acid, Hydrochloric Acid, Mix carefully. The nitric acid should be 1.17 sp. gravity, and the hydrochloric acid 1.19. 10 pounds. 1 pound. To Pulverize Camphor. Camphor may be beaten in a mortar for some time without being reduced to powder; but if it be broken with the pestle and then sprinkled with a few drops of the Spirits of wine, it may be readily pulverized. By adding water to an alcoholic or ethereal Solution of camphor, it is precipitated under the form of an impalpable powder of exquisite whiteness, which may be collected and spontaneously dried on a filter. The addition of a minute quantity of carbonate of magnesia to the Water (Say 1 drachm for each 16 ounces of camphor) before mixing it with the camphor Solution, will prevent the powdered camphor from hardening again after drying. Test for Albumen. A solution of bichloride of mercury dropped into a fluid containing albumen, occasions a white precipitate. Tannin, or tincture of galls, gives a yellow pitchy precipitate. Tests for the Purity of Quinine. This salt is frequently adulterated with starch, magnesia, gum, sugar, etc. The first three remain undissolved when the salt is digested in spirit; the fourth is dissolved out by cold water, and the last may be detected by precip- itating the quinine by liquor of potassa, and dissolving the precipitate in boiling alcohol; cinchona crystalizes out as the solution cools, but the quinine remains in the mother liquor. Tests for the Purity of Chloroform. 1. Its specific gravity must not be less than 1.490, nor more than 1.494, and boil at 140° Fahrenheit. 2. When dropped into water, it sinks in transparent globules, without milkiness. 3. When mixed in a bottle with sulphuric acid, it produces no warmth. To Test the Strength of Opium. Take 25 grains quick-lime, made into a milk with water, boil in this 100 grains of opium and filter the solution while hot ; Saturate the filtrate with dilute hydrochloric acid, and then precipitate the morphia by the addition of liquor of ammonia, any excess of the latter being expelled by heat. Collect the the precip- itate, dry and weigh it ; the Weight in grains will represent the percentage of morphia in the simple opium tested. To Test the Purity of Opium. Macerate 100 grains of opium for 24 hours in 2 fluid ounces of Water; filter and express the residue ; then precipitate with a solution of 4 ounce carbonate of Soda in two fluid ounces cold water; gently heat the precipitate until it fuses, then cool and weigh it. It should weigh at least 10 grains; and when powdered, be entirely soluble in a Solution of Oxalic acid. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 14? Strong Ether. Ether, 3 pints. Chloride of Calcium, 1 ounce. Lime, in fine powder, 1 “ Water, 3 pints. Mix the ether and the water, and shake them Well together, and, when the water has sub- sided, separate the ether from it, and agitate it well with the chloride of calcium and the lime. After standing for twenty-four hours, de- cant the ether into a retort, with Liebig's condenser, connected with a receiver, surrounded by ice water, and distill one and one-half pints stronger ether, which should be of a specific gravity, not exceeding 728. NoTE.—The vapor of ether is very inflamma- ble, and when mixed with atmospheric air it forms a violently explosive compound. To Change the Strength of Alcohol. REDUCTION OF SPIRIT BY WATER. Rule.—Multiply the given measure by the de- gree of the weaker spirit, and divide the result by the degree of the stronger or given spirit. Eacample.—I wish to make 340 gallons of Spirits of 49 per cent., from alcohol of 85 per cent. Multiply 340 by 49 and divide the result by 85. The quotient is 196, the number of gallons of alcohol, at 85 per cent., which, with 184 gallons of Water, will make 340 gallons of spirit, of 49 proof. REDUCTION OF SPIRIT BY SPIRIT OF WEAKER STRENGTH. Rule.—Multiply the given number of parts of - the strong Spirit to be reduced, by the differ- ence of its strength and that of the new com- pound, and divide the result by the difference of the strength of the weaker spirit, and that of the new compound. The quotient will rep- resent the number of parts of weaker spirit necessary to reduce the given number of parts of stronger spirit. Example.—615 gallons of spirit, of 86 per cent. is to be reduced to 47 per cent. by spirit of 86 per cent. Multiply 615 by 39, (the dif. ference between 86 and 47), and divide the result by 11, (the difference between 36 and 47.) —º The quotient will represent the number of gal- lons of the weaker spirit necessary for the ope- ration. RAISING THE PROOF. Rule.—Multiply the number representing the quantity of spirit to be raised, by the differ- ence of its strength and that of the new com- pound; divide the product by the difference be- tween the strength of the strong spirit, and that of the new compound. The quotient will indicate the quantity of strong spirit neces- sary to raise the proof or standard of the given quantity of weaker spirit. Eacample.—420 gallons of spirit, of 46 per cent. is to be raised to 49 per cent. by spirit of 85 per cent. Multiply 420 by 3, (the differ- ence between 46 and 43), divide the result by 36, (the difference between 85 and 49), and the quotient will represent the number of gallons of the strong spirit necessary to raise the 420 gallons to 39 per cent. To Deodorize Alcohol. Alcohol, 1 gallon. Unslacked Lime, 4 drachms, Powdered Alum, 2 € 6 Sweet Spirits Nitre, T & 6 First reduce the lime to 3 very fine powder, add to it the alum, mix the two powders well together and pour them into the alcohol. Shake Well, add the Sweet nitre, and shake again. After the mixture has been kept a week, with occasional agitation, filter it through animal charcoal, When a pure deodorized alcohol will be produced. *===== WORM PREPARATIONS. Perry’s Quaker Vermifuge. Alexandria Senna, 1 pound. Pink Root, 2 pounds. White Sugar, 6 & & Alcohol, 1 pint. Carbonate Potass., 8 ounces. Santonin, 3 6 & Oil Caraway, 1} drachms. Oil Anise, 1} & & Water to make 1 gallon of Syrup. 144 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Infusion of Kousso. (Tape Worm Remedy.) 2 drachms. 4 ounces. Kousso, in powder, Boiling Water, Digest half an hour in covered vessel, and when cold drink without being strained. The patient must fast for twelve to twenty-four hours before taking the medicine. If in four to six hours the medicine has not operated, a dose of castor oil should be given. The above is the adult dose. To disguise the taste, strong coffee can be used without cream or Sugar. Vermifuge Emulsion. Oil Wormseed, # ounce. Sugar, 1 ounce. Pulverized Gum Arabic, 1 ounce. Aqua Peppermint, 10 ounces. Make emulsion. Doge.—One teaspoonful four times a day for two days, followed by a laxative; such as cas- tor oil, or Epsom Salts. Swaim’s Vermifuge. Wormseed, 2 ounces. Valerian, Pulverized, 1]. “ Rhubarb, 1]. “ Pink Root, 1, “ White Agaric, 1, “ Boil in sufficient water to yield three quarts of decoction, and add to it thirty drops oil tansy, forty-five drops oil cloves, dissolved in alcohol one quart. Mix and filter. German Worm Tea. Manna, 1 ounce Fennel Seed, A “ Senna Alex, * “ Pink Root, A “ Boiling Water, to make 1 pint. Macerate drugs with boiling Water for one or two hours, and add enough boiling Water to make equivalent to that lost by evaporation. Dose.—Teaspoonful to one-half ounce, accord- fing to age. Vermifuge. Oil of Turpentine, 2 drachms. Oil of Peppermint, 2 4 & Oil of Anise, 1 drachm. Castor Oil to make 1 pint. Mix. Dose.—One or two teaspoonfuls. Santonine Lozenges. Santonine (fine powder), # Troy ounce. Sugar, & © 18 ounces. Tragacanth, “ # ounce. Orange Flower Water, sufficient. Rub the powders together until they are thoroughly mixed, then with orange flower water a mass to be divided into four hundred and eighty troches. Color with carmine. Each lozenge contains about half a grain of Santonine. Dose.—One every three hours until three or four are taken. Vermifuge. Oil Wormseed, Oil Anise, Oil Castor, Mix and add syrup rhubarb aromatic. Shake well. Dose.--Teaspoonful night and morning for a child two years old. 6 drachms. 40 drops. 12 ounces. Aromatic Chalk Powder. Cinnamon, in powder, 4 ounces. Nutmeg, 3 & & Saffron, 3 & £ Cloves, 1} “ Cardamom Seed, 1 ounce. Sugar, 25 ounces. Prepared Chalk, 11 & 4 Mix them thoroughly, pass the powder through a fine sieve, and finally rub it lightly in a mortar. Keep it in a stoppered bottle. Dose.—10 to 60 grains. AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Dyspepsia, Tablets. Lacto-phosphate Lime, 1} drachms. & 4 6 & Magnesia, 10 grains. & & & 6 Iron, 5 & 6 Pepsin, 100 66 Sub Carb. Bismuth, 100 66 Oil Mentha Pip., 5 drops. Dose.—One or two pills. Make into 100 compressed pills. To prevent rusting of compressed pill moulds: After using, wash thoroughly with water, and dry by passing cotton through the cylinder, then fill the cylinder with absorbent cotton, and Wrap it and the base and plunger with the same material and put away. Gelatine Ice. Cox's Gelatine, 2 ounces. Water, 6 & 4 Glycerine, 14 & © Oil of Bergamot, 20 drops. Oil of Cloves, 10 “ Oil of Bitter Almonds, 5 “ Warm the glycerine and add it to the gela- tine previously dissolved in water by means of water bath. Boil down to one pint; while cool- ing add the essential oils and pour into moulds. The above is a beautiful article. Cough Candy. Fluid Ext. of Seneka, 4 fl. drachms & & Squills, 12 fl. & 6 & & Ipecac, 2 fl. 66 Tinct. of Tolu, 2 fl. 66 “ Opium, camphorated, 8 fl. 66 Oil of Anise Seed, 5 drops. “ Wintergreen, 8 * * “ Sassafras, 15 “ Sugar, 12 pounds Mix the liquid ingredients together, and give them, with the Sugar, to a confectioner, to be made into tablets or lozenges. This is a really fine article. *. t; Chlorodyne. Sulph. of Morphia, 15 grains. Chloroform, 1 ounce. Alcohol, stronger, 2 ounces. Fluid Extract Cannabis Indica, 1 ounce. Glycerine, 2 ounces. Hydrocyanic Acid, diluted, 15 minims. Essence Peppermint, 15 & & Mix the liquids and dissolve the morphia in the mixture. Dose.—Ten drops in water. Dalby’s Carminative. Carb. Magnesia, 6 ounces. Carb. Potassium, 2 drachms. Sugar, 1 pound. Laudanum, 3 ounces. Water, 5 pints. Oil Caraway, 10 drops. Oil Fennel, 10 “ Oil Peppermint, 10 “ Brandy, 4 ounces. Prepared Chalk, 2 ounces. Mix. Strength, one grain of opium to the ounce Improved Styptic. Collodion, 100 parts Carbolic Acid, 10 * * Tannin, 5 * * Benzoic Acid, from the gum, 5 “ Mix the ingredients in the order above Written until perfect solution is effected. This preparation has a brown color, and leaves, on evaporation, a strongly adherent pellicle. It instantly coagulates blood, forming a consistent clot, and a wound rapidly cicatrises under its protection. Composition Powder. Bayberry Root Bark, 3 pounds. Ginger, 14 pounds. Capsicum, 8 ounces. Cloves, 8 ounces. Mix. 10 146 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Camphor Iee and Glycerine. White Wax, 7% ounces. Spermaceti, 7} © & Pulverized Camphor, 10 & 6 Pure Tallow, 28 & 6 Olive Oil, 2} & 6 Głyeerine, 8 66 Melt the white wax, spermaceti and tallow together; while warm dissolve the camphor in the mixture. Finally add the olive oil and glycerine. Stir, and pour into moulds. Glycerate Tar. Pine Tar, pure, 1 ounce. Carbonate Magnesia, 1 ounce. Glycerine, 4 ounces. Alcohol, 2 “ Aqua, 10 “ Mix. Dissolve tar in alcohol. Reduce magnesia to powder and add tar and alcohol to magnesia. Triturate thoroughly ; add glycerine and water to make one pint, and filter. Clark’s Blood Mixture. Iodide of Potassium, 64 grains. Chloric Ether, 4 drachms. Liquor Potassa, 30 drops. Water, 7% ounces. Burnt Sugar, sufficient to color. Mix. The chloric ether here mentioned is made by dissolving one part, by volume, of chloroform, in nineteen parts, by Volume, of alcohol. Locock’s Pulmonic Wafers. Lump Sugar, 2 pounds. Starch, 2 6 & Powdered Gum Arabic, 1 pound. Make into a lozenge mass, with vinegar of squills, oxymel of Squills, and wine of ipecac, equal parts, gently evaporated to one-sixth of their weight, with the addition of from four to five ounces of lactucarium. Divide the mass into half-inch Squares, weighing about seven grains and a half each when dry. Chapman's Copaiba Mixture. Copaiba, 4 drachms. Sweet Spirit of Nitre, 4 & 4 Powdered Gum Arabic, 1 drachm. Powdered Sugar, 1 & 6 Comp. Spirit of Lavender, 2 drachms. Tincture of Opium, 1 drachm. Distilled Water, 4 ounces. Mix. Dose.—A tablespoonful, three times a day. Whaley’s Dyspepsia, Cure. Nitric Acid, diluted, 80 drops. Fluid Extract of Conium, 2 drachms. Syrup of Orange Peel, 2 & 6 Fluid Extract of Rhei, # ounce. Tincture of Colombo, 5 ounces. Mix. Dose.—A tablespoonful in water, three times a day, before meals. Langdon’s Diarrhea, Mixture. Tincture of Camphor, 2 drachms. Tincture of Capsicum, 1 drachm. Spirits of Lavender Comp., 2 drachms. Tincture of Opium, 2 6 & Mix. Dose.—Twenty-five drops in a little sugared water, after each operation. Rheumatism Application. Oil of Hemlock, 2 Oil of Horse-radish, 2 Oil of Celery, 2 66 Oil of Pennyroyal, 2 66 Oil of Sassafras, Alcohol, to make OUIſlC68. 66 2 66 1 gallon. Mix. The above is a powerful external ap- plication in Sciatica, rheumatism, neuralgia, etc., and is the preparation sold by a party to physicians throughout the west. AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 147 Pain Expeller. Tincture of Capsicum, 25 drachms. Tincture of Camphor, 5 6 & Aqua Ammonia, 10 & 6 Alcohol, º 10 & 6 Opodel.doc, 10 6 & Mix. Erysipelas Wash. Sugar of Lead, 2 drachms. Plaster Paris, 2 & 4 Tincture of Opium, 2 ounces. Tincture of Catechu, 2 & 4 Water, 12 66 Mix and apply. Cod Liver Oil with Quinine. Sulphate of Quinine, 60 grains. Pure Oleic Acid, 1 ounce. Cod Liver Oil, 31 fluid ounces. Diluted Sulph. Acid, q. s. Distilled Water, Q. S. Ammonia, Q. S. Suspend the quinine in four ounces of water, dissolve by the careful addition of sulphuric acid, and precipitate with ammonia. Wash the precipitated alkaloid dry, and dissolve it in the oleic acid by the aid of a gentle heat. When solution is effected, add the cod liver oil. The product should measure thirty-two fluid ounces, and contains two grains of the oleate of qui- nine in each fluid ounce. To Improve Coal Oil Light. Add one-eighth to one-fourth amount of com- mon salt. Makes light more brilliant, prevents smok- ing and keeps wick clean. Artificial Venice Turpentine. Resin, Turpentine, Melt the Resin, remove from the fire and add turpentine. } Equal parts, Mixture of Licorice, Comp. Solution of Ext. of Licorice, 1 fl. ounce. Simple Syrup, 5 fl. drachms. Mucilage of Gum Arabic, 11 * * 6 & Water, a suffi’t quant’y to make 12; fl. ounces. Campho’d Tinct. of Opium, 2 fl. ounces. Wine of Antimony, 1 fl. Ounce. Spirits of Nitrous Ether, # fl. Ounce. Mix. Allcock’s Porous Plaster. India-rubber, 1 pound. Pitch, 8 ounces. Gum Thus, 8 & 4 Cayenne Pepper, 30 grains. The last ingredient is to be added to the others previously melted. The mass is spread on muslin or linen perforated with small holes, allowing vent for perspiration and affording increased flexibility. Morgan’s Elastic Plaster. Take thin sheet-rubber and apply to it a coating of Boyton's plaster, namely, lead- plaster, 94 parts, resin, 6 parts. This plaster has the advantage of accomoda- ting itself to all movements of the muscles without curling up or becoming stiff, and has been used with good advantage as a dressing to Sores and wounds. Belfast Ginger Ale Powder. Powdered White Sugar, 16 ounces. & & Bicarbonate of Soda, 3} & © & 4 Citric Acid, 4} & 6 Concentrated Essence of Ginger, 1} & 6 & 6 & & Cayenne, 4 drachms. & & & & Lemon, 40 drops. Dry the Soda, acid and the sugar very care- fully; before drying the sugar, incorporate with it the essences thoroughly, to which a small quantity of caramel may be added as coloring. 148 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Owen’s Compound Extract Buchu. Bachu Leaves, in coarse powder, 12 ounces. Uva Ursi, 66 6 & 66 4 “ Alcohol, 3 pints. Water, 6 “ Treat the leaves by maceration and displace- ment, first with a portion of the alcohol, and then with the remainder mixed with the water; evaporate the resulting liquid by a gentle heat to three pints, and to this add— Sugar, 2} pounds. Continue the heat till the sugar is dissolved, and after removing from the fire, add— Oil of Cubebs, 1 fluid drachm. Oil of Juniper, 1 “ & & Spirits of Nitric Ether, 12 “ ounces. Previously mixed with a portion of the alcohol, mix the whole together, and shake well. Dose.—Teaspoonful. Sweet Tincture of Rhubarb. Rhubarb, bruised, 2 ounces. Licorice Root, “ 2 “ Anise Seed, “ 1 ounce. & & Sugar, 1 Alcohol, diluted, 2 pints. Macerate fourteen days, express and filter. Dose.—Teaspoonful to tablespoonful. Colorless Tincture of Iodine. Tincture of Iodine, 14 ounces. Glycerine, 6 6 & Hyposulphite of Soda, 1}. “ Dissolve the hyposulphite of Soda in the gly- cerine, and triturate with the tincture of Iodine. Allow to stand a few hours, and filter. External application. Deshler’s Salve. Resin, 12 ounces. Suet, 12 “ Yellow Wax, 12 “ Turpentine, 6 “ Flax Seed Oil, 7 “ Melt them together, strain the mixture through muslin, and stir it constantly until cold. Petit’s Eye Salve. White Precipitate, 3 ounces. Oxide of Zinc, 4 “ Benzoic Acid, 2 drachms. Sulph. Morphia, 48 grains. Oil Rosemary, 20 drops. Olive Oil, 2 pounds. Spermaceti, 12 ounces. White Wax, 4 ounces. Melt the spermaceti, white wax and olive oil together; rub the white precipitate, the oxide of zinc, benzoic acid and sulph. morphia with a portion of the warm mixture; add together, and finally add the oil of rosemary. Stir till cold. This is a splendid article. Glycerine Cream. Spermaceti, 2 ounces. White Wax, 6 drachms. Oil of Almonds, 8 ounces. Melt, strain and perfume, then add glycerine two ounces. Rub in mortar till white. Bateman’s Drops. Diluted Alcohol, 1 gallon. Red Saunders, rasped, # ounce. Digest for twenty-four hours, and add: Opium, in powder, # ounce. Catechu, in powder, # “ Camphor, 4 “ Oil Anise, 1 drachm. Digest ten days, then filter. This prepara- tion contains about one grain each of opium, catechu, and camphor, to the half ounce, cor- responding in strength with camphorated tinc- ture of opium. Turlington’s Balsam of Life. Alcohol, 4 pints. Benzoin. 6 ounces. Liquid Storax, 2 & 4 Socotrine Aloes, # ounce. Peruvian Balsam, 1 & 4 Myrrh, # & 4 Angelica, 3 drachms. Balsam Tolu, 2 ounces. Extract of Licorice, 3 66 Digest for ten days, and strain. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 149 Improved Citrate of Magnesia. Carbonate of Soda, 4% ounces. Acid Tartaric, 3 ounces and 3 drachms. Syrup of Lemon, 12 ounces. Soda Bicarbonate, 30 grains to each bottle. Dissolve the carbonate of soda in aqua two pints, in one vessel, and in another dissolve tartaric acid in one pint of water; when effer- vescence ceases, add together. When efferves- cence ceases the Second time, add eight ounces to each bottle of the solution; then add two ounces of the Syrup of lemon and thirty grains of the bicarbonate of soda ; cork immediately. The above will make one dozen bottles. Extract of Malt and Colts-Foot. Colts-foot Leaves, 3 ounces. Spotted Lungwort, 3 “ Licorice, 2 “ Alcohol, Diluted, Q. S. Stoned Raisins, 1 pound. Extract of Malt to make, 3 gallons. Macerate the drugs and stoned raisins for three days in diluted alcohol, then transfer to a percolator, and obtain one pint of percolate, then add the extract of malt. Mix. Dose.—One tablespoonful to half wineglass of Water. French Cold Cream. A French pharmaceutical contemporary gives the following formula for the preparation of this cosmetic, which is said to be an exact im- itation in its properties of a product of un- known composition, highly esteemed : Quince Mucilage, 20 ounces. Almond Soap, # ounce. Stearic Acid, 5 ounces. Glycerine, 1 ounce. It is stated that this preparation is not liable to become rancid, which is a serious drawback With many inferior preparations given in our text-books. Oil Stone. Uil of Seneka, 1 pint. Spirits of Turpentine, 8 pints. Barbadoes Tar, 1 pint. Mix. Thielemann’s Sweedish Cholera, Mixture, Oil of Peppermint, 4 drachms. Alcohol, 4 ounces. & © Wine of Opium and Saffron, 1} Tincture of Ipecac, 4 Tincture of Walerian, 6 Dissolve oil in alcohol, add wines and tino- tures, and filter. Dose.—One-half to teaspoonful. & 6 66 Guaiac Mixture. Guaiac Resin, 3 drachms. White Sugar, 4 & & Gum Arabic, 2 Cinnamon Water, to make 1 pint. & & Triturate guaiac and Sugar together, add gum, and lastly gradually add cinnamon water. Milburn’s Mixture. Precipitate Prep. Chalk, 2 drachms. Loaf Sugar, 2 6 & Powdered Gum Arabic, 2 & & Mint Water (green preferred), 4} ounces. Laudanum, 10 drops. Spirits of Lavender, Comp., 2 drachms. Simple Syrup, 14 ounces. Tincture Kino, 1 ounce. Mix. Useful in loose bowels of children, and can be given to them after each alvine evacuation, regardless of number. Dose.—From half to a tablespoonful. Shake well before using. Compound Powder Catechu. Catechu, powdered, 1 ounce. Kino, 6 & 4 drachms. Rhatany, © & 4 6 & Cinnamon, “ 3 & 6 Nutmeg, 66 2 & Cº. Camphor, 66 1 drachm. Gum Arabic, “ 6 drachms. Mix. Useful in diarrhea, etc. Dose.—Five to ten grains. 150 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Elixir Benzoin Comp. Pułyerized Squill, 3 ounces. “ Orris, 3 6 & 66 Elecampane, 3 & 4 6 & Benzoin, 120 grains. G & Licorice, 80 6 & & & Anise Seed, 80 & 6 & 6 Myrrh, 80 & 6 6 & Saffron, 18 66 Diluted Alcohol, G. S. Simple Elixir q. S., to make, 1 pint. Macerate drugs with diluted alcohol till eight ounces of percolate is obtained, then add elixir and filter. Use in catarrh and asthma. Doge.—One teaspoonful. Carter’s Citrus Canadensis. Fluid Ext. of Blood Root, 8 ounces. 6 & “ Lobelia, 6 & 6 & & “ Licorice, 8 “ . Tr. Opii, 24 66 Oil of Lemon, 2 66 Alcohol, 30 & 6 Tr. Capsicum, 6 & 6 . New Orleans Syrup, 5 gallons. Add the whites of five eggs to syrup, and bring to a boil; cut oil of lemon with alcohol, and add ingredients. Toothache Drops. Chloroform, 3 ounces. Creosote, 1 ounce. Sul. Morphia, # drachm. Mix the morphia with the creosote, let stand until solution is clear, then add the chloroform. Compound Fluid Extract Buchu. Fluid Ext. Dandelion, 8 ounces. & 6 Buchu, 4 £ 6 & 6 Juniper Berries, 3 & 6 & 6 Pareira Brava, 2 6 & 6 & Stone Root, 2 66 Acetate Potash, 2 6 & Mix. Dose.—One-half to one teaspoonful. For diseases of the urinary and genital organs. Lord’s Chalk Mixture. Tincture Kino, 1 ounce. Tincture Camp. Opium, 1 & 4 Tincture Catechu, 1 drachm. Tincture Opium, 1 & 4 Spts. Lavender Comp., 4 ounce. Syrup, Simple, 3. “ Prepared Chalk, 1} ounces. Mucilage Acacia, 3 66 Mix. Dose.—Tea to tablespoonful. McKinzie’s Ointment. * Powd. Sulph. of Zinc, 4 ounces. Liquid Storax, 1 ounce. Lard, 16 punces. Mix, by means of heat and trituration, over a water bath about an hour. A useful application for tetter and scald-head. Apply night and morning, first Washing the spot with castile soap and Warm Water. Celery Compound. Celery Seed, 384 grains. Catnip Herb, 640 “ Chamomile, German, 384 “ Alcohol diluted, sufficient. Simple Elixir to make 1 pint. * Percolate drugs with diluted alcohol till four ounces are obtained, then add elixir and filter. Each fluid drachm contains three grains each of celery and chamomile, and five grains of catnip herb. Dose.—For children teething, from ten to sixty drops, according to age. Liquid Pancreatin. Pancreatine, 384 grains. Water, 5 ounces. Glycerine, 8 ounces. Dissolve and filter. Headache Liniment. Ne Compound Soap Liniment, 2 ounces. Chloroform, 1 ounce. Aqua Ammonia, # ounce. Mix. AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 151 Improved Itch Ointment. Waseline or Lard, 12} ounces. Flowers Sulphur, 2 & 4 Bicarbonate Potass., 1 ounce. Oil Bitter Almonds, 1 drachm. Milk and Lime Water. Lime Water, 3 ounces. Sweet Milk, 6 ounces. Table Salt, 10 grains. Mix. Dose.--A wineglassful two or three times a day. * This is a valuable remedy in gastric irrita- bility, dyspepsia, and even cholera. It is also a digestible and nourishing food suitable for almost any invalid. Hunter’s Red Drops. Corrosive Sublimate, 10 grains. Muriatic Acid, 12 drops or q. s. Triturate in glass mortar, and add gradually spirits of lavender comp. One ounce. Mix. Dose.—Five to twenty drops in wine, or spirits and water. A powerful alterative in Syphilitic diseases. Mustard Oil Liniment Crude Mustard Seed Oil, 16 ounces. Ethereal Oil of Mustard, 30 to 40 drops. Aqua Ammonia, 4 ounces or q. s. To form into a mixture of a soapy con- sistency. Mix and bottle in broad mouthed vials. Styptic Collodion. The Chemist and Druggist, London, says, that the following will instantly coagulate blood, forming a consistent clot, under which wounds will readily heal: Collodion, 100 parts Carbolic Acid, 10 “ Tannic Acid, 5 “ Benzoic Acid, 5 “ Mix the ingredients in the above order. Basham Mixtures—No. 1. Muriate Tincture of Iron, 6 drachms. Acetic Acid, dil., 1 ounce. Solution Acetate of Ammonia, 7 ounces. Simple Elixir, 4 “ Water, to make 1 pint. Dose.—One tablespoonful after each meal. No. 2. Muriate Tinct. Iron, # ounce. Acid Phos. dil., 6 drachms. Simple Elixir, 5 ounces. Syr. q. S. ad., 12 $6 Dose.—Tablespoonful after each meal. No. 3, Pulv. Sulph. Iron Exsic., & ounce. Pure Carbonate Potass., & “ Syrup, Q- 8. Mix, and make ninety-six pills. Local Application in Irritable and Inflamed Piles. A writer in Braithwaite's Retrospect has the following: During the past few months I have given a somewhat extended trial to the new ex- tract of Hamamelis Virginica, called Hazetine. As a local application in irritable and inflamed piles, situated at the margin of the amus, where the remedy can be readily applied, I have never met its equal. In most of the cases submitted to the treatment, the relief was immediate and permanent. My plan has been to have the part bathed three or four times a day, and a piece of lint dipped in it, kept applied to the anus during the intervals. All urgent symp- toms have passed away in from twelve to twenty-four hours. Cough Mixture in Consumption. Mist. Glycyrrhiza, Com., 4 ounces. Syr. Prunus Virg., 2 “ Sulph. Quinine, 32 grains. Sulph. Morphia, 2 “ Elixir Taraxicum, Com., 2 ounces. Mix. Dose.—Dessertspoonful every four hours. 152 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Aphrodisiac Pill. Quinine, 1 grain. Ext. Damiana, Solid, 3 grains. Ext. Nux Womica, Solid, # grain. Phosphorus, 1-14.0 “ Make 1 pill. Catarrh Remedy. (Said to be Sage's.) Powdered Hydrastis Canadensis, 5 drachms. Indigo, # drachm. Powdered Camphor, 2 drachms. Carbolic Acid, 2 & 4 Common Salt, 50 66 Powder the camphor by means of alcohol, and mix with the salt previously reduced to a fine powder. Rub the indigo and carbolic acid together, mix with the salt and camphor, and add the powdered hydrastis. Mix intimately without pressure in a mortar. For Boils and Carbuncles. Tinct. Iodine, 2 drachms. Tinct. Aconite, 1 drachm. Aqua, 1 66 Mix. Apply four times a day. Night Sweats. Fluid Extract of Belladonna, 1 ounce. Whisky or Brandy, 1 “ Mix. Sponge the body on going to bed. Palpitation of the Heart. Tincture of Belladonna, 20 drops. Tincture of Nux Womica, 10 “ Aqua Camphor, 1 Ounce. Mix. Dose.—Teaspoonful in water four times a day. Gleet. Sulphate of Copper, 20 grains. Sulphate of Morphia, 10 “ Aqua, q. B. ad., 8 ounces. Use as an injection three or four times a day. Ring Worm. Thymol, 1 to 2 parts. Chloroform, 8 “ Olive Oil, 24 Mix. The thymol destroys the fungus. The oil prevents irritation and rapid evaporation, while the chloroform facilitates the absorption of the active ingredients by acting on the Seba- ceous glands. 6 (; White Copaiba Mixture. Copaiba Mixture, 1 ounce. Syr. of Gum Acacia, 3 ounces. Powdered Gum “ # ounce. Bromide of Potash, 1 ounce. Oil of Terebinth, 25 drops. Aqua, q. S. ad., 8 ounces. Mix. Cubeb Mixture. Oleoresin of Cubebs, 1 ounce. Bromide of Potass., 1 “ Syrup of Gum, 2 ounces. Oil of Sassafras, 10 drops. Aqua, q. S. ad., 6 ounces. Mix. Bitter Mixture of Potassium Iodide. Iodide Potassium, 1 drachm. Tincture Quassia, # ounce. Syrup, # “ Dose.—One teaspoonful. Emulsion of Turpentine Oil. Oil of Turpentine, 4 drachms. Powdered Gum Acacia, 2 & 6 Syrup, 2 & & Water, to make 2 ounces. Mix the powder with the oil; add one-half ounce of water, and stir till the emulsion is formed, then add the remainder of the water and Syrup. Oil of Turpentine is considered one of the most troublesome bodies to emulsify; prepared by this form there is no difficulty. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 153 Meig’s Mixture of Gentian and Iron. Citrate of Iron and Ammonia, 1 part Fluid Extract of Gentian, 3. “ Compound Spirits of Lavender, 8 parts. Alcohol, 4 6 & Sugar, 12 & & Water, sufficient to make 64 & 6 Mix the fluid extract with eight parts of water; add the compound spirits of lavender, treat this with hydrated oxide of iron, and filter; mix the other ingredients with the filtrate and repeat the filtration if necessary. Astringent Acid Mixture. Aromatic Sulphuric Acid, 40 minims. Extract Logwood, 1 drachm. Tincture Opium, Camphorated, 4 drachms. Syrup Ginger, q. S., to make 1 ounce. Acute Bronchitis. Wini Ipecacuanhae, dr. ij. Liq. Potassii Citratis, OZ. iv. Tinct. Opii Camphorate, dr. ii. Syrupi Acacia, aa. Oz. j. Mix. Dose.—A tablespoonful thrice daily in the first stage of ordinary acute Bronchitis. This union of the sedative effects of opium With the excito-Secretory action of the ipeca- cuanhãe on the congested mucous membrane has been found very serviceable. Pain Killer. Powdered Guaiac, 20 pounds. Gum Camphor, 2 & 4 Powdered Cayenne Pepper, 6 66 Water of Ammonia, 1 pound. Opium, powdered, # “ Alcohol, 82 gallons. Macerate for two weeks, press and filter. Suppositories of Chloral. Cacoa. Butter, 165 grains. White Wax, 105 “ Chloral Hydrate, 90 “ Divide into six suppositories. Day's Kidney Pad. Digitalis Leaves, 2 ounces. Black Cohosh, 1} & 4 Juniper Berries, 1 ounce. Queen of the Meadow, 1 & © Gum Guaiac, 1 & 6 Gum Benzoin, 1 & 6 Oil of Juniper, 14 ounces. Grind the drugs to a moderately fine pow- der, add the oil and gums. Make an oblong pad to wear over kidneys. Gurlmette’s Head Pad. Angelica Root, 1 ounce. Ladies' Slipper, 1 “ Lupulin, 1 “ Battle's Bromidia, 1 drachm. Fluid Ext. Jamaica Dogwood, 1 é & Oil of Eucalyptus, 4 drachms. Grind the drugs to a moderately fine powder; Tnake into an oblong pad, put the pad on a roller of oil silk. Wear the pad over the center of the fore- head. In Asthmatic Paroxysm. Tinct. Lobelia, Oz. j. Ammon. Iodidi, dr. ij. Ammon. Bromidi, dr. iij. Syr. Tolutan, OZ. iiij. Mix. Dose.—A teaspoonful every one, two, three, or four hours. Of this prescription Dr. Bartholow says: “It gives relief in a few minutes, and sometimes the relief is permanent.” Simmons’ Liver Regulator. (Said to be.) Liverwort, 1 ounce. Leptandra, 1 “ Serpentaria, 1 “ Senna, 1} ounces. Water, 2} pints. Whisky, •r- # pint. Bring the water to a boil and pour over the drugs; let stand one day; strain and add the whisky. 154 AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Liver Pad. Mandrake Root, # ounce. Bayberry Bark, 2 drachms. Leptandria Root, # ounce. Cinchona, Bark, 1 66 Gum Guaiac, powder, 1 66 Foenugreek, l, & & 4 Oil Eucalyptus, 2 drachms. Grind the drugs, mix with the guaiac, add the oil. Make into a diamond-shaped pad, to be worn over the pit of the stomach. Should be worn for several weeks. The above is similar to Holman's Liver Pad. Cuticura Resolvent. (Said to be.) Aloes, Soct., 1 drachm. Rhubarb, powdered, 1 ( & Iodide Potass., 36 grains. Whisky, 1 pint. Macerate over night, and filter. Compound for Cleaning Gloves. Eau de Javelle (solution of Chlornate of Soda). 8} ounces. Ammonia, # ounce. Powdered Soap, 12; ources. Water, 9} “ Make a soft paste, and use with a flannel. Navy Glove Cleanser. Benzine deodorized, 1 gallon. Chloroform, 1 ounce. Ether, Sulph., 1 “ Alcohol, 2 ounces. Oil of Cologne, 1 ounce. Mix. Very inflammable; use with caution. Catarrh Snuff. Calomel, 1 drachm. Camphor, pulverized, 1 & 4 Acacia, 2 drachms. Poisonous Solutions for Dispensing. George W. Sloan reports that from his own experience, “solutions of alkaloid salts made With distilled water, carefully filtered, kept in Well stoppered bottles, in a dark closet of an an equable temperature, do keep well for long periods.” He appends a list of solutions which he keeps on hand in his own practice, viz: Article. Solvent. Amount. Chloral Hydrate, Water, 3. i. in fl. 3 i. Corrosive Sub., Alcohol, gr. i. in fl. 3 i. Zinc Chloride, Water, gr. ij in fl. 3 i. Atropia Sulp., Water, gr. i. in fl. 3 i. Dubomisin, Water, gr. i. in. fl. 3 i. Eserine Sulphate, Water, gr. i. in. fl. 3 i. Strychnia Suph. } #.s Water, Water, | gr. i. in. fl. 3 i. 3 i. in fl. 3 i. 3 i. in fl. 3 i. Calcium Bromide, Zinc Bromide, Toothache Jelly. Carbolic Acid, crystalized, } ounce. Collodion, 3. “ Melt the carbolic acid by placing bottle in hot water; then add the collodion. For use, place a little cotton or wool in the tooth, previously Saturated in the jelly, care being taken to prevent the cotton or wool from coming in contact with the cheek. Seltzer Aperient. Rochelle Salts, 39 ounces. Bicarbonate Soda, 20 “ Tartaric Acid, 18 66 Sulphate Magnesia, 11 “ Dry each separately at a heat not to exceed 120° Fahrenheit; powder and pass through a sieve. Mix thoroughly and bottle. Sandal Wood Emulsion. Oil Sandal Wood, 5 drachms. Copaiba Balsam, 25 &&. Gum Tragacanth, pulv., 3 66 Gum Acacia, pulv., 2 &G Sugar, 13 &ſº Oil Wintergreen, 2 66 Aqua, q. S., to make 27} ounces. Mix. Dose.—Teaspoonful three times a day. The above gives one drop of the oil of sandal wood, and five drops of the balsam of copaiba in each teaspoonful. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 155 Red Wash. Sugar of Lead, 1 drachm. Sulphate of Zinc, 3 drachms. Fluid Ext. of Rhatany, 4 & 6 Fluid Ext. of Hydrastis, 4 ounces. Fluid Ext. Gold Thread, 4 “ Aq. Ext. of Opium, 6 drachms. Water, to make 2 pints. Mix. Inject a portion three times a day. • Elixir Antacid Compound. Bicarbonate Soda, Infusion Gentian, 4 66 Aqua Peppermint, 4 6& Tinct. Cardamom, Comp., 3 ounce. Simple Elixir, to make 1 pint. Mix and filter. Dose.—Tea to tablespoonful as an antacid corrective in indigestion. 1% ounces. Elixir of Quinquinia. Oil of Orange, 8 drops. Oil of Cinnamon, Ceylon, 2 “ Alcohol, 4 ounces. Simple Syrup, 6 “ Water, to make 16 “ Quinquinia, 128 grains. Citric Acid, 90 “ Make a solution of the citric acid in two ounces of the water, in which dissolve the quin- quinia; then add the syrup with the oil, the latter previously mixed with the alcohol. Finally add water until the whole measures 16 fluid ounces, then filter. Granulated Citrate of Magnesia. Acid Citric, powdered, Magnesia Calcined, Soda Bicarb., Acid Tart., Pulv. Sacc. Alb., Ol. Lemons, # drachm. Alcohol, Q. S. To the powdered citric acid add the sugar and mix thoroughly, then add the soda, magnesia and tartaric acid; pass the whole through a 4 pounds. l 66 4. ($6 & : No. 4 sieve to insure it being thoroughly mixed; moisten the powder with strong alcohol, and pass through a No. 8 sieve, and place it on a wooden tray in a warm room to dry; then add the oil of lemon and bottle instantly. It usually takes twenty-four hours and a temperature of 120° Fr. to dry the salt perfectly. This prep- aration requires careful and skillful manipula- tion to insure good results. Local Anodyne. Elastic Collodion, Muriate Morphia, 1 ounce. 15 grains. Dissolve salt in Collodion. Spread with a Camel's hair brush over the parts, and place oil silk over the spot. Iodized Collodion. Iodine, Collodion, Mix. 1} drachms. 8 ounces. *Sun” Cholera, Mixture. Tincture of Opium, 2 ounces. Tincture of Camphor, 2 “ Tincture of Capsicum, 2 “ Tincture of Rhubarb, 2. “ Tincture of Peppermint, 2 “ Mix. Dose.—A teaspoonful in water after each evacuation of the bowels. Perry’s Compound Sarsaparilla Blood Purifier. Turkey Corn Root, 2 pounds. Stillingia £ 6 2 & © Sarsaparilla, “ 2 é & Yellow Dock “ 2 6 & Sassafras Bark, 1 pound. Simple Syrup, 2 gallons. Diluted Alcohol, 32 pints. Water, Q. S. Iodide Potassa, 2 pounds. Percolate roots and bark with diluted alco- hol, add syrup, then add Iodide Potass. Dissolve in water to make six gallons. 156 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INForMATION. Compound Licorice Powder. (German Brustpulver.) Powdered Senna, 2 ounces. Powdered Licorice Root, 2 ounces. Powdered Fennel Seed, 1 ounce. Washed Sulphur, 1 ounce. Powdered Sugar, 6 ounces. Mix them. Gowland’s Freckle Lotion. Sweet Almonds, (blanched) 1 ounce. Bitter Almonds 6 & # ounce. Corrosive Sublimate, 15 grains. Alcohol, 2} drachms. Water to make 1 pint. Make an emulsion of the almonds with the water, and strain, add the mercurial Salt dis- solved in the spirit; lastly add water to make the whole measure one pint. Iodia. Fluid Extract Stillingia, 3 ounces. Fluid Extract Prickly Ash, 1 ounce. Fluid Extract Saxifraga, * “ Fluid Extract Yellow Parilla, # “ Fluid Extract Blue Flag, , “ Iodide of Potassium, 256 grains. Pyrophosphate of Iron, 256 grains. Phosphoric Acid, diluted, # ounce. Dissolve the iodide of potassium in the mixture and the iron in two ounces of hot water, add the Solution gradually and lastly add the phosphoric acid. Let stand 24 hours and filter. Godfrey’s Cordial. Tinct. of Opium, 6 ounces. Molasses, 4 pints. Alcohol, 8 ounces. Water, 6% pints. Carbonate of Potassium, 5 drachms. Oil of Sassafras, 1 drachm. Dissolve the potassium in the water, add the molasses, heat over a gentle fire till it simmers; remove the Scum, add the other ingredients. Chlorodyne. Purified Chloroform, 4 fluid ounces. Stronger Ether, 1 “ ounce. Stronger Alcohol, 4 “ ounces. Molasses, 4 “ 66 Powdered Ext. Licorice, 2} Troy “ Muriate of Morphia, 8 grains. Oil of Peppermint, 16 minims. Simple Syrup, 17; fluid ounces. Hydrocyanic Acid, 2 per cent., 2 fluid ounces. Dissolve the morphia and the oil of pepper- mint in the Alcohol. Mix the chloroform and Ether with this solution. Mix the licorice With the syrup and add the molasses. Shake these two mixtures well together, and lastly add the hydrocyanic acid and again shake. Dose.—Five to ten minims. Churchill’s Iodine Caustic. Iodine, 1 drachm. Iodide of Potassium, 2 drachms. Water, * Ounce. Mix. Diaphoretic Powder. OUID.CéS. & 6 Bayberry Bark, powdered, Pleurisy Root, 6 & Wild Ginger, 66 Ginger, € 6 Sassafras Bark, 66 Lady's Slipper, 66 Capsicum, Cloves, Mix. A heaping teaspoonful to a pint of boiling water, well sweetened, and drink freely, or the above can be made into fluid form, as is the essence of composition, by maceration or per- colation with diluted alcohol, to make one quart. The above is a valuable remedy, useful in sudden colds, coughs, hoarseness, influenza, sore throat, headache, cold hands and feet, dysentery, cholera morbus, colic, jaundice, etc., and is also a mild and Safe stimulant. 66 © & i Oll]1C0. & & 66 & 6 ! 66 & 6 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 157 Compound Spirit of Balm. Fresh Balm, 90 parts. Fresh Lemon Peel, 15 “ Cinnamon, 8 “ Cloves, 8 “ Nutmegs, 8 “ Angelica Root, 4 * * Coriander Seeds, 4 “ Alcohol, 86 per cent., 500 “ Macerate for four days, and distill. Aromatic Powder of Chalk. Cinnamon, in powder, 4 ounces. Nutmeg, 3 £ 6 Saffron, 3 66 Cloves, 1} “ Cardamoms, 1 ounce. Sugar, 25 ounces. Prepared Chalk, 11 6 & Mix them thoroughly, pass the powder through a fine sieve, and finally rub it lightly in a mor- tar. Keep it in a stoppered bottle. Dose.—Ten to sixty grains. Tincture of Kino that will not Gelatinize. Kino, in fine powder, 1% ounces. Alcohol, 8 fl. ounces. Water, 4 6 & Glycerine, 4 6 (; Mix the alcohol, water and glycerine together; and having mixed the kino with an equal bulk of sand, introduce it into a glass percolator, and exhaust it with the menstruum in the usual SOlèſlīle]". Cholera, Mixture of the British Army. Oil of Anise Seed, 3 drachms. “ Cajeput, 3 drachms. “ Juniper, 3 drachms. Ether, 8 drachms. Liquor Acid of Haller, 1 drachm. Tinct. of Cinnamon, 4 ounces. Mix. Dose.—Take ten drops every fifteen minutes in a little water. Liquor acid of haller consists of three parts of alcohol, and one part of concentrated sul- phuric acid. No. 6 Hot Drops. Powdered Capsicum, 1 ounce. & 4 Gum Myrrh, 4 ounces. Alcohol, 2 pints. Macerate, press, and filter. Ready Way for Paregoric. Tinct. of Opium, 384 drops. Oil of Anise, # drachm. Benzoic Acid, 30 grains. Camphor, 20 “ Honey, 1 ounce. Diluted Alcohol, 1 pint. Mix, and filter. The above is recommended only when pushed for time. Tobias” Venetian Liniment. Spirits of Hartshorn, 5 ounces. Camphor, 2 6 & Tincture of Capsicum, 5 & & Alcohol, 30 66 Water, 10 6 & Mix. Goddard’s Diarrhea, Mixture. Tincture of Catechu, 4 fluid ounces. 6 & & 6 Opium, 2 6 & & & & & & 6 Camphor, 2 & 6 & 6 Aromatic Spirts of Ammonia, 1 “ ounce. Mix. Dose.—Forty drops every two hours. Brown’s Bronchial Troches. Pulverized White Sugar, 1} pounds. 66 Ext. of Licorice, 1 pound. 66 Cubebs, 4 ounces. 6 & Gum Arabic, 4 & & Fluid Ext. of Conium, 1 ounce. Mix. Trix, or Jokes. Ext. of Licorice, 3 ounces. Oil of Cloves, 90 drops. Oil of Cinnamon, 15 drops. Mix. 158 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Jayne’s Expectorant. Syrup of Squill, 2 ounces. Tincture of Tolu, 1} ( & & 6 “ Camphor, 1 drachm. 66 “ Lobelia, 1 6 & & 6 “ Digitalis, 1 4 & & & ‘‘ Opium, 2 drachms. Pulv. Ipecac, 4 grains. Tartar Emetic, 4 & 6 Mix. Buckler’s Comp. Mixture. 2 grains. 40 & 4 2 fl. Ounces. Tartar Emetic, Pulv. Ipecac, Syrup of Squills, Mix. Teaspoonful every ten minutes until it operates as an emetic. Osgood’s Celebrated Ague Cure. Sulph. of Quinine, 2 drachms. Fluid Ext. Leptandra, 2 6 & Saturated Tinct. of Queen's Root, 4 ounces. Fluid Ext. Podoplyllum, 3 drachms. Oil of Sassafras, 10 drops. Oil of Wintergreen, 10 “ New Orleans Molasses, sufficient to make an eight-ounce mixture. Piso's Consumption Cure. Tincture of Tolu, # ounce, Fluid Ext. Lobelia, 2 drachms. & 4 “ Cannabis, Indica, 2 & & Sulph. of Morphia. 4 grains. Tartar Emetic, 4 ( & Chloroform, 1 drachm. Essence of Spearmint, 10 drops. Hot Water, 8 ounces. Sugar, 14 & 6 The fluid extracts, tincture of tolu, chloro- form, and essence of Spearmint must be mixed with the sugar, in a bottle. Dissolve the mor- phia and tartar emetic in the hot water, and mix; when thoroughly dissolved, filter. Doge.—For an adult, one tablespoonful. Ayers' Sarsaparilla. Fluid Ext. Sarsaparilla, 3 ounces. & 6 “ Stillingia, 3 & 4 & & “ Yellow Dock, 2 & 6 & 4 “ May-apple, 2 & & Sugar, 1 ounce. Iodide of Potassium, 90 grains. Iodide of Iron, 10 6 & Mix them. Rose Bandoline. Gum Tragacanth, 1 ounce. Soft Water, 50 ounces. Alcohol, 8 ounces. Oil of Rose, 10 drops. Macerate the gum in the water until well dis- solved ; strain, with pressure, through a cloth, add the alcohol, having the oil of rose dissolved in it, and mix well. Stormont’s Disinfectant. Sulphate of Iron (crushed) 10 pounds. Carbolic Acid, (crude) 8 ounces. Water, 10 gallons. Mix. Useful in time of epidemics. Inhalant. Tincture of Iodine, Aqua Ammonia, Chloroform, Perfume, q. S. to Suit. Mix. Used in catarrh and headache. Hellogg’s Red Drops. 4 drachms. 3 { % 1 drachm. Spirit of Camphor, 2 ounces. Spirit of Origanum, 3 ounce Oil of Sassafras, # “ Oil of Turpentine, 3. “ Color Tincture, 4 ounces. Mix them. Injection Brou. Distilled Water, 100.00 parts. Sulphate of Zinc, 0.50 “ Acetate of Lead, 200.00 “ Tincture of Catechu, 200.00 “ Wine of Opium, 200.00 44 Mix them. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 159 Dr. Pierce’s Golden Medical Discovery. Fluid Extract of Cinchona, 16 ounces. & 6 “ Columbo, 4 & & 66 “ Guaiac, 8 6 & & 6 “ Licorice, 4 66 Tincture of Opium, 1 ounce. Podophyllin (resinoid), 120 grains. Glycerin, 6 fl. pints. Alcohol, Q. S. Dissolve the podophyllin in the alcohol, and add the rest of the ingredients. Mix them. Dose.—A teaspoonful. Dr Pierce’s Favorite Prescription. Savin, 10 parts. Agaric, 5 “ Cinnamon, 5 “ Peruvian Bark, 10 “ Make a decoction of water, 220 “ And add Gum Arabic, 10 “ Sugar, 5 “ Tincture of Digitalis, 2 “ Tincture of Opium, 2 “ Oil of Anise, 8 “ Dissolve in Alcohol, 45 “ Goe’s Dyspepsia, Cure. Powdered Rhubarb, 2 drachms. Fluid Extract of Gentian, 3 & 6 Peppermint Water, 7} ounces. Bicarbonate of Sodium, 6 drachms. Mix them. Dose.—A teaspoonful half an hour before meals. Ayer’s Cherry Pectoral. Syrup of Wild Cherry, 6 drachms. Syrup of Squills, 8 & 6 Tincture of Blood Root, 2 © & Sweet Spirits of Nitre, 2 6 & Wine of Antimony, 8 66 Wine of Ipecac, 3 & 6 Syrup, 14 ounces. Acetate of Morphia, 2 grains. Spirit of Bitter Almonds, 1 drachm. Mix. Walker’s Vinegar Bitters. Powdered Golden Seal, 1 ounce. & 4 Aloes (cape), # “ Water, 16 ounces. Bottle up, tie the cork down tightly. Ready for use in ten days. Hall’s Hair Renewer. Precipitated Sulphur, 1 drachm. Acetate of Lead, 1 & 6 Salt, common, 2 drachms. Glycerine, 8 fl. ounces. Bay Rum, 2 & 6 Jamaica. Rum, 4 66 Water, 16 66 Shake before using. Tobias’ Derby Condition Powders. Tartar Emetic, Powdered, 2 grams. Crude Antimony, 20 & 6 Sulphur, 10 66 Saltpetre, 10 66 Foenugreek, powdered, 40 66 Juniper Berries, 20 66 Mix them. Thompson’s Eye Water. Sulphate of Copper, 10 grains. Sulphate of Zinc, 40 & 6 Rose Water, 2 pints. Tincture of Saffron, 4 drachms. Tincture of Camphor, 4 & 6 Mix and filter. Granular Effervescent Citrate of Magnesia. Sulph. Magnesia, 5 ounces. Bicarbonate of Soda, 6 “ Citric Acid, 5 “ Sugar, 5 “ Mix the above, all in powder, with sufficient absolute alcohol to moisten the mass thoroughly; pass through a No. 6 sieve, and separate the portion which has not granulatad, by means of a No. 20 sieve; dry the granules at a temper- ature not above 60° Fr. Dose.—One or two teaspoonfuls, dissolved in Water. - 160 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PBACTICAL INFORMATION. Granular Effervescent Vichy Salt. Sugar, 4 ounces. Citric Acid, 5 “ Bicarbonate of Soda, 7 “ Carbonate of Magnesia, 60 grains. & 4 of Calcium, 74 " Chlorate of Sodium, 128 “ Sulphate of Sodium, 128 “ Carbonate of Iron, 7 “ Mix, and observe preceding directions. New Treatment for Vaginitis. M. Terrillon proposes a method of treatment which consists essentially in the introduction into the vagina of the following ointment: Ac. Tannic, 50 grams. Amylum, 150 66 Ung. Petrolei, 150 “ Mix. This ointment is placed in a sort of Specu- lum, so arranged that the ointment can be forced out as the instrument is withdrawn from the vagina. If the vulvar opening is large a small tampon of cotton may be introduced. Generally from fifteen to twenty grams of the unguent is sufficient at one application, and it need not be repeated for seven or eight days. Boils. Boracic acid applied to boils before or after incision, says an exchange, will promptly arrest their development. Pleis” Fit Powders. Bromide of Potassium, 15 grains. Powdered Gentian, 5 “ Mix. Make one powder. Pills for Dyspepsia. Diastase, 10 grains. Pepsine, 50 “ Extract of Gentian, 50 “ Tartaric Acid, 50 “ Powdered Thubarb, 50 “ Gentian, sufficient. Divide into 3-grain pills. Dose.—Two to three pills during meals, or shortly before. Quinidia Combination for Intermittents. Reed recommends the following formula in the treatment of intermittents: Quinidiae Sulph., 80 grains. Oleo-resinae capsici, 3 “ Morphae Sulph., 1 grain. Syrupi, Q. S. Mix. Dose.—One every three hours. He says that if a cholagogue cathartic be given at the start, and a full opiate (preferably a hypodermic injection of morphia) an hour be- fore the expected paroxysm, this combination has been uniformly successful in his hands, even in most obstinate cases of intermittents. In cases of malarial cachexia, he finds that many recover under the influence of sea air Without any medication. When the latter is necessary, he has seen excellent results from Small doses of nux vomica, combined with the sixteenth of a grain of podophyllin, or one-fourth of a grain of blue pill, and repeat every four or six hours.-Med. and Surg. Rept., Jan 10, 1880. Hot Water for the Heart. Dr. A. Paggi records the following observa- tion: He states that in Paris he saw a case in which, under the inhalation of chloroform, the heart ceased to beat, and artificial respiration for ten minutes failed to restore circulation, when Dr. Labbe dipped a cloth in boiling water and applied it in the region of the heart, with the result of immediately restoring the action of that organ. Quinia, in the Treatment of Cholera, Infantum. Dr. Otis T. Mason, of Richmond, says he has not lost a case of this disease since employing quinine in conjunction with calomel. Quinine is given until full physiological effects are ob- tained. Hardy’s Ointment. This ointment, used in France to prevent falling off of the hair, is given as follows: Beef Fat, 17 drachms. Castor Oil, 6 drachms. Gallic Acid, 30 grains. Aniline, Q. S. AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 161 Arsenical Treatment of Chorea. M. Siredey, we read in the Revue de Therap. Med. et Chirurg., has long had recourse to arsen- ic in the treatment of rhematismal chorea, and has had good results from this medication. He uses the solution of Bondin: Ac. Arsenious, Aquae destill, Mix. This is allowed to boil for about a quarter of an hour, and is then ready for use. The extreme dilution of the solution is favora- ble for its use among children. For a child from six to ten years of age, about one drachm and a half may be given daily, in divided doses, in sweetened water. In this way the medicament is generally well tolerated. gr. XV. oij. Dr. Sottmann, of the Breslan Clinic, con- stantly prescribes the following solution in chorea : Liquor Fowlere, m iv. Aquae, 3 ij. Mix. This quantity to be taken in divided doses daily. He generally obtains a complete cure in from 16 to 21 days. Cutaneous Eruptions. Chlorate Hydrate, 2 drachms. Glycerine, 1 ounce. Aqua, 5 ounces. Mix. Moisten the parts affected with this Solution three or four times a day. Goute Sulp. of Quinine, 2 grains. Ext. Colchici Acet., 3 grain. Ext. Conii, 8 grains. Make pill. To be given three times a day. Amenorrhea. Ammoniated Tinc. Guaiacum, 1 ounce. Balsam Copaiba, # fl ounce. Dose.—Teaspoonful three times a day. Chronic Bronchitis. * Morphie Hydrochlor., 4 grains. Pil Scillae Co., 48 grains. Maº, 12 pills; one to be taken at bed time. Erysipelas. (Local Application.) Campbor, 15 grains. Tannin, 15 grains. Sulph. Ether, 2 drachms. Apply every three hours. Hemorrhage. Gallic Acid, 2 drachms. Sulph. Acid Arom., 2 drachms. Tinct. of Cinnamon, 2 ounces. Water, 2 ounces. Dose.—Teaspoonful mixed in a wine glass of water every four hours. Dysmenorrhea. Camphor, 1} drachms. Ext. Belladonna, 15 grains. Sulph. Quinine, 15 grains. Pulv Acacia, q. S. to make 30 pills. Dose—Take one every four hours until relieved, with the following ointment applied on the lower part of the abdomen. Dysentery. Pulv. Ipecac, 1} drachms. Fluid Ex. Gelseminum, 12 drops. Hydrarg. Chl. Mite, 10 grains. Sulph. Morphia, 1} & © Mix. Divide into twelve waters. Dose.—Give one every two hours. Mixture of Sulphate of Cinchonia. Sulphate of Cinchonia, 12 grains. Dilute Sulphuric Acid, 25 minims. Peppermint Water to make 1 fluid ounce. Dose.—One to four teaspoonfuls. Compound Ether Mixture. Hoffman's Anodyne, 2} drachms. Tincture of Lobelia, # drachm. Camphor Water, 5 drachms. Dose.—One to two teaspoonfuls. Acid Gentian Mixture. Dilute Nitro Muriatic Acid, 1 drachm. Compound Infusion Gentian, q. s. - to make 1 ounce. Dose.—Two teaspoonfuls. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. German Corn Cure. Salicylic Acid, 1 ounce. Ext. Cannabis Indica. 3 ounce. Collodion, 8 ounces. Mix. To be applied two or three times a week. In Acute Shock of Syncope. Am. Carbonat, 10 grains. Sp. Chloroformi, # drachm. Aquae, ad., 1 ounce. Sig.—At a draught. Night Sweats. Acid Sulphurici, 2} drachms. Tinct. Opii, 1 drachm. Syrupi Aurantii, 1 ounce. Aquae, ad., 7 ounces. Sig.—Two tablespoonfuls three times a day. The above prescription is also very useful in summer diarrhea, and as a prophylactic against painter's colic. Acid Mixture of Iron- Sulphate of Iron, 2 grains. Sulphate of Magnesium, 1} drachms. Dilute Sulphuric Acid, 15 minims. Infusion Quassia, q. S to make 1 ounce. Dose.—One teaspoonful. Mixture of Acetate of Iron- Tincture Cloride of IrCºn, 20 minims. Dilute Acetic Acid, 20 minims. Solution Acetate Am, q. S. to make 1 ounce. Dose.—Two to four teaspoonfuls. Aperient Iron Mixture. Sulphate of Iron, 2 grains. Sulphate Magnesium, 2 drachms. Water, 1 ounce. Dose.—One tablespoonful. Hope’s Camphor Mixture. Acidi Nitrosi, 1 drachm. Tinct. Opii, 40 drops. Aquae Camph., 8 ounces. Mix. Dose.—For diarrhea or dysentery, one or two tablespoonfuls every two to four hours. Pills for Constipation. Quiniae Sulphatis, 15 grains. Piperinae, 15 grains. Hydrarg. Submuriat, 12 grains. Ext. Nucis Womic, 4 grains. Pills No. 30. One pill morning and evening. Treatment of Dysentery. Decocti Cinchonae, 6 fl. ounces. Potass. Chloratis, # ounce. All to be taken in the course of twenty-four hours. Blue Ointment for Ring-Worm. Adipis, 6 drachms. Glycerinae, 2 fl. drachms. Sodii Carbonat, 1 drachm. Calcis Pulv., Carbo, Lig. Pulv., # drachm. 1} drachms. Before applying this Salve, remove scabs by using starch poultices. Treatment should be kept up two or three months, in cases of tinea tonsurants. Treatment of Laryngeal Phthisis. Pencil the ulcerated surfaces with the follow- ing mixture: Glycerine, 1 to 2 ounces. Alcohol, 5 to 8 drachms. Creasoti, 15 drops. Rheumatic Mixture. Sulphate of Quinia, 30 grains. Iodide of Potassium, 15 “ Dilute Sulphuric Acid, 15 drops. Distilled Water, 4 ounces. Simple Syrup, 1 drachm. Mix. Dose.—A teaspoonful every two hours. Sweet Quinine Mixture for Children. Sulphate of Quinia, 15 grains. Cold Infusion of Coffee, 3 ounces. Syrup of Chloroform, 12 drachms. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 163 Syrup of Chloroform. Chloroform, 20 drops. Alcohol, 90 minims. Simple Syrup, 3 ounces. Mix the chloroform and the alcohol, and to the solution add the simple syrup. A good addition to bitter mixtures and drops. Fever Syrup for Poor People. Quinoidine, 30 grains. Citric Acid, 05 “ Alcohol, 100 “ Syrup of Coffee, 24 ounces. Dissolve the acid and the alkaloid in the alco- hol, and add the syrup in the solution. Treatment of Eczema. In chronic eczema, especially in infants, and in eczema of the face, Dr. Lassar recommends an ointment. The formula for an ointment in eczema of the face, which cannot be rubbed off during sleep, is: Salicylic Acid, 3ss; 2.00 gm. Oxide of Zinc, 3Viss : 2 Starch, aa 3v.jss; 25.00 gm. Waseline, 3xiij; 50.00 gm. Diarrhea. In certain cases of diarrhea characterized by a want of intestinal tonicity, A. W. Hagenbach, M. D., has used the following with marked SUlCCéSS : Olei Terebinth, fl. 3ij; 8.00 fl. gm. Tinct. Opii, fl. 3iij; 12.00 fl. gm. Syrup Kramaria, fl. 3ij; 60.00 fl. gm. Aqua Purae, ad., fl. 3iv ; 120.00 fl. gm. Mix. Emulsif. Dose.—A teaspoonful every three or four hours. In some cases he adds from eight to fifteen grains of chloral to the prescription. He has generally found that anaemic children, and those of hereditary nervous disposition, bear this form of medication well. To Remove Foreign Bodies on the Conjunctiva Beneath Upper Lid. In the first place, the patient, so far as pos- sible, should be in a comfortable position. He may be seated in a chair with the head well supported. With a foreign body in the con- junctival sac the patient is in distress, and his eyeball is not entirely under his control. He is not as able to respond to your requests as to where he should look as though it were not there. Get the head, therefore, properly sup- ported, and then with the thumb press the in- tegument of the lid against the eyebrow, so as to put it upon the stretch, and tell the patient to look down—not to turn the head down, but to turn the eye down. Then catch the eyelashes and edge of the lid with the fingers of the other hand and turn the lid quickly over the thumb; in the meantime the patient looks down. Then remove the foreign body with the handkerchief, and do not throw it away. Show it to the patient, and be sure that he or she recognizes, it—and why? The little shallow depression which that foreign body made in the conjunc- tiva will give a sensation of discomfort, and Sometimes, not always, give rise to the same symptoms that existed before the foreign body was removed. It is well, under such circum- stances, to have the proof of what you have done, lest the patient say, “He said he took it out, but I know it is in there yet.” Colicky Babies. Potossi Bromidi, 1 drachm. Ol. Anisi, 1 drop. Mucil. Acacia, 2 ounces. Glycerini, 2 ounces. Aquae, # ounce. Mix. Of which a teaspoonful may be given when the colic comes on. We may order it without fear, knowing that it is perfectly safe and can do no mischief, which cannot be said of the Various soothing combinations and carminatives in common use in the nursery which usually contain laudanum or morphia. Treatment of Infantile Diarrhea. This is the chief disease of infants, and the hygiene is more necessary very often than the medicines employed. Among infants at the 164 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. breast, the cause of diarrhea is as often the fault of the nursing mother as of the infant. The abuse of baths is a prime cause, being often more injurious than beneficial, from being too prolonged, instead of a single washing of the body. As to dentition Dr. Simon attributes great influence, though denied by many authors. In the simple cases, after ascertaining the cause, if possible, stop everything but the milk and give a spoonful of coffee with a little alkaline water. A tepid bath should be given each day and a starch injection; every day at each meal give a portion of the following powder: Calcined Magnesia, 10 grammes. Prepared Cream, 2 & 4 Sub. Nitrate of Bismuth, 2 & & At last apply warm formentations to the bowels. If the diarrhea continues and becomes catarrhal, i. e., accompanied with a consider- able secretion and intermitting fever, it is bet- ter to give a vomit and afterwards a portion of submitrate of bismuth, 4 grammes with one drop of laudanum, to an infant under one year of age. At the advanced stage the diarrhea becomes sympathetic of enteritis. This is distinguished by the passages, which are green, acid and extremely irritating. The fever is persistent and the countenance indicates suffering, a sign very significant of unfavorable results. It is now necessary to give laudanum, the true treatment of enteritis, with sub-nitrate of bismuth, a drop of the former to 60 grains of the latter, to each year of age. Paregoric can be used in the place of laudanum, 5 drops for 1 of laudanum. It Ought not to be forgotten to continue the laudanum after the pas- sages are checked, but in diminished doses. If vomiting should occur, prepared chalk and lime water should be given, and a small blister applied over the epigastric region, using the necessary precautions. In enteritis it is often observed that mem- branous fragments are expelled, with violent colic, and in these cases the injections should be frequent and cathartics used. It is neces- sary to keep up this treatment, with soda water and food Without grease and easy of digestion. Chronic enteritis is extremely difficult to treat; opiates and astringents should be used and afterwards revulsives, as tr. iodine, croton oil, and vesicatories. The treatment of diarrhea is of great import- ance, because it may be but the beginning of choleraic diarrhea. In these cases the danger is eminent. In these cases give a spoonful of coffee and Malaga wine, and coffee and brandy. If possible, a wine bath should be given; this stimulates the functions of the skin, and should Only last five minutes. NoTE.—A gramme is 15 grains. Eye Waters. Laudanum, 1 drachm. Tincture of Saffron, 1 drachm. Decoction of Flax Seed, 2 ounces. Mix. Apply often. Astringent Collyria. Sulph. of Zinc, 1 drachm. Rose Water, 250 drachms. Alcohol, 8 drachms. In chronic inflammation. Dry Collyria. White Sugar, 2 drachms. Red Oxide of Mercury, 10 grains. Prepared Impure Oxide of Zinc, 20 grains. Mix. Night Sweating. Fluid Extract of Belladonna, Whisky or Brandy, Sponge the body on going to bed. 1 ounce. 6 ounce. Palpitation of the Heart. Tincture of Belladonna, 20 drops. Tincture Nux Womica, 10 drops. Camphor Water, 1 ounce. Dose.—Teaspoonful four times a day. Gastralgia. Fowler's Solution of Arsenic, 1 ounce. Dose.--Five drops three times a day. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 165 Cough Mixture. Syr. Prunus Wirg., 1 ounce. Syr. Scillae, 1 ounce. Syr. Tolu, 1 ounce. Sulphuric Ether, # ounce. Dose.—Teaspoonful every three or four hours, when cough is troublesome. A Remedy for Poisoning by Ground Oak. Olive Oil, 1 ounce. Carbolic Acid, 15 drops. Ammonia Aqua, 10 drops. Dose.—Apply to the affected parts. To Disguise the Taste of Cod liver Oil. Sweeten common vinegar with honey; take a small sip and then take the oil, the taste of which will be perfectly and pleasantly disguised. A Cure for Bone Felons, Carbuncles and Boils. When a bone felon first begins to appear, use the following: Strong Tincture of Iodine, 3 drachms. Tincture of Aconite, 2 6 & Tincture of Arnica, 2 66 Tincture of Cantharides, 2 & © Mix. Apply by wetting a cloth in this mix- ture, and keep it wet and apply until the pain Cea,SeSe Toothache. Creosote, 2 drachms. Chloroform, 2 & 4 Sydenham's Laudanum, 4 © & Tincture of Benzoin, 1 ounce. Apply on a little cotton. Cholera, Laudanum, 2 ounces. Spirits of Camphor, 2 ounces. Tincture of Capsicum, # ounce. Tincture of Ginger, 1 ounce. Essence of Peppermint, 2 ounces. Hoffman's Anodyne, 2 ounces. Dose.—Teaspoonful every thirty minutes till relieved. Cholera Morbus. Magnesiae ust, 1 drachm. Morphia’, 1 grain. Pil. Hydrarg., 8 grains. Divide into four powders, and give one every half hour until relieved. Colic or Cholera. Chloroform, 3 drachms. Tincture of Camphor, 1 ounce. Tannic Acid, # ounce. Sulph. Morphia, Dose.—Teaspoonful in water and Syrup. 1} grains. Constipation. Mass. Hyd. Pil., 2 scruples. Bicarbonate of Soda, 1 drachm. Spts. Lavender Comp. 1 & 6 Fluid Ext. Black Snake Root, 1 & 6 Aqua Mentha Pip., 2 ounces. Neutralizing Cordial, 1 ounce. Dose.—Tablespoonful three times a day. Gleet. Tincture Chlo. Ferri, 1 ounce. Tincture Cantharides, 1 ounce. Creosote, 2 drachms. Dose.—Forty-five drops three times a day in half a cupful of Sweetened water. Sciatica. Colorless Tinc. Iodine, 1} ounces. Tincture Aconite, 1 drachm. Sulph. Morphia, 20 grains. Apply twice a day the track of the Iſler V6, Gonorrhea. Pulv. Catechu, 120 grains. Alum, 60 “ Pulv. Opium, 20 “ Dose.-Make fifty pills, and take one or two during the day. 166 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Neuralgia, or Sick Headache. Muriate of Ammonia, 1 drachm. Sulph. Morphia, 1 grain. Aqua Camphor, 4 ounces. Aqua, 3 ounces. Dose.—Teaspoonful every ten minutes. Dyspepsia. When there is constipation, the following mixture will be found useful: Pulv. Rhei, 1 drachm. Soda Bicarb., 1} drachms. Ol. Menth. Vir., 4 drops. Aqua, 4 ounces. Dose.—Tablespoonful before meals. Puerperal Fever. In cases of puerperal fever, give the follow- ing mixture: Sulph. Quinine, 2 grains. Tinct. Chloride of Iron, 10 drops. Spts. of Chloroform, 10 drops. Simple Syrup, # drachm. Aqua Distil., 1 ounce. To be taken every three or four hours. Rheumatism. Win. Colchicum, # ounce. Pulv. Nit. Potass., 1} drachms. Syrup of Morphia, 1 ounce. Syrup af Tolu, 3 ounces. Dose.—Teaspoonful every five hours. Measles. Pulv. Ipecac, 10 grains. & & Opium, 4 6 & “ Licorice, 2 drachms. “ Chlo. Potass., 2 & 6 “ Squills, 2 66 “ Prunus Wirg., 2 6 & Doge.—Teaspoonful to a cup of Warm Water every two hours. Neutralizing Cordial. Fluid Ext. Rhubarb, 1 ounce. Carb. Soda, 1 ounce. Essence Peppermint, 1} ounces. Simple Syrup, 1 pint. Dose.—One teaspoonful. Cough Syrup. Muriate of Ammonia, 2 drachms. Tartar Emetic, 4 grains. Dissolve in water and add Syrup of Licorice, 4 ounces. Dose.—Teaspoonful every three hours. Catarrh Remedy. Carbolic Acid, 3 drachms. Alcohol, 15 “ Strong Solution of Ammonia, 5 66 Distilled Water, 10 66 Place a few drops upon filter paper in the palm of the hand. Close the eyes and inhale deeply from it as long as any Smell remains. Reep the mixture in dark glass bottles. Vomiting in Pregnancy. 2 drachms. 8 ounces. Bromide of Potass., Aqua Cinnamon, Dose.—Dessertspoonful after meals. Sore Throat. Sulph. of Zinc, 2 drachms. Pulv. Chlo. Potass., 2 drachms. Strong Sage Tea, # pint. Gargle frequently. Ulceration of the Bowels. Syrup of Acacia, 2 ounces. Submitrate of Bismuth, 2 drachms. Tincture of Opium, 2 6 & Oil of Turpentine, 1} & © Aqua Mentha Pip., 2 ounces. Dose.—Teaspoonful every two to six hours. AN ENOYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 167 In Diarrhea. Tinct. of Opium, 30 drops. Prepared Chalk, 2 drachms. Powdered Gum Arabic, 4 6 & Tincture of Catechu, 2 & 6 Rose Water, 2 ounces. Dose.—Tablespoonful three times a day. Scrofulous Ophthalmia. Red Oxide of Mercury, 1 drachm. Sulphate of Zinc, 2 drachms. Fresh Lard, 12 ounces. Rub well together, and apply to the edges of the eye lids. Chorea. Sulph. Strychnia, 1 grain. Sulph. Quinine, 1 drachm. Acid Phosphoric, dil., 1 ounce. Aqua Mentha Wirid, 4 ounces. Tinc. Cardamom Comp., 1 ounce. Dose.—Teaspoonful three times a day. Enlarged Spleen. Pulv. Jalap, 2 drachms. “ Rhei, 2 © & “ Ginger, 2 66 “ Cream Tartar, 2 66 Sulph. of Ferri, 10 grains. Ess. Peppermint, 4 drachms. Aqua, 15 ounces. Dose.—Teaspoonful four times a day. Collyria. Liquoris Plumbi Acetatis, 12 drops. Wini Opii, 40 drops. Aqua Rosae, 4 ounces. Mix. Apply to weak eyes. Gonorrhea. Hydrarg. Muriatis, 2 grains. Aquae Distillatae, 8 ounces. Dose.—Apply two or three times a day in gomorrhoeal or Scrofulous ophthalmia. Dry Collyrium of Sugar. White Sugar, 10 grains. Oxide Zinci, 10 grains. Powder very fine. Inflammation. Radicis Althae Officinaeis, 2 ounces. Aqua Distillatae, 16 ounces. Infuse for three hours strain. Useful in inflammation accompanied with much irritation. near the fire and Anodyne Collyrium. Colchici Autumnalis, 1 ounce. Aquae Lini Bullientis, 4 ounces. Tinct. Opii, 1 drachm. Mix. Useful in severe ophthalmia, where there is great sensibility. Whooping Cough. Acidi Hydrocyanici Dilutum, Gitt., 25 Wini Ipecacuanhãº, 2 fl. drs. Syr. Tolutan, 1 ounce. Aqua Distillatae, 8 ounces. Mix. Dose.—Teaspoonful three or four times a day. If the breathing is oppressed, or the symp- toms present indicate the existance of bron- chial inflammation, the administration of the sedative should be preceded by the exhibition of an emetic, and perhaps by the application of a few leeches to the chest. Neuralgia. Extract Hyoscyami, # drachm. Morphiæ Sulphatis, 8 grains. Strychnae, 8 grains. Pulv. Capsici, # drachm. Zimci Sulphatis, 15 grains. Mix. Make a mass and divide into 30 pills. Dose.—One every three or four times a day. In neuralgia the above pill has proved especially valuable in facial neuralgia, or in cases where the disease has been caused by malaria. 163 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Ferrated Cod-Liver Oil. Sulph. of Iron, precipitated by Alcohol, 2 parts. Solution of soda, sp. gr. 1.18, 3.5 “ Water, 10 “ Cod-Liver Oil, 100 “ Add the soda solution to the cod-liver oil, mix them intimately, warm the mixture on a Water-Wath (original does not state exact tem- perature), and then add the sulphate of iron, dissolved in ten parts of water. Now pass a brisk current of air for some time through the mixture, which will cause the temperature to rise to 85°-95° C. Keep up the current of air and the same temperature continuously until the compound is formed, during which time the mixture will foam considerably, for which reason the vessel containing it should be only half filled. The time required for finishing the preparation depends partly upon the quantity of air, partly upon the bulk of the oil. During the process, the iron is first converted into hydrated ferrous oxide, which is changed to ferric oxide by the oxygen of the air. The ferric oxide, in statu nascente, combines with the fatty acids to a soluble salt. The other step of the process, namely, the decomposition of the cod-liver oil, goes hand and hand with the former, one being dependent upon the lat- ter. In this manner, a preparation is obtained which becomes perfectly clear on standing, has a dark garnet red color, and contains about 0.25 per cent. of iron. It cannot be said to have an agreeable odor or taste, which appear to be the more disagreeable the lower the per- centage of iron. A more palatable mixture is obtained by adding two parts of pure cod- liver oil to three parts of the ferrated. The resulting mixture contains then, about 0.15 per cent. of iron, which quantity will probably be satisfactory to most physicians. Cellular Dropsy. Extracti Conii, 1 drachm. Cantharadis Pulv., 40 grains. Hydrarg. Submur, 30 “ Ipecacuanhae Pulv., 20 “ Mix. Make a mass and divide into 40 pills. Dose.—One, three or four times a day. Gastralgia. Tinct. Opii, 3 drachms. Tinct. Capsici, 8 & © Ether Sulph., 8 & 6 Tinct. Camphor, 8 & 6 Chloroform, 1 drachm. Mix. Dose.-Teaspoonful as may be required. Mouth Washes. The following are well recemmended: Violet Mouth-Wash. Tincture of Orris, # pint. Oil of Rose, 60 drops. Oil of Bitter Almonds, 5 drops. Alcohol, 1 pint. Mix. Eau Botote Tincture of Myrrh, + pint. “ Krameria, # “ “ Cedar Wood, (1 : 5,) 1. “ Oil of Rose, 10 drops. Oil of Peppermint, 15 drops. Mix. Botanic Styptic. Myrrh, 2 ounces. Krameria, 2 & 6 Cloves, 2 & 6 Alcohol, 50 per cent., 2 pints. Macerate fourteen days, and strain. Tincture of Myrrh and Borax. Borax, 1 ounce. Honey, 1 “ Myrrh, 1 tº Red Saunders, 1 tº Alcohol, 50 per cent., 2 pints. Triturate the honey and borax together in a mortar, then gradually add the alcohol, the myrrh and red Saunders, and macerate for four- teen days. AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 169 Almond Meal. The following formula is recommended for this useful cosmetic : Almond meal, in fine powder, pre- pared from blanched bitter almonds, after the oil has been extracted, 6 ounces. Orris Root, in fine powder, 4 “ Wheat Flour, 4 “ White Castile Soap, in fine powder, 1 ounce. Borax, in fine powder, 1 “ Oil of Bitter Almonds, 10 drops. Oil of Bergamot, 2 drachms. Tincture of Musk, 1 drachm. Mix thoroughly, and pass the mixture through a fine sieve. Kuznmerfeld’s Lotion, This is intended as an emollient application to the skin, particularly of the face. Its com- position is the following: Sublimed Sulphur, 2 parts. Glycerin, 2 parts. Triturate them together thoroughly mixed; then add until they are Glycerin, 10 parts. Spirit of Camphor (1 : 10), 4 “ Spirit of Lavender, 10 “ Cologne, 10 ** Distilled Water, 120 “ When wanted for use it should be well shaken up. Rheumatisms (Kilner.) Fluid Extract Prickly Ash, 2 ounces. Fluid Extract Poke Root, 2 ounces. Acetate of Potassa, # ounce. Tinc. Guaiac Aro., 2 ounces. Iodide of Potass., # ounce. Win. Colc. Seed, # ounce. Tinc. Werbena, 4 ounces. Sul. Morphia, 10 grains. Simple Syrup, 4 ounces. Fluid Ex. Black Cohosh, 2 ounces. Dose.—TableSpoonful three times a day for adult. Diarrhea. Chlorate of Potassa., 3 grains. Tincture of Camphor, 10 drops. Brandy, 1 ounce. Syrup of Ginger, # ounce. Ex. of Nux Womica, 2 drops. Mix. Take at a dose. Spirits of Orange. 1 ounce. 15 ounces. Oil of Sweet Orange, Alcohol, Mix and filter. Solution of Pepsin, or Liquid Pepsin. Take any good Pepsin, free from Lactic or Hydrochloric Acid, 256 grains. Muriatic Acid, c. p., 1 drachm. Orange Flower Water, 14 ounces. Glycerine, 2 ounces. Dissolve the pepsin in the acid, then add orange water; let stand twenty-four hours. Filter. Camphor Chloral. Powdered Camphor, Chloral Hydrate, Rub together until dissolved. The above will make a liquid of the consistency of glycerine and is very useful in neuralgia and tooth-ache. } equal parts. Bromidia. Bromide of Potass., 4 ounces. Chloral Hydrate, 4 ounces. Solid Extract Hyoscyamus, 16 grains. Solid Ext. Cannabis Indica, 16 grains. Alcohol, 2 ounces. Soft Water to make 1 pint. Rub the extract with the alcohol till dis- solved. Rub the salts to a powder, and mix the solution with the extracts. Add the hot water. Triturate till dissolved, and filter, 170 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Koumise Fresh Milk, 1 gallon. Brewers' Yeast, 1 ounce. White Sugar, 8 ounces. Mix, and allow to stand from ten to fifteen' hours, according to temperature, stirring occa- sionally; then strain, bottle, cork well, and tie down. It should now be kept at a temperature of 70°, or under, or the bottle may burst. The amount of yeast required will depend on the strength of the yeast, and the temperature; too much yeast will make it bitter. Koumis is a popular and healthful drink; age is said to increase its nutritive properties, but the fresh made is more pleasant to the taste. The above formula will, with a little practice, furnish an article equal to the best. Cholera, Infantum, (Kilner.) Creosote, 3 drops. Chalk Mixture, 1} ounces. Acetate of Lead, 15 grains. Acacia, # ounce. Mix. Form in emulsion. Dose.—Half a teaspoonful every three hours. with the following: Calomel. 10 grains. Bismuth Sub. Nit., 20 grains. Powdered Opium, 1 grain. Pepsin, 20 grains. Dose.—Give as often as needed to act on the bowels. Blacking for Harness. Treacle, # pound. Lampblack, 1 ounce. Yeast, 1 teaspoonful. Sugar Candy, 1 ounce. Olive Oil, 1 6 & Gum Tragacanth, 1 & 6 Isinglass, 1 66 Cows' Galls, 1 & 6 Mix all together with two pints of stale beer, and let it stand before the fire one hour. Paste for Harness. Put into a pipkin black resin, two ounces, place on a gentle fire, and when melted, add beeswax, three ounces. When this is melted remove from the fire, and stir in one-half ounce fine lampblack, and one-half drachm Prussian blue, finely powdered. When com- pletely mixed, add spirits of turpentine to form a thin paste, and let it cool. To be applied like blacking. Ague Mixture for Children. Oxide of Arsenic, 1 grain. Sugar of Milk, 99 grains. Dose.—For a child two years old give two grains. For a child five years old give four to six grains. Ague Medicine for Adults. Sulphate of Quinia, 1 drachm. Liquor Oxysulphate of Iron, 2 drachms. Sul. Potas. Arsenious, 2 drachms. Water, 4 ounces. Dose.—One teaspoonful four times a day. Liquid Asphaltum. Asphaltum, 4 parts. Gum Turpentine, 1 part. Melt, then add Spirits of Turpentine, 7 parts. Waterproof Varnish for Boots. Linseed Oil, 8 parts. Boiled Oil, 10 “ Suet, 8 “ Beeswax, 8 “ “s. Mix with heat, and apply hot. To Detect Sulphuric Acid in Vinegar. If into pure vinegar starch is introduced then the adding of a minute portion of Iodine will change its color to a blue tint, but if sul- phuric acid is present no such reaction will take place, for the resultant of starch in its presence is glucose, a substance not affected by iodine. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 171 Ridgewood’s Disinfectant. In 100 parts, use of carbolic acid 5 to 8 per cent. ; lime from magnesia limestone, 5 per cent. ; Fuller's earth, 70 to 80 per cent., with a little sulphate of potash and sulphate of Soda. To Remove Ink From Paper. Wash alternately with a camel's hair brush dipped in a solution of Oxalic acid and cya- nide of potassium. Goadsby’s Solution. (For ordinary use in preserving specimens.) Alum, 1 ounce. Bay Salt, 2 ounces. Corrosive Sublimate, 1 grain. Water, 1 pint. In very tender tissues, or where there is a tendency to mouldiness, use 2 grains of corro- sive sublimate. Barnett’s Solution Is made by adding scrap zinc to muriatic acid so long as any gas (hydrogen) is evolved. It is largely used in the preservation of tim- ber, and in embalming of dead bodies by throw- ing it into the aorta. Nursing Sore Mouth. Chlorate Potass., 2 drachms. Boiling Water, 10 ounces. Muriatic Acid, 40 drops. Creosote, 10 drops. Alcohol, # pint. Dose.—Use as a gargle. Burns. Iodoform, 2 drachms. Simple Cerate, 1 ounce. Ex. Conium, # drachm. Carbolic Acid, 10 drops. Mix. Apply twice a day on soft linen with oil silk. Chronic Constipation. Podophyllin, # grain. Ex. Belladonna, # “ Ex. Nux Womica, 3. “ Aloes, # “ Oil Cajeput, 2 drops. Make one pill. Take one three or four times a day. Wright's Pearl Ointment. White Precipitate, 8 ounces. Goulard's Extract, 1 pint. White Wax, 7 pounds. Olive Oil, 10 pounds. Rub the Goulard's extract and the white precipitate to a cream, then add the white wax and olive oil previously melted together by a gentle heat. Stir till the ointment is nearly cold. Waterproof Cement. Soak pure glue in water until it is soft, then dissolve it in the smallest possible amount of proof spirits by the aid of gentle heat. In two ounces of this mixture dissolve ten grains of gum ammoniac and while still liquid, add half a drachm of mastic dissolved in three drachms of rectified spirits. Stir well and for use keep the cement liquified in a covered ves- sel over a hot water bath. Japanese Cement. Mix the best powdered rice with a little cold water, then gradually add boiling water until a proper consistency is acquired. Keep it well stirred all the time. Lastly boil it for one minute in a clean sauce pan. It is well adapted for light paper work. Cement for Closing Cracks in Stoves. This cement is prepared by mixing finely pulverized iron, such as can be procured at the druggists, with liquid water glass, to a thick paste, and then coating the cracks with it. The hotter the fire becomes, the more does the cement melt and combine with its metalic ingredients and the more completely will the crack become closed. AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Transparent Glue. Proceed as in waterproof cement using Isin- glass for glue. Young's Aperient Drink. 2} drachms. 3 drachms. 8 ounces. Carbonate of Soda (crystals), Bitartrate of potassa, “ Cold Water, Throw the carbonate of soda and the potassa into a soda water bottle containing the Water; cork and keep it inverted till used. Hair Restorer. Sulph. Precip., Pulv. Cassiae, 8 grains. Glycerine, 1} ounces by weight. Plumb. Acet. Cryst., 41 grains. Aqua Distill., 2} ounces. Aromatized with a perfume containing nitro- benzol. The sugar of lead and the Sulphur are first rubbed together, then the cassia and the water and the glycerine. 26 grains. Solution of Copaiba. Copaiba, 14 pounds. Magnesia, 12 Ounces. Alcohol, 1 quart. Nitrous Ether, 2 ounces. Triturate together copaiba and magnesia, then add the alcohol, filter, and lastly add the nitrous ether. Waterproof Cement. Shellac, Borax, 4 ounces. 1 ounce. Boil in a little water until dissolved, and concentrate by heat to a paste. Rubber Cement. Caoutchouc, cut in fine shreds, dissolved with four volumes of Naphtha in a covered ves- sel, which should be left for several days. Naphtha should not be used in-doors. 4-Y-vº-º-º: Cement for Hard Rubber. Fuse together equal parts of gutta percha and genuine asphaltum. Apply hot to the joint, closing the latter immediately with pressure. Cement to Resist Petroleum. A cement peculiarly adapted to stand Petro. leum, or any of its distillates, is made by boil- ing three parts of resin with one of caustic Soda and five of water. This forms a resin Soap, which is afterwards mixed with half its Weight of plaster paris, zinc white, white lead or precipitated chalk. The plaster hardens in about forty minutes. Simple and Useful Cement. Alum and plaster Paris, well mixed in water and used in the liquid state, form a hard com- position and also a useful cement. To Mend Crockery Ware. Take lime and the white of an egg. To use it, take a sufficient quantity of the egg to mend one article at a time; shave off a quan- tity of lime and mix thoroughly. Apply quickly to the edges and place firmly together, when it will very soon become set and strong. Mix but a small quantity, as it hardens soon. Marine Glue. Caoutchouc, 1 ounce. Asphaltum (true), 2 ounces. Benzole, Q. S. The caoutchouc is first dissolved by diges- tion and occasional agitation; then the Asphal- tum is gradually added. This solution should have about the con- sistency of molasses. Cement for Paper or Rubber Goods. Fuse together equal parts of pitch and gutta percha, and to this add about two parts of lin- seed oil, containing five parts of litharge; con- tinue the heat until the ingredients are uniformly commingled. Apply warm. AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTIOAL INFORMATION. 173 sºlº.º. º ºsº Cement for Iron, The following cement is recommended for repairing damaged places in cast iron tanks, cisterns, etc. : Five parts brimstone, 2 parts black lead and two parts of cast iron filings, previously sifted, are melted together, taking care that the brimstone does not catch fire. The damaged place, perfectly dry, is well heated by laying a piece of red hot iron upon it, and is then stopped with the cement pre- viously heated in a melting ladle till it becomes soft. Cement for Repairing Glass. Dissolve fine glue in strong acetic acid to form a thin paste. Cement for Metals, Leather, Rubber or Cloth. Fuse together equal parts of gutta percha and pitch. Use hot. Patent Castor Oil. Glycerine, 2 ounces. Castor Oil, 2 ounces. Oil Cinnamon, 1 drachm. Mix. This compound will be found as sweet as honey and palatable for children. Palatable Cod-Liver Oil. Take four fresh eggs and pour over them sufficient lemon juice to cover them, let them remain for twenty-four hours, then pass the whole through a strainer, then add equal parts of cod-liver oil, glycerine, brandy and a few drops of oil of Wintergreen. This combination will keep a month in Summer. It is a valu- able agent in consumption. Taken in usual quan- tities. Fly-Paper Poison. Chloride of Cobalt, 6 drachms. Brown Sugar, 1% ounces. Boiling Water, 1 pint. Dissolve Sugar and cobalt in water; saturate porous paper in the Solution. Incense Powder. Ground Gum Benzoin, 4 pound. Ground Cascarilla Bark, 3. “ Ground Sandalwood, # “ Powd. Nitrate of Potass., 1 ounce. Grain Musk, 10 grains. Red Sealing-Wax. Melt cautiously four ounces pale shellac, in a copper vessel, at the lowest possible temper- ature; add one and a quarter ounces of Venice turpentine, previously warmed, and stir in three ounces of vermilion; pour into metalic moulds, and allow it to cool. Black Sealing-Wax. Shellac, 60 parts. Venice Turpentine, 20 parts. Melt shellac carefully; add Venice turpentine; stir in thirty parts of finely powdered ivory black. - Compound Tincture of Opium, or Diarrhea, Mixture. (For use in time of epidemic cholera, or epidemic diarrhea. Tincture of Opium, 1 fluid ounce. Spirits of Camphor, 1 “ & 6 Tincture of Capsicum, 1 “ C & Purified Chloroform, 3 fluid drachms. Add a sufficient quantity of stronger alcohol to make the whole measure five fluid ounces. Each fluid drachm, or teaspoonful, contains about 100 drops, consisting of twelve minims of each of the first three ingredients, and four and one-half minims, or eighteen drops, of chloroform. - Dose.— Persons over 18 years, Persons 14 to 18 “ Persons 10 to 14 “ Persons 6 to 10 “ 30 drops. Persons 2 to 6 “ 10 to 30 drops. Infants, according to age, 1 to 10 drops. In time of epidemic cholera or diarrhea, When any person has two movements of the bowels more than natural within the twenty- four hours, the second one should be followed by a dose of this mixture, to be repeated after 1 teaspoonful. 1 Small teaspoonful. # teaspoonful. 174 AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. every movement that follows. If the move- ments increase in frequency or in copiousness after the second dose of the medicine has been taken, a physician should be sent for at Once, and a double dose be taken after each move- ment until he arrives. Immediately after tak- ing the first dose the person should go to bed, and remain there for twelve hours after the diarrhea has entirely ceased. Ointment for Pimpled Face, Etc. Nitric Acid, Quick Silver, Let this stand until the silver is set, then add lard melted, one-half pound. Mix and stir with a wooden spatula, until cold. 1 Ournce. 1 ounce. Agata’s Disinfectant. Marble Dust, Oyster, Cockle, or sea shells of any descrip- tion, powdered. 1 pound. 8 ounces. 1 ounce. Copperas, Carbolic Acid, Mix. Disinfecting Powder. Carbolate of Lime, (freshly slacked) 40 ounces. Marble Dust or Fine Sand, 2 ounces. Carbolic Acid Crystals, 3 drachms. Mix carbolic acid with marble dust or sand, and then with other ingredients. Winchell’s Disinfectant. Copperas, 24 ounces. Salt, (common) 14 ounces. Carbolic Acid, (crude) 1 ounce. Sulphur, 24 ounces. Mix. Anti-Rheumatic Mixture. Iodide of Potash, 5 drachms. Wine of Colchicum, 1 ounce. Tinct. of Black Cohosh, 2 ounces. Tinct. of Stramonium, # ounce. Paregoric, # “ Dose.—Teaspoonful three times a day. A Good Ague Remedy for Children, as the Bitter Taste of Quinine is Completely Disguised. Sulphate of Quinine, 20 grains. Bicarbonate of Soda, 30.’ “ Fluid Ext. of Licorice, 3 drachms. Peppermint Water, 12 6 & Dose.—Teaspoonful three or four times a day. Epilepsy. Bromide of Soda, 8 ounces. Sulph. of Strychnia, # grain. Aqua Pura, 1 pint. Dose.—Teaspoonful three times a day. Eczema. Drying Salve. Plumbi Glycerat, Ungt. Zinci Oxid, Mix. 1 drachm. 1 ounce. Kelly’s Tonic. Tinct. Nucis Womicae, 2 drachms. Acid Nitro Muriat, dil., 8 6 & Tinct. Cinch. Com., 14 ounces. Tinct. Gentian Com., q. S. ad., 3 & & Dose.—Two drachms in Water, three times per day. Hamilton’s Tonic. Strychnia Sulph., 8 grains. Cinchonida Sulph., 1 ounce. Tinct. Chlo. Ferri., 6 ounces. Syr. Zingiberis, 56 “ Acid Phosphoric, dil., 2. “ Dose.—One-half to one teaspoonful three times per day. For Diphtheria. Pilocarpin Muriate, 1} grains. Pepsin, # drachm. Acid Muriatic, 10 drops. Aqua, 8 ounces. Dose.—Teaspoonful every hour. Turpentine Varnish. Clear, Pale Resin, 5 pounds. Turpentine, 7 66 Dissolve. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 175 Moth Solution. Carbolic Acid, 1 ounce Gum Camphor, 1 “ Benzine, to make 1 pint. Dissolve the gum and carbolic acid in the benzine. Apply by saturating a piece of blot- ting paper, or use it in form of spray by use of an atomizer. Washing Fluid. Sal Soda, Unslacked Lime, Boiling Water, Dissolve the unslacked lime and sal soda in the water. Let the mixture stand till it settles, then pour off and bottle the clear liquid. The above formula is said to be the best Washing Fluid known. A cup full of it put in a boiler of soap Suds will thoroughly cleanse and bleach the clothes therein without rotting them. 1 pound. l & 4 2 6 quarts. Javelle Water. Bicarbonate of Soda, 4 pounds. Chloride of Lime, 1 pound. Boiling Water, 1 gallon. Put the soda in water over the fire, and stir in the chloride of lime; let it boil fifteen min- utes and remove it. After cooling, put in tightly corked jugs or bottles. Waterproof Branding Ink. Shellac, 2 ounces. Borax, 2 & 6 Water, 25 6 & Gum Arabic, 2 6 & Lampblack, sufficient. Boil the borax and shellac in water till they are dissolved, and withdraw from the fire. When the solution has become cold, complete twenty-five ounces with water, and add lamp- black enough to bring the preparation to a suitable consistence. When it is to be used with a stencil it must be made thicker than when it is to be applied with a marking brush. The above gives a black ink. For red ink, substitute Venetian red for lampblack; for blue, Ultramarine; and for green, a mixture of ultra- marine and chrome yellow. Liquid Starch Gloss. Spermaceti, 2 ounces. Gum Senegal, 2 & 6 Borax, 2 “ Glycerine, 5 & 6 Water, 49 & & Mix and boil together. Two or three tea- spoonfuls to be added to a quarter of a pound of boiled starch. Powder for Chafe. Pulverized Starch, 2 ounces. < * Camphor, 3 drachms. & 6 Oxide of Zinc. 1 ounce. Reduce the camphor to powder by use of al- cohol or sulphuric ether, then thoroughly incor- porate with the other ingredients. This powder is one of the best known for chafe, etc., in use. Dust very lightly upon the parts. Glue Which Stands Moisture Without Softening. Dissolve in about eight fluid ounces of strong methylated spirit half an ounce of Sandarac and mastic, next add half an ounce of turpen- time. This solution is then added to a hot, thick solution of glue, to which isinglass has been added, and is next filtered while hot through cloth or a good sieve. Improved Sticky Fly Paper. Lard Oil, Rosin, 4 ounces. 1 pound. Boil together, spread thinly on Manilla paper, place another sheet on top, press together, when wanted tear them apart and it is ready for use. Messina, Orangea de Powder. Powdered White Sugar, 7 pounds. & 6 Citric Acid, 34 ounces. Conct. Essence of Orange, 3 drachms. & & 6 & Cedrat, 1 & C Mix, and use as above. 176 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Syrup for Consumption, Coughs, Colds, etc. Hops, 1 ounce. Hoarhound, 1 “ Wild Cherry Bark, 1 “ Iceland Moss, 1 “ Mix the above, then pour on two quarts boil- ing water, and simmer to one quart, after which add four ounces pure pine tar. Stir till cold, or nearly so, keeping as much of the tar in Solution as can be done, then add one pound of good loaf sugar or rock candy, and one-half a pint of pure Jamaica rum (or a known good spirit), but the rum is preferred. The above is the formula of the Brompton Hospital, of London, and cannot, we think, be improved upon, as a good reliable remedy for coughs, colds, etc., or as an expectorant. Medicated Lye. Hickory Ashes, 8 ounces. Soot, from wood, 1 ounce. Water, 1 gallon. Rub soot and ashes till thoroughly mixed, add water, shake, let stand twenty-four hours, then filter. The above has been highly recom- mended in dyspepsia, in doses from one-half to a wine-glass full after meals. Aerated Messina, Lemo a de Powder. Powdered White Sugar, 14 ounces. 66 Bicarbonate of Soda, 3} & 6 & 6 Citric Acid, 4% 6 & Concentrated Essence Lemon, 60 drops. The powder must be carefully and separately dried at a moderate temperature before mixing, and when mixed, must be kept air-tight. A dessertspoonful will make a tumbler of lem- onade. Infusion of Cayenne Pepper and Salt. Macerate # ounce powdered cayenne pepper, and 1 drachm chloride of Sodium, (table Salt,) for 1 hour in 8 fluid ounces each boiling vine- gar and boiling water. Filter. Dose.—One tablespoonful every two hours. This has been administered with great success in malignant Scarlet fever; used both inter- nally and as a gargle. Green Mountain Salve. Take 2 pounds resin, 3 pound Burgundy pitch, 3 pound bees’-wax, 3 pound mutton tal- low; melt them slowly. When not too warm, add 1 ounce oil hemlock, 1 ounce balsam fir, 1 ounce oil origanum, 1 ounce oil red cedar, 1 ounce Venice turpentine, 1 ounce oil worm- Wood, 4 ounce verdigris. The verdigris must be very finely pulverized and mixed with the oils, then add as above and work all in cold Water until cold enough to roll. This salve has no equal for rheumatic pains or weakness in the side, back, shoulders, or any place where pain may locate itself. Where the skin is broken, as in ulcers, bruises, &c., use without the verdigris. To Kill the Nerve of a Hollow Tooth. Take & drachm white oxide of arsenic ; 1 drachm sulphate of morphia; mix with a little creosote, and apply to the cavity of the tooth, previously cleansed. To Destroy the Taste of Castor Oil. A good way is to beat the castor oil with the white of an egg until both are thoroughly mixed. To take Bruises out of Furniture. Wet the part with warm water; double a piece of brown paper five or six times, soak it in warm water, and lay it on the place; apply on that a warm, but not hot, flat iron, till the moisture is evaporated. If the bruise be not gone, repeat the process. After two or three applications the dent or bruise will be raised to the surface. If the bruise be small, merely soak it with warm Water, and hold a red-hot; iron near the surface, keeping the surface con- tinually wet ; the bruise will soon disappear. Camphorated Dover's Powder. Pulverize 5 drachms camphor with ether, add 6 drachms prepared chalk, 5 drachms pulver- ized liquorice, and 17 grains sulphate of mor- phine. Dose. —From 1 to 10 grains, used in all kinds of fevers, and as an anodyne. AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 177 Davis’ Neutralizing Cordial. Take 8 ounces rhubarb, 2 ounces each of saffron, cardamoms, nutmeg, and carbonate of soda ; 2 pounds white sugar, and 2 ounces essence peppermint, with sufficient brandy and water to make up to 2 pints. Dose.—One to two teaspoonfuls. To Remove the Smell of Cºnions from the Breath. Parsley eaten with vinegar will remove the unpleasant effects of eating onions. Remedy for Bad Breath. Bad breath or foul breath will be removed by taking a teaspoonful of the following mixture after each meal: 1 ounce liquor of potassa, 1 ounce chloride of soda, 13 ounces phosphate of soda, and 3 ounces of water. Management of Brooms. If brooms are wetted in boiling suds once a week, they will become very tough, will not cut a carpet, last much longer, and always sweep like a new broom. To Prevent Ivory Knife Handles from Cracking. When the blades of knives require washing or standing in water, it should be done in a pitcher, with water enough to cover the blades, but not to touch the handles; and the water no hotter than is absolutely necessary. Soak- ing the handles in water makes them crack. To Cleanse Goose Feathers. Feathers are prepared by exposing them to the sunshine or in a stove until perfectly dry, and then beating them to remove dust and loose dirt. When carelessly collected and dirty, they may be cleansed with lime-water; or, still better, with a weak solution of carbonate of soda, or with water containing a little solution of chloride of lime; after which they are rinsed in clean water, and dried as before. Old feath- ers are purified and cleansed in the same way. To Mend Rubber Overshoes. Rub the patch and shoe thoroughly with sharp sand paper. Smear both with liquid rubber five times, every time letting them dry. Do this once more, and, before they dry, apply the patch, with pressure if possible, and the boot is mended. If liquid rubber is not obtain- able, dissolve small pieces of pure rubber (not vulcanized), in warm spirits of turpentine, to the consistence of syrup. To Destroy Vermin in Children’s Heads. Take 1 ounce each vinegar and stavesacre, # ounce each honey and sulphur, and 2 ounces sweet oil. Make into a liniment, and rub the head with it. Insects are immediately Suffo- cated by benzine. Those sometimes found in the heads of human beings are destroyed by it at once, without any inconvenient result being perceived. It has been employed very success- fully in banishing the insects which infest domestic animals, etc. The use of larkspur seed for the destruction of the insects infesting the human head is a time-honored application among country people—beds of the plant being cultivated frequently for the express purpose of furnishing material for the decoction. The efficiency of this remedy seems to depend on the presence of the alkaloid called delphine, which appears to be a poison especially fatal to insects. To Drive Flies from Stables. Scatter chloride of lime on a board in a stable, to remove all kinds of flies, but more especially biting flies. Sprinkling beds of vegetables with even a weak Solution, effectually preserves them from caterpillars, slugs, etc. A paste of 1 part powdered chloride of lime and part of some fatty matter placed in a narrow band round the trunk of the tree, prevents insects from creeping up it. Even rats, mice, cockroaches, and crickets flee from it. To Keep Flies from Horses. Procure a bunch of smartweed, and bruise it to cause the juice to exude. Rub the ani- mal thoroughly with the bunch of bruised weed, especially on the legs, neck and ears. Neither 178 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. flies or other insects will trouble him for twenty- four hours. The process should be repeated every day. A very convenient way of using it is, to make a strong infusion by boiling the weed a few minutes in water. When cold it can be conveniently applied with a Sponge or brush. Smartweed is found growing in every section of the country, usually on wet ground near highways. To Disperse Black Ants. A few leaves of green wormwood, scattered among the haunts of these troublesome insects, is said to be effectual in dislodging them. To Exterminate Red Ants. Grease a plate with lard, and Set it where the insects abound. They prefer lard to any- thing else, and will forsake Sugar for it. Place a few sticks around the plate for the ants to climb up on. Occasionally turn the plate bot- tom up over the fire, and the ants will fall in with the melting lard. Reset the plate, and in a short time you will catch them all. Pow- dered borax, sprinkled around the infested places, will exterminate both red and black ants. To Destroy Bed Bugs. Rub the bedsteads in the joints with equal parts of spirits of turpentine and kerosene oil, and the cracks of the Surbase in the rooms where there are many. Filling up all the cracks with hard soap, is an excellent remedy. March and April are the months when bedsteads should be examined to kill all the eggs. To Destroy Bed Bugs in Papered Rooms. Clean the paint of the room thoroughly, and set in the centre of the room a dish containing four ounces of brimstone. Light it, and close the room as tight as possible, stopping the key hole of the door with paper, to keep the fumes of the brimstone in the room. Let it remain for three or four hours, then open the windows and air thoroughly. The brimstone will be found to have also bleached the paint, if it was a yel- lowish white. To Transplant Large Shade Trees. In the autumn, before the frost comes on, dig a trench around the tree and cut the roots, but not too near the tree. Remove the tree through the winter, when the ground is frozen. Raise it up with the frozen earth adhering to the roots. The whole mass is easily raised with levers on to a strong sled, and can then be drawn erect by means of oxen or horses. Trees from 20 to 80 feet high can be moved by this method, and they will grow in the spring. To Purify Water in a Cistern. Two ounces of permanganate of potassa thrown in a cistern will render the foulest water Sweet and pure. Precautions Before Entering a Sick Room. Never enter fasting; if it is inconvenient to take refreshment of the ordinary kind, obtain a glass of wine and a cracker. Do not stand between the patient and the door, if possible. Avoid sitting on or touching the bed clothes as much as possible, and do not inhale the patient's breath. The hands should always be washed in clean water, if the patient has fever, before leaving the room to touch other people or things. After visiting a fever patient, etc., change the dress, if possible. As soon as the fever is over, and the patient is convalescent, the dress which has been used by the nurse or attendant should be destroyed, if there are no means of fumiga- tion at hand, or it must be boiled in water to which carbolic acid has been added. The same treatment must be applied to the bed clothes, etc., which have been used. Coxe's Hive Syrup. Put one ounce each Squills and Seneca snake- root into one pint water; boil down to one-half and strain. Then add one-half pound clarified. honey, containing twelve grains tartrate of an- timony. Dose.—For a child, ten drops to one tea- spoonful, according to age. An excellent remedy for croup. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 174) r' ſ Waterproof Composition for Boots. Dissolve by heat, 1 ounce pure bottle India rubber shavings in 1 quart meat's foot oil, and add 2 ounces tallow. This makes a fine water- proof composition for boots, and is recom- mended to Sportsmen. Patent Leather Polish. Take one-half pound molasses or sugar, one ounce gum arabic, and two pounds ivory black; boil them well together, then let the vessel stand until quite cooled, and the contents are settled; after which, bottle off. This is an ex- cellent reviver, and may be used as a blacking in the ordinary way, no brushes for polishing being required. Treatment of Rupture. Rupture is generally caused by a strain or an accident, and should be attended to by a surgeon as soon as possible. Meanwhile the patient must be laid upon a sofa or bed with his hips and legs slightly raised, so as to give him ease and place the rupture in the most favorable position for being restored to its proper place. If the patient is faint, support him by giving wine and water, or salvolatile, or a little broth, but do not over-stimulate him. In other respects must be kept perfectly quiet. Treatment of Debility. This arises from a diseased action of the stomach; the occasional use of mild aperients, followed by bitters and tonics, is the best treat- ment. When, from a general laxity of the solids, and there are no symptoms of fever, nor a tendency of the blood to the head, a course of iron tonics will prove advantageous. Either of the following may be adopted for this purpose: Pure sulphate of iron, 1 drachm; extract of gentian and powdered ginger, of each 1% drachms; beat together into a mass, and divide into 120 pills, one to be taken morning, noon, and night. Or, sulphate of iron and powdered myrrh, of each 1 drachm; sulphate of quinine, # drachm; conserve of roses, sufficient to form a pill mass. Divide into 120 pills, administered as the last. Remedy for Inflammation of the Ear. Swelling and redness, attended with throb- bing, indicates it. If caused by accumulation of wax, syringe the ear forcibly with tepid water. If by a cold, a poultice of warm hops, soaking the feet. If the pain is great, one drop laudanum and two drops sweet oil of almonds dropped into the ear three times a day, or juice of onions and laudanum. A slice of onion, toasted and tied on hot outside the ear, is a good remedy for earache in children, and often effective with adults. If very severe, a mustard poultice can be held behind the ear. If the stomach is out of order use an emetic. If no relief comes, call a physician. Cure for the Earache. Take a small piece of cotton batting or cot- ton wool, make a depression in the centre with the finger, and fill it up with as much ground pepper as will rest on a five-cent piece ; gather it into a ball and tie it up ; dip the ball into sweet oil and insert it in the ear, covering the latter with cottom wool, and use a bandage or cap to retain it in its place. Almost instant relief will be experienced, and the application is so gentle that an infant will not be injured by it, but experience relief, as well as adults. One part laudanum and six parts sweet oil dropped in the ear is also very effectual. To Remove Warts. A daily application of either of the three following remedies is effective in dispersing warts: Touch the wart with a little nitrate of silver, lunar caustic ; or with nitric acid or aromatic vinegar. The lunar caustic produces a black, and the nitric acid a yellow stain, which passes off in a short time; the vinegar scarcely discolors the skin. Sparks of frictional electricity, repeated daily, by applying the warts to the conductor of an electrical machine, have been also successfully employed as a cure for these troublesome and unsightly excres- CôIACCS. 180 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION Cure for Temporary Deafness. Inject warm water into the ear by means of a proper syringe, the head being placed with that side upwards during the operation. Mexican Mustang Liniment. Take 2 fluid ounces petroleum, 1 fluid ounce ammonia water, and 1 fluid drachm brandy. Mix. How to Keep Ice in Summer. No refrigerator or ice-box will prevent, or even retard the melting of the ice, which does not combine the following conditions: It must have double sides, bottom, and lid, with the space between the two casings filled with some non-conducting substance, in order to exclude the external temperature; and the inner lid or cover should be practically, if not hermetically, air-tight, in furtherance of the same result. If external air enters, it will bring its own tem- perature with it. There should be also a drain- age-pipe at the bottom to carry off, instan- taneously, every drop of Water formed by the melting of the ice, and this pipe should either be fitted with a trap or curved in Such a man- ner as to prevent the cold air from escaping. It is even more indispensable to carry off every drop of the water than it is to exclude the air —a view not generally entertained by consum- ers of the article, but which, according to experiments made, seems to be fully demon- strated. Thus, on exposing a piece of ice weighing, say 25 pounds, to the air, at a tem- perature of 75°, but so placed that it is per- fectly drained, it will be found to have scarcely disappeared at the end of 24 hours. Wrap the same piece in 3 or 4 thicknesses of blanket or flannel, and place it in a small tub exposed to the same temperature, and as the Water filters through the blanket the ice will stand in its own water, and will be all dissolved in 5 or 6 hours. Wrap the same piece of ice carefully in a blanket, and place it on a grating, or on four crossed sticks, so that no Water can ac- cumulate underneath, and at the end of 3 or even 4 days it will not have entirely melted. To Destroy Insects in the Ear. Insects may be destroyed by pouring a spoon- ful of warm olive oil, or camphorated oil, into the ear over night, retaining it there until the next morning by means of a piece of cotton Wool, when it may be washed out with a little mild soap and warm water. To Purify a Sick Chamber. The nitrous acid vapor, so invaluable as a disinfectant in contagious fevers, is obtained by decomposing nitre by means of heated sul- phuric acid, in the following manner: Put { ounce Sulphuric acid in a crucible glass or china cup and warm it over a lamp or in heated Sand, adding to it from time to time a little nitre. Several of these vessels must be placed in the sick chamber and in the neigh- boring apartments and passages, at a distance of 20 feet or more from each other, according to the height of the ceiling and the virulence of the contagion. GARGLES Are simple remedies well adapted to domestic practice in sore throats of various kinds. Ac- cording to the nature of the ingredients of which they are made, they allay irritation and inflam- mation, invigorate the membrane lining of the mouth and throat, and promote Suppuration. The particular purpose for which they are re- quired, ought to be kept in view in their prepa- ration. Potassa, Gargle for Sore Throat. Strong sage tea, 1 pint; strained honey, 2 tablespoonfuls; chlorate of potassa, 1 teaspoon- ful. Mix, and use as often as necessary, being careful to shake before using. Also poultice the throat with hops and warm vinegar. Brewers' yeast substituted for the chlorate of potassa, makes a very effectual gargle. Gargle for Ulcerated Sore Throat. Water, 3 pint; decoction of Peruvian bark, # pint; sulphate of zinc. 1 drachm. Mix. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 181 Gargle for Sore Throat. Very strong sage tea, § half pint; strained honey, common Salt and strong vinegar, of each 2 tablespoonfuls; cayenne, pulverized, 1 round- ing teaspoonful; steep the cayenne with the sage, strain, mix, and bottle for use: gargling from four to a dozen times daily, according to the severity of the case. Carbolic Acid Gargle. Used as a gargle for sore throat, attended with foul breath. Take 2 grains of the crystals to 1 ounce of water. Gargle for Inflammation of the Throat- Purified Nitre, 2 drachms. Barley Water, 7 ounces. Acetate of Honey, 7 drachms. Mix the ingredients. To be used frequently. Gargle for Domestic Use in Sore Throat. Take 3 teaspoonfuls vinegar, 2 teaspoonfuls tincture of myrrh, 2 of honey, a glass of port wine, and 3 or four wine glasses of warm water. Mix all these ingredients, and the gargle is ready for use. A decoction of the leaves of the black currant may, with good effect, be added instead of the warm water. This makes both a pleasant and most useful gargle. Mucilaginous Gargle for Inflamed Throat. 3 drachms. 7 ounces. Tincture of Myrrh, Mucilage of Gum Arabic, Mix. This gargle is of use in defending the parts when the saliva is of an acrid character. Gargle for Threatened Mortification of Throat. Tincture of Capsicum, 6 drachms. Honey of Roses, 3 & & Infusion of Roses, # pint. Mix. Or : Tincture of Capsicum, 6 drachms. Infusion of Peruvian Bark, 5 ounces. Port Wine, 8 ounces. Mix. Gargle to Promote Suppuration. Barley water and infusion of linseed. This gargle is to be used warm. It must be kept in view that this mild gargle acts by softening the parts of the throat, and hastening the Sup- puration by its heat; and it is requisite, there- fore, that the temperature of the gargle be kept up. Carbolized Gargle for Diphtheria, Tonsilitis, Etc. 20 minims. # drachm. Carbolic Acid, Acetic Acid, Honey, 2 fluid ounces. Tincture of Myrrh, 2 fluid drachms. Water, 6 fluid ounces. The carbolic and acetic acids to be well shaken together before the other ingredients are added. To Prevent Iodine from Staining. By adding a few drops of liquid carbolic acid to the iodine tincture, the latter will not stain. Caustic for Corns. Take of liquid terchloride of antimony and tincture of iodine, of each 2 drachms avoirdu- pois; protiodide of iron, 7 grains. Mix, and preserve it in a Well-stoppered phial. Apply with care. Two to four applications are said to effect a cure. Blistering Plaster. Infuse 3 drachms powdered cantharides in 4 ounces acetic ether for 8 days; decant and evaporate; then add 4 drachms resin, and spread on court plaster. Management of Blisters. Spread the plaster thinly on paper, or linen, and rub over it a few drops of olive oil. In this way the blister acts speedily, and with less irritation than usual. 182 AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. To Camphorate Blisters. M. Deschamps d'Avallon has suggested, when it is desirable to camphorate a blister, it may be readily accomplished by dropping on its surface a few drops of a Saturated solution of camphor in chloroform, made by adding 2 parts of the latter to 4 of the former. Cure for Nocturnal Emissions. Mix 50 grains bromide of potassa with 25 grains each aromatic powder and white sugar. Make up into 12 powders, 1 to be taken two or three times a day. Remedy for Difficulty in Urinating. Mix together 1 scruple each oil of turpentine, extract of henbane, and soap. Make it into 12 pills, and administer 1 pill 3 times a day. To Relieve Spasm of the Bladder. To relieve the spasm, place the patient in a hot bath immediately, and keep him there, supplying fresh hot water when required, until he is relieved, or he becomes at all faint or fatigued. Then put him into a bed which has previously been well warmed, and keep hot cloths, hot salt, hot bran, or hot tins applied, to prevent a return of the pain if possible; and as the medical treatment is of great consequence, lose no time in summoning the medical man. Remedy for Disease of the Kidneys- Boil 1 ounce pareira brava in 3 pints of water until it is only 1 pint. Dose.—A wine-glassful 8 times a day. Remedy for Incontinence of Urine. Put 4 drops tincture of aconite root in a tumbler of water. Dose.—A teaspoonful every hour until relieved. Renaedy for Nocturnal Incontinence of Urine. Nocturnal incontinence of urine has been treated successfully by administering from 15 to 20 minims of tincture of belladonna 3 times daily. Remedy for Incontinence of Urine of Old People. The continued use of 1 to 6 drops tincture of iodine daily has proved a successful remedy. Fainting Fits. If a person faints, let him be placed on his back until he comes to. Do nothing else. He has fainted because the heart has stopped beating. It will come to of itself as soon as nature desires it, and it will be easier to propel the blood in a horizontal direction, when lying down, than perpendicularly to the head, chest, and arms, when sitting up. And yet the very first effort of bystanders when a person is observed to have fainted, is to place him on a chair, or lift up his head. If the pa- tient be a female, place her on her back, with the head low, loosen all clothes about the neck and chest, sprinkle cold water on the face, and apply smelling salts to the nostrils. When the patient can swallow, give some cold water, with 20 or 30 drops of Sal volatile, or a little brandy. Sick Headache. This usually proceeds from acidity and overloading the stomach. When it is not from improper eating, all that is necessary is to soak the feet in hot water for fifteen minutes, drink some warm herb tea, retire to bed, and take a good Sweat for about an hour. This will give relfef. If the trouble arises from over- eating, relief may be obtained by taking an emetic. |Fits. If a person falls in a fit, let him remain on the ground, provided his face be pale; for should it be fainting or temporary suspension of the heart's action, you may cause death by raising him upright, or by bleeding; but if the face be red or dark colored, raise him on his seat, throw cold water on his head immediately, and send for a surgeon, and get a vein opened, or fatal pressure on the brain may ensue. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 183 Cure for Cramps. Mix 2 drachms chloroform, 1 drachm oil of camphor, 6 drachms mucilage of gum arabic, and 1% grains acetate of morphia. Dose.—Forty drops every two hours. Periodical Sick Headache. Those who are afflicted periodically with sick headache, accompanied with nausea and some- times with vomiting, may obtain relief by soak- ing the feet in hot water, and using the emetic. This treatment should be followed by taking the lenitive electuary. Remedy for Lumbago. Rectified Oil of Turpentine, 25 drops. Sulphuric Ether, 1 scruple. Mucilage of Gum Arabic, 3 drachms. Syrup of Poppies, 1 drachm. Rose Water, 1% ounces. Make into a draught; take at bed-time. Remedy for a Weak Back. Take a beef’s gall, pour it into 1 pint alco- l'ol, and bathe frequently. Excellent Remedy for Neuralgia. A remedy, which is sometimes instantaneously successful, is mixing equal parts of sweet oil, spirits of hartshorn, and chloroform; shake it well, and before time is allowed for its parti- cles to separate, wet a bit of rag or lint, place it on the painful spot for about a minute, or less if relieved sooner, but hold a handkerchief on the lint, so as to confine the volatile ingre- dients; if kept on too long, the skin may be taken off. Whitlow or Felon. The severity of the inflammation in whitlow varies considerably; there is the mild form, which generally yields to fomentation with hot water, cloths or poultices; and if matter forms, if relieved by the lancet, it speedily heals; but there is much more formidable affection, in which the deep textures of the finger are in- volved, accompanied by severe pain, throbbing, and much redness, heat, and swelling. This form is only to be relieved by free and early incisions with the lancet; for if this be neglected, the bones will become affected, and will be destroyed. It would, therefore, be advisable to submit the finger to the inspection of a surgeon when it does not easily yield to fomentations or a poultice. Treatment of Whitlow. Steam the whole hand with bitter herbs for thirty or forty minutes; bathe it frequently in strong hot lye water. The steaming must riot be dispensed with. Or: immerse the diseased finger in strong lye as long and as hot as can be borne several times a day. Apply a poul- tice of linseed and slippery elm, with a little salt and brandy. The formation of matter is indicated by a small white spot in the center of the swelling. When this appears, open it with the point of a large needle or probe, that the matter may escape. Repeat if necessary. If proud flesh appears, apply the vegetable caustic or chloride of potassium, diluted. A poultice of powdered hops is very effectual to relieve pain. Attend to the general health, by giving aperients, tonics, and nutritious cooling diet. Simple Cure for a Felon. - As soon as the parts begin to swell, get the tincture of lobelia, and wrap the part affected with cloth saturated thoroughly with the tinc- ture, and the felon is dead. An old physician says that he has known it to cure in scores of cases, and it never fails if applied in season. Bone Felon. The following receipt for the cure of bone felon is given by that high authority, the Lon. don Lancet: As soon as the disease is felt, put directly over the spot a blister of Spanish fly, about the size of the thumb nail, and let it remain for 6 hours, at the expiration of which time, directly under the surface of the blister may be seen the felon, which can be instantly taken out with the point of a needle or a lancet. 184 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. To Curre Fels) ºng. Stir teaspoonful water into 1 ounce Venice turpentine with a rough stick until the mixture appears like granulated honey. Wrap a good coating of it round the finger with a cloth. If the felon is only recent, the pain will be re- moved in 6 hours. Spitting of Blood. In cases of spitting of blood, it is often diffi- cult to determine whether it proceeds from the internal surface of the mouth, from the throat, from the stomach, or from the lungs. When the blood is of a florid or frothy appearance, and brought up with more or less coughing, preceded by a short tickling cough, a Saltish taste, anxiety, and tightness across the chest, its source is the lungs. The blood proceeding from the lungs is usually of a florid color, and mixed with a little frothy mucous only. It may be distinguished from bleeding from the stomach, by its being raised by hacking or coughing, and by its florid and frothy appear- ance; that from the stomach is vomited in considerable quantities, and is of a dark color. Treatment for Spitting of Blood. Moderate the discharge of blood by avoiding whatever tends to irritate the body and increase the action of the heart. A low diet should be strictly observed, and external heat and bodily exercise avoided; the air of the room should be cool, and the drink (which should consist chiefly of barley-water, acidulated with lemon- juice), taken cold, and the patient not be suffered to exert his voice. After the operation of a little gentle aperient medicine, as lenitive elec- tuary, or an infusion of Senna, with a little cream of tartar dissolved in it, take 10 drops of laudanum and 10 drops of elixir of vitriol in half a cupful of cold water. If there is no cough, the laudanum may be omitted. A little salt and water given will often check spitting of blood, when it comes on. Put the feet in warm water, and give as above, the elixir of vitriol, etc. Give also ipecacuanha powder in Bn) all doses of from 1 to 2 grains every four hours. Treatment of Boils. When these appear, suppuration should be promoted by poultices of bread and linseed meal, to which a little glycerine or fat or oil may be added, to prevent their getting hard. When poultices are inconvenient, exposure to the vapor of hot Water, or the application of stimulating plasters, may be adopted instead. When suf- ficiently ripe, the boil should be opened with a lancet, the matter evacuated, and the wound dressed with a little simple ointment spread on a piece of clean lint or linen. The diet may be full and liberal until the maturation of the tumor and the discharge of the matter, when it should be lessened, and the bowels opened by Some saline purgatives, as salts or cream of tartar. When there is a disposition in the constitution to the formation of boils, the bowels should be kept regular, and tonics, as bark or iron, taken, with the frequent use of sea-bath- ing, if possible. Carbuncle. A carbuncle is a species of boil, but larger, and much more painful. It shows debility in the constitution. Carbuncles are very danger- ous, and medical advice should at once be ob- tained. Astringents. Substances that constrict the animal fibre, and coagulate albumen. When employed to check bleeding, they are called styptics. The principal vegetable astringents are catechu, kino, galls, and oak bark; the principal mineral as- tringents are sulphate of iron, nitrate of silver, chloride of zinc, Sulphate of copper, acetate of lead, etc. Dyspepsia. If a man wishes to get rid of dyspepsia, he must give his stomach and brain less to do. It will be of no service to follow any particular regimen—to live on chaff bread or any such stuff—to Weigh his food, etc., so long as the brain is in a constant state of excitement. Let that have proper rest, and the stomach will perform its proper functions. But if he pass ten or twelve hours a day in his office or count- AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 185 ing-room, and take no exercise, his stomach will inevitably become paralyzed; and if he puts nothing into it but a cracker a day, it will not digest it. In many cases it is the brain that is the pri- mary cause. Give that delicate organ some rest. Leave your business behind you when - you go to your home. Do not sit down to your dinner with your brows knit, and your mind absorbed in casting up interest accounts. Never abridge the usual hours of sleep. Take more or less of exercise in the open air every day. Allow yourself some innocent recreation. Eat moderately, slowly, and of just what you please. If any particular dish disagrees with you, how- ever, never touch it or look at it. Do not im- agine that you must live on rye bread or oat meal porridge; a reasonable quantity of nutri- tious food is essential to the mind as well as the body. Above all, banish all thoughts of the subject. If you have any treatises on dys- pepsia, domestic medicines, etc., put them directly out of your reach. If you are constantly talking and thinking about dyspepsia, you will surely have it. Endeavor to forget that you have a stomach. Keep a clear conscience; live temperately, regularly, cleanly; be industrious, too, but avoid excess in that, as in all other things. Heartburne Anxiety and pain about the region of the stomach, generally attended by a sense of gnaw- ing and heat; hence called heartburn. Faint- ness, nausea, and eructation of a thin, acidulous, watery liquid, especially in the morning, are common sprimptoms of this complaint. The usual causes of heartburn are excess in eating or drinking, the use of improper food, and Se- dentary habits. A good remedy is a teaspoonful of carbonate of magnesia, or carbonate of soda, in a glass of peppermint or cinnamon water, to which a little powdered ginger may be added with advantage. This dose may be taken two or three times daily until the disease is removed Articles of food that easily undergo fermenta- tion should at the same time be avoided, and a dry diet had recourse to as much as possible. Soda water, toast and water, and weak spirits and water, are the most suitable beverages in this complaint. 186 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. MEDICINES, WITH THEIR USES AND DOSES. MEDICINE. COMMON NAME. OPERATION. USE. DOSE. Absinthium. . . . . . . . . . . . Acacia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Acetic Ether..... e e s e º e Acetum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Acetum Aromaticum.... Acetum Cantharides... . Acetum Colchici........ Acetum Destillata Acetum Lobelia Acetum Opii...... • e e C & © tº * Acetum Sanguinarise. . . Acetum Scillae Achillea Millefolum.... Acidum Aceticum Acidum Nitricum Acidum Nitricum dil... Wormwood. Gum Arabic. Arom. vinegar. Winegar of can- tharides. Winegarof mea- dow saffron. Distilled wine- gar. Wing'roflobelia Wing’r of opium Wing’r of blood- root. Wing’r of squill. TOW. Acetic acid. Nitric acid. Nitric acid. Milfoil or Yar- Anthelmintic, anti- Septic, discutient. Demulcent. Stimulant and anti- Spasmodic. Diaphoretic, astrin- gent, etc. A prompt vesicant. Diuretic and purga- tive. Refrigerent, astrin- gent. Antispasmodic. Narcotic. An acrid emetic, di- aphoretic and stim- ulant. Diuretic, emetic, expectorant. Diuretic. Stimulant, rubefa- cient, escharotic. Tonic, antiseptic, escharotic. e e Q e o O © e º O C e º e º 'º - Intermittents, dys- pepsia and gout. In whooping cough and catarrh. Used externally in rheumatism. In fevers and scor- butus. ... As a grateful per- fume in sick rooms. As a counter-irri- tant in dropsy, to form an immediate blister. In dropsy and gout. Chiefly for pharma- ceutical purposes; Same aS Vlnegar. Emetic. Substitute for tinc- ture of opium. In chronic catarrh, bronchial affect- tions and pertussis In dropsies, asth- mas, and chronic catarrh. In hysteria, hemor- rhages and period- ical affections. Applied to the nos- trils in syncope, headache, etc. Commercial purpo- S628. As a drink largely diluted in fevers; in affections of the liver, infusion, 6 drachms to pint of Water. # to 2 drachms. Ad libitum. 1–4 drachms. Ad libitum. 6–16 drops, as a di- uretic. 30–60 drops, in any bland fluid. 1–4 drachms. 30–60 drops. 8–10 drops. 15–60 drops, in cin- namon Water or mint Water. Used in irºfusion, or º drops of volatile Oll, Not to be given in- ternally. 10–20 drops, in 3 ounces of water. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 187 MEDICINE. COMMON NAME. OPERATION. USE. DOSE. Acidum Nitro Muriat- Acidum Sulphuricum ... Acidum Sulphuricum, aro Acidum Sulphuricum, dil Acidum Sulphurosum .. Acidum Tannicum Acidum Tartaricum.... Acidum Walerianicum. . Aconitina. . . . . . . tº e º e º 'º e AconitiFolia et Radix. . Actaea. . . . . Acidum Aceticum Aro- maticum * * * * * * * g e º ſº º Acidum Aceticum Cam- phoratum Acidum Arseniosum.... Acidum Benzoicum. . . . . Acidum Carbazoticum. . Acidum Carbolicum. . . . Acidum Chromicum. ... Acidum Citricum. * @ Q @ e º Nitro muriatic acid. Sulphuric acid. Elixir of Witriol Diluted Sul- phuric acid. Sulphurous acid. Tannic acid, tannin. Tartaric acid. Walerianic acid Aconite. Aconite Napel- lus. Baneb'ry, white and red cohosh. Aromatic wine- gar. Camphorated acetic acid. Arsenious acid. Benzoic acid. Picric acid. Carbolic acid. Chromic acid. Citric acid. Stimulant Antisep- tic. Tonic, stimulant,as- tringent, refrigerent Aromatic. Tonic, astringent, refrigerant. Externally applied. Astringent. Refrigerent, anti- Septic. Inflam’ble, dissolves camphor & resins. Narcotic. Narcotic, sudorific, antiphlogistic. Expectorant. Purgent. Aromatic. Tasteless. Standard expecto- rant. To nic astringent antiperodic. A most complete disinfectant. • * * * * * * e º e º 'º e º e e e e Refrigerent, anti- Septic, In scarlatina in chronic affections of liver, epilepsy, etc. In local pains and in Scabies. In dyspepsia and chronic asthma. Skin eruptions, gar- gles, dyspepsia. In parasitic skin diseases, used in lotion. In passive hemor- rhages in diarrhea, menorrhagia. In inflammatory affections, fevers and scorbutus. Antispasmodic ner- VIIlê. Used extern ally, counter irritant, Very polSonous. In chronic rheuma- tism, scrofula, palsy, etc. Purga t iv e and emetic. As a grateful per- fumein sickrooms. The vaporis snuffed up the nostrils in Syncope. To prep are the arsenical solution. In chronic catarrh. In intermittents, di- arrhea, etc. Use in surgery in arresting pus. As an escharotic. In febrile and in- flammatory com- plaints. 6–10 drops in 3 Ounces Water. Not given inter- nally. 10–30 drops in fluids twice a day. 10–20 drops largely diluted. Not used inter- ternally. 2–4 grains. 5–15 drops. Not given inter- ternally. 1, grain, gradually increased to 5. 10 grains. 1-30 of a grain. 10–30 grains. 2–5 grains. Make lotion 2–10 grs. to water 1 oz. Not given inter- nally. 10–30 grains in wa- ter or any bland fluid. 188 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. MEDIOINE. COMMON NAME. OPERATION. USE. DOSE. Acidum Gallicum. . . . . . Gallic acid. Astringent. In vesicle and uter-|1–15 grains. ine hemorrhages. Acidum Hydriodicum Dilute hydri-Stimulent, absorb-In glandular swell-1 drachm diluted Dilutum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . odic acid. ent. ings and dropsy. with water. Acidum Hydrochloricum Acidum Hydrochloricum Dil e e º e º 'º e e e º e º & Q e º e s e Acidum Hydrocyanicum Dilutum & ſº tº e º ſº & e º is & e e e º e s tº º e º º ſº tº e º is a Spiritus AEtheris Sul- phurici Comp e e º 'º e º e º º Alcohol Alcohol Amylicum Alcohol Methylic º ºg º 'º e º a Aletris © e. e. e. e º 'º º º O ſº tº º ºs e º e Allium. . . . . . . . . © º º ºs Q & © e Alnus Rubra Muriatic acid. |Diluted muriat- ic acid. Diluted prussic acid. Lactic acid. Baobab. Lard. Sulphuric ether Spunk. Comp. Spirits of sulphuric ether. Alcohol. Fusel oil. Woodnaphtha. Star grass. Garlic bulbs. Tag alder. Tonic, diuretic, an tiseptic. Tonic, diuretic, an- tiseptic. Antispasmodic, Se- dative. Cooling. Diaphoretic. Emollient. Stimulant, narcotic, antispasmodic. Cathartic. Stimulant, achic. stom- Stimulant, sedative An active ointment p018On. Narcotic, sedative. Tonic, stomachic. Stimulant, diuretic, expectorant. Alterative, emetic, astringent. Cathartic, stimulat- ing, anthelmentic In typhus gargles, Sore throats, gon- orrhae. Sore throats, cuta- neous eruptions, etc. In asthma, Spas- modic coughs, hic- cough, nervous af- fections, palpita- tion of the heart. In dyspepsia and phosphatic depos- its. In miasmatic dis- eases of the West Indies. In the formation of ointments. Hysteria, asthma, tetanus, epilepsy. In torpid liver. In weakness of the stomach, flatulen- cy and languor. Never used in its undiluted form. In debility and low fewers. In the arts and adul- terating liquors. Cheap substitute for alcohol. In rheumatism and dropsy. In dropsey, asthma, hysteria, intermit- tents. In scrofula, second- ary, Syphilis, etc. To act as purgative on the large intes- Aloe Socotrina Socotrine aloes times. 5–20 drops, proper- ly diluted. 10–20 drops, diluted 2 drops gradually increased to 5 in a glassful of Water. 1–3 drs. in Sweet- ened solution. In decoction of bark and leaves to 1 pt. daily. Used externally. 20–60 drops in 12 ounces of water. 5–30 grains. 30–120 drops in 13 ounces of water. 3–1 drachm. 10–40 drops. 10 grains. 1–6 cloves, swallow- ed without chew’ng 2 or 3 times a day. 60–120 drops fluid extract. 2–10 grains. AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 189 MEDICINE. COMMON NAME. OPERATION. USE. DOSE. Althae Folia et Radix... Alumen....... © & © e o O & © e Alumen Exsiccatum. . . . Alumina Sulpha's Ambergris Ammoniacum.......... Ammoniae Arsenias..... Ammoniae Bicarbonas.. Ammoniae Carbonas... . Ammoniae Murias. Ammoniae Walerinas... Ammoniae Bromidum... Ammonii Iodidum Amygdalae Amarae et Dul- Cl8 . . . . © Amylum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Anethum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Marshmallow leaves and root. Alum. Dried alum. Sulphate of am- monia. Ambergris. Gum ammon- 13, C. ammonia. Bicarbonate of a, Iſll ClOIllà. Sesqui carb. of ammonia. Sal ammoniac, Valerinate of ammonia. Bromide of am- IIl OIlla. Iodide of am- IClOIllà. Bitter & sweet almonds. Starch. Dill seed. Arseniate of ...... Emollient, lubricat- ing, emulcent. Emetic, laxative, astringent. Escharotic. Astringent, anti- Septic. Antispasmodic. Expectorant, resol- yent, antispasmod- 1C. © C & © e º 'º e o e e s Stimulant, antiacid, diaphoretic. Stimulant,antiacid, diaphoretic, Aperient, diuretic, stimulant. stimulant, antispas- modic. * * * * * * * e º O e º e o e º e e Demulcent, the bit- ter as sedative. Demulcent, nutri- tious. Stimulant. In pulmonary and intestinal affec- tions, ardor urine, calculus. In croup, hemor- rhages, whooping cough, leucorrhea, gleet, etc. To destroy fungus in ulcers. Used externally. Hysteria, epilepsy. In asthma, chronic catarrh, obstinate colic, white swell- ings. In inveterate skin diseases. Hysteria, chronic rheumatism, dys- pepsia. Applied to the nos- trils in Syncope. To abate inflamma- tions, allay head- ache. In neuralgia, epi- lepsy, chorea. |In rheumatism, sec- Ondary syphilis. Used externally as a substitute for Iodine. In inflammatory complaints and as a vehicle for more active remedies. In dysentery, tenes- mus, ulceration of the rectum. Used in flatulent colic, hiccough of infants. Fluid extract 1–2 drachms. Syrup 1–3 drachms. 10–60 grains in pow- der whey, 2 drch's of the powder in One pint hot milk. 4–12 grains. 5–6 grains. 10–60 grains. 20 drops of solution of 1 grain to the oz. of distilled water. 5–20 in pills; 30 grains as emetic. 5–20 grains in any bland fluid. Internally 2–5 gr., externally 1 oz. of Salt to alcohol 1 OZ., Water 9 oz., a good lotion. 2–8 grains in water or in pill. 2–20 grains. 1–3 grains, 1–3 fluid ounces. Useful with which to exhibit opium per anum, usually 4 drach's of starch to 1 pint water. 10–60 grains. 190 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. MEDICINE. COMMON NAME. OPERATION. USE. DOSE. Angelica. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Angelica root. Tonic sudorific|In dyspepsia and 30 to 60 grains. carminative. Ila, U1868,. Anisum ....... tº e º e º 'º e º º Anise Seed. Carminative. Dyspepsia and the 10–60 gr. bruised. tormina of in- . fants. Anthemis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chamomile Tonic, stomachic, Intermittents, dys-3 to 2 drachms flowers. antiperiodic. pepsia, hysteria, twice a day. colic. . Antimonii et Potassae, Tartar emetic.|Emetic, cathartic, In the beginning of In inflammations & Tartras is e º e º e º 'º dº º tº $ tº º Antimonium Sulphura- tum. e e e º e º ºs O C C C tº e º º & © Apocynum Cannabinum. Aralia Nudicaulis Aralia Spinosa tº e º e º e º 'º e Arctium Lappa e se e º C º te e & e - e C & © & Argenti Iodidum Argenti Nitras Armoracia. . . . . . . . Arnica Montana vº e º 'º e Precipitated Sulphur of an- timony. Indian hemp. False sarsapa- rilla. Angelica tree. Burdock, Iodide of sil- Vēr. Nitrate of sil- We]'. Horse - radish root. Leopard's bane Indian turnip. Wild ginger. diaphoretic, expec- torant. Diaphore tic, ca- thartic. Emetic, expecto- rant, narcotic, Seda- tive. Stimulant, diapho- retic. Stimulant, diapho- retic, alterative. Aperient, diuretic, Sudorific. Tonic, an ti spas- modic, escharotic. Antispasmodic, es- charotic, tomic. Stimul ant, dia- phoretic. Narcotic, diapho- retic. Stimulant. Stimulant, tonic, diaphoretic. fevers, in prieu- matic inflamma- tions, hooping cough. In Scrofula, cutane- ous diseases, etc. A very powerful remedy in ascites and general dropsy Cutaneous erup- tions, rheumatism. Employed in chron- ic' rheumatism, toothache. G out, scrofula, rheumatism, me- phritic affections. In cholera, epilepsy, as gargle. In chorea, epilepsy, dyspepsia. In scorbutus, drop- sy, dyspepsia. Paralysis, gout, dropsy, rheuma- tism. In asthma, chronic catarrh. Used as an adjunct to infusions and decoctions. in erysipelas, and to 2 grains as an emetic, 1 to 4 in Solution. 5 to 10 grains; 1 to 2 as alterative. 10 to 20 grains pro- duces free vomit- ing; 3 to 4 grains twice or thrice a day as a cathartic. Employed as gen- uine Sarsaparilla. Usually given in decoction. Make a decoction of the leaves, 2 ounces to 1; pints of water. Dose.— A teacupful several times a day. 1-6 grain in a pill. # grain, increased to 4. grains in pill With mucilage. 20 to 60 grains. See infusions. 5 to 10 grains in powder. Also, ex- ternally. to 10 grains, mixed with gum arabic, Sugar and Water. 5 ASN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 191 MEDICINE. COMMON NAME. OPERATION. USE. DOSE. Asclepias Incarnata . . . . Assafoetida Atropia e & © e & © tº e º ºs e º e s e e Balsamum Peruvianum. Balsamum Tolutanum. Baptisia Tinctoria. . . . . . Belladonna....... e Q e s e e Benzoinum....... © º e e º e Bismuthi Submitras . . . . Boras Soda Brominum............. * * * @ & Q @ e e e e º 'º e s e Calamus Aromaticus.... Calumba. • & © & © e º e º e o e e Camphora..... Canella . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cantharis......... Qansioum.............. Com. silk weed. Assafoetida. Atropia. Peruv. balsam. Balsam of tolu. Wild indigo. Deadly night- shade. Benzoin. Submitrate bis- muth. Borax. Bromine. Barosma Sweet flag. . Columbo. Camphor. Canella bark. The blister fly. Red pepper. Expectorant, cath- artic. Antispasmodic, ex- pec'rt, anthelm’ntic Powerful narcotic, diaphoretic. Stimulant, expectorant. tonic, Stimulant, expecto- rant. Antiseptic, laxative, emetic. Powerful narcotic, diaphoretic. Antispasmodic, ab- Sorbent, Sedative. Diuretic, refriger- ant. Stimulates the lym- phatics. Stimulant, diapho- retic, Stomachic, carm’ve Tomic. Diaphoretic, nar- cotic, Sedative. Stimulant, cathar- tic, tonic. Stimulant, diuretic, vesicant. Stimulant, rubefa- cient. Catarrh, pneumonia pleurisy. Hysteria, asthma, worms, dyspnoea. In intermittents, neuralgia, as coly- Illlſ]]. In palsy, asthma, gleet. In chronic coughs. In Scarlatina, gan- grene. Ticaouloureux, pal- sy, dropsy, chorea, etc., etc. Principally for ob- taining the acid it contains. In dyspepsia, at- tended with car- dialgia. In gastric irrita- tation; as a gargle in aphtha. In scrofula, bronco- cele. In irritation of the bladder. In atonic dyspepsia. Used in dyspepsia. In malignant sore throat, pneumonia, mania, hysteria. Used as an addition to bitters. Internally in drop- sies, gleet, reten- tion of urine. In atomic gout, dys- 20–60 grains several times a day. 10–30 grains. 8 grains to an ounce of lard in neural- gia. Apply. 10–30 drops, thrice a day. Used principally OOl account of its fla- WOI’. l © * ounce of decoc- tion. # grain, increased to 1 grain, daily. 10–30 grains. 1–15 grains. 10–60 grains. In aqueous parts of 1–40 of water, 6 drops several times a day. 20–30 grains in pow- der. 20–60 grs. in powder 10–20 grains or make an infusion and take wineglass 2–20 grains, in pow- der, with sugar. 10–30 grains. #–1 grain, in pill. 8–10, in pill. pepsia; for gar- gles in Sore throat. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PBACTICAL INFORMATION. MEDIGINE. COMMON NAME. OPERATION. USE. DOSE. Carbo Ligni. . . . . . . . . . . Char coal of Antiseptic, absorb-In obstinate consti-10–20 grains united wood. ent. pation, tooth pow- with rhubarb. der. Cardamom. . . . . . . . . . . . . Card a mom Carminative, stom-In colic of children.5–60 grains in pow- Seed. achic. der with rhubarb and magnesia. Carthamus.... . . . . . . . . . Dyer's saffron. Laxative. Scarlatina. Given in infusion, unlimited. Caryophyllus........... Cloves. Stimulant. As a corrigent to 5–10 grains. other remedies. Cascarilla. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cascarilla bark|Tonic, stomachic. As an adjunct to 10–60grains in pow- cinehona, in ague, der. in obstinate dia- rhea and dysentery Castorium ....... sº e e º 'º e Castor. Antispasmodic, em-Intyphus, hysteria, 10–20 grains in pills. menagogue. epilepsy. Catechu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catechu. Astringent, tonic. In diarrhea, in ute-|10–60 grains. rine, hemorrhages, ulceration of the groins. Caulophyllum.......... Blue cohosh. Diaphoretic, em-In fevers. 1–2 ounces of infu- menagogue. sion. Cetaceum....... Q & © e < e < Spermaceti. |Demulcent, emolli-In cough and dyS-30–90 grs., rubbed ent. entery. up with sugar or with an egg in emulsion. Chenopodium...... . . . . Wormseed. Anthelmintic To destroy worms Of the powdered in children, fol- seeds 20–40 to a lowed by calomel. child 2 or 3 years old, in Syrup. Chloral... . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chloral hydrate Hypnotic and ano-In delirium tremens|10–40 grains, in * dyne. and nervous dis-| syrup. eases to produce Sleep, Chloroformum . . . . . . . . . Chloroform ...|Anesthetic, a no-|It is used in Sur-10–60 drops inter- dyne. gery and in cases nally. of cholera, colic, etc. Chondrus......... . . . . . [Irish moss. A substitute for the Very nutritious. Used in decoctions Cimicifuga. . . . . . . . . . . . . Cinchona.... . . . . . . . . . . . Black snake root. Peruvian bark. Iceland moss. Tonic, diuretic, em- menagogue. Tonic, antispasmod- iç, astringent, feb- rifuge. hysteria, and Dropsy, ... rheumatism, chorea. In erysipelas, inter- mittent fewers, and Scarlatina. of 1 to 3 ozs flavor- ed with lemon. 10–60 grains in powder, but usual- ly administered in form of decoction. 8–10 grains given in Orange peel syrue AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 193 MEDICINE. COMMON NAME, OPERATIONA USE, Cinnamomum Colchici Radix et Semen. Colocynth...... Conium Copaiba........ Conus Florida Creosotum. Creta Praeparata a * * * * * * * e - e º e e s e e - e º º e º 'º Crocus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubeba..... © e o O O Cupri Acetus Gupri Sulphas.. © e º e º e s Digitalis................ Dioscorea. Willosa Cinnamon bark Bulb and seeds of the meadow Saffron. Bitter cucum- ber. Hemlock, Balsam copai- ba. Stimulant, astrin- gent, carminative. Narcotic, cathartic, diuretic. Strongly cathartic, drastic, hydro- gogue. Narcotic, poisonous, resolvent. Stimulant, diuretic, purgative. Sulphate of COpper. Foxglove. Wild yam. Dogwood. Tonic, astringent. Creosote. ...... © & © & © e o e e e s • Prepared chalk Antacid, external- ly absorbent. ! Saffron. Stimulant, purga- tive. Cubebs. Stimulant, purga- tive, diuretic. Acetate of cop-Tonic, stimulant, per. escharotic. Tonic, emetic, as- tringent, escha- rotic, styptic. Stimulant, diuretic, sedative. Antispasmodic, se- dative, As a grateful aro- matic in dyspepsia and diarrhea. In dyspepsia, gout, rheumatism, neu- ralgia, bronchitis. Combined with cal- Omel, extract of jalap and gamboge Used in cancer, Scrofula, syphillis, enlargement of liv- €I’. In gonorrhea, gleet, dysentery, hemor- rhodal affections. In all cases to which peruvian bark is adapted. Externally applied in rheumatism, neuralgia; inter- nally in dyspepsia, to allay vomiting. In diarrhea, acidity of the stomach, sprinkled on burns In hysteria, and other nervous af- fections; to color officinal tinctures. In gonorrhea, gleet, chronic diseases, leucorrhea. In epilepsy, chorea and other spas- modic affections. In epilepsy and in- termittent fevers, phthisis; to pro- duce vomiting in poisoning, as col- rium in ophthal- mia. Inflammatory diar- rhea, dropsies, hem- orrhages. bilious Given in colic. 5–20 grains in pow- der. 1–5 grains. 1–5 grains. 2–4 grains of the powder; of the ex- tract 2 drops to 1 drachm. 10–60 drops emulsion. * in May give in powder, decoction or ext. of the powder, from 20 to 60 grains. 1–3 drops. 10 drops or more. 5–30 drops. 10–30 grains of the powder every six hours. 3–2 grains. As a tonic # to 2 grains in a pill 2–10 grains in 2 ounces of water to vomit. 1 grain in pill with opium. 1–6 grains. 13 194 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Euonymus Atropurpur- e s e e s e e s e º e º e º e e Ferri et Ammonia Citras. Ferriſodidum... . . . . . . . . Ferri Oxidum Hydratum. Ferri Subcarbonas e e º 'º º º G & © Ferri Sulphas. Ferrum. ... -------. . . . . Burning bush. Thoroughwort boneset. Citrate of iron and ammonia. Iodide of iron. of iron. Subcarbonate of iron. Sulphate of iron. Iron. Hydrated oxide ... Tonic, laxative, ex- pectorant. Tonic, emetic, dia- phoretic, aperient. Tonic ... and dia- phoretic. Tonic, €IDIſleIO 8,- gogue. & © tº º º ſº tº º O C º º º O e Tonic, alterative, emmenagogue. Tonic, astringent, emmenagogue. Tonic, Anthelmin- tic, deobstruent. In dropsy. In catarrh, inter- mittents, remit- tents, dyspepsia. A pleasant and soluble chalybeate. In all cases of debility, scrofula, C8,IlC61. As an antidote for poisoning with arsenic and its salts In neuralgia, dys- pepsia, chlorosis, chorea, cancer. In diseases of gen- eral debility, dia- betes, amenorrhea. In general debility, dyspepsia, hysteria, chlorosis, worms. MEDICINE. COMMON NAME. OPERATION. USE. DOSE. Dracontium............ Skunk cabbage. Stimulant, anti-|Asthma, hysteria, 10–20 grains three Spasmodic expec- rheumatism, epi- or four times a torant. lepsy, Whooping day. It may also cough. be given in infu- Sion. Dulcamara..... tº C. e. e. e. e. e. e. Woody night-Diuretic narcotic, Humoral asthma, 5–10 grains of the shade. alterative, sudo- chronic rheuma- extract, 20–60 in . rific. tism, scrofula, powder. jaundice. Elaterium . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wild cucum-Violent cathartic, In dropsies. 1-10 to #in pill or * ber. diuretic. grain every hour till it operates. Ergota.................|Spurred rye. Stimulant, narcotic. Very useful in par-3 to 1 teaspoonful turition, in hemor- of fluid extract as rhages. may be required. Erigeron. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fleabane. Duretic, tonic, as-In dropsies, diar-Of the aqueous ex- tringent. rhea and gravel. tract 5–10 grains every hour. Eucalyptus Globulus ...|Australiangum Stimulant, duretic.In fevers and inter-Tincture 3 to 2 tree. - mittents. Ounces, oiſ 5 to 10 drops. Of the fluid ex- tracts, 1–2 drach's. As a tonic, 20–60 grains of the pow- dered leaves, or 1 to 4 ounces infu- sion, as a diapho- retic. 5... grains several times a day. 1–8 grains. 1 drachm frequent- ly repeated. 5–30 grains united with myrrh or Some aromatic. 1–5 grains com- bined with myrrh and bitter extracts. Ferrum per hydro- gen—the most use- in pill aftermeals. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 195 MEDICINE. COMMON NAME. OPERATION. USE. DOSE. Filix Mas..............|Male fern root. Anthelmintic. In tinealata, fol-2 to 3 drachms of lowed by active the Solid part of purgatives. the powdered root. Foeniculum. . . . . . . . . . . . Fennel. Carminative, diu-|In flatulencies. 20 to 60 gr. bruised, retic. to one pint of boiling water. Frasera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . American col-|A mild and valua-In all cases where 30 to 60 grs. See Galbanum. . . . . . . . . . . . . Gallº ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gambogia Gaultheria ... . . . . . . . . . . Gelseminum...... Q Q & Q º e Gentiana Granatum Grindelia Robusta Guaici Resina Lignum. umbo. Galbanum gum resin. Galls. Gamboge. Partridgeberry. Yellow jasmine Gentian root. Crane's bill. Water avens. Indian physic. Cotton. . Pomegranate bark and flow- €rS. aicum, resin and wood. ble tonic. Internally antispas- modic, expector- ant, discutient, re- Solvent. Powerfully astrin- gent, tonic. Drastic, cathartic, emetic, anthelmin- tic. Stimulant, cordial, astringent, em- Imenagogue. Febrifuge. Tonic, stomachic. A powerful astrin- gent. Tonic, astringent. Emetic, cathartic. Emmenagogue . . . . Astringent, anthel- mintic. Diaphoretic. Stimulant, diapho- retic. a pure tonic is needed. In hysteria, chloro- sis, indolent tu- IOlOI’8. Diarrhea, intestinal hemorrhages, and intermittents. In viceral obstruc- tions and dropsy. In diarrhea, amen- orrhea, but chiefly to flavor other medicines. Neuralgia, ache. dyspepsia. infusions. 10–60 gr a in s in emulsion. ar 10 to 20 twice or thrice a day. 2 to 10 grs. in pow- der, with calomel. Oil, 2 to 10 drops; infusion, 2 to 4 OUID.CéS. head-Fluid extract, 3 to 20 drops. Jaundice, hysteria, 20 to 40 grains. In diarrhea, dysen-20 to 40 grs. ; it may tery. In diarrhea, leu- corrhea. As a mild emetic, where such medi- cines are indicated. Used in burns and to blister; a solu- tion of gun cot- ton in ether forms collodion. In diarrhea, dysen- tery, tapeworm. Used in California as antidote to effects of poison oak. In chronic rheuma- be given to children boiled in milk. 20 to 60 grs. three times a day. 20 to 30 grains as emetic, repeated every 20 minutes. Of tincture, 1 hm. In substance, 30 ains; decoction, OUID.C6. A wineglass of syrup from decoction. matism, gout, cu- taneous diseases. 196 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OR PRACTICAL INFORMATION. MD, DICINE. COMMON NAME. OPERATION, USE. DOSE. Haematoxylon . . . . . . . . . Logwood. Astringent, tonic. In protracted stages Of decoction 1–2 of diarrhea and ounces, every 3 or dysentery. 4 hours. Hamamelis Virginica... Witch Hazel. Astringent, Seda-In hemorrhages and Fluid extract # tive. piles; for the lat-| drachm. ter equal parts of this bark, white oak bark and bark of the apple tree in decoction made up with lard. Helleborus ............ Black hellebore Cathartic, emmen-In mania and mel-[10–40 grains. root. agogue, hydra - ancholia and drop- gOgue. Sy. Hepatica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Liverwort. Demulcent, tonic, In chronic coughs Fluid extract 1–2 astringent, diuret- and hepatic affec- drachms. ic. tions. Heracleum............. Masterwort. Stimulant, carmin-In epilepsy, atten-2–3 drachms of the ative. ded with flatulency powdered root. Humulus.............. Hops. Narcotic, anodyne, In gout and rheu-3–20grs. in cin'am'n Hydrargyri Chloridum Corrosivum gº º º º ſº º º ºs º & e e e a e o e º e e º e º & © & © Hydrargyri Iodidum Wi- ride tº e º ºs º º ſº ... & tº e g º º te tº º Hydrargyri Cum Creta.. Hydrastis Canadensis. . Hyoscyami Folia et Sem- ina. . . . . . . . cº e o e º O e e s tº Ipecacuanhao Radix. ... Corrosive sub- limate. Calomel Iodide of mer- cury. Mercury with chalk. Yellow root. Henbaneleaves and Seed. Ipecac diuretic. Stimulant, altera- tive, antisyphilitic. Antisyphilitic, terative. al- Excellent alterative Alterative, a n ti- syphilitic. Tonic, astringent. Narcotic, anodyne, antispasmodic. Emetic in large doses, sudorific expect or ant in Small. matism. In venereal com- plaints, with the greatest advantage in chronic rheuma- tism. In bilious diseases and chronic hepa- titis, combined with opium. In strumous affec- tions and lepra. In porrigo and other cutaneous affec- tions; an altera- tive in visceral dis- eases of children. In infusions, as col- lyria to old ulcers in gonorrhae. In epilepsy, hyste- ria, palsy, mania, palpitation, and Scirrhus, as a sub- stitute for opium. In inflammatory disease, to produce vomiting, good in dysentery, pertus- S18. water or 1% oz.infu 1-12 to # grs. made into a pill. 1–2 grains at night. *–2 grs. in a pillor dissolved in alcohol 5–30 grains twice a day in any viscid Substance. 1 drachm of fluid extract. 3–10 grains of the powder, but gen- erally the extract is preferred. 20 grains as emetic alone or unit ed With 1 grain tartar emetic. AN ENCYCLOBAEDTA OF prºMCTICAL INFORMATION. 197 MEDICINE. COMMON NAME. OPERATION. USE. DOSE. Iris Versicolor.......... Blue flag. Cathartic, emetic, But seldom used, 10–20 grs. of dried diuretic. owing to the dread- root. ful nausea, and prostration it occa- Sions. Jalapa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jalap. Cathartic, grip e s In costiveness, ma-10–30 grains in pill. violently. nia, worms, dropsy and quickens the Operation of chlo- ride of mercury. Juglans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Butternut. Cathartic. In habitual costive-20–30 grs. as purge, ness, fevers, com- 5 grs. as laxative. bined with calomel Juniperus... . . . . . . . . . . . Juniper fruits Diuretic, carmina-In dropsies with 20–30 grains tritu- and tops. tive, diaphoretic. Squills and digital- urated with sugar. is, as adjunct. Juniperus Virginiana ...|Red cedar. Stimulant, diuretic, In chronic rheuma-Make an irritant Krameria............. Magnesia........ © e º e o e Magnesiae Sulphas Magnolia....... Qº º º O e º e Mentha Piperita Mentha Wiridis......... Mezereum.............. ..|Rhatany root. Magnesia. Sulph at e of magnesia. Magnolia. Pride of China Rose honey. Peppermint. Spearmint. Mezereon bark. diaphoretic. Astringent, diuretic. when it meets with acid in stomach. Purgative, diuretic. A gently stimulat- ing aromatic tonic and diaphoretic. Anthelmintic. Astringent, deter- gent. Stomachic, carmin- ative. Stomachic, carmin- ative. Stimulant, diapho- retic. tism, amenorrhea, dropsy. In dysentery at- tended with bloody stools. Ant acid, laxative,In heartburn, aph- that and acidities. other ointment by boil- ing the fresh Heaves in twice their wgt. of lard. 10–60 grains in pow. der. 10–30 grains. In all cases which}–1 ounce. require purgatives. In chronic rheuma- tism, intermittents and gastric debil- ity. Cath artic a n d|As a purgative. Chiefly in gargles in ulceration and inflammation of the mouth and fauces. in substances. See e oleum mentha viridis Invenereal diseases but doubtful. Of the powdered bark 30–60 grains often repeated. 8 or 4 ounces of the bark of the root to a quart of water; boil to a pint; give a teaspoonful. Q. S. Scarcely ever used|Fluid extract 3–1 drachm 10–60 grs. Searcely ever used in sub- stance. Of the powder 1 grain, gradually in- creased to 10. 198 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. MEDICINE. COMMON NAME. OPERATION. USE. DOSE. Morphia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Morphia. Narcotic, excitant. Chiefly to prepare|Rubbed upon the the more soluble skin it produces Salts. marcotic effect. Morphia Murias....... Muriate of Mor-|Narcotic, excitant. Used endermically|1-6 grain. phia. preferable to the acetate. Morphia Acetate....... Acetate of Mor-Narcotic. Used in severe pain;–4 grain. phia. being quicker but not so lasting as opium. Morphia Sulphate. . . . . . Sulph at e o f Powerfully narcotic Used in all cases re-3–4 grain. Morphia. and sedative. quiring the use of opium. Moschus..... ..........|Musk. Stimulant, ... anti-Used in spasmodic 2–30 grains every spasmodic, diapho- affections, hys- three or four hours. retic. teria, pertussis, epilepsy. Myristica..... .........|Nutmeg mace. Stomachic stimu-To relieve nausea. Of the nutmeg and lant. and vomiting, and mace, 5–20 grains, Naphtha... . . . . . . . . . . . . Opium... . . . . . . . . Papaver Pareira © e º e º O & © º º e Paullinia º e º 'º -º-º: 40 sº tº & © e º º Myrrh. Petroleum. Opium. White poppy capsules. Pareira Brava, Guarana. Stimulant, expecto- rant. A stimulating an- tispasmodic, and sudorific. Antisp a smodic, stimulant in Small doses,butin larger, narcotic, diapho- retic. Relaxant anodyne Tonic, aperient, di- uretic. Tonic, Nervine. to check diarrhea. In cachetic com- plaints, humoral asthma, chronic catarrh, etc. Used in all painful, of the chest, take warm by mixing one part petroleum with one and a half parts of assafoet- ida. Used in all pampel a fection s, in diarrhea, intermit- tents, typhus, cholera, and py- rosis. Externally as a fo- mentation. Inirritable bladder. Headaches. of the oil 2–6 drops. 10–30 grains in powder. Mix one scruple Naphtha suspend- ed by a Small quan- tity of boiling alco- hol in 4 ounces of simple syrup and give a teaspoonful every fifteen min- utes until expec- toration is estab- lished. 3–4 grain, 1–2 grains is narcotic. 4 ounces of the dried leaves to 4 pints of w a ter boiled to 2 pints. 30–60 grains. 8–10 grains of alco- hol extract. AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 199 MEDICINE. COMMON NAME. OPERATION, USE. DOSE. Phosphas Soda Phytolacca Bac cae et s e º e º e º e e o e ∈ * - e. e. Piper Nigrum Plumbi Acetas.......... Plumbi Carbonas Podophyllum Peltatum.. Potassae Acetas Potassae Bichromas Potassae Bitartras Potassae Carbonas Purus. Potassae Chloras........ Potassae Nitras Phosphate of Soda. Pokeberries Black pepper. Acetate of lead. Carb'n't of lead May apple, mandrake. Acetate potash. Bichromate of potash. Bitart rate of potash, cream of tartar. Pure carbonate of pot assa, Salt of tartar. Chlorate of po- tassa. Nitrate of po- ..] tassa. Purgative. Emetic, purgative, alterative, marcotic Tonic, antispasmo- dic, stimulant. solutions; cooling and se dative in strong. Astringent, sedative An active and cer- tain cathartic. retic. Mildly purgative, refrigerent, diu- retic. Diuretic, antacid. Refrigerent, diuretic Diuretic, refrigerent Astringent in weak Alterative, emetic. In sluggish state of In all cases where the bowels require to be opened; dis- solve in broth with- out salt. As an escharotic by cancer doctors, in chronic rheumat- ism. remove hiccough ; said to cure ague. Internal, in visceralſ hemorrhage; ex- ternally, in solu- tion, in phlegmon- ous inflammations affected with local inflammations. In most inflamma- tory affections, where brisk purg- VērS. dropsies, and in visceral obstruc- tions. the liver. In aseites, proceed- ing from visceral obstructions, and to open the bowels in inflammatory habits. In dropsies, acidi- ties of the primae via, and glandular obstruction. In scurvy, scarlati- na, and as a wash IIl Call CIUIDO OrlS. In fevers, dropsies, herpetic ... erup - tions, active hem. ing is indicated;| also in bilious fe-l' 1–2 drachms. As an emetic, 10–30 grains; as an al- terative, 1–5 grg. To check nausea, 10–20 grains. 1–3 grains in powd. with opium. 1 to 8 drachms to a pint of distilled water for a wash. Sprinkled on parts|External use. Of the powdered root, 20 grains. Mild cathartic, diu-In febrile diseases, 20–60 grains as diu- retic ; 1–3 drachms to open the bowels. 1-5 grain daily as an alterative; # as an emetic. 20–60 grains, com- bined with 20 grs. soda biboras, to excite the kidneys. 10–30 grains, prop- erly diluted. 10–30 grains. 10–30 grains. 200 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. MDºD CINE. COMMON NAME. OPERATION. USE. I)0SE. Potassee Permanganas...|Permanganate |A powerful disin-|Diptheria and pest-Solution of 10 parts of potash. fectant. ilential fevers. in 90 of water, or Potassae Sulphas e tº º º º º & Potassae Sulphuretum.. Prunus Wirginiana ** Quassia........... Quinia Murias Quinie Sulphas Rubus Trivialis, Willosus Sarsaparilla . . . . . . Sulp hate of potash. Sulphate of po- tassium. Wild cherry bark. Quassia wood. Muriate of qui- Illſle. Sulp h a te of quinine. Walerianate of quinine. Rhubarb. Dewberry root, or blackberry root. Smilax, offi- cinalis. Purgative. Expectorant, dia- phoretic. Tonic, sedative. Tonic, stomachic. Tonic. Tonic. Nervine. Stomachic, purga- tive. Astringent, tonic. Diuretic, d e m ul- cent. To open the bowels in febrile diseases, mania and hypo- condriasis. In chronic asthma, chronic catarrh & rheumatism, hep- atic and other cu- taneous diseases. In debilitated states of the stomach or general system; it allays the action of highly useful in fe- VeTS. Inintermittents and bilious fevers, in hysteria unit ed with tincture of valerian. Inintermittents and all periodic dis- €3. SéS. Inintermittents and all periodic dis- eases as a tonic ; also as a febrifuge mittents. In neuralgia and hemicrania. In costiveness from laxity of bowels, particularly chil- dren, and diarrhea In diarrhea from debility, c holera infantum, chronic dysentery. In the treatment of syphilis, noctural pains, enlargement of penis, in scrof- ula. the heart, and is in bilious in ter-| # grain doses. 1 drachm to 1 ounce in Solution. 2–10 grains com- bined with soap or extract of conium in pills or mixture. 30–60 grains. Generally used in infusion or extract, which are prefer- able. 1–10 grains. 1–10 grains. 1–2 grains. 10–30 grains of the powder to open the bowels; 6–10 grs. to act as a stom- achic. Of the decoction 1 ounce 1; pints of Water, boiled to a pint; of the pow- dered root 20–30 grains. 20–60 grains of the powder. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 201 MEDICINE. COMMON NAME. OPERATION. USE. DOSE. Scammonium Soda Boras........... Soda Carbonas........ Soda Hyposulphis, ...--- Sodaº Sulphas......... Spigelia.......... tº e º e e . Sublimed Scammony. Squill. | Borate of soda. Carbonate of Soda. Hyposulphite of Soda. Sulphate of Soda. Indian p in k root. Queen's root. Strychnine. . Nux Womica. . sul- phur. Iodide of sul- phur. Drastic, purgative. Emetic in large doses, purgative in Small. Diuretic, emmena- gogue. Antacid. Arrests tion. fermenta- Purgative in small doses, diuretic. Anthelmintic. Emetic, cathartic. Tonic. Tonic, stimulant. Stimulant, laxative, diaphoretic. A powerful altera- tive in lupus acne and psoriasis. In obstinate c os- tiveness, worm s, dropsy; in combi- nation with other cathartic, as aloes. In pulmonary com- plaints, humoral asthma, drop sy, and pertussis. In Nephretic and calculous com - plaints. In dyspepsia and acidities of the Stomach, united with bitters. Excellent in diph- theria, in connec- tion with iron. In costiveness, in bilious colics, largely diluted. For the expulsion of lumbrici in the remitting fevers of infancy. In Secondary syphi- lis, scrofula. As a tonic in pyro- sis, chronic diar- rhea and leucor- rhea ; in cases of partial paralysis. In dyspepsia, gout, rheumatism, and especially in paral- ysis of the lower limbs. As a laxative in chronic rheuma- tism, atomic, gout, asthma, pulmona- ry affections. In cutaneous affec- tions second a ry Syphilis, etc. (See 8–15 grains triturate with sugar. 1–5 grains of the dried root. 20–40 grains, com- bined with cream of tartar. 10–30 grains twice or thrice a day. 10–20 grains three times a day. Of the effloresced Salt in pow d e r 3–6 drs. Use lem- on juice or cream of tartar with it. 10–30 grains of the powdered root. 15–30 grains; 20–40 drops of fluid ext. 1-16 to 1-12 grains. 3–12 grains. 3–2 drachms, taken night and morning 3-1 grain. ointment.) 202 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. MEDICINEe COMMON NAME. OPERATION. USE. DOSEe Tanacetum... . . . . . . . . . Taraxacum. . . . . . . Terebinthina. . . . . . . . . . . Toxicodendron. . . . . . . . . Tragacantha..... © e o e o e Uva Ursi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waleriana. e G ......... © º Weratum Album • e o 'º " s e Weratrum Wiride. . . . . . Leaves of tansy Root of dande- lion. Turpentine. Poison oak. Tragacanth. Leaves Wild Cranberry or bear's berry. Walerian root. White helle- bore root. American hell- ebore. Tonic, anthelmintic Aperient, diuretic, resolvent. Stimulant, diuretic, laxative. Stimulant, narcotic Demulcent. Tonic. Antispasmodic, em- menagogue, tonic. Violent emetic, pur- gative, externally stimulant. Sedative, diapho- retic, emetic. In gout, hysteria, connected with Suppression of the IOleIl SeS. In chronic inflam- mation and chron- | ic derangement of the stomach, drop- sy, etc. Used extensively in bowel affections. tions. cough. betes. Hysteria, epilepsy, hemicrania, chlo- rosis. maniacal cases. and pneumonia. In paralytic affec- Small quantities held in the mouth sheathe the fauces| and allay tickling In chronic diarrhea and dysentery, leu- corrhea, and dia- It is never given in- ternally, unless in It is an arterial Se- dative in fevers tincture. 30–60 grains. It is drank as a tea by gouty persons. 2 ounces of a decoc- tion 3 or 4 times a day. # drachm. 4–4 grains twice a day. 10–60 grains. 15–30 grains. 20–60 grains twice or thrice a day. 1–2 grains. 3–5 drops of the AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 205 FACTS FOR BUILDERS. *)Y LAYING 1,000 shingles 4 inches Ž to the weather you can cover 100 square feet of surface, and 5 pounds of shingle-nails will fasten them on. One-fifth more siding and floor- ing is needed than the number of Square feet of surface to be covered, because of the lap in the Siding and matching. One thousand laths will cover 70 yards of surface, and 7 pounds of lath-mails will nail them on. Eight bushels of good lime, 24 bushels of sand and 1 bushel of hair will make enough good mortar to plaster 100 Square yards. A cord of stone, 8 bushels of lime, and a cubic yard of sand will lay 100 cubic feet of wall. Five courses of brick will lay 1 foot in height on a chimney; 16 bricks in a course will make a flue 4 inches wide and 12 inches long, and 8 bricks in a course will make a flue 8 inches wide and 16 inches long. Cement 1 bushel, and sand 2 bushels will cover 33 square yards 1 inch thick, 4} square yards 3-inch thick, and 63 Square yards 3-inch thick. One bushel, cement and 1 of sand will cover 23 square yards 1 inch thick, 3 Square yards 3-inch thick, and 4% square yards 3-inch thick. Speed of Railroad Locomotives. AMERICAN. On June 4th, 1876, a special fast train started from New York for San Francisco, a distance of 2,900 miles, which was accomplished in 83 hours and 34 minutes, making an aver- age of 34 miles per hour. The Newspaper Express train, running between New York and Philadelphia, 93 miles, makes the trip in 1 hour and 45 minutes. An express train with W. H. Wanderbilt and guests, on the Canada Southern Railroad, made 111 miles in 89 minutes. ENGLISH, The fastest is the 11:45 A. M. train from Paddington, the terminus of the Great West- ern Railroad, to Exeter, a distance of 194 miles; time 43 hours, making four stoppages. The Great Northern Railroad makes fast time. One engine having 8 feet driving wheels runs daily, making an average of 57 miles per hour. To Compute the Volume of Round Timber. Rule. Add together the squares of diameter of greater and lesser ends and product of the two diameters. Multiply the sum by 7854 and product by one-third of length. Example. The diameter of a log of timber is 2 feet at one end and 13 feet at the other, and 15 feet long. 2×2+1.5×1.5-H2×1.5=6.25+3=9.25. Then 9.25×.7854×5=36.32 cubic feet. 204 AN ENOYOLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. SASH WEIGHTS. The following table, taken from Leffel's Mechanical News, will be found useful in the making of Sash weights, which, of course, must balance accurately the weight of the sash. The first column of figures indicates the diameter of the round weight or the length of one side of the square weight in inches and fractional parts of an inch. The other two columns are sufficiently explained in the head lines. Windows of dwelling houses and all classes of public buildings are now so generally made with box frames for the reception of weights and pulleys that the manufacture of the weights and pulleys is quite an important branch of industry. It is a very troublesome one in some cases, especially where a job of this kind is only occasionally called for and the workman is obliged to make an intricate calculation for each new size of weight required: Weights and Line Required for Common Sized Windows. EACEI WEIGHT. Line for each 1% inch. 1% inch. Weight. 8 x 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 pounds 5 pounds | 2% feet 8 x 12. . . . . . . . . . . . • e < * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * © # 66 5 66 % 6& 9 x 11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e º C & (6 66 23 “ 9 x 12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . # | # | # 9 x 13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5}. “ 5} “ 8} “ 9 x 14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . §: “ 6. “ 84 “ 9 x 15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5} “ 6]. “ 33 “ 9 x 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. “ é 4. “ 10 × 12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5}. “ 6 66 3 “ 10 × 13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . # * § . # . 10 × 14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 “ 6} “ # . 10 x 15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 G6 7 66 23 “ 10 x 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 “ # 66 4. “ 10 x 17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7} “ # . 10 × 18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . º- 8 66 4} $6 11 x 15. . . . . . . . . . . . ' ' ' ' ' ' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 66 33. “ 11 x 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 66 4 “ 11 x 17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 66 4}. “ 11 x 18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . # Cº. 4}. “ 12 X 14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 66 34 “ 12 X 15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 & 34 “ 12 x 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . § 66 4. " 12 X 18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . # 66 4} 66 12 X 20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10} G& 5 66 Each Hank contains 75 feet of Line. AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 205 MISCELLANEOUS STATISTICS. * g Weight in lbs. Tenacity in lbs. Crºhiº. Force TIMDBEB. Specific Gravity. Cubſ. Foot. square inch. słºń. Ash. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 50 17.200 9.000 Beech. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69 43 11.000 9.000 Birch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 44 15.000 5.500 Cedar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 30 11.000 5.600 Deal, Christiana. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 44 12.000 6.000 lm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 37 13.000 10.000 Hornbeam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 47 20.000 7.000 Larch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 34 9.0(60 5.500 Memel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 37 Mahogany, Spanish...................... .8 50 16.000 8.000 Oak, English. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93 58 17.000 10.000 Oak, Canadian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 54 10.000 6.000 Pine, red . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 41 12.000 5.800 Pine, yellow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 28 11.000 5.100 Teak, Moulmein. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 41 15.000 12.000 Yew. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 50 8.000 MISCELLANEOUS Asphaltum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 56 Gutta-percha . . . . . . - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - .98 61 India-rubber... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94 59 Ivory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.8 112 FLUIDS Boiling Point. Expansion.* Alcohol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 50 1739 .11 Ether . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 46 100 .07 Oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90 56 .08 Water, fresh. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.000 62.4 212 .047 Water, Sea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.028 64.1 213 GASES water Compºsht W.h §§º Air. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0012 1.000 527 Carbonic Acid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0018 1.524 800 Carburetted Hydrogen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0005 . . 20 220 Hydrogen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00008 .069 43 Oxygen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . | .00125 1.103 627 *Expansion of fluids is calculated between 32° and 212°Fahrenheit. 206 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Table to Find the Number of Brick Required to Construct any Building, Embracing Walls from 4 Inches to 24 Inches Thick, Reckoning 7 Bricks to Each Superficial Foot. Eacample.—Required the number of bricks in 100 superficial feet of wall 12 inches thick. Under 12 inch, and opposite 100, you will find the answer, 2250, the number of bricks required. Superficial Number of Bricks to Thickness of eet Of Wall. 4-inch. 8-inch. 12-inch. 16-inch. 20-inch. 24-inch. 1 7 15 23 30 38 45 2 15 30 45 60 75 90 3 23 45 68 90 113 135 4 30 60 90 120 150 180 5 38 75 113 150 188 225 6 45 90 135 180 225 270 7 53 105 158 210 263 315 8 60 120 180 240 300 360 9 68 135 203 270 338 405 10 75 150 225 300 375 450 20 150 300 450 600 750 900 30 225 450 675 900 1125 1350 40 300 600 900 1200 1500 1800 50 375 750 1125 1500 1875 2:50 60 450 900 1350 1800 2250 2700 70 525 1050 1575 2100 2625 3150 80 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 3600 90 675 1350 2025 2700 3375 4050 100 750 1500 2250 3000 37.50 4500 200 1500 8000 4500 6000 7500 9000 300 2250 4500 67.50 9000 11250 18500 400 3000 6000 9000 12000 15000 18000° 500 3750 7500 11250 15000 18750 22500 600 4500 9000 13500 18000 22500 7000 700 5250 10500 15750 21000 26250 31500 800 6000 12000 18000 24000 30000 36000 900 6750 13500 20250 27000 33750 45000 1000 7500 15000 22500 80000 37500 45000 : : AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 207 ILARGE | LOCOMOTIVES. Two engines, Nos. 55 and 422, on the Penn- sylvania Railroad, exhibited the following ex- traordinary durability. No. 55 made 161,476 miles without once being taken off her wheels, at a cost of $1.88 per mile; running two years, ten months and twenty-five days. The other engine, No. 422, ran three years, six months, nineteen days, and made 153,280 miles, at a cost of $2.44 per mile, without undergoing the slightest repairs. Rule to Find the Horse Power of a Locomotive. Multiply the area of the piston by the measure per Square inch, which should be taken as # of the boiler pressure; multiply this product by the number of revolutions per minute; multiply this by twice the length of the stroke in feet or inches; if in inches they must be divided by 12, multiply this product Ž à B: E: Öſ, PASSENGER LOCOMOTIVES. # # £ > *. GD B Å As 3 .5% C. 's P. GD O $—t O Bºt 3 $3 's 3 # ă # Name of Railroad or Builder. Kind of Locomotive. ë B: F. Ž Reading Railroad. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fast Express... . . . . . . 96,200 lb. *64,250 lb.68 in.21x22in, Pennsylvania Railroad. . . . . . . . . . $6 “ Class K. 92,700 “ *65,300 “ 78 “18x24 “ Fontaine Locomotive. 93,000 “ #44,000 “ . . . . . . 16x24 “ Baldwin Locomotive Works. . . . . Fast Express... . . . . . . 85,000 “ |#35 to 45,000 “ 78 “|18x24 “ Boston and Albany. . . . . . . . . . . . . { % { % 80,000 “ #56,000 “ 66 “18x22 “ Pennsylvania. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tank Locomotive...|{120,400 “ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 “17X24 “ - FREIGHT LOCOMOTIVES. Reading Railroad. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Consolidation . . . . . . . 102,000 “ 88,500 “ 50 “20x24 “ $6 66 Twelve wheels coupled 101,000 “ 101,000 “|46 “20x26 “ Atchison, Topeka, and Santa Fe... Consolidation, tank. . $115,000 “ $100,000 “ 48 “17x24 “ Central Pacific. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mogul, tank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88,000 “|48 “ 16x24 $6. *On four wheels. f.On two wheels. Reported weight. ŠEstimated. Durability of Locomotives. by 2 and divide by 33,000; the result will be the power of the locomotive. Eacample.—Cylinder, 19 inches. Stroke, 24 inches. Diameter of drivers, 54 inches. Running speed, 20 miles per hour. Area of piston, 283} Square inches. Boiler pressure, 130 pounds per square inch. Maximum pressure in cylinders, 80 pounds. Then 285} x80 × 4 × 124x2 33,000 =681.6 horse-power. Velocity of Drums-To Find their Required Diameter. Suppose a drum 80 inches in diameter to make 50 revolutions per minute required the diameter of another to make 100 revolutions per minute proceed thus: 80×50=1500--100 =15 inches. 208 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. To Compute the Volume of Square Timber. When all the dimensions are in feet, multi- ply the breadth, depth and length together, and the product will give the volume in cubic feet. When either of the dimensions are given in inches, multiply as before, and divide the product by 12. When any two of the dimensions are given in inches, multiply as before, and divide by 144. Example. A piece of timber is 15 inches square, and 20 feet in length; required, its volume in cubic feet : 15 × 15 × 20=4.500, and 4.500--144=31.25 feet. Board and Timber Measure. Rule. Multiply the length by the breadth, and the product will give the surface required. If the dimensions are given in inches, mul- tiply as above, and divide by 12. When all the dimensions are in inches, multiply as before, and divide the product by 144. Example. What are the number of Square feet in a board 15 feet in length and 16 inches in width ? 15×16−240, and 240--12=20 feet. To Compute the Volume of Bricks, and the Num- ber in a Cubic Foot of Masonry. Rule.—To the face dimensions of the partic- ular bricks used add one-half of the thickness of the mortar or the cement in which they are laid, and compute the area; divide the width of the wall by the number of brick of which it is composed; multiply this area by the quo- tient thus obtained, and the product will give the volume of the mass of brick and its mor- tar, in inches. Divide 1728 by this volume, and the quotient will give the number of bricks in a cubic foot. Example.—The width of a wall is to be 12; inches, and the front of it laid with Philadel- phia bricks in courses 3 of an inch in depth; how many bricks will there be in face and back- ing in a cubic foot ? Proceed thus: Philadelphia front brick 8: X23. We first reduce all our common fractions to decimals. Then 8.25+.25×2-2=8.5 length of brick and joint. Again, 2.375+.25×2-3-2–2.625 width of brick and joint. Then, 8.5×2.625=22.3125 inches area of face. Then, 12.75-i-3 (number of bricks in width of wall) equals 4.25 inches. Hence, 22.3125×4.25=94.83 cubic inches. And 1728-1-94.83=18.22, number of bricks in a cubic foot. Rule to Find the Horse-Power of a Stationary Engine. Multiply the area of the piston by the average pressure in pounds per square inch. Multiply this product by the travel of the piston in feet per minutes; divide by 33000, this will give the horse power. Proper example: Diameter of cylinder 12 12 144 7854 Area of Piston, 113.0976 Pressure, 70; average 50, Ö0 5654.880 Travel of piston in ft. per min. 300 83000)1696464,000(51 Horse-power. Stroke of an Engine. The stroke of an engine varies according to circumstances, which the designer must take into consideration, but the general rule is to make the stroke about twice the diameter of the cylinder. The diameter of the fly-wheel should be about four times the stroke, and the rim should weigh about three hundred weight per horse-power. Breaking and Crushing Strains of Iron and Steel -Average Calculations. Tons per Sq. in. of Sec. Breaking strain of wrought iron. . . . . . 23 Crushing “ 6 & “ . . . . . 17 Breaking strain of cast iron....... 7} Crushing & 6 & 4 “ . . . . . 50 Breaking strain of steel bars...... 50 Crushing & & & 4 & & AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 209 Temperatures. Fresh water begins to freeze at 32°, called the freezing point, but salt water not till 28%". Consumption of Fuel in Marine Boilers. A Ship having 40 feet beam and ordinary condensing engines will require 40 tons of coal per day to drive her at 10 knots an hour. The rule beam Squared equals the consump- tion of fuel for 40, 50 or 60 days, according to whether the engines are ordinary jet, surface condensing, or compound. Example. 40%=1,600+40–40 tons for one day for ordinary condensing. 40°–1600+50=32 tons for surface condens- ing. 40%–1000+-60=26 tons, 8 hundred weight for compound engines. The consumption of fuel in marine boilers will average about 15% pounds of coal per square foot per hour. In 4 furnaces 3 feet wide by 6 feet long with 72 Square feet of surface, about 12 tons of coal will be burnt per day. Thus, 72 feet X.15}-- 112=9.9 hundred weight per hour. Say 10 hundred weight of 112 pounds each per hour, or 12 tons per day. A much simpler and equally correct rule is, that one foot in width of bar equals 1 ton of coal per day; so that in the example above the total width of four furnaces is 3 feet X4=12 feet wide, or 12 tons per day as before. Velocity of Wheels, Pulleys, Drums, &c. When Wheels are applied to communicate motion from one part of a machine to another, their teeth act alternately on each other; consequently, if one wheel contains 60 teeth, and another 20 teeth, the one containing 20 teeth will make three revolutions while the other makes but one; and if drums or pulleys are taken in place of wheels, the effect will be the same, because their circumfrences, describ- ing equal spaces, render their revolutions un- equal; from this the rule is derived, namely: Multiply the velocity of the driver by the number of teeth it contains and divide by the voloicity of the driver, the quotient will be the number of teeth it ought to contain; or, multiply the velocity of the driven by its diameter, and divide by the velocity of the driven. Eacample.—If a wheel that contains 75 teeth makes 16 revolutions per minute, required the number of teeth in another to work into and make 24 revolutions in the same time, then 16×75–24=50 teeth. Velocity of Wheels–To Find their Required Diameter. A wheel 84 inches in diameter and making 54 revolutions per minute, is to give motion to a shaft at the rate of 100 revolutions in the Same time; to find the diameter of a wheel suit- able for that purpose, proceed thus: Multiply 84, diameter of wheel, by 54, number of revolutions per minute. Therefore, 84×54=4536. Again, 4586-i-100, proposed number of revo- lutions, we have 45.36 inches. How to Calculate the Necessary Power Required to Move a Given Weight on a Level Railroad. If a train of forty tons' weight is drawn on a level railroad, what power is necessary to overcome the resistance, it being 8 pounds per ton ? 2000 pounds, (number of pounds in a ton:) Then, 2000--8=250—that is it will overcome .004 of the weight. . Again, 30×2000–3-250=240 pounds. What power would be required to move a load of 100 tons up a grade, supposing the grade to be 2 feet in every 100, the co-efficient of frac- tion being .004? Then 2X250 lbs—H100×100 × 2000 100 × 250 To compute the power, speed or time of running a locomotive or train upon a Railway, proceed thus: Multiply the weight of the train by the rate per hour and this by 1.28 and the product is the necessary horse-power. Eacample.—What is the required power of a locomotive to draw a train of 45 tons at the rate of 50 miles per hour? - 1.28×45×50_ 2880 60 sºsºs -60–48 horses. =2800 lbs. 14 210 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. In what time will a locomotive of 50-horse POWer, drawing a train of 135 tons, run a dis- tance of 80 miles? Proceed thus: 1.28×135x80 13824 50 T 50 =276.24 minutes. To Find the Quantity of Water Necessary for a Steam Boiler. Rule.—Find the number of pounds of coal consumed per hour, and divide it by 7%, and the quotient will be the desired quantity of water in cubic feet per hour. A cubic foot of water weighs 62% pounds. To Preserve Boiler Tubes. A coating of red-lead and boiled linseed oil applied to iron boiler-tubes acts as an excellent preservative. A lacquer of linseed oil caoutchouc applied to the walls of a steam boiler prevents the adhe- sion of sediment so that the scale admits of easy removal. To Protect Polished Steel or Iron from Rust. Go over the surface with parafine, or steep the iron for a few moments in a Solution of soda acidulated with hydro-chloric acid. The result is a blue-black coating, not affected by air or Water. To Gild Letters. You will require a gilder's tip cushion and knife, or you can lay on the gold from the book, by cutting the leaves to the size you want with a pair of scissors. You may use either oil or Japanner's gold size; oil size is the best, and is made in the following manner: Procure some old fat linseed oil, the older the better. Mix a little Oxford Ochre with it and a small quantity of Sugar of lead; thin it with boiled oil; now strain it through a piece of fine linem. Prepare your board as Smooth as possible; take the white of an egg, beat it up in four times its weight of cold water; add a small quantity of Fuller's earth; brush over the board with it; this is to prevent the gold stick- ing to any part but the letters. When dry, set out the letters and commence Writing; a Sable pencil is the best for laying on the size. Always remember that to make your gold bright, you must use as little as possible, consistent With covering the letters properly; let it stand until you can barely feel a slight lack of stick- iness. If the size is good it will gild in a week after it is written. Your letters being ready, put Some gold into your cushion, which you will do in this way: Carefully open, and with a slight puff with your mouth blow the leaf of gold into the back part of the cushion; now take a leaf up on the point of your knife, and spread it on the front part of the cushion; when you have got it partially straight, give it a slight puff with your breath, which will make it perfectly so. Cut it to the size you want, using the heel of your knife, cutting forward. You may find it rather difficult at first, but persevere, and you will soon do it with ease, and without waste. Now take the tip, rub it lightly on your hair or whiskers; take up the gold on the point, and place it gently on the letters; when you have covered them all, get some very fine cotton wool entirely free from grit ; with this gently rub the gold until it appears smooth, bright and level; now wash the sign with plenty of clear water, to clean off the egg-size. Harrmony of Colors. Every one must have observed that colors, when brought together, mutually set each other off to advantage, while others have altogether a different effect. This must be carefully attended to by every painter who would study beauty or elegance in the appearance of his work. Whites will set off with any color whatever. Reds set off best with whites, blacks or yel- lows. * Blues set off best with whites or yellow. Greens set off best with blacks and whites. Gold sets off best with blacks or browns. In lettering or edging with gold a white ground has a delicate appearance for a time, but it soon becomes dingy. The best grounds for gold are Saxon Blue, Wermilion and Lake. AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 211 Yellow. With Blue. Yellow, in losing blue, will appear redder and blue, in losing yellow, will appear more violet; or, in other words, the red inclines to orange, and the blue to green. Hints on Sign Writing. 1. Introduce into your sign a curved line or two, or section of a circle, as it is pleasing to the eye and relieves the stiffness of the straight lines. 2. The space between each letter in the same line must be equal. 3. Each line of letters must begin and end at an equal distance from the side of the board. 4. Never, if you can possibly avoid it, begin or end a line of letters with such letters as “amd—to—for—with,” &c., but let them come in between the lines of large letters. 5. Always make the most important words, such as the name, business, &c., the largest, most distinct, and easily read of any on the board. You will see exactly what I mean if you examine a good placard. It is only by strict attention to the above rules and con- stant practice, that you can become a good writer. Varnishes for Pipe and Iron-work. Coal Tar, 80 gallons. Tallow, 6 pounds. Rosin, 1} “ Lamp-black, 3 66 Fresh Slacked Lime, (finely sifted), 30 pounds. Stir all thoroughly together and apply hot. Beautiful Bronze for Metals. Aniline, red, (fuchine) 10 parts. Aniline, purple, 5 “ Alcohol, 95 per cent. 100 “ Benzoic Acid, 5 “ Add the anilines to the alcohol and dissolve, help the Solution by placing the vessel in a sand or water bath. As soon as the solution is effected add the benzoic acid, and boil the whole five or ten minutes, until the greenish color of the mixture is transformed into a fine light-colored brilliant bronze. Apply with a, brush. Colors for Glass Painting. Blue is produced with Cobalt. Purples, violets and carmines are produced with Purple of Cassius. Reds, browns, etc., with Peroxide of Iron. Greens with Silicate of Copper. Blacks, greys, etc., with Oxide of Manganese, Cobalt and Iron. Yellows, with Oxide of Uranium, Chromate of Lead, Subsulphate of Iron or Oxide of Lead. Beautiful yellow tones may be produced on glass by placing on its surface a layer of three parts of pipe-clay, well burnt and pounded, and rubbed up with one part of chloride of sil- ver. The glass is then submitted to heat in a muffle. After cooling, the layer of clay is re- moved and the glass is stained yellow. The tint depends on the nature of the glass. Glass containing about 8 or 10 per cent. of alumina, takes a more beautiful tint than glass contain- ing only 2 per cent. Emerald Green. Oxide of Copper, 1 part. Antimoniac Acid, 10 parts. Flux No. 1, 30 “ Pulverize together and melt. Grass Green, Green Oxide of Chromium, 1 part. Flux No. 3, 3 parts. Triturate and melt. Lavender Blue, for Ground Tint. Blue No. 5, 4 parts. Violet of Gold No. 31, 3 “ Sometimes a little carmine is added. Pulverize, without melting. Sulphur Yellow. Antimoniac Acid, 1 part. Subsulphate of the Peroxide of Iron, 8 parts. Oxide of Zinc, 4 “ Flux No. 1, 36 “ 212 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Rub together, and melt. If this color is too deep, the salt is diminished. Spencer’s Method of Silvering Wood. The first operation is to take strong alcohol or spirits of turpentine in a glass vessel, and add to it a piece of phosphorus; the vessel must now be placed in hot water for a few minutes, and occasionally shaken, by this means the alcohol will take about three per cent. of its bulk of phosphorus. Next procure a weak solution of nitrate of silver, place it in a dish or saucer; the face of the wood must now be dipped in this solution, and let it remain a few minutes to allow capillary attraction to draw it into the wood. This operation being performed, a small portion of the solution of phosphorus must be placed in a capsule or watch-glass, and this placed on a sand-bath, that it may gradually evaporate. The wood must now be held with its surface over the vapor, and an immediate change takes place; the nitrate of silver is decomposed, and gives place to metalic silver. When the material to be acted on is not very large, fasten it to the top of a bell-glass receiver, with a bit of pitch or cement, and place this over the capsule on the sand-bath; the phosphorus vapor is by this means equally diffused and not dissipated. A solution of phosphorus in Sulphuric ether also answers, and a solution of gold (chloride) may be used. This elegant process, as applied to wood, and those Substances which may be wetted with the Solution of nitrate of silver, answers perfectly; but it is obviously limited in its application to those Substances which will absorb an aqueous Solution. To Clean Glass for Silvering. As the success of the Silver process depends greatly on the glass Surface being made chem- ically clean, previous to immersion in the bath, the utmost pains must be taken to accomplish this object. The surface is first covered with thick whiting cream, free from grit, which, when dry is rubbed off with the purest cotton wool. The surface is them wetted entirely with diluted mitric acid, and afterwards thoroughly washed With distilled water, poured over it; the last of all, the piece of coated glass is suspended in a flat vessel containing alcohol, where it remains until the bath is ready to receive it. To Write, Gild and Ornament on Glass. Cut a piece of thin paper to the size of the glass, draw out your design correctly in black lead pencil on paper, then prick through the out- line of the letters with a fine needle; tie up a little dry white lead in a piece of rag, the pounce-bag as it is called. Now place your design upon the glass right side up, and dust it with the pounce-bag; take the paper care- fully off, the design will appear in white dots upon the glass; this is to guide you in laying on gold on the opposite side. Now clean the glass well on the side that the gold is to go On ; prepare your size in the following manner: Get some clean water and boil it in an enamelled sauce-pan, put in two or three shreds of the best isinglass; let it boil a few minutes, then strain it through a fine linen rag; when cool it is ready for use. The great point in glass gilding is to have the glass, the size, and everything you use perfectly clean; a touch of the finger on the glass will tarnish the gold. Use the tip and cushion to put on the gold, laying the gold on as level as possible, as its uniform brightness depends in a great measure upon that point. Use a flat camel-hair tool to lay on the size. Flow the size on and let it drain off when you put the gold on ; you can then lay on another coat of gold if desirable. It is now ready for writing. As the letters will have to be written the backward way, turn your draw- ing face downwards, and pounce as before, but in the gold this time mix a little of the best vegetable black with black Japan, thin with turpentine to a proper consistency; write with this when thoroughly dry; wash off the superfluous gold, and shade as in sign-writing. In ornaments you will have to etch or shade the gold; you will proceed to lay on the gold, and pounce the ornaments exactly as above; them etch or shade it with the point of a slate pencil, or piece of hard wood, slightly wetting the wood when you want a broad or black line. AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PIRACTICAL INFORMATION. 213 To Silver Glass. An easy and economical process. Mix 90 parts by measure of a solution of Rochelle salts with 900 parts distilled water, and boil them in a flask; drop in carfully 20 parts of a solution of silver, and boil again. This so- lution can be bottled and kept for any length of time. Another fluid has to be prepared by adding ammonia to a solution of nitrate of silver until the precipitate is entirely dissolved; filtering and diluting 1 part of it with 100 parts of water. For use, put equal parts of the two preparations in a suitable vessel, clean the glass well, and immerse it in the mixture until sufficiently coated. To Silver Specula, and Other Glass Surfaces. Make a solution of ammonia nitrate of silver of the strength of three grains to the ounce. Render it very slightly turbid by excess of nitrate of silver, and then filter it. Just before using add to each ounce of the foregoing solu- tion 24 grains of Rochelle salts. Having scru- pulously cleaned the glass intended to be silvered place it in a convenient vessel about one inch from the bottom, supported on three little cones of white wax. The glass plate may be suspended; but in that case there is more dif- ficulty in avoiding vibration, the absence of which is essential to success. Expose to a northern light, or any other sub- dued light, and in about 2 hours the deposit of silver will be sufficiently thick. It must now be carefully removed, washed and dried. When the surface next the glass is to be used as the reflector, the glass side should be cleaned by mitric acid, if the state of its sur- face, after the silvering, so require; and the silvered side should receive a protecting coat- ing of a good, tough black varnish. To Polish a Silvered Surface on Glass. To accomplish this, rub the surface gently first with a clean pad of fine cotton wool, and afterwards with a similar pad covered over with cotton velvet, which has been charged with fine rouge. The surface will, under this treatment, acquire a polish of intense brilliancy, quite free from any scratches. To Stain or Color Glass—Gold Yellow. Flint Glass, Tartar of Urine, 28 pounds. # pound. Stained Glass Paints-Flesh Color. Take one ounce of red lead, one ounce red enamel (Venetian glass enamel, from alum and copperas calcined together), grind them to a fine powder, and work this up with alcohol upon a hard stone. When slightly baked, this pro- duces a fine flesh-color. Black Color. Take 14% ounces of Smithy scales of iron; mix them with 2 ounces of white glass, Anti- mony 1 ounce, Manganese # ounce. Pound and grind these ingredients together with strong vinegar. - Silvering Glass. Two distinct methods are adopted for this purpose. The one falsely called silvering, con- sists of a layer of an amalgam of tin, or similar alloy, to the surface of the glass. The other is a coating of real silver, precipitated from a solution of that metal. Orange With Red. The orange loses its red and appears yellower; and the red becomes more blue, differing as much as possible from orange. To Stain or Color Glass- For Amethyst, Oxide of Manganese. Blue, Oxide of Cobalt. Brown, Oxide of Iron. Green, Black Oxide of Copper. Purple, Oxide of Gold. Ruby Red, Suboxide of Copper. White, Oxide of Tin. Yellow, Oxide of Silver. The above substances, pure and well pow- dered, are either added to the melted contents of the glass-pot, or are applied to the surface as in glass staining. 214 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Fine Blue. Flint Glass, 10 pounds. Previously melted and cast into water. Zaffer, 6 drachms. Calcined Copper, # ounce. Prepared by putting sheet copper into a crucible and exposing it to the action of a fire not strong enough to melt the copper, and you will have the copper in scales, which you pound. Bright Purple. Flint Glass, 10 pounds. Zaffer, 5 drachms. Precipitate of Calcium, 1 drachm. Black Walnut Stain. Washing Soda, 1% ounces. Water, 1 quart. Wandyke Brown, 2} ounces. Bichromate of Potassa, + ounce. Boil for 10 minutes and apply with a brush, either in a hot or cold state. This is an ex- cellent stain. Fine Crimson Stain. Boil 1 pound good Brazil dust in 8 quarts water for an hour, strain it and add # ounce Cochineal, boil it again gently for half an hour and it will be fit for use. If required of a more scarlet tint, boil # ounce of Saffron in 1 quart of water for an hour, and pass over the work previous to the red stain. To Improve the Color of any Stain. Nitric Acid, 1 ounce. Muriatic Acid, # ounce. Grain Tin, + ounce. Rain Water, 2 ounces. Mix it at least two days before using and keep the bottle well corked. Brown Color. White Glass or Enamel, Good Manganese, Grind together. Red, Rose and Brown colors are made from Peroxide of Iron prepared by Nitric Acid. 1 ounce. # ounce. A Fine Yellow Stain for Glass. Take fine silver laminated thin, dissolved in nitric acid; dilute with abundance of water and precipitate with solution of sea-salt; mix this chloride of silver in a dry powder with three times its weight of pipe clay well burnt and pounded. The back of the glass pane is to be painted with this powder, for when painted on the face it is apt to run into the other colors. - A Pale Yellow for Glass. This can be made by mixing sulphuret of silver with glass of antimony and yellow ochre, previously calcined to a red brown tint. Japan Dryer. Linseed Oil, 1 gallon. Gum Shelac, 3 pound Litharge, # “ Burnt Umber, * “ Red Lead, * “ Sugar of Lead, 6 ounces. Mix, and boil carefully, until dissolved; then remove from the fire, and add one gallon Spirits Turpentine. Painting, The art or employment of laying on color: In the fine arts, the production of a picture or resemblance in colors on a flat surface. The artistic and mechanical consideration of this subject does not come within the province of our volume, but notices of the leading mate- rials employed by both artists and house painters are given under the respective names, Painting, Distemper. A method of painting generally adopted by the ancients: Water was the principal medium, but various gelatinous and albuminous binders were added to fix the pigments. Of these the most important were glue, size and white of egg. In modern distemper, as executed by the painters of theatrical Scenery, panoramas, etc., spirits of turpentine is largely used as a medium ” AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 215 To Remove the Smell of New Paint. Hay sprinkled with a little chloride of lime and left for an hour in a closed room, will remove the Smell of new paint. To Kill Grease Spots Before Painting. Wash over Smoky or greasy parts with salt- petre or very thin whitewash. If soap suds are used they must be washed off thoroughly, as they prevent the paint from drying hard. Salmon Color- White lead and blue, yellow and red. Pea, Green. White lead, yellow and red. To Paint Old Houses. Water, 7 gallons. Flaxseed, 1 pint. Whitewash Sufficient. Linseed Oil, # pint. Boil the flaxseed in 3 gallons of water; take it off and add the remainder of the water; let it stand to settle. Pour off the water in a pail, and put it in whitewash (Spanish white) to make it as thick as whitewash; then add the linseed oil; stir it well, and apply with a brush. Good Imitation of Gold. Mix white lead, chrome yellow and burnt sienna until the proper shade is obtained. Straw Color. White lead and yellow. Brown. Venetian and lamp black. |Beautiful White Paint. For inside work, which ceases to smell and dries in a few hours, add one pound of Frank- incense to two quarts of turpentine; dissolve it over a clear fire, strain it and bottle it for use; then add 1 pint of this mixture to 4 pints of bleached linseed oil; shake them well together, grind white lead in spirits of turpen- time, and strain it; them add sufficient of the lead to make it proper for painting; if too thick in using, thin with turpentine, it being suitable for the best internal work, on account of its superiority. For a Pure White Paint. Nut-oil is the best ; if linseed oil is used, add 3 turpentine. A good substitute for gold is obtained by grinding White Lead, Chrome Yellow and the dust of Vermilion together. Mix your colors for writing in boiled oil, and use for drier good size. Other good grounds for Gold Letters are: Blues, Vermilion, Lake and Saxon. When your sign is ready for gilding, follow the directions given under the head of “To gild letters on wood.” To Gild Letters on Wood- When your sign is prepared as Smooth as possible, go over it with a sizing, made by the white of an egg dissolved in about four times its weight of cold water, adding a small quan- tity of Fuller's earth, this to prevent the gold sticking to any part but the letters. When dry, set out the letters and commence writing, laying on the size as thinly as possible with a sable pencil. Let it stand until you can barely feel a slight stickiness; then go to work with your gold leaf, knife and cushion, and gild the letters. Take a leaf up on the point of your knife, after giving it a slight puff into the back part of your cushion, and spread it on the front of the cushion as straight as possible, giving it another slight puff, with theheel of your knife forwards. Now cut it into the proper size, cutting with the heel of your knife forwards. Now rub the tip lightly on your hair; take up the gold on the point, and place it meatly on the letters; when they are all covered, get some very fine cottom wool, and gently rub the gold until it is smooth and bright. Then wash the sign with clean water to take of the egg-size. To paint banners, etc., on cloth or silk, stretch the fabric upon a frame, and finish your design and lettering. Use a size made of bleached shellac dissolved in alcohol, thinned 216 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. to the proper consistence; go over such parts as are to be gilded or painted, overrunning the outlines slightly, to prevent the color from spreading. For inside work the white of an egg makes a good size ; lay the gold while the size is still wet; when dry, dust off the surplus gold, and proceed with the shading, painting, etc. A little honey combined with glue makes a good size. Patent Yellow. Common Salt, 100 pounds. Litharge, 400 pounds. Grind the above together, with water at a gentle heat, water being added to supply the loss by evaporation; the carbonate of lead is then washed out with more water, and the white residuum heated till it acquires a fine yellow color. Glazier’s Putty. Whiting, Boiled Oil, Mix. If too thin, add more whiting; if too thick, add more oil. 70 pounds. 20 pounds. To Imitate Brown Freestone. First make a pretty thick oil paint of the same color as the stone to be imitated, which may be done in different ways. The basis is white lead or zinc white, colored with umber and mass red, or any other pigment which suits you ; put it on as usual, and while yet sticky throw common white sand against it; this will not affect the color, and will make a rough, sandy coat, imitating the Surface of the stone. Chrome Yellow. Sugar of Lead, Paris white, Bichromate of Potash, Hot water sufficient. Dissolve the sugar of lead, Paris white and bichromate of Potash in Separate portions of hot water. Mix the Sugar of lead and Paris white together, and lastly add the Solution of bichromate of Potash. 5 pounds. 5 pounds. 64 ounces. Gold Color. Massicot or Naples yellow, with a small quan- tity of realgar and a very little Spanish white, A Handsome Color for Outside Work, for Doors, Carts, Wagons, Railings, etc.—Gray. Mix White lead with lampblack, using more or less of each material, as you wish to obtain a lighter or a darker shade. Buff. Buff is made from yellow ochre and white lead. Silver, or Pearl Gray. Mix white lead, Prussian blue and a very slight portion of black, regulating the quanti- ties you wish to obtain. Flaxen Gray. White lead and Prussian blue, with a small quantity of lake. Chestnut Color. Red ochre and black for a dark chestnut. Oak Wood Color. Mix three-fourths white lead, one-fourth part umber and yellow ochre, proportions of the last two ingredients being determined by the desired tints. Stone Color. White, with a little spruce ochre. Dark Lead Color. Black and white, with a little Prussian blue. Painting, Elydoric. A method of painting having for its object to combine the fresh appearance and finish of water colors with the mellowness of oil paint- ing. The liquid employed as a vehicle for the pigments is an emulsion formed of oil and water by the intervention of a certain portion of gum or mucilage. Dark Greene Lamp black and chrome green. Olive Color. Red, green or black, yellow and red. Buck Color. Yellow ochre and red lead, with a little white. Olive Green. Grind separately Prussian blue and French yellow, in boiled oil, then mix to the tints required with a little burnt white vitriol to act as a dryer. AN ENCYCLOPAELLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 217 Walnut-Tree Color. Two-thirds white lead, one-third red ochre, yellow ochre and umber, mixed according to the shade sought. If veining is required, use different shades of the same mixture, and for the deepest places, black. Lemon Yellow. Realgar and orpiment. The same color can be obtained by mixing yellow pink with Naples yellow; but it is then only fit for distemper. Orange Color. Red lead and yellow ochre. Violet Color. Wermilion or red lead, mixed with black or blue, and a small portion of white. Vermilion is preferable to red lead in mixing this color. Stone Color. White, with a little spruce ochre. Olive Color. Yellow pink, with a little verdigris and lamp- black; also, ochre and a small quantity of white will produce an olive color. Lead Colore Prussian blue and white. Flesh Color. Take, white lead and a little vermilion. Light Willow Green. White, mixed with verdigris. Grass Green. Yellow-pink, mixed with verdigris. Purple. Dark red, mixed with violet. True Gold Powder. Put some gold leaf, with a little honey or thick gum Water into an earthen mortar and pound the mixture till the gold is reduced to very small particles, then wash out the honey or gum repeatedly with warm water, and the gold will be left behind in the state of powder. Another and a better method perhaps is to heat a prepared amalgam of gold in a clean open crucible, containing a very strong heat, till all the mercury has evaporated, stirring the amalgam all the while with a glass rod. When the mercury has entirely left the gold, grind the remainder in a wedgewood mortar, with a little water, and when dried it will be fit for use. The subliming the mercury is, however, a process injurious to the health. NoTE.—An amalgam of any metal is formed by a mixture of quicksilver with that metal. To Remove Old Putty. For removing old and hard putty from a window sash, employ the following simple DOlé8,118 : Take a square piece of iron, made red hot, and pass it over the putty until it gets soft. The putty will peel off without injuring the wood- work. Do not use concentrated lye made from lime and alkali, because it will affect the wood- work and make it rot. To Remove Paint from Old Work. To destroy paint on old doors, etc., lay the mixture given in the formula for “softening putty in window frame” over the whole body of the Work which is required to be cleaned, With an old brush (as it will spoil a new one); let it remain for 12 or 14 hours, when the paint can be easily scraped off. To Remove Smalt from Old Signs. Spread over it potash dissolved in water, and then scrape the Smalt off. If the potash stands too long before scraping, it may soak into the Wood, and paint afterwards put on will not dry well. To Soften Hard Putty. Break the putty in lumps of the size of a hen's egg in a small portion of linseed oil, and water sufficient to cover the putty; boil this in an iron vessel for about ten minutes, and stir it when hot. The oil will raix with the putty. Then pour off the water and it will be like fresh made. - 218 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Quantity of Oil Required for Different Colors. Pettenkofer quotes the following figures given to him by the color manufacturers: One hundred parts (weight) White Lead require 12 parts of oil. Zinc White “ 14 Gº 66 Green Chrome “ 15 CG 66 (6 Chrome Yellow “ 19 &G 66 66 Wermilion & 6 25 66 & 6 & 6 Light Red, “ 31 66 & 6 & 6 Madder Lake “ 62 6 & & 6 66 Yellow Ochre “ 66 66 & 6 & 6 Light Ochre “ 72 & Cº & 6 & 4 Camels Brown “ 75 66 & 6 6 & Brown Manganese require 87 parts of oil. & 6 66 Terre Verte “ 100 66 & 6 6 & Parisian Blue ** 106 66 & 6 & 6 Burnt Terreverte “ 112 &G & 6 66 Berlin Blue “ 112 66 & 6 66 Ivory Black , “ 112 66 & 6 & 6 Cobalt “ 125 66 66 €6 Florentine Brown “ 150 66 66 66 Burnt Terra Sienna “ 181 66 66 66 Raw Terra Sienna “ 140 66 According to this table, a hundred parts of the quick drying white lead are ground with 12 parts af oil, and on the other hand, slow drying ivory black requires 112 parts of oil. Painting, One gallon Priming Color will cover 50 superficial yards. & & White Zinc 66 50 & 6 White Paint 66 44 66 & 6 Lead Color 66 50 66 66 Black Paint 66 50 & 6 & & Stone Color & 6 44 6 (; & 4 Yellow Paint 66 44 66 6 & Blue Color 66 45 & 6 66 Green Paint 6 & 45 & 6 66 Bright Emerald Green will cover 25 superficial yards. 66 Bronze Green will cover 45 superficial yards. One pound of paint will cover about four superficial yards the first coat, and about six yards each additional coat. AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 219 Ready Reference Table for Shade of Mixing Paint. Buff. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mix together—White, Yellow Ochre, Red. Chestnut. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . & & Red, Black, Yellow. Chocolate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66. Raw Umber, Red, Black. Claret. . . . . . . . . ---- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Red, Umber, Black. Copper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . £6 Red, Yellow, Black. Dove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 White, Vermilion, Blue, Yellow. Drab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $6 White, Yellow Ochre, Red, Black, Fawn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 White, Yellow, Red. Flesh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 White, Yellow Ochre, Vermilion. Freestone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . &f Red, Black, Yellow Ochre, Vermilion. French Gray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 White, Prussian Blue, Lake. Gray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . & 6 White Lead, Black. Gold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 White, Stone Ochre, Red. Green Bronze. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Chrome Green, Black, Yellow. Lemon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $6 White, Chrome Yellow. Limestone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . &G White, Yellow Ochre, Black, Red. Olive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6& Yellow, Blue, Black, White. Orange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6& Yellow and Red. Peach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gº White and Vermilion. Pearl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ($6 White, Black, Blue. Purple. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Violet, with more Red and White. Rose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 White, Madder Lake. Sandstone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . {{ White, Yellow Ochre, Black, Red. Snuff. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (t Yellow, Vandyke Brown. Violet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . &6 Red, Blue and White. Walnut Stain. consistence of paint; apply it to both sides of Water, 1 quart. the glass, and let it remain for 12 hours, when Sal Soda, # ounce. the putty will be so softened that the glass Wandyke Brown, 2} ounces. Potassium Bichromate, 3 to 3 ounce. Boil for ten minutes, replacing water lost by evaporation. Use hot, and allow the work to dry thoroughly before oiling or varnishing. te To Soften Putty in Window Frames. To soften putty in window frames so that the glass may be taken out without breakage or cutting. American Pearl Ash, 31 pounds. Quick Stone Lime, 3 pounds. Slack the lime in the water; then add the Pearl Ash, and make the whole about the may be taken out of the frame without being cut, and with the greatest ease. To Stain Horn. Yellow–Steep them in a solution of Lead Acetate, and then, after drying, in a solution of Bichromate of Potash. Purple—Use a strong aqueous solution of Gold Chloride. Black—Use Nitrate of Silver solution and expose to sunlight. Brown–Immerse in aqueous solutiou of Potas- sium Ferro Cyanide dry, and treat with a hot dilute solution of Copper Sulphate. 220 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. To Remove Putty from Glass. Dip a small brush in nitric or muriatic acid, and with it paint over the dry putty that ad- heres to the broken glasses and frames of the windows. After an hour's interval the putty will have become so soft as to be easily removed. Painters’ Cream. Best Mastic, # Clear Nut Oil, 3 ounces. Sugar of Lead, 2 drachms. Dissolve the Mastic in the the Nut Oil over a gentle fire. Pour the mixture into a marble mortar, into which the Sugar of Lead has pre- viously been placed. Stir this with a wooden pestle, and keep adding water in small quan- tities till the whole is of the appearance of thick cream, and refuses to admit more water, so as to mix freely. The above preparation is used by painters when they are obliged to leave work unfinished for a length of time. OUII) C6. Vermeil. Anatto, 2 ounces. Gamboge, 1 ounce. Vermilion, # ounce. Salts of Tartar, 2 ounces. Good Saffron, 18 grains. Mix. Stir with a wooden pestle, and keep adding water in small quantities till the whole is of the appearance and thickness of cream and refuses to admit more Water Paint for Boilers. The best paint for boilers is asphaltum dis- solved in Spirits of turpentime over a gentle fire. Pulverize the asphaltum, and dissolve as much as will be taken up by the turpentine. If pure it will last a long time. To prepare Metal for Japanning. Metal requires no other preparation than cleaning with turpentime to free it from grease or oil, unless the latter should happen to be linseed oil, in which case the cleaning is gem- erally dispensed with, and the articles are placed in the stove and heated until the oil is baked quite hard. To Prepare Wood for Japanning. Wood that is intended to be used for the best japanned work requires to be thoroughly dried before it is made up, otherwise it will be sub- ject to all the evils of shrinking, warping, and Splitting, when exposed to the heat of the stove. To avoid these evils, the wood, after being well Seasoned in the usual manner, by exposure to the air, is sawed out nearly to the required forms and baked for several days in the japan- ner's stove, the heat of which is gradually in- creased ; and the wood is afterwards worked up into chairs. To Prepare the Ground for Japanning. For black japanned work, the ground is first prepared with a coating of black, made by mix- ing dross ivory black to a proper consistence with dark colored anime varnish, as this gives a blacker surface than could be produced by japan alone. If the surface is required to be polished, five or six coats of japan are neces. sary to give sufficient body to prevent the japan from being rubbed through in polishing. Furniture Polish, Best Shellac, 4 ounces. Alcohol 95°, 2 pints. Linseed Oil, 2 pints. Spirits of Turpentine, 1 pint. Sulphuric Ether, 4 ounces. & 4 Aqua Ammonia, 4 Dissolve the shellac in the alcohol, next add the sulphuric ether; mix thoroughly. Shake when used and apply with a Sponge lightly. This is an excellent article, especially when the warnish has become old. Polishing Paste. White Wax, 8 ounces. Castile Soap, # ounce. Turpentine, 1 gill. Shave the wax and soap very fine, and add the wax to the turpentine; let it stand twenty- four hours; then boil the Soap in the turpeutine. Thus has been highly recommended. AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 221 -xºr- Waterproof Cloth. Cloth coated with Linseed Oil, to which a little wax and litharge have been added, will be waterproof. Artificial Gold. Pure Copper, 100 parts. Tin, 17 “ Magnesia, 6 “ Sal Ammoniac, # part. Quick-Lime, * “ Tartar of Commerce, 9 parts. The copper is first melted, and the magnesia, sal-ammoniac, lime and tartar are then added, separately and by degrees, in the form of pow- der; the whole is now briskly stirred for about one-half hour, so as to mix thoroughly, and then the tin is added in small grains by throwing it on the surface and stirring till it is entirely fused; the crucible is then covered and the fusion maintained for about thirty-five minutes. The surface is then skimmed, and the alloy is ready for casting. French Polish. Alcohol, 1 pint. Shellac, # pound. Gum Arabic, 1 ounce. Gum Copal, # ounce. Mix. Bruise them well, and sift them through a piece of muslin, then add the alcohol, and cork tightly. Keep in a warm place and shake frequently every day till the gums are dissolved, then strain through a piece of muslin. French Polishing. The method of warnishing furniture by means of rubbing it on the surface of the wood, is of comparatively modern date. To put on a hard face, which shall not be so liable to scratch as varnish, and yet appear equally fine, the French polish was introduced. Below we give a full direction of the process, and also the various preparations of the different composi- tions necessary. The warnish being prepared (shellac), the article to be polished being finished off as smoothly as possible with glass paper, and the rubber being made as directed below, proceed to the operation as follows: The varnish, in a narrow-necked bottle, is to be applied to the middle of the flat face of the rubber, by laying the rubber on the mouth of the bottle and shaking up the varnish once, as by this means the rubber will imbibe the proper quantity to varnish a considerable ex- tent of surface. The rubber is then to be enclosed in a Soft linen cloth, doubled, the rest of the cloth being gathered up at the back of the rubber to form a handle. Moisten the face of the linen with a little raw linseed oil, applied with the finger to the middle of it. Place the work opposite the light, pass the rubber quickly and lightly over its surface uniformly in small circular strokes, until the Varnish becomes dry, or nearly so; again change the rubber as before with varnish (omitting the oil), and repeat the rubbing until three coats are laid on, when a little oil may be applied to the rubber, and two coats more given to it. Proceed in this way until the Varnish has acquired some thickness; then wet the inside of the linen cloth, before applying the varnish, with alcohol, or wood naphtha, and rub quickly, lightly, and uniformly, the Whole surface. Lastly, wet the linen cloth with a little oil and alcohol without varnish, and rub as before till dry. Each coat is to be rubbed until the rag appears dry; and too much varnish must not be put on the rag at a time. Be also very particular in letting the rags be very clean and soft, as the polish depends, in a great measure, on the care taken in keeping it clean and free from dust during the operation. If the work be porous, or the grain coarse, it will be necessary to give it a coat of clear size previous to commencing with the polish; and when dry, gently go over it with Very fine glass paper. The size will fill up the pores, and prevent the waste of the polish, by being absorbed into the wood, and be also a Saving of considerable time in the operation. Best French Polish. Shellac, 3 parts. Gum Mastic, 1 part. Gum Sandarach, 1 part. Spirits of Wine, 40 parts. The Mastic and Sandarach must first be dissolved in the spirits of wine, and then the 222 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. shellac ; the process may be performed by put- ting them into a bottle loosely corked, and placing it in a vessel of water heated to a little below 173° Fahr., or the boiling point of Spirits of wine, until the solution be effected; the clear solution may be poured off into another bottle for use. Various receipts for the French polish have been published, in which ingredients are inserted that are insolu- ble in spirits of wine, and therefore useless; and others contain ingredients that are soluble in Water, so as to render the mixture more easily injured. Common French Polish. A Solution of shellac in wood naphtha, (pyroxilic spirit). Waterproof Polish. Gum Benjamin, 2 ounces. Gum Sandarach, 3 ounce. Gum Anime, # ounce. Alcohol, 1 pint. Mix the gums with the alcohol in a closely stopped bottle. Place the bottle in hot Water till the gums are dissolved, then strain off the mixture, shake it up with a quarter of a gill of the best clear papy oil, and put it by for liS6. Furniture Polish. Beeswax, half pound; alkanet root, one-fourth ounce; melt together in a pipkin until the former is well colored. Then add linseed oil, and spirits of turpentine, of each half a gill; strain through a piece of coarse muslim. Composition for Soft or Light Mahogany. Boil together cold-drawn linseed oil, and as much alkanet root as it will cover, and to every pint of oil add one ounce of the best rose pink. When all the color is extracted, strain it off, and to every pint add half a gill Spirits of tur- pentine. This will be a very superior composi- tion for soft and light mahogany. Furniture Paste. Turpentine, 1 pint; alkanet root, half ounce; digest until sufficiently colored, them add bees- wax, scraped small, four ounces; put the vessel into hot water and stir until dissolved. If wanted pale, the alkanet may be omitted. To Wax Furniture. In waxing, it is of great importance to make the coating as thin as possible, in order that the veins of the wood may be distinctly seen. The following preparation is the best for per- forming this operation: Put two ounces white and yellow wax over a moderate fire, in a very clean vessel, and, when it is quite melted, add four ounces best spirits of turpentine. Stir the whole until it is entirely cool, and you will have a pomade fit for waxing lurniture, which must be rubbed over it according to the usual method. The oil soon penetrates the pores of the wood, brings out the color of it, causes the wax to adhere better, and produces a lustre equal to that of varnish, without being subject to any of its inconveniences. The polish may be renewed at any time by rubbing it with a piece of fine cork. Hints on Varnishes. It is a common practice, in the manufacture of Spirit varnishes, to mix glass or sand with the gum or resin, for the purpose of enabling the alcohol to penetrate more readily into all parts of the mass. M. Ferrari, however, recom- mends that in place of those substances, a coarsely-powdered charcoal should be used, for the glass or Sand generally tends to aggravate the gum or resin at the bottom of the vessel, and to protect it from the solvent, while on the contrary, the charcoal rather tends to raise and divide it. The most advantageous proportion appears to be one ounce of charcoal to one pound of the Spirit or the oil of turpentine used. The uses to which varnishes are to be applied must, of course, determine the choice of them. Good varnishes, prepared with alcohol, are very clear, brilliant and delicate, and may be applied with success to furniture, and to fancy ornaments, which are kept within doors, and admit of re-varnishing easily ; but they have not body nor durability enough for colored grounds. To Silver Shells. Silver leaf, gum water, Sufficient quantity. Grind to a proper thickness, and cover the inside of the shells. AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA Ol' PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 223 Gold Warnish- Tumeric, 1 drachm, Gamboge, 1 & & Oil of Turpentine, 2 pints. Thin Mastic Warnish, 8 ounces. Dragon's Blood, 7 drachms. Digest with occasional agitation for fourteen days, in a warm place, then set it aside to fine, and pour off the clear. ANOTHER. Dutch Leaf, 1 part. Gamboge, 4 parts. Gum Dragon, 4 “ Proof Spirits, 18 “ Macerate for twelve hours, then grind on a stone slab. Liquid for Silvering Glass Globes. 1. Tin, 1 part ; lead, 1 part; bismuth, 1 part. Melt, then add mercury, 3 parts. 2. Take quicksilver, and add as much tin foil as will just allow it to keep barely fluid. 8. Lead, 1 part; tin, 1 part; bismuth, 1 part. Melt, and just before it sets, add mercury, 10 parts. Pour this into the globe and turn it rapidly around. To Extract Stains from Silver Plate. Sal ammoniac, 1 part; vinegar, 16 parts. Mix and use this liquid with a piece of flannel, then wash the plate in clean water. Silvering Powder. 1. Silver powder (precipitated), 1 part; com- mon salt, 2 parts; cream of tartar, 2 parts. Mix, and apply with friction, then wash the article in slightly alkalized water. 2. Silver dust, 4 parts; common salt, 16 parts; Sal ammoniac, 14 parts; bichloride of mercury, 1 part. Mix with water to a paste, and apply it to the copper (previously cleaned), with a piece of Soft leather. Pure Silver. Take silver, dissolve it in nitric acid, and add a solution of Salt as long as any precipitate falls, then take the sediment and boil it in water in a bright iron vessel; wash it well with clean water and dry it. Silver Solder. 1. Silver, 19 parts; copper, 1 part; brass, 10 parts. Melt together. - 2. For plating: Silver, 2 parts; brass, 1 part. Mix. Silver Tree. . Nitrate of silver, 1 part ; distilled water, 3 parts. Dissolve and filter; put the liquid into a suitable bottle in some convenient place, and pour in mercury, 1 part. A most beautiful aborescence will rapidly be formed. Glass Varnish. This is a solution of soluble glass, and should be thus made : Fuse together fifteen parts of powdered quartz (or of fine Sand), ten parts of potash and one of charcoal. Pulverize the mass, and expose it for Some days to the air; treat the whole with cold water, which removes the foreign salts, etc. Boil the residue in five parts of water until it dissoſves. It is perma- nent in the air, and not dissolved by cold water. Used to protect wood, etc., from fire. Varnish to Imitate Ground Glass. To make a varnish to imitate ground glass, dissolve ninety grains of Sandarach aad twenty of mastic in two ounces of washed methylated ether; add, in small quantities, a sufficiency of benzine to make it dry with a suitable grain —too little making the varnish too transparent, and excess making it carpy. It is important to use washed ether, free from spirit. Pearl Grey Copal Varnish. White and black; white and blue; for exam- ple, ceruse and lampblack, ceruse aad indigo; mix them with the warnish, according to tint required. Black Varnish for Harness. Digest shellac, twelve parts; white turpen- tine, five parts; gum Sandarach, two parts; lampblack, one part ; with spirits of turpentine, four parts; alcohol, ninety-six parts. 224 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Green Copal Varnish. We, digris, crystalized verdigris, compound green (a mixture of yellow and blue). The first two require a mixture of white in proper proportions, from a fourth to two-thirds, accord- ing to the tint to be given. The white used for this purpose is ceruse, or the white oxide of lead, or Spanish white. Proceed as before. Varnish for Warness. One-half pound India-rubber, one gallon of Spirits of turpentine; dissolve by a little heat to make it into a jelly, then take equal quan- tities of hot linseed oil and above mixture, and incorporate them well on a slow fire. India-Rubber Varnishes. 1. Cut up one pound of India-rubber into small pieces, and diffuse in half pound of Sul- phuric ether, which is done by digesting in a glass flask on a sand bath. Then add one pound pale linseed oil warnish, previously heated, and, after settling, one pound of oil of turpentine, also heated beforehand. Filter, while yet warm, into bottles. Dries slowly. 2. Two ounces of India-rubber finely divided and digested in the same way with a quarter of a pound of camphene, and half an ounce of naphtha or benzole. When dissolved, add one ounce of copal warnish, which renders it more durable. Principally for gilding. 3. In a wide-mouthed glass bottle, digest two ounces of India-rubber in fine shavings, with one pound of oil of turpentine, during two days without shaking, then stir up with a wooden spatula. Add another pound of oil of turpentine, and digest, with frequent agitation, until all is dissolved. Then mix a pound and a half of this solution with two pounds of very white copal oil warnish, and a pound and a half of well boiled linseed oil, Shake and digest in a sand bath, until they have united into a good warnish. For morocco leather. 4. Four ounces India-rubber in fine shavings are dissolved in a covered jar by means of a sand bath, in two pounds of crude benzole, and then mixed with four pounds of hot linseed oil varnish, and a half pound of oil of turpentine. Dries very well. 5. Melt one pound of rosin, and add gradu- ally half a pound of India-rubber in very fine Shavings, and stir until cold. Then heat again, slowly, add one pound linseed oil varnish, heated, and filter. 6. Dissolve one pound of gum dammar, and half a pound of India rubber, in very small pieces, in one pound of oil of turpentine, by means of a Water bath. Add one pound of hot oil warnish and filter. 7. India rubber in small pieces, washed and dried, are fused for three hours in a close ves- Sel, on a gradually heated sand bath. On removing from the sand bath, open the vessel, and stir for ten minutes, then close again, and repeat the fusion on the following day, until Some globules appear on the surface. Strain through a wire sieve. 8. Varnish for Water-proof Goods.-Let a quarter of a pound of India rubber, in Small pieces, soften in a half pound of oil of turpen- time, then add two pounds of boiled oil, and let the whole boil for two hours over a slow coal fire. When dissolved, add again six pounds of boiled linseed oil, and one pound of lith- arge, and boil until an even liquid is obtained. It is applied warm. 9. Gutta-Percha Varnish.-Clean a quarter of a pound of gutta-percha in warm Water from adhering impurities, dry well, dissolve in One pound of rectified resin oil, and add two pounds of linseed oil warnish, boiling hot. Very suit- able to prevent metals from oxidation. - Mahogany Varnish. Sorted gum anime eight pounds, clarified oil three gallons, litharge and powdered dried sugar of lead, of each one-fourth of a pound; boil till it strings well, then cool a little, thin with oil of turpentine five and one-half gallons, and strain. Green Paint for Out-door Work. Grind Powdered Charcoal and Linseed Oil with sufficient Litharge as dryer; thin for use with welſ boiled Linseed Oil. This will make a black paint and a good one. Then to this black paint add sufficient Ochre to make the shade of green required. It will not fade. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 225 Hair Varnish. Dissolve one part of clippings of pig's bris- tles, or of horse-hair, in ten parts of drying linseed oil by heat. Fibrous materials (cotton, flax, silk, etc.), imbued with the varnish and dried, are used as a substitute for hair-cloth. Varnish for Iron. Take oil of turpentine, add to it drop by drop, and while stirring, strong sulphuric acid, until a syrupy precipitate is quite formed, and no more of it is produced on further addition of a drop of acid. The liquid is now repeat- edly washed with water, every time refreshed after a good stirring, until the water does not exhibit any more acid reaction on being tested with blue litmus paper. The precipitate is next brought upon a cloth filter, and, after all the water has run off, the syrupy mass is fit for use. This thickish magma is painted over the iron with a brush; if it happens to be too stiff, it is previously diluted with some oil of tur- pentine. Immediately after the iron has been so painted, the paint is burnt by a gentle heat, and, after cooling, the black surface is rubbed over with a piece of woolen stuff, dipped in and moistened with linseed oil. According to the author, this warnish is not a simple covering of the surface, but it is chem- ically combined with the metal, and does not, therefore, wear off or peel off, as other paints or warnishes do from iron. Varnish for Oil Paintings. Digest at a slow heat gum sandarach, two parts; gum mastic, four parts; balsam copaiva, two parts; white turpentine, three parts; with spirits of turpentine, four parts; alcohol (nine- ty-five per cent.) fifty-six parts. Varnish for Paintings and Pictures. Honey, one pint; the whites of two dozen fresh eggs; one ounce of good clean isinglass; twenty grams of hydrate of potassium; one. half ounce of chloride of Sodium; mix together over a gentle heat of eighty or ninety degrees Fahrenheit. Be careful not to let the mixture remain long enough to coagulate the albumen of the eggs; stir the mixture thoroughly, then bottle. It is to be applied as follows: one tablespoonful of varnish added to one-half table- spoonful of good oil of turpentine, then spread on the pictures as soon as mixed. Oak Varnish. 1. Clear pale resin, three and a half pounds; oil of turpentine, one gallon; dissolve. 2. Clear Venice turpentine, four pounds; oil of turpentine, five pounds; mix. Both are good common varnishes. Red Copal Varnish. 1. Wermilion, red oxide of lead (minnium), red orche, or Prussian red, etc., and proceed as before. 2. Dragon's blood, brick red, or Wenetian red, etc., and proceed as before. Varnish for Straw Hats. Take either red or black sealing wax; to every two ounces of sealing wax, add one ounce of rectified spirits of wine; pound the wax fine, then sift it through a fine lawn sieve, till you have made it extremely fine; put it into a large phial with the Spirits of wine; shake it; let it stand near the fire forty-eight hours, shaking it often ; then with a brush (a hog's bristle brush) lay it all over the hat (or basket). Let it dry and then repeat the operation. Varnish for Chromos. The best varnish for chromos is made of gum mastic dissolved in spirits of turpentine. It should be of such thickness as to spread easily and evenly with a common varnish brush. If a chromo is not oil colors, two coats of size, made of isinglass and water, should be given to it first. When the size is dry the varnish should be laid on. Two or three coats may be needed to get a good surface, which should be perfectly free from cracks, This warnish may be cleaned with a soft sponge and soap and Water. It is equally serviceable for maps and drawings as for chromos or paintings. 226 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Damar Varnish. . Gum Dammar, 10 parts. Gum Sandarach, 5 “ Gum Mastic, 1 part. Digest at a gradual heat, occasionally shak- ing, with spirits of turpentine, 20 parts. Finally add more spirits of turpentine to give the con- sistency of syrup. Varnish for Picture Frames. Alcohol, 4 ounces. Linseed Oil, 4 & 6 Balsam of Fir, # 66 Sulphuric Ether, # “ Mix. Crystal Warnish. Gum Mastic, 3 ounces. Alcohol, 1 pint. Dissolve. Use to fix pencil drawing. Polish for Dark Colored Wood. Seed-lac, 1 ounce. Gum Guaiacum, 2 drachms. Dragon's Blood, 2 & 6 Gum Mastic, 2 6 (; Alcohol, 1 pint. Mix. Cork the bottle tightly, and keep in a warm place, until the gums are properly dis- solved, strain off for use, adding Linseed oil, # gill, and shake up Well. Varnish for Coachmakers. Amber, 16 ounces. Linseed Oil (boiling hot), 4 pint. Powdered Resin, 3 ounces. Asphaltum, 3 66 Warm Oil of Turpentine, 1 pint. Melt the amber in an iron pot, and add the linseed oil, resin and asphaltum. When the materials are well united, by stirring over the fire, they are removed, and after cooling some time, add the warm turpentine. Amber Varnish–Pale. Amber, Pale and Transparent, 6 pounds. Linseed Oil, hot, 2 gallons. Oil of Turpentine, 4 “ Fuse the Amber and add the linseed oil, boil till it is stringy. When cool add the Tur- pentine. Black Varnish for Iron Work. Asphaltum, 48 pounds. Boiled Oil, 10 gallons. Red Lead, 7 pounds. Litharge, 7 6 & White Copperas, 3 6 & Dark Gum Amber, fused, 8 6 & Linseed Oil (hot), 2 gallons. Turpentine, 80 gallons. Boil the asphaltum, boiled oil, red lead and litharge for two hours, then add the amber and boil again for two hours, or till a little mass when cooled may be rolled into pills. Lastly, thin down with turpentine. An excel- lent varnish for the iron-work of carriages. Amber Varnish, Amber, 1 pound. Pale Boiled Oil, 10 ounces. Turpentine, 1 pint. Reduce the amber to a semi-liquid by heat; then add ihe oil, mix, remove it from the fire, and when cooled a little, stir in the turpentine. Black Amber Varnish. Amber, 1 pound. Boiled Oil, % pint. Powdered Asphaltum, 6 ounces. Oil of Turpentine, 1 pint. Melt the amber as before described, then add the asphaltum previously mixed with the cold oil, and afterwards heated very hot; mix well. Remove the vessel from the fire and when cooled a little add the turpentine, also made War IOl. To Improve Common Carmine. Take carmine, one part; Water of ammonia to dissolve. Digest in the Sun until the ammonia is saturated with the coloring part of the car- mine, then precipitate the color with alcohol and acetic acid. Wash the precipitate carefully with alcohol and dry it. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 227 Varnish for Plaster Casts. White Soap, # ounce. White Wax, * “ Water, 2 pints. Boil together in a clean vessel for a short time. This warnish is to be applied when cold with a soft brush. To Bronze Plaster Casts. Give the casts a coating of Oil or Size War- nish, and when this is nearly dry apply with a dabber of cotton or a camel hair pencil and of the metallic bronze powders; or the powder may be placed in a little bag of muslin and dusted over the surface, and afterwards finished with a wad of linen. The surface must be afterwards varnished. Modeling in Clay. Knead dry clay with glycerine instead of water, and a mass is obtained which remains moist and plastic for a considerable time, being a great convenience to the modeler. German Carmine. Cochineal, 1 pound. Water, 7 gallons. Boil for five minutes, then add Alum, 1 ounce. Boil for five minutes more, filter and set aside the decoction for three days; then decant the liquor and dry the carmine in the shade. The remaining liquor will still deposit color of an inferior quality by standing. To Stain Wood Like Ebony. Take a solution of Sulphate of iron (green copperas), and wash the wood over with it two or three times; let it dry, and apply two or three coats of a strong hot decoction of log- wood; wipe the wood, when dry, with a sponge and water, and polish with linseed oil. To Stain Mahogany Color. Pure Socotrine Aloes, 1 ounce. Dragon's Blood, # “ Alcohol, 1 pint. Dissolve and apply two or three coats to the surface of the wood; finish off with wax or oil, tinged with alkanet. Pale Carriage Varnish. Copal, 32 parts. Pale Oil, 80 “ Fuse and boil until stringy, then add Dried White Copperas, 1 part. Litharge, 1 “ Boil again, then cool a little and mix Spirits Turpentine, 150 parts. While making the above, take gum anime, 32 parts; pale oil, 80 parts; dried sugar of lead, 1 part; litharge, 1 part; spirits of turpentine, 170 parts. Pursue the same treatment as before, and mix the two varnishes while hot. To Stain Wood Black. Chip Logwood, # pound. Water, 2 quaats. Pearl Ash, 1 ounce. Logwood, # pound. Werdigris, # ounce. Green Copperas, # “ Rusty Steel Filings, # pound. Boil the chip logwood in the water, then add the pearl ash and apply it hot to the work with a brush. Proceed with the other ingredi- ents in a similar manner, after straining off, and with this go over the work a second time. Fine Black. Boil 1 pound of logwood in 4 quarts of water, add a double-handful of walnut-peel or shells; boil it up again, take out the chips, add 1 pint best vinegar, and it will be fit for use; apply it boiling hot. This will be improved by apply- ing a hot solution of green copperas, dissolved in water, (an ounce to a quart), over the first stain. How to Paint a Carriage. When the Woodwork of a carriage comes into the shop, examine it closely, and if the grain has raised in any place, or it wants smoothing with sand paper, be sure you do it before you prime the work, then dust it off and put on the priming coat, as given below. Be sure and have the paint go into the cracks, checks, or screw heads, so that they have at least one coat of paint over the surface which is to be puttied up. 228 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. When to Apply Paint. Paint, to last long, should be put on early in winter or spring, when it is cold, and no dust flying. Paint put on in cold weather forms a body or coat upon the surface of the wood that becomes hard and resists weather, or an edged tool even, like slate. General Directions for House Painting. Oil paint dries with a gloss; turpentine makes a dead surface, and in using paints containing both oil and turpentine, the gloss will be less as the proportion of oil is diminished. Paint Size. Stir a small quantity of litharge and red lead into some boiled oil; let it stand, shaking fre- quently, until bleached; then bottle. Raw oil makes a slower drying size. To Prepare Oil for Coach Painting. To prepare raw oil for use in coach painting, it will be necessary to add one-fifth part of good brown japan to four of oil. If paint re- quires any further dryer, equal parts of Sugar of lead and white vitriol ground together, can be used, to the amount of one ounce to the pound of paint, or the same amount of patent dryer. Priming Coats. For the priming coat of a carriage gearing and body, use the same kind of paint, to-wit: White lead mixed in the above prepared raw oil, and about one-eighth part of turpentine, with a shade of lampblack, if your carriage is to be a dark color. Painting Houses. In painting a house, use paints containing both oil and turpentine. The gloss will be less as the proportion of oil is lessened. Paints require more dryer in cold than hot weather, but it is more durable in outside work if applied in cold weather. Successive coats of paint should have at least a day intervene between them for drying. Dark colors should have glossy finish. Before commencing to paint, the surface must be perfectly dry. The paint must be thoroughly mixed, both before commencing and during the progress of the work; if this is neglected the heavy ingredients are apt to settle, leaving a larger proportion of oil and turpentine On the surface. Paints. Knots, to kill. This is a difficult job for the painter, but if these directions are followed, perfect Satisfaction will be the result. Take a hot iron and press it agaist the knot, by which means you extract the pitch, after which use the size and Red Lead. Another plan is Gum Shellac mixed with Red Lead, or Gutta-percha dissolved in Ether. But if the work is a fine one, after removing the iron scrape the pitch off with a knife, after which size the knot with oil size and then lay on it a leaf of gold or silver, after which give it two coats. Mixing. In mixing paints observe that for out-door work you must use principally or wholly boiled oil, unless it be for the decora- tion part of the house, etc., then mix as for indoor work. For inside work use Linseed Oil, Turpentine, and a little “drier,” observing that the less oil the less will be the gloss, and that for “flatted ” white, etc., the color being ground in oil, will scarcely require any further addition of that article, as the object is to have it dull. The best “driers” are ground Litharge and Sugar of Lead. The former for dark and middle tints, and the latter for light OL16S. Painting Zinc. Painters have always found it no easy matter to make oil colors adhere to sheet zinc. Boetteger recommends the employment of a mordant, so to speak, of the following compo- sition: One part Chloride of Copper, one of Nitrate of Copper, and one of Salammoniac, are to be dissolved in sixty-four parts of water, to which solution is to be added one part of Commercial Hydrochloric Acid. The sheets of zinc are to be brushed over with this liquid, which gives them a deep black color. In the course of from twelve hours to twenty-four hours they AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 229 become dry, and to their now dirty gray sur- face any oil will firmly adhere. Some sheets of zinc prepared in this way and afterwards painted, have been found to withstand all the changes of winter and summer. Premium Paint without Oil or Lead. Slake stone lime with boiling water in a tub or barrel to keep in the steam ; then press six quarts through a fine sieve. Now to this quan- tity add one quart of coarse Salt, and a gallon of water; boil the mixture and skim it clear. To every 5 gallons of this skimmed mixture add 1 pound of alum, # pound of copperas, and by slow degrees # pound of potash, and 4 quarts of sifted ashes or fine Sand; add any coloring desired. A Durable Outside Paint. Water lime, 2 parts. White Lead in Oil, 1 “ Mix them thoroughly by adding best boiled Linseed Oil, enough to prepare it to pass through a paint mill; after which temper with oil till it can be applied with a common paint brush. Make any color to suit. It will last three times as long as lead paint. Blue Color for Ceilings. Blue Vitriol, 1 pound. Best whiting, # & C Water, 3 quarts. Boil altogether for about 3 hours; stir it frequently while boiling, and also on taking it off the fire. When it has stood till quite cold pour off the blue liquid, then mix the cake of color with good size, and use it with a plas- terers' brush in the same manner as white- wash, either for walls or ceilings. Whitewash that Will Not Rub Off. Mix half a pail of lime and water ready to put on the walls, then take 3 pint flour, mix it up with water; then pour boiling Water upon it in a sufficient quantity to thicken it, then pour it while hot into the whitewash, stir all well together, and it is ready for use. To Make a Good Paint Without Lead or Oil. Whiting, 5 pounds. Skimmed Milk, 2 quarts. Fresh Slaked lime, 2 ounces. Take a small quantity of the milk and put the lime in to form a cream-like consistence, add the balance of the milk and crumble the whiting upon the surface of the fluid, in which it gradually sinks. Stir or grind, as is usually done with other paints. Beautiful Paint for walls. Roman Vitriol, 4 pounds. Boiling Water, 4 quarts. Pearl Ash, 2 pounds. Powdered Yellow Arsenie, # pound. Dissolve the Roman Vitriol in the boiling water and add the Pearl Ash, and stir the mixture well until effervesence ceases, then add the Yellow Arsenic and stir the whole together. Lay it on with a paint brush, and if the wall has not been painted before, two or three coats will be required. Flexible Paint for Canvas. Dissolve Soap, Boiling Water, 1% gallons. Good Oil Paint, 140 pounds. Cut the Soap (good yellow) in slices and put in the boiling water, then add the oil paint. Grind the solution well. 2} pounds. Paint for Old Weather-Boards. Boiled Linseed Oil, 5 gallons. Raw Oil, 4 & 6 Benzine, 1 & 6 Rocky Mountain Vermilion, 80 pounds. Mix. Gray or Stone-Color Paint for Buildings. White Lead in Oil, 78 parts. Boiled Oil, 9} “ Raw Oil, 9} “ Spirits Turpentine, 3 & & Turkey Umber, # part. Lampblack, # part. Mix. 230 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. COMPOUND COLORS FOR PAINTERS. Blue. Grind Prussian blue in turps, other blue, very fine in linseed oil; mix with white paint to the color required. Straw. A mixture of Chrome Yellow and White Lead, Oil and Turps. Steel. Mix Ceruse, Prussian Blue, Fine Lac, and Wermilion, with Oil and Turps. Purple. White Lead, Prussian Blue, and Wermilion, with Oil and Turps. French Gray. White Lead and Prussian Blue tinged with Wermillion, and for the last coat substitute Carmine or Lake for Wermillion. Drab. White Lead with a little Prussian Blue and French Yellow, Linseed Oil and Turps. ANOTHER, DRAB. White Lead with a little Prussian Blue and Lampblack, Linseed Oil and turps. Dark Red-For Common Purposes. Mix English Venetian Red in Boiled Oil, with a little Red Lead and Litharge, to give a drying quality. . LIGHTER RED. Mix together equal parts of Venetian Red, and Red Lead in Boiled Oil and Turps. Imitation of Vermilion. Grind together in Oil, Red Lead and Rose Pink. Deep Red. Mix in Oil, Vermilion, with a dust of Wene- tian Red or Red Lead. Unfading Orange. This is a mixture of Orange Lead and French or Stone Yellow, Oil and Turps. Bright Yellow for Floors. White Lead and Linseed Oil, mixed with some French Yellow, and a little Chrome Yel- low to brighten it, some Red Lead, burnt White Vitriol and Litharge added to give it a drying quality. This color is mixed with equal parts of Boiled Oil and Turpentine and used very thin. Dark Yellow. Mix French Yellow in Boiled Oil, adding to a little Red Lead or Litharge to give the paint a drying quality. Light Yellow. This is a mixture of French Yellow and White Lead, with Oil and Turpentine. ANOTHER. French Yellow, White Lead and Red Lead. ANOTHER. This is a mixture of Prussian Blue, French Yellow, a small portion of Turkey Umber, and a little burnt Witriol. For Distemper. Use Indigo and Yellow Pink mixed with Whiting or White Lead Powder. IFreestone Color. A mixture of Red Led, Venetian Red, French Yellow and Lampblack, varying the shade according to taste with Linseed Oil and Tur- pentine. AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 231 Making Gold Leaf. Perhaps one of the most interesting mechan- ical operations of the present day is the manu- facture of gold leaf. Strange as it may seem, in this branch of business little or no machinery is used, and most, if not all, of the gold leaf used in the arts is produced by the hand hammer. The art of foliating, or beating gold into thin leaves to be used for gilding, was practiced by the ancient Hebrews and Egyptians, and there- fore it cannot be claimed as one of the new discoveries of this fast age. A modern improve- ment, however, has been made, which replaces parchment with “gold-beaters’ skin,” which is prepared from the Outer membrane of the large intestines of the ox. The intestine is partially rotted, in order to facilitate the removal of the membrane, which is cleaned, dried, beaten and pressed between paper, and also with alum, isinglass and the white of an egg, the result being a pure, clean and tough membrane, which will bear but slight injury after a con- tinuous beating for several months with a 12-pound hammer. To produce light and dark shades of gold leaf, the metal is alloyed with silver and copper. The addition of the baser metals lessens the malleability, and as the leaf is sold by super- ficial measure, and not by weight, adulteration is kept at the minimum. The pure gold having been brought to the desired color by the addi- tion of silver or copper, it is cast into ingots three-fourths of an inch wide and of two ounces weight. These ingots are passed between pol- ished steel rollers and flattened out into a ribbon of 1-800 inch thick. It is annealed and cut into pieces one inch Square. The metal is now about ready for the merciless hammering it is to receive from the gold-beater, who prepares a pile of 150 leaves of the metal in layers, with leaves of wellum, and incloses the whole mass in a double parchment case. Now, with a 16-pound hammer he beats the pack until the inch pieces are increased to four inches square. The next movement is to remove the leaf, divide it into four parts, and prepare another pile or pack, this time using gold-beaters' skin instead of wellum, and inclosing it, as before, in a parchment case. This pack is beaten with an 8-pound hammer; another quartering produces 2,400 leaves, having an area of about 190 times that of the ribbon, or a thickness of about 1-200,000 inch. The marvelous malleability of gold is proven when it is stated that an ounce of it has thus been beaten out or extended to a surface of nearly 100 square feet. The beating causes ragged edges, which are cut away, and as “scrap” are again subjected to the mauling process. After the last beating the leaf is handled by means of wooden pincers, laid on a cushion, blown out flat, and cut into squares of three and # of an inch—twenty-five of these make what is known as a book. The leaves of the books are rubbed with red chalk to prevent the gold from adhering. The application of machinery to gold-beating has been attempted, but with indifferent success. Probably the work could be done by power hammers, but to manipulate such a hammer would require a gold beater to learn his trade Over again, and to also learn the art of making a gold-beating power hammer. Undoubtedly, When Some clever and ingenious gold-beater sees what a field there is for a machine that will producea cheap leaf with a smaller expen- diture of labor than is now needed, we shall have such a machine, and the cost of gold leaf will be considerably lower than at present. The quantity of gold in a book of gold leaf is a mere nothing. Most of the leaf in the market is so thin that it appears semi-transparent and of a green color when held up to the light. As it costs fifty cents per book at retail, it can be readily seen that the labor upon it is worth more than the metal. To Make Gold Solution for Electro-Plating. Gold Coin, 5 grains. Pure Copper, 5 grains. Pure Silver, 4 ** Nitric Acid, 1 ounce. Muriatic Acid, 2 ounces. The silver will not be taken into solu- two metals, but will Mix. tion as are the other gather at the bottom of the vessel. Next add Powdered Sulphate of Iron, 1 ounce. Powdered Borax, # ounce. Pure Table Salt, 25 grains. Hot Rain Water, 1 quart. 232 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Upon this the gold and copper will be thrown to the bottom of the vessel with the silver. Let stand till fully settled, then pour off the liquid carefully, and refill with boiling water as before. Continue to repeat this operation until the precipitate is thoroughly washed; or in other words, fill up, let settle, and pour off So long as the accumulation at the bottom of the vessel is acid to the taste. You now have about an 18 carat Chloride of Gold. Add Cyanuret of Potass., 14 ounces, mixed with 1 quart of rain water, the latter heated to the boiling point; shake up well, then let stand about 24 hours and it will be ready for use. Platina may be used as an alloy instead of silver solution for a darker colored plate; Guinea gold may be made by adding to the above 1 ounce of Dragon's blood and five grains of Iodide of Iron. If you desire an alloyed plate, proceed as first directed without the silver or copper, and with an ounce and a half of Sulphuret of Potass. in place of the Iron, Borax and Salt. Cilver-Plating Fluid. Nitrate of Silver (Crystals), 1 ounce. Soft Water, 12 ounces. Cyanuret of Potash, 2 ounces. Dissolve the silver in the soft water and add the Cyanuret of Potash; shake the whole to- gether, and let it stand till it becomes clear. Have ready some half-ounce phials, and fill half full of Paris white or fine whiting; and then fill up the bottles with the liquor, and it is ready for use. The whiting does not increase the coating powder, it only helps to clean the articles, and Save the silver fluid, by half fill- ing the bottles. Silver Solution for Electro-Plating. Cyanuret of Potass, # ounce. Good Silver, 1 ounce. Nitric Acid, 2 ounces. Pure Rain-water, # ounce. Cut the silver into strips and mix together in a glass vessel. If solution does not begin at once, add a little more water, continue to add a very little at a time till it does. In the event it starts off well, but stops before the silver is fully dissolved, you may generally start it up again all right by adding a little more Water. When the solution is affected, add 1 quart of warm rain-water and a large tablespoonful of common salt. Shake well and let Settle, then proceed to pour off and wash through other waters. When no longer acid to the taste, put in an ounce of the mixture, and add a little of the Cyanuret of Potash with a quart of pure rain-water. After standing about 24 hours it will be ready for use. To Remove Tarnish on Electro-Plated Goods. Cyanuret of Potash, # pound. Rain-water. 2 gallons. Immerse the articles from 10 to 15 minutes, or until the tarnish is removed. After immer- Sion the articles must be taken out and thor- oughly rinsed in two or three waters, then dried with a soft linen cloth. Sterling Silver. Sterling silver consists of pure silver 11 oz. and 2 p.Wts., and fine copper, 18 pywts. To Frost and Whiten Silver Goods. Sulphuric Acid, 1 drachm. Water, 4 ounces. Mix. Heat and immerse the silver in it until frosted as desired, then wash off clean and dry with a soft linen cloth, or in fine clean sawdust. NoTE. For whitening, only a Small propor- tion of acid may be used. Gilder’s Pickle, Alum, 1 ounce. Common Salt, 1 ounce. Nitre, 2 ounces. Water, # pint. Dissolve in the water. The above is used to impart a rich color to gold surfaces, especially of trinkets. Its appli- cation should not be too long continued, as it dissolves a small portion of the gold. For com- mon purposes it is best used largely diluted with water. 233 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Gilding Varnish. This is a mere variety of oil gilding applied to equipages, furniture, mirrors and picture frames, etc. The surface being highly varnished and polished before it receives the size or gold color, and after the gilding has become quite dry, a coat of spirit varnish, fumed with the chafing dish as above, is applied, followed by two, three or more coats of the best Copal varnish, at intervals of three or four days each. The whole is lastly carefully polished with tripoli and water. Silver-Plating Powder. Chloride of Silver, 3 ounces. Salt of Tartar, 6 “ Prepared Chalk, 2 “ Common Salt, 3 “ Mix well. Dip a moist cork into this powder and rub the article to be silvered. To Gild Silver With Gold. Beat a dollar thin, and dissolve it in two ounces of aquaregia; dip clean rags in it and let them dry; burn the rags, and with the tinder thereof rub the silver with a little spit- tle; be sure first that the silver be clean from grea.Se. The liquid used by tinsmiths and other work- men to cause soft solder to adhere to copper, brass and even iron, about which some main- tain a secrecy, is merely a crude chloride of zinc. To make it, put a little muriatic acid into a wide-mouthed bottle of twice the capac- ity. Set this out of doors, on account of the odor, and add zinc cut in strips, so long as any is dissolved. In soldering copper, brass or iron scrape the spot bright, place upon it a drop or two of this liquid, and apply solder in the usual manner. A New Silvering Process for Iron and Steel. De Willers has invented a metallic alloy for silvering. It consists of 80 parts of tin, 18 parts of lead, and 2 parts of silver, or 90 parts of tin, 9 parts of lead, and 1 part of silver. The tin is melted first, and when the bath is of a brilliant white the lead is added in grains, and the mixture stirred with a stick of pine wood, the partially melted silver is added, and the mixture stirred again. The fire is then increased for a little while, until the surface of the bath assumes a light yellow color, when it is thoroughly stirred up and the alloy cast in bars. Whenever there is a choice between iron and steel, in making any article, the best quality of steel is to be preferred. The operation is then carried out in the following manner: The article, a knife blade for example, is dipped in a solution of hydrochloric or Sulphu- ric acid (from 1 to 10 parts of acid in 100 parts of water). After taking it out of this pickle it is immediately rinsed with clean water, then dried and rubbed with a piece of Soft leather or dry sponge, and finally exposed to a heat of 70° or 80° C. (15S° to 176° Fahr.), for five minutes in a muffle. The object of this is to prepare the iron or steel to receive the alloy, by making the surface porous or covered with small microscopic holes. If the iron is not very good these holes are much larger, and fre- quently flaws and bad places are disclosed, which make the silvering more difficult. With steel the process goes on very regularly. The article is warmed to 122° or 140° Fahr., and dipped in the bath of the above described alloy, which is melted by a gently fire of graph- ite or refractory clay. The bath must be per- fectly fluid, and is stirred with a stick of pine or poplar; the surface of the bath must have a fine white silver color. Under these circum- stances the object thus prepared quickly takes up the alloy, which penetrates the porous sur- face. For a knife blade an immersion of one or two minutes is sufficient to cover it; larger articles require five minutes' immersion. After taking it out of the bath it is dipped in cold Water, or treated in such a way as to temper it, if tempering is necessary. If it is left too long in cold Water it frequently becomes brittle, but this evil can be avoided by a little expe- rience. It is then only necessary to rub it off dry and polish without heating it. Articles treated in this manner look like sil- ver and ring like it too, and withstand the oxidizing action of the air. To protect them AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 234 from the effect of acid liquids like vinegar, they are dipped in a bath of amalgam, com- posed of 60 parts mercury, 39 parts of tin, and 1 part of silver. It is then dipped warm into melted silver, or electro-plated with silver to give it the silvery look. The method of polish- ing will depend on the shape of the object. This kind of silvering is said to be very dura- ble, and even resist gentle filing. The cost of the process is comparatively small. If this method is as good as the inventor represents it in the Machine Builder, this kind of plat- ing will be preferred to nickel plating. Coloring Cements. The pigments employed to color hydraulic and other cements, and obtain the shades com- mon in trade, are the following: 12 per cent. For Black Pyrolusite, “ Red, Caput Mortuum, 6 & 4 “ Green, Ultramarine Green, 6 & 6 “ Blue, Ultramarine Blue, 5 66 “ Yellow & ** Brown | Ocher, 6 6 The strength of the cement is rather increased by the addition of ultramarine pigments, but somewhat diminished by the others. The ill effects of the latter may be somewhat removed by grinding the cement again after the pig- ment has been added, whereby it gains in fine- ness, and the strength is so much increased that no difference is observable between this and the ordinary cement. The black and red cements made in Dyckerhoff's works for mak- ink tiles and artificial stone show a strength by normal tests after twenty-four hours' drying of 20 kilos per squars centimeter, or about 275 pounds per square inch—a very respectable strain for Such work. To Remove Gilding from Old China. The following method is recommended for removing the remains of gilding from old china: Take soft Water 8 parts by measure; Nitric Acid, 8 parts; Common Salt, 4 parts; Salammoniac, 1 part. Let it boil, put the china into it, and rub with a stiff brush. Grecian Gilding. Dissolve equal parts of Salammoniac and Corrosive Sublimate in Nitric Acid, and a Solution of gold is to be made with the above mixture as a solvent; after slight concentra- tion, the liquid is applied to the surface of silver, which immediately becomes black, but On being heated exhibits a rich gilded surface. Gold Lacquer. - 1 pound. Ground Tumeric, Ground Gamboge, 13 ounce. Ground Gum Sandarach, 3 pounds. Ground Bleached Lac, 1 pound. Alcohol, 2 gallons. Turpentine Warnish, 3 pints. Put the whole in a suitable vessel, cork, close, and agitate until dissolved. Gold Luster for Stoneware. Gold, 6 parts. Aqua Regia, 80 parts. Dissolve ; then add Tin, 1 part. Balsam of Sulphur, 3 parts. Oil of Turpentine, 1 part. Mix gradually in a mortar and rub it until the mixture becomes hard, then add Oil of Turpentine 4 parts. Liquid Carmine. Carmine, 2 parts. Ammonia, 8 parts. Water, 20 parts. Dissolve. Turkish Cement. 1. “The jewellers of Turkey, who are mostly Armenians, (We are informed by the most respectable and intelligent traveller, Mr. Eton, formerly a consul in that country, and author of a Survey of the Turkish Empire), have a singular method of ornamenting watch-cases, etc., with diamonds and other precious stones, by simply glueing or cementing them on. The stone is set in silver or gold, and the lower part of the metal made flat, or to correspond with the part to which it is to be fixed; it is AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 235 then warmed gently, and has the glue applied, which is so very strong, that the parts thus cemented never separate; this glue, which will strongly unite bits of glass, and even polished steel, and may of course be applied to a vast variety of useful purposes, is thus made: Dissolve five or six bits of gum mastic, each the size of a large pea, in as much Spirits of wine as will suffice to render it liquid, and, in another vessel, dissolve as much Isinglass, previously a little softened in water, (though none of the water must be used), in French brandy or good rum, as will make a two ourrée phial of very strong glue, adding two Small bits of Gum Galbanum or Ammoniacum, which must be rubbed or ground till they are dis- solved. Then mix the whole with a sufficient heat. Keep the glue in a phial closely stop- ped, and when it is to be used, set the phial In boiling water. some persons have sold a composition under the name of Armenian cement, in England; but this composition is badly made; it is much too thin, and the quantity cf mastic is much too small.” 2. Thick Isinglass Glue, 1 part; thick Mas- tic Warnish, 1 part. Melt the glue, mix, and keep if in a closely corked phial. For use, put the phial in hot Water. To Make Copper Into a Metal Like Gold. Distilled Verdigris, 4 ounces; Tutiae Alexan- drinae praepartae 2 ounces; Saltpetre 1 ounce; Borax # ounce; mix all together with oil, till they be as thick pap; then melt it in a cruci- ble, and pour it into a fire-Shovel, first well warmed. To Make Transparent Silver. Refined silver, 1 ounce; dissolve it in 2 ounces of aqua fortis; precipitate it with a pugil (a quantity that may be taken up be- tween thumb and finger) of salt, then strain it through a paper, and the remainder melt in a crucible for about half an hour, and pour it out, and it will be transparent. To Whiten Copper Throughout. Take thin plates of copper, as thin as a knife, heat them six or seven times, and quench Mr. Eton observes, that them in water; then melt them, and to each pound add 4 ounces of Saltpetre and 4 ounces of Arsenic, well powdered and mixed, and first melted apart in another crucible, by gentle degrees; then take them out, and powder them ; then take Venetian borax and white tartar, of each an ounce and a half; then melt these, with the former powder, in a crucible, and pour them out into some iron receiver; it will appear as clear as crystal, and is called crystallinum fiacum arsenicum. Of this clear matter, broken into little pieces, throw into the melted copper (by small pieces at a time, stay- ing five or six minutes between each injection) 4 ounces; when all is thrown in, increase the fire, till all be well melted together for a quar- ter of an hour; then pour it out into an ingot. Silver-Plating Fluid. Dissolve 1 ounce Nitrate of Silver (crystal) in 12 ounces of soft water; then dissolve in the water 2 ounces Cyanide of Potassium; shake the whole together, and let stand till it becomes clear. Have ready some phials of the size wanted (4 ounce makes a good size) and fill half full of Paris White or fine Whiting, and then fill up the bottles with the liquor, and it is ready for use. Thoroughly cleanse the article from all grease and dirt and apply with Soft rag or flannel; polish with chamois skin. To Gild Steel. Pour some of the ethereal solution of gold into a wine glass, and dip into it the blade of a new penknife, lancet or razor; withdraw the instrument, and allow the ether to evaporate; the blade will then be covered with a beautiful coat of gold. The blade may be moistened with a clean rag, or a small piece of very dry Sponge dipped into the ether, and the same effect will be produced. . Elkington’s Patent Gilding Liquid. Fine gold, 5 ounces (Troy); nitrate muri- atic acid, 52 ounces (Avoirdupois); dissolve by heat, and continue the heat until red or yel- low vapors cease to be evolved; decant the clear liquid into a suitable vessel; add distilled 236 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Water 4 gallons; pure bicarbonate of potassa, 20 pounds, and boil for 2 hours. The nitro- muriatic acid is made with pure nitric acid, 21 ounces; pure muriatic acid, 17 ounces, and distilled water, 14 ounces. Gold Alloys. The new standard for watch cases, etc., is 18 carats of fine gold and 6 of alloy. No gold of inferior quality can receive the “Hall mark,” and gold of lower quality is generally described by its commercial value. The alloy may be entirely silver, which gives a green color, or entirely copper for a red color, but the copper and silver are more usually mixed in one alloy, according to the taste of the jeweler. It will be understood that these are made with fine gold, fine silver and fine copper, direct from the refiner. Gilding Metals. Gilding metals for common jewelry is made by taking Copper, 4 parts. Calamine brass, 1 part. Dentist’s Plate. No. 1 gold, 20 pywts. ; silver, 1 p wt. ; copper, 2 pywts. No. 2 gold, 21 pywts. ; silver, 2 pywts. ; copper, 3 pWts. Wernicke’s Method of Gilding Glass. The following are the ingredients required: First—Solution of gold. Pure gold, free from silver, is dissolved in aqua regia, the Solution evaporated, and the residue taken up with water, so that 1 gill contains 15.4 grains of gold. Second–Solution of sodic hydrate of 1.06 spe- cific gravity. Third—Reducing liquid 771} grains; sulphuric acid, 617 grains; alcohol, 539 grains water, and 770 grains powdered manganic peroxide are distilled into 770 grains of water until the bulk of the latter is doubled —154 grains cane Sugar, inverted by dissolving in 6-10 gill of water, and boiling with 7% grains nitric acid. The distilled liquid, the inverted sugar, and 84-100 gill alcohol are mixed together and the mixture diluted to 1 1-10 pints. In using these solutions, 1 volume of the sodic hydrate solution is mixed with 4 volumes of the gold solution, and to this mixture is added from 1.35 to 1.30 volumes of the reducing liquid. The object to be gilded is placed on the top of the solution, having the surface intended to be coated turned downwards. The temperature of the bath should be below 140 degrees Fahrenheit. For Cleaning Copper. Paris White, 1 pound. Carb. Magnesia, 2 drachms. Cyanuret Potassa, 7 6 & Sulph. Ether, 3 & 6 Crocus Martis, 1 drachm. Soft Water, 1} pints. Mix all together, by rubbing, adding the Paris White last. Apply with a sponge or a rag, and polish dry with chamois skin or canton flannel. May be used for cleaning silver also. To Frost Polished Silver Goods. Cyanide of Potassium, 1 ounce. Water, # pint. Dissolve. Do not hold the silver in your hands, but use pliers made of lance-wood or box-wood, and apply the mixture with a brush to the polished surface. A Gold Solution. Gold Amalgam, # ounce. Nitric Acid, 1 & 4 Muriatic Acid, 2 66 Dissolve and add Alcohol, 2 Having brightened the article to be plated in the usual way, apply the above Solution with a soft brush. Rinse and dry in Sawdust, or with tissue paper, and polish with chamois skin. A Silver Solution. Nitrate of Silver, 1 ounce. Nitric Acid. 1 ounce. Dissolve by the aid of heat, put some pieces of copper into the solution to precipitate the AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 237 silver; wash the acid out in the usual way, then with 15 grains of it mix 2 drachms of tartar, 2 drachms of table salt, and half a drachm of pulverized alum. Brighten the article to be plated with lye and prepared chalk, and rub on the mixture. When it has assumed a white appearance, expose to heat, as in the case of plating with gold amalgam, then polish up with the burnisher or soft leather. Harmstadt’s Fine Imitation of Gold. Platinum, 16 parts. Copper, 7 “ Zinc, 1 “ Put in a crucible, cover with charcoal powder, and melt into a mass. It is said that this metal not only looks like gold, but has the same specific gravity and ‘ductility. Imitation Silver. 3 ounce. 2 ounces. & & Copper, Brass, Pure Silver, Bismuth, Saltpetre, Common Salt, Arsenic, Potash, Melt in a crucible with powdered charcoal. This compound, used by a German chemist for unlawful purposes, was so perfect that he was neverediscovered. 66 & 6 OUIIlC6, & 6 : 66 Enameling Metal. The use of colored enamels on large surfaces is yet in its infancy. The ordinary grey enamel (so called), is really not enamel, but a trans- parent glaze, the apparent grey color of which is produced by the surface of iron beneath the glaze. Grey Mixture Enamel. Pounds Ounces Sand. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 0 Red Lead. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 0 Boracic Acid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 0 Cullett (broken glass). . . . . . . . . . . . 114 0 Pounds. Ounces Bicarbonate of Soda............. 16 0 Nitre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 Manganese. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 8} White Mixture Enamel. Pounds Ounces. Cullett... . ----. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11. 0 Boracic Acid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 0 Bicarbonate of Soda. . . . . . . . . . . . 0 4 Phosphate of Lime... . . . . . . . . . . . 0 8 Oxide of Antimony..... . . . . . . . . . 0 2 Bronzing. Bronze for all kinds of metals: Muriate of Ammonia, 4 drachms. Oxalic Acid 1 drachm. Winegar, 1 pint. Dissolve the oxalic acid first. Let the work be clean. Put on the bronze with a brush; repeat the operation as many times as may be necessary. Bronze, to Give an Antique Appearance. Salt of Sorrel, 1 ounce. Sal Ammoniac, 2 ounces. White Winegar, 14 “ Bronze (Imitation of.) The article is painted or stained in the dark green color natural to bronze, giving two or three coats, as may be necessary; and then, before the last coat is dry, the parts intended to look bright are sprinkled with bronze powder, which may be bought at paint shops. Among the trade the powder goes by the name of “tacky.” It is made by grinding Dutch foil and mosaic gold together, and a species of copper dust is used for the same purpose. Method of Applying the Bronze. Go over the part you intend to bronze with gold size or varnish; when it is sufficiently dry —that is, when it does not adhere to the finger, but feels clammy—dip a piece of it in cotton, rolled into a hard ball, in your bronze powder, and dab it on to the place to be bronzed. 238 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Bronze Powder—A Beautiful Red. Mix together Sulphate of Copper, 100 parts. Carbonate of Soda, 60 parts. Apply heat until they unite into a mass, then cool, powder, and add copper filings, fifteen parts; mix well, and keep them at a white heat for twenty minutes, then cool, powder, and Wash and dry. Gold-Colored. Verdigris, 8 ounces. Putty Powder, 4 & & Borax and Vitre, each, 2 & & Bichloride of Mercury, # ounce. Make them into a paste with oil, and fuse them together. Used in Japanning as a gold color. Iron-Colored. Plumbago finely powdered. Silver White. Melt together one ounce each of Bismuth and Tim, then add one ounce of running Quicksilver; cool and powder. Gold-leaf, or alloy of gold, reduced to powder by grinding them with Sulphate of potash, or with honey, and washing away the extraneous matter with hot water, and drying the metallic powder. Dutch metal, and other similar alloys, treated in the same Way. Verdigris, 4 ounces. Tutty, 2 ounces. Sublimate, 8 drachms. Borax, 1 drachm. Nitre, 1 drachm. Mix them into a paste with oil, and fuse the mixture in a crucible. This has failed in Some hands—perhaps, from the tutty being factitious. Mix together 100 parts of Sulphate of Copper, and 50 of crystallized Carbonate of Soda ; apply heat till they unite. Powder the mass when cold, add 15 parts of Copper; mix well, and keep it at a white heat for twenty minutes. Wash and dry the product. Bronzing Wood. First coat the clean wood with a mixture of size and lampblack; then apply two coats of the green-colored sizing in the last recipe; and, lastly, with bronze powder, such as powdered Dutch foil, mosaic gold, etc., laid on with a brush. Finish with a thin solution of Castile Soap ; and, when dry, rub it with a soft Woollen cloth. IDYEING RECIPES. Pansy for Silk Garments, (17% ox.). Dye at 167° Fahrenheit. Having first washed the articles well, in a beck of 3 oz. curd soap and solution of aniline violet, more or less, according to shade. Light Brown or Silk Garments, (17% oz.). Wash for fifteen minutes in a clear beck made up with 13 ozs. genuine certCh; lift and enter in a fresh beck at the same heat, with # oz. Chromate of potash, and work in this for a quarter of an hour; rinse and dye up at 167° Fahrenheit, with a little Vesuvin and Magenta. Vesuvin should predominate for yel- lowish tones, and Magenta for red ones. Dyeing. 1. Pour a little solution of Indigo in Sul- phuric Acid into a glass of water, and add about an equal quantity of Solution of Carbon- ate of Potash. If a piece of white cloth be dipped in this mixture, it will come out a blue. If a piece of yellow cloth be dipped in, it will become a green, or a red will be converted to a purple. A slip of blue litmus paper immersed in it will immediately become red. 2. If a little fustic, quercitron bark, or other dye, be boiled in Water, the coloring matter will be extracted, and a colored solution formed. On adding a small quantity of dis- solved alum to this decoction, the alumina or base of the Salt, will attract the coloring matter, forming an insoluble compound, which in a short time will subside, and may easily be sep- arated. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 239 3. Boil a little cochineal in water, with a grain or two of Cream of Tartar, (Supertar- trate of Potash), and a dull kind of crimson will be formed. By the addition of a few drops of Nitro-Muriate of tin, the coloring matter will be precipitated of a beautiful scarlet. This, and some of the former instances, will give a tolerable correct idea of the general process of dyeing woolen cloths. 4. If a few strips of dyed linen cloth, of different colors, be dipped into a phial of Oxy- muriatic acid, the colors will be quickly dis- charged; for there are few colors that can resist the energetic effect of this acid. This experiment may be considered as a complete example of the process of bleaching colored goods. 5. Having found a piece of blue linen cloth, that will bleach in Oxygenised Muriatic Acid, dip the tip of the finger in a solution of Mu- riate of Tin, and press it while wet with the Solution, upon a strip of this cloth. After an interval of a few minutes immerse the cloth in a phial of liquid Oxymuriatic Acid, and when it has remained in it the usual time, it will be found that the spot which was previ- ously wet with Muriate of Tin, has preserved its original color, while the rest of the cloth has become white. 6. Dip a piece of white calico in a strong Solution of Acetate of Iron; dry it by the fire, and lay it aside for three or four days. After this, wash it well in hot water, and then dye it black by boiling it for ten minutes in a strong decoction of Brazil wood. If the cloth be now dried, any figures printed upon it with a colorless solution of Muriate of Tin, will appear of a beautiful scarlet, although the ground will remain a permanent black. 7. Dissolve 4 drachms of Sulphate of Iron in 1 pint of cold water, then add about 6 drachms of Lime in Powder, and 2 drachms of finely Pulverized Indigo, stirring the mix- ture occasionally for 12 or 14 hours. If a piece of White calico be immersed in this solution for a few minutes, it will be dyed green; and by exposure to the atmosphere only for a few Seconds, this will be converted to a permanent blue. 8. If a piece of calico be immersed in a solution of Sulphate of Iron, and when dry washed in a weak solution of Carbonate Potash, a permanent color will be produced, viz: the buff of the calico-printers. 9. Boil equal parts of Annotto and common Potash in water till the whole are dissolved. This will produce the pale reddish-buff so much in use, and sold under the name of nankeen- dye. 10. If Muriate of tin, newly made, be added to a solution of Indigo in Sulphuric Acid, the oxygen of the Indigo will be absorbed, and the solution instantly converted to a green. It is on the same principle that Muriate of tin is employed in cleansing discolored leather furni- ture; as it absorbs the oxygen, and the leather is restored to its natural color. 11. Take a piece of dark olive-colored linen that has been dyed with Iron and Quercitron bark, or Weld, and spot it in several places with a colorless solution of Muriate of Tin. Wherever the cloth has been touched with this solution, the original color will be discharged, and spots of a bright yellow will appear in its stead. 12. Dip a piece of white calico in a cold Solution of Sulphate of Iron, and suffer it to become entirely dry. Then imprint any figures upon it with a cold solution of colorless Citric Acid, and allow this also to dry. If the piece be then well washed in pure warm water, and afterwards boiled in a decoction of Logwood, the ground will be dyed either a slate or black color, according to the strength of the metallic solution, while the printed figures will remain beautifully white. This experiment is designed to show the effect of acids in discharging vege- table colors. 13. If lemon-juice be dropped upon any kind of buff color, the dye will be instantly discharged. The application of this acid by means of the black, is another method by which calico-printing give the white spots or figures to piece-goods. The crystallized is generally used for this purpose. These thirteen experiments will give some idea of the nature of calico-printing. 240 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. To Dye Silk a Salmon Color. The process is similar to that given for flesh color, except that the goods must be passed through diluted muriate of tin. To Dye Silk, Wool, or Worsted a Beautiful Mauve. Water, 1 gallon. Sulphuric Acid. # ounce. Mix and heat to boiling point. For a very light mauve, add one teaspoon- ful imperial violet liquor; boil the same amount of material, as stated under Magenta, about 10 minutes. Rinse in cold water. If the color be too deep, use a little soap in rinsing, using Warm Water. To Dye Silk, Worsted or Cotton a Plum Color. Water, 1 gallon. Sulphuric Acid, 1 drachm. Glauber Salts in Crystals, 1 ounce. Violet Liquor, 4 drachms. Magenta Liquor, 2 drachms. Boil the articles about ten minutes. Crimson for Worsted or Wool. Water, 3 gallons. Paste Cochineal, 1 ounce. Cream of Tartar, 1 “ Nitrate of Tin, 4 drachms. Boil the goods in this one hour. Wash first in cold water, then in another vessel with 3 gallons warm water with a cupful of ammonia, the whole well mixed. Put in the goods, and work well for 15 minutes. For a blue shade, add more ammonia. Then wash out. To Dye Silk a Flesh Color. Boiling water, 1 gallon. White Soap, 1 ounce. Pearl Ash, 1 “ Mix well, then add Annatto Liquor, # ounce. Put the silk through several times, and pro- portion the liquor till you obtain the required shade. Black Dye for Worsted or Woolen. Bichromate of Potash, 3 ounce. Water, 3 gallons. Dissolve the bichromate of potash in the Water, and boil the goods in this 40 minutes, and wash out in cold water; then take Water, 3 gallons. Logwood, 9 ounces. Fustic 3 & 6 Double Oil of Vitriol, 2 drops. Boil the goods 40 minutes, wash out in cold Water. This will dye from 1 to 2 pounds of cloth, or a lady's dress, if of a dark color or brown, claret, etc. Imperial Blue for Silk, Wool, and Worsted. Water, 1 gallon. Sulphuric Acid, # ounce. Imperial Blue, 4 drachms. Mix. Immerce the silk, worsted, or wool, and boil 10 minutes; wash in a weak solution of Soap lather. Logwood and Indigo Blue Dye for Cloth. Take 100 pounds of cloth and color it by first dipping it in the vat of indigo blue a couple of times, rinse it well, and boil in the following Solution: Alum, 20 pounds. Half Refined Tartar, 2 66 Mordant, 5 6 (; Boil for two hours. Take out and cool off to 170° Fahr. before entering; handle well over a reel, let it boil for half an hour, then take it out; cool and rinse. This is a very fine blue. To Fix Dyes. Gelatine, 20 ounces. Bichromate of Potash, 3 & 6 Dissolve the Gelatine in water before adding the potash. The Work is done in a dark room. The coloring matter is next added, and the goods submitted thereto; after which they are exposed to the action of light; the pigment thus becomes insoluble in the water, and the color is fast. A.N ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF lºſt ACTICAL INFORMATION. 241 Scarlet Dye with Cochineal. Cream of Tartar, 25 ounces. Cochineal, pulverized, 12; & 6 Muriate of Tin or Scarlet Spirit, 8 pounds. Boil the dye, enter the goods, work them well for 15 minutes, then boil them 14 hours, slowly agitating the goods while boiling, wash in clean water, and dry out of the Sun. The above is calculated for 50 pounds of wool yarn. To Dye a Light Silver Drab. For 50 pounds of goods use, Logwood # pound, alum : pound; boil well, enter the goods and dip them for one hour. Grade the color to any desired shade by using equal parts of Logwood and Alum. Chrome Black for Wool. For 40 pounds of goods use Blue Vitriol 3 pounds, boil it a short time, then dip the wool or fabric three-quarters of an hour, airing fre- quently; take out the goods, and make a dye with Logwood, 24 pounds; boil one-half hour, dip three-quarters of an hour, air the goods, and dip one-quarter of an hour longer; wash in strong soap-Suds. A good fast color. To Dye Straw Bonnets. Ground Saunders, 13 pounds. Ground Curcuma, 2 & 4 Powdered Nut Galls, # pound. Logwood, (rasped) 1-10 “ Boil the straw goods with the above in a large kettle (so as not to crowd) for 2 hours, then withdraw the hats, rinse, and let them remain over night in a bath of Nitrate of 4° Baume, when they are washed. The above preparation is sufficient for 25 bonnets. Aniline Red. Enclose the Aniline in a small muslin bag; have a kettle (tin or brass) filled with moder- ately hot water and rub the substance out. Then immerse the goods to be colored, and in a short ine they are done. It improves the color to wring the goods out of strong soap- suds before putting them in the dye. This is a permanent color on wool or silk. To Dye Silk, Wool or Worsted Magenta Color- Water, 180° Fahr., Magenta Liquor, Stir it up well. The above dye may be intensified very easily by using more or less of the Magenta liquor. 1 gallon. 4 drachms. Brown on Cotton. Catechu, 1 pound. Verdigris, 4 Ounces. Salammoniac, 5 ounces. Brown on Wool or Silk. Infusion or decoction of walnut peels dyes wool and silk a brown color, which is bright- ened by alum. Horse-chestnut peels also im- parts a brown color; a mordant of Muriate of tin turns it on the bronze, and Sugar of Lead the reddish brown. Take three times through an old soda beck. Rinse when the dying is complete. Billiard Green on Cloth (110 pounds.) Dissolve in water Alum, 16 pounds, 6 ounces. Boil in it Fustic, 22 pounds. And add Extract of Indigo, 5 pounds 7 ounces. The color most in favor at the present time is caroubier, which seems to combine the red- cardinal and yellow-brown. It is easily obtained on wool in a bath of fuchsine, with the addi- tion of a very Small quantity of aniline maroon, or by a mixture of orchil with redwood, and a little fustic added, it is easy to produce this shade. Eoxine is now being largely substituted for cochineal in the dyeing of wool. A beautiful bright Scarlet may be obtained by using the following: To 10 pounds of wool, 3 ounces of 242 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Eoxine and 8 ounces of Alum; take through cold water, and work for thirty minutes in a peck of Sumac, 34 pounds. At 190° Fahrenheit; then dye in a cold beck with Magenta, 13 ounces. Take out, add to the beck Alum, 83 ounces. And the decoction of Logwood, 2} pounds. Enter again, work in a cold beck; lift, and add, according to shade, from # to 13 ounces Chromate of Potash; re-enter, and work. The color is now complete. Fast Black on Woollen (11 pounds). Boil for one hour with Chromate of Potash, 4} ounces. Prepared Tartar, 4} ounces. Finely ground; rinse immediately, and let cool in the liquor, and dye with Logwood, 6% pounds. Adding a little Fustic, according to shade, and Logwood, 7 ounces. Boil for 3 of an hour. After dyeing, drain, and take the yarns four times through the pre- pared beck; rinse, and then Lime, 173 ounces. Rinse slightly, and work in a cold beck of Chromate of Potash, 17} ounces. Sulphuric Acid, 173 ounces. For a quarter of an hour. Redden in a boiled beck with Lime, 83 ounces. Working for three minutes, and rinsing. If a redder shade is required, top in fresh cold water, with Magenta, § ounce. Rose on Linen (11 pounds.) Work in a boiling hot beck of Tannin, 7 ounces. Curd Soap, 8; ounces. Add to the water the Solution of Tin Crystals, 84 ounces. And dye with # to # ounces Saffranine, at 110 Fahrenheit. Claret on Cotton Yarns (11 pounds.) Make up a beck with Prepared Catechu, 17} ounces. And work the prepared yarn in it for one hour. Wring, and steep for half an hour in a hot beck of Chromate Potash, 63 ounces. Dark Cannelle. For 100 pounds bleached cotton: Catechu, 15 pounds. Blue Vitriol, 6 pounds. Bichromate, 1 pound. Work as in Yellow Cannelle, and finish in a boiling bath of Sal Soda, 4 pounds. Gold Yellow on Linen (11 pounds.) Steep for three hours in a boiling beck of Tannin, 173 ounces. And dye in a fresh cold beck with Aniline Orange, 34 ounces. Otherwise known as Phosphine. Carmelite Olive. For 100 pounds bleached cotton: Catechu, 15 pounds. Blue Vitriol, 4 6 & Bichromate, 1 & 6 Work same as for Yellow Cannelle, and finish with Quercitron, Pyrolignite of Iron, 10 pounds. 1 goblet. Tete de Negre. For 100 pounds bleached cotton: Catechu, 5 pounds. Alum, 2 & 6 |Blue Vitriol, 1 6 & Bichromate, 2 & 6 Work as in Yellow Cannelle, and finish with Red Sanders, 40 pounds. Pyrolignite of Iron, 1 goblet. For each 25 pounds of cottom. No regularity in the change of pitch of the saturated gypsum bars, in comparison with the dry bars, is here recognizable. A comparison AN ENCYCLOPAELIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 243 of the condition of each bar, when it has taken up liquid, shows a change of the modus of elasticity to a certain degree, which is only different for different liquids set over against each other. Yellow Cannelle. For 100 pounds bleached cotton : Catechu, 10 pounds. Blue Vitriol, 4 & 4 Bichromate, # & 4 Pass first through the Catechu, and wring; then pass through the Bichromate, and wash. Repeat the passes, and wash. Finish with Quercitron Bark, 10 pounds. Garrancine Red on Cotton (11 pounds). Prepare right at a boil with 2 pounds 3 ounces Sumach. Dry and enter in a beck of red liquor at 70° Baume, where it is left for 6 hours, with frequent turning. Take out and soak well in a fresh hot beck of 173 ounces Elutri- ated Chalk and 2 pounds, 3 ounces of cow-dung; rinse and dye in two becks. The first consists of 14 ounces Garrancine, 53 ounces Sumach and 7 ounces Bean. Enter at 77° Fahrenheit, and raise the heat slowly to 167° Fahrenheit. Enter in the imbibed liquid; it is greater the specific gravity of the liquid, or the vibration number of such a bar as is inversely as the specific gravity of the liquid. The change of the tone through absorption of liquids is also produced by a change, namely, a decrease of the coefficient of elastic- ity. This occurs most in the case of water, less with alcohol, least with oil. Bronze on Cloth and Woolen Piece Goods (45 lbs.) Boil for 90 minutes with 5% pounds Alum, 2 pounds 12 ounces Argol, and then same weight of blue vitriol. Take out and dye at a boil for one hour in a fresh beck with 32 pounds, 13 ounces Fustic, 2 pounds 12 ounces Logwood, and 13 pounds 11 ounces Madder. Take out and sadden to shade with 3 pounds 4 ounces to 5 pounds copperas. Ponceau on Cotton Yarn (11 pounds.) Boil for one hour with 83 ounces Curd Soap; take out and enter in a boiling beck of 1 pound 10 ounces Annats, and 10% ounces Soda Crystals. Here let it remain for 6 hours. Take out and enter in a beck of Bichloride of Tin at 3° Baume, where it is left for 3 hours with frequent turning. It is then taken through water and dyed at 167° Fahrenheit with the clear solution of 64 ounces Safframin. Fast Green on Wool (219 pounds). Prepare at a boil for ninety minutes with 19% pounds Sulphate of Alumina (cake alum), 4 pounds 14 ounces of Chromate of Potash, the same weight of Sulphuric Acid, and 1 pound 10 ounces Tin Crystals. Then boil up in the dye pan 1 pound 14 ounce Sulphate of Alum- ina, and remove scum if needful; add 46 pounds “Chemic” (some extract of Indigo), 18 ounces French Extract of Fustic, and 173 ounces of Salt. Boil for 1% to 2 hours. The Chemic is prepared with 6 pounds 9 ounces Indigo, and 26 pounds 4 ounces fuming Sulphuric Acid ; diluting with 44 pounds water, after standing for 24 hours. Golden Olive on Wool. Boil for 90 minutes with 6 pounds 9 ounces Chromate of Potash, 3 pounds 4 ounces Blue Vitriol, and 1 pound 10 ounces Sulphuric Acid ; then dye with 12 pounds French Extract of Fustic, 173 ounces French Extract of Logwood, 6 pounds 9 ounces Sanders and the same weight of Madder; boil for 75 minutes, sadden With 1 pound 10 ounces Copperas, and boil 30 minutes longer. Pansy on Shoddy. Prepare with 2 pounds 3 ounces Chrome Alum, 2 pounds 3 ounces Sulphuric Acid, and # ounces Chloride of Tin. Them dry to shade with Ani- line Violet, (soluble in Alcohol.) Green for half Woollen Garments, (11 pounds.) Make up a beck with 173 ounces Alum, 8; ounces Argol, 173 ounces Fustic, and 33 ounces Extract of Indigo. Boil the goods in this for 244 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. an hour; rinse. Prepare with 3 pounds Sumach; wring out and top in a fresh cold beck, with 13 ounces Methyl Green. Mode on Jute (11 pounds.) Boil out 173 ounces of prepared Catechu. Pour the solution into water at 100° Fahrenheit, and dissolve therein 13 ounces Blue Vitriol. Wet out the Jute in water at 100° Fahrenheit, enter in the Catechu beck, and work for half an hour. Take out, and add the solution of 13 ounces Chromate of Potash. Re-enter work to shade, rinse and dry. Gray on Jute, (11 pounds.) Boil 173 ounces Sumach in water, and steep the Jute for an hour in the liquid. Take out, dissolve 173 ounces of Copperas. Enter the goods, and dry to shade. If a blue gray is required, make up a fresh beck at 77°, with the solution of 1j} ounces Alum, and # ounces Extract of Indigo, and a very little Solution of Magenta; enter the goods and dry to shade. Dressings for White Shirtings. For 175 pints of dressing, take 11 pounds of Wheat Starch, 2 pounds 3 ounces Stearine, and 6 pounds 9 ounces China Clay. Boil up together, and apply hot, and dry on the cylinder. Pansy on Jute (11 pounds.) Wet out perfectly in water at 100°Fahrenheit; lift and add 4 ounce, or a little more, accord- ing to shade of Soluble Violet, previously dis- Bolved and filtered. Enter, give 5 turns, and dry. Re-enter, give 5 turns and dry. Crimson on Jute (11 pounds.) Wet out as before, and dry with 13 ounce to # ounce of Magenta. Bismarck on Jute (11 pounds.) Wet out and dry with 3 ounce to 1 ounce Wesuvin. Blue on Silk Garments (17% ounces.) Wash and work for a quarter of an hour in a boiling kettle, § ounce Nicholson Blue and 34 ounces Borax. Lift, drain, and take through a cold beck of 33 ounces of Sulphuric Acid. Silver Gray on Silk Garments (17% ounces.) Make up the kettle with 33 ounces Orchil, 1 ounce Turmeric, 1ounce Sulphuric Acid, # ounce Violet Lake, and ounce Magenta, and dye at a boil. Brown or Woolen Piece Goods. Boil for one hour with 2 pounds 3 ounces Chromate of Potash, and the same weight of Argol. Let cool in the flot, and dye at a boil for one hour, with 44 pounds of Fustic, 11 pounds Madder and 11 pounds Camwood. Take out, and dissolve in the beck, 2 pounds 3 ounces Copperas, and 173 ounces Blue Vitriol. Re-en- ter, and boil for an hour longer. *E*º-º-º-º-º-º-º-º: WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. Weight of Green Logs to Scale 1,000 Feet, Board Measure. Yellow Pine (Southern). . . . . . 8,000 to 10,000 lbs. Norway Pine (Michigan). . . . . 7,000 to 8,000 “ g e * off stump, 6,000 to 7,000 “ White Pine (Mich.) | outwater.7,000 to 8,000 Q ( White Pine (Penn.) bark off. . 5,000 to 6,000 “ Hemlock (Penn.) bark off. . . .6,000 to 7,000 “ weight 1,000 Feet of Lumber, Board Measure. Yellow or Norway Pine—Dry. . . . . . . . . 3,000 lbs. Green. . . . . . . 5,000 “ White Pine. . . . . . . . . . . . . Dry . . . . . . . . . 2,500 “ Green. . . . . . . 4,000 “ Weight of One Cord of Seasoned Wood, 128 Cubic Feet per Cord. Hickory or Sugar Maple. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,500 lbs. White Oak. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,850 “ Beech, Red Oak, or Black Oak. . . . . . . . 3,250 “ Poplar, Chestnut or Elm. . . . . . . . . . . . 2,350 “ Pine (White or Norway). . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,000 “ Hemlock Bark, dry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,200 “ 1 cord bark got from 1,500 feet logs. AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF Plt. ACTICAL INFORMATION. 245 Capacities of Cisterns. For a circular cistern, take the diameter in feet, square that and multiply by 785,393; that gives the area in feet; multiply this by 1,728 and divide by 231, and you will have the number of gallons capacity of one foot in depth of the cistern ; from this calculate the depth. If for a square cistern, multiply length by breadth, and proceed to multiply the result by 1,728 and to divide by 231 as before. Calculated in this way, we find that each foot in depth of a circular cistern, 5 feet in diameter holds 4.66 barrels. 6 6 & & & & & 6 & 6.61 & & 7 & 6 6 & & 6 € $ 9.13 & 6 8 & 6 & 4 & 6 & 6 11.93 6 & !) & & & 6 & 6 6 & 15.10 & 4 10 6 & 6 & 6 & 6 & 18.65 6 (; SQUARE CISTERN, 5 feet by 5 feet holds 5.92 barrels. 6 & 4 & 6 6 6 & & 6 8.54 6 & 7 & & & 6 7 6 & 6 & 11.63 • 6 8 & 6 & 4 8 & & & 6 15.19 & 6 9 & & & G 9 & C & 6 19.39 66 10 & 6 6 & 1() 6 & 6 & 23.74 6 & To Find the Horse-Power of a Waterfall. Rule. Multiply the area of the cross section in feet by the velocity in feet per minute, and multiply by 62}, the number of pounds in a cubic foot of water, and this by the vertical fall in feet, and we have the foot-pounds per minute of the fall; divide by 33,000 gives the horse-power. Eacample I. A stream flows through a flume 10 feet wide, and the depth of the water is 4 feet; velocity 150 feet per minute. Then multiply 10 by 4=40, and 40X 150=6000, the cubic feet of water flowing per minute ; then 6000×62}=375,000 pounds of water per minute. Now suppose the fall be 12 feet we have 375,000×12=4,500,000; now divide by 33,000 and we have 133}, horse-power of the fall. Eacample II. The flume of a mill is 15 feet wide, the water is 4 feet deep, the velocity 50 feet per minute, and the fall 10 feet; what is the horse-power of the fall? Operation. 15 ×4×50×10 × 62}=1,875,000. Then, 1,875,000--33,000–56 9-11 horse power. A good plan to take the uniform breadth and depth of a stream is the following, which will be found simple, and yet sufficiently accurate for common purposes: Take a section of the stream as uniform in breadth and depth as possible, and measure off a short distance, say two or three hundred feet, according to the force of the water; set a stake close to the water on either side of the stream, next take a small piece of wood or branch of a tree, but be sure that it is not very buoyant, but rather procure something that will almost touch the bottom and yet light enough to be plainly seen above the surface of the water; the object is to find the average speed of the water; hence the necessity of its almost touching the bottom of the stream, as it floats down to the point below where you have placed your mark. Now, from the moment you throw the indi- cator into the water, note the time it takes to flow from one mark to the other, that is to say, the distance between the upper and lower sec- tion of the stream, measured off. Repeat the experiment several times towards the opposite shore; now the sum of the several times divided by the number of points at which the speed was taken gives the average speed of the water. Next measure the depth of the water at sev- eral points equidistant across the stream, then by adding the different depths, and dividing by the number of points we shall have the average depth. Then this average depth mul- tiplied by the breadth of the stream gives the area of the cross Section; we now multiply this area by the length of the section which gives the cubic contents of the body of water em- braced in the section. We are mow in possession of the quantity and Velocity of the water, two necessary factors, and remembering to reckon 62% pounds to the cubic foot. To Compute the Weight of Copper. Rule.—Ascertain the number of cubic inches in the piece, and multiply them by .32.118, and the product will give the weight in pounds. Eacample—What is the weight of a copper plate # an inch thick by 16 inches square 2 Proceed thus: 16×16=250× $=128 Then, 128× .32118–4i.11104 pounds, AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. To Compute the Weight of Lead. Ascertain the number of cubic inches in the piece; multiply the sum by .41015, and the product will give the weight in pounds. Ea'ample.—What is the weight of a leaden pipe 12 feet long, 3% inches in diameter, and 1 inch thick. Proceed thus: We first find the area of a cylindrical ring by the general rule, as follows: To the thickness of the ring add the inner diameter; multiply this sum by the thickness, and the product by 9.8696. Area of (3.75–H1+1)=25.967 Area of 3.75 = 11.044 Difference, 14.923 area of ring. 144 2148,912 Then 2148.912× .41015–881.376 pounds. To Compute the Weights of Ordinary Brass Cast- ings. Rule.—Ascertain the number of cubic inches in the piece, multiply them by .3112 and the product will give the weight in pounds. To Test Quality of Steel. Good tool steel with a white heat, will fall to pieces; with bright red heat will crumble under the hammer; with middling heat may be drawn to a needle point. To test the hardening qualities, draw under a low heat to a gradually tapered Square point, and plunge into cold Water; if, when broken, the point will Scratch glass, the quality is good. To Test Tenacity. A hardened piece may be drawn into cast iron by a hardened hammer, if poor it will crumble. Soft steel, of good quality, gives a curved line fracture and uniform texture. Tool steel should be a dull silver color, uniform and entirely free from Sparkling qualities. Aqua fortis applied to the surface of steel, produces a black spot; in iron, the metal re- mains clean. The slightest vein of iron or steel can bereadily detected by this method. Steel. Steel is a compound of iron and carbon, in which the proportion of the latter is from 1 to 5 per cent., and even less in some kinds. Steel is distinguished from iron by its fine grain, and by the action of nitric acid (diluted). There are many varieties of steel, as blistered steel or steel of cementation, tilted steel, shear steel, cast steel, and various fancy or alloys of steel with silver, platinum, rhodium and alu- minum have been made with a view to imitat- ing the Damascus steel, wootz, etc., and im- proving the fabrication of some of the finer kinds of surgical instruments. Steel has peculiar properties. It is not easily broken ; it welds readily; it does not crack or split; it bears a very high heat, and preserves the capability of hardening after repeated work- 1Ilg. *-ºsmºs PHOTOGRAPHY. Photography is the art of producing images on prepared surfaces by means of the actinic or chemical rays of the sun's light. The articles used consist of a square mahog- any camera, double combination lenstripod stand, Screw top, porcelain bath, and dipper, two graduated glass measures, set of scales and weights, a glass or porcelain funnel, one deep and two shallow dishes, a tent, a print- ing frame, a packet of quarter-size glass, some filtering paper, a Wash leather and a linen cloth, negative and positive collodion, crystal- lized nitrate of silver, protosulphate of iron, glacial acetic acid, methylated alcohol, chloride of gold, hyposulphate of Soda, carbonate of soda and acetate of Soda, cyanide of potas- sium, distilled water. The principal photographic processes now in use are the positive, negative and dry collodion processes, in each of which a thin film of skin of iodised collodion form the sensitive surface, a plate of glass being generally used as the foundation of the film. In a positive picture the lights are silvery white by reflected light, and the shades are pro- duced by a backing of black varnish or velvet, showing through the glass plate. - In a negative picture the lights are of a dirty A. : CNCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 247 yellow or brown by reflection, and being formed by opaque deposits, appear dense black by transmitted light. Negatives are used in the various paper-printing processes. They are placed upon prepared paper and exposed to direct light, which darkens those parts of the paper not protected by the opaque lights, and thus produces positive prints with natural lights and shades. In this way the portrait cartes de visite and other paper photographs are formed. Instantaneous Photography. A Series of articles have recently appeared in the Bulletin de la Societe Francaise, from the pen of M. Lahler, who seems to have made a profound study, both thoretically aud practi- cally, of the subject he has taken up, and we now place before our readers, by the way of summary, the formulae recommended by that gentleman to Secure pictures with rapid expo- Sll]'éS. Accelerating Liquid. Into a bottle capable of holding one-tenth of a litre are put sixty cub. cent. of Alcohol and one gramme of Iodide of Cadmium ; then drop by drop is added sufficient Ammonia until the last drop brings about the slightest turbidity. The clear liquid is poured off, eight cub. cent. of rectified alcohol are added, together with five drops of a Saturated solution of Nitrate of ammonia, and the liquid is then stirred while drop by drop so much Glacial Acetic Acid is put in as to render the liquid clear again, only leaving at the bottom of the vessel a small precipitate of Hydrate of Cadmium. Collodion. Five grammes of Collodion Pyroxyline are weighed. This is put into a wide-mouthed bottle and well corked, where it remains a month. The Pyroxyline then begins to decom- pose and gives off acid vapors, and as soon as these are apparent by the smell, the product may be employed. A little bottle is taken, and into is poured three hundred cubic centimetres of Alcohol; in this are dissolved nine grammes of Iodide of Cadmium, and then the five grammes of de- composed Pyroxyline together with another five of undecomposed cotton are added, stirring the while ; there is added by degrees Ether (of 62°) enough to dissolve the Pyroxyline. Finally, the bottle is filled with a mixture of Alcohol and Ether. The Collodion is tested by pouring some of it on a glass plate. If the film is not stout enough, a little Pyroxyline is added; if it is ropy, more alcohol should be added. Then, in the open air, (to prevent one breathing the injurious fumes), thirty drops of benzine are permitted to fall into the bottle. The decom- position products of Pyroxyline oxydize the alco- hol and change it into Aldehyde; the Iodine displaced by the Bromine combines with the nitrogenous oxides, when a similar noise will be heard to that made by a hot iron being thrust into water. Iodide of Chromium is formed, which subsequently combines with Ammonia. The accelerating liquid is shaken up, allowed to remain for five minutes, so that any coarse particles may sink to the bottom, and then three-fourths of the contents of the bottle is poured into the collodion. If the latter becomes turbid, it is filtered, and then two drops of ammonia are added. If the collodion does not become colorless Within ten days, then one or two drops of ammonia are added. It does not matter if it is a little turbid. It is put into long, narrow bottles and is permitted to stand until it is clear. It should be of a light yellow color; if colorless, it is tinted before use every time with a few drops of tincture of iodine. It will keep good a very long time. If the Pyroxyline has been too much decom- posed, the collodion will not adhere to the glass; a little ordinary iodized collodion is then added to it. When the collodion grows very old, its sensitiveness may be materially increased by the addition of one or two drops of the under. mentioned reducing fluid. In fifty grammes of alcohol are poured six drops of Aldehyde and three drops of ammonia. This solution must remain several days before it is used. Still more sensitive becomes the collodion by the AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 248 addition of one or two drops of an extra accel- erating fluid, composed as follows: Into fifty grammes of alcohol are put eight drops of alde- hyde and three decigrammes of caustic potash; after standing a fortnight the fluid becomes of a dark brown color and ready for use. The collodion is allowed to remain for some hours; before use the upper portion is poured off. The Pyroxyline does not yield any acid fumes on keeping. When this is mixed, there should be added, before the Iodide of Cadmium is employed, eight drops of the extra-accelerat- ing fluid to the Alcohol, and no Ammonia afterwards. Dry Collodion. The Collodion above described requires no cov- ering or preservation. Its sensitiveness is im- proved by a solution of fifteen centigrammes of resin for every hundred cubic centimetres of Collodion. The maximum sensitiveness of this Collodion is, however, reached by employing with it a solution of Tannin. Oil Colors for Photograph Painting. Tints for the First Painting.—Flesh--White and Light Ted; White, Naples Yellow and Wermil- ion ; White, Vermilion and Light Red. Gray, Pearly and Half Tints—White, Ver- milion and Black; White and Terre Werde; White, Black, Indian Red and Raw Umber. I)eep Shades.—Light Red and Raw Umber; Indian Red, Lake and Black. Carnations— White and Indian Red (powerful color); White and Iłose Madder; White and Lake. Hair.—Light Hair—White and Yellow Ochre, White and Roman Ochre; White and Vandyke Brown for the dark parts; White and Raw |Umber for the dark parts. Dark Brown Hair— Raw and Burnt Umber, White and Raw Umber, White and W., idyke Brown. Tints for the Second and Third Painting.— IIigh Lights–White and Naples Yellow. Car- waſ dong–Rose Madder and White; Indian Red, Rose, Madder and White. Green Tints.-White and Ultainarine, with any of the yellows; White and Terre Verde, with the addition of a little Raw Umber. The above green tints may be converted into green grayS. Gray Tints.-Ultramarine, Light Red, and White; Indian Red, Lake, Black and White; White, Ultramarine, Indian Red, and Raw Umber. Purple Tints.--Any of the Lakes or Madders with Ultramarine and White. Powerful Shadow Tints.-Indian Red, Purple Lake and Black; Indian Red, Raw Umber and Black. Strong Glazing Color.—Light Red and Lake; Brown Madder, Vandyke Brown, Indian Red, and Lake Asphaltum. Draperies.—Black ground colors—Pearly white, Vermilion and Blue ; White, Vermilion and Black; White and Black. Oray—White, Vene- tian Red and Black. Yellow—Yellow Ochre and White. Olive—Yellow Ochre, Terre Verte and Umber. Stone—Raw Umber and Yellow; Black, White and Raw Umber. Sky—French Blue and White; French Blue, Vermilion and White. Edges of Clouds—Yellow Ochre and White. Clouds—Indian Red, Lake and White; White, Brown Madder, French Blue and White. Water Colors for Photographers. Flesh Tints. No. 1.-Fair Compleasion.—Light red, a little Carmine or Vermilion and Indian Yellow. Be careful in using the latter, and in the flesh tints of very fair children, allow the Wermilion to predominate. Carnations—Rose Madder, and if the face be full of color, add a little Vermilion to it. Middling Compleasion.—Much the same as No, 1, saving that the Light Red must be in excess over the other colors. Carnations—Rose Mad- der, and Lake. Dark Compleasion.—Light Red and Indian Yellow, or Light Red and Roman Ochre, and if the complexion is generally ruddy, you may add a little Indian Red, but it must be spar- ingly used, as it is a powerful color, and likely to impart a purple tone to the flesh. Carna- tions—Chiefly Lake, but if the complexion be a little warm, Lake and a little Yellow. The car- nations for children's portraits are Rose Mad- der and Vermilion, inclining more to the latter tint. Aged persons have Rose Madder, and a little Cobalt, to give a cold appearance to ille AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OIF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 249 color in their cheeks and lips. These tints, Nos. 1, 2, and 3, are indispensable as general washes, for the purpose of receiving the other colors, which are to be worked over them to bring up the complexion to the life. Uncolored photographic portraits vary so much in tone that the beginner will, perhaps, find Some dif- ficulty in mixing up the tints for the washes. He must note that the warm-toned ones do not require so much Indian Yellow as the old ones do. Pencils. This name is applied to the small brushcs made of camel's hair, used by artists, as well as to the plumbago crayons familiarly known as black lead pencils. The last are prepared by the following method: The blocks of plumbago are exposed to a bright-red heat in a closely covered crucible, and are afterwards sawed into minute sticks and mounted in cases of cedar or Satin wood. Sometimes the plumbago is calcined and mixed with an equal, or any other desired proportion, of pure washed clay; also in powder, after which the mixture is reduced to a plastic state with water, and pressed into grooves cut on the face of a smooth board, or into well greased wooden moulds, in which state it is left to dry. When dry the pieces are transferred to any degree of hardnes by exposing them, surrounded by sand or powdered charcoal in a closely cow- ered crucible, to various degrees of heat. The crucible is not opened until the Whole has become cold, when the prepared slips are re- moved and mounted as before. This method was invented by M. Conte in 1795. Crystalline Coating for Paper or Wood. Mix a concentrated Solution (cold) of salt with dextrine, and lay the thinnest possible coating of the fluid on the surface, to be cov- ered by means of a broad soft brush. After drying, the surface has a beautiful bright mother of pearl coating, which, in consequence of the dextrine, adheres firmly to paper and wood. The coating may be made adhesive to glass by doing it over with an alcoholic shellac solution. The following salts are mentioned as adapted to produce the most beautiful crystal- line coating: Sulphate of magnesia, acetate of Soda, and sulphate of tin. Paper must first be sized, otherwise it will absorb the liquid and prevent the formation of crystals. Colored glass thus prepared gives a good effect by transmitted light. On Needle Manufacture, Tempering, Etc. This small but important implement has to go through the hands of about 120 workmen during the process of manufacture. The steel wire, being drawn to the proper size, is sub- mitted to various tests to ascertain its quality, and is then cut into proper lengths by shears, which, by striking 21 blows in a minute, cut in: ten hours fully 400,000 ends of steel wire, which produce about 800,000 needles. These arº passed on for further manipulation to other workmen, who straighten and point the pieces of wire. After pointing they are cut in two, so as to form two separate needles of equal length and quality. For each different size a small copper plate is employed. It is nearly square, and has a turned-up edge on two of its side3, the one is intended the receive all the points, while the other resists the pressure of the shears. On this plate a certain number of wires are put with their points in contact with the border, and they are cut together flush with the plate, by means of a small pair of shears moved by the knee of the workman. These even wires are now taken to the head- flattener. This workman, seated over a table with a block of steel before him about three inches cube, takes up from 20 to 25 needles between his finger and thumb, spreading them out like a fan, with the points under the thumb, he lays the heads on a steel block, and, with a small fiat-faced hammer strikes a few suc- cessive blows upon them so as to flatten them in an instant. The heads, having become hardened by hammering, are now annealed by heating and slow cooling, and are handed to the piercer, generally a child, who forms the eye in a second by laying the head upon a block of steel, and by driving a small punch 250 PRACTICAL INFORMATION. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF through one side with a smart tap of the ham- mer, and then exactly opposite on the other. The eyes are then trimmed by driving the punch through them again on a lump of lead, and after laying the needle with the punch Sticking through it, upon the block of steel, hammering the head on the sides, which causes it to take the form of the punch. The next operator makes the groove at the eye and rounds the head, which he does with a small file. The needles, being thus prepared, are thrown by workmen pell-mell into a sort of drum or box, in which they are made to arrange themselves in parallel lines by means of a few dexterous shakes of the workman's arm. They are now ready to be tempered, for which pur- pose they are ranged on sheet-iron plates, about thirty pounds weight at a time, contain- ing from 250,000 to 500,000 needles, and are placed in a proper furnace, where they are heated to a bright redness for the larger needles, and to a less intense degree for the smaller; they are then removed, and inverted suddenly over a bath of cold water in such a way that all the needles may be immersed at the same time, yet separate from each other. This has the effect of making them very hard and brittle. The water being run off, the needles are removed for further operations. Some manufacturers heat the needles by means of immersion in melted lead, others throw them into a pan along with a quantity of grease, which, being placed on the fire, the oily matter soon ignites, and after it burns out, the needles are found to be in the proper temper; those which are twisted in thetermpering being after- wards straightened by the hammer on the anvil. Polishing is the next and most expensive and prolonged operation. This is effected on bundles containing 500,000 needles intermixed with quartzose sand, and a little rape-seed oil. Thirty of those bundles are exposed to the vibratory pressure of Wooden tables, which make about twenty horizontal double move- ments per minute, causing the bundles to run over two feet each time, or 800 feet per hour. This agitation is kept up about 18 or 20 hours, causing such a movement and attrition as to polish the needles in the bags or bundles. They are then removed from the packets into Wooden bowls and placed in a cask, which is turned by a winch; more sawdust is introduced as required, and the turning is continued until the needles become clean and bright. They are then winnowed by a fan to clean them from the sawdust and refuse matter, and are Subsequently arranged in regular order on a Small, Somewhat concave, iron tray. The operation of making up the rolls or bags, polishing, winnowing and arranging them, have to be repeated ten times on the best needles. It is found that emery powder mixed with Quartz or mica or pounded granite is preferable to anything else for polishing needles by fric- tion in the bags at the first, emery mixed with oil, from the second to the seventh operation, putty, or oxide of tin for the eighth and ninth, putty with very little oil for the tenth, and lastly bran to give a finish. In this mode of operating, the needles are Scoured in a copper cask studded in the interior with raised points to increase the friction, and a quantity of hot soap-suds is introduced occasionally to keep them clean. The cask must be slowly turned upon its axis for fear of injuring the mass of needles it contains. They are finally dried in the wooden cask by attrition with saw-dust, then wiped with a linen rag or soft leather— the damaged ones being thrown aside. The sorting is performed in dry apartments, where all the points are first laid the same way, and the needles arranged in the order of their polish with great rapidity. The workman places 2,000 or 3,000 needles in an iron ring two inches in diameter, and sets all their heads in one plane; them, on looking carefully at their points, he easily recognizes the broken ones, and removes them with an instrument adapted for the purpose. These defective needles pass into the hands of the pointer, in order to be ground again, when they form articles of infe- rior value. Those needles bent in the polishing must be straightened, and the whole are finally arranged by the tact of the finger and thumb of the sorter, and weighed out into quantities for packing into blue papers. The bluer puts the final touch to them by taking 25 needles at a time, between his fore-finger and thumb, and pressing their points against a small hone-stone AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 251 of compact micaceous schist, quadrangular in form, mounted in a small lathe, turning them briskly round, giving the points a blueish cast while he polishes and improves them. All good articles of cutlery are made from steel, and of this article there are three kinds, namely: Cast steel, shear steel, and common steel. Articles for domestic use, such as razors, Scissors, pocket-knives, etc., are made of cast steel. Our best table cutlery is made from shear steel, and cast steel, while all edged tools requiring great tenacity, are made of shear steel. - Knife blades are usually cut out of sheets, then ground to the proper shape and the blade polished and hardened. Knife manufacturers do not, as a rule, make forks, as that is a separate branch of business, but buy them ready to be put into their handles. Pocket knives are forged on the anvil, and hardened by plunging the red-hot blade in water up to the shoulder. Razors are made in the same way. Many scissors and inferior cut- lery are made from common steel; but this class of goods never has the fine polish as goods made from good cast steel. Machinery is used in polishing and grinding. The cutler's trade is divided into three prin- eipal branches—grinding, glazing and polishing. Grinding is performed upon stones of different dimensions; articles which require tempering are ground on wet stones. Glazing is performed by means of a circular piece of wood, covered with leather, or sometimes chemistry is called into action, the glazing being done with an alloy of lead and tin. Lastly comes the pol- ishing. This is performed in a similar manner as glazing. Only articles of cast steel undergo this last operation. Mechanical Powers. Power is a compound of weight or force and velocity. It can not be increased by mecham- ical means. The powers are three in number, namely, lever, inclined plane and pulley. NOTE.-Some authors give six mechanical powers, namely, the lever, the pulley, the in- clined plane, the wheel and axle, the wedge and the screw. The wheel and axle is a continuous or revolv- ing lever; the wedge, a double inclined plane, and the screw a revolving inclined plane. Levers are bent, straight, curved, single or compound. To compute the length of a lever, the weight and power being given. Rule. Divide the weight by the power, and the quotient is the difference of leverage, or the distance from the fulcrum, at which the power supports the weight. Eacample. A weight of 1,000 pounds is to be raised by a power or force of 80 pounds; required the length of the longest arm of the lever, the shortest being 1 foot. Proceed thus: 1,600 divided by 80, the force or power equals 20 feet. Ans. To compute the weight that can be raised by a lever, its length, power and position of ful- crum being given. Rule. Multiply the power by its distance from the fulcrum, and divide the product by the distance of the weight from the fulcrum. Eacample. What weight can be raised by a power of 375 pounds suspended from end of a lever 8 feet from the fulcrum, the distance of the weight from the fulcrum being 2 feet 2 375 × 8-i-2=1,500 pounds. Ans. To compute the position of the fulcrum, the weight and power and the length of the lever being given. When the fulcrum is between the weight and the power. Rule. Divide the weight by the power, and add 1 to the quotient, and divide the length by the sum thus obtained. Eacample. A weight of 2,460 pounds is to be raised With a lever 7 feet long and a power of 300 pounds, at What part of the lever must the fulcrum be placed. 2,460-i-300=8.2+1=9.2. Then, S4 (7 × 12)--9=13.13 inches. When the weight is between the frulcrum and the power. Rule. Divide the length by the quotient of weight divided by the power. To compute the length of arm of the lever to which the weight is attached, the weight, power and length of arm of the lever to which the power is applied being given. 29.4 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Rule. Multiply the power by the length of the arm to which it is applied, and divide the product by the weight. Eacample. A weight of 1,600 pounds sus- pended from the fulcrum of a lever is supported by a power of 80 pounds applied at the other end of the arm, 20 feet in length; what is the length of the arm 2 80 × 20–3–1,600–1 foot. To Find the Required Diameter of a Pulley from the Diameter and Revolutions of a Given Pulley. Suppose a pulley 48 inches in diameter to make 35 revolutions, find the diameter of another to make 20 revolutions in the same time. Pro- ceed thus: Multiply 48 inches, diameter of wheel, by 35, No. of revolutions, Then, 48×35=1680. Again, 1680––20, proposed number of rev- olutions, we have 84 inches. Find the number of revolutions per minute made by a wheel or pulley 30 inches in diam- eter, when driven by another 60 inches in diameter, and making 54 revolutions in the same time. Proceed thus: Multiply 60 inches, diameter of wheel, by 54, No. of revolutions. Then, 60 × 54 = 32.40. Again, 3240-i-30=108 revolutions. To Compute the Power Required to Raise a Given The length of the lever and the position of the fulcrum being given : Multiply the weight to be raised by its dis- tance and divide the product by the distance of the power from the fulcrum. Erample.—The length of a lever is 10 feet, and the weight to be raised is 3,000 pounds. Then, 3000+2+10–2=750 lbs. Ans. To Clean a Watch. The best process is to simply blow your breath upon the plate or bridge to be cleaned, and then use your brush with a little prepared chalk. The wheels and bridges should be held between the thumb and finger in a piece of soft paper while undergoing the process, other- wise the oil from the skin will prevent their becoming clean. The pinions may be cleaned by sinking them several times into a pieces of pith, and holes by turning a nicely shaped piece of pivot wood into them; first dry and afterwards oil a very little with watch oil. When the holes pass through jewels you must Work gently, to avoid breaking them. To Clean by Chemical Process. Some watchmakers employ what they call the chemical process to clean and remove dis- coloration. It is as follows: Remove the Screws and the steel parts, then dampen with a solution of Oxalic Acid and water. Let it remain a few minutes, after which immerse in a solution made of one-fourth pound of Cyan- uret of Potash to one gallon of water. Let it remain five minutes, then rinse with cold water, after which dry in sawdust or with a brush and prepared chalk, as Suits your convenience. To Make Red Watch Hands. Carmine, 1 ounce. Muriate of Silver, 1 “ Tinner's Japan, ; “ Mix together in an earthen vessel, and hold over a spirit-lamp until formed into a paste. Apply this to the watch hand, and then lay it in a copper plate, face-side up, and heat the plate sufficiently to produce the color desired. To Find the Length of Arm of a Lever, When weight, power and distance of the ful- crum is given. Rule.—Multiply the weight by its distance from the fulcrum and divide the product by the power. Example.—A weight of 400 pounds, Suspended 15 inclies from the fulcrum, is supported by a power of 50 pounds applied at the other, what is the length of the arm 2 400+15+50=120 inches. AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 253 To Driil Into Hard Steel. Make your drill oval in form, instead of the usual pointed shape, and temper as hard as it will bear without breaking, then roughen the surface, when you desire to drill, with a little diluted Muriatic Acid, and instead of oil, use Turpentine or Kerosene, in which Gum Cam- phor has been dissolved. In operating, keep the pressure on your drill firm and steady, and if the bottom of the hole should chance to become burnished, so that the drill will not act, as Sometimes happens, again use diluted Acid as before ; then clean out the hole carefully and proceed again. To Frost Watch Movements. Nitric Acid, 1 ounce. Muriatic Acid, 1. “ Common Table Salt, 1 “ Mix. Sink the article to be frosted in the above compound. On removing from the Acid, place it in a shallow vessel containing enough sour beer to cover it, then with a fine scratch brush scour thoroughly, letting it remain under the beer during the operation. Next wash off first in pure water and then in alcohol. Gild or silver in accordance with any recipe in the plating department of this book. To Restore Watch Dials. If the dial be painted, clean off the figures with alcohol, then heat it to a bright red and plunge it into a solution of Cyanide of Potas- sium; then wash in Soap and water, and dry in box-dust. Repeat if not a good color. India Ink, ground with gum water, will do for the figure8. To Temper Boring Instruments. Witriol, 2 ounces. Soda, 2. “ Sal Ammoniac, 2 “ Spirits of Nitre, 2. “ Oil of Vitriol, 1 ounce. Saltpetre, 3. “ Water, 8 gallons. Heat the tool to a blood-red heat; hammer it until it is nearly cold; reheat it to a blood- red heat, and plunge it into the above mixture. To Tan Sheep Pelts with the Wool On. Wash the pelts in warm water, and remove all useless parts and the fatty-matter from the inside, and apply the following preparation to the flesh side : Common Salt, 3 pound. Alum (ground), # pound. Borax, # ounce. Hot Water, 1 quart. Rye meal sufficient to make a thick paste, and spread the mixture on the flesh side of the pelt. Fold lengthwise and allow to stand for fourteen days; then remove the paste from the surface, wash and dry. When nearly dry, scrape the flesh side with a cresent-shaped knife. The softness of the pelt depends much on the amount of working it receives. To Tan Any Kind of Fur Skins. Borax, Glauber Salts, Water sufficient to make a thin paste. Mix. Cut off the useless parts, and remove the fatty matter from the inside. Soak the skin in warm water for 1 hour. Spread the above paste over the inside of the skin. Next double the skin flesh side inwards, and put in a cool place. After 24 hours wash the skin clean and repeat, as before, the following mixture: Sal Soda, 1 ounce. Borax, # ( & Hard White Soap, 2 ounces. Melt slowly and put in a warm place for 24 # ounce. l & & 2 hours. Afterwards apply the following: Alum, 4 ounces. Common Salt, 8 & 6 Salaratus, 2 & & Hot Rain Water, sufficient. When cool place the skin in it for 12 hours, then hang it up to dry. When dry repeat this soaking and dry 2 or 3 times. Lastly, smooth the inside with sand paper and pumice stone. 254 AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION, 1874. 1880. 1881. 1801. 1877. 1877. 1877. 1880. Table Showing the Average Velocities of Various Bodies. A man walks 3 miles per hour or 4 feet per second. A horse trots 7 & 6 & 6 10 & & 6 & A horse runs 20 & 4 © & 29 & 6 & 6 Steamboat runs 20 “ & © 26 & 6 & 6 Sailing vessel runs 10 miles “ 14 & 6 & 6 Rapid rivers flow 3 “ “ 4 & 6 & 6 A moderate wind blows 7 miles per hour, or 10 feet per second. A storm moves 36 66 & 6 52 66 66 A hurricane moves 80 & 6 66 117 66 66 A rifle ball 1000 & 6 ** 1466 & 6 66 Sound 743 € 6 ** 1142 & 6 66 Light 192,000 miles per second. Electricity 288,000 miles per second. Pedestrian Performances of Men. William Perkins, London, England, 4 mile in 2 min. 56 sec. Thomas Smith, London, England, 12 miles in 1 hr., 31 min. 42 sec. C. A. Harriman, Chicago, Ill., 530 miles in 5 days, 20 hrs., 47 min. Capt. R. Barclay, England, Country road, 110 miles in 19 hrs. D. O'Leary, London, England, 200 miles in 45 hrs., 21 min., 33 sec. D. O'Leary, & 6 & 6 519 “ 140 “ 29 “ 50 “ Wm. Gale, & 6 “ 1500 “ 1000 consecutive hours, and 4000 quarter miles in 4000 consecutive periods of 10 min. Chas. Rowell, London, Eng., 566 miles, 63 yards, walk and run, in 141 hrs., 89 min., 8 Sec. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFOI&MATION. ÉGRICULTURE, as a science, is of very §§ recent origin. When Sir Humphrey ; Davy wrote his work on scientific agri- culture such a science as organic chem- istry was hardly known. Liebig and other chemists have, within the last forty years endeavored to establish a science of agriculture, based upon a knowledge of the constitution of plants and soils and their mutual relations. Previous to the time of Sir Humphrey Davy all agricultural knowledge was empirical. The value of different kinds of fertili- zers had not been determined by analysis or ex- periment in the field. Even the most intelligent farmers were superstitious. Many condemned the first iron plows, because they caused Weeds to grow. It was not till Liebig wrote his”Organic Chemistry” applied to agriculture and physiology that British and American farmers began to study agriculture as a science. That work pro- duced such a revolution of thought all over the world that Prof. Johnson, of Durham, based upon it his own work on the Chemistry of Com- mon Life, and its influence was soon felt far and wide, instigating Sir John Lawes to enter the field of inquiry, and for forty years Sir John has been the most valued contributor to agricultural journals, live stock journals, and many other cognate publications. The organization of industrial colleges under the different land grants, chronicled in the annual reports of the Commissioners of Agri- culture of the United States, shows the vast progress made of late years by the farmers of this country, and their inquiries respecting the chemistry of plants, the composition of the soil, concerning manures, conditions of vegetation, rotation of crops, etc. sº Nº Agriculture, in its broadest sense, embraces all that pertains to the working of the soil, and obtaining sustenance and clothing therefrom. It is an honorable calling. In ancient Egypt the priests and soldiers owned the soil, six acres being allotted to each warrior. At War's alarm they sprang forth ready armed to fight for their estates and homes. The Egyptians have been noted from time immemorial to have carried the art of agricul- ture ahead of all predecessors, and to have understood the rotation of crops, the art of manuring, by the use of marl, lime, and by irrigation, and the modes adopted by skillful farmers of our own days. It has been said that a complete history of agriculture would be the true history of man- kind. To give a connected, and even imperfect account of the practice, statistics, and history of agriculture in all countries would be incon- sistent with the general plan of this work, and of little use to the reader. We shall, there- fore, limit ourselves here to some general remarks on the state of agriculture in our own country, which would not find place under other heads, pointing out the principal divisions, in Which will be found all useful information on this subject. The Carthaginians considered agriculture to be of all callings the most aristocratic, so much so that their kings and princes considered it honorable to engage in the work of cultivating the soil. People that we are called to look upon as half civilized, such as the Chinese, have for ages carried the science of agriculture to a higher state of perfection than we are Willing to give them credit for; indeed, for thou- Sands of years they have had an annual festival 256 AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. or Solemn ceremony in which the emperor is required to turn the soil. The Chinese, while in many respects far behind us in agricultural implements, yet their knowledge of the soil and its successful cultivation is far superior to ours. Every nation, in every period of its history, has followed agriculture, and looked upon it as the mother of arts. Sparta may be looked upon as an exception to this rule. From monuments and inscriptions we find that the orientals carried the cultivation of the soil to a high state of perfection ; but for further information we beg to refer the reader to the numerous works on agriculture, and shall pre- sent to view briefly the agriculture of our Own country. Agriculture of the United States. The vast territory of the United States pre- sents every variety of soil and climate. Its agriculture embraces all the products of Euro- pean cultivation, together with some of the warmer countries, as cotton, sugar, and indigo. The agricultural implements are, in many re- spects, similar to those of Great Britain and France. But as a general rule, those of the United States exceed all others in their won- derful adaptation of machinery for all purposes of cultivation and harvesting of crops. So suc- cessful have been our farming implements in repeated contests on European soil, that their rapid introduction into foreign markets is only impeded by the greatly increasing demand at home. The disposition of the American to ex- periment, to test alleged improvements, and adopt labor-saving expedients, gives a great impulse to the genius of inventors, as may be seen by the number of agricultural patents granted, which was but 43 in 1847, while in 1866 they increased to 1,778, and during the first 10 months of 1867 no less than 1,777 pat- ents had already been issued. This mental ac- tivity of the American farmer, so much in contrast with the blund opposition of the Eu- ropean countrymen to any improvement, is Owing, in great part, to the superior intelli- gence of the former. In Europe, land is dear and labor cheap ; but in the United States the reverse is the case, hence the European culti- vator is led, by a regard for his own interest, to endeavor to make the best of his land; while the American has the same inducement to re- duce to the lowest possible minimum the pro- portion of manual labor employed in its oper- ations. Unhappily, this principle is too often carried to a disastrous extreme. A man, pos- sessor of a large estate, with reduced means, believes it necessary to scratch over the whole, when his assurance of success would be to con- centrate his labor upon a small area. Another cause of deterioration of soil, quoted as a Warn- ing in the reports to Congress, is the cheapness of Western lands, the original price of which bears such insignificant proportions to their in- trinsic value, that the owner, after having over- taxed the soil for immediate results, deems it cheaper to remove to new lands, than to sus- tain and increase the productive capacity of his present farm. One result of this error is the removal westward, year by year, of the centre of wheat production, thus adding trans- portation and other charges to its ultimate cost, threatening to render export next to impossible. But the immediate consequence of this indiffer- ence for conservation or fertilization of soil is, that, with land generally richer than that of European countries, the average production in America remains far below that of any country in Europe. The average yield of wheat per acre in America was only 11-5 for the year 1867; when for the year 1866, which was not a favorable one, the average yield of wheat was 17-2ſ in Germany, France, Belgium and Ire- land. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 257 Principal Cereal Productions of the United States. INDIAN CORN. WHEAT. OATS. BARLEY. RYE. BUCKWHEAT STATES AND TERRITORIES. Bushels. Bushels. Bushels. Bushels. Bushels. | Bushels. Alabama. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25,451,278 1,520,657 3,033,639 5,281 28,402 363 Arizona. . . . . . . . . . . . ... #4,746 136,427 .64 239,051. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Arkansas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24,150,417 1,269,730 2,219,822 1,952 22,387 54 California. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,993,325| 29,017,707 1,341,271 12,579,561 181,681 22,307 Colorado. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455,968 1,425,914 640,900 107,116 19,465 110 Connecticut . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,880,421 38,742 1,009,706 12,286 370,733 137,563 Dakota. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,000,864 2,830,289 2,217,132 277,424 24,359 2,521 Delaware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,894,264 1,175,272 378,508 523 5,953 5,857 District of Columbia. . . . . 29,750 6,402 7,440.......... 8,704. . . . . . . . . . Florida. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,174,234 422 468, 112 210 2,965. . . . . . . . . . Georgia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23,202,018 3,159,771 5,548,743 18,662 101,716 402 Idaho. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16,408 540,589 462,236 274,750 4,341|. . . . . . . . . . Illinois. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325,792,481| 51,110,502 63,189,200 1,229,523 3,121,785 178,859 Indiana. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115,482,300. 47,254,853 15,599,518 382,835 303,105 89,707 1OWa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275,024,247| 31,154,205 50,610,541| 4,022,583 1,518,605 166,885 Kansas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105,729,335] 17,324,141 8,180,385 300,273 413,181 24,421 Kentucky............... 72,852,263. 11,356,113 4,580,738 486,326 668,050 9,942 Louisiana............... 9,906,189 5,034 229,840 . . . . . . . . . . 1,013 . . . . . . . . . . Maine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 960,633 665,714 2,255,575 242,185 26,398 382,701 Maryland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15,965,533 8,004,864 1,794,872 6,097 288,067 1:6,667 Massachusetts. . . . . . . . . . . 1,797,593 15,768 645,159 80,128 213,716 67,117 Michigan ............... 32,431,452 35,532,543. 18,190,793. 1,204,316 294,218 413,02 Minnesota .............. 14,831,741. 34,601,030 23,382,158 2,972,965 215,245 41,756 Mississippi.............. 21,340,800 218,890 1,959,620 34S 5,134 . . . . . . . . . . Missouri........ . . . . . . . . 202,485,723 24,966,627 20,670,958 123,031 535,426 57,640 Montana......... . . . . . . . 5,649 469,688 800,915 3.9,970 430 437 Nebraska. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65,450,135|| 13,847,007 6,555,875. 1,744,686 424,348 17,562 Nevada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12,891 69,298 186,860 518,470. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . New Hampshire. . . . . . . . . 1,350,248 169,316 1,017,620 77,877 34,638 94,090 New Jersey. . . . . 4 * * > * > * > e e 11,150,705 1,901,739 3,710,573 4,091 949,064 466,414 New Mexico. . . . . . . . . . . . . 633,786 706,641 156,527 59,053 240). . . . . . . . . . New York. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25,875,480. 11,587,766 37,575,506 7,792,062 2,634,690 4,461,200 North Carolina. . . . . . . . . . 28,019,839 3,397,393 3,838,068 2,421 285,160 44,638 Ohio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111,877,124. 46,014,869| 28,664,505 1,707,129 389,221 280,229 Oregon . . . ‘. . . . . . . . . . . . . 126,862 7,480,010 4,385,630 920,977 13,305 6,215 Pennsylvania............ 45,821,531 14,462,405 33,841,439 438,100 3,683,621 3,593,323 Rhode Island. . . . . . . . . . . . 372,967 240 159,339 17,783 12,997 1,254 South Carolina. . . . . . . . . . 11,767,099 962,358 2,715,505 16,257 27,049 . . . . . . . . . . Tennessee... . . . . . . . . . . . . 62,764,429 7,331,853 4,722,190 30,019 156,419 33,434 Texas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29,065,172 2,567,760 4,893,359 72,786 25,399 53.5 Utah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163,342 1,169,199 418,082 217,140 9,605 . . . . . . * * * * Yermont................ 2,014,271 337,257 3,742,282 267,625 71,733 356,618 Virginia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29,106,661 7,822,504 5,333,181 14,223 324,431 136,004 Washington . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39,183 1,921,322 1,571,706 566,537 7,124 2,498 West Virginia. . . . . . . . . . . 14,090,609 4,001,711 1,908,505 9,740 113,181 285,298 Wisconsin............... 34,230,579| 24,884,689| 32,905,320 5,043,118 2,298,513 299,107 WOIIlling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,074 22,512. . . . . . . . . . 78]. . . . . . . . . . Total U. S. . . . . . . . . . . 1,754,861,535 459,479,505. 407,858,999 44,113,495. 19,831,595. 11,817,827 17 258 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. THE HORSE. Directions for Breaking and Training. In training horses you must remember that there are certain natural laws that govern them. For instance, it is natural for him to kick whenever he gets badly frightened; it is natural for him to escape from whatever he thinks will do him harm. His faculties of seeing, hearing and smelling, have been given to him to ex- amine everything new that he is brought in contact with. And so long as you present him nothing that offends his eyes, nose, or ears, you can then handle him at will, notwithstand- ing, he may be frightened at first, so that in a short time he will not be afraid of anything he is brought in contact with. All of the whipping and spurring of horses for shying, stumbling, etc., is useless and cruel. If he shies, and you whip him for it, it only adds terror, and makes the object larger than it would otherwise be; give him time to examine it without punishing him. He should never be hit with the whip, under any circumstances, or for anything that he does. Remember to treat him kindly, for when you require obedience from any subject, it is better to have it rendered from a sense of love than fear. You should be careful not to chafe the lips of your colt, or hurt his mouth in any way; if you do he will dislike to have the bridle on. After he is taught to follow you, then put on the harness; putting your lines through the shaft straps along the side, and teach him to yield to the reins, turn short to the right and left, teach him to stand still before he is ever hitched; you then have control of him. If he gets frightened, the lines should be used as a telegraph, to let him know what you want him to do. No horse is naturally vicious, but always obeys his trainer as soon as he com- prehends what he would have him do; you must be firm with him at the same time, and give him to understand that you are the trainer, and that he is the horse. The best bit to be used to hold a horse to keep his mouth from getting sore, is a straight bar-bit, 4} inches long between the rings; this operates on both sides of the jaw, while the ordinary snaffle forms a clamp, and presses the sides of the jaw. The curb or bridoon hurts his under jaw, so that he will stop before he will give to the rein. To throw a horse, put a rope 12 feet long around his body in a running noose, pass it down to the right fore foot through a ring in a Spancil, then buckle up the left or near fore foot, take a firm hold of your rope, lead him around until he is tired, give him a shove with your shoulder, at the same time drawing up his right foot, which brings him on his knees; hold him steady, and in a few moments he will lie down; never attempt to hold him still, for the more he scuffles the better. Take your colt into a tight room or pen, and with a long whip commence Snapping at the colt's hind leg, taking care not to hit above the hocks, stopping immediately when the colt turns his head from you. In this way you can Soon get your hands upon him. As Soon as you have dome this be sure you caress him for his obedience. In this way he will soon learn that he is safest in your presence with his head towards you. Speak kindly and firmly to him, all the time, caressing him, calling by name, and by saying “Ho boy, or “Ho Dina,” or some familiar word that he will soon learn. If a colt is awkward and careless at first, you must bear with him. If he is willful you must then change your course of treatment by con- fining him in such a way that he is powerless for harm until he submits. If he kicks, fasten a rope around his under jaw, pass it through the collar, and attach it to his hind foot. In this way one kick will cure him, as the force of the blow falls on his jaw. If he should be stubborn, lay him down and confine him until you subdue him without punishing him with the whip. Colts should be broke without blind bridles; after they are well broke, then you put on blinds. Bridles without blinds are the best, unless you want to speed your horse, then let him see the whip. Colts should be well handled, and taught to give readily to the rein before they are hitched up. AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 259 HORSES. The Kind that is Most Wanted on the Farm-A Glance at the Different Breeds and their Merits—A Few Good Suggestions. While it is doubtless true that throughout the central and western parts of the United States the breeding of heavy draft horses is more profitable than the breeding of any other type, yet the question of immediate profit is not the only one that concerns the farmer; and it may well be asked whether we have not already, in many sections of the Union, infused quite as much of the blood of heavy English and French draft horses as is desirable, when the real util- ity of our horses is considered. There are probably now in the States of Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, and Iowa over 1,000 heavy draft stal- lions doing service in the stud. The revised edition of the Percheron-Norman Stud Book, issued a year ago, contained the names of between 800 and 900 imported and native pure bred Percheron-Normans in the United States, and of these at least 800 have been imported or bred within the last fifteen years. It is, therefore, safe to assume that by far the greater portion of these horses are still living, and they are known to be mainly in the States above mentioned. We have no accurate knowl- edge of the number that have been imported from England and Scotland; but such impor- tations have been numerous, and they also are mainly in the aforesaid States. This very large influx of heavy draft blood into the regions above referred to must, within a few years, exercise a very marked influence upon the average horse stock of the States. Indeed, the effect is already clearly perceptible; and, to-day, the number of horses to be seen upon the streets of Chicago harnessed to the heavy express Wagons and trucks, showing unmistakable signs of imported blood, is more than five times as great as it was four years ago. In many sections of the country farmers have absolutely no horse stock that does not show the effect of these French and English draft horses. These imported horses are not the very best for ordinary farm work is generally conceded, and it is also very clearly established that three or four crosses of this blood gives to the pro- duct all the characteristics of the imported stock. It is time, then, for farmers so situated to begin to look for some other cross for their large grade mares, if they wish to produce horses well adapted to their own work, and for this purpose we unhesitatingly recommend the thoroughbred—the descendant of the English race-horse. No race of horses in the world has ever been so distinguished for courage, energy and endurance as these, and none has been bred with such scrupulous care. All civilized coun- tries have resorted to this breed for the purposes of improvement, and all breeds have been ben- efited by it. - For the purposes indicated, we should select the largest, stoutest, and heaviest-boned stal- lions of the breed; and we have not the slightest doubt but the use of such sires upon the large mares that are becoming so common in the regions above mentioned would, in the end, be highly beneficial. At the outset the product Would not, as a rule, bring such prices as the large horses now command, but their superior adaptation to the uses of the farm and the vil- lage commend them to popular favor. Large thoroughbred stallions, coupled with three-quar- ter bred mares of good size will frequently get foals that will equal the dams in size, and when this is the case, the magical effect of the blood of the thoroughbred is seen in the improved vitality, courage and endurance of the product over those from cold-blooded sires. Some of our trotting stallions have been so stoutly and highly bred as to be quite equal to the thoroughbred for the purpose of coupling upon cold-blooded mares. For this purpose, however, we do not want much of the Mam- brino or Clay blood in the stallions, for while for merely trotting purposes, there are, perhaps, none superior to these strains, there is too much cold blood in them to justify their use upon mares notoriously coarse and cold-blooded. Of all the trotting strains, we prefer Abdal- lah blood for crossing upon such mares to pro- duce good farm horses, for the well-bred des- cendants of old Abdallah are scarcely excelled even by the thoroughbred in powers of endur- ance. If, then, we could find a large well-bred trotting stallion, whose pedigree is based on the Solid rock of the pure thoroughbred, we should not hesitate to use him instead of the pure. 260 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Either will do well, and coupled with the mares We have described, will scarcely fail to get most valuable stock for use; although for the pres- ent, and probably for years to come, such a course of breeding will not produce horses that will sell so high as larger and heavier ones. The Arabian Horse. Pure Arabs are considerably smaller than our modern thoroughbreds, seldom exceeding four- teen hands and two inches in height. The head is remarkable for the width across the forehead, which is also full and square, while the muzzle is finer, the face more hollowed out, and the jaws more fully developed in their pro- portions than in any other breed with which we are acquainted. The eye is full and soft, yet sparkling with animation on the slightest excite- ment; the ear is small; the neck arched; the shoulders oblique, but muscular; the withers moderately high and thin ; the chest rather light in girth, but the back ribs deep in pro- portion, and the hips, though narrow, Well united to the back by a rounded mass of power- ful muscles. The croup is high, and the tail on with a considerable arch. The bones of the legs are large in proportion to the size, and the tendons full and free, the Suspensory ligaments being particularly strong and clean. The hocks are large and free from curls and Spavin, and, lastly, the feet, though small, are sound, and capable of bearing an amount of battering which few well-bred English horses can sustain. His Speed. The speed of the Arabs, which have recently been brought over to this country and England is undoubtedly not nearly equal to that of our thoroughbred horses for courses of moderate length, that is, not exceeding two miles, and there is no reason to believe that at longer dis- tances there would be an essential difference in the result. In the Goodwood Cup, England, an allowance is made them of fourteen pounds, yet no Arab has ever had a chance of winning, and as far as this test goes, they are proved to be inferior to the French and American horses. In India a difference of Weight, varying from rture. 14 to 21 pounds, is made in favor of Arabs, as against imported English horses, “in order to bring the two together,” in racing parlance, yet even then few Arabs can compete with the Second-rate horses which are imported from England. Child of the Islands, said to be the swiftest Arabian the world ever saw, made two miles in 8 min. 48 sec., while Inheritor and Inheritress ran the same distance in 3 min. and 27 sec., and 3 min. and 25 sec., respectively. The price of a good Arab varies from $750 to $1,000, and there is plenty of choice in the Bombay and Bengal markets. Ancient Methods of using the Horse. The mode of using the horse, adapted by the ancients, was at first by harnessing him to a rude chariot without springs. In course of time, the grooms who took care of him, found that they could manage him while on his back, without the aid of the saddle and bridle, which are comparatively modern inventions. Hence We see the horse represented in the Elgin sta- bles, as ridden without either the one or the other; and there is also abundant written tes- timony in Support of this mode of equitation, being practiced by the early Greeks. This ingenious people, however, invented the snaffle- bridle, and both rode and drove with its aid, after the establishment of the Olympian games, in which chariot races formed an essential fea- The curb-bit was invented by the Romans, or at all events, was first used by them, but both that people and the Greeks were ignorant of the use of the stirrup, and either vaulted on their horses, or used the back of a slave as a stepping-stone, or sometimes had recourse to a short ladder for the purpose. The earliest period when it can be proved that the stirrup was in use, was in the time of the Norman invasion of England. The incidents of this event in history, were recordered in the Bayeaux tap- estry, by the wife of William the Conqueror, and in this the stirrup was depicted according to the authority of Berenger, as a part of the trappings of the horse. Shoeing was not prac- ticed by either the Greeks or the Romans, and only in cases of lameness was the foot defended by a Sandal, which, however, was sometimes AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 261 tipped with iron. Until sometime after the in- stallation of the Olympian games, the use of the horse was confined to war and the chase. These games were held every four years, and are supposed to have commenced about 774, B. C., and as it was not until the twenty-first Olympiad that the horse was introduced into the arena, the birth of horse racing may be fixed at about the year 680, B. C. At first the horse was ridden, and the distance was about 4 miles, but in the 25th Olympiad, the chariot was introduced, and after, this became the pre- vailing instrument of testing the speed and powers of the Grecian horse. Here, also, the distance was about four miles, but as a pillar was to be rounded several times, the race depended quite as much on the skill of the charioteer, as on the qualities of his horses. English Draft Horse. The old black cart horse of England, was One of the distinctive breeds of English horses from an early period. They are hardly known in the United States as a distinct breed, although they have undoubtedly exercised more or less influence on the ordinary work horses of our country. In England they are divided into three sub-families; first the heavy mas- sive horse, reared in the rich marshes and plains of the midland counties expressly for the London brewers; second the smaller sized, but still tolerably heavy horses, generally employed for agricultural purposes, a strong compact animal, but slow in action; and third, a lighter and more active animal, possessing either Some admixture of blood of a smaller breed, or being the descendants of the Flemish discarded coach horse. The prevailing color among these animals is black, but the large dray horse is by no means confined to those of a black color. There are many of a bay, and still more of a brown color, as well as numerous greys and roans. The dray horse was originally reared in the greatest perfection in the richest pastures of the fens of Lincolnshire, the largest being seldom less than seventeen hands high, when two and one- half years old, at which age they are usually sold. In Speaking of the English cart horse of sixty years ago, of which the modern English draft horse is an improvement, the English Cart-horse Stud Book says: “With a very few exceptions, (and those exceptions chestnut), black, dark brown and grey, are the only colors met with in descriptions of draft stallions liv- ing in the first quarter of the present century.” The growth of hair upon the stallions was remarkably luxuriant, that of the mane and tail being abundant, strong in texture, glossy and very often several feet in length. The cannons, fetlocks and coronets, both fore and hind, were garnished with a profusion of long hair, distinctive of the cart-horse breed. The silky growth in corresponding situations of the present day, has probably become thus modified from the admixture of extrinsic blood from local influences, from altered methods in the system of rearing and managing young Stock, or from a combination of two or all of those causes. The Original British Horse. The nature of the original stock which formed the foundation of the modern European horse is extremely doubtful. In Great Britain, horses' bones are found in caves which are of extreme antiquity, but they do not define with any cer- tainty the form of the original British horse, nor can we, with certainty, arrive at the exact era at which the animals to which they belonged, lived and died. It is, however, an ascertained fact, that when the Romans invaded Great Britain they found the people in possession of horses, and using them for their chariots as well as for the purposes of riding. After the irruption of the Goths, and the commencement of the dark ages, we have no reliable history to guide us, and We are left to grope in the dark from the fourth century, when Wegetius wrote on the veterinary art, until the time of the Stuarts, when attention was first paid to the improvement of the breed of horses in Eng- land. Cleveland Bay Horse. From remote times the Cleveland and the Vale of Pickering in the East Riding of York- shire, have been celebrated for their breed of horses adapted to general work, hunting and carriage horses, and all that class of labor requiring style, a good turn of speed and an excellent bottom. ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 262 Their color is universally bay, rather on the yellow bay than on the blood bay color, with black mane, tails and legs. They are sound, hardy, active, powerful horses, with excellent capabilities for drafts and good endurance, So long as they are not pushed beyond their Speed, which may be estimated at from 6 to 8 miles per hour on a trot, or from 10 to 12 on a gallop, under almost any weight. Within the last thirty years, the Cleveland Bay has im- proved greatly by careful selection. They are constant and uniform in color, fully as much so as the Devons among cattle. His weight is from 1,200 to 1,500 pounds. The Norman-Percheron Horse. The original race of La Perche, as they ex- isted fifty years ago, were from fifteen to sixteen hands high, and weighed from 1,200 to 1,400 pounds, and before the advent of railroads were used to move the heavy road vehicles of France at a Swift pace. Later, heavier weights being required, by Selection and crossing, immense animals, weighing up to 2,000 pounds, have been produced, and it is said that now scarcely one of the active Percherons of fifty years ago are to be found. As we understand it, the Norman, or larger horses, seem to have been mixed with the large Belgian and Flemish horses, while the horses of La Perche have retained to a greater degree the distinguished characteristics of the lighter and more agile ancestors. So difficult did it seem to draw dividing lines that the editor of the Percheron-Norman Stud-Book seemed at fault as to just what should consti- tute fitness for entry. The plan adopted was to give a full account of the course of breeding and crossing practiced in France, and admit to registry all horses imported from France, as Percheron, Norman, Percheron-Norman, and Norman-Percheron. The difference between these breeds of horses seems to lie in the fact that the horse of Normandy is larger, heavier and slower than the horse of Perche, the latter showing more of the original Andalusian stock, from which both varieties are said to have Sprung. Prepotence of the Percheron-Norman Horses. In our breeding of domestic animals, with a view of the most rapid improvement in them, the principle of prepotency has been given that careful attention which it justly demands. It is well known that males chosen from cer- tain families of horses, cattle, sheep and Swine, when crossed with females of their own breed, or with others of a common stock, will beget a progeny far superior to that of males of any other families, fully equal in appearance, and even surpassing them. This is owing to the last mentioned not having been bred so long in its line, and consequently possessing less prepotency. º A remark was made by one of the most dis- tinguished breeders of short-horn cattle in Eng- land, that he would sooner trust to the pedigree of a bull than he would to his form—that is to say, if two bulls were offered him to breed from, of which the one could show a much longer line of well-bred ancestry than the other, although he might not be so showy, or of So fine form, still he would assuredly prefer him, and to prove that his decision was correct, he pointed out the product of two such bulls, of which that got by the one of most ancient ped- igree was surely the best. He says he has also seen the same thing in horses, particularly in the get of the thoroughbred or race horse. Now adopting this principle to the Percheron- Norman horse, all must confess that it is much the surest way for one to obtain a rapid im- provement in his stock, not only of this breed, but of the best families of the breed, with the exception of the Arabian. No horse now known can show so ancient a lineage as the Perche- ron-Norman, for he is at this day of precisely the same type, so far as we can learn, that he was so fortunately cast over a thousand years ago. No horse of the large draft class can show so perfect and fine form or exhibit the power, action, endurance, pluck and docility of this admirable race. This is the reason that in Europe he has so long taken the precedence over all others of his class, and the reason, also, that as fast as he becomes known in Amer- ica he takes precedence here. AN ENCYCLOPAELIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 263 Now let our farmers look well to their own interests, and if they wish to breed horses of the greatest utility and such as are sure of a quick sale at good paying prices, we think they cannot do better than to turn their attention to the Percheron-Norman for at least a part of their stock. The Canadian Horse. The Canadian horse is generally about 14 to 15 hands high, and is noticeable for its hardi- ness; capable of traveling long distances, but in its own way not above the average in speed. When crossed, however, with a thoroughbred, it combines the speed of the latter with its own tenaciousness, iron constitution and legs. In this way are bred some of the best race horses. Next to the active Canadian horse, there are many more American breeds, namely: The “Morgan Horse,” the “American Trotter,” the “Narraganset Pacer,” and the “Thorough- bred,” whose ancestors having been imported, of English and French blood, have thus little of domestic blood in their veins. Of the agricul- tural horse, there is to be mentioned the Wer- mont and Conestoga draft horse, and several others not classified. The horse differs in the various regions of the United States. Thoroughbred. The word Thoroughbred does not mean, as many suppose, an animal of pure blood, that is unmixed. If so, any wild animal would be a thoroughbred. The Word thoroughbred is used to designate animals bred from the best blood, but originally derived from a mixture of races, as the short-horn cattle and racing horses. This breed deserves with right to be the first on the list--not so much on account of its prac- tical usefulness as the influence it has on other breeds and classes. It is the most symmetri- cal type of a horse, for Speed, courage, and strength, trained mostly for the race. Horses of this breed are, in general, poor pacers, and very seldom good trotters. They are generally too light to perform heavy work, and often too restless and excitable for light work. By cross- ing, the breed has greatly improved the Ameri- can horse. The thoroughbred is a descendant of the Arab, Barb, Turkish, and Persian horses, and to some extent crossed with English horses. Nearly a century has been given, and no pains spared, to the breeding of these horses, which are now decidedly larger and faster than their forefathers. The most popular color of these horses are bay, chestnut, and brown. Gray and black are also seen occasionally. White spots on head and neck are also not uncommon. They are from 15 to 16 hands high ; the average weight is 1,000 pounds. These horses possess a light head and neck, with broad forehead, beaming eye, and large nostrils. The rump is quite long, the back and sides muscular. The breast is well developed, the withers of medium height, shoulders slop- ing, the hips wide, the hind-quarters long and more powerful than the fore parts. The legs are somewhat lengthy, the bones fine, the pas- terms long and inclining. The skin is soft, the hair short and fine; mane and tail light and straight. Among the celebrated horses of this breed, of the imported or those bred here, are mentioned Messenger, Diomed Duroc, Trustee, and, of late, Lexington, Leamington, Australia, Bonnie Scotland, and Ten Broek. The Administration of Physic to Horses. Medicines may be given to the horse either in the Solid form, as a ball, or liquid, and then called a drench, or as a dry powder, when in small compass and with little taste, mixed with the corn or mash. Sometimes also a small quantity of a tasteless liquid, such as liquor arsenicalis, may be given with the food. In giving a ball, place a halter on the head, With a knot so that the jaws may be widely opened. Then turn the horse round in the stall and back him up to the manger, lay hold of the tongue and draw it out of the mouth, graSp it with the left hand, which must also hold the halter-cord so that the strain is partly taken off the tongue, and then holding the ball in the right hand with the fingers enckosing it like a cone, and the arm bare, it should be rapidly carried to the back of the mouth and deposited there, holding the head up till it is seen to pass down the gullet. Cautious grooms use a balling iron, which gags the mouth and pro- tects the arm, but a hardy man will have less 264 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. difficulty in introducing his hand than in inserting the gag, unless the horse is a deter- mined biter, when it may be absolutely neces- Sary. In that case the gag is inserted with as much ease as a bit, in a flat direction, and the handle being suddenly depressed, the mouth gapes and the teeth cannot be brought together. Then holding its handle together with the halter in the left hand, he easily introduces the ball into the pharynx. In giving a drench two persons are necessary, the operator standing at the right shoulder, while the assistant is ready to steady the head and aid him on the left. The operator raises the head, with his left hand beneath the jaw, and with his right he forces the lip of the horse into the side of the mouth, and raising the small end, pour the contents in. If the horse is violent, a twitch must be placed on the nose and held by the assistant. The horn must not be passed far into the mouth, or any unnecessary violence used, for fear of produc- ing a cough, in which case the hand must be instantly lowered. A neglect of this precaution will probably cause some of the liquid to pass into the larynx. Horse Points. It is action in the horse that sells. This is obtained when we have the complemental power in the muscle, the greatest leverage from the bones and quality in the tendons, health in the ligaments, and truth in the disposition of the limbs. We adjudicate on the horse's hind quarters as a whole. All horses with any pre- tensions to quality or family possess length and straightness from the hip to the tail. This is especially graceful and horizontal in the thorough- bred. ~~ 1. Length from hip to hock is the criterion both of speed and power. All horses of value are “well let down” in their quarters, affording increase of length and volume in the muscles, power and speed accruing. The haunch-bone and thigh-bone—the first strong and long, the second strong, of average length. This natur- ally varies with breed, but in all classes it is most important that the thigh “be well let down into the hock.” Muscular development here cannot be too “immense.” Good gaskins afford material help for getting through the dirt. 2. At the articulation of the haunch and thigh-bone we find the stifle in situ. A good one, without exception, is high up, abutting the flank. This is the concentration of power in all classes; it is a certain sign that the haunch- bone is well sloped forward, and that the thigh- bone is well carried back. 8. The hock we have previously determined on, but as to the fore legs I counsel young beginners to avoid weak, ill-defined knees. So also have as little to do with horses whose os calcis, or point of the hock, is ill defined. Re- member puff and gum are weakness. The os calcis contributes leverage; it is evidence both of power and speed. The hind cannons, or metatarsal bones, must individually be straight, and with just a slight inclination forward. They should be flat and short. Breadth under the hock here is strength, the sign of quality. Feel the tendons along their course, that the legs as in the fore are clean in the tendons (broad and flat); the sesa- moid bones, at the upper portion of the fetlock- joints, well pronounced. Spavin. When it consists in the deposit of bony mat- ter about the hock joint, and the consequent cementing together of the tarsal bones, or the destruction of the tarso-metatarsal joint, is a similar disease, having essentially the same causes as Laminitis. This form of disease may exist in every degree, from a slight growth near the joint to such an amount as will en- tirely destroy the joint, and so invade the soft tissues that the slightest movement is produc- tive of great suffering. Treatment.—The cure or alleviation is possible only in the first stages of the disease, so that on the occurrence of lameness for which the cause is not obvious, careful search should be made in the localities in which Splint, ring-bone or spavin may occur. Tenderness, and perhaps swelling, may be detected by careful examina- tion. The first requisite is rest. Bathing with warm water should be promptly and persever- ing resorted to. The foot should be put into a bucket of warm water, which should be applied with a sponge to the locality of inflammation. Should there be pain, as shown by general AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 265 uneasiness and constant movement of the limb, a poultice should be applied, moistened freely with a mixture composed of equal parts of the tinctures of aconite root, opium, and belladonna. The application of a mixture of one part chlo- roform and two parts sweet oil may act as a revulsive. Later, when the pain has subsided, the tenderness somewhat abated, and only swel- ling remains, an ointment of one part of the iodide of lead with eight parts of lard, will be found useful in removing the swelling and re- maining engorgements of the parts. When put again to use, the animal should be at first very gently exercised, and brought gradually to his work. The abuse in driving, which gives rise to in- flammation and the deposition of bone about the joints, may result also in ulceration of the cartilages and bones entering into the compo- sition of the joints. The parts most usually affected are the knee, the hock, and the joints of the navicular bone, with the coronet or cof- fin-bone. The commencement of the disease is an inflammation of the synovial membrane which lines the bony surfaces between which the motion of the joints occurs. Prolonged lameness follows. Perfect rest at this time, with proper treatment, may remove the condi- tion; but, by neglect and continued use, the disease is readily carried to its advanced stages. The inflammation extends to the cartilages cov- ering the joint-surfaces of the bones. The vitality of this tissue is so low that it readily breaks down under the inflammatory action, and is removed by the ulcerative process. From this condition perfect recovery is impossible. The best result possible is the formation of a blind Spavin, by the cementing of two opposite surfaces of bone by an intermediate bony de- posit. Instead of this, the ulcerative process may extend to the bony tissue itself. In Spavin, the following formula has given good results: Corrosive Sublimate, 1 ounce. Quicksilver, 1 ounce. Iodine, 1 ounce. Lard, 6 ounces. Rub the quicksilver and iodine together, then add the sublimate, and lastly the lard, rubbing them thoroughly. Shave off the hair the size of the bone enlargement; grease all around it, but not where the hair is shaved off; this pre- vents the action of the medicine except on the spavin. Then rub in as much of the paste as will lie on a 3-cent piece, each morning for 3 or 4 mornings. In 7 to 8 days the whole Spavin will come out; then wash the wound with suds for an hour or so, to remove the poisonous effects of the paste; afterwards heal up the sore with any good healing salve, or Sloan's Horse Liniment, as per receipe above, keeping the Sore covered while it is healing up. Laminitis–(Founder). Laminitis, or, as it has been called by writ- ers, fever of the feet, or “founder,” may exist in all degrees, from the simple congestion of the part to the most severe and disorganizing inflammation. It is mainly exhibited in the fore feet, being an uncommon disease in the hind feet. This is mainly due to the different kinds and degrees of force used in the action of the fore and hind legs and feet. In move- ment a much greater amount of weight comes upon the fore legs add feet, the direction of the blow upon the ground is different, and the consequent strain and pressure upon the soft tissues much greater. If acute laminitis is present in one or both fore feet, it is manifested by the very obvious efforts of the animal to relieve itself from pres- sure. If one foot only is suffering, this is put forward and is so rested upon the heel that not only is pressure taken off, but the parts are relaxed to a still greater extent by the Weight of the limb. At the same time the foot is kept in continual motion, indicating extreme pain. There is heat, especially in the coronary band, around its summit. There may also be tenderness in this tissue on pressure. If both fore feet are affected, the animal endeavors as far as possible, by settling back over the hind feet, to take off the pressure from them. This attempt may also be shown by the continuous change from one foot to the other. In severe forms of the acute disease the entire system Will sympathize with the local disease. The arteries supplying the part or parts will be found throbbing; the general arterial circulation Will be quickened; the pulse will become con- AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. siderably accelerated, and the constitutional condition will be one of symptomatic fever. The disease if unchecked may go on to the destruction of the soft tissues of the foot. Cases are on record in which the entire hoof has been shed by the separation of the soft from the horny foot. This is a rare termination, but the formation of an abscess and partial separation is not so uncommon. Before this result occurs, however, the disease has usually passed into the chronic form. Prompt resort to appropriate treatment may result in restora- tion to health. By no means advocating indiscriminate blood- letting, We would in this case recommend the free local abstraction of blood, either from the toe of the afflicted foot, or from the plantar vein. If the case is a very severe one, a branch of the plantar artery of one side may be di- vided. The foot should be placed in a large bucket of warm water, and allowed to bleed in it. Care should be taken to keep up the tem- perature by frequent additions of hot water. When the foot is removed, it may be placed in a large poultice, having previously been drenched about the coronary border with a liniment com- posed of two ounces each of the tincture of aconite root, belladonna, and opium, with six ounces of soap liniment. For the constitutional disturbance, the tinc- ture of aconite root, fifteen to twenty drops in water, may be administered every hour or half hour until a decided impression is made upon the frequency and hardness of the pulse. (Half a drachm of belladonna with fifteen grains of digitalis may be given every half hour, or in emergency the following draught may be given every hour until the proper impression is made on the system : Tinct. aconite root and tinct. belladonna fifteen drops each, and Sulph. ether and laudanum half an ounce each.) Later, saline medicines, such as the nitrate of potash, will aid in preventing Secondary affections, Laminitis may have a variety of termina- tions. First, it may terminate in a complete disappearance of all the symptoms, that is, by resolution, and there be a complete recovery. Second, it may pass into a chronic condition in which all the Symptoms are of a mitigated character. When quiet, the pain is slight, and the heat is little, if any, in excess of the natu- ral state. If the animal is allowed to rest upon a soft floor, or is turned to run in a paddock, the lameness may be scarcely obvious; but attempt to drive him, and, either while on the road or afterward, he becomes very lame again. This condition may continue almost indefinitely. Third, the inflammation may terminate in sup- puration, which may be confined to a small region of the foot, and eventuate in a partial recovery, or it may be general and so extensive as to destroy the connection of the hoof with the soft tissues. Under the latter circumstances the hoof may be lost. When the destructive Suppuration falls short of producing complete Separation, it may be sufficient to permit of a change of relation of the coffin-bone to the hoof. A portion of the anterior attachments may be destroyed so that the bone may fall aWay from the horn. In a flat and weak foot this may cause a bulging of the sole, produc- ing what is called the pumice foot. If the hoof is preserved, the space produced by the falling of the coffin-bone is filled by fleshy granula- tions. The foot, however, suffers permanently, and lameness is constantly present. Such is the structure of the foot that, even when the damage is less than that just de- scribed, the Suppuration continues and burrows in various directions, seeking an outlet. Except when the inflammation and suppuration are confined to a limited Space in the sole of the foot, the discharge must escape from the crown. At some part of the coronal border of the hoof, swelling is perceived, which either opens of itself or is opened by the knife, which is pre- ferable. When suppuration has commenced, the animal should receive better and more nu- tritious food, while stimulating injections to the opening may be useful. Should the sinuses become chronic, it has been recommended to trace their number and direction with a delicate probe, and then freely lay them open. To do this, the hoof must be softened by soak- ing in warm alkaline water, when it may be cut easily. Limited suppuration of the Soft tissues of the foot may occur from a variety of other causes, such as a wound made by the shoe of one foot in the coronet of the other, or by the AN ENCILYCOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMA I’ION. 267 prick of a nail driven into the quick or so near it as to cause inflammation by pressure, or by a bruise made by the heel of the coffin-bone, to which the term corn is applied. In all these cases suppuration may follow inflammation, and the severity and extent of the trouble will depend upon the locality of the injury, and the distance the product of suppuration has to travel to reach a point of exit. A fourth termination may be designated—that by metastasis, or shifting of the disease from one part of the body to another. The inflammation being situated in the fibrous tissues of the foot is liable to leave that locality and to seize upon similar tissues elsewhere, and under unfavor- able circumstances we may have resulting in- flammation of the brain or pleura, or indeed of any of the fibrous tissues. A fifth termina- tion may be in mortification, the result of which would be almost certainly fatal at an early period. Laminitis may be sub-acute from its com- mencement. It is apt to take this form in old horses that have been subjected for a long time to hard work. Its approach is gradual, pain at first small, and lameness slight and not con- stant. The foot should be given the same treatment as in the more acute form. The warm bath should be used freely. Bleeding would probably be injurious, and any debilitat- ing medicines must be withheld. The bowels may be loosened by fresh vegetable food, such as potatoes or carrots, and if pain is present one or two draughts in the day containing an ounce of sulphuric ether and a drachm of laud- anum may be given. Plenty of good, nutritious food should be given. The horse should not be used on the road until all the symptoms have been absent for several days. He may be gently exercised on a Soft Sward as soon as the inflammation is subdued. A permanent, incurable lameness often results from the continued use of a horse suffering from some degree of inflammation of the soft tissues of the foot. Whenever this condition is detected, the animal should be given rest, and subjected to treatment with a view to the cure of the disease. Corns. We have spoken of corns. These make their appearance in two forms, the true and the false. The locality of the true corn is the angle caused by the inflection of the bars, and between the bars and wall. In this space the posterior extremities of the coffin-bone move freely in the movements of the foot. By the irritation of frequent, prolonged, and Severe use, a thickening of the laminae is produced. This hardens and ultimately becomes a semi- corneous tumor. It may remain in this condi- tion, or it may become a smooth, dense horn, more dense than any part of the hoof. It is a constant source of pain and consequent lame- Ilé SS. The more common false corn is a bruise of the sensitive sole which lies directly under the heel of the coffin-bone. This occurs most fre- quently in feet having a flat, level sole, deficient in the arch. It may occur in any variety of foot which is kept badly shod. A shoe with a broad web level upon its foot-surface, and seated for its whole width upon the wall and sole, will aid in the production of this form of disease. Several varieties of the false corn are described, but they are simply different stages of the same disease. The true corn is essentially incurable. For the false, in its early stages the general principles of treatment to abate local inflam- mation may arrest the disease. If suppuration can be prevented, the duration of lameness will be much limited. Care should be taken that the shoe should have its bearing only on the Solar border of the wall, and a very slight por- tion of the outer border of the sole. To this end, a shoe should be used with a narrow web, but little over half an inch in width; or the shoe with a wider web should be seated so that its bearing-surface would be narrow. Sup- posing the case has been neglected and sup- puration has occurred, the pain and lameness Will be great until the matter is evacuated. The sole must be carefully pared away until the horn is very thin, when an opening must be made through it, and the pus evacuated. If great pain is inflicted by the attempt, the foot should be soaked in a warm alkaline bath, by which the horn will be softened, and the extreme tenderness abated. If possible, the foot should be kept in a poultice for one, two or three days, according to the previous severity of the disease. After that the shoe may be reapplied, care being taken that the opening through the horn AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 268 be so protected that no dirt or gravel can enter. A condition similar to false corn may exhibit itself in any portion of the ground surface of the foot, as the result of a severe stome-bruise. If detected early, the warm foot-bath, with rest, will be sufficient treatment for it. Big Leg- To cure the big leg, use a good blistering Ointment, one of which will be found among the Ointments, and continue the treatment every third hour until you have blistered well. In three days wash the leg with linseed oil. In six days wash it clean with soap and water. Repeat every six days until the swelling goes down. If there should be any callous left, apply the Spavin ointment. Cough in Horses. Examine his hay and if dusty or musty quit feeding. Cut up cedar boughs and mix with his grain; or boil a small quanity of flax seed, and mix it in a mash of scalded bran, adding a few ounces of Sugar, molasses or honey. Administer lukewarm. If there should be any appearance of heaves, put a spoonful of ground ginger once a day in his provender, and allow him to drink freely of lime water. Inflammation of the Bowels. Inflammation of the bowels is often con- founded with colic ; in fact, ignorant stablemen seem fond of calling any difficulty of the inter- nal system belly ache, if attended with pain, and, to cure it commence drenching with the most alarming mixtures; and in cases of inflam- mation of the bowels this treatment is about sure to kill. We may state that in colic the pain is not constant. We may therefore distinguish between colic and enteritis, (inflammation of the bowels), by noticing that in inflammation of the bowels no intermission of pains takes place—it is constant. Treatment.—To relieve the pain, give two tea spoonfuls of laudanum in a little hot water every hour or two until the pain ceases. Use hot founciliations to the belly. This is applied by folding a blanket inside a rubber sheet, held in its place by the ends being brought up to the side and fastened over the back, thus the blanket may be kept saturated with hot water. Let the food be boiled. Do not move the bowels by cathartics for two or three days; at the end of that time, however, inject hot water and so cause an action on the bowels. If pain continues, give 5 grains of mitrate of silver, # drachm of opium. Colic. An irritation of the stomach or intestines produced by various causes inducing pain and griping, mild cases, are speedily alleviated by laudanum in the human subject. There are two forms of colic, spasmodic and flatulent. In spasmodic colic, the bowels are not unnaturally distended, but in flatulent colic their distention by gas brings on the spasm, the muscular fibres being stretched to so great an extent as to cause them to contract irregu- larly, and with a morbid action. Sometimes When the bowels are very costive, irritation is established as an effort of nature to produce the dislodgement of the impacted fecal matter, and thus a third cause of the disease is dis- covered. The exact nature and cause are always to be ascertained from the history of the case and its Symptoms. The symptoms in all cases of colic are as follows: Stamping, looking at the flanks, and rolling with intervals of rest. The animal will strike his belly and appear in great misery. Administer the following: Laudanum, 2 ounces. Sweet Spts. Nitre, 2 “ Capsicum, 2 drachms. Carbonate of Soda, 3 ounces. Mix. Give at one does. If not better, repeat in 30 minutes. Use Tobacco injections. Or, Sulph Ether, 1 ounce. Laudanum 2 ounces. Compound decoction of aloes, 5 ounces. Mix and give every half hour. Tetanus, Lock Jaw. Tetanus, one form of which is known as lock jaw, has its seat apparently in the nervous sys- tem, but, like many other diseases of the same AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 269 class, the traces it leaves behind are extremely uncertain, and are displayed more on the Sec- ondary organs, through which it is manifested, than on those which we believe to be at the root of the mischief. Thus the muscles, which have been long kept in a state of spasm, show the marks of this condition in their softened and apparently rotten condition. They, in fact, have had no interval of rest, during which nutrition could go on, and have lost much of the peculiarity of structure which enables them to contract. The stomach often shows marks of inflammation, but as all sorts of violent remedies are employed, this may be due to them rather than to idiopathic disease. The lungs, also, are generally congested, but here, like the state of the muscles, it may be a sec- ondary effect of the long-continued exertions of the latter, which nothing but the absence of all important lesions of the brain and spinal cord would induce the pathologist to pay the slightest attention to. Tetanus may be either idiopathic or symp- tomatic, but the former condition is somewhat rare. It almost always follows some operation, or a severe injury in which a nerve has been implicated, the most frequent causes being the piercing of the sole by a nail, or a prick in shoeing, or the operations of docking, nicking, castration, etc. The symptoms are a permanent rigidity of certain Voluntary muscles, and especially of the lower jaw (whence the popular name, lock jaw.) The mouth is kept rigidly shut, the masseter muscles feeling as hard as a deal board. One or both sides of the neck are rigid, in the former case the head being turned to one side, and in the latter stretched out as if carved in marble. The nostrils are dilated; the eyes re- tracted, with the jaws thrust forward over them ; the ears erect and stiff, and the coun- tenance as if horror-struck. At first the ex- tremities are seldom involved, but as the disease progresses their control is first lost, and then they become rigid, like the neck and head. The patient is scarcely able to stand, and plants his feet Widely apart to prop himself up, while at last the tail also becomes a fixture. The pulse varies a good deal, in some cases being quick, small, and hard, and in others slow and labored. The bowels are generally costive, and the urine scanty; but this last symptom is not so well marked as the state of the bowels al- luded to. The treatment should be of a two- fold mature, partly palliative and partly curative. Since the introduction into use of chloroform we have possessed a drug which invariably enables us to remove the spasm for a time, and if it does nothing more, it gives room for other remedies to act and relieve the patient from the horrible tortures which are occasioned by the spasm, while it also allows the muscu- lar and nervous powers to be recruited. When, therefore, a case of tetanus occurs in a horse of any value, chloroform should be procured, and the animal at once placed under its influ- ence. This done, the whole length of the spine should be blistered with tincture of cantharides, and an active aperient should be given, con- sisting, if practicable, of a pint of castor oil, and six or eight drops of croton oil. This may be pumped down the throat by the usual syringe and tube, if the front teeth can be separated; but if this cannot be done, some solid cathar- tic must be selected, though there is often as much difficulty in forcing a ball down as in passing an elastic tube. Failing in either of these, two drachms of calomel, and the same quantity of tartar emetic should be slightly damped, and placed in the mouth as far back as possible, in the hope that it may be grad- ually swallowed; the bowels should be raked, and copious injections of castor oil and tur- pentine, mixed with several quarts of gruel, should be thrown up. If these remedies fail, mature must be left to her own resources, and they will sometimes be found equal to the task, for many cases have recovered after having been given up as beyond the reach of our art. Opium, henbane, digitalis, hellebore, and a host of other drugs have been tried; sometimes with, and sometimes without, success, and perhaps it is worth while, after the bowels have been well relieved, to give a full dose of one or other of these powerful remedies, such as two drachms of Solid opium ; but we confess that We think little reliance is to be placed on them, and we prefer the adoption of chloroform every six hours, continued for about two or three 270 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. days and gradually withdrawn, leaving the cure to the action of the blisters and purgatives. Congestion of the Lungs. (PNEUMONIA.) This disease is one which affects both of the lungs with inflammation, as well as the mucous lining to the air passages, and of the Serous covering of the whole mass. It is one of the most common inflammations attacking the spongy substance contained in the interstices between the blood vessels of the viscera. We have what is called acute pneumonia and Sub- acute. In acute pneumonia the first stage is engorgement; the second stage hepitization, that is a conversion of the lung into a sub- stance resembling the liver. The third and fatal stage is purulent infiltration of the lung. Sub-acute pneumonia differs in no Way from the acute form, except in degree, and the Symp- toms and treatment will vary only in degree. Symptoms.-The symptoms of acute pneu- monia are a quick and distressed respiration, averaging about sixty inspirations in the minute. Pulse quick, from 70 to 80, hard, often small, but always compresssible. Nostrils distended in the last stage, when Suffocation is imminent. Cough short, and evidently giving pain. Legs and ears generally cold, often icy. Feet wide apart, evidently with the intention to dilate the chest. If the disease is fully established a crepitus—crackling sound—may be heard very plainly, much like a dried bladder. Treatment.—Do not bleed, except in very bad cases. Tartar emetic is one of the best drugs we have, which must be given every six hours in drachm doses. The following has been found valuable : Norwood's Tinct. Weratrum Viride, 1 ounce. Tinct. Opium, 2 ounces. Tinct. Digitalis, 2 ounces. Sweet Spirits Nitre, 2 ounces. Mix. Tablespoonful every 4 hours. Glanders. This disease is contagious, destructive, and seldom cured. It is known by a discharge from one or both mostrils, and a SWelling of the gland under the jaw; coming on rather slowly; and followed after a time by ulceration. Ca- tarrh or influenza may be mistaken for it; but this is a much more rapid disorder. Ozoena is a disease attended with an offensive discharge; in glanders the discharge is not offensive unless at an advanced stage. In doubtful cases, some- times, the inoculation of a donkey with the matter is used as a test. Glanders may be communicated to a human being; and is then also fatal and seldom cured. Every horse sus- pected of glanders should be kept carefully apart from all others. If the disorder is slow in its progress, and the animal can be pre- vented from giving it to others, he may be kept for moderate work, upon good feeding, in some instances, for several years. If hard worked, ill-fed or exposed, a glandered horse will run down very fast. This disease, at its commencement, seems to be confined to the internal lining of the nos- trils, which is not reddened as in Ozaena or chronic catarrh, but presents a leaden or pur- ple color, sometimes of a deep shade, but at first generally very light and pale. This is accompanied by a thin acrid discharge, trans- parent, and without odor. In the second stage, the discharge increases in quantity, and though still watery and trans- parent, it is slightly sticky. The glands below the jaw enlarge and become adherent to the bone. In the third stage, the discharge increases rapidly, and becomes yellow and opaque—in fact, it is pure pus. The appetite fails, the horse loses flesh, the coat is turned the wrong way. More frightfully ulcerated. To give treatment in a case of glanders, would be useless. By the use of green food, his life may be prolonged for a time, but the risk of contagion is too great to be incurred, and no man who regards his own welfare, and that of his neighbors, Will keep a glandered horse. KHeaves. This is a disease of the organs of breathing, caused by the rupture of the air cells, so that the animal can not expel the air without a double effort. It is an unsoundness caused by hard work, especially on a distended stomach, and is AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 271 aggravated by bad food, especially musty hay and grain. The disease is incurable, but may be palliated by feeding on Sound, clean, un- mowed grain, with but little hay, and that en- tirely free from dust. The animal should be given but little water at a time, and should be allowed to stand an hour after feeding before being driven. Mild cases may be cured by a Summer's run on the prairie, where resin weed abounds. If to this be added each day for 10 days, and then omitted for 10 days, and so continued, the following prescription, it will much assist: Fowler's Solution, 1 ounce, Extract of Belladonna, 1 drachm. Tinct. of Ginger, # & 6 Water, 1 pint. Give at one dose. For Heaves. Angelica Root, # pound. Gum Camphor, 2 ounces. Skunk Cabbage, 1 ounce. Gum Arabic, 2 ounces. Digitalis, 1 ounce. Ginger, 2} ounces. Foenugreek, 2 6 & Sulphur, 5 & & Epsom Salts, 4 & 6 Dose.—A teaspoonful once a day for 16 days; and use the following on the throat: Tinct. Myrrh, 13 ounces. Tinct. Cantharides, 2 & 6 Turpentine, 2 & & Tinct. Iodine, Tinct. Capsicum, Aqua Ammonia, Chloroform, Alcohol, Bathe throat well with hot water; then apply medicine. This should be used once in 3 days, until 5 applications have taken place. 1 1 i & & & 6 2 Disease of the Kidneys. Farmers are often in the habit of allowing their horses to stand in the rain for hours, often in very cold weather, with the loins fully ex- posed to the wet and cold. This is wrong, and shows great neglect in the driver, and often brings on inflammation of the kidneys. The commencement of this disease is ushered in by a constant desire to pass urine, which is of a very dark color. The animal will turn his head with a downcast look towards the loins, groan, and appear as if in great pain. The attitude of the horse is peculiar. His back is arched, and he stands in a straddling position, refusing to move. This complaint is called Nephritis. There is another complaint nearly like it. I refer to an inflammation of the neck of the blad- der. By attending to the state of the urine, We may diagnose the one from the other. In disease of the kidney we find the urine dark brown, or nearly black, while in the latter We find the urine nearly a natural color. For either of the above complaints, the fol- lowing will be found valuable: For Diseases of Kidneys and Neck of Bladder. Tinct. Buchu, Tinct. Gentian, Tinct. Ginger, 1} Sweet Sp’ts Nitre, 2} & 6 Oil Juniper, 6 drachms. Laudanum, 4 ounces. Give two tablespoonfuls twice a day for 5 days; then once a day. 2 ounces. £ 6 1} & & Sweeny. A horse is said to have the sweeny when the muscles of the shoulder appear to have perished away, and the skin seems to be attached closely to the shoulder-blade. These symptoms may arise from chronic lameness in the foot or other part of the limb. In such cases, of course, it is of no use to apply remedies to the shoulder. Cure the foot, and the shoulder will come right, although stimulants and rubbing will expedite it. But genuine Sweeny is quite different from the above, although the appearances are the same. It is caused by hard drawing in a col- lar that is too large, or where no whiffletree is ever used, but the traces are hitched directly to the thills, as in jumpers, as they are called, or by jumping fences, or the like. The pres- ence of real sweeny may be discovered by mov- ing the horse in a circle, or causing him to 272 AN ENCYCLOPMEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. step over bars, when you can generally deter- mine the seat of the lameness. For such cases, irritants with frictions is the proper treatment. Blistering liniments, or setons, or a piece of Heather inserted under the skin, will cure, with rest. The following will be found very useful: For Sweeny, Whirlbone, Joint Lameness, Stifle or Sprains. Oil Fireweed, # ounce. Oil Wormwood, * “ Oil Turpentime, 2 66 Oil Hemlock, 2 & & Oil Spike, 6 drachms. Aqua Ammonia, 2 ounces. Tinct. Myrrh, 1 & 6 Tinct. Cantharides, 1 6 & Alcohol, 3 & & Wet the parts with hot water, and rub on medicine well; then cover shoulder and hips with as many blankets as you can, and let them remain on eight hours; repeat this often, and always bathe in hot water before using the lini- ment. Chronic Cough. By this term is understood a cough that comes on without any fever or evidence of the horse having taken cold. It differs in this respect from chronic bronchitis, which gener- ally supervenes upon the acute form, and is always attended, in the early stages, by fever- ishness. It appears probable that chronic cough is dependent upon an unnatural stimulus to the mucous membrane, for it almost always makes its appearance when much corn is given without due preparation, and ceases on a return to green feed. It is, therefore, very commonly termed a stomach cough. The symptoms are all summed up in the presence of a dry cough, which is seldom manifested while in the stable, but comes on whenever the breathing is hastened by any pace beyond a walk. Two or three coughs are then given, and the horse, perhaps, is able to go on with his work; but after resting a few minutes, and again starting, it comes on again, and annoys the rider or driver by its tantaliz- ing promise of disappearance, followed by dis- appointment. Treatment.—Put the horse in a cool stable, if he has been accustomed to a hot one, and administer the following: Balsam of Fir, 2 ounces. Balsam of Copaiba, 2 “ Tinct. Lobelia, # “ Mix. Dose—Tablespoonful once a day. Give blood purifier. Ring-Bone—Splint. Splint and ring-bone, in the pathology of the disease, are the same, produced by the same causes, and preceded by the same stages of morbid action. The Symptoms are a greater or less enlarge- ment of the leg, of a hard, unyielding nature, immediately above the coronet. From the rela- tion of the parts, however, ring-bone at its forming stage shows earlier and greater lame- mess, while Splint may perhaps go forward and escape attention. In all diseases resulting in the formation of bone matter, it is essential to take it in the inflammatory stage. Treatment.—Rest is essential. Use a high- heeled shoe if the animal inclines to walk on the toe, and a shoe thin at the heel when it walks on the heel, and apply the following remedy: Biniodide of Mercury, 1 drachm. Lard, 1 ounce. Mix. After cutting the hair short, rub a little into the skin covering the splint, every night, until a free watery discharge is produced from the surface. The following formula will be found good: Quick-silver, 8 ounces. Tinct. Cantharides, 4 drachms. Nitric Acid, 4 ounces. Oil of Cedar, 4 drachms. Mix. Apply occasionally. Wash with soft, soap and water. Use the green ointment to heal. Fistula. When a saddle has been allowed to press upon the Spinous processes of the dorsal verte- brae, it produces inflammation, which, if neg- lected, leads to the formation of an abcess. AN ENCLYCOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 273 But the situation of the part is such that the matter cannot escape, even if the skin over the points of the bones is perforated, and it has a tendency by the force of gravity to burrow down among the muscles which connect the shoulder blade with the trunk. The conse- quence is that there is an extensive inflamma- tion, and after lameness of the shoulder, which could readily be prevented by using proper care before the mischief was done, or removed by the adoption of suitable treatment after- wards, before the disease is confirmed. Treatment.—Keep the parts cool, with cold water applications, or lay a cloth on the swell- ing, and keep it constantly wet with one quart each of good vinegar and water mixed, to which is added two ounces of the tincture of arnica, or the following: Tinct. Lobelia, Cantharides, Croton Oil, Corrosive Sublimate, Gum Euphorbium, Mercurial Ointment, Tartar Emetic, Turpentine, Oil Spike, Sulphuric Acid, Alcohol, Aſ Rºsest with a probe to bottom of pipe, and find which way they run. Then put a small sponge on your probe, and put as much medi- cine as will go, once a day for ten days. This will take out all the pipes to the bottom. Then take one ounce mitrate of potash, put into a pint of soft Water, and use with a syringe. This will heal from the bottom to the surface. Keep the parts clean with soft Soap-Suds. ounce. & 6 6 & & 6 66 66 & 6 Olln CeS. 6 & ; OUID.Cé. # Ounces. 1 l Castrations For removing the testicles, several methods of operation have been proposed, but hitherto none has been tried which is so successful as the old plan, in which the division of the cord is performed by a heated iron with a sharp edge. In human Surgery the Spermatic artery is tied, and all danger of hemorrhage is over, because the Small amount of bleeding which takes * from the artery of the cord is of no consequence, as it cannot enter the cavity of the peritoneum. In the horse, on the other hand, the inguinal canal communicates with that cavity, and if the ligature is used, there is a double danger of inflammation—first, from the effused blood; and second, from the irritation of the ends of the ligature. This plan, there- fore, is now generally abandoned, though some few practitioners still adhere to it, and the choice rests between two methods of removal by cau. tery, namely, the actual and potential—tº '. former giving more pain at the moment when the heated iron is applied, but the latter being really far more severe, as the caustic is a long time in effecting a complete death of the nerve and other sensitive parts. Tortion of the ves- sels has also been tried, but it is often followed by hemorrhage, and, moreover, the pain which is caused during the twisting of the artery is apparently quite as great as is given by the heated iron. We are all inclined to fancy that fire occasions more agony than it really does, but those who have in their own persons been unfortunately able to compare the effects of the two kinds of cautery, have uniformly admitted that the actual is less severe than the poten- tial, if the two are used so as to produce the Same amount of cauterization. The best period for performing the operation On the foal is just before weaning, provided the weather is mild. If, however, his neck is very light, and the withers low, its postponement till the following spring will give a better chance for the development of these parts. The cold of winter and heat of summer are both preju- dicial, and the months of April, May, Septem- ber or October should always be selected. No preparation is required in the “sucker,” but, after weaning, the system always requires cooling by a dose of physic, and light food, be- fore castration can safely be performed. Horses which have been in training, or other kind of Work attended with high feeding, require at least three weeks' or a month's rest and lowering, by removing corn, mashing, etc., together with a couple of doses of physic, before they are fit to be castrated. For the ordinary method of operating, a pair of clamps should be provided, lined at the sur- faces where the compression is made, with thick 274 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION'. layers of Vulcanized india-rubber. This material gives a very firm hold without bruising the cord, and causing thereby inflammation. A large Scalpel and a couple of irons will complete the list of instruments, over and above the appa- ratus necessary for throwing the horse. The horse being properly secured according to the directions here given, and a twitch being put on the lip in case he should struggle much, the operator, kneeling on the left side, grasps the \esticle so as to make the skin of the Scrotum covering it quite tense. A longitudinal incision about three inches long is then made down to the testicle, which, if care has been taken that there is no rupture, may be rapidly done—a wound of its surface not being of the slightest consequence, and giving far less pain than the slow miggling dissection of its coverings, which is sometimes practiced to avoid it. The testicle can now be cleared of its coverings, and the hand laying hold of it gently, the Operator raises it from its bed, and slips the clamps on each side of the cord, at once making the proper pressure with them, which should be sufficient to prevent all risk of the part inclosed slipping from between its jaws. Great care should be taken that the whole of the testicle, including the epididimis, is external to the clamps; and as soon as this is satisfactorily ascertained, the cord may be divided with the ordinary firing- irons at a red heat. To make sure that no hemorrhage shall occur, some operators scar the artery separately with a pointed iron; but if the division is slowly made with the heated iron, and avoiding any drag upon the cord, no such accident Will be at all likely to follow, though very rarely it will happen in spite of every care. The clamps may now be removed, and the other testicle treated in the same way; after which the hobbles are cautiously removed, and the patient is placed in a roomy, loose box, where he can take suf- ficient exercise to insure the gravitation of the discharge, but no more. The French Plan, by means of caustic, re- quires two pieces of wood, each about six inches long and an inch square, with a notch or neck at each end, to hold the twine by which they are tied together, and a groove in two opposite surfaces, to hold the caustic. This is composed of one part of corrosive sublimate and four of flour, made into a paste, with water, and it is introduced while moist into the grooves, which it should completely fill. The horse is then secured as before, the cord is exposed, the pieces of wood are adjusted on each side, and firmly held together with pincers by an assist- ant, while the operator binds their ends together with waxed string. The testicles may now be removed with the knife, if the string has been tied sufficiently tight; but unless the operator has had some experience, it is safer to let it re- main on till it comes away by the ulceration of the cord. This is the uncovered operation. The covered operation is performed with the same instruments, as follows: The scrotum is grasped and opened, taking care to avoid any of the tunica vaginalis reflexa, or outer serous vestment, but cutting down to it through the skin, dartos muscles, and cellular membrane. These are to be carefully dissected back, until the cord can be isolated without wounding its serous investment (tunica vaginalis), which is so thin that it is easy to ascertain with cer- tainty the nature of its contents by examina- tion with the fingers. If there is no hernia, the caustic can at once be applied to its out- side, in the same way as before, and if there is it must be pushed back into the cavity of the abdomen by a little careful manipulation. Some veterinary Surgeons operate in a simi- lar way to one or other of the two last de- scribed plans, with the omission of the caustic, which they maintain is wholly unnecessary, for there must be sufficient pressure to cause a sloughing of the cord. There is certainly some truth in this argument, but if the pressure has not been sufficient to cause the sloughing, the caustic will assure that essential process, and thus it renders the operation safer, though it somewhat increases the Subsequent local inflam- mation. The plan without caustic is almost precisely the Same, as far as Safety is con- cerned, and as that formerly adopted by coun- try farmers, called “twitching,” in which two pieces of wood were applied on each side the base of the scrotum, and tied firmly at each end. The pain, however, occasioned by the pressure on So large a surface of skin is in- tense, and the operation is, on that account, AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 275 indefensible, besides which it is not nearly so successful as either the ordinary English or French methods. Bots. The larvae of the Oestrus equi, a species of gadfly, are often found in large numbers, at- tached by a pair of hooks, with which they are provided, to the cardiac extremity of the stom- ach; they are very rarely met with in the true digestive portion of this organ, but sometimes in the duodenum or jejunum in small numbers. The large bot fly lays about the horses' knees; the small red-tailed species on his lips; and the brown farrier bot fly under his throat. By rubbing and biting the parts where the eggs are laid, the horse gets the maggots into his mouth, and Swallows them with his food. The insects then fasten themselves, in clusters, to the inside of his stomach, and live there till they are fully grown. Symptoms.-Loss of flesh, coughs, and eats sparingly, bites his sides, at length he has a discharge from his nose, and those signs are followed by a stiffness of his legs and neck, staggering, difficulty in breathing, convulsions and death. No sure and safe remedy has yet been found sufficient to remove bots from the stomach of the horse. The following formula is said to act bene- ficially: Whisky, 5 ounces. New milk, 7 ounces. Mix. Give at one dose, followed in four hours by half a pint of castor oil. ANOTHER. Powdered Assafoetida, 2 drachms. Powdered Savin, 1} “ Calomel, 1} & 6 Male Fern, 80 drops. Make into a ball with molasses. Follow this at the end of twelve hours with a purge of four drachms of Barbadoes aloes. Pink Eye-Influenza-Epizootic Aphthas. Nature of the Disease.—This malady of stock belongs to the class of Zymotic—contagious— diseases, or, in other Words, it is caused, like specific fevers generally, by the introduction into the system of a poison germ, which prop- agates itself, and increases in the blood and tissues in a manner allied to the growth of a ferment in a saccharine solution. During this reproduction of the virus in such fevers, the system passes through a series of successive stages of disease, the nature and duration of which are determined by the character of the particular poison taken in, and during which the poison germs (contagious principles) are given off abundantly by one or other or all of the secreting surfaces. Hence, like other Zymotic diseases, this is altogether specific in its cause, its nature and its mode of propaga- tion. As known in Western Europe and Amer- ica, this disease is invariably due to a virus or contagion thrown off by some animal suffer- ing from the disease; it is always manifested by a slight preliminary fever, and a period of eruption and decline, and these are respectively of constant and well-defined duration. These different periods of the disease are character. ized by varied manifestations. The first period is that of incubation, during which the poison germs are in the body of the animal, and propagating themselves there, but have not yet affected the constitution so as to impair the functions, or give rise to the more manifest Symptoms of illness. Toward the end of this period, however, the thermometer shows an in- crease of temperature, in the interior of the body, of about two degrees beyond the natural standard. This period lasts twenty-four to forty-eight hours, though in rare cases it may apparently extend to a week. It is followed by the period of eruption, which is first manifested by the redness, heat, and tenderness of the udder and teats, of the space between the hoofs, and of the membrane of the mouth. In the course of one day more, these parts are found to be the seat of numer- ous hemispherical elevations or blisters, caused by the effusion of a clear yellowish fluid from the blood-vessels beneath the cuticle or scarf- skin. These increase in size for the next two or three days, burst, and dry up. The period of decline is marked by the dry- ing and scabbing over of the sores caused by the rupture of the blisters, and by the re. production of the lost cuticular covering or AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 276 Scarf skin. The elevated temperature, which had declined somewhat on the appearance of the blisters, now entirely subsides, unless main- tained by exposure, or the irritation of the Sores by dirt or other bodies. This period has passed and the disease is at an end by the fifteenth day, in favorable cases. Causes.—The only known cause itself capable of inducing the disease is contagion, or contact of a sound animal with the virus discharged from the sores in the mouth of a patient. Many accessory causes may be named, such as a wet muddy season, which insures the con- tact of the virus deposited on the soil with the skin about the top of the hoofs; the accumu- lation of cattle in large fairs or markets; the aggregation of large numbers of live stock for the supply of armies in the field; travel of stock by rail or road, and the like. Yet these are but means of the diffusion of the poison, while no one of them, nor all taken together, can call the disease into existence where the poison is not already present. Though prevalent extensively in Europe during and after almost every great war since 1695, it did not reach Great Britain till 1839, when it was brought by some Dutch horses imported into London. In the same year it was brought by Dutch horses to Cork, Ireland; and, as free trade in conti- nental cattle was established four years after, it has been since steadily maintained by the constant importations. In 1841 it is first re- ported in Denmark, a country which breeds its own stock, and rarely imports any. In Great Britain it spreads widely every year, after the great autumn markets, in which home and for- eign horses mix freely, and yet there are in that country many breeding districts into which strange stock are never taken, and where the disease has not yet penetrated. It prevailed very frequently on horse dealers' farms in the same country. Such comprehensive facts as these narrow the list of real causes down to the simple con- tact of the virus with a healthy animal. This virus, however, is perhaps the most contagious known. It is often carried on the clothes, boots, and hands of men; on the fibres of hay or straw; preserved on the walls, floors, man- gers, and other fittings of buildings; on stable utensils; in yards, parks, roads, and railroad cars; on drinking troughs; or it may be car- ried on the legs or bodies of dogs, chickens, rats, and other animals, which themselves escape the infliction. In short, any solid body may retain, and be a bearer of, this contagion. Fortunately, it does not spread to any extent in the atmosphere. Nothing is more common than to find a herd on one side of a road struck down by the disease, while another in a field on the opposite side of the road remains perfectly healthy. It may be carried by a strong wind in the form of the virulent saliva, or the virus may dry up on light bodies, such as paper, hay, etc., which are afterward borne off by the wind. It may be carried by men or animals, or by water running from the diseased to the healthy lot; but, in the absence of Such agencies, the breadth of a common road is amply sufficient to circumscribe the disease. Symptoms.-The victims may usually be picked out from a herd, twelve to twenty-four hours before they show distinct signs of the disease, by the increase of temperature indica- ted by a clinical thermometer introduced into the rectum and retained there for three minutes. In cattle the eruption may be concentrated on the mouth, (including the muzzle and nos- trils,) on the udder and teats, or on the Space between the hoofs, though it usually attacks all of these parts simultaneously, and in rare cases even extends to the general integument or to the mucous membrane of the throat, stomach, and bowels, or other internal organs. The symptoms are slight, shivering or roughness of the coat, neglect of feeding and rumination, redness, heat, swelling and tenderness of the pasterns, teats, and mouth, arching of the back, and a crouching, hesitating gait, accu- mulation of a white froth around the margin of the lips, and a loud Smacking noise made by the tongue and lips. On the Second or third day the blisters may be seen on the gums, on the dental-pad behind the upper lip, on the tongue, on the teats, and around the upper borders of the hoof and between them. In twenty-four to thirty-six hours more (Sometimes at once) these burst, the cuticle is detached, and raw, pink Sores are left, most noticeable on the mouth and teats. With care the process of healing goes on rapidly, and is completed ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 277 about the fifteenth day. Complications are rare, unless as the result of neglect, and consists in inflammation and loss of the udder; extensive formation of matter beneath the hoofs, causing them to be shed; extension of disease to the Binews, bones, and joints of the foot, with wide- spread destruction of parts; eruption on the stomach or bowels, with dangerous or fatal inflammation, or implication of the womb with abortion or long-continued weakening discharges. In sheep the feet are mainly affected, and the malady bears a strong resemblance to foot-root, and, under neglect, may merge into this. Swine also suffer severly in the feet, and, as they are too commonly neglected and left on mud and filth, shedding of the hoofs is frequent. When the mouth suffers they champ the jaws, and frothy saliva collects around the lips. Treatment.—Under this head little need be said. Keeping the bowels open by soft diet, or, if necessary, mild laxatives, administering nourishing gruels if the animal threatens to sink, and keeping the seat of eruption scrupu- lously clean, will usually suffice. No vaunted preparations for the cure of the disease will really cut it short, as it passes through its successive stages, and terminates in recovery in ten to fifteen days, the time at which the venders of specifics claim that a cure can be effected. A dry floor must be secured, with perfect cleanliness, and the sores may be washed daily with a preparation of one part of carbolic acid dissolved in fifty or a hundred parts of water. For the teats, glycerine may advan- tageously replace the water. The milk must be fully withdrawn, using a silver milking tube if the teats are sore and the cow restive. Inflammation of the Eyes. Inflammation of the eyes is often cured by scarifying with a lancet the inside of the upper and lower brow, and the distended vessels of the eye itself. It is to be remembered that in treating an inflammation of this important organ, we should proceed precisely as if treating a human being laboring under the same com- plaint, and keep the animal on short allowance, prevent costiveness, keep the stable cool and dark. Soreness or weakness of the eye is cured by bleeding from the neck and using the following: Eye-water. To 1 quart of water put 3 drachms of the sugar of lead or two drachms of white vitriol. When dissolved let it settle and pour off the clear liquor for use. A drop may be put into each eye three times a day with a feather; or prepare the following: R.—Crocus Martis, 3 drachms. Nitrate of Potash, 4 & & Sulph. of Zinc, 5 & & Acetate of Lead, 14 ounces. Sal. Ammoniac, 2 drachms. Take a teaspoonful, and put into a pint of soft water: then take a fine sponge, and Squeeze in the hollow of the eye. When it is perceived that the eye is somewhat better, do not use so often. To cure Gripes in Horses. This disorder goes by different names in different districts of the country; as fret, from the uneasiness attending it; bots, from its being thought to arise from these animals or worms, etc. The animal looks dull and rejects his food; becomes restless and uneasy, frequently pawing; voids his excrements in small quanities, and often tries to stale; looks around as if towards his own flank or the seat of complaint; soon appears to get Worse, often lying down, and sometimes suddenly rising up, or at times try- ing to roll, even in the stable, etc. As the disorder goes on the pain becomes more violent, he appears more restless still, kicks at his belly, groans, rolls often, or tumbles about, with other marks of great agitation; becomes feverish, and has a cold moisture at the roots of his ears and about his flanks, and when he lies at rest a little space begins to perspire strongly, and to get covered with sweat more or less profuse. In most cases of ordinary gripes signs of flatulence, or of the presence of air confined in the bowels, occur and constitute a part of the disease, or increase it. The removal of it is, therefore, an object to which the attention of most grooms has been in a chief degree 278 ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. directed; and it can frequently be got rid of, and the disease cured, by exciting the powerful action of the intestines, cordial and stimulating medicines are had recourse to, and, no noubt, in many have afforded relief. Some farriers, indeed, without much care in distinguishing cases, almost exclusively rely upon such, and employ them too freely. This, however, should not be done; for it sometimes happens that disorders not unlike flatulent colic or gripes do occur, when there is neither pent-up air present nor any relaxation or want of energy and action in the intestines themselves, and stimulating medicines might then do no good, but often much mischief. When the disorder is early discovered, or has newly come on, it will be proper to lose no time to get ready a clyster, and likewise a medicinal draught for removing the wind and abating the pain. After rernoving with the hand any excrement in the great gut that can be reached by it, a clyster, made of five or six quarts of water, or water-gruel, blood warm, and six or eight ounces of common Salt, may be injected. Bleeding in General. Bleeding is often the most useful and effica- cious means of curing diseases in horses, etc. In Inflammatory affections it is generally the first remedy resorted to, and its immediate salutary effects are often surprising. But it is often abused by being practiced where it is not required, or where the animal is too weak to bear it, or by being done too largely or too often in the same cage. It is a great error to suppose that all diseases or cases of diseases require bleeding. When it is necessary to lessen the whole quantity of blood in the system, open the jugu- lar or neck vein. If the inflammation is local, bleed where it can be conveniently done, either from the part affected, or in its vicinity, as by opening the plate vein, Superficial vein of the thigh, or temporal arteries. In fevers of all kinds in the horse, and when inflammation attacks any important organ, as the brain, eyes, lungs, stomach, intestines, liver, kidneys, bladder, etc., bleeding is of the great- º, est use. It diminishes the quantity of blood in the body, and by this means prevents the bad consequences of inflammation. The quan- tity of blood to be taken varies according to the age, size, condition, and constitution of the horse, and urgency of the symptoms. * From a large strong horse, four or six quarts will generally be requisite, and this may be repeated in smaller quantities if symptoms demand it. The blood, in these diseases, must flow from a large orifice made in the vein. A horse should never be suffered to bleed upon the ground, but into a measure, in order that the proper quantity may be taken. Young horses, also, while shedding their teeth, have Sometimes much constitutional irritation, which bleeding relieves. Dut in these affections it is very rarely necessary to bleed to the same extent as in fevers, etc.; two or three quarts generally suffice to be taken away. Fullness of Blood. Moderate bleeding, as from two to three or four quarts, is also used to remove fullness of habit, or plethora, attended with slight inflam- matory symptoms. In this case the eyes ap- pear heavy, dull, red or inflamed, frequently closed as if asleep; the pulse small and op- pressed; the heat of the body somewhat in- creased; the legs swell; the hair also rubs off. Horses that are removed from grass to a warm stable, and full fed on hay and corn, and not sufficiently exercised, are very subject to one or more of these symptoms. Regulating the quantity of food given to him, proper exercise, and occasional laxatives, as the following pow- der, will be commonly found sufficient after the first bleeding, and operation of an aloetic purge. In slight affections of this kind, a brisk purge will often alone be sufficient. Laxative and Diaphoretic Powder. Take of nitre, cream of tartar, and flower of sulphur, of each ounces. Powder and mix them well together for use. One tableSpoonful of this mixture may be given every night and morning, in as much scalded bran, or a feed of corn moistened with water, that the powders may adhere thereto, ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 279 This powder will be found excellent for such horses as are kept on dry food, whether they be kept in the stable, or travel on the road; also for stallions in the Spring of the year, as they not only keep the body cool and open, but cause him to cast his coat, and make his skin appear as bright as silk. Purging. In obstinate grease and swellings of the legs, accompanied with lameness of the joints, dry coughs, worms, diseases of the skin, farcy, apoplexy or staggers, affections of the liver, and several other diseases treated of in this book, mercural purges are of the greatest Ser- vice. They purge; destroy Worms; generally increase the flow of urine ; operate upon the skin, liver, and other viscera in a peculiar manner; cause a healthful action in these parts, and remove many chronic complaints incident to the horse. Great caution is necessary during their operation, lest the horse take cold. The water given him must be warm, and when exercised he should be properly clothed. Horses that are kept on dry food, and are full fed, with little or no exercise, require reg- ular purging every six months. Wounds in Horses or Cattle. When horses, cattle, or any of our domestic animals are wounded, the treatment may be very simple, and much the same as in the human race. It is extremely improper to fol- low a practice that is common in many parts of the country among farriers, cow-doctors, and even shepherds—that of applying to the wound, or putting into the Sore part, common salt, powder of blue vitriol, or tar, or cloths dipped in spirits, as brandy, rum, etc, or turpentine, or any other stimulant articles; for all such very much increase the pain, and, by irritating the Sore, may increase the inflammation, even to the length of inducing mortification. Though the treatment may be varied according to cir- cumstances, yet, in most cases, it may be sufficient to take notice of the following par- ticulars: It will be proper to wash away any foulness or dirt about the part, and to exam- ine particularly its condition. To Stop Bleeding. Should any bloodvessel be cut, and discharging copiously, it will be right to stop it, by Some lint or sponge, with moderate compression or bandaging, at the same time, and not taking it off for two or three days. Should the pres- sure fail of effect, caustic applications, such as the lunar caustic, or even the actual cautery, the point of a thick wire, sufficiently heated, may be tried; or if a surgeon be at hand, the vessel may be taken up by the crooked needle, with waxed thread, and then tied. Adhesive Plaster and Sewing. Where there is no danger of excessive bleed- ing, and a mere division of the parts, or a deep gash or cut, it will be right to adjust the parts, and keep them together by a strip of any com- mon adhesive plaster; or when this will not do by itself, the lips of the wound, especially if it be a clean cut, may be closed by one or more stiches, with a moderately coarse needle and thread, which in each stich may be tied, and the ends left of a proper length, so that they can be afterwards removed, when the parts adhere. It is advised to tie the thread, because Sometimes the wounded part swells so much that it is difficult to get them cut and drawn out, Without giving pain and doing some mis- chief. Sand-Crack. Remove the shoe and ascertain carefully the extent of the injury; if the crack be superficial, fill it with the composition below, and keep the foot cool and moist. If the crack has extended to the sensitive parts, and you can see any fungous flesh, with a small drawing knife remove the edges of the cracked horn that press upon it. Touch the fungus with caustic, dip a roll of tow or linen in tar and bind it firmly over it. Whole foot is to be kept in a bran poultice for a few days, or until the lameness is removed. A shoe may then be put on, so as not to press on the diseased part. The pledget of tow may now be removed, the crack filled with the composition, and the animal turned into some soft meadow. 280 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PIRACTICAL INFORMATION. Cleaning. When brought in from work, warm with exer- tion, the horse must be rubbed down and then blanketed; but we would not blanket a horse in a good stable, as a general rule, except in extremely cold weather. A sharp-toothed curry comb is the dread of a fine-skinned horse, and the brush and straw wisp answer the same pur- pose much better, if used as frequently as they should be. Mud should not be allowed to dry on the legs of a horse; it is the cause of half the swelled legs, scratches, and other affections of the feet with which they are afflicted. Care of Harness. First take the harness apart, having each strap and piece by itself, and then wash it in warm soap-suds. When it has been cleaned, black every part with the following dye : One ounce extract logwood, twelve grains of bichro- mate of potash, both pounded fine; put it into two quarts of boiling rain water, and stir until all is dissolved. When cool it may be used. You can bottle and keep for future use, if you wish. It may be applied with a shoe-brush, or anything else convenient. When the dye has struck in, you may oil each part with meats- foot oil, applied with a paint-brush, or anything convenient. For second oiling use one-third castor oil and double that quantity of meatsfoot oil, mixed. A few hours after wipe clean with a woolen cloth, which gives the harness a glossy appearance. The preparation will not injure the leather or stitching, makes it soft and pliable, and obviates the necessity of oil- ing as often as is necessary by the ordinary method. Shoeing. Few horseshoers understand thoroughly the anatomy of a horse's foot. The great mistake is made in attempting to trim the hoof to fit the shoe, whereas the shoe should be made to fit the hoof. Very little trimming is needed if the shoe is made right. The frog should never be touched by the buttress, if the foot is healthy, as nature has intended that to be the spring or cushion to first receive the blow when the foot is set down on the road, to guard the knee and shoulder from the concussion. Nothing can be more barbarous than the carving and cutting of a horse's foot before shoeing, though on his skill in this many a far- rier prides himself. The idea that the frog must not be allowed to bear on the ground— that the sole must be thinned till it “springs on the thumb,” is a most pernicious one. As you value your horse do not let the black- Smith even scrape the dirt off the frog. It would be better if he could not see it, because, if anything fit to be called a frog, he will beg, argue, and try every means to persuade you to let him cut it. Do not turn your back to him while he has the foot in his lap and knife in his hand, or else off comes a portion of the frog. If the frog is left to itself it will, when nature gets ready, shed itself; but the differ- ence between shedding and cutting is, that before shedding the under frog is protected by a suitable covering, but when cut it is exposed to the action of the air and water, which causes it to crack, leaving those “rags” which the blacksmiths love so well to cut. Do not open the heels, as it increases the resistance offered to contraction. The summer shoe needs to present a flat sur- face to the ground. Make it of the same width and thickness from the toe to the heel. Have the seating deep, so as to prevent the sole a pressing upon the shoe as it descends. Have clip at the toe to prevent the shoe slipping back, but none at the sides, as they not only destroy too much of the hoof, but prevent expansion. Have the fullering deon to receive the nail- heads, and have the nail Noles straight—neither inclined inwardly or outwardly. Have only five nails to hold on the shoe - two on the inner, and three on the outside. Place the two on the inner side about 1% inches frows the top; those on the outside may be placed further back toward the heel. The reason is, that when the foot strikes the ground it expands to relieve the horse of the shock of his weight, and She inner side being thinner than the outside, the expan- sion is greater. By placing the nails fax back we prevent that expansion, thereby crannping AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 281 the foot, which makes the animal step short and quick, like one with tight boots. If we take an old shoe, we find at the heels that it is worn down, and also that it is smaller and bright, which is not done by the shifting of the shoe, as you only find it at the heels, by the action of the foot while expanding and con- tracting. Of course, this action wears upon, but the foot is continually growing. On fitting the shoe, do not let it burn the foot, as it makes a strong foot brittle, and on a weak one hurting the horse. Be sure it fits close to the foot. Bring in the heels, as they do not, but the nails prevent expansion. Do not get the nails larger than necessary; bring them out low down in the crust, and make the clinchers very broad. Rasp below but not above the clinchers, as the foot above is covered—if healthy—with a varnish which excludes the air and water. The hind shoe need not be so broad, but a little higher at the heels. In this put seven nails, as the hind legs propel and the front legs receive the weight. The winter shoe needs toe and heel pieces to prevent the horse from slipping. Have the Inner calk not quite So sharp as the outer one, so that if he steps upon the other foot it will not cut it. The outside of the hoof ought not to be at all touched by the rasp, save at the very edge, as rasping tends to thicken the hoof and make it coarse and clumsy. Shoes should be made just as light as they possibly can be to an- swer the purpose. Ordinarily they are one- third too heavy. A horse's hoof should be care- fully cleaned every day, and oiling the hoof once or twice a week is recommended. Training. If you wish to control your horse study his character, as horses, like men, differ in their disposition, and each one has to be understood to be controlled. LEARNING HIM TO PACE. Buckle around his hind legs a four or five pound weight (lead is the best); after which ride the animal briskly, at the same time twitch- ing each rein of the bridle alternately; Soon he will be thrown into a pace. After training him in this manner several times, detach the weights, and in their stead place two pound weights, and use these several times; then change for something still lighter; leather, padding, or even something still lighter, will answer the purpose, and these let him wear until he is perfectly trained, and you will have a Smooth and easy pacer. TO MAKE EIIMI TROT. Use rollers on the front feet. These rollers should be made of wood or horn, made round, about the size of a hickory-nut, with a small hole bored by a gimlet in the center of each, and about a dozen of them strung on a string or narrow strap. The string or strap should be much smaller than the hole. Then tie or buckle very loosely around the fetlock joint next to the hoof, so that they can play loosely up and down when the animal is moving. As soon as the horse finds that there is some- thing on his feet, he will naturally think that there are stones in his road, and will lift them up higher, and throw them out farther, and Soon he will learn to be a good trotter. Another mode is, that a small or medium sized flat is the best, and greatly superior to the track system for teaching the horse or colt to gather quickly. Always use a very light skeleton Wagon or gig in training. TO MAKE EIIM SIT ON EIIS HAUNCHES. First learn the horse one idea, and this is, that you are his master, and that he must obey you, So that when you say “ho ! ” he Will stand still. Then, having already learned him to lie down, let him attempt to rise, and When he gets up on his fore legs, say the word “sit !” and make him understand that you Want him to stop at that point of his rising. Teach him to hold his position, and always use the same word for whatever feat you wish the animal to perform—if to sit, use the word “sit,” and if to lie down, use the word “down.” TO MAKE EIIM FOLLOW YOU. Take your animal to the stable, and there place on him a surcingle and a bridle with Short reins, which may be checked up a little 282 AN ENCYCLOP/EI) i.A OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. and fastened on the surcingle. Then lead him about the yard for fifteen or twenty min- utes, after which let go of the bridle, but still continue to caress him, at the same time say- \ng constantly, “come.” If he seems to rebel, or lags behind, give him a light cut behind with a long whip, but in doing this do not change your position from being ahead of him. Continue this plan until you have been suc- cessful. TRACENING RIIM TO STAND. Take the horse, and over his back throw a strap, and fasten the same to his right fore- foot. Lead him about, and when you wish to stop him say “whoa,” and at the same mo- ment pull down the strap, which will throw him on his three feet, which will bring him to a sudden halt. Then put him in harness with the foot-strap on, and drive him a few yards. The moment he attempts to move, take his foot and say “whoa.” Get into the carriage and out again ; rattle the thills and make all kinds of noises. Make him understand, by pulling his foot each time he attempts to move, and this can be done in a very short time. PIREPAIRATIONS FOR TAMING. Have in separate bottles a quantity of finely grated horse-castor, and oils of rhodium and cummim. Keep the bottles well corked. Place some of the oil of cummim on your hand and approach the animal on the windy side. He will then move towards you, after which rub some of the cummin on his nose; then give him a small quantity of the castor on any- thing he is fond of, and while he is about taking it, watch your chance and get on the point of his tongne from Seven to ten drops of the oil of rhodium. He is then at your Ser- vice, and will do almost anything you desire. Follow up this advantage by all the attention and kindness possile, and you will soon have him under your control. Firing. The purpose for which the heated iron is employed is two-fold; first, to produce imme- diate counter-irritation, by which the previous inflammation is reduced; and Secondly, to cause the formation of a tight compress over the part, which lasts for some months. It is the fashion to deny the existence of the latter effect of this operation; but every practical man must be aware that it follows upon firing to a greater or less extent, according to cir cumstances, but always lasting for a few months, until the skin stretches to its previous condition. The blemish which it leaves, and the pain which it occasions, both during and after the application of the iron, should cause it to be avoided when any equally useful sub- stitute can be employed; but, unfortunately, there are many cases where it stands without a rival, as being at once the Safest and the most efficient remedy which can be adopted. Blisters and Setons can be made to cause the same amount of counter-irritation; but the inflammation accompanying the former often extends beneath the skin, and increases the mischief it was intended to relieve, while the latter has no effect whatever in producing pressure upon the parts beneath. The pain of firing can be relieved entirely at the time of the operation by chloroform ; but the subse- quent Smarting is quite as bad, and this is beyond the reach of any anaesthetic. Inde- pendently, however, of the interests of the master, it is also to the advantage of the horse to get thoroughly cured; for if he is not, he will either work on in misery, or he will be consigned to the knacker's yard; and, there- fore, the adoption of the most efficacious plan of treatment, even if somewhat the most pain- ful, is the best for both. Firing may be performed standing, by the use of the side line for the hind leg, or by fixing up one fore leg when the other is to be operated on. There is, however, nothing like the break or trevis, where more than a slight extent of surface is to be lined. The firing- iron should have a smooth edge, about the thickness of a worn shilling; and it should be heated to the point when it shows a dull red in the dark. When the disease for which the irons are used is slight, the skin should not be penetrated; but in bad cases, where the mischief is great, and particularly when it is wanted to have a good permanent bandage, the cauterization must be deeper; but this © AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 283 requires some practical knowledge to decide. The hair of the part should be cut very closely with the Scissors, or shaved; then, having secured the leg, the iron is to be steadily but rapidly passed in parallel lines over the skin, making just the proper pressure which is re- quired to burn to the requisite depth. A light brown mark should be left, which shows that the proper effect has been produced; and the color should be uniform, unless it is desired to penetrate deeper at certain parts, which is sometimes practiced with advantage. The lines are sometimes made in a slanting direction round the leg, and at others straight up and down; but it is useless to describe the details of this operation, which can only be learned by whatching its performance by another hand. Badly done, firing is always an eyesore; but when the lines are evenly drawn, and they have healed without any sloughs, caused by irregular or excessive pressure, they show that a master-hand has been at work, and that the poor beast has been treated scientifically. In very severe diseases, a blister is sometimes applied over the part, immediately after the firing; but this can seldom be required, and as it aggravates the pain tenfold, it should be avoided, if possible. On the following day, a little neat's foot oil should be gently rubbed, or brushed with a feather over the leg; and this should be repeated daily, until the swell- ing which comes on has nearly subsided. Less than three months’ rest should never be al- lowed for the operation to have its full effect, as, if the horse is put to work before that time has elapsed, the disease will almost certainly return. Indeed, it is far better to allow double this time, especially if the horse is wanted for fast work. Setons and Rowels. Setons are pieces of tape or lamp cotton, passed through and beneath the skin, leaving the two ends hanging out, either tied together or with a knot upon each. The latter is the Safer plan, as the loop is always liable to be caught on a hook or other projecting bodies. The needle with which the passage is effected has a spear point, slightly turned up, and an eye at the other end, through which the tape \ or cotton is threaded. The ordinary one is about nine or ten inches long, and by its means a tape or piece of lamp cotton, Smeared with blister cerate, may be passed through a long track of the cellular membrane, by pinch- ing up the skin into a fold, and piercing this close to the body with the needle, which is then to be carried straight through. On draw- ing the tape out of the eye, it must be tied in a large knot at each end, which will prevent its slipping out. In three or four days, a profuse discharge will come on, and it must be kept up, if necessary, by repeated applications of blister cerate, or digestive ointment, as may be necessary. The ends should be sponged occasionally, to remove the accumulated matter. A smaller curved needle, about five or six inches long. is used for introducing a Seton into the frog, or beneath the eye. For the former operation, a twitch is first applied, and the foot is then buckled up to the arm. The needle then, armed with the tape, greased with blister cerate, and a little oil to lubricate the surface, is thrust in at the heel and out at the cleft of the frog, taking care not to go deep enough to wound the tendon as it passes over the navicular bone. The needle is then forcibly drawn through, and the tape knotted, as already described. The openings must be kept clean by Sponging daily; and in three or four weeks the tape will have nearly worked its Way Out, when it may be withdrawn. Rowels are now seldom employed, being very unmanageable plans for causing counter-irrita- tion. An incision about an inch long, is made in the skin, selecting a part where it is loosely attached, and into this a blunt instrument, called a “cornet,” is pushed, and worked about in all directions, until the skin is separated from the Subjacent parts for a circle with a diameter of from two to three inches. Into this a piece of thick leather of that diameter, with a hole in the middle, is inserted, previ- ously having Smeared it with blister cerate; and the part is then left to nature. In a few days a discharge of matter comes on, which must be washed off occasionally; and in the course time, the leather, if allowed, would find its way out by ulceration. Before, however, this takes place, it is generally removed. 284 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMA'ſ A (YN . Bites and Stings of Insects. Horses are liable to be stung by hornets, Wasps and bees. If there are only one or two stings made, no interference is necessary, but Sometimes a larger number of poisonous punc- tures have been effected, and then the best treatment is the application of spirits of turpen- tine and laudanum in equal proportions. The bites of the gadfly are so troublesome in their effects that it is sometimes desirable to prevent them if possible. This is effected by making a strong infusion of the green bark of the elder, washing the flanks, etc., with it before going out. Swelled Legs. The skin of the legs and the cellular mem- brane beneath it are liable to two kinds of swelling, one of which is of an inflammatory character, while the other is solely due to a deposit of serum (Oºdema), owing to the non- performance of their office by the kidneys. Both kinds are much more frequent in the hind legs than the fore, but especially the former. Inflammatory swelled leg, sometimes called weed, is generally accompanied by a certain amount of feverishness, and comes on Sud- denly, almost always showing itself on the inside of the hind leg, which is hot and ex- tremely tender. It is not a very common dis- ease, and merely requires the ordinary low treatment, by purging physic, and, if neces- sary, bleeding. Should it continue for more than two or three days after these are tried, an ounce of nitre may be given every night in a bran mash. Ordinary swelling of the legs, or Oedema, bccurs in every degree, from a slight “filling,” to which many horses are always Subject, whether they work or stand in the stable, to an enlargement extending up to the stifles and elbows, sometimes rendering the legs almost as round and as hard as mill-posts. When horses are first brought in from grass their legs almost always fill more or less, and until they are regularly seasoned to their work there is seldom that clean condition of the suspen- sory ligaments and back Sinews Which one likes to see even before the daily exercise is given. The Oedema appears to depend partly upon a deficient action of the kidneys, but chiefly on the vessels of the legs not acting Sufficiently without constant walking exercise, Such as is natural to the horse when at lib- erty, and which he takes at grass. Half an hour's walking will generally produce absorp- tion completely, so that a daily remedy is forthcoming; but as a rule, whenever there is this tendency to “filling” of the legs, the cellu- lar membrane is not the only tissue at fault, but the tendons and joints are also liable to inflammation. The treatment will greatly de- pend upon the exact cause. If the swelling is only due to the change from grass to the confinement of a warm stable, time alone is wanted, taking care not to over-work the horse in the meantime. Bandages will always assist in keeping down the swelling, but they should not be used without necessity, as when once the horse becomes accustomed to them his legs can hardly be kept fine without their aid. If weakness is the cause, a drachm of Sulphate of iron, given in the corn twice a day, will often strengthen the system, and with it the legs. Diuretics may be adopted as an occa- sional aid to the kidneys, but they should be of the mildest kind, such as nitre, or they will do more harm, by weakening the body generally, than good by their stimulus to the kidneys. Indeed, they are often the sole cause of the legs filling, for Some grooms use them so continually, whether they are wanted or not, that the kidneys become diseased and refuse to act, which is a sure forerunner of Cedema. Where swelling of the legs is con- firmed, bandages must be regularly applied as recommended in article HoRSE, BANDAGES, USE AND APLICATION OF, which see. To Ascertain a Horse’s Age. Every horse has six teeth above and below; before three years old he sheds his middle teeth; at three he sheds one more on each side of the central teeth; at four he sheds the two corner and last of the fore-teeth. Between four and five the horse cuts the under tusks; at five will cut his upper tusks, at which time his AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 285 mouth will be complete. At six years the grooves and hollows begin to fill up a little; at seven the grooves will be well nigh filled up, except the corner teeth, leaving little brown spots where the dark brown hollows formerly were. At eight, the whole of the hollows and grooves are filled up. At nine there is often Seen a small bill to the outside corner teeth; the point of the tusk is worn off, and the part that was concave begins to fill up and become rounding; the squares of the central teeth begin to disappear, and the gums leave them Small and narrow at the top. The Number of Bones Composing the Skeleton. The skeleton is composed of 247 separate bones, which are united by joints to form the spine, thorax, pelvis, tail, and fore and hind extremities. The spine is finished anteriorly by the head, which is divided into the cranium and face, and contains the teeth. Suspended from the head is the os hyoides, which com- pletes the number of bones. Thus: The spine consists of 7 cervical, 18 dorsal, and 6 lumbar vertebrae—Total tº- - 31 The thorax is made up of the dorsal verte- brae, with 18 ribs on each side, and the sternum in the middle—Total sº- - 37 The pelvis comprises 2 Ossa innominata (or ilium, ischium, and pubes), and 1 sacrum —Total º tº - - º º 8 "ke tail contains on the average 17 bones. 17 The fore extremity is made up on each side of the Scapula, humerus, OS brachii, and 8 carpal bones, 3 metacarpal, os suffra- ginis, OS corononae, os pedis, os navicu- lare, 2 Ossa Sesamoidea—Total on both sides, - - - - - - - - - - - 40 The hind extremity has the femur, patella, tibia, fibula, 6 tarsal bones, 3 metatarsals, os suffraginis, os coronae, os pedis, os navi- culare, 2 Ossa Sesamoidea—Total - - 38 Bones of the cranium, º * * * 10 Bones of the face and lower jaw, - - - 18 Teeth, - - tº- - - s tº 40 Bones in the intermal ear, 4 in each organ, 8 Os hyoides, or bone of the tongue, made up of five sections, tº- * * - - 5 Grand total, gº º - --- -> 247 Wounds of Joints. The knee is the joint most frequently suffer- ing from wound, being liable to be cut by a fall upon it, if the ground is rough ; and if the accident takes place when the horse is going at a rapid pace, the skin, ligaments and ten- dons may be worn through by friction against the plain surface of a Smooth turnpike road. Whether the joint itself is injured, or only the skin, the accident is called a “broken knee,” and for convenience sake it will be well to consider both under the present head. When a broken knee consists merely in an abrasion of the skin, the attention of the groom is solely directed to the restoration of the hair, which will grow again as well as ever, if the bulbs or roots are not injured. These are situated in the internal layer of the true skin, and therefore, when there is a Smooth red surface displayed, without any dif- ference in the texture of its parts, confident hope may be expressed that there will be no blemish. If the skin is penetrated, either the glistening surface of the tendons or ligaments is apparent, or there is a soft layer of cellular membrane, generally containing a fatty cell or two in the middle of the wound of the skin. Even here, by proper treatment, the injury may be repaired so fully that the space uncov- ered by hair cannot be recognized by the ordi- nary observer, and not by any one without bending the knee and looking very carefully at it. The best treatment is to foment the knee well with warm water, so as to remove every particle of grit or dirt; go on with this every hour during the first day, and at night apply a bran poultice to the knee, which should be left on till the next morning. Then cleanse the Wound, and apply a little spermaceti oint- ment, or lard without salt, and with this keep the Wound pliant until it heals, which, if slight, it will in a few days. If the skin is pierced there will generally be a growth above it of red, flabby granulations, which should be care- fully kept down to its own level (not beneath it,) by the daily use of blue stone, or if neces- Sary, of nitrate of silver. As soon as the Wound is perfectly healed, if the horse can be spared, the whole front of the knee and skin should be dressed with James' blister, which 286 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. will bring off the hair of the adjacent parts, and also encourage the growth of that injured by the fall. In about three weeks or a month from its application, the leg will pass muster, for there will be no difference in the color of the old and new hair, as there would have been without the blister, and the new will also have come on more quickly and perfectly than it otherwise would. When the joint itself is opened the case is much more serious, and there is a risk not only of a serious blemish, which can seldom be avoided, but of a permanent stiffness of the leg, the mischief sometimes being sufficient to lead to constitutional fever, and the local in- flammation going on to the destruction of the joint by anchylosis. The treatment should be directed to cleanse and then close the joint, the former object being carried out by a care- ful ablution with warm water, continued until there is no doubt of all the dirt and grit hav- ing been removed. Then, if there is only a very small opening in the capsular ligament, it may be closed by a careful and light touch of a pointed iron heated to a red heat. Gen- erally, however, it is better to apply some dry carded cotton to the wound, and a bandage over this, leaving all on for four or five days, when it may be removed and reapplied. The horse should be bled largely and given a physic, taking care to prevent all chance of his lying down by racking him up. He will seldom attempt to do this, on account of the pain occasioned in bending the knee, but Some ani- mals will disregard this when tired, and will go down somehow. When the cotton is reap- plied, if there are granulations above the level of the skin, they must be kept down as recom- mended in the last paragraph, and the subse- quent treatment by blister may be exactly the same. By these means a very extensive Wound of the knee may be often speedily cured, and the blemish will be comparatively trifling. The knee is sometimes punctured by a thorn in hunting, causing great pain and lameness. If it can be felt externally, it is well to cut down upon it and remove it ; but groping in the dark with the knife among important ten- dons in front of the knee is not on any account to be attempted. The knee should be well formented, five or six times a day, until the SWelling, if there is any, subsides. Gastritis. Gastritis (acute inflamation of the stomach) is extremely rare in the horse as an idiopathic disease; but it sometimes occurs from eating vegetable poisons as food, or from the willful introduction of arsenic into this organ, or, lastly, from licking off corrosive external appli- cations, which have been used for mange. The symptoms from poisoning will a good deal depend upon the article which has been taken, but in almost all cases in which vegetable poisons have been swallowed there is a strange sort of drowsiness, so that the horse does not lie down and go to sleep, but props himself against a wall or tree with his head hanging almost to the ground. As the drowsiness in- creases he often falls down in his attempt to rest himself completely, and when on the ground his breathing is loud and hard, and his sleep is so unnaturally sound that he can scarcely be roused from it. At length convulsions occur and death soon takes place. This is the ordi- nary course of poisoning with yew, which is sometimes picked up with the grass after the clippings have dried, for in its fresh state the taste is too bitter for the palate, and the horse rejects the mouthful of grass in which it is in- volved. May-weed and water parsley will also produce nearly similar symptoms. The treat- ment in each case should be by rousing the horse mechanically, and at the same time giving him six or eight drachms of aromatic spirit of ammonia, in a pint or two of good ale, with a little ginger it. This may be re- peated every two hours, and the horse should be perpetually walked about until the narcotic symptoms are completely gone off, when a sound sleep will restore him to his natural state. Arsenic, when given in large doses, with an intention to destroy life, produces intense pain and thirst —the former, evidenced by an eager gaze at the flanks, pawing of the ground, or rolling; and sometimes by each of these in suc- cession. The saliva is secreted in increased quantities, and flows from the mouth, as the AN ENCYCLOPAELLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 287 throat is generally too sore to allow of its being swallowed. The breath soon becomes hot and fetid, and purging then comes on of a bloody mucous, which soon carries off the patient by exhaustion, if death does not take place from the immediate effect of the poison on the stomach and brain. Treatment is seldom of any avail, the most likely remedies being large bleedings, blisters to the sides of the chest, and plenty of thin gruel to sheathe the inflamed surface of the mucous membrane, which is de- prived of its epithelial scales. Corrosive sublimate is sometimes employed as a wash in mange, or to destroy lice, when it may be licked off, and will occasion nearly the same symptoms as arsenic. The treatment consists in a similar use of thin starch or gruel; or, if the poison has recently been given wil- fully, of large quantities of white of egg. Staggers-Stomach. The exact nature of this disease has never been clearly made out, and it is now so rare that there is little chance of its being satis- factorily explained. The symptoms would chiefly lead one to suppose the brain to be implicated; but there is so close a sympathy between that organ and the stomach, that we can easily account in that way for the cerebral manifes- tations. A theory has been propounded, that it is seated in the par vagum, or pneumogastric nerve; and as all the parts with which that nerve is connected are affected, there is some ground for the hypothesis; but it is not supported by the demonstration of anatomy, simply, perhaps, because of the difficulty in the Way of prose- cuting the pathology of the nerves. The first onset of the disease is marked by great heavi- ness of the eyes, Soon going on to drowsiness; the head dropping into the manger, even while feeding is in progress. It generally makes its appearance after a long fast ; and it is sup- posed by Some Writers to be owing to the de- mands made by the stomach on the brain when in an exhausted condition for want of its usual supplies. This theory is supported by the fact that, in the present day, when every horsemaster knows the danger of work- ing his horses without feeding them at inter- vals of five, or at most six hours, the stomach staggers are almost unknown. Even when the disease shows itself at grass it is almost always manifested directly after the horse is first turned out, when he gorges himself with much coveted food, which has long been withheld, and his brain is affected in a manner similar to that which follows a long fast from every kind of food. In a short time, if the affection of the brain is not relieved, that organ be- comes still more severely implicated, and con- vulsions or paralysis put an end to the attack. During the course of the disease the breathing is affected, and there is generally an almost total cessation of the Secretions of bile and urine, which may either be the cause or the effect of the condition of the brain. With this state of uncertainty as to the essence of the disease, it is somewhat empirical to lay down any rules for its treatment; and, as we before re- marked, it is now so rare that they are scarcely necessary. If care be taken to feed the horse properly, he will never suffer from stomach staggers in the stable; and at grass, the attack is seldom observed until he is beyond the reach of any remedies. Still, it may be as well to observe, that the usual plan of proceeding has been to take away blood, so as to relieve the brain, and to stimulate the stomach to get rid of its load, by the use of warm aperients, such as the following: Take of Barbadoes Aloes 4 to 6 drachms. Tincture of Ginger 3 drachms. Dissolve the aloes in a pint of hot water, then add the tincture, and when nearly cool give as a drench. Sore Throat. When the throat inflames, as is evidenced by fullness and hardness of this part, and there is difficulty of Swallowing, the skin covering it should immediately be severely sweated, or the larynx will be involved and irreparable injury done. The tincture of cantharides diluted with an equal part of the spirit of turpentine and a little oil, may be rubbed in with a piece of Sponge, until it produces irritation of the skin, which in a few hours will be followed by a discharge from the part. Six or eight drachms of nitre may also be dissolved in the water ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 288 which the horse drinks, with some difficulty, but still as he is thirsty he will take it. Sometimes eating gives less pain than drinking, and then the nitre may be given with a bran mash in- stead of the water. Strangles. Between the third and fifth year of the colt's life he is generally seized with an acute swell- ing of the soft parts between the branches of the lower jaw, accompanied by more or less Sore throat, cough and feverishness. These go on increasing for some days, and soon an ab- Scess shows itself, and finally bursts. The Salivary glands are often involved, but the matter forms in the cellular membrane exter- nal to them. The treatment should be addressed to the control of constitutional Symptoms by the mildest measures, such as bran mashes with mitre in them, abstraction of corn, hay, tea, etc. At the same time the swelling should be poulticed for one night, or thoroughly fomented two or three times, and then blistered with the tincture of cantharides. As soon as the matter can plainly be felt, it may be let out with the lancet; but is very doubtful whether it is not the best plan to per- met the abscess to break. The bowels should be gently moved by giving a pint, or somewhat less, according to age, of castor oil, and after- wards two or three drachms of nitre, with half a drachm of tartar emetic, may be mixed with the mash twice a day, on which food alone the colt should be fed, in addition to gruel, and a little grass or clover if these are to be had, or if not, a few steamed carrots. The disease has a tendency to get well naturally, but if it is not kept within moderate bounds it is very apt to lay the foundation of roaring or whist- ling. Any chronic swelling which is left behind may be removed by rubbing in a weak oint- ment of biniodide of mercury (half drachm to the ounce.) Lampas. Lampas is an active inflammation of the ridges, or “bars,” in the roof of the mouth, generally occurring in the young horse while he is shedding his teeth, or putting up the tushes. Sometimes, however, it comes on independently of this cause, from over-feeding with corn after a run at grass. The mucous membrane of the roof of the mouth swells so much that it pro- jects below the level of the nippers, and is so tender that all hard and dry food is refused. The treatment is extremely simple, consisting in the scarification of the part with a sharp knife or lancet, after which the swelling gener- ally subsides, and is gone in a day or two; but should it obstimately continue, as will some- times happen, a stick of lunar caustic must be gently rubbed over the part every day until a cure is completed. This is far better than the red hot iron, which was formerly so constantly used, with good effect, it is true, and not accom- panied by any cruelty, as the mucous mem- brane is nearly insensible, but the caustic is more rapid and effectual in stimulating the vessels to a healthy action, and on that score should be preferred. If the lampas is owing to the cutting of a grinder, relief will be afforded by a crucial incision across the protruding gum. Barbs, Paps, Etc. The swelling at the mouth of the ducts may generally be relieved by a dose of physic and green food, but should it continue, a piece of lunar caustic may be held for a moment against the opening of the duct every Second day, and after two or three applications the thickening will certainly disappear. Diarrhoea, and Dysentery. A distinction is attempted to be made be- tween these two diseases, the former name being confined to an inflammation of the mucous membrane of the Small intestines, while the latter is said to reside in the large. It is very difficult, however, if not impossible, to distinguish the one from the other by the symptoms during life, and in ordinary practice they may be considered as one disease, the treatment depending in great measure on the exciting cause. This in most cases is to be found in the use of too violent “physic,” or in not resting the horse after it has begun to act AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 289 until some hours after it has completely “set.” Sometimes it depends upon the cells of the colon having long been loaded with faeces, which causes, at length, their mucous lining to inflame, the consequent Secretion having a tendency to loosen them and procure their dis- missal, either by solution or by the forcible contraction of the muscular coat. This last disease is known by the name of “molten grease” to old-fashioned farriers, the clear mucous which envelopes the lumps of faces being supposed to be derived from the internal fat that is generally plentifully developed in the highly fed horses that are especially sub- ject to the attack. For practical purposes, therefore, we may consider the different forms under the head of superpurgation, diarrhoea, and dysentery, meaning by the last name that condition which is brought about by and attended with a discharge of lumps of hard facal matter enveloped in mucous. Superpurgation is sometimes so severe as to place a delicate horse in great danger. When the action of the bowels has gone on for three or four days consecutively, and there is no disposition to “set,” the eyes become staring and glassy, the pulse is feeble, and the heart flutters in the most distressing manner, the mouth has a peculiarly offensive smell, the tongue being pale and covered with a white fur having a brown center. The abdomen is generally tucked tightly up, but in the later stages large volumes of gas are evolved, and it becomes tumid. The treatment should exist in the exhibition of rice, boiled till quite soft, and if not taken voluntarily, it should be given as a drench, mixed into a thin liquid form with warm water. If the case is severe, one or two ounces of laudanum may be added to a quart of rice milk, and given every time the bowels act with violence. Or a thin gruel may be made with wheat meal, and the laudanum be mixed with that instead of the rice. A perseverance in these remedies will most invariably produce the desired effect if they have not been deferred until the horse is very much exhausted, when a pint of port wine may be substituted for the laudanum with advantage. In diarrhoea resulting from cold or over-ex- ertion, ſhe treatment should be exactly like that prescribed for superpurgation, but it will sometimes be necessary to give chalk in addi- tion to the remedies there alluded to. The rice or flour-milk may be administered as food, and the following drench given by itself every time there is a discharge of liquid faces: Powdered Opium 1 drachm. Tinct. of Catechu 4 ounce. Chalk Mixture 1 pint. Mix and give as a drench. During the action of these remedies the body must be kept warm by proper clothing, and the legs should be encased in flannel bandages, previously made hot at the fire, and renewed as they become cold. In dysentery (or molten grease) it is often necessary to take a little blood away, if there is evidence of great inflammation in the amount of mucous surrounding the faces, and when aperient medicine does not at once put a stop to the cause of irritation by bringing the lumps away from the cells of the colon. Back-rak- ing, and injection of two ounces of laudanum and a pint of castor oil with gruel, should be adopted in the first instance, but they will seldom be fully efficient without the aid of lin- seed oil given by the mouth. A pint of this, with half a pint of good castor oil, will gener- ally produce a copious discharge of lumps, and then the irritation ceases without requiring any further interference. Whenever there is diarrhoea or dysentery present to any extent, rice-water should be the sole drink. Strangulation and Rupture. Mechanical violence is done to the stomach and bowels in various ways, but in every case the symptoms will be those of severe inflam- mation of the serous coat, speedily followed by death, if not relieved when relief is possible. Sometimes the stomach is ruptured from over- distension,-at others the small intestines have been known to share the same fate, but the majority of cases are due to strangulation of a particular portion of the bowels, by being tied or pressed upon by some surrounding band. This may happen either from a loop of bowel 290 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. being forced through an opening in the mesen- tery or meso-colon, or from a band of organ- ized lymph, the result of previous inflamma- tion, or from one portion of the bowels forcing itself into another, like the inverted finger of a glove, and the included portion being firmly contracted upon by the exterior bowel, so as to produce dangerous pressure (intussusception), or, lastly, from a portion or knuckle of intes- time forcing its way through an opening in the walls of the abdomen, and then called hernia or rupture, which, being pressed upon by the edges of the opening, becomes strangulated, and if not relieved inflames, and then mortifies. None of these cases are amenable to treatment (and indeed they can not often be discovered with certainty during life, the symptoms resembling those of enteritis), except strangulated hernia, which should be reduced either by the pressure of the hands or by the aid of an operation with the knife, which will be described under the chapter which treats of the several opera- tions. Whenever inflammation of the bowels is attended with obstinate constipation, the walls of the abdomen should be carefully ex- amined, and especially the inguinal canal, scrotum, and navel, at which points in most cases the hernia makes its appearance. A swelling at any other part may, however, con- tain a knuckle of intestine, which has found its way through the abdominal parietes in con- sequence of a natural opening existing there, or of one having been made by Some acci- dental puncture with a spike of wood or iron. The swelling is generally round, or nearly so, and gives a drum-like Sound on being tapped with the fingers. It feels hard to the touch in consequence of the contents being constricted, but it gives no sensation of Solidity, and may be generally detected by these signs. None but an educated hand can, however, be relied on to distinguish a ventral hernia from any other tumor. When it occurs at the Scrotum or navel the case is clear enough. Diabetes. Diabetes of late years has been much more frequent than was formerly the case, and especially among race horses and hunters, probably owing to the enormous quantities of corn which they are allowed in the present day. But whatever may be the cause, the Symptoms are clear enough, the horse con- stantly staling and passing large quantities of urine each time. The treatment should be conducted on the principle that the cause should, if possible, be ascertained and removed. Mowburnt hay will often bring on diabetes, and new oats have a similar tendency in deli- cate horses. In any case it is wise to make a total change in the food as far as it can pos- sibly be done. Green meat will often check it at once, and a bran mash containing a few carrots have a similar chance of doing good. With these alterations in the quality of the food, attention should also be paid to the quantity of the corn, which should be reduced if more than a peck a day has been given, and beans should be substituted for a part of the oats. Half a drachm of the sulphate of iron (powdered) should be mixed with each feed (that is, three times a day), and the horse should be well clothed and his legs warmly bandaged in a cool and airy (but not cold and draughty) loose box. By attention to these directions the attack may generally be subdued in a few days, but there is always a great tendency to its return. Should it persist in spite of the adoption of the measures already recommended, the following ball may be tried: Gallic Acid, # drachm. Opium, 1 drachm. Treacle and Linseed Meal enough to make a ball, which should be given twice a day. Haematuriae Haematuria, like diabetes, is easily recognized by the presence of blood in greater or less quantities passed with the urine. It is not, however, of the bright red color natural to pure blood, but it is more or less dingy, and sometimes of a Smoky brown color, as occurs in inflammation. Bloody urine, however, may often be passed without any sign of that con- dition, and therefore unaccompanied by pain, or any other urgent symptom. The causes are exceedingly various. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 291 Diseases of the Generative Organs. Balanitis, or inflammation of the glands penis, is very common in the horse, being brought on by the decomposition of the natural Secre- tions, when they have been allowed to collect for any length of time. At first there is merely a slight discharge of pus, but in process of time foul sores break out, and very often fungus growths spring from them, which block up the passage through the opening of the sheath, and cause considerable Swelling and inconvenience. These are quite distinct from warts, which occur in this part just as they do in other situations. The treatment requires some skill and experience, because mild reme- dies are of no use, and severe ones are not unattended with danger. The parts must first of all be well cleansed by syringing, or if the end of the penis can be laid hold of, by wash- ing with a sponge. The following wash may then be applied, and it should be repeated every day: Solution of Chloride of Zinc, 2 drachms, Water, 1 pint. Mix. If the morbid growths are very extensive, nothing but amputation of the penis or the use of corrosive sublimate will remove them. Se- were hemorrhage sometimes follows both of these measures, but it seldom goes on to a dangerous extent. Still it is scarcely advisable for any one but a professional man to under- take the operation. In the mare the vagina is sometimes in- flamed, attended with a copious yellow dis- charge. An injection of the wash mentioned in the last paragragh will generally soon set the matter right. At first it should be used only of half the strength, gradually increasing it, until the full quantity of chloride of zinc is employed. Inversion of the uterus sometimes follows parturition, but it is very rare in the mare. The uterus should be at once replaced, using as little force as possible, and taking care be- fore the hand is withdrawn that it really is turned back again from its inverted position. Nymphomania occurs sometimes in mares at the time of being “in use,” and goes on to such an extent as to render them absolutely regardless of pain, for the time being, though not to make them lose their consciousness. They will kick and squeal till they become white with sweat, and no restraint will prevent them from trying to continue their violent at- tempts to destroy everything behind them. These symptoms are especially developed in presence of other animals of the same species, whether mares or geldings; but the near prox- imity of an entire horse will be still worse. If placed in a loose box, without any restraint whatever, they generally become more calm, and when the state is developed, such a plan should always be adopted. It is chiefly among highly-fed and lightly-worked mares that the disease is manifested; and a dose of physic, with starvation in a loose box, away from any other horse, will very soon put an end to it in almost every instance. Use and Application of Bandages. Bandages are applied to the legs of the horse for three different purposes. First, to give support to the blood-vessels and synovial capsules; secondly, as a vehicle for applying cold lotions; and thirdly, for drying and warm- ing them. For the mere purpose of support either linen or flannel bandages may be put on, according to the weather, and the tendency to inflamma- tion. The legs of seasoned old horses are Seldom so prone to become hot as those of young ones, and excepting in very warm weather flannel bandages seem to suit them better than linen. On the contrary, if flannel is applied to the legs of a colt, even if they are not inclined to inflame, they will become hot and uncomfortable, and he will learn to tear them off, in which some horses become perfect adepts. Whichever kind of bandage is put on, it should be previously tightly rolled with the strings inwards, then taking it in the right hand, and unwrapping about six inches, they are laid against the canna bone on the side nearest to the groom, so that the folds shall have a ten- dency to unroll from him and not to him. While the left hand keeps the end from slip- ping, the right passes the roll of bandage closely round the leg till it meets the left, when the 292 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. latter, still pressing the end against the leg, lays hold of the roll, and allows the right to be brought back to meet it on the other side, after which the coils are repeated till the Whole bandage is run out and the leg encased, One row being slightly above or below the level of the next, as may be required. The great art consists in avoiding unequal pressure, and yet giving sufficient to accomplish the purpose for which bandaging is designed. From the projection backwards of the pastern-joints, it is impossible to make the folds lie perfectly Smooth, and there must be loose parts, which, however, are covered over by the next turn. No written description, however, will suffice to teach this little operation, and the young groom should watch a good bandager, and imitate him as exactly as he can. The strings at the end serve to tie the bandage on, and these also must neither be so tight as to cut the leg, nor So loose as to allow the bandage to fall down. When cold lotions are to be applied by means of bandages, linen is the proper material, as flannel is too bad a conductor of heat, by evaporation, for the purpose. The whole band- age, after being rolled up moderately tight, should be dipped in cold water, or in the lotion which may be recommended, and then while quite wet, it is to be applied in the way which we have just described. The following lotion is useful for the purpose: Take of Tincture of Arnica a wine-glassful; Nitre, one-half ounce ; Sal Ammoniac, one ounce; Water, half a bucketful. Mix and use by dipping the bandages in before applying them, and wetting them with the Solution afterwards by means of a Sponge. If the groom is careful, he may remove inflammations of the leg better by means of dipping them in cold water, or the above lotion may be applied with a Sponge every half-hour, holding each leg over the bucket, than with the aid of bandages. A cold douche is good. COLTS. Care and Management. Much harm arises from improper weaning. A good method is, when the colt is four or five months old, to put a strong halter upon him, place him in a stall, and put his mother in an adjoining stall, with a partition between, So arranged that they can see each other, and, if possible, get their heads together. The first day let the colt nurse twice—the next day once. Feed the mare upon dry hay and dry feed, and about half milk her two or three times a day until dry. Feed the colt upon new mown grass or fine clover hay, and give him a pint of oats twice a day, and in about two weeks you will have your colt weaned and your mare dry, and your colt looking as well as ever. When he is one year old he has as much growth and development of muscle as one two years old weaned in the usual manner. When the mare becomes dry, colt and mare may be again turned in pasture. An opinion generally prevails among farmers that from the time the foal is taken from its dam up to coming maturity, it should not be “pushed,” as the saying is, nor fed on grain, for fear it would injure one so young and tender. This accounts for the great number of moping or spiritless and unthrifty colts, that are scarcely able to drag one leg after another. Their very appear- ance, cadaverous and pitiful looks, seem to con- vey to the mind of every sensible man that they are victims of a wretched system of star- vation, which enervates the digestive organs, impairs the Secretions and impoverishes the blood. Hence the deficiency in the develop- ment of bone and muscle. The muscles and tendons, being so illy sup- plied with material for growth and development, become very weak and afford but little support to the bones and joints, so that the former become crooked and the latter weak—defects which no after feeding, no skill in training can counteract. It must be known to breeders that from the time of birth up to maturity, colts require food abounding in flesh-making princi- ple, nitrogenous compounds—oats, corn, etc.; otherwise they must maturally be deficient in size, symetry and powers of endurance. There- fore they should be regularly fed and watered, and their food should consist of ground oats, wheat, bran, and Sweet hay, in quantities suffi- cient to promote their growth. Finally, proper shelter should always be provided for them. They should not be exposed, as they often are, to the vicissitudes of the weather, under the AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 293 false notion of making them tough and hardy. Equally unwise is it to confine colts to close, unventilated and filthy stables, deprived of light, exercise and pure air. They should be groomed every day; a clean skin favors the vitalization of the blood. They should be per- mitted to gambol about as much as they choose. Exercise develops muscle, makes an animal active and spirited, and increases the capacity of the lungs and chest. By the above means, and proper attention to the principles of breeding, the business of raising colts may become both creditable and profitable. To Prevent from Jumping. Pass a good stout surcingle around his body; put on his halter, and have the halter strap long enough to go from his head between his fore legs, then through the surcingle and back to one of his hind legs. Procure a thill strap and buckle around the leg between the foot and joint; fasten the halter strap in this— shorter or longer, as the obstinacy of the case may require. It is also useful to keep colts from running where there is likely to be dan- ger from the result. If the thill strap should cause any Soreness on the leg, it may be wound with a woolen cloth, and it would be well to change from one leg to the other occa- sionally. Callus in Colt. This is considered a sure remedy: Bitter Sweet, 1 ounce. Skunk Cabbage, 1 “ Blood Root, 1 “ Steep and mix with lard; make an ointment and apply once or twice a day. How to Fatten Horses. Many good horses devour large quantities of hay and grain, and yet continue poor, and the more they eat the poorer they appear to grow. The fault is, that the food is not properly assimilated. If the usual feed has been un- ground grain and hay, nothing but a change will make any desirable change in the appear- ance of the animal. In case oil meal cannot be obtained readily, mingle a bushel of flaxseed with a bushel of barley, one of oats, and another bushel of Indian corn, and let it be ground into fine meal. This will be a fair proportion for all his feed. Or the meal or barley, oats and corn, in equal quantities, may at first be procured and # of all cake mingled with it when the meal is sprinkled on cut feed. Feed 2 or 3 quarts of the mixture 3 times daily with a peck of cut hay and straw. If the horse will eat that amount greedily, let the quantity be gradually increased, until he will eat 4, 5 or 6 quarts at every feeding 3 times a day. So long as the animal will eat this allowance the quantity may be increased a little every day. But always avoid the practice of allowing the horse to stand at a rack well filled with hay. In order to fatten a horse that has run down in flesh, the groom should be very particular to feed the animal no more than he will eat up clean and lick his manger for more. Follow the above suggestions and the result will be Satisfactory. To Prevent Interfering in Horses. There are two ways of striking, one when the horse strikes the toe of his hind foot on the heel of his fore foot, and another when he strikes the side of the near off shoe against the fetlock joint on the opposite side. Remove the edge of the crust that strikes the ankle, and have the shoe set well under the foot. The opposite shoe should be set lower on the outside and a little higher on the inside, so as to turn the ankle somewhat, that the shoe may clear it in passing. Let the hind calks point inwards and be rounded off on the out- side. If all fail, put a leather shield on the ankle. FARRIER'S PRESCRIPTIONS. Fever Ball. Nitre, 4 drachms. Camphor, 1} drachms. Calomel, 20 grains. Opium, 20 grains. Mix. Form into a ball with water and lin- Seed meal. 294 ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Disordered Stomach. Powdered Gentian, # ounce. Powdered Ginger, 1} drachms. Carbonate of Soda, 1 drachm. Molasses to form a ball. Hide-bound. To recruit a hide-bound horse, use the fol- lowing: Nitrate of Potash, 4 ounces. Crude Antimony, 1 ounce. Sulphur, 3 ounces. Pulverize the Nitrate of Potash and Anti- mony then add the Sulphur, and mix the whole well together. Dose. A tablespoonful in a bran mash daily. Merchants’ Gargling Oil. Linseed Oil, 2} gallons. Spirits Turpentine, 2% gallons. Western Petroleum, 1 gallon. Liquor Potass., 8 ounces. Sap Green, 1 ounce. Mix. Arabian Condition Powders. Ground Ginger, 1 pound. Sulphuret of Antimony, 1 & 4 Powdered Sulphur, 1. & © Saltpetre, 1 66 Mix. English Stable Liniment. Oil of Spike, 2 ounces, Aqua Ammonia, 2 & & Oil of Turpentine, 2 & 6 Sweet Oil, 1} “ Oil of Amber, 1} “ Oil of Origanum, 1 ounce. Mix. Dr. Cole’s King of Oils. Green Copperas, 1 ounce. White Vitriol, 2 ounces. Qommon Salt, 2. “ Linseed Oil, 2. “ Molasses, 8 “ Oil of Vitriol, 1 ounce. Spirits Turpentine, 4 ounces. Mix. Boil over a slow fire for fifteen minutes in a pint of wine; when almost cold add the oil of vitriol and the turpentine. Apply to wounds with a feather. Vermin on Plants and Animals. Pour a gallon of boiling water on one pound of tobacco leaves, strain it in twenty minutes. For vermin on animals or plants, this decoc- tion is certain death. Thorley's Condition Food. Ground Corn, 900 pounds. Locust Beans (finely ground), 600 “ Best Linseed Cake 300 66 Powdered Tumeric, 40 “ Powdered Sulphur, 40 “ Saltpetre, 20 “ Licorice, 27 66 Ginger, 3 66 Amise Seed, 4 “ Coriander, 10 66 Gentian, 10 66 Cream of Tartar, 2 &&. Carbonate of Soda, 6 66 Levigated Antimony, 6 46 Common Salt, 80 66 Peruvian Bark, 4 “ Foenugreek, 22 GG Mix. Stoppage of Urine in Horses. Symptoms—Frequent attempts to urinate, look- ing round at his sides, lying down, rolling and stretching. Treatment—Hops, Oil of Camphor, Grind and mix. Make 3 balls and give one every day. Drench the horse with a mixture composed of one teaspoonful of Saltpetre and two ounces of water. # pound. 3 drachms. Sloan’s Horse Ointment. Rosin, 4 ounces. Beeswax, 4 “ Lard, 8 “ Honey, 2 “ AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 295 Mix slowly and gently, bring to a boil; then Alterative Ball. add less than 1 pint of spirits turpentine; then Black Sulphuret of Antimony, 4 drachms. remove and stir till cool. Sulphur, 2 & 4 The above is considered an excellent remedy Nitre, 2 “ for cracked hoofs. Blue Ointment. Rosin Ointment, 5 ounces. Verdigris, 3. “ Turpentine, 2 & 4 Mutton Tallow, 2 pounds. Oil Origanum, # ounce. Tincture Iodine, # “ The above will be found a valuable remedy in hoof-evil, cuts and fistula, after the rowels are taken out. Physic Ball. Aloes, # ounce. Gamboge, 3 drachms. Oil Juniper, 2 drops. Make into one pill by aid of molasses. Nasal Gleet. Alum, # pound. Rosin, # { % Blue Vitriol, 2 ounces. Grind these together, and mix well with Ginger, # pound. Give a tablespoonful every night and morn- ing. Keep the animal out of the wet, and do not work him. White Ointment. Fresh Butter, 2 pounds. Tinct. Iodine, 3 ounce. Oil Origanum, 2 ounces. Mix. Apply every night, and rub in well with the hand. Useful in swellings. Disordered State of the Skin. Tartar Emetic, 2 ounces. Powdered Ginger, 8 “ Opium, 1. “ Syrup to form, 15 balls. Give one twice a day. Linseed meal sufficient to make a ball. This will be found useful for worn-out horses. In Bad Appetite. Calomel, 20 grains. Aloes, 60 “ Cascarilla bark powered, 60 “ Gentian Root, 60 “ Ginger, 60 “ Castile Soap, 180 “ Make a ball with syrup and give once or twice a week. Colic. Linseed Oil, 1 pint. Oil Turpentine, 2 ounces. Laudanum, 2 ounces. Mix and repeat the dose every hour till relieved. - Diarrhoea. Powdered Chalk, 1 ounce. & 4 Gum Arabic, 1 { % Laudanum, 6 drachms. . Peppermint water, 104 ounces. Mix and give twice a day. Worms. Assafoetida, 2 drachms. Calomel, 1% & 6 Powdered Savin, 1} & & Oil of Male Fern, 30 drops. Mix with sufficient molasses to make a ball. Give at night, and following by a purge next morning. Spasms. Spirits of Turpentine Laudanum 1} & & Barbadoes Aloes l & 6 Powder the Aloes, and dissolve them in warm 34 ounces. Water. 296 AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. An Excellent Blood Purifier. Powdered Gentian, 2} ounces. & 6 Sassafras Bark, 2 6 & 6 & Elecampane, 2 ( & 66 Skunk Cabbage, 1 ounce. 66 Cream Tartar, 1 & & 6 & Saltpetre, 1 & 6 66 Ginger, 1 66 66 Sulphur, 1 66 & 6 Digitalis, 1 6 & 66 Blood Root, 1 & 6 6 & Buchu Leaves, 1 & 6 If your horse is in bad health give a table- spoonful of the above twice a day in bran mash; or in chronic cough give a tableSpoon- ful once a day for fifteen days. Remedy for Balky Horses. Whirl him rapidly round till he is giddy. In order to do this take him from the vehicle. Don't let him step out, hold him to the smallest possible circle. It will not take more than a couple of doses to effectually cure him. Cure for Blind Staggers. Venice Turpentine, 2 ounces. Spanish Flies, 2 ounces. Euphorbium, 1 ounce. Aqua Ammonia, 1 ounce. Boiling Sassafras Tea, 1 quart. Assafoetida, 1} ounces. Bran, 1 gallon. Mix. Give this mess twice a week. To Cure Mange. Tobacco, 2 ounces. Water, 1 quart. Soft Soap, 2 ounces. Sulphur, 2 ounces. Boil the tobacco in the water, strain and add the soft soap and Sulphur. Liquid Blister for Horses. º Alcohol, # pint. Turpentine, # pint. Aqua Ammonia, 4 ounces. Oil Origanum, # ounce. Apply every three hours until it blisters. l Condition Drops. Tinc. Assafoetida, 1 ounce. Tinc. Cantharides, 1. 6 & Tinc. Antimony, 2 ounces. Foenugreek, 1 ounce. Brandy, # gallon. Let stand ten or twelve days before using. Dose.—Ten drops in a gallon of water. Kilner’s Condition Powders. Pulv. Gentian, 2 pounds. Pulv. Saltpetre, 1 pound. Pulv. Sulphur, 2 pounds, Pulv. Rosin, 1 pound. Pulv. Foenugreek, 1 & 6 Pulv. Bluestone, 3. “ Pulv. Ginger, 2 pounds. Pulv. Alum, 1 pound. Pulv. Cayenne, 1 & & Pulv. Black Antimony, 2 pounds Pulv. Flax Seed, 5 6 & Pulv. Elm Bark, 5 & & Pulv. Blood Root, 1 pound Pulv. Copperas, 5 pounds Mix. - Dessertspoonful twice a day, in soft feed. To Prevent Horses Kicking in the stall. Fasten a short trace-chain about two feet long, by a strap, to each hind foot. A better way is to have the stalls made wide enough so that the horse can turn in them easily, close them with a door or bars, and turn the animal lose. After awhile he will forget the habit, and stand tied without further trouble. To Cure Broken Legs. Instead of summarily shooting the horse, in the greater number of fractures it is only neces- sary to partially sling the horse by means of a broad piece of Sail, or other strong cloth, placed under the animal's belly, furnished with two breechings and two breast girths, and by means of ropes and pulleys attached to a cross-beam above he is elevated or lowered, as may be required. By the adoption of this plan every facility is allowed for the satisfactory treatment of fractures. ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 297 CATTLE, English Cattle. In all domestic cattle, except in certain well fixed breeds, the colors vary exceedingly, no two animals being alike, varying from pure white to jet black, running through all the shades of brown, red, dun, gray and blue, in- cluding brindled, mottled, piebald, spotted and flecked. The Devons are the purest and most uniform in color, being light and mahogany bay. The Shorthorns, originally mottled and flecked or spotted are, of late years, being bred more to self colors. The Ayrshires run to roan and piebald. The Holstein run to black and white definitely marked. The Herefords to red with white faces and flanks. The Alderneys to yellow, red and black, or fawn colored, with black points. The Durhams, now called Shorthorn, were among the most noted of the beef breeds of England in the latter part of the last century. The Devons, as working cattle and in the quality of their flesh, are acknowledged to be superior to any other. Of dairy, cattle the Ayrshire, originally brought from Scotland, the Jersey from the Channel Islands, and the Dutch and Holstein from Holland and Holstein, have merits of exceeding excellence. The Ayrshire and the Dutch and Holsteins are noted for large messes of milk, rich in caseine, and the Jersey and Guernsey as cows giving milk exceedingly rich in cream and consequently in butter. The beef cattle are the Herefords, the Devons and the Shorthorn. The first Herefords were brought to Kentucky by Henry Clay, who was a great admirer and patron of fine stock, in 1816. Alderney Cattle. In the British Channel lie the Islands of Guernsey, Jersey and Alderney. They belong to the English and have been noted for generations for a peculiar breed of cattle generally known as Jerseys. They are an excellent breed, possessing good qualities as milkers. They are of a kind, gentle disposition, possessing a pretty head and gentle expression of eye; they are blood- like with wide shoulders, clean throat, slender legs, flat ribbed, deep and large belly, Small hind legs, with large udder covered with soft silky hair, and milk veins very prominent. The color is usually red or fawn, Sometimes black splashed with white. The butter from this breed of cattle is very rich in cream, and deep yellow in color, Cows have been known to give as much as 26 quarts of milk per day and 14 pounds of butter per week. Short Account of the Jersey Cow. The dairy interest of the United States has increased during the past decade, from the rapid increase of the products, the multiplicity of creameries, the perfection of dairy imple- ments and machinery, the great increase of exports of dairy products, and the improve- ment of stock, so that an industry which realizes $500,000,000 annually, may be called one of the most important of industrial sciences; for Science it has now become. To produce this rapid growth of a single interest, competition between the West and the East has been not the least factor. Each Section, therefore, has given great attention to the subject of the best breeds of dairy animals, and this question has been thoroughly dis- cussed at all the dairymen's associations, and in all the agricultural journals. For if the cow is a machine, each section must have the best machine for success in the competitive T8, C6. - Heretofore the West has derived its milk and butter mainly from the Shorthorn and its grades; and the East from Short-horn grades, so-called native cows, together with imported stock and its crosses. Now both sections are rapidly Seeking for the best imported stock, either to be maintained pure or to be grafted on other stock. * Of the imported cattle certain breeds stand out pre-eminent for dairy purposes. For butter, the Jerseys and the Guernseys; for milk and cheese, the Holsteins and Ayrshires. 298 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. In this article we shall confine our attention to the Jerseys, for they stand to-day at the head of the list of butter-producing animals, for reasons that we shall name. The Jersey is a brilliant result of breeding for a purpose, and is an example of the benefits of inbreeding. If a family of animals has proved itself meritorious for certain traits, by judicious inbreeding of some members of the family, these traits may be perpetuated and improved. That, to a certain extent, is just what the inhabitants of the Isle of Jersey have been doing for hundreds of years. The breed coming originally, as it is supposed upon good grounds of belief, from Britany, a small animal noted for its rich milk, and transferred to the island of Jersey, its richness was increased by the good pastures, the root feeding, and the great care taken of it. Then as the island is small, and contains even at the present time, only 12,000 head, necessarily there would be breeding together of relatives more or less; and as the farmers jealousy watched against any importations of other cattle, there could be no outside crosses, and the good traits of the stock were perpetuated. Then in later years, in obedience to the demand from abroad that had to be supplied, more attention was paid to the development of certain points of merit and beauty, and improvement took place in the appearance and the yield of the animals, and the color and shape attained the lines of beauty which are now so prominent. For a time fashion demanded certain colors, and one color was discarded for another, until the absurdity of it was shown, mainly from the fact that every now and then some intrin- sically good animal would give an extraordinary yield without reference to color, but making a rich return for proper care and feeding. Now the purchases are guided mainly by the ability to fill the pail and the butter-tub, and by the purity of blood, this blood, however, being based upon ability at the pail. With the exception of a few instances, in the case of Short-horns, the highest prices ever paid for bovine animals have been paid for Jerseys. In one year 21 animals of the Alphae blood were sold at public auction for $27,775, averaging $1,322.62, the bull Polonius bringing - —º- sº $4,500, and the cow Leda fetching $3,000, though 12 years old. It is not only for the beauty of these animals but for their intrinsic merits that such prices are paid, for this breed has furnished instances of higher yields of butter than any other, and it has been proved that it takes less quantity of milk to make a pound of butter than any other breed. Instances have been claimed where 4} to 5 quarts of milk have made a pound of butter; 8 and 9 quarts are common, and 10 quart instances are plenty. They may, there- fore, be claimed as the butter-breed par eaccel- lence. This butter is so firm in texture and so aromatic in taste that it has commanded one dollar and a quarter per pound, and frequently sells for one dollar per pound. Of no other breed can it be said that 778 pounds of excel- lent butter was made from one of its female representatives inside of the year, and in one month 88 pounds. A first-class cow will give a large quantity of milk for its size, but generally speaking they are not large milkers, but of the richest milk, quality making up for quantity. Good to medium cows will give from 12 to 14 quarts per day, excellent cows from 14 to 18 quarts. Exceptional cases have gone much higher. It is not, therefore, the milkman's cow in every sense of the term, though it is in one sense, for the milk of one Jersey will enrich and color that of six ordinary cows. Yet there are herds kept near cities, whose owners find it profita- ble to keep them on account of the higher price the milk brings, and the net yield of a Jersey herd, even as milk producers, because the smaller yield is more than made up in the greater price received, the lesser freights to be paid, the smaller amount to handle, and the much higher price the calves and heifers bring over common stock. One reason of the richness in yield of butter from the milk is that the globules of fat, as seen under the microscope, are larger in size than those of any other breed; but separating so readily as they do from the fluid portion, it leaves the skim-milk thinner and bluer than other milk, just the contrary from that of the Devon and Ayrshire. This butyraceous na- ture of the amirnal cºlors the fat of an orange AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 299 color, a much higher tint than we are used to in the beef of other breeds, except the Guern- sey, and therefore, so few being killed and served up for beef, the popular taste is not cultivated for it. But it yields a richer and more aromatic flavored beef than any other. To those who behold the Jersey cattle for the first time, their delicate shape, their diminutive size, and their light colors, marking them for beautiful pets, all would lead one to suppose they were delicately bred animals and not hardy enough for our climate. And yet I have known animals to be landed here in Novem- ber, and to have been exposed in December on the sandy coast farms on Staten Island in New York bay, to the driving winds, and yet retain their health. The Channel Islands are the resort of many invalids for their equable, mild and pleasant climate, though a peculiar one. The days in summer are rarely hot, and the mights are cool and pleasant, and the summer glides into autumn with scarcely a change; if anything, only to be more delicious weather; broken somewhat by the approach of the equi- nox; and the autumn melts into the winter, which itself is not very cold, might frosts gen- erally not coming until December. The spring months are the most unpleasant, the winds being northerly, violent, and disagreeably cold. The dews and fogs are commonly heavy. Rains frequently occur, but mostly at night, with clear afternoons. Thus the cattle being exposed during the bulk of the year, and part of nearly every day in the winter season, and the weather being never very hot, they are subject to moist and cool weather, and they readily become ac- climated when here, and are thoroughly so after the first winter in our climate, changeful as it is. The docility of the race is a marked charac- teristic, and the mild, quiet animal is responsive to gentle treatment to the greatest degree. From its earliest youth up it has been subject to being handled and led to pasture and to water by the women of the island three times a day, until it knows no will but that of its mistress or master. It submits to be petted with the prettiest grace, and receives homage like the queen of the farm, as she is. We know of nothing which so quickly attaches itself to the affections, for she is not only a beautiful pet, but a profitable one. Occasion- ally a cow may be found of a highly nervous condition, who will be cross when with her calf; so also some bulls will get fierce after they are three or four years old, but they are usually exceptions if the animals are properly treated. The Jersey has, until within a few years, been considered a sort of pet for the lawn, and so long as the breeders found that was the aim and the cause of the demand they bred for color, and the fancy has changed from one color to another, from light to dark, from squirrel gray to silver gray and to blue gray, from black points to solid colors, but the report of the quantity of butter made by some cows bred by practical men, led others to tire of the fancy pets and to aim to get or produce the best workers; until now the breed and the class of those imported have much improved, and well-selected Jerseys amply reward him who invests in them. It is no longer a question whether or not the animals have good escut- cheons, but it is now a sine qua non that they shall have a good escutcheon, and with that all the other points that it brings, fine, Soft hair, a golden skin, a large udder, good milk- veins, and a proper conformation of the animal with the characteristic points of the breed. It is for these points that the Jersey breed is to-day the most popular breed for the butter dairy, and the most fashionable with all classes, and is constantly rising rapidly in public esti- mation. To Select Cows- 1st. A cow must be young. She is in her prime at 4 to 6 years, and the best paying time to buy is just after the second or third calf. 2d. Prominence and fulness of milk veins, and velvety softness of skin. The milk veins run down on either side of the animal towards the udder, and are easily perceptible to the eye, or can be readily found by pressure of the hand, if the animal is not over fat. The skin should be soft and mellow, not hard and rough. 3d. Must have good shape, fullness, soft- mess, well spread out, perfect number of teats, 300 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. or milk will be scarce; quiet, and of a good disposition, this will exhibit itself in her eyes, which must be mild and clear. A cow that is quiet and contented feeds at ease, chews her cud with entire satisfaction, thereby yielding a greater amount of milk than a restless or turbulent animal. Strains in Cattle. Spirits of Turpentine, # pint. Oil of Origanum, # ounce. Olive Oil, 1} pints. Cantharides, 1 ounce. Mix them together, shake them often, and keep in a bottle for use. Lameness and Sprains in Cattlee Burgundy Pitch, 4 ounces. Common Pitch, 4 & 6 Yellow Wax, 2 66 Barbadoes Tar, 6 & 6 Melt them together in a ladle, and apply the mixture to the parts, when thoroughly warm and liquid. Blister. Common Lard, 12 ounces. Resin, 4 6 & Oil of Turpentine, 4 6 & Powdered Cantharides, 5 & 6 Melt the resin and lard together, and when they are getting cool, add the turpentine and cantharides. Inflammation of the Bladder. Antimonial Powder, 2 drachms. Powdered Opium, 1 scruple. Rub well together with a portion of very thick gruel, and repeat the dose morning and night. Eye Lotion. Goulard's Extract, 2 drachms. Tincture of Digitalis, 2 6 & Tincture of Opium, 2 & 6 Water, 1 pint. Mix. Bathe the eye, and allow two or three drops to enter. A Good Cattle Liniment. Neatsfoot Oil, 4 ounces. Camphorated Oil, 1 ounce. Spirits of Turpentine, 1 “ Laudanum, 1 “ Oil Origanum, 1 drachm. Mix. A Good Healing Ointment. Lard, 2 pounds. Resin, # pound. Calamine, # pound. Melt them together, and when nearly cold stir in the Calamine very finely powdered. A Purge for Cattle. Tartar Emetic, # drachm. Nitre, 2 drachms. Powdered Gentian, 1 drachm. & 6 Chamomile Flowers, 1 & & Ginger, * “ Pour upon them a pint of boiling beer, anp give the infusion when nearly cold. 66 To Relieve Choked Cattle. Force a strong solution of salt and water down the animal's throat. Another way is to use four or five feet of three-quarter inch hose and push the obstruction down. To Prevent Murrain in Cattle. Powdered Rhubarb, 1 ounce. Calcined Magnesia, # “ . . ~ Mix. Dose—A tablespoonful to be taken in mucilage every two hours till purging is pro- duced. If vomited, immediately administer an- other dose. Worms in Cattle. Oil of Turpentine, 2 ounces. Sweet Spirits of Nitre, 1 ounce. Laudanum, # “ Ilinseed Oil, 4 ounces. Mix, and give in a pint of gruel. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 301 Drink in Rheumatism. Nitre, 2 drachms. Tartarized Antimony, 1 drachm. Spirits Nitrous Ether, 1 ounce. Anise Seed Powder, 1 “ Mix with a pint of very thick gruel, and re- peat the dose morning and evening. Fever in Cattle. Norwood's Tincture Weratrum OUIQC0. 9 Tincture of Opium, 1 ounce. Tincture Digitalis, 2 ounces. Sweet Spirits of Nitre, 8 ounces. Mix. Tablespoonful every four hours, to be given in water. Diarrhea, in Calves. Prepared Chalk, 2 drachms. Powdered Catechu, # drachm. Ginger, 3. “ Essence Peppermint, 5 drops Mix, and give twice a day. Coughs in Cattle. Tartar Emetic, 1 drachm. Digitalis, powdered, § & G Nitre, 3 drachms. Mix, and give in tolerably thick gruel. The above is good in fever. To Prevent Black Leg in Cattle. Sulphur, 1 part. Lard, 2 “ Garlic, 1 “ Mix. Take a sharp knife and make an incision just through the skin of the animal's neck, and work the finger so as to make a little sack between the flesh and skin. Put in of the above mixture a little piece, about the size of a hickory nut, and the work is done. A Strong Drink–Physic. Epsom or Glauber Salts, # pound. Take off the shell of the Croton nut, and weigh the proper quanity of the kernel, rub it down to a fine powder, gradually mix it with half a pint of thick gruel, and give it, and immediately afterwards give the salts, dissolved in a pint and a half of thinner gruel. Blister Ointment. Lard, 12 ounces; resin, 4 ounces; melt them together, and when they are getting cold add oil of turpentine, four ounces, powdered cantharides, five ounces; stirring the whole together. Astringent Drink. Prepared Chalk, 2 ounces. Oak Bark, Powdered, 1 ounce. Catechu, Powdered, # ounce. Opium, Powdered, 2 scruples. Ginger, Powdered, 2 drachms. Mix, and give in a quart of warm gruel. Astringent Drink With Mutton Suet. Mutton Suet, 1 pound. New Milk, 2 quarts. Boil them together until the Suet is dissolved; then add— Opium, Powdered, # drachm. Ginger, 1 6 & Having previously well mixed them with a spoonful or two of fluid. Alum. Whey. Alum, # ounce. Water, 2 quarts. Boil them together for 10 minutes and strain. Stimulating Astringent. Oil of Juniper, 2 to 4 drachms. Tincture of Opium, 1 ounce. Oil of Turpentine, 1 “ Mix and give in a pint of Linseed Tea once or twice a day. Stimulating Drink. Epsom or Glauber Salts, 1 pound. Ginger, # ounce. Carbonate of Ammonia, # ounce. Pour 1 quart of boiling water upon the in- gredients; stir them well and give when milk- Kernel of Croton Nut, 10 grains. War Iſl. ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Mild Stimulating Drink. Ginger, 1 drachm. Gentian, 1 & C Spirit of Nitrous Ether, 1 ounce. Mix and give in a pint of gruel. Mild Astringent- Oak Bark, Powdered, } ounce. Catechu, Powdered, 2 drachms. Opium, Powdered, # Scruple. Mix together in a pint of gruel or Warm water. Garget Mercurial Ointment. Soft Soap, 1 pound. Mercurial Ointment, 2 ounces. Camphor, rubbed down with a little Spirit of Wine, 1 ounce. Rub them well together. Iodine Ointment. Hydrate of Potash, 1 drachm. Lard, 7 drachms. Rub them well together. Diuretic Drink. Powdered Nitre, 1 ounce. Powdered Resin, 2 ounces. Ginger, 2 drachms. Mix them well together in a little treacle, and give them in a warm gruel. Ointment for Sore Teats. Elder Ointment, 6 ounces. Beeswax, 2 ounces. Mix them together, and add an ounce each of sugar of lead and alum, in fine powder; stir them well together until cold. Warm Drink Stimulant. Ginger, powdered, # ounce. Caraway Seeds, 6 drachms. Allspice, # ounce. Mix in a quart of warm Water or mild ale. Anodyne Drink. Powdered Opium, Sweet Spirit of Nitre, # drachm. 2 ounces. Rub them together, adding the fluid by small quantities at a time, and give the mixture in a pint of warm gruel. Strong Drink Purgative. Epsom or Glauber Salts, 12 ounces. Flour of Sulphur, 4 ounces. Powdered Ginger, 4 drachms. Spirit of Nitrous Ether, 1 ounce. To be dissolved in warm water. Cordial Drink. Caraway Powder, 1 ounce. Gentian, powdered, # ounce. Essence of Peppermint, 20 drops. Mix. Tonic Drink. Gentian, 2 drachms. Tartrate of Iron, 1 drachm. Ginger, 1 drachm. Mix and give in a pint of gruel. Mild Tonic Drink. Gentian, 2 drachms. Emetic Tartar, # drachm. Nitre, # ounce. Spirit of Nitrous Ether, 3 ounce. Give in gruel. Disinfectant Lotion. Cloride of Lime, in powder, # ounce. Water, 1 pint. Mix. IDrink for Murrain. Sweet Spirit of Nitre, # ounce. Laudanum, # ounce. Chloride of Lime, in powder, 2 ounces. Prepared Chalk, 1 ounce. Rub them well together, and give them with a pint of warm gruel. To Compute the Dressed Weight of Cattle. Rule measure as follows: 1. The girt just behind the shoulders. 2. The length from the fore part of the shoulder-blade along the back to the bone at AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTIOAL INFORMATION. 305 the tail, in a vertical line with the buttocks. Then multiply the girt in feet by 5 times the length in feet, and divide the product by 1.5; the quotient will give the dressed weight of the quarters. Example: The girt of a beef is 0} feet, and the length measured as above is 5.25 feet. Then: 6.5×6.5 × 5.25 1.5 1109.0695 1.5 =42.25 X 26.25= =739.375 pounds. SHEEP, To Cure Dogs of Killing Sheep. If you have a good dog that kills or runs sheep, and do not desire to shoot him, build a pen 16 feet Square, and run a pole across the top, and then pick the largest and oldest buck of the flock, put him in the pen, get your dog with a collar round his neck, and rope to draw up over the middle of the pole, so that the dog will have his fore-feet swinging off the ground a few inches. Get out of the pen, and let the buck give him several good buts, then turn him loose. This is a sure cure. I tried it on my father's dog when I was a boy; never knew him to cross a field where sheep were grazing after- wards. Mild Ointment for Scab in Sheep. Flower of Sulphur, 1 pound. Venice Turpentine, 4 ounces. Rancid Lard, 2 pounds. Strong Mercurial Ointment, 4 ounces. Rub them well together. Powerful Ointment for Scab in Sheep. White Hellebore, 8 ounces. Bichloride of Mercury, 2 ounces. Fish Oil, 12 pounds. Resin, 6 ounces. Tallow, # pound. The two first ingredients to be mixed wita a portion of the oil, and then melt the other ingredients and add. Foot-Rot in Sheep. Although this disease resembles the last in name, it is altogether different in character. It is not so fatal as the liver rot, but it is sadly annoying ; it is of very frequent occur- rence, and it seems to be increasing. It is, like the rot, peculiar to certain pas- tures; but there is more variety in this than is found with regard to the rot. There we must have stagnant water, and the process of evaporation going forward. For the production of the foot-rot we must have soft ground, and it does not seem much to matter how that Softness comes about. In the poachy and marshy meadow, in the rich and deep pasture of the lawn, and in the yielding sand of the lightest Soil, it cannot, perhaps, be said that it is almost equally prevalent, but it is fre- quently found. Soft and marshy ground is its peculiar abode. The native mountain sheep knows nothing about it; it is when the horn has been Softened by being too long in contact With some rich and moist land, that the ani- mal begins to halt. This softness is connected With unnatural growth of horn, and with un- equal pressure; and the consequence is that Some part of the foot becomes irritated and inflamed by this undue pressure, or the weak- ened parts of the horn, too rapidly and un- evenly growing, are broken off, and corroding ulcers are produced. Although there would not appear to be any great wear and tear of the foot in this soft land, yet the horn becomes so exceedingly unsound and spongy, that small particles of sand or gravel make their way through the softened mass, and penetrate to the quick. It not unfrequently happens that injuries of this sort are produced unconnected With and independent of the foot-rot, and they may be cured much easier, but by very similar means. The hardness or the sponginess of the horn depends altogether on the dryness or moisture of the soil in which the animal has fed. Large, heavy sheep, having comparatively thinner hoofs than lighter ones, are more sub- ject to the disease. True foot-rot more fequently begins from above than below. The horn is rendered Softer, Weaker, and more luxuriant by eXposure to Wet ; foot, from being kept wet and cold, 304 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. is exposed to re-action with any change of Weather, and inflammation is thus excited Within the foot, which often ends in suppura- tion, and this occasions those troublesome ulcers that are sometimes witnessed. The first symptom of the disease is the lameness of the sheep. On the foot being ex- amined this morbid growth is almost invari- ably found. The foot is hot, and the animal shrinks if it is firmly pressed. It is particu- larly hot and painful in the cleft between the two hoofs; and there is generally some enlarge- ment about the coronet. There is always an increased secretion, usually fetid, and often there is a wound about the coronet discharg- ing a thin, stinking fluid ; sometimes there is a separation of the horn from the parts beneath, and that too frequently preceding the dropping off of the hoof. In comparatively a few cases the hoof seems to be worn to the quick at or near the toe. The lameness rapid- ly increases, and often to such a degree in- indeed that the sheep is unable to stand, but moves about the field on its knees. The soft portions of the foot, and sometimes the very bones of it, slough away, and drop off. All this is necessarily attended by a great deal of pain, and the animal shows how much it preys upon him by his moaning, and refus- ing to eat, and ceasing to ruminate, and most rapidly wasting. Irritating fever comes on, and after the poor creature has crept about the field on his knees for a few weeks, he dies from irritation and starvation. Of one thing the farmer may be assured— that the foot-rot is exceedingly infectious. If it once gets into a flock, it spreads through the whole. Some valuable Writers have denied this; but there is scarcely a farmer who has not had woeful experience of the truth of it. Even on the dryest Soil, the greater part of the flock have become lame in a very few weeks after a diseased sheep has come among them. There are, however, Some instances in which a sheep with the foot-rot has grazed among others during several months, and no disease has ensued; and some curious experi- ments would make it appear that under par- ticular circumstances it is difficult to produce foot-rot by inoculation. But these are excep- tions to the general rule; and he who trusts to the non-contagiousness of foot-rot will suffer as assuredly as the man who, deluded by some of the mischievous theories of the day, believes that he may keep a glandered horse in his stable with impunity. The treatment of foot-rot is simple enough, and, in the early stage of the complaint, usually successful. The foot must be care- fully examined, and every portion of horn that has separated from the parts beneath thor- oughly removed, and thesore lightly touched with the butyr (chloride) of antimony, applied by means of a small quantity of tow rolled round a flat bit of stick, and then dipped into the caustic. A stronger, and oftentimes a better, application is made by dissolving cor- rosive sublimate in spirits of wine. Hydro- chloric acid is also a very useful caustic for foot-rot. If a fungus is sprouting at the place where the horn separates from the foot, it must be first cut away with the knife, and then the root of it touched also with the caustic ; or, what is still better, it may be removed by means of a hot iron. It is neces- sary, indeed, to be rather sparing with the use of the knife throughout the disease. There will seldom, except in very bad cases, be necessity for binding the foot up; indeed, the animal will generally do better without this. It will be seen by the altered color of the part whether the caustic has been applied with sufficient severity, and the dry surface which will be formed over the sore will protect it from all common injury better than any covering. To these must be added that reasonable and successful practice of removing the sheep to higher ground. Sheep among whom the foot- rot is beginning to appear are Sometimes com- pletely cured by being driven to higher and dryer ground. Some farmers, and with a great deal of advantage, have their flocks driven four or five times daily along a hard road. They thus accomplish two purposes—they wear away the irregularly formed horn, the unequal pressure of which has irritated and inflamed the foot, and the remaining horn is hardened, and enabled better to resist the influence of the moist or soft ground. Where the ulcera- tion is extensive, means must be adopted AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 305 similar to those recommended for the treat- ment of foul in the foot in cattle; but in most cases it will be more profitable to the farmer to destroy the sheep that has bad foot-rot, if it is in tolerable condition, rather than rely on a cure that is uncertain, and during the progress of which the animal very rapidly loses flesh and fat. If, however, he is determined to attempt a cure, let him wash the foot well from all grit and dirt, and then cut off every loose and detached piece of horn, and every excrescence and fun- gus, and cover the wound with the Caustic Astringent Powder for foot-rot. This should be sprinkled over the sore, and a little dry tow placed upon it, and bound neatly and firmly down with tape. The animal should afterwards stand in a dry fold-yard for four-and-twenty hours. On the next day the tape should be removed, and if the surface is tolerably regular, it may be touched, as already directed, with the butyr of antimony; but if any fungus remains, the powder must be applied another day. The fungus no longer continuing to grow, a light dressing with the butyr should be continued every second day until the animal is well. Some prefer a liniment or paste to the powder, and it is made by mixing the powder with a sufficient quantity of honey. The farmer may use which he pleases; but a firm and equable pressure being produced by the tape is the principal thing to be depended upon. The sheep-master should as carefully avoid the ground producing foot-rot, as that which causes the fatal affection of the liver; and he should attempt the same method of altering the character of the low and moist ground by good underdraining. The effect of this, how- ever, is far from being so certain and benefi- cial as with regard to the rot. The water which would stagnate on the surface may be drained away with tolerable ease, but the soil cannot be rendered hard and dry, or, if it could, that would not be an advantageous change. The sheep might not have the foot-rot, but the ground would be comparatively unproduc- tive. If the farmer intends to drive his sheep a considerable distance to the market or fair, he will prepare them for the journey by a few days' removal to harder and firmer ground, or perhaps by driving them a short distance on the public road. Scab in Sheep. The general prevalence of scab in this coun- try gives importance to a brief examination of this subject. The scab of sheep, like scabies, the itch of man, is caused by an insect. The mange affecting the horse, Ox, dog and cat, also de- pends upon the presence of insects. There are different insects, known as acari, infesting dif- ferent animals, having destructive characteris- tics in each, and generally confined to that Species of animals, yet the mange from a dog is said to have been communicated to man, and a horse has been infested with mange by means of the skin of a mangy cat. The sheep acarus does not bore galleries in the skin, but remains on the surface, clinging to the wool, and finding shelter among the masses of Scab produced by the drying of exu- dations from the wounds inflicted by these parasites. Experiment has shown that increase of temperature hastens the hatching of their ova; fourteen days, according to Professor Brown, of England, sufficed to hatch a lot in a bottle “carried in the trowsers pocket,” while two months' time was required with some kept under glass in a room. The young have six legs; the fully grown, after several changes of skin, have eight. The microscope reveals suck- ing-caps or disks in the legs, enabling the parasite to cling to the wool and skin of the sheep; and renders beautifully apparent the action of these structures, showing, as the feet advance, how the disks are expanded to grasp the surface of the substance over which the acarus is moving, apparently retaining their hold in obediance to the volition of the animal. Thus its structure adapts it for crawling over and adhering to the skin, instead of burrowing beneath it. Burrowing acari, like the itch insect in man, are always armed with cutting teeth, set in strong jaws, and their legs are Very short. The body of the female of the sheep acarus is larger than that of the male, rounder in form, the fourth pair of legs are 20 806 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. developed nearly as well as the third, and are Supplied with terminal sucking disks. Mature mites are visible to the naked eye as pellucid points of the size of a pin's head. Various experiments have been made to ascertain the rapidity of the growth and repro- duction of these parasites. The young acari have been detected in fourteen days from the direct transference of the acarus to the skin of the sheep. In a month the disease had spread Over a space of five inches; in ten to twelve weeks pretty nearly over the whole body. A greater or less amount of time may be required under different circumstances of temperature, and other modifying influences. Symptoms.-The first sign of the existence of scab is rubbing against any projecting body within reach ; as it extends, sheep bite them- selves, kick with their hind feet at their sides and shoulders. If one is caught and the hand placed on the mouth, while infected parts are scratched, gratification is evinced by nibbling at the hand, and when the infection is severe or general this nibbling movement is regarded as an infallible sign. Examination will disclose spots on the skin, white and hard, the center marked with yellow points of exudation, which adheres to the wool, matting the fibres together. The wool may be firm on these spots, and no scabs are seen at this stage. Then the yellow moisture, evaporating, gives place to a yellow scab, which adheres firmly to the skin and wool. Raw places appear at points which the animal can reach with his teeth and hind feet. The disease is complicated in Summer by the presence of the larvae of the blow-fly, the magots burrowing under the Scab. The animal becomes nervous, excited to wildness, and can not obtain properly either food or rest, thus losing flesh and becoming reduced to a skeleton, from constant irritation and lack of nutrition, only the strongest animals recovering, if left without treatment. Remedies.—Destruction of the parasite and its eggs is the only object of remedial treat- ment. Arsenic and mercury are often employed very effectually, but they are poisonous, and therefore injurious and dangerous to the sheep. These and other solutions are used both as washes and dips. Sudden changes of weather and locality, or a deficiency of food after such treatment, often induce serious or fatal results, which cannot be guarded against. Whole flocks have thus been lost. Mercurial oint- ment, with olive oil and a little turpentine, is popular in England, nevertheless, and is regarded as improving the yield of wool. Experi- ment proves that the acarus will live in arsenic and Sulphur for some hours; potash is more fatal, and tobacco is more deadly still, killing in a few minutes. But carbolic acid is probably the most potent remedy used. When combined with one hundred times its bulk of Water, it has killed acari in two minutes; when used with fifty times its bulk of water, a degree of potency harmless as a dip, it kills in forty to ninety seconds. Professor Brown thus describes the manufacture of the carbolic acid dip, which, it is claimed, has never failed when properly used. First it is necessary that carbolic acid should be obtained of uniform strength, and expe- rience has proved that the crystalline product is less efficacious in the destruction of para- sites than the liquid residue, which is sold under the name of terebane, or cresylic acid, which can always be obtained of the manu- facturers. The liquid is, when fresh, of a very light straw color, becoming dark brown on exposure to the atmosphere. The pure car- bolic acid was employed in many experiments, at first with only partial success, but even had it proved to be superior to the liquid terebane, the price would have been a serious objection; terebane, however, is very much cheaper, and in every experiment was found to be more active as a remedial agent than the pure car- bolic acid, while its fluid condition at all temperatures renders it more easy of manipula- tion. To effect perfect combination between the terebane and the water used for dilution, care is essential, as imperfect mixtures are capable of doing injury, and may cause the death of some of the sheep, particularly of those which are first introduced into the bath. The reason of this is obvious. An incomplete mixture allows the separation of the terebane, which floats on the surface of the fluid in the form of a brownish, oily, or rather tarry Scum ; the first AN ENCYCLOPAELLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 307 few animals which are dipped become covered with the undiluted acid, which acts at once and emergetically as a caustic, causing prostra- tion and death, unless immediately on observ- ing the symptoms of distress, means are taken to wash off the agent with warm water and Soap ; this treatment is not, however, at all times successful. An accident of the kind never ought to occur, and, in fact, never can occur if the dip is properly prepared and used. It is scarcely probable that agriculturists will attempt to make the compound, and the following direc- tions, therefore, may be taken as meant for the instruction of the practical chemist or the veterinary surgeon who has charge of the diseased flock: A quantity of terebane, proportioned to the number of sheep to be dipped, is to be placed in a convenient vessel of iron or earthenware, and, if possible, the vessel should be sus- pended in a larger one containing water, and so arranged that heat can be applied. In all chemical laboratories a water-bath will be available; but for the purpose of making small quantities of the dip, an iron bucket sus- pended in an ordinary copper filled with water, which may be kept hot, but not up to the boiling point, will answer perfectly well. As Soon as the terebane is placed in the tempo- rary Water-bath, a certain proportion of soap, one bar weighing over two pounds to each gallon of terebane, is to be added. The mixture should be stirred with a wooden rod until the Soap is entirely dissolved, care being taken that the fluid does not boil. When the solu- tion is complete the compound should be re- moved from the fire, and as soon as it ceases to give off vapor, oil of turpentine is to be added in the proportion of one pint to each gallon of terebane. The mixture, when cold, may be poured into carboys or casks ready for use. While the above remedies may be entirely efficacious, and are to be recommended as the best, it may not be amiss to give a few which have been popular heretofore : An infusion of arsenic, half a pound of the mineral to twelve gallons of water. The sheep should be washed in soap-Suds and then dip- ped in the infusion. Mercurial ointment, incorporated thoroughly with four times its weight of lard, rubbed upon the head and upon the skin (the wool being carefully parted) in parallel lines from head to tail, four inches apart. The mixture applied should not exceed two ounces, and a half an ounce may be enough for a lamb. Diarrhea, or Purging. The full-grown sheep is almost as subject to purging as is the lamb, but it is not so diffi- cult to be cured, nor is it so fatal. A sheep can Scarcely be turned into fresh pasture in the Spring without beginning to scour, and especially when warm weather is succeeding to cold, and the grass shoots rapidly; but this in most cases is beneficial rather than injurious. It rouses the digestive organs to full and healthy action, and the sheep that scours a little when first turned into the meadow or on the marsh, is sure to thrive more quickly after- Wards. The purging, however, must not be too violent, nor continue too long. The looseness caused by feeding on young succulent grass, seldom lasts more than a few days; but if it should continue longer, the sheep must be removed to inferior pasture, and a little hay allowed them if they can be in- duced to eat it; some dry, sound old seeds should also be put before them, and the strin- gent powder administered. A favorite remedy with some farmers, and succeeding in slight cases, but inefficacious in Severe ones, is suet boiled in milk. Others give a very curious medicine; it consists of the lime dug out of an old wall, and mixed with tar. What good purpose the tar can answer We cannot conceive, and the lime would be Superseded by the prepared chalk recommended in the last recipe. When the disease abates, the sheep must not be turned out again on their former pas- ture, but on the best old grass land which the farm will yield; and even then, a little good hay and corn should be daily allowed them. The farmer should be careful that he does not confound the consequence of diarrhea with 308 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. costiveness. When there is much mucous discharge, it is very sticky and adheres to the Wool under the tail, and glues it to the rump, thus forming a mechanical obstruction to the passage of the dung. The sheep straining very hard, careless observers have supposed that he was costive, and have given him a strong dose of physic, and thus added fuel to the fire, There is but one form of the disease under which all hope is precluded, and that is when it is connected with chronic cough or confirmed hoose. The animal may be patched up for a little while, but he will most assuredly perish. It is necessary to make a distinction between diarrhea and dysentery, the latter being attended with considerable fever and the evacuations are often slimy and bloody, and the disease some- times terminates fatally in a few days. It some- times follows diarrhea, but is generally pro- duced by change of food or pasture and ex- posure to bad weather. Lambs are rather more liable to the disease than sheep, and it has been found to attack them very frequently on com- ing from low lands to high. The treatment should consist in giving Mild Laxatives. Indigestion and Debility. Bad management, and that alone, causes the appearance of these complaints in a flock. When sheep have been overdriven, and exces- sively wearied; or ewes have had twins, and have afterwards been kept with their lambs on scanty pasture, where there was not enough even for the mother; or have Weaned very early, before there was any flush of grass; or, during the winter, have not yet been supplied with a proper quantity of hay or corn—in all these cases, the sheep are apt to pine away. They do not seem to relish their food, but wander over the field picking a little here and there, the belly being tucked up and the back bowed. The remedy for this is simple enough if the sheep have not been neglected too long. It is plain that the powers of digestion are weakened or suspended, and the object to be accomplished is to rouse them once more to their proper tone and action. A mild purgative should lay the foundation for this. Half the purging drink should be given, and this followed up by tonics or stomachics. Some farmers content themselves with giving a little good caudle for two or three successive days, and with general good effect, except that its sweetness is objec- tionable. The Tonic Drink for Debility will be preferable. Repeat the half dose of physic a week after- Wards, and put the sheep on fresh and good pasture. Caustic Astringent Powder for Foot-Rot. Take Verdigris, Bole Armenian, and Sugar of Lead, equal parts. Rub them well together, until they are reduced to a fine powder. Arsenic Wash for Lice. Arsenic, 2 pounds. Soft soap, 4 pounds. Dissolve in 80 gallons of water. Mercurial Wash for Lice. Take Corrosive Sublimate, 1 ounce; Spirits of Wine, 2 ounces. Rub the Corrosive Subli- mate in the Spirit until it is dissolved, and then add Cream of Tartar, 1 ounce; Bay Salt, 4 ounces. Dissolve the whole in two quarts of water, and apply a little of it with a small piece of sponge wherever the lice appear. Ply Powder. Take White Lead, 2 pounds; Red Lead, 2 pounds, and mix them together. Ointment for Sore Heads. Black Pitch, 2 pounds. Tar, 1 pound. I'lower of Sulphur, 1 pound. Melt them in an iron pot over a very slow fire, stirring together the ingredients as they begin to melt, but carefully watching the com- pound, and removing the pot from the fire the moment the ingredients are well mixed, and before they begin to boil, for they would then rapidly swell to an extraordinary extent, and the whole mass would run over into the fire. AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 309 Astringent Powder. Prepared Chalk, 3 ounce. Ginger, 3 drachm. Catechu, powdered, 3 drachm. Powdered Opium, 2 grains. Give this in a little gruel, twice daily until the purging abates. Mild Laxative. Linseed Oil, Powdered Opium, 2 grains. To be mixed with linseed tea. Linseed and oatmeal gruel should be given several times a day, and the Second day the astringent powder for sheep should be given. 2 ounces. Strengthening Drink. Prepared Chalk, 1 ounce. Catechu, 3 drachm. Opium, 20 grains. Spirit of Nitrous Ether, 2 drachms. Gentian 1 drachm. To be dissolved in gruel, and given twice a day till the purging ceases; after which the last two ingredients, with a drachm of nitre and 10 grains of tartarized antimony, should be given in gruel Once a day. Physic for Blown. Take Glauber Salts, 1 ounce, and dissolve in peppermint water, 4 ounces; to this add tinct- ure of ginger, 1 drachm; tincture of gentian, 1 drachm; boiling water, 1 ounce. This should be given every six hours until the bowels are opened, and half the quantity on each of the four next mornings. General Tonic Drink. Gentian, 2 drachms. Columbo, 1 drachm. Ginger, # drachm. Give in 4 ounces of warm gruel. Mixture for the Rot. Common Salt, 8 ounces. Powdered Gentian, 2 ounces. Ginger, 1 ounce. Tincture of Columbo, 4 ounces. Put the whole into a quart bottle so as to fill the bottle. Tonic Drink for Debility. Take Gentian and Powdered Caraway Seeds, of each an ounce; Columbo and Ginger, of each, half an ounce. Pour a quart of boiling Water upon them, and let the infusion stand three days, stirring it well every day. Then pour off the clear liquid, and bottle it for use. Give a tablespoonful daily, in a little gruel, mixed with an equal quantity of good ale. Mercurial Ointment for Scab. Crude Quicksilver, 1 pound. Venice Turpentine, 3 pound. Spirits of Turpentine, 2 ounces. Mix. Smearing Mixture for Scab. Take a gallon of Common Tar and 12 pounds of any Sweet grease. Melt them together, stir- ring them well while they are cooling. Tonic Drink. Gentian Root, powdered, 1 drachm. Caraway Powder, # drachm. Tincture of Caraway, 10 drops. Give in a quarter of a pint of thick gruel. Purging Drink. Epsom Salts, 2 ounces. Powdered Caraway, + ounce. Warm thin gruel sufficient to dissolve the Salts. Astringent Drink. Compound Chalk Powder with Opium, 1 drachm. Gentian, 1 scruple. Essence of Peppermint, 3 drops. Mix with a little thin starch, and give morn- ing and night. Cooling Fever Drink. Powdered Digitalis, 1 Scruple Emetic Tartar, 10 grains. Nitre, 2 drachms. 310 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Mix with thick gruel, and let it be given twice each day. Laxative Medicine. Epsom Salts, 1 ounce. Ginger, I scruple. Gentian, 1 drachm. Warm Water, 2 ounces. Linseed Oil, 1 ounce. The above may be given either alone or with gruel, to a full-grown sheep; and from one-fourth to one-half to a lamb, according to its age. SWINE. The origin of domestic swine is lost in ob- scurity. But that the Swine of Europe, Asia and Africa have a common origin is evident from the fact that all the species breed together, the progeny propagating the species with unim- pared vitality. In fact, the greatest improve- ments introduced into our native breeds is the result of crossing with the domestic hog of China, of Italy, and probably those of Turkey. The great swine producing States are Illinois, Ohio and Iowa. In 1878 Illinois produced 3,355,500; Ohio, 2,841,411, and Iowa, 2,224,800 head, or nearly one-quarter of the production of the United States. The Berkshire Hog. The Berkshire hog was introduced into the United States in 1835 or 1836, by Mr. Munson Beach, of Warren county, Ohio. The best specimens have good length, short legs, broad, straight backs, deep sides, flanking well down on the leg, very broad, full, Square hams and shoulders, drooping ears, short heads, wide between the eyes, of Spotted or dark color; are hardy, vigorous and prolific, and when fat are models, combining the excellencies of both large and Small breeds. The Chester Whites. The Chester Whites, as a breed, originated in Chester County, Pennsylvania. They were introduced in 1818, by Captain James Jeffries, who brought them from Bedfordshire, England. They were crossed upon the native white hog of the county from which we have the present valuable breed of well-formed good sized, easily fattened hogs, known as Chester Whites. The Poland-China. The Poland-China, as a breed, originated about 1816. It was a cross upon the big China hogs (introduced by the Quakers) and the com- mon bristled breed of the County of Warren, Ohio. Hints to Farmers on Hog Raising. The first step of importance in breeding pigs is the selection of a refined, thorough-bred boar. In raising pigs for the butcher, it is not necessary that selection be limited to any particular breed; but the selection must be made with reference to the points whether the pigs are to be fattened and sold when a few months old for fresh pork, or to be kept until they have nearly attained their growth before being fattened, and whether large hogs are wanted, or smaller and finer ones at a less age. Much depends also upon the sow to be bred from. It is an easy matter to find strong, wig- orous Sows of good size in any neighborhood where the Chester White or similar large breeds have been introduced. Select the largest, thriftiest and best-formed sows; put them to a good, thorough-bred boar; let the sow be reg- ularly and liberally fed, without making her too fat. One that has been half starved all her life cannot produce pigs of good size, and with a tendency to grow rapidly and mature early. The Small breeds mature earlier than the large ones, which is in itself a great advantage, as the pigs are not only ready for the butcher at an earlier age, but as animal life is always attended by a constant trans- formation of tissue, every day we gain in time saves the amount of food necessary to supply this waste and keep up the animal heat. Some farmers half starve their breeding sows, from a notion that it improves their breeding and suckling qualities, just as some dairymen think a cow must be kept poor if she is to be a good milker, a mistake of the cause for the effect. The cow is thin because she is a good milker, AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 311 and not a good milker because she is thin. So a good Sow gets very thin in suckling her pigs; but it is a great mistake to keep her thin in order to make her a good breeder and suckler. In raising improved, thorough—bred pigs, it is a great object to get a breed that will grow rapidly and mature early; and the better the breed the more rapidly they will grow. A thorough-bred boar should be procured from Some reliable breeder, and put to the largest and best Sows the farmer has. A highly-refined, thorough-bred boar, at six or eight weeks old, can usually be bought for $20 or $25. Such a boar in a neighborhood is capable of adding $1,000 a year to the profits of the farmers who use him. Pigs should always have access to fresh water. No matter how sloppy the food is, or how much dish-water is furnished, they should always be supplied with pure water. We are Satisfied that pigs often suffer for want of it. Salt, Sulphur, charcoal, ashes, bone-dust, or Superphosphate should occasionally be placed where the pigs can eat what they wish of them. Pigs will eat beans, if thoroughly boiled, though they are not fond of them. Peas they eat with avidity, and, when as cheap as corn, should be fed in preference, as they afford much the richer manure. Half peas and half corn are probably better than either alone. Peas make very firm pork. Oil-cake, when fed in large quantities, injures the flavor and quality of the pork, but we have fed Small quantities of it with decided advan- tage to the health and rapid growth of the pigs, without any apparent injury to the lard or pork. It is quite useful for breeding sows. It keeps the bowels loose, and increases the quantity and quality of the milk. Bran, except in Small quantities, is not a valuable food for fattening pigs. It is too bulky. But when rich, concentrated food is given, such as corn, barley, peas, or oil-cake, pigs should be allowed all the bran they will eat, placed in a separate trough. In this way it becomes a very useful and almost indispensable article to the pig feeder. It is also very useful for breeding-sows. The best roots to raise for pigs are parsnips and mangel-Wurzel. The period of gestation in a sow is almost invariably sixteen weeks. In three or four days after pigging, a sow in good condition will gen- erally take the boar. But, as a rule, it is not well to allow it. If she passes this period, she will not take the boar until the pigs are weaned. If she fails the first time, she will “come round again” in from two to three weeks. For mild cases of diarrhea, nothing is better than fresh-skimmed milk, thickened with wheat flour. Pigs should be castrated a week or two be- fore they are weaned. Nothing in the management of pigs is more important than to provide a trough for the suck- ing pigs separate from the Sow, and to commence feeding them when two or three weeks old. Many of the diseases of pigs are contagious, and the instant a pig is observed to be sick it should be removed to a separate pen; and it would be well to regard this single case of sickness as an indication that something is wrong in the general management of the pigs. Clean out the pens, Scald the troughs, scrape out all decaying matter from under and around them, Sprinkle chloride of lime about the pen, or, what is probably better, carbolic acid. Dry earth is a cheap and excellent disinfectant. Use it liberally at all times. Whitewash the Walls of the pens. Ws.sh all the inside and outside Wood-work, troughs, plank floors, &c., With crude petroleum. It is the cheapest and best antiseptic yet discovered. To destroy lice, wash the pig all over with crude petroleum, and the next day give him a thorough Washing with warm water and soap, With the free use of a scrubbing-brush. Pigs should be provided with scratching-posts, having auger holes bored for pegs at different heights, to accommodate pigs of different sizes. The following description may be considered the perfection of form in a fat pig : The back should be nearly straight, though being arched a little from head to tail is no objec- tion; the back uniformly broad and rounded across along the whole body; the touch along the back should be firm, but springy, the thin- nest skin springing most ; the shoulders, sides and hams should be deep perpendicularly, and in straight line from shoulder to ham; the 812 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. closing behind filled up ; the legs short and bones small; the neck short, thick, and deep; the cheeks round and filled out ; the face straight, nose fine, eyes bright, ears pricked, and the head small in proportion to the body; a curled tail is indicative of a strong back. Triehina, Spiralis. This parasite, found principally in the flesh of Swine, as among animals used as human food, but probably also in that of all vermin, insect and garbage-eating animals, is worthy of special mention, from the fact that of late years trichinosis has been known in quite a number of instances as destroying human life. The chief source from which it is taken into the system of swine, is being allowed to feed on vermin and the garbage from slaughter houses. Prof. Owen, in his scientific description of the trichina spiralis, says: “The immature parasites, as seen in muscles under the microscope, are worms about one twenty-fifth of an inch in length, spirally coiled up within globular, oval, or lemon-shaped, transparent cysts, which, ac- cording to the length of time they have been formed, are more or less covered with calca- reous matter.” This muscular parasite, when introduced into the alimentary canal of man or animal, is set free in the process of digestion, and in two day's time reaches the adult condition. The muscles swell, become tense and hard, and are exceedingly painful in movement. As the case proceeds, from the third to the fifth week, there is frequently great difficulty in breathing, prob- ably dependent on the invasion of the respir- atory muscles by the parasite. Death is frequently preceded by extensive inflammation of the lungs, and sometimes by delirium. Treatment. Keep pigs, intended for human consumption, in clean styes, containing only one or two each, and impervious to rats. The ani- mals should be plentifully fed with Sound grain, buttermilk, well watered, and allowed salt. We ask the attention of the reader to this point as a preventive, which is better than cure, for cure in animals there is none, but in the hu- man being the treatment of trichinosis has, so far, been unsatisfactory in its results. In order to clear away any mature parasites, which may be in the intestinal canal, the use of cathar- tics, such as castor oil, is recommended. The highest authority we have on the subject recom- mends benzine, in doses of one or two fluid drachms. Modify the pain by long-continued hot baths. Quinine, in small doses, for the fever, stimulants for the prostration, and iron in some form for the anaemia during convales- cence, are obvious resources. - Fever in Swixae. Digitalis, 3 grains. Antimonial Powder, 6 grains. Nitre, 3 drachm. Mix, and give in a little warm swill, or milk, or mash. Alterative Powder fox, Swine. Flower of Sulphur, 3 ounce. AEthiop's Mineral, 8 grains. Nitre and Cream Tartar, # drachm. Mix and give daily in a little thickened gruel. Tonic Powders for Swine. Black Sulphate of Antimony, 4 ounces. Powdered Gentian, 2 ounces. Powdered Ginger, 1 ounce. Nitre, 2 ounces. Mix and divide into six powders, and give one daily in feed. Physic for Swine. Take Barbadoes Aloes, 2 ounces; Kernel of Croton nut, powdered, 10 grains. Dissolve in as small quantity of boiling Water as possible, and give them when the liquid is sufficiently cool. POULTRY. Breeds the Most Popular. The profits of poultry-keeping being derived principally from two sources—the sale of eggs and of poultry, mostly chickens, in market, AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 313 the question of breed is an important one. For eggs it would seem that, with proper attention and care, the non-sitters are pre- ferable ; but some of the varieties of non- sitters are not hardy, and the extra attention such fowls require may be greater in cost than the enhanced value of their production. Fowls have been classified, not only in respect to their qualities of flesh and as layers, but also with a view to other characteristics. The fol- lowing classification, based on the statement of an experienced poultry firm in New York, is approved by Tegetmeier: 1. HARDINESS. Hardy; Brahmas, Houdans, Hamburgs, Creve Coeurs, Spanish, and Leghorns. Delicate: La Fleche, Polands, and Bantams. 2. QUIETUDE. Domestic and quiet: Brahmas and Cochins. More vivacious: Spanish, Leghorns, and Dor- kings. Active: Hamburgs and Games. 3. SIZE of BIRDs. Large : Brahmas, Cochins, La Fleche, Hou- dans, Creve Coeurs, and Dorkings. Medium : Polands, Spanish, Leghorns, and Games. Small : Hamburgs and Sultans. Diminutive : Bantams and Silkies. 4. SIZE OF EGGs. Layers of large eggs, averaging about 7 to a pound: La Fleche, Houdans, Creve Coeurs, and Black Spanish. Layers of medium eggs, averaging 8 to 9 a pound: Leghorns, Cochins, Brahmas, Polands, Dorkings, Games, and Sul- tans. Layers of Small eggs, averaging 9 to 10 to a pound: Hamburgs. - 5. NUMBER of EGGs. Great layers: Hamburgs, Spanish, Leghorns, and Polands. 6. INCUBATION. Good sitters : Cochins, Brahmas, Dorkings, and Games. Non-sitters : Houdans, Crewe Coeurs, La Fleche, Spanish, Polands, Ham- burgs, and Leghorns. 7. WALUABLE FOR FLESH. True table-birds : La Fleche, Houdans, Crewe Coeurs, and Dorkings Flesh less juicy : Cochins and Brahmas. 8. For EGGS AND CHICKENs, which are generally equally desired, from fowls usually kept on farms, the testimony prepon- derates greatly in favor of the Brahmas; for, in addition to being good flesh fowls, both as to weight and quality, they are good winter, and may be considered at least fair Summer layers; they are quiet, hardy, and come early to maturity. Other breeds, considered superior in quality of flesh, or as egg producers, may be found more desirable, being raised with equal success in many localities. Generally, however, the Brahma is considered the most profitable fowl for the farmer. Rules for the Management of Poultry. Good rules for success in the management of fowls: 1. Good dry houses, well ventilated but void of drafts. 2. Keep your hen-houses clean and the floor covered with ashes. 3. Whitewash inside monthly from March 1st to October 1st. 4. Feed regularly, but never over-feed; cease feeding when the fowls cease to run for it. 5. Scatter the food on the ground when the weather will permit. 6. Feed mixed grain, or alternate, as corn one day, oats next, wheat next, &c. 7. Allow adult fowls freedom as early in the morning as they desire. 8. Keep hens with chicks in small coops (well covered and dry) until the chicks are three weeks old. 9. Feed chicks, morning, noon and after- IlOOLle -- 10. Mix ground black pepper with the morning food. 11. Grease the hens well under the wings, breast and fluff feathers as soon as the chicks are taken off with ointment made of lard and carbolic acid; 1 tablespoonful of lard to 10 drops of acid. 314 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Age of Poultry. Farmers usually sell poultry alive. Poulter- ers in towns, on the other hand, kill and pluck every sort of fowl for sale so that the pur- chaser has it in his power to judge of the car- cass, and if he buys an inferior article at a high price it must be his own fault. It is easy to judge of a plucked fowl, whether old or young, by the state of its legs. If a hen's spur is hard, and the scales on the legs rough, she is old, whether you see her head or not ; but the head will corroborate your observation, if the under bill is so stiff that you cannot bend it down, and the comb thick and rough. A young hen has only the rudiments of Spurs, the scales on the legs smooth, glossy, and fresh colored, whatever the color may be, the claws tender and short, the under bill soft, and the bill thin and smooth, glossy and fresh colored, whatever the color may be ; the claws tender and short, the under bill soft, and the comb thin and smooth. An old hen turkey has rough scales on the legs, callosities on the soles of the feet, and long strong claws; a young one, the reverse of all these marks. A young goose or duck is distinguished by the tenderness of the skin under the wings, the strength of the joints of the legs and the coarseness of the skin. Drooping Wings. This, in either turkeys or chickens, is caused by vermin. To cure it, grease their heads, the under sides of their wings, with lard or fried meat fat, or any other grease. In a few days these wings will be natural, and their appetite and comfort will return. To Prevent Hens from Sitting. Put in a trough sufficient water to make a depth of one inch; place the hen therein, and cover the top for about a day. The trough should be deep enough to allow the hen to stand up. To Prevent the Gapesin Chikens. Give your chickens at Six week's old wheat steeped in turpentine. This is given them once in the morning when fasting, and as a pre- ventive against, instead of waiting for the ar- rival of, the gapes. Let their food be coarse corn meal, almost dry; then give cracked corn. All poultry yards, of course, should be supplied with lime, and the chicken should have free access to pure Water. How to Make Hens Lay in Winter. Give a portion of minced meat, mixed with their other food, every day, or as often as con- Venient, and see that they have a plenty of gravel, old plastering, or powdered egg-shells. The latter may be mixed with their food. Without some substance of this kind, which cannot be obtained when the ground is frozen or covered with Snow, there will be nothing to form the shell. To Rear Turkeys, Choose a quiet hen for a sitter, and give her a quiet place for her nest while sitting, This is important. The usual number of eggs that a hen will cover is from 15 to 18; while sitting the hen should not be disturbed, and should not be taken from the nest after hatch- ing for at least 24 hours, and if she appears contented, allow her to stay longer. The young chicks gain strength very fast by being kept quiet for a day or two at first. It is best to watch the hatching process, and if a chick is not likely to come out strong, the shell may sometimes be broken, and the chick saved. After the hen and her brood is taken from the nest, give her a large, airy coop, where the grass is closely mown off, where the chicks can bask in the Sun at pleasure, and a chance to run at pleasure, and the picking up of bugs and insects. The feed should be mostly curd, made from sour milk heated, and the whey drained off and seasoned with pepper. After a few days, if they are strong enough, they should have the range of the farm for a few hours a day. They should be housed at night, and not let out in the morning till the dew is off the grass. Them by liberal feeding, whenever they come near their roosting quarters, they will be healthy and grow very fast, especially if grasshoppers AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 315 are plenty, as they are some years in most sections of the country. When it is the time for the fattening seasons, they should then have all the good food they can eat, of a variety such as , corn, buckwheat, boiled potatoes, chopped cabbage, etc., and if kept where they can get what they will eat when they want it, they will fatten very fast. An experienced farmer gives his experience as follows: Let the mother of the new-born brood choose her own time to leave the nest. Taking off is always bad policy. As soon as the nest is left, make a yard, twelve feet square, by setting boards edgewise. Remove the turkey and her brood into this little pen, wherein they should be kept for at least six days, after which they may be let out in the middle of the day, and permitted the range of an acre; but they must always be gathered at least an hour before sun- down into the pens to remain until the dew is off the next morning, and all the day, if there is the least appearance of a storm. The time the mother leaves the nest, wash the naked parts of her body thoroughly with tobacco juice, to kill the inevitable lice; and at the same time dust thoroughly the young with Some vermin-destroying powder. No one thing kills as many young turkeys as these parasites. As a preventive, Sulphur and snuff mixed in equal quantities, and dusted on the nest after the turkey has been sitting two weeks, is recommended; but nothing should prevent the washing of the mother, or the dusting of the young, the day the mother leaves the nest, and two days after the young have left the shell. Young turkeys require but little food, but they need to be fed as often as once an hour for the first Week. Coarse-ground Indian meal, mixed with sour milk curds, and fine-chopped hard boiled eggs, is the best feed for the first month. After that, the eggs may be left out, the meal ground a little coarser, and the curds, if you have them, used in larger measure than at the first. As soon as they can swallow whole grain, give them that, and then all trouble in this direction is at an end. Until they are two months old, they must be driven to some shelter every night, and never be allowed to remain in the fields through a long and heavy rain. Even when one-quarter grown, they will die from exhaustion, trying to follow the wig- orous and unreasoning mother, if wet with but a very heavy dew. Three rules, then, must be observed, if those who attempt to raise turkeys would secure success: First—Be sure to free both old and young from lice immediately upon the old ones leaving the nest. Second—Feed frequently at the beginning with strengthening food. Third—Never let the young turkeys get wet, either with dew or rain, until their feath- ers afford their bodies, if not complete, at least partial protection. To Destroy Vermin in Poultry. Damp the skin under the feathers with water and Sprinkle a little sulphur on the skin. Remedy for Blindness. Laudanum, 1 teaspoonful. Water, 1 & 4 Drop a few drops into the chicken's eye and bathe the chicken with warm water. Chicken Cholera's Alum, 2 ounces. Resin, 2 “ Copperas, 2 “ Lac Sulphur, 2 “ Cayenne Pepper, 2 “ Pulverize, then mix three tablespoonfuls of the powder with one quart corn meal, and dampen for use. Diseases of Geese. It is bad management to allow geese to roam around in damp, foggy weather. Colds and fogs are extremely injurious to them, as they are subject to diarrhea and giddiness. The remedy for the first is juniper berries boiled With parings of quinces and acorns. The rem- edy recommended by Main, is to bleed the bird with a pin or needle, piercing a very prominent vein situated under the skin, which separates the claws. Geese have what is known as glanders, roup, etc. The remedy in that 316 AN ENCYCINCPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. case would be to give a half-teaspoonful of a Solution of common salt. Antimonial powder given in grain doses, with Bopped bread, twice a day. ESEES. Hints to Bee-Keepers. An Australian bee-keeper throws out these ideas that may be of value to honey-producers elsewhere: First of all, let it be your constant aim to keep your colonies as strong as possible. Never allow them to throw more than one Swarm —whether honey or increase be your object, it matters not. Most eminent apiarians seem, in this respect, at all events, to be unanimous, and so, I think, ought we to be—cent. per cent. should satisfy any one; at all events, try it under favorable conditions, and I have no fear to leave the issue in your hands. Never, if you can otherwise avoid it, go between the bees and their fly-hole, and you will escape many a sting. When you open the hive prevent jarring as much as possible, for it only angers the bees when you knock the hive about, and makes them readier to attack you; but never flinch when they shoot only at you or onto your hand, and you will find that you will seldom get a sting. Be sparing of Smoke, unless they are really vicious, but then master them by all IOOl68, U18. Always remember that it is easier for you to take the bees to a distant pasture than for the bees to take advantage of such pasture. When far away it will not benefit bees much, far less yourself; it will only be a from-hand-to-mouth affair with them if they have far to go. Never feed your bees outside, nor leave any combs about the hives; see that they have sufficient honey in winter, or in fact at any time, and you will not be much pestered with robbers. Also, never allow a colony to remain queenless longer than a day without giving them the ma- terial to raise another queen. Remember the loss a queen is to a colony during a single day when honey is plentiful outside. Then, as to putting on the Supers. Unless your stock hive is filled don't expect the bees to go up into the super; it is only when their storage-room in the brood-hive is insufficient that they will look for room above, and if you act upon my advice, in regard to compelling brood-rearing, you will leave them but little storage room indeed in the brood-hive. Of course when brood-rearing is pretty well at an end, they will fill all empty brood combs with both honey and pollen for winter use, and in case you might over-reach yourself and the bees, by depriving them of too much, I will Show you how you may always be on the safe side: Ascertain the weight of your hive; add to this about eight pounds,-the weight of combs and bees, and when the hive shows another twenty pounds, or twenty-five pounds, above that, then you may rest satisfied that that colony will not perish during winter for want of sufficient food. The Swarming of Bees. There are no certain signs as to just when a colony will swarm, so far as outside indications will show, more than the clustering of bees on the outside of the hive, and the hanging of pollen-gatherers with the cluster outside, instead of entering their hive, but by examining the frame frequently, watching the progress, one can soon tell when they are about ready to cast a swarm, and as soon as the queen-cells are about ready to cap over, is the best time to divide. Probably the safest and easiest way to divide is, as soon as they are ready, lift out the frame, bees, brood, and all, on which the queen is found; place this frame in the new hive, filling out with frames of comb or foundation, or, if you do not have either, fill out with empty frames. Now place the new hive containing the old queen or the old stand, moving the hive to a new locality. By this plan you throw nearly all the working bees where the most work is to be done in the new hive, and they will proceed to work the same as though they had swarmed naturally. But if the old bees had made up their mind to swarm, and you had left a queen-cell on the frames you had placed in the new hive, they will sometimes Swarm anyhow, so you will notice to tear them down, if any exist, before closing them up. The brood in the old hive hatching out very rapidly will soon make a good AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 317 colony. The space in the old hive from where you removed the same should be filled with comb or foundation, for if an empty frame be placed there the bees will fill it with drone comb, as they seldom make anything else while without a laying queen. In eight or nine days after dividing, all the queen-cells except one should be taken out, so as not to cause after- SW 8.1 OſlS. How to Make a Box Hive. The shape of the box should be long from front to rear, 15 inches deep, 12 wide and 12 high. Inch boards, unplained, are the best, and the boards should be well seasoned and care- fully put together. The hive should set in a groove in the bottom board and not be fastened to it. Place two or three half-inch sticks, crossing each way in the middle of the hive, aids to support the combs. One-quarter inch from the top of the hive, fasten slats four to six inches in width of one-half inch stuff, leav- ing cracks from 3 to $ inch in width between them. Over the top of the hive place a cover projecting on every side, and fasten the same to the hive by small hooks, which not only gives you a movable top and bottom board, but also a honey board. This is as near a mova- ble comb hive as we can mention. Honey. The color of the honey shows whether it is fine or inferior. If it be wanted to press some in the comb, choose the finest and those that have not been broken; wrap each comb in white paper, such as lines the blue cover of loaf sugar. Set it edgewise as it stood in the hive, and it may be preserved many months. The combs meant to be drained must be cut in slices. Lay them on a hair-search, sup- ported by a rack over the jar in which the honey is to remain ; for the less it is stirred after draining, the better it keeps. Fill the jar to the brim, as a little scum must be taken off when it has settled. A blad- der well washed in lukewarm water ought to be laid over the double fold of white paper with which it is covered. eral species. Adulterations. The adulterations of honey are numerous. Starch, chalk, calcined gypsum, and even pipe clay have been used. Of late years, however, the adulteration of honey consists chiefly in adding glucose, a sugar now manufactured largely from corn, but only containing about thirty-four per cent of saccharine, calling cane Su- gar 100. The adulteration by means of Starch, chalk, &c., may be easily detected by heating the honey and letting it stand, when the im- purities will settle to the bottom. Honey adulterated with glucose is more difficult of detection. Combs once used are even filled with the mixture. For this reason pure white comb, capped by the bees, commands fully double the price, in the markets, of strained honey. To Take Honey Without Disturbing the Bees. In the dusk of the evening, when the bees are quietly lodged, approach the hive and turn it gently over. Having steadily placed it in a Small pit previously dug to receive it, with its bottom upwards, cover it with a clean new hive, which has been properly prepared, with a few sticks across the inside of it, and rubbed with aromatic herbs. Having carefully adjusted the mouth of each hive to the other, so that no aperture remains between them, take a small stick, and beat gently around the sides of the lower hive for about ten minutes or a quarter of an hour, in which time the bees will leave their cells in the lower hive, ascend and adhere to the upper one. Then gently lift the new hive, with all its little tenants, and place it on the stand from which the other was taken. This should be done some time in the week preceding midsummer day, that the bees may have time before the summer flowers have faded, to lay in a new stock of honey, which they will not fail to do, for their subsistance through the winter. To Destroy Insects in Gardens. In some seasons the vegetables in our gar- dens are almost annihilated by worms of sev- Fall plowing or spading the 318 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. ground just before frost sets in and strewing the ground with fine salt in the spring some time before the seeds are sown, are said to be the sovereign remedies against these petty but of tobacco” is known by Small, dusky spots appearing on the leaves. The plants should then be cut near the roots on the morning of a day of Sunshine, and should lie singly to powerful depredators. Set an onion in the center of a hill of cucumbers, squashes, melons, etc., and it will effectually banish the bugs. If a tree or plant is affected with insects, tie up some flower of sulphur in a piece of gauze and dust the plants with it. To Cultivate Tobacco. It is said that there are about fourteen spe- cies of tobacco. The two principal ſunder cultivation, with their varieties, are Nicotina Rustuca, grown in the colder portions of Europe, and Nicotina Tobacum, cultivated in the United States. Of this latter, the Cuba and the Con- necticut leaf are the varieties principally culti- wated in the United States for cigars. The principal States for the production are Vir- ginia, Kentucky, Tennessee, Missouri and Ohio. Of the sections named, Kentucky produces by far the largest quantity. The cottom states produce but little tobacco. The Crop of 1869 amounted to 324,000,000 lbs. 1970 “ 412,000,000 “ 66 1871 6& 410,000,000 ° 64 1872 “ 505,000,000 “ 1973 “ 502,000,000 “ 66 1874 “ 358,000,000 “ G4 1875 {{ 520,000,000 “ 64 1876 “ 482,000,000 “ 64 1877 “ 581,500,000 “ To raise tobacco, select a sheltered situation where the young plants can receive the full force of the sun; burn over the surface of the ground early in spring, (new land is best) rake it well and sow the seeds; have a dry, mellow, rich soil, and after a shower, when the plants have got leaves tho size of a quarter dollar, transplant as you would cabbage plants, 3% feet apart, and weed out carefully afterwards. Preak off the suckers from the foot-Stalks as they appear; also the tops of the plants when they are well advanced, say about 3 feet high —except those designed for Seed, which should be the largest and best plants. The ripeness wither. When sufficiently withered, gather them care- fully together and hang them up under cover to cure and prepare for market. To Kill the Potato Bug. Paris Green, Fine Whiting or Flour, Mix. Tie a portion of the above composition in any kind of thin material, such as brittle cloth, and dust the potato-vine, taking care, however, to have the powder tied to a long rod so that no danger can result from inhaling the powder. The compound should be sifted on the hills while the vines are wet with dew or rain. 1 pound. 10 pounds. Commence in the morning at one end of your potato field and scatter air-slacked lime over a section of about ten rods wide. In the course of the day nearly all the bugs remove further down the field, and so on until the bugs are brought in a Small area, when they are destroyed by Paris green. To Stop the Ravages of Caterpillars. Take a chafing dish with lighted charcoal and place it under the branches of the tree or bush whereon are the caterpillars. The vapor of the sulphur, which is death to those in- sects, and the Suffocating freed air arising from the charcoal will not only destroy all that are on the tree, but will effectually prevent the shrubs from being, at that season, infested with them. A pound of Sulphur will clear as many trees as grow on Several acres. Another method of driving these insects off fruit trees is to boil together a quanity of rue, worm-wood, and common tobacco (of equal parts) in common Water. The liquor should be very strong. Sprinkle this on the leaves and young branches every morning and evening during the time the fruit is ripening. AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 319 To Destroy the Curculio. Jar the tree with a sudden blow by a mallet; this dislodges the insects, which fall upon sheets placed under the tree, and are gathered up and destroyed. Bandaging the tree with strips or bands of wool, cotton or rope, dipped in coal or gas tar, is said to be good. Covering the ground with lime or whitewash, has been recommended. Col. Hardee recommends powder to be fired in the hollow of some live oak stump immedi- ately in the vicinity where the curculios promise the entire destruction of the plums. He says that by this method he destroyed every winged insect in his Orchard as well as the curculio. To Preserve Cabbage Plants From the Fly, Sprinkle wood ashes and air-slacked lime upon the young plants, while the leaves are damp with rain or dew, is an efficacious remedy for destroying the voracious fly, beetle and flea that attack them as soon as they have broken through the soil, as well as for most other insects. Until the plants have a stump as large as a pipe-stem they are subject to the ravages of the cut-worm, for which there seems to be no better remedy than sprinkling liberally wood-ashes or air-slacked lime close about the stems of the plants. As this pest disappears about the middle of June, cabbages that are planted later suffer but little from it. To Destroy Rats. 1. When a house is infested with rats which refuse to be caught by cheese and other baits, a few drops of the highly-scented oil of rhodium poured on the bottom of the cage will be an attraction which they cannot refuse. 2. Place on the floor near where their holes are Supposed to be, a thin layer of moist caustic potash. When the rats travel on this, it will cause their feet to become sore, which they lick, and their tongues become likewise sore. The consequence is, that they shun this locality, and seem to inform all the neighbor- ing rats about it, and the result is that they soon abandon a house that has such mean floors. To Keep Swine Healthy. There is no question of more importance to the farmer than to keep his swine in a healthy, growing condition. To do this, will require a little care and trouble, but will amply repay. In this day, if a hog is sick, it is at Once pro- mouced that it has the cholera. Many times this is a mistake, and the remedies administered only hasten its death. The method here given, we have known to be used by many, and these Swine are healthy. Erect a pen in your hog lot about eight by ten, and three feet high, made out of common rails; cover this with plank So as to protect from rain or snow; in this pen place slack coal, (can be procured at any coal shaft), and common salt; half bushel of salt to five bushels of coal, mix it as you fill your pen. The hogs will eat this preparation continually. After the preparation has stood in the air some time, it will become compact, so that you can remove the rails from around it, and the hogs will continue to devour the preparation. You should keep a careful watch over them, and if at any time some of them should have a cough, or do not partake of the food in a proper manner, or seem to droop around,-all animals in this condition should be removed from the lot at once, and placed where they could not communicate in any manner. You should then prepare another pen to hold coal, etc., in another lot, and change your hogs from one lot to the other three or four times a week or oftener. This is to prohibit them from sleeping in the same beds. Feed your hogs that are ill, warm, light diet, prohibiting all grain, and keep a portion of salt and cayenne pepper in the pen continually. We do not believe in allowing hogs to sleep around straW stacks, or other warm buildings in the Spring,- this is a breeder of disease, you had better place them in an open lot. Procure a healthy male animal of a different breed from what you then have, at least once a year. * Follow these instructions and you will have found the best Hog Cholera cure ever invented. 320 AN ENCYCLOPEEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Distenaper in Horses.—To Distinguish and Cure. No. 1. Wet some bran with lye, made from wood ashes; lye should not be very strong. If not too strong the horse will eat it greedily, if he has the distemper; a free discharge from the nostrils, and a consequent cure will be the result, if continued a few days. But if only a cold with swelling of the glands, no change will be discovered. Distemper No. 2. Symptoms.-Swelling under the jaws—can- not swallow. Cure.—Bleed from one to two gallons, and physic; then if a tumor is found under the jaws, open it, if not, apply “Uncle Sam's Nerve and Bone Liniment, p. 201”, or “White Ointment, p. 45”. Make it break on the outside if possible, then give one tablespoonful of Arabian Condi- tion Powders in bran or threshed oats, three times a day for two or three days, and let the horse run out, if the weather is not too severe. The Chinch Bugs Few farmers in this section of the country need an introduction to this insect; but lest there be those who are so blessed as not to know the gentleman by sight, we will give a description of him. He subsists by sucking with his sharp- pointed beak the grasses and cereals, thereby causing them to shrink, Wilt and wither, and not by biting their substance as many persons suppose. Like the other species of its sub- order, it undergoes no very Sudden transforma- tions. Born as a little pale, yellow six-legged atom, scarcely visible to the naked eye, and with a tinge of red near the middle of the body, it goes through four molts before acquir- ing wings. It is bright red, with a pale band across the middle of the body after the first ; Somewhat darker, with the merest rudiments of Wing-pads after the second, and quite brown, With distinct wing-pads, but with the pale transverse band still visible, after the third, in which it assumes the pupa state, and from Which, in the fourth molt, it escapes as a winged bug. The chinch bug injures by suction, not by biting. It winters in the perfect winged state, mostly dormant, principally in the old rubbish, such as dead leaves, corn-shucks, corn-stalks, and under weeds and prostrate fence rails and boards that generally surround grain fields; also, in whatever other sheltered situation it can get in adjacent woods; hence the import- ance of fighting the pest in the winter time, either by trapping it under boards laid for the purpose, or by burning it with its aforemen- tioned shelter. Such burning will not destroy all the dormant hosts, but will practically ren- der the species harmless, especially where whole communities combine to practice it. It issues from its winter quarters during the first balmy days of spring, when those females which were impregnated the previous fall, and which are most apt to survive the winter, com- mence ovipositing at once, if suitable condi- tions are at hand. Others take readily to wing and scatter over our fields, attracted by prefer- ence to grain growing in loose and dry soil, into which they penetrate to consign their eggs. The eggs are deposited on the roots, and the young bugs, which are red, remain under ground, sucking the roots during the early part of their lives, or until they are forced from necessity to travel from one plant to another. These spring-hatched bugs, constituting the first brood, do not, as a rule, acquire wings till after wheat is cut. It is, therefore, during and just after wheat harvest, that they congregate and travel in such immense Swarms as to attract attention. In July, as these acquire wings, they scatter over grass, late grain and corn- fields, where they lay their eggs; but the sec- ond brood, hatching from these eggs, generally attracts less attention and does less injury than did the first, because of its more scat- tered nature and the greater maturity and resisting power of the plants. Anything that AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 321 will prevent the mother bug from getting at the roots of the grain, will prevent the injury of her progeny. Hence the importance in this connection of fall plowing and using the roller upon land that is loose and friable; and hence, if old corn ground is sufficiently clean, it is a good plan to harrow in a crop of small grain upon it without plowing at all. The earlier, also, that wheat gets well started and matures, the less it will suffer; because it may be harvested before the bugs acquire their greatest growth and power for harm. Hence, and from the greater compactness of the ground, winter wheat suffers less than spring wheat. Heavy rains are destructive to the chinch bug. Hence, if such occur in the fall, the farmer may plant with little fear of injury the follow- ing year, while if they occur in May, he need suffer no anxiety, so far as chinch bugs are concerned; hence, also, where irrigation is practicable, the pest may at all times be over- come. It injures no other plants than grasses and cereals. In its migrations from field to field it may be checked by a line of tar poured on the ground, or by deep furrows or trenches, but the tar must be kept soft and the surface of the furrows friable and pulverized. Army Worm. The army worm usually commences in a cornfield on one side and go through from row to row and devastates the whole patch. One of the best preventives against the army worm is judicious ditching; and the burning over of a field in winter and early spring, thus preventing their hatching in Such field. Salt is said to be an excellent preventive. Take a pail of water and half a gallon of Salt, and just ahead of the worm sprinkle the corn with a small broom or bunch of feathers, taking care to sprinkle the ground between the hills. Do not make the brine too strong or it may injure the plants. To Make Corn Cribs Rat-Proof. Let the four corner posts be eight inches square, frame the sills which support the floor of the corn-cribs into posts, at a distance of two feet from the lower end. Before putting the frame together, taper the lower ends of the posts for the distance of two feet, so that at the very base the posts shall only be four inches square. Now, when the frame is set up, let the posts also stand on tapered rocks. If the crib needs more than these four posts, to bear up the corn that will be put in it, make legs like the lower portion of these posts and set these legs under the sills. Now lay the joists or sleepers on the sills, and put on the floor, making tight, and about three feet from the ground. Having the door made tight, keep it shut, and no rats will get into your crib. To Find the Number of Bushels of Apples, Pota- toes, etc., in Bin or Box. Rule: Multiply the length, breadth and depth together, all in feet, and this product by 8, pointing off one figure in the product for deci- mal. Example: How many bushels of apples are there in a bin 12 feet long, 3 feet wide, and 4 feet deep : 12×3×4= 144×8= 115.2. Answer: 115.5 bushels. To Find the Capacity of Wagon Beds. Multiply together the length, breadth, and depth in inches, and divide by 2150 (number of cubic inches in a bushel), the quotient is the number of bushels of shelled grain. To Measure Corn in the Crib. Rule : 1st. Measure the length, breadth and and height of the crib, inside the rail; multiply them together and divide by 2, the result is the number of bushels of shelled corn. 2d. Level the corn so it is of equal depth throughout, multiply the length, breadth and depth together, and this product by 4, and cut off one figure to the right of the product; the other will represent the number of bushels of shelled corn. 3d. Multiply length by height, and then by width, add two ciphers to the result and divide 21 - Ain ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 322 by 124; this gives the number of bushels of 981 COrn. To Measure Grain in the Granary. Divide the cubic feet by 56, and multiply by 45, and the result will be struck measure. How to Weigh a Haystack. Measure the length and breadth of the stack; take height from the ground to the eaves, add to this last one-half of the height from the eaves to the top; multiply length by breadth, and the product by the height, all expressed in feet; divide the amount by 27, to find the cubic yards, which multiply by the number of pounds supposed to be in a cubic yard, viz.: in a stack of new hay, 132 pounds avoirdupois each ; if old hay, 154 pounds each. Constituents of the Milk of Different Animals. From a late examination of different kinds of milk, with reference to their solid constitu- ents, it has been ascertained that asses' milk is most diluted, containing scarcely 9 per cent. of solid matter. Next comes human milk, with somewhat over 11 per cent., while mares' milk contains 17 per cent. The average is seen in the milk of the goat and of the cow. In refer- ence to the percentage of caseine and albumen, human milk is poorest, containing only 4 per cent. of caseine; cows' milk nearly 5 per cent., with more than $ per cent. of albumen. Again, goats' milk, with nearly 6 per cent. of caseine and albumen, as far as known, has a larger amount of albumen than that of any other mammal. The smallest quantity of butter is found in asses' milk; that of the goat contains the largest, or nearly 7 per cent. Sheep milk is most nutritious, as it contains 11+ per cent. of protiene matters and hydrocarbons; and while the milk of the cow contains only about 4 per cent. of milk Sugar, that of the mare has 8 per cent., which renders it very prone to alcoholic fermentation, and has given rise to its employ- ment by the Tartars in the production of in- toxicating liquor, known as quass. Watering Plants with Hot Water. It has lately been shown, by careful experi- ment, that sickly potted plants, even some that have almost died, can be greatly benefited, and Sometimes, indeed, entirely restored to vigor, by applying to them warm instead of cold Water. In certain cases, oleanders which have never bloomed, or which have done so only imperfectly, after being treated with lukewarm Water, increasing the temperature gradually from 140° to 170° F., produced the most mag- nificent luxuriance of bloom. Similar results occurred with an old plant of Hoya; and also with an India-rubber tree which had nearly Withered away. In all these cases the applica- tion of water heated to about 110° F., without any other precaution, caused a new and flour- ishing growth. Chinese Method of Preserving Grapes. Travelers inform us that the Chinese have a method of preserving grapes, so as to have them at their command during the entire year; and a recent author gives us the following ac- count of the method adopted: It consists in cutting a circular piece out of a ripe pumpkin or gourd, making an aperture large enough to admit the hand. The interior is then com- pletely cleaned out, the ripe grapes are placed inside, and the cover replaced and pressed in firmly. The pumpkins are then kept in a cool place, and the grapes will be found to retain their freshness for a very long time. We are told that a very careful selection must be made of the pumpkin, the common field pumpkin, however, being well adapted for the purpose in question. To Make Cider. After the apples are gathered from the trees, they are ground into what is called pommage, either by means of a common pressing stone, with a circular trough, or by a cider mill, which is either driven by the hand or by horse-power. When the pulp is thus reduced to a great degree of fineness, it is conveyed to the cider- press, where it is formed by pressure into a kind of cake, which is called cheese. This is effected by placing clear Sweet straw, or hair cloths, between the layers of pommage, till there is a pile of ten or twelve layers. This pile is then subjected to different degrees of pressure in succession, till all the must or AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 323 juice is squeezed from the pommage. This juice, after being strained in a coarse hair sieve, is then put either finto open vats or close casks, and the pressed pulp is either thrown away, or made to yield a weak liquor called washings. After the liquor has undergone the proper fermentation in these close vessels, which may be best effected in a temperature of from forty to sixty degrees Fahrenheit, and which may be known by its appearing tolerably clear, and having a vinous sharpness upon the tongue, any farther fermentation must be stopped by racking off the pure part into open vessels, exposed for a day or two in a cool situation. After this the liquor must again be put into casks and kept in a cool place during winter. The proper time for racking may always be known by the brightness of the liquor, the discharge of the fixed air, and the appearance of a thick crust formed of fragments of the reduced pulp. The liquor should always be racked off anew, as often as a hissing noise is heard, or as it extinguishes a candle held to the bung-hole. When a favorable vinous fermentation has been obtained, nothing more is required than to fill up the vessels every two or three weeks, to supply the waste by fermentation. By the beginning of March the liquor will be bright and pure, and fit for final racking, which should be done in fair weather. When the bottles are filled, they should be set by uncorked till morning, when the corks must be driven in tightly, Secured by wire or twine and melted rosin, or any similar substance. Devonshire Cider. Prefer the bitter-sweet apples, mixed with mild sour, in the proportion of one third. Gather them when ripe, and lay them in heaps in the orchard. Then take them to the crush- ing engine, made of iron-rollers at top and stone beneath; after passing through which, they are received into large tubs or cives, and are then called pommage. They are afterwards laid on the vat in alternate layers of the pom- mage and clean straw, called reeds. They are then pressed, the juice running through a hair sieve. After the cider is pressed out, it is put into hogsheads, where it remains for two or three days previously to fermenting. To stop the fermentation, it is drawn off into a clean vessel, but if the fermentation be very strong, two or three cans of cider are put into a clean vessel, and a match of brimstone burnt in it; it is then agitated, by which the fermentation of that quantity is completely stopped. The vessel is then nearly filled, the fermentation of the whole is checked, and the cider becomes fine; but if, on the first operation, the fermen- tation is not checked, it is repeated till it is So, and continued from time to time till the cider is in a quiet state for drinking. Some persons, instead of deadening a small quantity with a match, as above directed, put from one to two pints of an article called stum (bought of the wine coopers) into each hogs- head, but the system of racking as often as the fermentation appears is generally preferred by the cider manufacturers of Devonshire. About six sacks, or twenty-four bushels of apples, are used for a hogshead of sixty-three gallons. During the process, if the weather is Warm, it will be necessary to carry it on in the shade, in the open air, and by every means keep it as cool as possible. In nine months it will be in condition for bottling or drinking; if it continues thick, use Some isinglass finings, and if at any time it ferments and threatens acidity, the cure is to rack it and leave the head and sediment. Scotch Method. The apples are reduced to mucilage, by beating them in a stone trough (one of those used at pumps for watering horses) with pieces of ashpoles, used in the manner that potatoes are mashed. The press consists of a strong box, three feet Square and twenty inches deep, perforated on each side with small augur or gimblet holes. It is placed on a frame of Wood, projecting three inches beyond the base of the box. A groove is cut in this projection one inch and a half wide, and one inch deep, to convey the juice when pressed out of the box into a receiving pail. This operation is performed in the following manner: The box 324 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMLATION. is filled alternately with strata of fresh straw and mashed fruit, in the proportion of one inch of straw to two inches of mucilage; these are piled up a foot higher than the top of the box; and care is taken in packing the box itself to keep the fruit and straw about one inch from the sides of the box which allows the juice to escape freely. A considerable quantity of the liquor will run off without any pressure. This must be applied gradually at first, and increased regularly toward the con- clusion. A box of the above dimensions will require about two tons weight to render the residuum completely free from juice. (The residuum is excellent food for pigs, and peculiarly acceptable to them.) The necessary pressure is obtained very easily, and in a powerful manner, by the compound lever pressing upon a lid or sink made of Wood about two inches thick, and rendered sufficiently strong by two cross-bars. It is made to fit the opening of the box exactly; and as the levers force the lid down, they are occasionally slacked or taken off, and blocks of wood are placed on the top of the lid, to permit the lever to act, even after the lid has entered the box itself. Additional blocks are repeated, until the whole juice is extracted. The pressure may be increased more or less, by adding or diminishing the weight suspended at the extremity of the lever. The liquor thus obtained is allowed to stand undisturbed twelve hours, in open vessels, to deposit sediment. The pure juice is then put into clean casks, and placed in a proper situation to ferment, the temperature being from fifty-five to sixty degrees. The Apple-Tree Borer. Experiments have amply proved that alkaline washes are repulsive to this insect, and the female beetle will not lay her eggs on trees protected by such washes. Keep the base of every tree free from weeds and trash, and apply soap to them during the month of May, and they will not likely be troubled with borers. For this purpose common bar soap or soft Soap can be used,—the latter, perhaps, being the most convenient, and the newer and softer it is, the better. This borer confines himself almost en- tirely to the but and roots of the tree, though very rarely it is found in the crotch. It is, therefore, only necessary, in soaping, to rub over the lower part of the trunk and the crotch. It is a very good plan to lay a chunk of the Soap in the principal crotch, so that it may be washed down by the rains. In case these precautions have been unheeded and the borer is already at work, many of them may be killed by cutting through the bark at the upper end of their burrows, and gradually pouring hot water into the cuts, so that it will soak through the cuttings and pen- etrate to the insect. But even when the soap preventive is used in the month of May, it is always advisable to examine the trees in the fall, at which time the young worms that hatched through the summer may be generally detected and easily cut out without injury to the tree. Particular attention should also be paid to any tree that has been injured or Sun- scalded, as such trees are most liable to be attacked. Keeping the base of young trees white-washed produces growth and thrift, and is a preventive against borers. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. FOOD FOR THE SICK. Liebig’s Soup for Children. #T IS with that remarkable estimation of # the greatness of small things which is £) the most valuable of his many high #3 intellectual qualities, and with a tender #1 appreciation of the importance of small people, that Baron Liebig devotes a special article in an English scientific periodical to the description of a new diet which he conceives to be the most fitting substitute for the natural nutriment of children robbed of their mother's milk. It is well known that cow's milk does not adequately represent the milk of a healthy woman, and when wheaten flour is added, as it commonly is, Liebig points out, that, although the starch be not unfitting for the nourish- ment of infants, the change of it into sugar in the stomach during digestion imposes an unnec- essary labor on the organization, which will be spared it if the starch be changed into the soluble forms of sugar and dextrine. This he effects by adding to the wheaten flour a cer- tain quantity of malt. As wheaten flour and malt flour contain less alkali than Woman's milk he supplies this when preparing the soup. This soup may be shortly prepared as follows: “Half an ounce of wheaten flour and an equal quanty of malt flour; 73 grains of bicarbonate of potash, and 1 ounce of water are to be well mixed; 5 ounces of cow's milk are then to be added, and the whole put on a gentle fire; when the mixture begins to thicken it is removed from the fire, stirred during five minutes, heated and stirred again till it becomes fluid, and finally made to boil. After the separation of the bran by a sieve it is ready for use. By boiling it for a few minutes it loses all taste of the flour.” The immediate inducement for Baron Liebig making this soup arose from the fact that one of his grandchildren could not be suckled by its mother, and that another required, besides his mother's milk, a more concentrated food. The soup proved an excellent food— the children thrived on it. Liebig’s Soup for Invalids. Take 3 lb. of newly-killed beef or fowl, chop it fine, add 1 lbs. of distilled water, with 4 drops of pure muriatic acid, and 84 to 67 grs. of common salt, and stir well together. After an hour the whole is to be thrown on a conical hair sieve, and the fluid allowed to flow through without any pressure. The first thick portions which pass through are to be returned to the sieve, until the fluid runs off quite clear. Half a lb. of distilled water is to be poured, in small portions at a time, on the flesh residue in the sieve. There will be obtained in this way about 1 lb. of fluid (cold extract of flesh), of a red color, and having a pleasant taste of soup- 826 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. The invalid is allowed to take it cold, a cup- ful at a time, at pleasure. It must not be heated, as it becomes muddy by heat, and deposits a thick coagulum of albumen and col- oring matter of blood. In soup prepared in the usual way by boiling, all those constituents of flesh are wanting which are necessary for the formation of blood albumen; and the yolk of egg, which is added, is poor in those Sub- stances, for it contains in all 82% per cent. of water and fat, and only 17% per cent. of a substance, the same or very similar to albu- men of egg. But whether it is equal in its power of nutrition to the albumen of flesh, is at least doubtful from the experiments of Magendie. Besides the albumen of flesh, the new soup contains a certain quantity of color- ing matter of blood, and with it a much larger quantity of the necessary iron for the forma- tion of the blood-corpuscles, and finally, the muriatic acid to assist digestion. A great obstacle to the use of this soup in Summer is its liability to change in warm weather. It enters into fermentation like Sugar with yeast, but without acquiring a bad odor. What may be the substance which gives rise to this fer- mentation is a question well worthy of being investigated. The extraction of the flesh must consequently be made with very cold water, and in a cool place. Iced water, and external cooling with ice, completely removes this diffi- culty. But the most important point to be attended to is to employ meat quite recently killed, and not several days old. The Soup has been successfully employed in low fevers and the summer-complaint of children. Decoction of Barley or Barley Water. Pearl Barley, 2 ounces. Boiling Water, 2 quarts. Before adding the boiling water, let the bar- ley be well washed, then boil it to one-half and strain the liquor. A little lemon juice and sugar may be added if desirable. To be taken as desired in inflammatory diseases. Rice Water. Rice, 2 ounces. Let it be well washed, and add to it Water, 2 quarts. Boil it for an hour and a half, and then add Sugar and nutmeg as much as may be required. To be taken ad libitum. Rice, when boiled for a considerable time, assumes a gelatinous form, and, mixed with milk, is an excellent diet for children. It possesses in some measure a constipating prop- erty, which may be increased by boiling the milk. Infusion of Flaxseed. Linseed, 1 ounce. Liquorice Root, # ounce. Boiling Water, 2 pints. Macerate for two or three hours near the fire, in a covered vessel; strain, and add lemon- juice sufficient to make it agreeable. It may be given as a common drink in catarrh. Decoction of Bran. Fresh Wheat Bram, Water, Boil down one-third; strain off the liquor, and add sugar, honey, or molasses, according to the taste of the patient. Bran tea may be made by using boiling water, and allowing the mixture to stand in a covered vessel for three or four hours. 1 pint. 3 quarts. Mucilage of Gum Arabic. As an article of diet, the proper proportions are an ounce of gum arabic to a pint of boil- ing water. The solution is allowed to cool before it is used. Gum Arabic is very nutritive, and life can be sustained on it alone for some time. Sage Tea, Dry Leaves of Sage, # ounce. Boiling water, 1 quart. Infuse for half an hour and then strain. Sugar and lemon-juice may be added in the proportion required by the patient. In the same manner may be made balm and other teas. AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 327 These infusions form very agreeable and use- ful drinks in fever, and their diaphoretic powers may be increased by the addition of the sweet Spirit of nitre or antimonial wine. Infusion of Malt. Ground Malt, Scalding Water, Infuse for two hours, and strain off the liquor, to which may be added sugar or lemon- juice, if required. 1 pint. 8 pints. Milk For Infants. Cow's Milk, 1 part. Water, 2 parts. Loaf Sugar, as much as may be agreeable. It is necessary, when children are to be raised by the hand, to dilute the milk. These proportions may be altered as the child advances in age. The object is to make a diet as nearly like the maternal milk as pos- sible. Rice Gruel. Ground Rice, 1 ounce. Cinnamon, 1 drachm. Water, 1 quart. Boil for forty minutes, adding the aromatic lear the conclusion. Strain and sweeten. Wine may be added, if necessary. Jelly of Carrageen, or Irish Moss. Carrageen, Fresh Milk, Boil them down to a pint; remove any sedi- ment by filtering or otherwise, and then add the requisite quantity of Sugar, with lemon-juice, or peach-water, to give it an agreeable flavor. To be used freely. The moss, before being used, should be well washed in cold water, to remove its saline taste. # ounce. 1} pints. Boiled Flour. Pine Flour, 1 pound. Tie it up in a linen cloth as tightly as pos- sible, and, after frequently dipping it in cold water, dredge the outside with flour till a crust is formed round it, which will prevent the water from soaking into it while boiling. It is then to be boiled until it becomes a hard, dry Iſla,88. Two or three spoonfuls of this may be grated and prepared in the same manner as arrowroot, for which it forms an excellent substitute. Calf’s Foot Jelly. To two calf's feet add one gallon of water, which reduce by boiling to one quart. Strain it, and, when cold, skim the fat entirely off; add to this the white of six or eight eggs well beaten, a pint of wine, half a pound of loaf sugar, and the juice of four lemons, and let them be well mixed and boiled fer a few min- utes and strained. Beef Tea. Lean Beef, cut into shreds, Water, Boil it for twenty minutes, taking off the Scum as it rises. After it grows cold, strain the liquor. This preparation is more nourishing than ordinary broths, and very palatable. 1 pound. 1 quart. Hartshorn Jelly. 4 ounces. 1 quart. Hartshorn Shavings, Water, Boil over a gentle fire until one pint of the Water is dissipated. Strain and add lemon- juice, Sugar, and wine. This forms, either with or without the last- named ingredients, a very nourishing diet for convalescents, and, when mixed with an equal portion of milk, is well adapted to the bowel complaints of children. Isinglass or fish glue may be used instead of the hartshorn shavings, if preferred. 828 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Chocolate. Chocalate should be suffered to stand until cold, after having been made in the usual way. The oily parts thus collect on the surface, and should be taken off. The liquid should then be boiled again, and Sugar, etc., added. Crust Coffee. Toast bread very brown, pour on boiling water, strain and add cream, Sugar and nut- meg, if desired. Sago Custard. Soak two tablespoons of sago in a tumbler of water an hour or more, then boil in same water until clear, and add a tumbler of sweet milk; when it boils, add sugar to taste, then a beaten egg and flavoring. Chicken Broth. Take the first and second joints of a chicken, boil in one quart of water till very tender, and season with a very little Salt and pepper. Pearled Wheat Pudding. One pint of wheat, one-half gallon new milk, sweeten and flavor to taste; bake one hour. This is a delicious and simple pudding. Fever Drink. Pour cold water on wheat bran; let boil half an hour; strain and add Sugar and lemon- juice; pour boiling water on flax-seed; let stand till it is ropy; pour it into hot lemonade and drink. Barley Water. Add two ounces pearl-barley to half a pint boiling water; let Simmer five minutes; drain and add two quarts boiling Water, and add two ounces sliced figs and two ounces steamed raisins; boil until reduced to a quart; strain for a drink. Beef Tea, Soup. To one pint of “beef essence,” quite hot, add a teacup of the best cream, well heated, into which the yolk of a fresh egg has been previously stirred; mix carefully together, and Season slightly, and serve. Oat Meal Blanc-Mange. A delicious blanc-mange is made by stirring two heaping tablespoons of oat meal into a little cold water; then stir with a quart of boiling milk; flavor, and pour into molds to cool, when cream or jelly may be eaten with it. Oat Meal Gruel, Put two heaping tablespoons oatmeal in one quart of cold water; stir till it commences to boil, then cook one hour, stirring occasion- ally; do not let it scorch; season with Salt, sugar, and any spice desired. For infants and very sick patients it may be strained, and not salted. Broiled Chicken, Quail, Squirrel or Woodcock. Any of these must be tender. Take the breast of the first two, or the thighs of the others; place on hot coals or on a broiler, turning often to prevent burning; when done, remove the burned parts, if any; Season slightly with butter, pepper and Salt, and serve at once. Rice Jelly. Mix one heaped tablespoon of rice flour with cold water until it is a smooth paste, add a scant pint of boiling Water, SWeeten with loaf sugar; boil until quite clear. If the jelly is intended for a patient with Summer complaint, stir with a stick of cinnamon; if for one with fever, flavor with lemon juice, and mold. Rice water is made in the same manner, by using twice the quantity of boiling Water. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 329 Arrow-ROot Custard. One tablespoonful of arrowroot, one pint of milk, one egg, two tablespoons of sugar; mix the arrowroot with a little of the cold milk; put the rest of the milk on the fire and boil, and stir in the arrowroot and egg and sugar, well beaten together; scald and pour into cups to cool; any flavoring the invalid may prefer, to be added. Tapioca, Jelly. One-half pint tapioca, one quart water, juice and some of the grated rind of a lemon; SOak the tapioca for three or four hours in the water, sweeten it and boil for one hour in a custard kettle, or until quite clear, stirring it often ; when almost done stir in the lemon, and when sufficiently cooked, pour into moulds. Serve with sweetened cream. Raspberry Vinegar. Pour over two quarts of raspberries in a stone jar, one quart of best vinegar; let stand 24 hours, strain and pour liquor over fresh fruit, and let stand in the same way; allow one pound sugar to a pint of juice; put into a stone jar, and set in pot of boiling water one hour; skim well, put into bottles, cork and seal tight. Diluted with water, this is very nice for the sick. Toasted bread may be eaten with it. Strawberry Acid. Dissolve five ounces tartaric acid in two quarts of water, and pour it upon 12 pounds of straw- berries in a porcelain kettle, let it simmer 48 hours; strain it, taking care not to bruise the fruit. To every pint of juice add one and a half pounds of sugar and stir until dissolved, then leave it a few days. Bottle and cork tightly; if a slight fermentation takes place, leave out the cork a few days. Then cork, seal and keep bottles in cool place. Oatmeal Pie Crust. This is made exactly like the dough for crack- ers; it may be rolled a little thinner. It bakes quickly, so that care must be taken not to scorch it in cooking the contents of the pie. It is not suited for an upper crust, but does admirably for pies that require but one crust. It is just the thing for those who do not think shortened pie-crusts wholesome, and it is good enough for any one to eat. One can eat it with as much impunity as so much oatmeal mush and fruit Sauce. Mutton Broth. Put two pounds of mutton and two quarts of cold water to boil; add one tablespoon of rice, washed carefully through several waters. Let it boil till the meat will leave the bone and the rice is cooked to a liquid mass. Take from the fire, season with a little salt ; skim, if pre- ferred. If for a patient with flux, leave on all the fat (the more fat the better). This is also a nice way to make chicken broth. Take a chicken the size of a quail, and prepare as above. Uncooked Egg. This is quite palatable and very strengthen- ing, and may be prepared in a variety of ways. Break an egg into a goblet and beat thoroughly, add a teaspoon of Sugar, and after beating a moment, add a teaspoon of brandy or port wine; beat well, and add as much rich milk, or part cream and milk, as there is of the mixture. Or, omit brandy, and flavor with any kind of Spice; or milk need not be added, or the egg may be beaten separately, stirring in lightly the well-whipped whites at the last. Cracked Wheat Pudding. To one quart of new or unskimmed milk add one-third cup cracked wheat, same of sugar (or a little more if preferred), a little salt, and a small piece of stick cinnamon. Place in mod- erm oven, and bake two hours, or longer. When about half done, stir in the crust already formed, and it will form another sufficiently brown. When done the wheat will be very soft, and the pudding of a creamy consistency. It can be eaten hot or cold, and is very nice for invalids. A handful of raisins added, is considered an improvement by some. AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Broiled Beefsteak. Many times a small piece of “tenderloin” or ‘‘porter-house” is more wholesome for an in- valid than broths and teas, and with this may be served a potato, roasted in the ashes, dressed with sweet cream, or a little butter, Salt, or nicely cooked tomatoes. Have the steak from half an inch to an inch thick, broil carefully two or three minutes over hot coals, turning often with a knife and fork, so as not to pierce it. When done, put on a small dish, Season slightly with salt and pepper and a small bit of butter, garnish with the potatoes, and serve hot. Stewed Oysters. Remove all bits of shell from half a dozen fresh, select oysters, place in a colander, pour over a teacup of hot water, drain, place liquor drained off in a porcelain-lined Saucepan, let come to boiling point, skim well, pour off into another heated dish all except the last spoon- ful, which will contain sediment and bits of shell which may have been overlooked; wipe out saucepan, return liquor, add oysters, let come to the boiling point, add a small lump of butter, a teaspoon of cracker dust, a very little cayenne and salt, and a half cup of fresh, Sweet CI'68, IOl. Prepared Flour for Summer Complaint. Take a double handful of flour, tie up tightly in cloth, put in a kettle of boiling water, boil from three to six hours; take out, remove the cloth, and you will have a hard round ball. Keep in a cool, dry place, and when wanted for use prepare by placing Some Sweet milk (new always preferred), to boil, and grating into the milk from the ball enough to make it as thick as you desire, stirring as you remove it from the stove with a stick of cinnamon; this gives it a pleasant flavor. Put a little salt into the milk. Very good for children having summer com- plaint. Meat for Invalids. The following method for rendering raw meat pulatable to invalids is given by good authority: To 8.7 ounces of raw meat, from the loin, add 2.6 ounces of shelled sweet almonds, .17 ounce of shelled bitter almonds, and 2.8 ounces of white sugar; these to be beaten together in a marble mortar to a uniform pulp, and the fibres seperated by a strainer. The pulp, which has a rosy hue and a very agreeable taste, does not at all remind one of meat, and may be kept fresh for a considerable time, even in summer, in a dry, cool place. The yolk of an egg may be added to it. From this pulp, or directly from the above substance, an emul- sion may be prepared which will be rendered still more nutritious by adding milk. Old Time Food for Convalescents, Roast good potatoes in ashes or coals; when done, put in a coarse cloth and Squeeze with the hand, and take out the inside on a plate. Put a good slice of pickled pork on a stick three or four feet long; hold it before a wood fire until it cooks slightly, then dip into a pan of water, and let it drip on the potato to sea- son it; repeat until the meat is nicely cooked on one side; then turn the other; dip in water, etc. When done, place on plate beside the potato; serve with a slice of toast dressed with hot water and a little winegar and Salt, or use sweet cream instead of vinegar. A cup of sage tea, made by pouring boiling Water on a few leaves of sage, and allowing it to stand a few minutes, served with cream and sugar, is very nice; or crust coffee, or any herb tea is good. Food prepared in this way obviates the use of butter. Beef Tea. Cut a pound of the best lean steak in small pieces; place in glass fruit jar; cover tightly and set in a pot of cold Water; heat gradu- ally to boil, and continue this steadily three or four hours, until the meat is like white rags and the juice thoroughly extracted; Season with very little salt; strain through a wire strainer; serve either warm or cold. To prevent jar toppling over, tie a string around the top part and hang over a stick laid across the pot; when done, set pot off from stove, and let cool before removing the jar, and in this way pre- AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 831 vent breakage; or, when beef tea is wanted for immediate use, place in a common pint bowl; add very little water, cover with a saucer, and place in a moderate ovem; if in danger of burning add a little more water. To make beef tea more palatable for some patients, freeze it. Corn Meal Gruel. Add to three pints boiling water two table- spoons corn meal, stirred up with a little cold water; add a pinch of salt, and cook twenty minutes. For very sick persons let it settle; pour off the top, and give without seasoning. For convalescents, toast a piece of bread nicely, and put in the gruel with one or two table- Spoons sweet cream, a little Sugar and ginger, or nutmeg and cinnamon; when a laxative diet is allowed this is very nourishing. Or, take a pint of meal, pour over it two pints of cold water; stir up ; let settle a moment, and pour off the water; repeat this three times, then put the washed meal into three quarts of cold water and place where it will boil; cook three hours, and when done add a pint of salt. This is a very delicate way of cooking, and it may be eaten with or without other seasoning. Rice Water. Wash four tablespoons of rice, which boil down to one quart, then add sugar and a little nutmeg. This makes a pleasant drink. A pint or a half a pint of milk added to the rice water, before it is taken from the fire, gives a nour- ishing food suitable for cases of diarrhea. Sago, tapioca, barley, or cracked corn can be prepared in the same manner. Raw Beef for Children. Take half a pound of juicy beef, free from any fat; mince it very finely; then rub it into a very smooth pulp, either in a mortar or with an ordinary potato masher, and press it through a fine sieve. Spread a little out upon a plate and sprinkle over it some salt, or some sugar, if the child prefers it. Give it alone or spread upon a buttered slice of stale bread. It makes an excellent food for children with dysentery. Beef Tea, Take a pound of juicy lean beef and mince it. Put it with its juice in an earthen vessel containig a pint of tepid water, and let the whole stand for one hour. Slowly heat to boil- ing point, and let boil for three minutes. Strain liquid through a colander, and stir in a little salt. If preferred, a little pepper or allspice may be added. Vienna, Bread. As Wienna bread is said to be the best, and as the secret of the mode of making it is known to but few, we append the formula: Flour (middlings), 100 lbs. Water and milk, 9 gallons. Salt, 6 lbs. 4 oz. 18 lbs. 12 oz. Commence by emptying the flour sacks into a zinc lined trough, about 2% feet wide and 8 feet long, half round in form. Then with a pail holding about five gallons, equal parts of milk and water are poured, and left to stand until the mixture attains the temperature of the room, between 70° and 80° Fahr. It is then poured into one end of the trough and mixed with the bare hand with a small por- tion of the flour to form a thin emulsion. The pressed yeast is next crumbled finely in the hands, and added in the proportion of 3} Oz. to every 3 quarts of liquid, and then 1 oz. of salt in same proportion is intermingled through the mass. The trough is now covered and left undisturbed for three-fourths of an hour, and after this the rest of the flour is incorporated with the mass in the above named proportions. The mass of dough, being allowed to rest for 24 hours, becomes a smooth, tena- cious, puffed mass, of yellowish color, which yields to indentation without rupture, and is elastic. It is now weighed into pound masses, and each lump is cut by machinery into 12 small pieces, each three-fourths of an inch in thickness. Of each one of these, the corners are brought together in the centre, and pinched to secure them. Then the lump is reversed, and placed on a long dough board for further fermentation, until the whole batch is ready Pressed Yeast, 332 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. for the oven. Before being introduced into the latter, the rolls are again reversed and restored to their original position, having considerably increased in volume, to be still farther enlarged in the oven to at least twice the size of the Original dough. In the oven they do not touch each other, and the baking occupies about 15 minutes. To glaze the surface, they are touched in the process of baking with a Sponge dipped in milk, which, besides impart- ing to them a smooth surface, increases the brilliancy of the slightly reddish cinnamon color, and adds to the grateful aroma of the crust. AErated Bread. The water used in forming the dough is placed in a vessel capable of withstanding a high pres- sure, and carbonic acid gas is forced into it to the extent of 10 or 12 atmospheres. The water will absorb and retain it whatever may be its density, in quantities equal to its own bulk, So long as it is retained in a close vessel under pressure. The flour and sart of which the dough is to be formed, is next placed into another powerful vessel of a spheroidal form, constructed with a simple kneading apparatus, working from without, and operating through a closely packed stuffing box. In this vessel is forced a pressure equivalent to that in the aerated water vessel, them by means of a pipe connecting the two vessels, the aerated water is drawn into the flour, and the kneading apparatus is operated at the same time, the water acting simply as liquid water among the flour, forming a pasty mass of the requisite tenacity. The pressure is now withdrawn, and the gas escapes from the water, and in doing So raises the dough in a beautiful and rapid manner, the intermixture being thorough and complete. The mixing vessel may have, say, an internal capacity of 10 bushels; to fill this with the in- flated bread dough, only 3} bushels of flour are required. In the intermixture of water with flour the pasty mass measures rather less than half the bulk of the Orginial dry flour, or about 13 bushels, instead of 3}, the expanded dough represents nearly 5 parts gaseous to one solid. The subsequent baking expands it to a much greater extent, making the proportions of gase- ous to solid in all about 10 to 1. It must be self-evident that this bread must be very pure, nothing but flour, water and salt being used, and reliable experiments have demon- strated that 118 loaves can be made from the weight of flour, which by fermentation will make only 105 or 106, the loss in the latter being caused by the emission of carbonic acid gas through the dough during the process of fermentation and manufacture. In baking this bread it has been found neces- sary to have the heat admitted through the bottom of the oven, with means of regulating the heat at the top, so that the bread is cooked through the bottom, and the heat subsequently admitted above towards the last, in order to perfect the top crust. These precautions are taken owing to the low temperature of the dough when placed in the oven, caused by the use of cold water in the baking process, and the Sud- den expansion on rising, inducing a temperature of 40° Fahr., lower than ordinary fermented dough. This, in connection with its slow springing until it reaches the boiling point, ren- ders it desirable to delay the formation of the crust until the last moment. Another AErated Bread. 1st. Dissolve Sesqui-Carbonate of Ammonia, 1 ounce; flour, 7 pounds. Water sufficient to make into a dough. Form into loaves and bake immediately. 2d. Divide 3 pounds of flour into two por- tions; mix up the first with Water, holding in solution 2 ounces of bicarbonate of Soda ; then mix the second portion of flour with water, to which 1 ounce of muriatic acid has been added; knead each mass of the dough thoroughly. When this is done, mix both portions together as rapidly as possible. Form the mass into loaves and bake immediately. This bread con- tains no yeast, and is very Wholesome. General Observations on Serving Dinner. Always have flowers on your dinner table. Let there be plenty of light during dinner, but it may be a little subdued after the cloth is removed. All the knives, plates, glass, etc., should be bright and free from dust. Above all things, never attempt an elaborate dinner, AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 333 tinkess you have the appliances and means of cooking it thoroughly well, and of serving taste- fully and properly—with the regular changes of plates, knives, forks, etc. The head of a dinner table is always occu- pied by the lady of the house, who sits at that end of it, with face towards the door. In the case of a gentleman (bachelor or widower), having a lady housekeeper, the gentleman will then sit at the head; if there is no housekeeper, and ladies present, the host may invite a mar- ried lady to occupy the head of the table. Best Modes of Preserving Food. MEAT—Should be carefully examined every day in summer, wiped dry, and such parts as are beginning or seem Hable to taint, particu- larly kernels, removed. In hot weather it may be kept for several days more than it otherwise would, by wrapping around it a linen cloth moistened with vinegar, or equal parts of vine- gar and water; the acid vapor keeps off flies, and the moisture causes cold by evaporation. Fresh charcoal bruised to powder has also the property, spread over the meat, of preventing it from spoiling for Some time. Meat, when but slightly tainted, may be recovered, by boil- ing it for some minutes with several pieces of fresh charcoal. To PRESERVE FISH-Quite fresh for a short time, requires great care. They should be kept in a very cool place—an ice-house, if possible—but if that is not available, they should be laid upon a stone floor or shelf, and dipped in cold salt and water every night and morning. If it be necessary to keep them a few days longer, im- merse them in a pickle of vinegar and water. WEGETABLES.–Cabbages, and other vegetables of a soft nature, quickly lose their natural juices by evaporation from the leaves, which soon be- come flaccid and poor. As heat causes them to lose their juices, they should be kept in a cool, shady, and damp place, not in water, as that injures their flavor. The best method of refreshing them is to cut off a portion of the stem, and set the cut part in water. They should not be laid together in heaps, since this is apt to generate heat and fermentation. To PRESERVE FRUIT.—Fruit should be gath- ered just before it is ripe. The floor and shelves of the room on which the fruit is placed should be strewn with straw, and the fruit should be laid on this without being suffered to come into contact with each other. PoulTRY AND GAME.-These must be hung in a cool place, covered with a muslim net, to keep off the flies and dust. Roasting, Boiling, Stewing, Etc. RoASTING.—This is the most simple, and in many respects, the best mode of cooking ordi- nary joints and poultry. As a general rule the cook will allow fifteen minutes to every pound of meat, and in case of white meats—as lamb, veal and pork—a little longer. Make up a good large fire; let it be brisk, clear and steady, and you then can obtain any heat you require, by regulating the distance of the joint from the fire. Large joints should be placed at a mode- rate distance for the first quarter or half hour, and then brought gradually nearer. For this quarter of an hour the meat does not require basting, but from the time it is placed closer, it should be continually basted (first with but- ter or lard, and afterwards with its own drip- ping), until cooked. The meat should never be nearer to the fire than six to eight inches. Do not sprinkle the meat with Salt when first put down, as this draws out the gravy. Fine flour should be lightly dredged over it from time to time, and a little salt when nearly done. Very lean meat will sometimes need to have paper placed over it for the early part of the roast- ing, or it will scorch. In stirring the fire, always remove the dripping-pan, or ashes may fall in. If a bottle-jack be used, the hook should be so placed as to take in a bone, and the thickest part of the meat should hang downwards. If a spit, then slide it in along the bones, avoid- ing the prime parts of the joint, and be careful to spit the meat evenly; if it will not turn well, use balance-skewers with sliding heads. BEEF.—The sirloin should never be less than three of the short ribs, and to be first-rate, when cooked, it should not weigh less than ten pounds. Cover the joint with buttered paper, and place it about a foot and a half from the 334 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. fire. About an hour after it has been down, take off the paper and bring the joint nearer the fire, and from that time until done, dredge from time to time with flour and salt, basting continually with its dripping. When the joint is done, empty the dripping-pan into a basin, remove the fat from the gravy, and pour the latter into a well-dish, garnished with finely- scraped horseradish. Place the joint in the dish, and serve very hot. Yorkshire pudding cooked under this joint, is much liked. RIBs, RUMP, AITCH-BONE, and other joints of beef, require similar treatment. MUTTON.—Mutton should never be cooked un- til it has hung for fully forty-eight hours. In winter you can sometimes keep it for a fort- night, and it will be all the better for it. THE SADDLE—Should be covered with but- tered paper, and placed about a foot and a half from the fire. The roasting of this joint does not take So long in proportion as any other. Keep the paper on until within a quar- ter of an hour of the meat being done, then remove it, dredge lightly with Salt and flour. Serve with its own gravy and red currant jelly. HAUNCH of MUTTON.—Cover with paper as for saddle, but remove it half an hour before the joint is soaked. Baste well with butter, or its own dripping, and dredge slightly. Serve with its own gravy and red current jelly. Mashed potatoes should accompany this joint, and, if in season, French beans. LEG of MUTTON.—Is better cooked with the bottle-jack than the Spit. Cover with paper, which remove ten minutes before done; baste with butter or its own dripping, and dredge slightly. Serve same as haunch, with the proper vegetables. SHOULDER OF MUTTON.—Should not be basted while roasting, but instead rubbed sparingly with butter. White onion sauce is usually (see receipt) served with this joint. LoIN AND NECK OF MUTTON.—Should be roasted like haunch, and served very hot. LAMB—Is roasted in the same way as mut- ton; but as a rule will require to be better done. A little lemon juice Squeezed over the joint when nearly ready for table, is, by many, con- sidered an improvement. Mint Sauce is always served with roast lamb. WEAL–Should be eaten fresh, and should never be allowed to hang more than thirty-six to forty-eight hours in summer and four days in winter. The prime joints for roasting are the fillet and the loin. Roast as for beef. The fillet requires great care in roasting. It should have the bone removed, and the cavity filled with stuffing (see receipt). Then fold the udder, and flap round and skewer tight. Cover the top and bottom with buttered paper, and put down to the fire. Let it be quite close for the first quarter of an hour, during which time the joint must be well rubbed with butter, and then remove it to about two feet from the fire, So that it roasts slowly. Keep the paper on all the time, and by these means you will have Veal a fine light brown, almost golden color. A fillet of twelve to sixteen pounds will require about four hours and a half. Serve with hot melted butter, flavored with catsup. Coffee. The principal substances used for the pur- poses of adulteration are caramel, roasted chic- cory, roasted locust beans, roasted corn, etc. Coffee exerts on the system highly beneficial results. Chiccory exercises a medicinal property, not desirable in an article of food. Chiccory, there- fore, as an adulterant, is very objectionable. The adulteration of coffee with caramel, or chiccory, may readily be detected as follows: A spoonful of pure coffee placed gently on the surface of a glass of cold water will float for some time, and Scarcely color the liquid; if it contains caramel or chiccory, it will rapidly absorb the water and sinking to the bottom of the glass, communicating ared- ish-brown tint as it falls. Another method of applying this test is by expertly shaking a spoonful of the suspected coffee, with a wine- glass of cold water, and then placing the glass upon the table. If it is pure, it will rise to the surface, and scarcely color the liquid; but if caramel or chiccory is present, it will sink to the bottom, and the Water will be tinged of a deep red as before. The brown color of decoction or infusion of roasted coffee becomes greenish when treated with a per-Salt of iron, and a brownish green, AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 335 flocculent precipitate is formed. The color of chiccory is only deepened, but not otherwise altered, and no precipitate is formed under the same treatment. A mixture of chiccory and coffee retains a brownish yellow color after the precipitate has subsided, and the liquid appears brownish yellow by refracted light. The addi- tion of a little weak ammonia water aids the subsidence of the precipitate. Roast Beef. , The best pieces for roasting are the sirloin and rib pieces. The latter are oftenest used by small families. Make your butcher remove most of the bone, and skewer the meat into the shape of a round. If you roast in an oven, it is a good plan to dash a small cup of boiling water over the meat in first putting it down, letting it trickle into the pan. This, for a season, checks the escape of the juices, and allows the meat to get warmed through before the top dries by said escape. If there is much fat upon the upper surface, cover with a paste of flour and water until it is nearly done. Baste frequently, at first with salt and water, afterward with the drippings. Allow about a quarter of an hour to a pound, if you like your meat rare; more, if you prefer to have it well done. Some, when the meat is almost done, dredge with flour and baste with butter —only once. Remove the beef, when quite ready, to a heated dish ; skim the drippings; add a tea- cupful of boiling water, boil up once, and send to table in a gravy boat. Many reject made gravy altogether, and only serve the red liquor that runs from the meat into the dish as it is cut. This is the practice with some—indeed most of our best housekeepers. If you have made gravy in a sauce boat, give your guest his choice between that and the juice in the dish. Serve with mustard, or scraped horse-radish and vinegar. To Broil Beefsteaks. The best beefsteaks are those cut from the ribs or from the inside of the sirloin. All other parts are, for this purpose, comparatively hard and tough. They should be cut about three-quarters of an inch thick, and unless the beef is remarka- bly fine and tender, the steaks will be much improved by beating them on both sides with a steak mallet, or with a rolling pin. Do not season them till you have taken them from the fire. Have ready a fine bed of clear, bright coals, entirely free from smoke and ashes. Set the gridiron over the coals in a slanting direction, that the meat may not be smoked by the fat dropping into the fire directly under it. When the gridiron is quite hot, rub the bars with Suet, sprinkle a little salt over the coals, and lay on the steaks. Turn them frequently with a pair of steak-tongs, or with a knife and fork. A quarter of an hour is generally sufficient time to broil a beefsteak. For those who like them underdone or rare, ten or twelve minutes will be enough. & When the fat blazes and smokes very much as it drips into the fire, quickly remove the gridiron for a moment, till the blaze has sub- sided. After they are browned, cover the upper side of the steaks with an inverted plate or dish to prevent the flavor from evaporating. Rub a dish with a shalot, or small onion, and place it near the gridiron and close to the fire, that it may be well heated. In turning the Steak drop the gravy that may be standing on it into this dish, to save it from being lost. When the steaks are done, sprinkle them with a little Salt and pepper, and lay them in a hot dish, putting on each a piece of fresh butter, and serve immediately. - Mutton chops may be broiled in the same Iſla, Illſler. To Keep Dried Beef or Hams from mold, bugs, and every form of decay; after curing and Smoking, hang in a cool, dry place, and once in two or three weeks rub the meaty part thoroughly with cider brandy, high wines, or alcohol. I will warrant it, thus prepared, to keep as good as new. Recipe for Curing Hams. Six gallons soft or rain water, nine pounds rock salt, three ounces saltpetre, one and a half ounces pearlash, one quart molasses, three 886 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. pounds brown sugar. The saltpetre and pearl- ash must be dissolved before putting into the pickle. Boil and skim. Rub the hams thor- oughly with fine salt before putting them into the pickle, to get the blood out of them. To Fry Beefsteaks. Beefsteaks for frying should be cut thinner than for broiling. Take them from the ribs or sirloin, and remove the bone. Beat them to make them tender. Season them with Salt and pepper. Put some fresh butter, or nice beef dripping into a frying pan, and hold it over a clear bright fire till it boils and has done hissing. Then put in the steaks, and (if you like them) some sliced onions. Fry them about a quarter of an hour, turning them frequently. Steaks, when fried, should be thoroughly done. After they are browned, cover them with a large plate to keep in the juices. Have ready a hot dish, and when they are done, take out the steaks and onions and lay them in it with another dish on the top to keep them hot while you give the gravy in the pan another boil up over the fire. You may add to it a spoonful of mushroom catsup. Pour the gravy over the steaks, and send them to table as hot as possible. Mutton chops may be fried in this manner. To Preserve Meat. Meat of any kind may be preserved in a temperature of from 80° to 100° for a period of ten days after it has been soaked in a solu- tion of 1 pint of Salt dissolved in 4 gallons of cold water and # gallon of a solution of bisulphate of calcium. By repeating this process the preservation may be extended by the addition of a solution of gelatine or the white of an egg to the Salt and Water. To Roast a Loin of Pork. Cut the skin in narrow strips, and rub it all over with salt, pepper, and dry sage, finely powdered. Make incisions between the ribs, and stuff it with a dressing made of bread crumbs, chopped onion, pepper, and Salt mixed up with beaten yolk of egg. Put it in the oven and baste it with lard. To Roast a Leg of Pork. Take a sharp knife and score the skin across in narrow stripes (you may cross it again so as to form diamonds) and rub in some pow- dered Sage. Raise the skin at the knuckle and put in a stuffing of minced onion and sage, bread crumbs, pepper, salt, and beaten yolk of egg. Fasten it down with a buttered string, or With skewers. You may make deep incisions in the meat of the large end of the leg, and stuff them also, pressing in the filling very hard. Rub a little Sweet oil all over the skin with a brush or a goose feather, to make it crisp and of a handsome brown. A leg of pork will require from three to four hours to roast. Moisten it all the time by brushing it with Sweet oil, or with fresh butter tied in a rag. To baste it with its own dripping will make the skin tough and hard. Skim the fat care- fully from the gravy, which should be thick- ened with a little flour. A roast leg of pork should always be accom- panied by apple sauce, and by mashed pota- toes and mashed turnips. English Mode of Curing Hams. As soon as the meat comes from the butcher's hand, rub it thoroughly with fine salt. Repeat this four days, keeping the meat where it can drain. The fourth day rub it with saltpetre and a handful of common salt, allowing one pound of Saltpetre to seventy pounds of meat. Now mix one pound of brown sugar and one of molasses, rub over the ham every day for a fortnight, and then smoke with hickory chips or cobs. Hams should be hung highest in meat houses, there they are less liable to the attacks of insects. Pickle. Brown Sugar, 2 pounds. Saltpetre, 4 ounces. Common Salt, Sufficient. Water, 8 gallons. Mix the salt and water together, make the brine strong enough to float an egg, boil and skim, and pour cold on your meat. Meat in- tended for smoking should remain in pickle about four weeks. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 337 Mince Meat, Raisins, stoned, 8 pounds. Currants, 3 6 & Beef Suet, 8 & 6 Bread Crumbs, 1 pound. Lemon Peel, # & 6 Fillet of Beef, cooked, 14 pounds. Salt, Sugar, Spices, Ginger, etc., sufficient. Each ingredient to be chopped up separately and very fine. Mix all well together, and take especial care that the beef is well mixed with the other in- gredients. Moisten with a bottle of brandy and stir occasionally. Meat. FROZEN.—When meat is frozen it should be brought into the kitchen and laid at some dis- tance from the fire, early in the morning; or soak the meat in cold water two or three hours before it is used. Putting it near the fire, or in warm water till thawed, should be avoided. To SMOKE.—This process consists in exposing meat, previously salted, to wood Smoke, in an apartment (usually called the Smoke-house), into which smoke is admitted by flues at the bottom of the side walls. The meat absorbs the pyroligneous acid of the smoke, and gets dried at the same time. It may be protected from soot, by rubbing over with bran, or wrap- ping in a cloth. The Smoke from oak or beech wood is preferable; and the Smoking is better slow and gentle than rapid and powerful,-the latter plan being too often adopted from motives of economy. Hams thus prepared, as is often the case, are ham merely on the surface, and corned pork on the inside. This process is sometimes imitated by immersing the meat for a few hours in diluted pyroligneous acid, but it is apt to harden or toughen the meat. ToUGH.—Meat, if naturally tender, will be made as tough as may be desired by putting a little salt on it, “just to keep it till wanted.” Salt is an excellent hardener. If the tender- ness is to be preserved, as well as the purity of the meat, “a dust of pepper” will do all that iºdiul, To MAKE TENDER.—Meats become tender and more digestible, as well as better flavored, by hanging. In summer, two days are enough for lamb and veal, and from three to four days for beef and mutton. In cold weather mutton may be kept twice that time. Legs and shoulders should be hung knuckle downwards. MEAT—To CAN.—Remove the bones from fresh meat; parboil the flesh; put it into a clean tin can, and fill it up with rich seasoned Soup; solder on the lid, pierced with a very small hole. Next put the tin into a bath of brine and heat until the steam issues from the hole; then solder up, and at the same time remove the can from the bath. In a short time, the pressure of the air will induce a slight concav- ity of the top and bottom of the can. If the process has been successfully performed, this concavity will be permanent, but if at any future time the concavity has ceased, or the ends become slightly convex, it is a sure sign that the meat has become putrid. The system of canning has been, in later years, applied to preserving fresh fruits and vegetables, and is done on substantially the same principles, namely, filling the can with steam, and her- metically sealing before the steam condenses. MEAT—WHEN TO CUT.-Meat that is not to be cut till cold, must be well done, especially in summer. How to Distinguish Good Meat from Bad Meat. 1st. It is neither of a pale pink color nor of a deep purple tint, for the former is a sign of disease, and the latter indicates that the ani- mal has not been slaughtered, but has died with the blood in it, or has suffered from acute fever. 2d. It has a marked appearance from the ramifications of little veins of fat among the muscles. 3d. It should be firm and elastic to the touch and should scarcely moisten the fingers—bad meat being wet and sodden and flabby with the fat looking like jelly or wet parchment. 4th. It should have little or no odor, and the odor should not be disagreeable, for diseased meat has a sickly cadaverous smell, and sometimes a smell of physic. This is very discoverable when the meat is chopped up and drenched with warm water. 338 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 5th. It should not shrink or waste much in cooking. 6th. It should not run to water or become very wet on standing for a day or two, but should, on the contrary, dry upon the surface. 7th. When dried at atemperature of 212°, or thereabouts, it should not lose more than from 70 to 74 per cent. of its weight, whereas bad meat will often lose as much as 80 per cent. The juice of the flesh is alkaline or neutral to test paper. To Make Coffee. The manner in which coffee is roasted is of great importance to its flavor. If roasted too little, it will be weak and insipid ; if too much, the taste will be bitter and unpleasant. To have it very good, it shomld be roasted imme- diately before it is made, doing no more than the quantity you want at that time. It loses much of its strength by keeping, even in twen- ty-four hours after roasting. It should on no consideration be ground till directly before it is made. Every family should be provided with a coffee roaster. Before the coffee is put into the roaster, it should be carefully examined and picked, lost there should be stones or bad grains among it. It should be roasted of a bright brown; and will be improved by putting among it a piece of butter when about half dome. Watch it carefully while roasting, looking at it frequently. A coffee-mill affixed to the wall is far more convenient than one that must be held on the lap. It is best to grind the coffee while warm. Allow half a pint of ground coffee to one quart of water. If the coffee is not freshly roasted, you should put in more. Put the water into the tin coffee pot, and set it on a hot stove; when it boils, put in the coffee, a spoon- ful at a time, (stirring it between each spoon- ful,) add the white of an egg. Stir it frequently till it has risen up to the top in boiling; then set it a little further from the fire, and boil it gently for ten minutes, or a quarter of an hour; after which pour in a teacup of cold water, and put it in the corner to Settle for ten min- utes. Scald your silver or china pot, and transfer the coffee to it, carefully pouring it off from the grounds, so as not to disturb them. If coffee is allowed to boil too long, it will lose much of its strength, and also become sour. To Make Coffee Without Boiling. There are so many patent coffee pots for this purpose, and the directions sold with these are so minute, that I need give only a few general rules here. Allow rather more coffee to a given quantity of water than if it were to be boiled, and have it ground very fine. Put the coffee in the uppermost compartment, pour on the water very slowly until the fine coffee is satu- rated, then more rapidly. The water should be boiling. Shut down the top, and the coffee ought to be ready when it has gone throug the double or treble set of strainers. Should it not be strong enough, run it through again. To Make Tea. In buying tea it is best to get it by the box, that you may be sure of having it fresh and unmixed with any that is old and of inferior quality. The box should be kept in a very dry place. If green tea is good, it will look green in the cup when poured out. Black tea should be dark-colored and have a fragrant, flowery smell. The best pots for making tea are those of china. Metal and wedgwood teapots by fre- quent use will often communicate a disagreea- ble taste to the tea. This disadvantage may be remedied in wedgwood ware, by occasionally boiling the teapots in a vessel of hot water. In preparing to make tea, let the pot be twice scalded from the teakettle, which must be boil- ing hard at the moment the water is poured on the tea, otherwise it will be weak and insipid, even when a large quantity is put in. The best way is to have a chafing dish, with a kettle always boiling on it, in the room where the tea is made. It is a good rule to allow two heap- ing teaspoonfuls of tea to a large cupful of water, or two teaspoonfuls to each grown per- son that is to drink tea, and one spoonful extra. The pot being twice Scalded, put in the tea, and pour on the water about ten minutes be- fore you want to fill the cups, that it may have time to draw or infuse. Have hot water in another pot, to weaken the cups of those that AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 339 like it so. That the second course of cups may be as strong as the first, put some tea into a cup just before you sit down to the table, pour on it a very little boiling water, (just enough to cover it), Set a saucer over it to keep in the steam, and let it infuse till you have filled all the first cups; then add it to that already in the teapot, and pour in a little boiling water from the kettle. Except that it is less conve- nient for a large family, a kettle on a chafing dish is better than an urn, as the water may be kept longer boiling. In making black tea use a larger quantity than of green, as it is of a much weaker nature. The best black teas in general use are Pekoe and Pouchon. The best green teas are Imperial, Young Hyson and Gunpowder. Chocolate. Six tableSpoonfuls grated chocolate to each pint of Water, as much milk as you have water. Sweeten to taste. Put on the water boiling hot, rub the chocolate smooth in a little cold water, and stir into the boiling water. Boil twenty minutes; add the milk and boil ten minutes more, stirring frequently. You can sweeten upon the fire or in the cups. Raspberry Vinegar. Mash two quarts of raspberries; put them in a dish, and cover them with white wine vinegar; let them stand twelve hours or more, then run the juice through a jelly bag; to each pint allow two pounds of loaf sugar, which you have previously pounded, melted in a little water, and clarified with the whites of four eggs. When it boils, skim it well, and add to the juice. Let the whole boil half an hour, and when cold, bottle; cork, seal it over, and keep it in a cool, dry place. Raspberry Wine. Put four gallons of ripe raspberries into a stone jar, and mash them with a round stick. Take four gallons of soft water (measured after it has boiled an hour) and strain it warm over the raspberries. Stir it well and let it stand twelve hours. Then strain it through a bag, and to every gallon of liquor put three pounds of loaf sugar. Set it over a clear fire, and boil and skim it till the Scum ceases to rise. When it is cold bottle it. Open the bottles every day for a fortnight, closing them again in a few minutes. Then seal the corks, and lay the bottles on their sides in Sawdust which must not be from pine Wood. Raspberry Vinegar. Pour one quart of pure cider vinegar over three quarts of ripe raspberries in a dish ; let it stand twenty-four hours, then strain it; pour the liquor over three quarts of fresh rasp- berries, and let it infuse again for a day and night; strain again, and add one pound white sugar to each pint of juice; boil twenty min- utes, skimming it well. Bottle and seal when cold. Blackberry Cordial. Squeeze the juice from the berries, and to every pint of juice add one pint of water; to every quart of this mixture put one pint whisky or brandy; sweeten to taste, use the best refined sugar; a few spices may be added, if liked. This makes a very superior cordial, and improves with age. This receipt answers for strawberries, peaches, wild grapes, etc. Elderberry Wine. Gather the elderberries when quite ripe; put them into a stone jar, mash them with a round stick, and set them in a warm oven, or in a large kettle of boiling water till the jar is hot through, and the berries begin to sim- mer. Then take them out, and press and strain them through a sieve. To every quart of juice allow a pound of white sugar, and two quarts of cold soft water. Put the sugar into a large kettle, pour the juice over it, and when it has dissolved, stir in the water. Set the kettle over the fire, and boil and skim it till the Scum ceases to rise. To four gallons of the liquor add a pint and a half of brandy. Put it into a keg, and let it stand with the bung put in loosely for four or five days, by which time it will have ceased to ferment. 340 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Then stop it closely, plastering the bung with clay. At the end of six months, draw off a little of it; and if it is not quite clear and bright, refine it with the whites and shells of three or four eggs, beaten to a stiff froth and stirred into a quart of the wine, taken out for the purpose, and then returned to the cask; or you may refine it with an ounce or more of dissolved isinglass. Let it stand a week or two, and then bottle it. This is an excellent domestic wine. Strawberry Wine. Three quarts of strawberries, mashed and strained. To the juice (there should be about a quart, if the berries are ripe and fresh) add one quart of water, one pound of Sugar. Stir up well and ferment in a clean, Sweet cask, leaving the bung out. When the working sub- sides close tightly, or rack off into bottles. This is said by those who have tasted it to be very good. Currant Wine, Take four gallons of ripe currants; strip them from the stalks into a great stone jar that has a cover to it, and mash them with a long thick stick. Let them stand twenty-four hours; then put the currants into a large linem bag; wash out the jar, set it under the bag, and squeeze the juice into it. Boil together two gallons and a half of water, and five pounds and a half of the best loaf-sugar, skimming it well. When the Scum ceases to rise, mix the syrup with the currant juice. Let it stand a fortnight or three weeks to set- tle ; and then transfer it to another vessel, taking care not to disturb the dregs. If it is not quite clear and bright, refine it by mixing with a quart of the wine, taken out for the purpose, the whites of two eggs beaten to a stiff froth, and half an ounce of cream of tar- tar. Pour this gradually into the vessel. Let it stand ten days, and then bottle it off. Place the bottles in sawdust, laying them on their sides. Take care that the Sawdust is not from pine wood. You may add a little brandy to it when you make it; allowing a quart of brandy to six gallons of wine. This wine improves with age. Spruce Beer. Put into a large kettle ten gallons of water, a quarter of a pound of hops, and a teacupful of ginger. Boil them together till all the hops sink to the bottom. Then dip out a bucket full of the liquor, and stir into it six quarts of molasses, and three ounces and a half of the essence of spruce. When all is dissolved, mix it with the liquor in the kettle ; strain it through a hair sieve into a cask; and stir well into it half a pint of good strong yeast. Let it ferment a day or two, then bung up the cask, and you may bottle the beer the next day. It will be fit for use in a week. For the essence of spruce, you may substi- tute two pounds of the outer sprigs of the spruce fir, boiled ten minutes in the liquor. Canned Fruit and Vegetables. Canned fruit and vegetables are often adul- terated with coloring and flavoring substances of an unwholesome character. The most com- mon are red coloring matter in tomatoes (not very common in this country), fuchsine and aniline in fruits, and Salts of copper in peas and other green vegetables. It occasionaliy happens also, that the solder with which the cans are closed causes contamination of ruits with lead. Sometimes the cans themselves are a still greater source of danger, being made of lead tin. Within the last few years a recipe for pre- serving fruits has been widely sold, which con- sisted in exposing the fruit to the fumes of burning sulphur or immersing it in water which had been impregnated with Sulphurous acid by such exposure. The deleterious influence of such a preservative is well shown by the fact that it destroys the color of fruit exposed to its action, and deprives it of its finest aromatic flavors. It should never be employed. The plan is not a new one, though presented as such. It has been well known for many years, perhaps centuries. Salicylic acid has been sug- gested as a preservative; but the quantities in which it would need to be used would render articles preserved with it unwholesome food. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. When the coloring matter is of an earthy character, some portions may be found in the bottom of the can as a sediment. When fuch- sine or aniline is present it may be detected by placing in the juice of the fruit, as found in the can, a few threads of white woolen yarn or worsted. After half an hour remove the threads, and if the coloring matters mentioned are present they will be colored red, as will not be the case if only the fruit juices are present. Adulteration with copper may be strongly sus- pected if such vegetables as peas have a bright green appearance. The presence of copper will be proved if a bright strip of iron or a sewing needle placed in the can over night after add- ing a few drops of sulphuric acid is found to be coated with a coppery-colored film in the morning. A very Small proportion of copper may be detected in this way. To Keep Cabbages. Gather them before the severe fall frosts. Let the coarse outside leaves remain on them. Fix a strong string around the stalk and sus- pend the cabbage from the timbers of the ceil- ing, head downward. The cellar should be cool and dry. This will preserve them with a certainty. Another good method is to cut the cabbage from the stump, pack close in a cask, taking care to fill up all the vacancies with dry chaff or bran, and keep in a dry cellar. Cider—How to Keep Sweet. Use only sound apples; make the cider when the weather is almost cold enough to freeze the apples. Expose the cider during freezing weather, and stir it till the whole of it is re- duced as near the freezing point as possible without freezing. Then barrel it, bung up tight, and place it in a cellar kept nearly down to freezing point. As long as you can keep it cold enough it will not ferment, and as long as it does not ferment, it will remain sweet. To Keep Cauliflower. They can be kept in a cellar by covering the roots and stalks with earth till February; or they may be placed in a trench in the garden, roots down, and covered with earth, up close to the heads, and then cover with hay or straw, four or five inches thick, placing just enough soil on the straw to keep it in its posi- tion. This method does well in the latitude of New York, but in colder climates a thicker covering would be required. Cherries—Dried. Take the stems and stones from ripe cherries, spread them on flat dishes and dry them in the hot sum or Warm oven; pour on whatever juice may have run from them, stir them about, that they may dry evenly. When they are perfectly dry line boxes or jars with white paper and pack them close in layers, strew a little brown sugar, and fold the paper over, and keep them in a dry place, or put them in muslin bags and hang them in an airy place. Ox-Tail Soup. Procure two fresh ox-tails, cut each joint, after dividing them, into inch lengths with a small meat saw, steep them in water for two hours, and then place them in a stew-pan with 3 car- rots, 3 turnips, 3 onions, 2 heads of celery, 4 cloves, and a blade of mace. Fill up the stew- pan with broth from the boiling stockpot, boil this by the side of the stove fire till done, drain the pieces of ox-tail on a large sieve, allow them to cool, trim them neatly, and place them in a Soup pot. Clarify the broth the ox-tails were boiled in, strain it through a napkin into a basin, and then pour it into the soup-pot con- taining the trimmed pieces of ox-tails, and also Some small, olive-shaped pieces of carrot and turnip that have been boiled in a little of the broth, and a small lump of sugar, add a pinch of pepper, and previously to sending the soup to table, let it boil gently by the side of the stove fire for a few minutes. This soup may be served also in various other ways, by adding thereto a purée of any sort of vegetables, such, 842 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. for instance, as a purée of peas, carrots, tur- nips, celery, lentils. Egg Plants. After paring, cut them in slices as thin as possible, let them lie an hour in Salt water, then season with pepper and salt, dredge fine powdered cracker or stale bread crumbs over each piece, beat up an egg as for veal cutlet, and dip in each alternately, and put in a pan with some hot butter or beef drippings. Fry slowly until quite soft and a dark brown on both sides. Serve them up hot. New Potatoes a la Creme. Cut some recently boiled new potatoes in slices, put them into a stew-pan with a gill of cream, 4 ounces of fresh butter, a very little nutmeg, pepper and salt, and the juice of half a lemon; set them to boil on the stove fire, toss them well together, and dish them up with Crówtow8. Green Peas—Plain. Put the peas into boiling water, some Salt and a bunch of green mint; keep them boiling briskly for about twenty minutes, and when done, drain them in a colander, dish them up with chopped boiled mint on the top, and send some small pats of very fresh butter separately on a plate. Stewed Peas. Put 1 quart of young peas into a pan, with 4 ounces of butter and plenty of cold water; rub the peas and butter together with the fin- gers until well mixed, then pour off the water and put the peas into a Stew-pan, with a couple of cabbage-lettuces, shred Small, a bunch of green onions and parsley, a dessertspoonful of pounded sugar, and a little salt; put the lid on and set the peas to boil very gently over a slow fire for about a half an hour; when done, if there appears to be much liquor, boil it down quickly over the fire. Next put about 2 ounces of fresh butter on a plate, with a dessertspoon- ful of flour, and knead them together; put this into the peas, and toss the whole together over the stove fire until well mixed; dish the peas up, garnished round with pastry, and serve. Asparagus With White Sauce. Pick the loose leaves from the heads and scrape the stalks clean, wash them in a pan of cold water, tie them up in bundles of about 20 each, keeping all the heads turned the same way; cut the stalks even, leaving them about 8 inches long. Put the asparagus in hot water with a small handful of salt in it, to boil for about twenty minutes, and when done, drain them carefully upon a napkin to avoid breaking off the heads; dish them up on a square, thick piece of toasted bread dipped in the water they have been boiled in, and sent to table with some white Sauce, separately in a sauce-boat. Spinach. With Butter. Pick all the stalks from the spinach, wash it in several waters and drain it upon a sieve; throw it into a stew-pan of hot water with a handful of salt, and keep it boiling until it be- comes thoroughly tender and soft to the touch; then drain it in a colander, immerse it in cold water, and afterwards Squeeze all the water from it. The spinach must next be carefully turned over with the point of a knife, to remove any straws or stalks that may have been over- looked; it should then be chopped or pounded. in a mortar, rubbed through a coarse wire sieve, and placed in a stew-pan with about 2 ounces of butter, a little Salt, and grated nutmeg ; stir the spinach over a stove fire with a wooden spoon until it becomes quite warm, then add a gravy- spoonful of good sauce, a small piece of glaze, and about 4 ounces of fresh butter. Work the whole together with a wooden spoon until well mixed, then pile the Spinach up in the centre of the dish, garnish it round with crôutons, and Serv6. Julienne Soup. Take three red carrots of a large size, as many sound turnips, and the white parts of the same number of leeks, heads of celery, and onions. Cut all these vegetables into AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 343 fine shreds an inch long; put them into a convenient-sized stew-pan, with two ounces of fresh butter, a little salt, and a teaspoonful of pounded Sugar. Simmer these vegetables on a slow stove fire, taking care they do not burn. When they become slightly brown add three quarts of veal gravy or light-colored consommé; let the Soup boil, skim all the butter off as it rises to the surface, and, when the vegetables are done, throw in the leaves of two cabbage- lettuces and a handful of sorrel, shred like the carrots, etc.; add a few leaves of tarragon and chervil. Boil the whole for ten minutes longer, taste the Soup in order to ascertain whether the seasoning is correct, and serve. Scotch Broth. Take a neck of fresh mutton; trim it the same as for cutlets; take the scrag and trim- mings, with 2 carrots, 3 turnips, 2 heads of celery, 2 onions, a bunch of parsley, and a sprig of thyme, and with these make some mutton broth, filling up from either broth from the common stockpot or with water. While the mutton broth is boiling, cut up the neck of mutton, previously trimmed for the purpose, into chops, which should have the superfluous skin and fat pared away, and place them in a three-quart stew-pan, together with the red or outer part of 2 carrots, 3 turnips, 2 leeks, 1 onion, and 2 heads of celery—the whole of those to be cut in the form of very small dice; add 6 ounces of Scotch barley, previously washed and parboiled, and then pour on to the whole the broth made from the scrag, etc., when strained and the fat removed. Allow the soup thus far prepared to boil gently until the chops and vegetables be thoroughly done. Five min- utes before sending the soup to table, throw into it a tablespoonful of chopped and blanched parsley. Be sparing in the use of salt, so as not to overpower the simple but sweet flavor which characterizes this broth. Lettuce and Whole-Pea Soup. Pick, wash and blanch a dozen white-heart cabbage-lettuces ; cut them open and spread them on a clean napkin; season them with pepper and salt; then put two together face to face, and proceed to tie them up with twine. Cover the bottom of a stew-pan with thin layers of fat bacon and place the lettuce thereon; pour over them some broth from the boiling stockpot, over which lay a round of buttered paper, place the lid on the stew-pan, start them to boil on the fire, and then place them on a slackened stove to simmer gently for about an hour, after which drain the lettuces on a clean napkin, untie them, and after having cut them into inch lengths lay them in the soup-tureen, together with a pint of young green peas, boiled for the purpose, and a small pinch of pepper. Take every particle of fat off the broth in which the lettuces have been braized, and add it to the lettuces and peas already in the tureen, over which pour 2 quarts of bright, strong consommé of fowl; ascertain that the Soup is palatable, and having thrown in a hand- ful of duchess's crusts, send to table. Rabbit Pie. Made in the same way, but make a force- meat to cover the bottom of the dish by pound- ing a quarter pound of boiled bacon with the livers of the rabbits; some pepper and salt, some pounded mace, some chopped pars- ley, and an eschalot, thoroughly beaten to- gether; and you may lay some thin slices of ready-dressed ham or bacon on the top of your rabbits. Chicken Pie. Parboil and then cut up neatly two young chickens; dry them, set them over a slow fire for a few minutes. Have ready some veal stuffing or forcemeat; lay it at the bottom of the dish, and place in the chickens upon it, and with it some pieces of dressed ham; cover it with paste. Bake it from an hour and a half to two hours. When sent to table add Some good gravy, well seasoned and not too thick. Duck pie is made in like manner, only sub- stituting duck stuffing instead of the weal. The above may be put into a raised French crust and baked. When done take off the top and put a ragout of Sweetbread to the chicken. 344 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Giblet Pie, Clean well and stew two or three sets of goose giblets; cut the leg in two, the wing and neck into three, and the gizZard into four pieces. Preserve the liquor, and set the gib- lets by till cold, otherwise the heat of the giblets will spoil the paste you cover the pie with ; then season the whole with black pepper and salt, and put them into a deep dish; cover it with paste, rub it over with yolk of egg, ornament and bake it an hour and a half in a moderate oven. In the meantime take the liquor the giblets were stewed in, skim it free from fat, put it over a fire in a clean stew-pan, thicken it a little with flour and butter, or flour and water, season it with pepper and salt and the juice of half a lemon; add a few drops of browning, strain it through a fine sieve, and, when you take the pie from the oven, pour some of this into it through a fun- nel. Some lay in the bottom of the dish a moderately thick rump-steak. If you have any cold game or poultry, cut it in pieces and add it to the above. Raised Ham Pie. Soak four or five hours a small ham; wash and scrape it well; cut off the knuckles and boil it for half an hour; then take it up and trim it very neatly. Take off the rind and put it into an oval stew-pan, with a pint of Maderia or Sherry, and enough veal stock to cover it. Let it stew for two hours, or till three-parts done; take it out and Set in a cold place; then raise a crust as in the foregoing receipt, large enough to receive it; put in the ham, and around it the veal forcemeat; cover and ornament. It will take about one hour and a half to bake in a slow ovem. When done take off the cover, glaze the the top, and pour round the following Sauce, viz.: take the liquor the ham was stewed in, skim it free from fat, thicken with a little flour and butter mixed together, a few drops of browning, and some cayenne pepper. The above is a good way of dressing a small ham, and has a good effect cold for a Supper. Raised Pork Pie.-English. Make a raised crust, of a good size, with paste, about four inches high; take the rind and chinebone from a loin of pork, cut it into chops, beat them with a chopper, season them with pepper and Salt and powdered sage, and fill your pie; put on the top and close it, and pinch it round the edge; rub it over with yolk of egg, and bake it two hours, with a paper over to prevent the crust from burning. When done, pour in some good gravy, with a little ready-mixed mustard and a teaspoonful of cat- Sup. Beefsteak Pudding. Get rump steaks, not too thick; beat them with a chopper; cut them into pieces about half the size of your hand, and trim off all the skin, Sinews, etc.; have ready an onion peeled and chopped fine, likewise some pota- toes peeled and cut into slices a quarter of an inch thick; rub the inside of a basin or an oval plain mould with butter, sheet it with paste as directed for boiled puddings; season the steaks with pepper, Salt, and a little grated nutmeg ; put in a layer of steak, then another of potatoes, and so on till it is full, occasion- ally throwing in part of the chopped onion; add to it half a gill of mushroom catsup, a tablespoonful of lemon pickle, and a half a gill of water or veal broth; roll out a top and close it well to prevent the Water getting in; rinse a clean cloth in hot Water, sprinkle a little flour over it, and tie up the pudding; have ready a large pot of water boiling, put it in, and boil it two hours and a half; take it up, remove the cloth, turn it downwards in a deep dish, and when Wanted take away the basin or mould. Beefsteak and Oyster Pie. Cut three pounds of fillet of beef or rump steaks into large Scallops, fry them quickly over a very brisk fire So as to brown them before they are half done; then place them on the bottom of the dish, leaving the center open in two successive layers; fill the center with AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 345 four dozen oysters, previously parboiled and breaded, season with pepper and salt, and pour the following preparation over the whole. When the scallops of beef have been fried in a sauce or fryingpan, pour nearly all the grease out, and shake a tablespoonful of flour into it; stir this over the fire for one minute, and then add a pint of good gravy or broth, two tablespoon- fuls of mushroom catsup, and an equal quantity of Harvey sauce, and the liquor of the oysters; stir the whole over the fire, and keep it boiling for a quarter of an hour. Half an hour after this sauce has been poured into the pie, cover it with puff paste in the usual way, bake it for an hour and a half, and serve. Chicken Pie. Cut 2 chickens into small members, as for fricassee; cover the bottom of the pie-dish with layers of scallops of veal and ham placed alter- nately; season with chopped mushrooms and parsley, pepper and salt, then add a little white sauce; next place in the dish the pieces of chicken in neat order, and round these put a plower's egg in each cavity; repeat the season- ing and the Sauce, lay a few thin slices of dressed ham neatly trimmed on the top; cover the pie with puff-paste, ornament this with pieces of the same cut into the form of leaves, etc., egg the pie over with a paste-brush, and bake it for one hour and a half. A very good chicken pie may be made by omitting the plover's eggs, mushrooms, ham, and the sauce; substituting for these the yolks of eggs boiled hard, chopped parsley, bacon, and a little mushroom catsup, Some common gravy, or even Water. Beefsteak and Oyster Pudding. Line a two-quart pudding basin with some beef-suet paste; fill this lining with a prepara- tion similar to that described for making beef- steak and oyster pie, except that the sauce must be more reduced. When the pudding is filled, wet the edges of the paste round the top of the basin with a paste-brush dipped in water, cover it with a piece of Suet-paste rolled out to the size of the basin, fasten it down by bearing all round the edge with the thumb, and then with the thumb and forefinger, twist the edges of the paste over and over 80 as to give it a corded appearance. This pudding must be either steamed or boiled three hours; when doise turn it out of the basin carefully, pour Some rich brown gravy under it, and serve. To Color Candied Sugar, Red.—Boil an ounce of cochineal in half a pint of water for five minutes, add an ounce of cream of tartar, half an ounce of pounded alum and boil them on a slow fire for ten min- utes; if it shows the color clear on white paper it is sufficient. Add two ounces of Sugar and bottle it for use. Blue.—Put a little warm water on a plate, and rub indigo in it till the color has come to the tint required. Yellow.—Rub with some water a little gam- boge on a plate; or infuse the heart of a yellow lily flower with milk-warm water. Green.—Boil the leaves of spinach about a minute in a little water, and when strained bottle the liquor for use. In coloring refined sugars, taste and fancy must guide the work- IIläll. To Candy Sugar. To Prepare Sugar for Candying.—The first process is clarifying, which is done thus: Break the white of an egg into a preserving pan; put to it four quarts of water, and beat it with a whisk to a froth. Then put in twelve pounds of Sugar, mix all together, and set it over the fire. When it boils, put in a little cold water, and proceed as often as necessary, till the scum rises thick on the top. Then remove it from the fire, and when it is settled, take off the Scum, and pass it through a straining bag. If the sugar should not appear very fine, boil it again before straining it. To Candy Sugar.—After having completed the above first process, put what quantity is wanted over the fire, and boil it until it is smooth enough. This is known by dipping the skimmer into the sugar, and touching it between the forefinger and thumb, and immediately on open- ing them a slnall thread will be observed drawn between, which will crystalize and break, and 846 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. remain in a drop on the thumb, which will be a sign of its gaining some degree of smooth- mess. Boil it again, and it will draw into a larger string; it is now called bloom sugar, and must be boiled longer than in the former pro- cess. To try its forwardness, dip again the skimmer, shaking off the sugar into the pan; them blow with the mouth strongly through the holes, and if certain bladders go through, it has acquired the second degree. To prove if the liquid has arrived at the state called feathered Sugar, redip the skimmer, and shake it over the pan, then give it a sudden flirt behind, and the sugar will fly off like feathers. It now arrives to the state called crackled sugar, to obtain which the mass must be boiled longer than in the preceding degree; then dip a stick in it, and put it directly into a pan of cold water, draw off the sugar which hangs to the stick in the water, and if it turns hard and snaps, it has acquired the proper degree of crystallization; if otherwise, boil it again until it acquires that brittleness. The last stage of refining this article is called caramel sugar—to obtain which it must be boiled longer than in any of the preceding methods; prove it by dipping a stick first into the Sugar and then into cold water, and the moment it touches the latter it will, if matured, Snap like glass. Be careful that the fire is not too fierce, as by flaming up against the sides of the pan, it will burn and discolor the Sugar. Rhubarb Pie. Cut the large stalks off where the leaves commence, strip off the outside skin, them cut the stalks in pieces half an inch long, line a pie dish with paste rolled rather thicker than a dollar piece, put in a layer of the rhubarb nearly an inch deep ; to a quart bowl of cut rhubarb put a large teacup of Sugar, strew it over with a salt-spoonful of Salt and half a nutmeg grated; cover with a rich pie crust, cut a slit in the center, trim off the edge with a sharp knife, and bake in a quick oven until the pie loosens from the dish. Rhubarb pies made in this way are altogether superior to those made of the fruit stewed. Whortleberry Pie. Put a quart of picked huckleberries into a basin of water, take off whatever floats, take up the berries by the handful, pick out all the stems and unripe berries, and put them into a dish; line a buttered pie dish with a pie paste, put in the berries half an inch deep, and to a quart of berries put a teacup of brown Sugar, and half a teacup of water; dredge a teaspoon- ful of flour over, strew a salt-spoonful of salt, and half a nutmeg grated over; cover the pie, cut a slit in the center, or make several small incisions on either side of it, press the two crusts together around the edge, trim it off neatly with a sharp knife, and bake in a quick oven for three-quarters of an hour. Ripe Currant Pie. Make as directed for huckleberry pie; use twice as much sugar, and a puff paste crust. Green Currant Pie or Tarts. Pick the currants free from stems, stew them as directed for rhubarb tarts, and make in pie or tarts. Gooseberry Tarts and Pies. Take off the stems and blossom end; wash them and stew them the same as rhubarb for tarts; make them in pies, or make them in tarts; strew a little Sugar over, and bake. Blackberry Pie. Pick the berries clean, rinse them in cold Water, and finish as directed for huckleberries. Custard Pies. Boil a quart of milk, beat four or five eggs light, and stir them gradually into it, and finish as directed for cream pies. Pumpkin Pie. Cut up a nice cheese pumpkin, take out the seeds and stringy inside, pare off the rind, and cut the pumpkin Small, then put it in a kettle with a teacup of Water; cover the vessel, and ...N ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. set it over a gentle fire, until the pumpkin is soft enough to mash when lightly pressed; then set a colander or sieve into a basin, take the stewed pumpkin into it, and press it through into the basin with a ladle or wooden Spoon; when it is all rubbed through, add to it milk enough to make a thin batter, to every quart of this batter put four well beaten eggs; make it sweet, a small teacup of sugar and a Salt- spoonful of salt, for each quart, is about what will generally be liked; grate in a nutmeg, and a teaspoonful of extract of lemon, and Some ground ginger, if liked. Line flat-bottomed pie dishes with pie paste, and nearly fill them with the pumpkin mixture, lay a strip of paste around the edge, trim off the outside neatly, and bake three-quarters of an hour in a quick oven; the top of the pie should be delicately brown. Ornament as directed for cream pies. A less number of eggs than is mentioned in this receipt, may be used; pumpkin pies are Sometimes made without any eggs; these are less delicate, as may be supposed. To Make Mince Pie Mixture. Weigh two pounds of chopped meat, put to it two pounds of Suet free from strings or skin, and chopped fine; add two pounds of currants, picked, washed and dried, and four pounds of peeled and chopped rich tart apples, with the juice of two lemons, and the chopped peel of one; a pint of Sweet wine, and one large nut- meg grated, or a teaspoonful of ground mace, three pounds and a half of sugar, quarter of an ounce of ground cloves, or allspice, and the same of cinnamon and a large tablespoonful of salt; mix the whole well together, put it in a stone pot or jar, cover it close and set it in a cool place for use; mix it well together before using. Mince Pies. Line a pie dish with a nice puff paste, rolled to twice the thickness of a dollar piece, put in the pie mixture half an inch deep, and spread it to within a finger width of the edge; roll out a puff paste crust, turn a plate the size of the one on which the pie is made on to it, and with a knife cut the paste around, the size of the plate, then take the plate off, make three small incisions with the end of the knife on either side of the middle, take it carefully up, and cover the pie with it, press it lightly with the finger against the bottom crust, put in quick oven for three-quarters of an hour ; the top may be brushed over with the yoke of an egg beaten with a little milk. Mince pies made in this way should be served warm. Sponge Cake. Sift half a pound of flour, and powder a pound of the best loaf sugar. Grate the yellow rind and squeeze into a saucer the juice of three lemons. Beat twelve eggs, and when they are as light as possible, beat into them gradually and very hard the Sugar, adding the lemon, and beating the whole for a long time. Then, by degrees, stir in the flour slowly and lightly ; for if the flour is stirred hard and fast into the Sponge cake, it will make it porous and tough. Have ready buttered, a sufficient number of little square tins (the thinner they are the bet- ter), half fill them with the mixture ; grate loaf Sugar over the top of each ; put them imme- diately into a quick oven, and bake them about ten minutes, taking out one to try when you think they are done. Spread them on an inverted sieve to cool. If you are willing to take the whole trouble, they will bake much nicer in little square paper cases, which you must make of thick letter paper, turn- ing up the sides all round, and pasting together or sewing up the corners. If you bake the mixture in one large cake, (which is not advisable unless you have had much practice in baking), put it into a buttered tin pan or mould, and set it directly into a hot oven, as it will fall and become heavy if allowed to stand. Apple Pudding. Half the whites and all the yolks of 10 eggs, beat them very light, add 1 pint of apples, after they are stewed and put through a sifter, stir in 3 pound of butter, the grated peel of 2 large lemons, and juice of one; sugar to taste. Mace and nutmeg are very good substitutes for lemon Julce. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Baked Apple Pudding. Pare and quarter 4 large apples, boil them tender with the rind of a lemon with so little water that when done no water may remain, beat them quite fine in a mortar, add the crumb of a small roll, 3 pound of butter melted, the yolks of 5 and whites of 3 eggs, juice of # a lemon, sugar to your taste; beat all well to- gether, and bake it in a paste. Lemon Blanc-Mange. Pour 1 pint of hot water upon 1 ounce of isinglass, when it is dissolved add the juice of 3 lemons, the peel of one grated, 6 yolks of eggs beaten, § a pint of Lisbon wine, Sweeten it to your taste; let it boil, then strain it, and put it into your moulds. Blanc-Mange. Take 2 ounces of isinglass, 1 quart of new milk, strain it and sweeten to your taste, add rose or peach water, let it be only milk-warm when you put it in the moulds; if you wish it particularly nice, blanch 4 pound almonds, beat them very fine in a mortar, and stir in before you boil or strain. Orange Pudding. Take 1 pound of butter creamed, 1 pound of sugar, 10 eggs, the juice of 2 oranges; boil the peel, then pound it fine, and mix it with the juice; add the juice of 1 lemon, a wineglass of brandy, wine, and rose water. Hominy Pudding. Take the hominy, warm it, and mash through a sifter until you get a pint, add 3 of a pound of butter, melted, stir a teacup of cream into it, and let it cool; them add half the whites of 6 eggs; Sugar, nutmeg, mace, and wine to your taste. Bake it. Cocoanut Pudding. To 1 large cocoanut, grated, add the whites of 8 eggs, 3 pound of Sugar, 4 pound of butter, two tablespoonfuls of rose water. Bake it in a paste. Rice Pudding. Take 3 pound of rice, tied in a cloth, boiled Well, and then put through a sieve; add 1 quart of milk, and keep stirring until it thickens; then add 6 ounces of butter stirred into the rice, 12 yolks and 6 whites of eggs well beaten; mace, nutmeg, wine and sugar to your taste. This quantity will make two large puddings. If you choose you may add currants or any other fruit. Ground Rice or Sago Pudding. Boil a tablespoonful of it heaped, in a pint of new milk, with lemon peel and Cinnamon; When cold, add sugar, nutmeg and 2 eggs, well beaten. Sweet Potato Pudding. Take 5 eggs, # a pound of butter, 3 of a pound of Sugar, add as much sweet potato as will thicken it, the juice and grated peel of 1 lemon, beat it very light. Potato Pudding. Take $ a pound of boiled potatoes, beat well in a mortar with # a pound each of sugar and butter, the yolks of 10 eggs, the whites of 4, well beaten, 2 Naples biscuit grated, and # a pint of cream; mix them well with the other ingredients, and pour it on a thin paste. Bake for half an hour. Citron Pudding. Half a pound of sugar, a pound of butter creamed, the yolks of 9 eggs, a wineglass of brandy, a pound of citron, chopped very fine. Cream Pudding. To 8 eggs beaten very light, stir in 13 pints of flour, Salt to your taste, mix a little milk, then put in 6 ounces of Sugar, just before you put it in the oven add 1 pint of thick cream. Bake for three-quarters of an hour. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 349 Custard Pudding. One pint of milk, 8 spoonfuls of flour. 6 eggs, and salt to your taste. Sugar. Wedding Cake. Three pounds of flour, 3 pounds of butter, 8 pounds of Sugar, 2 dozen of eggs, 3 pounds of raisins, 6 pounds of currants, 1 pound of citron, 1 ounce of mace, 1 ounce of cinnamon, 1 ounce of nutmegs, # an ounce of cloves, # a pint of brandy. Beat the butter with your hand to cream, then beat the sugar into the butter, and the froth of the yolks of the eggs after being well beaten, then the froth of the whites; mix fruit, spice and flour together; then add them in with beating. Five or six hours' baking will answer for a large loaf. Election Cake. Five pounds of flour, 2 pounds of sugar, 3. pound of butter, 5 eggs, yeast, 1 pint of milk, and spice as you please. Indian Pudding. Boil 1 spoonful of fine Indian flour well, then add 1 pint of milk, and let it all boil; when cool, beat in two eggs. Sweeten and S68,SOE). Baked Indian Pudding. Eight ounces of mush, 6 ounces of butter, 6 ounces of Sugar, the yolks of six eggs, and the white of 1; mix the butter in the mush when hot, beat the eggs and sugar together; add to the mush, when cool, nutmeg, mace and wine to your taste; bake. Plum Pudding. Mix well together 1 pound of raisins, 1 pound of currants, the crumbs of 3 a loaf of bread, 3 of a pound of flour, 1 pound of suet; stir in 6 eggs and 1 tumbler of porter; put in 3 of a nutmeg, 3 pound of citron and cinnamon; to give taste add 2 ounces of fine sugar. You may use, instead of porter, a small tea-cup of yeast. Before taking it out of the bag dip into cold water. Apple Custard. Take apples, pared, cored and slightly stewed, sufficient to cover the dish, 6 eggs, 1 quart of milk; spice to your taste. Bake it one-third of an hour. Tomato Catsup. Cut up the tomatoes, and between every layer sprinkle a layer of salt, let them stand a few hours before you boil them, which do very well; then strain them through a colander on Some horse-radish, onions or garlic, mustard- Seed, beaten ginger, pepper and mace; cover it close; let it stand a day or two, then bot- tle and seal it for use. Puff-Pastes One pound and a quarter of flour, and 1 pound of butter; divide the butter into four equal parts; mix one-fourth part of the butter with three fourths of the flour, and work the remainder of the flour and butter in. Biddle Pudding. One pint of milk, 4 large tablespoonfuls of flour, 4 eggs. Butter the bake-dish. Put it in the oven when you are about to dish the dinner, allowing twenty-five minutes for baking; bring it directly from the oven to the table, or it falls. Sauce for the above.—One cup of brown sugar, 2 tablesooomfuls of cream, 1 ounce of butter. Stir the butter and sugar thoroughly, then add a little of the cream at a time, to keep from separating; add wine to the taste in the same manner (not quite a wineglass). Let the mix- ture melt; it will be a white froth when done. Enough for five persons. Meringue Pudding. One quart milk, 1 pint grated bread, the yolks of 4 eggs, the rind of 1 lemon, grated; Sweeten to taste. Bake to a custard, which will be in about half an hour, then take it from the oven. Beat the whites of the 4 eggs, 2 table- Spoonfuls of sugar, and the juice of the lemon, and put it on the top of the pudding. Set it in the oven again and let it brown slightly. 350 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Lemon Cake. Twelve eggs, 1% pounds sugar, 3 pound flour; grate the outside of 2 lemons, with the Inside of 1; or add 1 glass of wine, with 3 teaspoon- fuls of the essence of lemon. Sugar Cake. One pound flour, 3 pound of sugar, 4 pound butter, 5 eggs. Mix and drop them on tim, and put sugar sanded on them, just as you put them into the oven, or frost them. Cup Cake. Three cups of sugar, 1 cup of butter, 2 tea- spoonfuls of saleratus, 3 eggs, 5 cups of flour; all beaten together, with as much spice as you please. Cider Cake. Take 2 pounds of flour, 1 pound Sugar, $ pound butter, 1 pint cider, cloves and cinna- mon, with or without fruit, 2 teaspoonfuls of saleratus. Whips. Two cups of cream, 1 of white wine, grate in the skin of a lemon, Sweeten to your taste, the whites of 3 eggs; then whip it with a whisk; take off the froth; as it rises pour the froth into your jelly glasses. To Make Venison Pastry. You must bone your Venison and season it with 2 ounces of pepper, 1 nutmeg, mixed with salt; then mince 3 pounds of beef Suet. Put it in the pan; it will take six hours' baking. To Make Waffles the Dutch Way. One quart of new milk, 1 penny loaf grated very fine, 10 eggs beaten with 3 pound of sweet butter melted, a few cloves beaten, a little salt, fine flour enough to make a batter like a pan- cake, and 4 Spoonfuls of yeast. Mix them to- gether and put them in an earthen pot covered, before the fire, to rise, for an hour; having your waffle-iron ready heated and buttered on both sides, put in the batter to bake. When done serve them hot, with sugar grated over them and cinnamon. To Cook Chickens. Cut up the chicken, put it in a pan and cover it with water; let it stew as usual, and when done, make a thickening of cream and flour, adding a piece of butter, and pepper and salt; have made and baked a couple of short-cakes, made as for pie-crust, but roll thin and cut in Small squares. This is much better than chicken pie, and more simple to make. The crusts should be laid on a dish, and the chicken gravy put over it while both are hot. Sausage Meats. Take one-third fat and two-thirds lean pork, and chop them. To every twelve pounds meat add twelve large spoons powdered salt, nine of sifted sage, and six of sifted black pepper. Add Summer savory, if you choose. Make in cakes, and keep in a cool, dry place. To Fry Eggs. Fry very slowly, and but slightly—that is, softly and tenderly done, the yolk mostly soft. Fry in butter, if a rare dish is wanted, and let the butter be fresh. If the eggs are entirely immersed in the butter, all the better. It is a delicate operation, and requires but little heat, so that the butter is not hurt, only well melted. To Boil Presh Cod. Having washed and cleaned the fish, rub some salt on the inside, and if the weather is very cold you may keep it till next day. Put sufficient water in the fish kettle to cover the fish very well, and add to the water a large handful of salt. As soon as the salt is entirely melted, put in the fish. A very small codfish will be done in about twenty minutes (after the water has boiled); a large one will take half an hour or more. Garnish with the roe and liver fried, or with scraped horse-radish. Send it to the table with oyster sauce in a boat; or, you may make a sauce by flavoring your melted butter with a glass of port wine. AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 351 To Warm Up Cold Beefsteaks. Put a fine minced onion in a stew-pan, add half a dozen cloves and as many peppercorns, pour on a coffee cup of boiling water, and add three tablespoons butter. Let it simmer ten minutes; then cut up the meat in pieces an inch square, and let it simmer in this gravy about five minutes. Three large tomatoes stewed with the onion, improves this. - Delicious Dressing for Fowls. Spread pieces of stale but tender wheaten bread liberally with butter, and season rather high with Salt and pepper, working them into the butter; then dip the bread in wine, and use it in as large pieces as is convenient to stuff the bird. The delicious flavor which the wine gives is very penetrating, and it gives the fowl a rich, gamy character which is very pleasant. To Draw Poultry or Game. After it is well plucked, make a long incision at the back of the neck, take out the thin skin from under the outer, containing the crop, cut the neck off close to the body of the bird, but leave the neck skin a good length. Make another incision under the tail, just large enough for the gizzard to pass through—no larger—then put your finger into the bird, and remove the crop; then loosen and detach all the intestines, taking care not to break the gall-bladder, Squeeze the body of the bird, so as to force out the whole of them at the tail; it is then ready for trussing. Roast Turkey. There are several ways of preparing turkeys for roasting, the best of which are here given: Truss by breaking the leg bones, and drawing out the leg Sinews; cut the neck off close to the body; cut the breast-bone on each side, and draw the legs up; then put a folded cloth over the breast, and beat it down until flat; skewer in the joints of the wings, the middle of the leg and body, the small part of the leg and body, and the extremity of the legs. Singe thoroughly, and then fill the skin of the neck, or crop with stuffing; tie the skin under and put in on a small sized Spit, or hang it neck down to a bottle-jack, and place it about a foot and a half from the fire. In a quarter of an hour rub the bird over with a little butter; when this is melted, draw it a little farther from the fire, and take great care not to let the skin break by the fire being too fierce. For the last quarter of an hour of roasting you should occasionally rub on a little butter. Do not baste. The liver should not be put under the wing, as the gravy from it disfigures the bird. There is not this objection to the gizzard being placed there. Some per- sons cover the breast with buttered paper, but this will not often be found necessary if care be exercised to prevent burning. Serve with plenty of rich gravy, which pour under, and not over, the bird. An excellent gravy is made of the fat from the frying-pan in which you have cooked your sausages, (which should always garnish the dish of plain roast turkey), the ordinary brown gravy, and a tea- spoonful of arrowroot, previously mixed in a little cold water. A turkey of from five to Seven pounds weight will take two hours. Bread sauce should be served with roast tur- key, and a boiled ox-tongue, or ham, may accompany it. All birds, poultry, and game may be roasted in this manner. Another way to stuff turkey is to place a quarter of a pound of butter, with pepper and Salt, in the bird; then stuff with truffles, force- meat, and Sausage-meat in alternate layers. Put the bird in a cradle-spit, baste well with butter, and roast slowly. A third method is to stuff entirely with chestnuts. Take their outside skins off, and plunge the chestnuts into boiling water. In two or three minutes the inner skins will easily peel off; then boil the chestnuts by themselves until perfectly tender. When ready, add a lit- tle butter, and stuff the bird. Roast as before, and serve very hot, with plenty of rich gravy. Turkey stuffed entirely with truffles is a very favorite dish. Take four to six pounds of black truffles, cut them up and stew them for about ten minutes in butter, seasoned with 352 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. pepper and salt. This done, stuff the body and breast with them, roast, and serve as before. All kinds of poultry are excellent, treated the same. Chicken Pot Pie. Take a pair of large fine fowls. Cut them up, wash the pieces, and season them with pepper only. Make a good paste in the pro- portion of a pound and a half of minced suet to three pounds of flour. Let there be plenty of paste, as it is always much liked by the eaters of pot pie. Roll out the paste not very thin, and cut most of it into long squares. Butter the sides of a pot, and line them with paste nearly to the top. Lay slices of cold ham at the bottom of the pot, and then the pieces of fowl, interspersed all through with Squares of paste, and potatoes pared and quar- tered. Pour in a quart of water. Cover the whole with a lid of paste, having a slit in the center, through which the gravy will bubble up. Boil it steadily for two hours. Half an hour before you take it up, put in through the hole in the center of the crust, some bits of butter rolled in fiour, to thicken the gravy. When done, put the pie on a large dish, and pour the gravy over it. You may intersperse it all through with cold ham. Asparagus. Asparagus should be cooked as soon as cut, but if this is not done, then plunge the stalk, in cold water, and let them remain until time for boiling. When the stems have been washed, and the white partB gently Scraped, beginning just below the head, tie them into bundles of about fifteen each, keeping the heads all one way, and cut the stalks evenly. Then place the bundles into boiling water nearly sufficient to cover them, allowing two heaping tablespoon- fuls of salt to each gallon of water. Keep them boiling quickly until tender—which will be in about twenty minutes—with the saucepan un- covered. When done, dish upon toast, which should be dipped in the water in which the asparagus was cooked, and leave the white ends outwards each way, the tips meeting in the middle of the dish, which should be nearly flat. The asparagus may then be served with only the addition of bits of butter and a sprinkling of pepper, or with a tureen of melted butter. For this, cut into small pieces about two ounces of butter, and place in a saucepan, mix a desertSpoonful of flour and half a pint of water in a smooth batter and add to the butter; salt to taste; keep stirring one way until the ingre- dients are perfectly smooth; let the whole boil for two minutes. Beans-Baked. Soak a quart of dried beans over night; drain off the water in the morning and stew for half an hour in a little water, put them in a deep dish, with one pound of salt pork, cut the rind in strips, and place in center of the dish. The pork should be sunk a little below the surface of the beans. Bake for three hours and a half. A lump of Salaratus should be thrown in while the beans are boiling, and a pint of water be added, when they are put into the bake-pan. Potato Omelet. May be made with a mashed potato and four eggs, and seasoned with pepper, salt, and a little nutmeg. It should be made thick, and being rather substantial, a squeeze of lemon will improve it. Fry a light brown. Beans-String-Boiled. They should always be eaten young, as when allowed to grow too long they are stringy and tough when cooked. Cut off both ends, a thin strip on each side of the beans, to remove the strings. Then divide each bean into four or six pieces, cutting them lengthways in a slanting direction, and as they are cut, drop them into cold water, in which a small quantity of salt has been dissolved. Allow the beans to remain in this for half an hour. Then put in a sauce- pan two quarts of boiling water to one quart of beams, a heaped tableSpoonful of salt, and a small bit of Soda. Put in the beans and keep them boiling quickly, without covering, until ten- AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 353 der—which will be known by their sinking to the bottom of the saucepan—when done take them up and throw into a colander. When drained, put in a vegetable dish, and serve with butter, pepper and Salt to taste. Some prefer to also flavor with the juice of a lemon. Boiled Chickens. Care should be taken to select the chickens plump, or they form a meagre dish ; they should receive much attention in the boiling; they re- quire less time than a fowl, and are sent to the table with white sauce, and garnished with tufts of white broccoli. Beefsteak—How to Cook. First, get tender steak; no matter what part it is from, so it is tender; let it be at least three-fourths of an inch in thickness. Cook it at the last moment when every other dish is ready to be set on the table. Use a wire broiler, if you can get one. Have a hot fire, and when it is crisped on one side turn it over and crisp on the other. If fat drops and blazes, throw a pinch of salt on the coals. Do not do any- thing else while it is cooking. Have your plate hot, and a lump of butter melting in the bot- tom. Put butter on the upper side, and eat in five minutes after cooking. More steak is spoiled by slow cooking than any other fault. Beef Tongue—to Cook. Choose a moderate sized beef-tongue, boil it gently in Water until it is sufficiently tender for the skin to be stripped from it. Trim it meatly around the root. Put into the saucepan one-quarter pound of butter, one tablespoonful of flour, half an onion cut up into small pieces, salt and pepper to taste. Let these dissolve gently, at the side of the fire, until the butter boils. Place the tongue in these ingredients, and let it remain until it is browned. When this is the case take it out, place it on a hot dish, by the side of the fire, and add to the gravy two wine-glassfuls of red wine (either port or claret), a large teaspoonful of made mustard, and one of Walnut catsup. When these are well mixed, return the tongue into the gravy, and simmer gently for ten minutes, taking care that the sauce-pan is closely cov- ered, to keep in the aroma. When served, the tongue should be cut into thick slices. Chicken Patties. Chop very fine all the dry, poorest bits left from baked chicken, season carefully with pep- per, salt, and a little celery, cut in small pieces. Make a light puff paste, roll one quarter of an inch thick, cut with a neatly shaped paste cut- ter; lay a narrow strip of paste all around, then put some of the mince on the paste; cut another of the same size and lay over. Bake fifteen minutes. This makes an excellent dish. Stewed Celery. Take ten or twelve heads of large celery, using the root and about three inches long; lay them in salt and water fifteen minutes, then take them out and place them in a stew pan, with an onion and fagot of herbs, cover them with stock, stew them gently until quite tender; reduce the stock, thicken it, and pass it through a tammy; season with sugar salt and cayenne pepper. Dish them up as you do cutlets, and either glaze them or pour the sauce over them. To Boil Codfish. Crimped cod is preferable to the plain; it is likewise better cut in slices than cooked whole. To boil it well, have the water ready boiling, with one pound of Salt to every six quarts; put in your fish, draw your fish kettle to the fire, where let it simmer from twenty minutes to half an hour; when done the bone in the cen- tre will draw out easily; if boiled too much, it would eat tough and stringy. Should the fish not be crimped, add more salt to the water; it will cause the fish to eat firmer. Egg Omelet. Four eggs will make a very pretty-sized ome- let, but the number must of course depend on the size required. If sweet herbs be put in, a good deal of parsley should form part; tarra- gon gives a high flavor, and chives or chalots 23 354 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Gre not unfrequently used, but care should be taken that the flavor should not overpower that of the other ingredients. Break the eggs singly and carefully, clear them, or when they are sufficiently whisked, pour them through a sieve and resume the beating until they are very light. Add to them from half to a whole tea- Spoonful of Salt, and seasoning of pepper. Dis- Solve in a small frying pan a couple ounces of butter, pour in the eggs; as soon as the omelet is well risen and firm throughout, slide it onto a hot dish, fold it over like a turn-over, and serve it immediately. Any sort of pot herbs for flavoring is admissible. Buttered Eggs- Beat four eggs well, then add three tablespoon- fuls of cream or milk, a little grated tongue or beef, pepper and salt, three ounces of butter; put into a stewpan until quite hot, then add the eggs; stir all the time until quite thick. Have a slice of bread ready, toasted and but- tered; spread the mixture upon it, and then send to the table. To Boil Fresh Fish. Clean, wash thoroughly, wipe dry, and then sew up in a cloth kept solely for fish, and plunge at once in boiling water that has been first sufficiently salted. Sew the cloth up on the back of the fish. When done, take it out, cut the threads down the back of the fish, so that in taking off the cloth the skin will come off with it, leaving the fish white and whole. Be careful not to break the fish, as it should come to the table in good condition. Eat with egg sauce, or plain drawn butter. Fish Cakes. Take the meat from the bones of any kind of cold fish, which latter put with the head and fins into a stew-pan with a pint of Water, a little salt, pepper and Onion, and a fagot of sweet herbs to stew for gravy. Mince the meat and mix it well with crumbs of bread and cold potatoes (equal parts), a little parsley and sea- soning. Make into a cake, with the White of an egg, or a little butter or milk; egg it over and cover with bread crumbs, then fry a little brown. Pour the gravy over and stew gently fifteen minutes, stirring it carefully several times. Serve hot, and garnish with slices of lemon or parsley. Cream for Coffee. Beat one egg, sweeten with one spoonful of Sugar, pour over this one pint of water. Make Over night for use in the morning. Apple Dumplings-Baked. Make a rich paste. Pare and core the apples, fill the cavities with sugar, and flavor with es- sence of lemon. Cover each apple with thinly rolled paste, and bake in a tin pan. Serve hot with rich sauce. Apple Dumplings-Boiled. Pare a few good-sized baking apples, and roll out some paste, divide in as many pieces as you have apples, cut two rounds from each, and put an apple under each piece, and put the other over, join the edges, tie them in cloths, and boil them. Roast Ducks. Ducks may be roasted as soon as killed. Keep a clear, bright fire. Let them be done of a light brown, but if wild, they should not be much roasted, or the flavor will be spoiled. They take about an hour to roast, and should be well basted. The livers and gizzards are par-boiled, chopped fine and thrown into the gravy. Canvas-back ducks are roasted in half an hour; they should always be served with currant jelly. For tame ducks, apple Sauce is more appropriate. Egg Plant. Cut into slices half an inch thick, and let it lie for several hours in Salted water, to remove the bitter taste. To fry it, put the slices in the frying pan with a small quantity of butter, and turn them when one side is done. Be sure that they are thoroughly cooked. Stuffed egg-plant is sometimes preferred to fried. Peel the plant whole, cut it in two, and let it lie in salted AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF 355 PRACTICAL INFORMATION. water. Then scoop out the inside of the plant, chop it up fine, mixing crumbs of bread, Salt and butter with it; fry it, return it to the hol- low egg-plant, join the cut pieces together, and let them bake awhile in an oven. The best way of cooking is to slice them, chip the slices into egg and bread crumbs, and fry very brown in butter or lard. Stewed Eels. Procure as large eels as possible, which cut into pieces three inches long, and put them into a stew pan, with an onion, a bouquet of two bay leaves, a sprig of thyme and parsley, six cloves, a blade of mace, a glass of Sherry, and two of water; place the stew pan over a mod- erate fire, and let it simmer about twenty min- utes, or according to the size of the eels; when done, drain upon a cloth, dress them in a pyr- amid upon a dish without a napkin, with a matelote sauce over, but using the stock your eels have been cooking in to make the Sauce, having previously well boiled it to extract all the fat. To Poach Eggs. Boil them without their shells, which requires great care. The water must be perfectly pure, and the yolk must only be so much done as to fix itself firmly in the center of the white. Put a moderate quantity of water into a broad, flat stew pan. French cooks add to it when boiling a spoonful vinegar and a little salt. Take the pan off the fire whilst putting in the eggs; break the egg into a teacup or small ladle, and turn it gently in the water, so as to prevent the yolk from being mixed with the white; let them stand till beginning to set; then let the eggs boil gently until you perceive that they are dome, by the white being set, and the yolk ap- pearing through it in a comparatively soft state; take it up with a ladle, and neatly round the ragged edges of the white; send it to table on bread toasted on one side only, with or without butter. Purple Plums Preserved. Take an equal weight of fruit and nice sugar, and fill a clean stone jar with the fruit and sugar in layers. Cover them, and set the jar in a kettle of water over the fire. Let them stand in the boiling water all day, filling up the kettle as the water boils away. If at any time they seem likely to ferment, repeat this process. It is a simple and excellent way of preserving plums. Preserved Pumpkin. Cut a thick yellow pumpkin, peeled, into strips two inches wide, and five or six long. Take one pound of sugar for each pound of pumpkin, and scatter it over the fruit, pour- ing on two wine-glasses lemon-juice to each pound. Next day put the parings of two or three lemons in with the sugar and fruit, and boil the whole three-fourths of an hour, or long enough to make it tender and clear, with- out breaking. Lay the pumpkin to cool, strain the syrup, and pour over the pumpkin. To Preserve Cucumbers. Take firm ripe cucumbers, as soon as they turn yellow; pare them, take out the Seeds, cut them in pieces two or three inches in length and about two in width; let them lie in weak salt and water for eight hours. Then prepare a syrup of one gallon of cider vinegar, five pounds of Sugar, one ounce of mixed spices (not ground spices), boil twenty minutes, then strain. After drying the cucumber with a soft cloth, put it in the syrup, and boil till soft and transparent; skim the pieces out carefully, lay them in a colander to drain ; then boil the syrup to the consistency of molasses, pour it on the cucumber, and keep in a cool place. Fine Pickled Cabbage. Shred red and white cabbage; spread it in layers in a stone jar, with salt over each layer. Put two spoons whole black pepper, and the same quantity each of allspice, cloves, and cin- namom, in a bag, and scald in two quarts of vinegar. Pour this vinegar over the cabbage, and cover it tight. It will be ready for use in two days. B56 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. PICKLES AND PRESERVEs. General Directions for Preserving Fruits. Great improvements have of late been made in the art of preserving fruits for family use, by the introduction of jars which can be her- metically sealed. The process of preserving is so simple, that every housekeeper can accom- plish it—the only secret of success being that the fruit should be put up and sealed while hot, the jars being filled to the brim. The best jars for this purpose are those which are made entirely of glass. These will pay for themselves in a year or two, as fruit which is sealed so as to exclude the air may be pre- served with one-quarter the amount of Sugar required in the old process, and retains its original flavor better. The following directions for preserving in hermetically sealed jars will be interesting to housekeepers at the present time: Select only good fresh fruit or vegetables, Stale and fermented articles can never be pre- served, nor the decay already commenced arrested. Be particular and know to a cer- tainty that your articles are fresh. No vege- tables except tomatoes can be procured in the markets of large cities fresh enough for pre- serving. Blackberries, Raspberries, and Strawberries. Use from a quarter to a half pound of sugar to a pound of fruit. Sugar the strawberries, and let them stand for half an hour, then put the syrup which will be formed by the juice and sugar into a preserving kettle, and boil as long as any scum arises, and then put in the strawberries and boil until they are thoroughly heated through. Fill the jars—after first warm- ing them in some way—and close immediately, while the contents are hot. Cherries and Blackberries. Stew with or without Sugar ten minutes, ana seal up while boiling hot. Gooseberries. These can be kept by putting them into jars as they come from the bushes, and sealing them up. Wash and pick them when wanted. Currants. Heat to boiling point with sugar, and seal up boiling hot. Plums. Make a syrup, using about half a pound of Sugar to a pound of fruit. Boil the plums in this syrup until the fruit is tender; then fill the jars, and close up while hot. Peaches. Pare, and cut out the stones. Make a syrup, using from a quarter to half a pound of Sugar to a pound of fruit. Boil the syrup five or ten minutes; then put in the peaches and boil until they are thoroughly heated through, and then fill the jars and close immediately. Quinces. Peel and quarter them, and boil in water until tender, then do them in the same way as peaches. Pears. Same as quinces, except that they require less sugar. Tomatoes. Take off the skin and boil them one hour, or cook them sufficiently for the table. Season to the taste, fill the jars, and close up boiling hot. These being a very juicy article, require much longer boiling than most other things to boil the water away. If the above proportions of sugar make the fruit sweeter than is desirable, it can be kept with rather less, but green fruit requires more than ripe. AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 857 Apples. Pare, quarter and boil until tender, but not long enough to break in pieces; then add as much sugar as will sweeten to the taste, and let the whole boil two or three minutes. While hot, pour into jars and close up. Hard Butter Without Ice. To have delightfully hard butter in summer, without ice, put a trivet, or an open flat thing with legs, in a saucer; put on this trivet the plate of butter; fill the sacer with water, turn a common flowerpot upside down over the but- ter, so that its edge shall be within the saucer and under the water; plug the hole of the flower-pot with a cork, then drench the flower- pot with water; set it in a cool place until morning, or if done at breakfast, the butter will be very hard by Supper time. Preparing and Preserving Butter. After the cream is placed in the churn, pour, by small portions at a time, agitating the while, sufficient lime water to destroy the acid- ity. Churn until the butter is separated; it will not collect in lumps; pour off the butter- milk, and churn until it is all collected. More butter will be obtained, and will keep much longer. Churning. In churning butter, if small granules of but- ter appear which do not “gather,” throw in a lump of butter, and it will form a nucleus, and the butter will “come.” How to Freshen Salt Butter. Churn the butter with new milk, in the pro- portion of a pound of butter to a quar; of milk. Treat the butter in all respects as if it was fresh. Bad butter may be improved greatly by dissolving it thoroughly in hot water. Let it cool, then skim it off and churn again, adding a small quantity of good salt and sugar. The water should be merely hot enough to melt the butter, or it will become oily. To Pack Butter. Pack your butter in a clean, scalded firkin, cover it with strong brine in which a bit of saltpetre is dissolved, spread a cloth all over the top, and it will keep well. To Increase the Quantity of Butter. While the milking of your cows is going on, let your pans be placed on a kettle of boiling water. Turn the milk into one of the pans taken from the kettle of boiling water, and cover the same with another of the pans, and proceed in the same manner with the whole mess of milk, and you will find that you have double the quantity of Sweet and delicious butter. To Make Butter Yellow. Just before the churning is completed, put in the yolks of eggs. A Good Way to Make Butter. Put sweet milk into tin pans, and simmer on a stove for fifteen minutes, being careful not to burn the milk; then churn in the usual manner. In this way butter may be produced almost immediately, and of Superior quality to that made in the usual way, and will keep Sweet much longer. A Substitute for Cream. Cream, when unattainable, may be imitated thus: Beat the white of an egg to froth, put in a Small lump of butter, and mix well; then turn the coffee to it gradually, so that it may not curdle. If perfectly done it will be an excel- lent substitute for cream. For tea, omit the butter, using only the egg. This might be of great use at Sea, as eggs can be preserved fresh in various ways. Artificial Honey. This recipe has been sold for thousands of dollars: One pint water, one-eighth ounce alum; boil; set off; put in four pounds white sugar, boil one minute, strain; when milk- 858 AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. warm, add one teaspoonful of flavoring for artificial honey, made in the following manner: one-half pint best alcohol, three drops ottar of roses, one-half ounce Jamaica ginger, Shake well; use in three days. French Tea, Calre. Beat ten eggs to a high froth, dissolve half a teaspoonful of volatile salts in a little hot water, let it stand to cool, then put it to the eggs and beat for ten minutes, add four ounces of powdered loaf sugar, and the same of sifted flour, beat them well together, line Square tin pans with buttered paper, put in the cake mix- ture nearly an inch deep, and bake in a quick oven. When served, cut it in Squares. Drop Cake. Beat eight eggs very light with one pound of powdered sugar and twelve ounces of flour, flavor with lemon or rose and half a nutmeg grated; if the mixture is not beat enough the cakes will run into each other; make them in small oblong cakes, on sheets of paper, grate sugar over each, bake in a moderate oven, when done, take them from the paper with a knife. Wedding Cake. One pound of flour, mine eggs, the whites and yolks beaten separately, one pound of butter beaten to a cream, one pound of sugar, one teacup of molasses, nutmegs grated, or ground mace, one ounce, one teaspoonful of ground allspice, one teaspoonful of cinnamon and a gill of brandy; beat this mixture well. Having picked, washed and dried three pounds of currants, and stoned and cut in two or three pounds of raisins, strew a half pound of flour over them, mix it well through and stir them with a pound of citron cut in strips into the cake. Line round tin pans with buttered paper, put the mixture in an inch and a half or two inches deep, and bake in a moderate oven an hour and a half or two hours. Plum Cake. Make a cake of two cups of butter, two cups of molasses, one cup of Sweet milk, two eggs well beaten, one teaspoonful of powdered sale- ratus, dissolved with a little hot water, one teaspoonful of ground mace or nutmeg, one teaspoonful of ground allspice, a tablespoonful of cinnamon and a gill of brandy; stir in flour to make a batter as stiff as may be stirred with a spoon, beat it well until it is light, then add two pounds of raisins stoned, and cut in two pounds of currants, picked, washed and dried, and half a pound of citron, cut in slips. Bake in a quick oven. This is fine, rich, cake, easily made and not expensive. Wine Punche White Sugar, 1 pound. Yellow Peel of 3 lemons. Juice of 9 & 6 Arrack, 1 pint. Port or Sherry, hot, 1 gallon. Cinnamon, 3 ounce. Nutmeg, 1 drachm. Mix. Yankee Punch, Macerate Sliced Pine Apples, 8 ounces. Vanilla, 6 grains. Ambergis (rubbed with a little Sugar), 1 grain. Strong Pale Brandy, 1 pint. Mix and agitate for a few hours, then strain with expression, and add, of Lemon Syrup, sufficient. Lemon Juice, 1 pint. Port Wine, 1 “ Sugar, # pound. Dissolve the Sugar in Boiling Water, 1} pints. Mix. Cross Buns. Dough, 24 pounds. Sugar, 2 & 6 Butter, 2 66 Eggs, 12 £ 6 Cinnamon, sufficient. Set aside to rise, then pinch them off into about 2 ounces each; mold them up, pin out; put on pans, and mark them across with a knife. AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 359 Cold Punch. Port Wine, 1 pint. Water, 1 “ Juice of Lemons, 4 pints. White Sugar, 1 pound. Lemon Biscuit. Flour, 8 pounds. Butter, 1} “ Sweet Milk, 1 quart. Sugar, 12 ounces. Caraway Seed, 1 ounce. Eggs, 6 ounces. Mix dough of the above, break them in pieces of about 2 ounces, mould them off, roll them out, prick them, and bake them in a moderate oven. PUDDINGS. PASTE FOR.—There are two different sorts of paste for puddings—one for meat, and the other for fruit. For meat pudding, to one pound of flour add eight ounces of finely chopped beef suet, cut from the kidney. Mix it with water, but do not wet it too much. After mixing the same well together with a wooden spoon, roll out the paste and put in the meat, then close it; boil it in a cloth which has been floured; tie it up, but leave sufficient room to permit the swelling of the paste. Veal Suet may also be used, but that of beef is better, or a mixture of both is not bad. If puddings be boiled in shapes, the crust is not near so light. For fruit puddings the paste should be made as for pie—using butter instead of suet; but, unless for the sake of appearance, they should never be boiled in shapes. A very little salt added to all paste, much improves it. Sweet puddings of a very good quality may be made without eggs, but they should have very little liquid added to them, and must boil longer than puddings with eggs. A spoonful of yeast will serve instead of two eggs, and a pinch of soda will make it still lighter. Two large spoonfuls of Snow Will supply the place of one egg, and make a pudding equally as good. The sooner the snow is used after it falls the better, but yet it may be taken from a clean spot and kept in a cool spot some hours, without losing its good qualities. Eggs should always be bro- ken separately into a cup before they are thrown together, as a single bad one might occasion the loss of a great many without this precau- tion; the yolks and whites, beaten long and separately, make the article they are put into much lighter. They must always be strained after beating. To avoid repetition, let it be understood that when pudding sauce is ordered, wine, Sugar, and very thick melted butter boiled up together, is the sauce intended. If the pudding be partly of bread, the cloth should be tied so as to allow for swelling; if of flour, rather more tight. The water should boil quickly, when the pud- ding is put in, and care taken that it continues to do so, or the pudding will be heavy; and it should be moved about for a minute or two, that the ingredients may not separate. All dishes in which puddings are baked should be lined with paste an inch or two below the edge, as well as on it; the dish must be first rubbed with butter. If the pudding is to be turned out from a mould, it must be entirely lined with paste. The ingredients of puddings should not be put into the basin or dish till the minute they go into the water or oven. Sago and all sorts of seeds should lie in water an hour before they are made in pud- dings, and be well washed; the want of this caution causes an earthy taste. If the butter be strong that is used in pud- dings, they will not taste well, whatever good things may be added. A small pinch of salt improves the flavor of all mixtures, even when the other ingredients are sweet. Puddings of bread or flour are much better if all the ingredients be mixed (except the eggs). three hours before boiling or baking; and they should be well stirred just before they are put in the oven or sauce-pan. Plum puddings are best boiled in a stout cloth, well floured; care should be taken that it should not burn to the bottom of the kettle; 360 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. to prevent this, place a plate at the bottom. When the pudding is a large one, it is best to mix all the liquid ingredients the day before it is boiled. When butter is ordered to be put warm into puddings, the addition of a little milk or wine will prevent its oiling. Custard pudding, to look well, should simmer only, but without stopping. If boiled in a quick or careless manner the surface will not be smooth, but have little holes like honey-combs all over it. A sheet of writing paper, thickly buttered, should be placed on top of the mould before the lid or cloth is put on, and the pud- ding should stand in the mould five minutes after being lifted from the water. Many per- sons prefer their pudding steamed, but when this is done, they should be put into plenty of boiling water, and kept well covered. Half an hour should be allowed for boiling a bread pudding, in a half-pint basin, and so on in proportion; but puddings made up with half a pound of Suet and other ingredients, will require at least two hours. Farina, Pudding. One quart of milk, six eggs, eight tablespoon- fuls of flour, three tablespoonfuls of farina, one tablespoonful of salt; boil the milk; while boil- ing sift into it the farina; beat the eggs, yolks and whites separate; stir into the yolks the flour and salt, and cold milk enough to make a stiff batter; then stir in the whites, and lastly the boiling milk; butter a baking dish and bake for half an hour. Eat With wine Sauce, or sugar and butter. Bird’s Nest Pudding. If you wish to make what is called “bird's nest puddings,” prepare your custards—take eight or ten pleasant apples, pare them, dig out the core, but leave them whole, set them in a pudding dish, pour your custard over them, and bake them about thirty minutes. Suet Pudding. Finely chop one pound of beef Suet; mix with it one pound and a quarter of flour, two eggs well begien, a little salt, and as Small a quantity of milk as will mix it; boil four hours. It eats well next day cut in slices and fried, and may be eaten either with salt or sugar. Yorkshire Pudding. Make a batter with a pint of milk, four eggs and four tablespoonfuls of flour, seasoned with salt; it is to be well stirred, and put into the pan under roasting beef or baked beef, to be cooked with the drippings; it will bake in about two hours. Serve it in pieces round the meat on the same dish. Plum Pudding. Stone carefully one pound of the best raisins, wash and pick one pound of currants, chop very fine one pound of fresh beef Suet, blanch and chop small or pound two ounces of sweet almonds and one ounce of bitter ones; mix the whole well together, with one pound of sifted flour and one pound of crumbs of bread soaked in milk, then Squeeze dry and stir with a spoon until reduced to a mash, before it is mixed with the flour. Cut in Small pieces two ounces each of preserved citrom, Orange and lemon peel, and add a quarter of an ounce of mixed spice; four ounces of moist Sugar should be placed into a basin with eight eggs, and well beaten together with a three-pronged fork, stir this with the pudding, and make it of a proper consistence with milk. One important fact should be remembered, and that is, that it must not be made too thin, or the fruit will sink to the bottom, but be made to the consistence of good thick batter. Two wineglassfuls of brandy should be poured over the fruit and spice, mixed together in a basin, and allowed to stand three or four hours before the pudding is made, stirring them occasionally. It must be tied in a cloth, and will take five hours of constant boiling; when done, turn it out on a dish, siſt loaf sugar over the top, and serve it with wine sauce in a boat, and some poured around the pudding. If a smaller pudding than the above is wanted, use a smaller quantity of material in same proportion. In addition to wine Sauce, have a metal sauce- boat filled with brandy, set it alight on the ta- ble, and pour a portion of it, in a flame, upon each slice of pudding. AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PIRACTICAL INFORMATION. 361 Baked Plum Pudding. Twenty crackers soaked in milk, ten eggs, two pounds of raisins, one pound of chopped apple, four glasses of brandy, dark Spice and mace, Salt to the taste, one pound of citron, sugar to taste; bake three hours, and serve with cold sauce. To Iron Clothes. In ironing a shirt, first do the back, then the sleeves, then the collar and bosom, and then the front. Iron calicoes generally on the right side, as they thus keep clean for a longer time. In ironing a frock, first do the waist, then the sleeves, then the skirt. Keep the skirt rolled while ironing the other parts, and set a chair to hold the sleeves while ironing the skirt, unless a skirt-board be used. Silk should be ironed on the wrong side, when quite damp, with an iron which is not very hot, as light colors are apt to change and fade. In ironing velvet, turn up the face of the iron, and after dampening the wrong side of the velvet, draw it over the face of the iron, holding it straight. Always iron lace and needlework on the wrong side, and put them away as soon as they are dry. To Restore Scorched Linen. It is almost needless to premise that if the tissue of linen is so much burnt that no strength is left, it is useless to apply the following com- position, for nothing could prevent a hole from being formed, although the composition by no means tends to injure the fabric. But if the scorching is not quite through, and the threads not actually consumed, then the application of this composition, followed by two or three good washings will restore the linen to its original color; the marks of the Scorching will be so totally effaced as to be imperceptible, and the place will seem as White and perfect as any other part of the linen. Mix well together 2 ounces fuller's earth re- duced to a powder; 1 ounce hen's dung; } 2 ounce of cake soap, Scraped; and the juice of two large onions, obtained by the onions being cut up, beaten in a mortar, and pressed. Boil this mass in pint strong vinegar, stirring it from time to time, until it forms a thick liquid compound. Spread this composition thickly over the entire surface of the Scorched part, and let it remain on 24 hours. If the scorch- ing was light, this will prove sufficient, with the assistance of two subsequent Washings, to take out the stain. If, however, the Scorching was strong, a second coating of the composi- tion should be put on after removing the first ; and this should also remain on for 24 hours. If, after the linen has been washed twice or thrice, the stain has not wholly disappeared, the com- position may be used again, in proportion to the intensity of the discoloration remaining, when a complete cure will seldom fail to be effected. It has scarcely ever happened that a third application was found necessary. The remainder of the composition should be kept for use in a gallipot tied over with bladder. To Bleach Yellow Linexa, Linen that has acquired a yellow or bad color by careless Washing, may be restored to its former whiteness by working it well in Water containing a clear solution of chloride of lime, rinsing it well in clean water, both before and after using the bleaching liquor. Never attempt to bleach unwashed linen, and avoid using the liquor too strong, as in that case the linem will be rendered rotten. To Bleach Yellow Flannel. Flannel which has become yellow with use may be whitened by putting it for some time in a solution of hard soap, to which strong ammonia has been added. The proportions are 1% pounds hard curd soap, 50 pounds of Salt Water and # pound strong ammonia. The Same object may be attained in a shorter time by placing the garments for a quarter of an hour in a weak solution of bisulphite of Soda to which a little hydrochloric acid has been added. 362 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. To Remove the Stain of Perspiration. For removing the stain of perspiration a strong Solution of soda is first to be applied, with a subsequent rinsing with water. How to Whiten Flannel and Woolen Hose. Wet the flannel yarn or hose, whatever you Wish to whiten, in weak suds; wring out. Then hang on sticks or cords across a barrel with two tablespoonfuls of pulverized brimstone or sulphur burning under it; cover the barrel tightly. If they are not white enough, repeat the process; hang in the open air a day, then wash and rinse in bluing water. Be careful not to have the sulphur blaze and Scorch the garments. To Bleach Brown Sheeting. Having soaked the cloth 12 hours in strong soap-suds, take 3 pound chloride of lime for every 12 yards of sheeting, and dissolve it in enough boiling water to cover the cloth when dipped into it. As soon as the lime is dis- solved, strain the solution through a flannel or other coarse cloth, then put the brown sheet- ing in the strained lime-water, stirring con- stantly, and after it has remained thus in this liquor for about half an hour, take out the cloth and rinse it well in pure water, so as to be sure to remove all the lime-water; and then boil it up in strong Soap-Suds, and hang out to dry, and the work of weeks will have been accomplished in a day or two. Bleaching by Oil of Turpentine. A German authority recommends the use of oil of turpentine in bleaching White goods. Dissolve 1 part of oil of turpentine in 3 parts strong alcohol, place a tablespoonful of the mixture in the water used for the last rinsing. The clothes are to be immersed in this, well wrung out, and placed in the open air to dry. The bleaching action of the oil consists in its changing oxygen into OZone When exposed to the light, and in this process the turpentine disappears, leaving no trace behind. To Clean Straw Bonnets. First brush them with soap and water; then With a solution of oxalic acid. To Clean Door-Plates. To clean silver door-plates, use a weak solu- tion of ammonia in water, applied with a wet rag. This wash is equally useful for silver plate and jewelry. To Clean Plated-Ware. Make a paste with whiting and alcohol, apply it to the plated articles, and after it is dry, rub it off with a brush, if rough, or a soft rag, if smooth. To Remove Rust Spots from Marble. Rust spots can be made to disappear by treatment with a weak solution composed of 1 part mitric acid and 25 of water, and after- ward rinsing with Water and ammonia. To Clean Looking Glasses. Take part of a newspaper, fold it small, dip it in a basin of clean cold water, and when it is thoroughly Wet Squeeze it out as a sponge, and then rub it hard over the face of the glass, taking care that it is not so wet as to run down in streams. After the glass has been well rubbed with the wet paper, let it rest a few minutes and then go over it with a fresh dry newspaper, till it looks clear and bright, which it will do almost immediately. The inside of windows may be cleaned in this Way, and they will look beautifully clear. To Clean Cane-Bottomed Chairs. Turn up the chair bottom, and with hot water and a sponge wash the cane-work well, so that it may become completely soaked. Should it be very dirty you must add soap. Let it dry in the open air if possible, or in a place where there is a thorough draught, and it will become as tight and firm as when new, provided it has not been broken. g AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 363 To Clean Straw Matting. Wash it with weak salt and water, and dry it well, or boil a small bag of bran in two gal- lons of water, and wash the matting with the water, drying it well. To Clean Sheepskin Rugs or Mats. Make a very strong lather, by boiling soap in a little water; mix this with a sufficient quantity of water (rather more than lukewarm) to wash the mat or rug in, and rub boiled soap on those portions of it which require additional cleansing. When the mat has been well washed in this water, prepare another lather in the same way, in which a second washing must take place, followed by a third, which ought to be sufficient to cleanse it thoroughly. Rinse it well in cold water until all the soap is removed, and then put it in water in which a little blue has been mixed, sufficient to keep the wool of a good white, and prevent its inclining to yel- low. After this it should be thoroughly wrung, shaken, and hung out in the open air with the skin part towards the sun, but not while it is scorching, otherwise the skin will become hard. It must also be shaken often while drying, for if not, it will be quite stiff and crackly. It should be frequently turned, being hung up first by one end and then by the other, until it has dried entirely. To Clean Knives and Forks. Procure a smooth board, free from knots, or one covered with leather. If the latter, melt a sufficient quantity of mutton-suet, and put it hot upon the leather with a piece of flannel; then take two pieces of soft bath brick, and rub them one against the other over the leather till it is covered with the powder, which rub in until no grease comes through when a knife is passed over the leather, which may easily be known by the knife keeping its polish. If only a plain board, rub the bath brick two or three times over it; if too much be put on at once it will make the blades of the knives look rough and seratched. Let the board be of a proper height, and set so that the person may be a little on the stoop while cleaning the knives. Take a knife in each hand, holding them back to back; stand opposite to the middle of the board; lay the knives flat upon it, and do not bear too hard upon them ; by this method it will be easier to clean two knives at a time than one, and they will be less liable to be broken, for good knives will snap when pressed on too heavily. Many will say that they cannot clean two knives at once, or that they can get through them faster one by one; but if they will on 3 try it a few times in the way recommended, they will find it not only much more expedi- tious, but easier. A little practice is all that is necessary. The best way to clean steel forks is to fill & small barrel with fine gravel, brick dust, or sand, mixed with a little hay or moss; make it moderately damp, press it well down, and let it always be kept damp. By running the prongs of the steel forks a few times into this, all the stains on them will be removed. Then have a small stick, shaped like a knife, with leather round it, to polish between the prongs, having first carefully brushed the dust from them as soon as they are taken out of the tub. A knife-board is often spoiled in cleaning forks upon it, and likewise the backs of the knives; to prevent this, have a piece of old hat or leather to put on the board where the forks and backs of the knives are cleaned. To Clean Spice Mills. It is often desired to grind different spices, orange or lemon peel, in the same mill, with- out any one being affected by another spice. Grind a teaspoonful of rice through the mill and all impurities will be removed. A coffee mill may be fitted to grind any spice in the same way, using rather more rice. The rice will of course be flavored by whatever may have been in the mill. It is useful to thicken soups or gravies, or sauces, when the spice is no objection. To Keep Oil-Cloths Looking Well. Wash them once a month in skim milk and water, equal quantities of each. Rub them once in three months with boiled linseed oil. Put on very little, rub it well in with a rag, and polish with a piece of old silk. Oil-cloths will last years if kept in this way. 364 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. To Preserve Knives and Forks in Good Condi- tion. Wipe the the knives and forks as soon as possible after being used, as the longer they are left with grease and stains on them the harder they will be to clean; particularly if they have been used for acids, salads, tarts, etc.; have then a jug of hot water ready to put them into as soon as done with, and wipe them as before directed. In order to keep knives and forks in good condition when they are not in use, rub the steel part with a flannel dipped in oil; wipe the oil off after a few hours, as there is often water in it; or dust the blades and prongs with quicklime, finely powdered and kept in a muslin bag. To Give to Boards a Beautiful Appearance. After washing them very nicely with soda and warm water and a brush, wash them with a very large sponge and clean water. Both times observe to leave no spot untouched; and clean straight up and down, not crossing from board to board; then dry with clean cloths, rubbed hard up and down in the same way. The floors should not be often wetted, but very thoroughly when done; and once a week dry-rubbed with hot sand and a heavy brush, the right way of the boards. The sides of stairs or passages on which are carpets or floor-cloth, should be washed with sponge instead of linen or flannel, and the edges will not be soiled. Different Sponges should be kept for the above two uses; and those and the brushes should be well washed when done with, and kept in dry places. To Clean Glass Globes. If the globes are much stained on the out- side by smoke, soak them in tolerably hot water with a little washing soda dissolved in it; then put a tea-spoonful of powdered ammo- nia into a pan of luke-warm water, and with a tolerably hard brush wash the globes till the smoke stain disappears; rinse in clean cold water, and let them drain till dry; they will be quite as white and clear as new globes. To Clean Stone Stairs and Halls. Boil 1 pound of pipe-clay with a quart of Water, and a quart of small beer, and put in a bit of stone-blue. Wash with this mixture, and, when dry, rub the stone with flannel and a brush. To Scour Boards. Lime, 1 part; sand, 3 parts; soft soap, 2 parts. Lay a little on the boards with a scrub- bing-brush, and rub thoroughly. Rinse with clean water and rub dry. This will keep the boards of a good color, and will also keep away Vermin. To Clean Decanters. There is often much difficulty experienced in cleaning decanters, especially after port wine has stood in them for some time. The best way is to wash them out with a little pearl- ash and warm water, adding a spoonful or two of fresh slaked lime if necessary. To facilitate the action of the fluid against the sides of the glass, a few small cinders may be used. Or, soak the decanters for some hours in warm soda and water; if there is much cut- ting on the outside, a brush will be necessary to remove the dirt and stains from the crevices. Cut a potato into Small dice, put a good hand- ful of these into the . decanter with some warm water, shake the decanter briskly until the stains disappear; rinse in clean cold water, and let them drain until dry. Winegar and sauce cruets can be cleaned in the same way. To Clean Varnished Paint, Boil a pound of bran in one gallon of water an hour, and Wash the paint with the bran water. To Clean Glass Bottles. Chop up a large potato very fine and put it in the bottle with Some warm water, and shake it rapidly until it is clean. Some use shot and Soda, but potato is even more effect- ual. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. l65 To Clean Greasy Earthenware. Stone pots and jars in which lard or fat has been kept, and yellow ware pie plates, may be cleaned by putting them in a kettle with ashes or sal soda, covering them with cold water, and allowing them to boil slowly an hour at least. When boiled enough, take them off the fire and leave them in the water until it cools. To Clean Paint. There is a very simple method to clean paint that has become dirty, and if our housewives should adopt it, it would save them a great deal of trouble. Provide a plate with some of the best whiting to be had, and have ready some clean Warm water and a piece of flannel, which dip into the water and squeeze nearly dry; then take as much whiting as will adhere to it, apply it to the painted surface, when a little rubbing will instantly remove any dirt or grease. After which wash the part well with clean water, rubbing it dry with a soft chamois. Paint thus cleaned looks as well as when first laid on, without injury to the most delicate colors. It is far better than using soap, and does not require more than half the time and labor. Another simple method is as follows: Put a tablespoonful of aqua ammonia in a quart of moderately hot water, dip in a flannel cloth, and with this merely wipe over the woodwork; no scrubbing will be necessary. To Clean Soiled Ribbons and Silks, A mixture of alcohol and highly rectified ben- zine is excellent for cleaning ribbons and silks. It is applied with a clean sponge. Persons who apply these liquids and mixtures to clean- ing silks, etc., must be careful to do so in an apartment where there is neither fire nor lamp burning, under the penalty of an explosion. To Remove Stains from Kid Gloves. Stains may be removed, even from the most delicately-colored gloves, by suspending them for a day in an atmosphere of ammonia. Pro- vide a tall glass cylinder, in the bottom of which place strong aqua ammonia. Be careful to remove from the sides of the jar any am- monia that may have been spattered upon them. Suspend the gloves to the stopper in the jar. They must not come in contact with the liquid. 366 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. REMOVAL OF STAINS AND GREASE SPOTS. The following Table gives at a glance the best means of cleaning all kinds of fabrics from any stain. EOIND OF STAIN. FROM LINEN. FIROM COLORED GOODS. COTTON. WOOLEN. FROM SILKS. Sugar, Glue, Albu- men and Blood. Grease. Stearine. Warnish and Oil Paints. Vegetable Colors, Red Wine, Red Ink, Fruit. Alezarine Ink. Iron Rust, and Ink made of Galls. Coal Tar, Grease. Wagon Lime, Lye, or Al- kalies. Simple Washing with Water. Soap Suds, Alkali Lyes. s e o e º dº e º e o sº e e g º e º º Turpentine, or Ben- zine and Soap. Warm Chlorine Wa- ter, Sulphur Wa- por. Tartaric Acid. The older the stain the stronger the Solu- tion. Warm Oxalic Acid solution, Diluted Hydrochloric Acid Soap, Oil of Tur- pentine, alternat- ing with stream of Water. Simply wash with Water. Tannin, Green Nut Chlorine Water, Ja- Simple Washing With Water. Luke Warm Soap Suds. Very Strong Alco- hol, 95° Turpentine, or Ben- Zine and Soap. Wash out with warm Soap Suds or Am- monia Water. Dilut’d Tartaric Ac- id, if the stuff will bear it. Repeated washing with a solution of Citric Acid, if the color will bear it. Simple Washing with Water. Soap Suds and Am- monia. hol, 95° Turpentine, or Ben- zine and Soap. Wash outwith warm Soap Suds or Am- monia Water. Diluted Tartaric Ac- id, if the stuff will bear it. The same. Dilute Hydrochloric Acid if the wool is dyed naturally. Rub with Lard, t Drop Diluted Nitric Acid upon it. moistened, can be rubbed off with the finger. hen Soap it well; after a time wash alternately with Water ānd Turpentine. Very Strong Alco- . . • e o 'º We tº e s e o O & e s s e º e Benzine, Ammonia, Ether, Pot a sh, Chalk, Magnesia, Yolk of Egg. Benzine, ether, soap Rub carefully. The same ; rub gen- tly and carefully. The same with care Nothing can be dome, and all at- tempts make it WOTSé. The same, but use Benzino instead of Turpentine, a n d the Water must fall on it from Some height. The stain, previously Alternate wasming with Water, and with more or less Diluted Chlorine Water, according to the color. Shell. velle Water, Con- centrated Solution of Tartaric Acid. ACTDs.-Red Acid stains are destroyed by Ammonia, followed by thorough washing With water. Acid are permanent. Burnt stains of Nitrio With the above, a few simple chemicals and a good deal of perseverance and care, any one may set up a chemical cleaning ef;tal,lishment. Great pains, must be taken, when Fther, and Renzine are employed, to avoid taking fire, the vapor of which, when mixed with air. is highly explosive. An open bottle of Ether, will take fire several feet from an open flame, as a heavy. bnvisible vapor issues from the bottle, when the vapor reaches the flame of a lamp, the Whole mass of vapor takes fire, AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 367 ADULTERATIONS. Bread. The adulteration of bread in the large cities is carried on to an alarming extent, for this purpose alum is used ; Sulphate of copper has been found, but not as much as the former. Dyspepsia and other diseases are brought on by these adulterating articles, and we may say with respect to alum, that it has been found deleterious to the digestive organs. We submit the following as a simple method of testing for alum : Make a solution of logwood; dip the bread, and if alum is present the bread will exhibit a claret color. A better way, however, is to soak a piece of bread to be tested in water, strain off the water and add about twenty drops of a strong Solution of logwood, then add a large teaspoonful of carbonate of ammonia. If alum is present we shall have the mixture changed from pink to a lavender color. This test will discover a grain of alum in a pound of bread. As a test for blue vitriol, take a piece of it in warm water, then add a strong solution of prussiate of potash. If copper is present, a chocolate color will appear. Flour. Wheat flour is sometimes adulterated with alum, rice, grit, Sand, and starch. Alum is discovered by the methods already given. The microscope is of great use in detecting rice, potato starch, Sand, etc. Butter. Within the last few years the adulteration of butter has been carried on to a great extent. The adulteration has not been of a dangerous character, the principal article used has been what is called oleomargarine, the composition of which we have elsewhere pointed out. Some people, however, claim that lard from diseased hogs is often used, tending to produce worms and trichimae in the human subject. The best way of detection is by Ineans of the micros- cope, the use of which shows the genuine from the adulterated article by the character of its particles, which are plainly visible and easy of detection. Milk. No article of food of general consumption is so frequently adulterated as this. The most common adulterant is water. It is said that chalk, amnatto, burnt Sugar, infusion of sheep's brains, and Salt are also added in Some cases. A fraud is also practiced in skimming the milk, or a part of it, before taking it to market. The substances commonly added, are not often actually poisonous in themselves, although numerous cases of typhoid fever have occurred in which the disease was traced to the use of the milk, which had been adulterated with foul water. It is probable that diphtheria and per- haps other diseases are occasionally communi- cated in the same manner. Milk may also be contaminated with lead from the use of Water containing this poison, and from standing in lead or zinc vessels. It is not always easy to detect adulterations in milk without a careful analysis; but any unnatural appearance or unpleasant odor should cause it to be rejected at once. One of the most dangerous means of adulterating milk is feeding cows upon unwholesome food, and keeping them in close, foul, unventilated stalls. Under these circumstances, especially when the secretion is greatly prolonged beyond the natural period, as in cows known as “farrow,” the milk Secretion really becomes an excretory product, and contains quite a large proportion of the Waste matters of the system. Such milk is totally unfit for human food, and when fed to children, especially, will be certain to produce very marked and disastrous results. Sugar. The different varieties of sugar, syrup and honey are the subject of frequent and exten- Sive adulterations. It has long been known that sugar could be manufactured from starch by boiling it for some time with diluted sul- phuric acid. Sugar, however, as is well known, can be made from woody fibre of all sorts, as cottom, sawdust, shavings, etc. The sugar thus made is called glucose, as it closely resembles the sugar of grapes. (See glucose.) 869 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. The presence of glucose in sugar can be easily detected by the following method: Dis- Solve in a test tube half a teaspoonful of the Suspected Sugar in two teaspoonfuls of warm Water. Add six or eight drops of strong solu- tion of blue vitriol. This will give to the Solution a faint blue tinge. Now add a solu- tion of caustic potash. This will deepen the blue color greatly and produce a curdy appear- ance. Continue to add the potash until the Solution becomes clear, shaking the test-tube frequently so as to mix the contents well, and then heat to boiling in the flame of a spirit lamp. If grape sugar is present, as the liquid approaches the boiling point a yellowish color will appear, which will soon deepen to orange, then orange red, and deep red. The changes in color are due to the precipitation of red oxide of copper, which is the chemical test for grape Sugar. The inorganic adulterants of sugar mentioned can be readily detected by dissolving the Sugar, when they will appear as a sediment. Syrups. Syrups are much more easily adultered than sugar, because of the greater ease with which the adulteration can be covered. Iron and sulphuric acid seem to be the lead- ing adulterants. If iron be present a black compound will be formed by taking a solution of tannin and mixing it with the syrup. If tannin is not at hand common tea contains a sufficiency of tannin with which to make the test. Into half a cup of moderately strong tea put a teaspoonful of the syrup. If the tea becomes black iron is present in the syrup, and while iron can scarcely be said to be a poison, yet it will prove that the syrup is not absolutely pure. If sulphuric acid is suspected, the nitrate of barium is the test. Take a clean phial and in it dissolve the nitrate, next take a teaspoon- ful of the syrup and dissolve in Warm water. Add a portion to the solution of barium. Set aside for half an hour. If the phial contains a white powder at the bottom of the phial, the syrup contains sulphuric acid. CONFECTIONERY. To Prepare Sugar for Candying. The first process is clarifying, which is done thus: Break the white of an egg into a pre- Serving pan; put to it 4 quarts of water and beat it with a whisk to a froth. Then put in 12 pounds of sugar, mix all together and set it over the fire. When it boils put in a little cold water, and proceed as often as necessary till the scum rises thick on the top. Then remove it from the fire, and when it is set- tled take off the scum and pass it through a straining bag. If the sugar should not appear very fine, boil it again before straining it. To Candy Sugar. After having completed the above first pro- cess, put what quantity is wanted over the fire, and boil it till it is smooth enough. This is known by dipping the skimmer into the sugar and touching it between the forefinger and thumb, and immediately on opening them a small thread will be observed drawn between, which will crystallize and break, and remain in a drop on the thumb, which will be a sign of its gaining Some degree of Smoothness. Boil it again, and it will draw into a larger string; it is now called bloom sugar, and must be boiled longer than in the former process. To try its forwardness, dip again the skimmer, shaking off the Sugar into the pan; then blow with the mouth strongly through the holes, and if bubbles go through, it has acquired the second degree; to prove if the liquid has arrived at the state called feathered sugar, re-dip the skimmer and shake it over the pan, then give it a sudden flirt behind, and the sugar will fly off like feathers. It now arrives at the state called crackled sugar, to obtain which the mass must be boiled longer than in the preceding degree; then dip a stick in it and put it directly into a pan of cold water, draw off the Sugar which hangs to the stick in the water, and if it turns hard and Snaps it has acquired the proper degree of crystallization; if otherwise, boil it again until it acquires that brittleness. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 369 The last stage of refining this article is cahled caramel sugar, to obtain which it must be boiled longer than in any of the preceding methods; prove it by dipping a stick first into the Sugar and then into cold water, and the moment it touches the latter it will, if matured, Snap like glass. Be careful that the fire is not too fierce, as by flaming up the sides of the pan it will burn, discolor and spoil the Śllgar. French IMethod. Put into a pan syrup enough of clarified Sugar to fill the mould ; skim it well; take the pan from the fire and pour it into a small quantity of spirits of wine, sufficient to make it sparkle ; let it rest till the skin, which is the candy, rises on the surface; take it off with a skimmer and pour it directly into the mould, which keep in the stove at 90° heat for eight days; then strain the candy by a hole, slant- ing the mould on a basin or pan to receive the drainings; let it drain till it is perfectly dry, then loosen the paper by moistening it with warm water; warm it all round near the fire and turn the candy by striking it hard on the table. Put it on a sieve in the stove to finish drying it, but do not touch it while there, and keep up an equal heat, otherwise there will be only a mush instead of a candy. Spirits of wine will take off grease and not affect the candy, as it soon evaporates. To Make Barley Sugar. Take a quantity of clarified sugar in that state that on dipping the finger into the pan the sugar which adheres to it will break with a slight noise; this is called crack. When the sugar is near this, put in two or three drops of lemon juice, or a little winegar to prevent its graining. When it has come to the crack take it off instantly and dip the pan in cold water to prevent its burning; let it stand a little, and then pour it on a marble, which must be previously rubbed with oil. Cut the sugar into small pieces, when it will be ready for use. One drop of citron will flavor a considerable quantity. Bonbons. Provide leaden moulds, which must be of various shapes, and be oiled with oil of Sweet almonds. Take a quantity of brown Sugar syrup in proportion to their size, in that state called a blow, which may be known by dip- ping the skimmer into the sugar, shaking it and blowing through the holes, when gleams of light may be seen; add a drop of any esteemed essence. If the bonbons are preferred white, when the sugar has cooled a little, stir it round the pan till it grains and Shines on the surface; then pour it into a funnel and fill the little mould, when it will take a proper form and harden; as soon as it is cold take it from the moulds, dry it in two or three days and put it upon paper. If the bonbons are required to be colored, add the color just as the sugar is ready to be taken off the fire. To Candy Ginger. Put one ounce of race ginger grated fine, one pound of loaf Sugar beaten fine, into a preserving pan, with as much water as will dissolve the sugar. Stir them well together over a slow fire till the sugar begins to boil; them stir in another pound of Sugar beaten fine, and keep stirring till it grows thick; then take it off the fire and drop it in cakes upon earthen dishes. Set them in a warm place to dry, when they will become hard and brittle, and look White. To Clarify Loaf Sugar. Break the same into a copper pan, which will hold one-third more, put $ a pint of water to each pound of Sugar, mix 1 white of an egg to every 6 pounds; when it rises in boiling throw in a little cold water, which must be kept ready in case it should boil over; skim it the fourth time of rising, continue to throw in a little cold Water each time till the scum ceases to rise, and strain it through a sieve, cloth or flannel bag. Save the Scum, which, when a cer- tain quantity is taken off, may be clarified. The latter skimming will do to add to fer- mented Wines. 370 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Tö Candy Hoarhound. Boil it in water till the juice is extracted; then boil a sufficient quantity of sugar to a great height and add the juice to it; stir it with a spoon against the sides of the sugar pan till it begins to grow thick; then pour it out into a paper case that is dusted with fine Sugar, and cut it into Squares; dry the hoar- hound and put it into the sugar finely pow- dered and sifted. To Make White Sugar Candy. Sugar crystallized by the saturated syrup being left in a very warm place, from 90° to 100° Fahrenheit, and the shooting promoted by placing sticks or a net of threads at Small dis- tances from each other in the liquor; it is also deposited from compound syrup, and does not retain any of the foreign substances with which the syrup is loaded. Chocolate Drops. Scrape the chocolate to powder, and put an ounce to each pound of sugar; moisten the paste with clear water, work it as above, only take care to use all the paste prepared, as, if it be put on the fire a second time, it greases, and the drop is not of the proper thickness. Orange-Flower Drops. These are made as the Sugar drops, only using orange-flower water; or instead of it, use the essence of neroli, which is the essential oil of that flower. Coffee Drops. An ounce of coffee to a pound of sugar will form a strong decoction; when cleared, use it to moisten the Sugar, and them make the drops as above. Peppermint Drops. The only requisites to make these are ex- treme cleanliness, the finest Sugar, and a few drops of the essence of peppermint. Clove Drops. These are made as the peppermint drops, the cloves being pounded, or the essence used. Good cloves should be black, heavy, of a pun- gent Smell, hot to the taste, and full of oil. Ginger Drops. Pound and sift through a silk sieve the required quantity of ginger, according to the strength wanted, and add to it the sugar with clear water. China ginger is best, being aro matic as well as hot and sharp-tasted. Liquorice Lozenges. Take of extract of liquorice, double-refined sugar, each 10 ounces; tragacanth, powdered, 3 ounces. Powder them thoroughly, and make them into lozenges with rose-water. These are agreeable pectorals, and may be used at , pleasure in tickling coughs. The above receipt is the easiest and best mode of making these lozenges. Refined extract of liquorice should be used; and it is easily powdered in the cold, after it has been laid for some days in a dry and rather warm place. Extract of Liquorice. The liquorice root is to be boiled in eight times its weight of water, to one-half; the liquor is then to be expressed, and after the faeces have subsided, to be filtered; it is then to be evaporated, with a heat between 2009 and 212°, until it becomes thickish; and, lastly, it is to be evaporated with a heat less than 200°, and frequently stirred, until it acquires a consistence proper for forming pills. This is made into little pastils, or flat cakes, often bearing the impression of the places where they are made; and a bit now and then put into the mouth takes off the tickling of a cough. It should be dissolved slowly in the mouth to make it pleasant. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 871 To Clarify Coarse Brown Sugar. Put 50 pounds of coarse brown sugar into a pan which will contain one-third more; pour in 20 pints of water, well mixed with 5 whites of eggs; pound 5 pounds of small charcoal, mix it in the pan while on the fire, and boil it till it looks as black as ink. If it rises too fast, add cold water, strain it through a bag, and though at first it will be black, continue to strain it until it becomes quite clear, which may be seen by putting the syrup in a glass. Put it back until it comes out as fine as clarified loaf Sugar. To Improve and Increase Sugar. To 5 pounds of coarse brown sugar add one pound of flour, and there will be obtained six pounds of Sugar, worth ten per cent. more in color and quantity. Starch Sugar. Mix 100 parts of starch with 200 of water, and add to it gradually another 200 of water, previously mixed with as much of oil of vitriol, and brought to a boiling heat in a tinned cop- per vessel; keep the mixture boiling for 36 hours, and occasionally add water to keep up the original quantity; then add some powdered charcoal and also some chalk to get rid of the acid; strain and evaporate it by a gentle heat to the consistence of a syrup, and set by to crystallize. Birch Sugar. Wound the trees in the spring of the year by boring a hole under a large arm of the tree quite through the wood as far as the bark of the opposite side; collect the sap which flows from the wound, and evaporate it to a proper con- sistence; these are the native sugars of cold countries. To Malce Pear Sugar. It is obtained by expressing the juice, adding chalk to remove the Superabundant acid, and evaporating it to a due consistence; it does not crystallize, and is a kind of white treacle. One hundred weight of pears yields about 84 pounds of this juice, which will produce nearly twelve pounds of this substance. Grape Sugar. The brown sugar obtained from grapes by the usual process, being previously freed from the acids and sulphate of lime that existed in the original juice, yields by refining 75 per cent. of a white granular sugar, 24 of a kind of treacle with a little gum and Some malate of lime. To Candy Orange Peel. Soak the peels in cold water, which change frequently till they lose their bitterness; then put them into syrup till they become soft and transparent. Then they are to be taken out and drained. Lemon Peel. This is made by boiling lemon peel with sugar, and then exposing in the air until the Sugar crystallizes. To Make Devices in Sugare Steep gum tragacanth in rose water, and with double refined sugar make it into a paste, and color and mould it to fancy. Whipped Syllabub. Rub a lump of loaf sugar on the outside of a lemon, and put it into a pint of thick cream, and sweeten it to taste. Squeeze in the juice of a lemon, and add a glass of Madeira wine, or French brandy. Mill it to a froth with a chocolate-mill, take off the froth as it rises, and lay it in a hair sieve. Fill one-half of the glass with red wine, then lay the froth as high as possible, but take care that it is well drained in the sieve, otherwise it will mix with the wine, and the syllabub be spoiled. Solid Syllabub. To a quart of rich cream put a quart of white wine, the juice of two lemons, with the rind of one grated, and sweeten it to taste. Whip it up well, and take off the froth as it rises. Put it upon a hair sieve, and let it stand in a cool place till the next day. Then half fill the glasses with the scum, and heap up the froth as high as possible. The bottom will look clear and it will keep several days. 372 AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. To Make Confectionery Drops. Take double-refined sugar, pound and sift it through a hair sieve, not too fine; and then sift it through a silk sieve, to take out all the fine dust, which would destroy the beauty of the drop. Put the sugar into a clean pan, and moisten it with any favorite aromatic ; if rose- water, pour it in slowly, stirring it with a pad- dle, which the sugar will fall from, as soon as it is moist enough, without sticking. Color it with a small quantity of liquid carmine, or any other color ground fine. Take a small pan with a lip, fill it three parts with paste, place it on a small stove, the half-hole being of the size of the pan, and stir the sugar with a little ivory or bone handle, until it becomes liquid. When it almost boils, take it from the fire, and con- tinue to stir it; if it be too moist, take a little of the powdered sugar, and add a spoonful to the paste, and stir it till it is of such a con- sistence as to run without too much extension. Have a tin plate, very clean and Smooth; take the little pan in the left hand, and hold in the right a bit of iron, copper, or silver wire, four inches long, to take off the drop from the lip of the pan, and let it fall regularly on the tin plate; two hours afterwards take off the drops with the blade of a knife. Snow Balls. Pare and take out the cores of 5 large bak- ing apples, and fill the holes with orange or quince marmalade. Then take some good hot paste, roll the apples in it, and make the crust of an equal thickness; put them in a tin drip- ping-pan, bake them in a moderate oven, and when taken out, make icing for them; let the same be a quarter of an inch thick, and set them a good distance from the fire until they become hardened, but be cautious that they are not browned. Capillaire. Mix 6 eggs, well beat up, with 14 pounds of loaf sugar, and 8 pounds of coarse sugar. Put them into 8 quarts of water, boil it twice, skim it well, and add a # of a pint of orange-flower water; strain it through a jelly-bag, and put it into bottles for use. A spoonful or two of this syrup put into a draught of either cold or warm water makes an exceedingly pleasant drink. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 878 sºmºs _--~ *==== … ...º. A ſº- -s --ms- ºr sº- BOOK-KEEPING: GIVING A CONCISE AND COMPREEIENSIVE EXPLANATION OF BOTH SINGLE AND DOUBLE ENTBY-NECESSITY AND ADVANTAGES OF A KNOWLEDGE OF BOOK-KEEPING. HE object of book-keeping is to ex- hibit a distinct and correct state of one's affairs, and to enable compa- , nies, firms, and individuals to as- } certain at at any time the nature and extent of their business, the amount of their profits or available income, or, as the case may be, the extent of their losses. The necessity for a knowledge of book-keep- ing is not confined to those engaged in business. There is no class of men who can afford to dispense with it, since all are called upon to handle money and keep accounts of greater or less magnitude. It is not sufficient for a man to say, “I do not understand book-keeping my- self, but I can employ a book-keeper who will know everythingnecessary.” Such a man places himself at the mercy of his employé, and is liable to be continually deceived by false en- tries, fraudulent balances, and in various ways which a skillful and unscrupulous accountant can avail himself of. It is the merchant's first duty to be thor- oughly informed in all branches of his business, so that he may not only direct it, but also be competent to detect and expose error and fraud, and to know at any moment his exact business standing. It is not too much, therefore, to assert that book-keeping should constitute an essential part of the education of every young man and woman. The possession of such knowledge will the more thoroughly prepare them for the great struggle of life, and enable them to earn a fair and honorable livelihood by the employment of their skill. It is not to be expected that every one can become a first-class book-keeper any more than that every one can become a great artist; but it is possible for all to obtain such a knowledge of the essential principles of book-keeping as will enable them to keep an ordinary set of books accurately, and with credit to themselves. To those engaged in trade or commercial pursuits, or who expect to enter upon them, book-keeping is absolutely necessary, as by it all transactions should be regulated and their results exhibited. The more simple the system the better; but care must be taken that the plan adopted is sufficiently comprehensive and explanatory to satisfy not only the person keep- ing the books, but those who may have occa- sion to refer to them; for however satisfactory it may be to a merchant to follow a system. 374 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. which is intelligible to himself alone, circum- stances might arise to render the inspection of others necessary, and from their inability to follow out the transactions in the books, sus- picions would probably be engendered for which there was no real foundation. Hence the neces- sity for the adoption of certain recognized and approved systems, which, being plain and easily understood, must prove satisfactory to all con- cerned. Book-keeping, when conducted on Sound prin- ciples, is invaluable; it not only shows the general results of a commercial career, but admits of analysis, by which the Success or failure, the value or utter worthlessness of its component parts, or each particular transac- tion, can be easily ascertained. In a word, on the one hand it promotes order, regularity, fair dealing, and honorable enterprise; on the other it defeats dishonesty, and preserves the integ- rity of man when dealing with his fellows. The Proper System to be Adopted. The questions to which a satisfactory system gives the merchant ready and conclusive an- swers are such as relate—1. To the extent to which his capital and credit will entitle him to transact business; 2. To the assurance he has that all his obligations are honestly fulfilled; 3. To the ascertainment of the success or fail- ure of his commercial dealings, and the position of his affairs from time to time. There are two recognized systems of book- keeping, namely, by “Single Entry” and by “Double Entry.” Although the system of “Single Entry” has nearly passed out of use, it will be well to glance at it before passing on to the other and more generally used system of “Double Entry.” The System of Single Entry. This is a clumsy and awkward way of keep- ing books, and is used only by the smallest traders. It is little better than the old time plan of keeping accounts on a slate, and erasing them when paid. The system is denoted by the name; transactions being posted singly, or only once in the Ledger. Three books are generally kept—the cash book, day book and ledger, although the first named is not essential, the cash entries being passed through the day book. Its only use is to check the balance of cash in hand. In the day book are entered daily all the purchases and sales, whether for cash or credit; and all the credit entries are then transferred to accounts opened in the ledger, that is, all goods sold on credit are charged against the customers, and what are purchased are carried to the credit of the parties supplying them. In the same way when cash is received from a customer for goods sold on credit, it is posted on his account, and the reverse entry is made when a merchant pays for the goods he has bought. Thus it will be seen that only per- sonal accounts are entered in the ledger. Balance Sheet by Single Entry. To frame a balance sheet or state of affairs on this system, the book-keeper brings down the balances due by customers to the mer- chant, also his stock of goods as valued by the last inventory taken at current market prices, and the cash he may have in hand, on the left-hand side of the sheet, whilst on the right- hand side of the sheet he enters the balances still due by him for goods he has purchased, or money lent to him, and the capital, if any, with which he commenced business. The amounts on each side of the sheet are then added and proved, and the difference between the amounts of the two columns is either profit or loss; if profit, the merchant's capital is increased to that extent; if loss, then he is so much the poorer. AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 375 Specimen of a Balance Sheet by Single Entry. The following “Specimen of a Balance Sheet by Single Entry” will make plain the working and ultimate results of the systen: ASSETS. To sundry customers for goods sold, per list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $2,500.00 To goods in stock, per inventory and Valuation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,875.85 To cash in hand......... © C C & © & O e º & © & 98675 $8,362/60 LIABILITIES. By sundry merchants for goods pur- chased, per list. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . $1,000.00 By capital put into the business. . . . . . 3,000.00 Profit on business to date. . . . . . . . . . . . 4,36260 $8,362;60 It will be observed that the assets exceed the liabilities (including capital) by $4,362.60. That sum being profit must be added to the capital; if in the next or following years any loss should emerge, as a matter of course such deficiency must be deducted from the mer- chant's capital, as he is that much poorer than when he opened the year. The advantages of single entry are simplicity and easy adaptation to small retail trades, as the ledger contains only outstanding debts due to or by the merchant. The disadvantage is the difficulty of ascertaining the profits or losses on various goods, or on the several departments of a business. The System of Double Entry. It is now universally admitted that the “System of Double Entry” is the best adapted for heavy, responsible, or speculative trades, and for extensive mercantile concerns. As its name implies, it so differs from the system already described, that every transaction must be recorded doubly in the ledger; that is to Say, accounts must be opened in that book, to which all entries in the subsidiary books are twice carried—to the debit of one account, and the credit of another. The advantage of this system may be briefly stated as follows: 1. Unless the debit balances exactly corres- pond with the credit balances the books are wrong, and the error must be discovered by comparison. 2. The discovery of such errors is more easily accomplished than in any other system. 3. Accounts can be readily analyzed. 4. The profit, or loss, on individual trans- actions can be ascertained without difficulty. Against these advantages the writer knows of no single disadvantage that can be pleaded. Before entering upon an explanation of the system, we must direct the reader's attention to The Golden Rule of Double Entry. which may be concisely stated in six words, viz.: Every Debit must have its Credit. By bearing this constantly in mind, and applying it to each and all of the details of practical book-keeping, the difficulties of the system will entirely disappear, and its perfect simplicity be apparent. It is the custom of the best book-keepers to use the following books in recording commer- cial transactions: The Cash Book, the Day Book, sometimes called the Sales Book, the Journal, and the Ledger. The use of the Journal is gradually being abandoned, as it only imposes upon the book- keeper additional labor without any compensa- ting advantages. Many houses dispense with it altogether, and the time is at hand when it Will disappear from every well-regulated count- ing-room. In the following pages, therefore, We shall make no further reference to it, con- fining ourselves only to what is of practical Value to the student of book-keeping, and avoid- ing everything that may serve to encumber him with useless details. 876 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. The Cash Book. The name of this book indicates the use to which it is put. It is used exclusively for entries of money received and money paid out, and is thus the record of the daily cash trans- actions of the merchant. Each page of the Cash Book is ruled with two dollar and cent columns. The left hand page is used for “Cash Debtor,” that is, for cash received; and the right hand page is for “Cash Creditor,” or for cash paid out. All sums of money received are written on the left hand page with the date of the receipt, the name of the person or source from which the money is received, and the amounts are entered on a line with the names in the first column of the page. All sums paid out are entered on the right hand page with the date of the payment, and the name of the person or purpose by whom or for which the money is paid, and the amounts are entered in the first column of the page on the line with the names to which they belong. In effect, in keeping accounts, “Cash ’’ is treated precisely as if it were a person. It is debited, or charged, with all money paid in, and credited with all money paid out. For example, let us suppose that John Smith pays the merchant $200. This sum must be placed to the credit of John Smith, because he has paid it in. “Cash” has received it, and there- fore “Cash” must be charged with it. It is entered on the debit side of the “Cash Book” as a charge against “Cash.” The entry is made in the name of John Smith, and shows that he has paid that sum to “Cash.” Thus this entry is at the same time a debit to “Cash” and a credit to John Smith, as it shows that “Cash” has had that much money from John Smith, and that John Smith is the creditor of “Cash” to that amount. Again, we will suppose that Thomas Brown, David Lee and Asa Hart have each paid the merchant $200, making $600 in all. These amounts are received by “Cash,” and are en- tered on the debit, or left-hand, page, in three separate entries, each with the name of the person paying the money, and the date of the payment. At the end of the month, when the “Cash Book” is posted, these amounts are car- ried to the Ledger to the credit of the parties, that is, $200 is credited to each. The aggre- gate $600 is then posted to the debit of “Cash” in the Ledger; and thus the debit of $600 to “Cash” balances the three credits of $200 each to Thomas Brown, David Lee, and Asa Hart. The same principle applies to payments made by the merchant. Let us suppose he pays to Martin, Frazier & Co. $500; to Holmes Bros. $600; and to Jenkins & Son $300. Here we have $1400 paid out. Each of these amounts is entered with the date of payment on the right hand or credit side of the “Cash Book.” In other words, “Cash” is credited with these Sums because they have been taken from “Cash” and paid to the parties named. In posting the “Cash Book” at the end of the month, these entries are carried to the debit of the accounts of the proper persons in the Ledger. Martin, Frazier & Co. are debited or charged with $500; Holmes Bros. with $600; and Jenkins & Son with $300. These persons have received the above sums, and are therefore properly debited or charged with them. The aggregate amount, $1400, is entered on the Ledger to the credit of “Cash,” because “Cash ’’ has paid them, and must receive credit for such payments. Thus the single entry of $1400 to the credit of “Cash,” balances the three charges against the persons to whom the sums were paid. But suppose the merchant receives from Henry Holt the sum of $200; from Richard Jones $300; and from Edward White $300—making $800 received. These sums are entered on the “Cash Book” as debits against “Cash”—the entries be- ing at the same time credits to the parties making the payment. The merchant pays out the following sums: To Walter Hyde, $100; to Peter Wright, $125; and to Lyle & Co. $100, in all $325 paid out, which is less than the amount he received. These payments are en- tered on the “Cash Book” to the credit of “Cash,” and are at the same time separate debits or charges against the persons to whom the money is paid. In order to ascertain how much money is on hand after making these payments, the “Cash Book” must be balanced. To do this, add the amounts in the first column of the debit side, and write down the amount, $800, in the Second column, on a line with the last entry, and also at the bottom of that column. Then add the amounts in the first AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 377 column on the credit page, and write the amount, $325, in the second column of that page, on a line with the last entry on that page. Then subtract the $325 paid out from the $800 re- ceived, doing this on a separate slip of paper. This leaves a remainder of $475, which is the balance of cash in hand. Now write with red ink on the credit page, below the last entry on that page, the amount, $475, in the second column of that page, preceded by the word “Balance.” This “balance,” added to the amount of payments, will give $800, the amount received and entered on the debit page. This amount must be written at the bottom of the second column on the credit page, and on a line with the botttom figures on the debit page. The “Cash Book” is now said to be balanced. The “Cash Book” should be balanced every day, in order to ascertain the amount of money on hand at the close of the day's transactions. The “Cash Book” should be posted once a month. That is, the entries in it should be transferred to the Ledger, and entered there each in its proper account. As these transfers are made, the folio (or number of the page) of the Ledger to which the entry is posted, should be written in the “Cash Book,” in the column ruled for that purpose, which is immediately on the left of the dollars and cents column. This insures accuracy in referring from the “Cash Book” to the Ledger. The “Cash Book” is now said to be closed—that is, all the entries for the month have been transferred to their proper places in the Ledger; and the book-keeper is ready to commence the record of the transac- tions of the next month. In the example given above, the merchant had a balance of $475 of cash in hand at the end of the month. The reader will naturally ask, “What must be done with this balance?” It must be borne in mind that the book-keeper must treat the cash transactions of each month as a separate account. When the “Cash Book” is closed for January, he must begin a new cash account for February, and so on through the year. He turns to a new debtor page and opens a new account on the first of the month. In the case under consideration, he carries forward the balance of $475, and enters it in red ink in the second column of the debit page, preceding it with the date (the first of the month) in its proper column, and the word “Balance” in its proper place. This shows that “Cash” has begun the new month with $475 in hand. “Cash” is, therefore, properly charged with it. e Now suppose the merchant receives from various persons during the month money to the amount of $525, and pays out to Sundry par- ties money to the amount of $350. The receipts are all entered, each with its proper date and the name of the person making the payment, on the debit page of the “Cash Book,” the amounts being written in the first dollars and cents column; the sums paid out are entered in the same way on the credit side of the “Cash Book,” the amounts being written in the first dollars and cents column of that page. In closing the “Cash Book” at the end of the second month, the book-keeper must add the amount of the debits, which, as we have seen, is $525, and write this aggregate in the second column on a line with the last entry in the first column. This will place it under the “balance” of $475 remaining from the first month, which, as we have seen, was written at the top of the second dollars and cents column of the debit page. These two amounts are then added, and give a total of $1,000, which must be written at the bottom of the second column. This shows the total amount of the debits or charges against “Cash” during the month. The book-keeper now turns to the credit page, and adds the amounts of the money paid out. The total as we have seen is $350. He writes this amount in the second column of the credit page on a line with the last entry of money paid out. He then sub- tracts the amount of the credits from the amount of the debits, and finds a remainder of $650, which is the amount left to the debit of “Cash,” or the balance of cash in hand at the end of the month. He writes with red ink the amount, $650, preceded by the word “Balance” in the second column of the credit page under the total of the credits. These two sums are then added and give a total of $1,000, and this amount is written at the bottom of the second column of the credit page, and balances the $1,000 at the bottom of the debit page. The amounts are then transferred to their respective (See next two pages for Cash Book Specimens.) 878 AN ENCYCLOPMEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Dr. Cash. H , KD 2- § DATE, NAME OF LEDGER ACCOUNT, º 9. O 1882. January.| 1 || John Brown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mdse.| 6 || 500 00 Cº 4 David Lee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . “ 14 || 225 00 Cº. 5 Smith, Young & Co............... © e e e o e o e º O C & © & © “ 25 650, 75 (6 6 | Thomas Lane, on *. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ** 18 || 416 18 Cº 8 || Spencer & Co. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... “ 2 50 00 Gº 10 | Walker & White, on 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... “ 34 39 00 (ſº 11 | Timothy Drexel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . * | 15 180 00 Cº. 13 | James Williams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G& 7 || 242 00 CO 15 l Gunnison & Co. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 9 || 313| 00 * 17 | Henry Hale, on "................................ 66 4 || 165 00 66 18 Mrs. Jane Wharton. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . * | 20 25 00 63 19 | Andrew Jenkins. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . tº 22 || 75 00 64 22 || William A. Brown----. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . “ | 13 || 100 00 Ç6 25 Daniel Lamb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 5 150 00 Ǻ 28 || Owen Mountjoy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 8 || 245 00 Cº 31 | Samuel Bridges & Co... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . tº 12 300 00 8875 93 3675 93 nor.-in the above specimen the word: "Date." “Name of Leger Account,” and “Ledger Folio,” guiãance of the reader. They are not used in actual account books, are inserted for the AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 379 Cash. Cr. H 2 § DATE. NAME OF LEDGER ACCOUNT. º C 5. 1882. January.| 1 ||Expense, 1 Month's Rent............................... 4 || 90 00 66 8 Real Estate, Taxes.................................... 10 || 75 00 66 8 John Williams & Co.............................. Mdse. 13 || 100 00 66 11 Frank Harris..................................... “ 25 50 00 66 15 Thomas Lewis................... ................ ** | 18 25 00 66 19 Judkins, Wright & Co., on "/...................... ** | 16 || 150 00 66 22 Dexter & Son.................................... “ 19 || 30 00 66 25 ||Expense, Clerk's Salary, 1 Month...................... 4 || 75 00 66 27 Expense, 1 Stove...................................... 4 || 10 00 66 28 Lewis Rogers,..................... * @ e º 'º a e e e Q e º e º e Mdse. 32 100 00 66 29 Gross & Co...................................... “ 29 75 00 66 81 Expense, Sundry Petty Expenses....................... 4 || 25 00 || 805 Balance, 2870 | 93 t 3675 93 NoTEL-In the obgºre speeimen the words "Date," "Nam CCount,” - º guidance of the reader, They are not yº, actual . §eer A t" and "Ledger Folio," are inserted for the 380 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. accounts in the Ledger, and the “Cash Book” is closed for the second month. The balance, of $650, is then carried as before to the top of a new debit page, and the “Cash Book” is in readiness for the record of the transactions of the third month. These explanations will show the reader the uses of and the manner of keeping the “Cash Book.” We would earnestly recommend him to commence practicing a system of book-keeping, beginning with the “Cash Book.” He should obtain a blank book, and rule it himself in order to become familiar with the form of the pages. Each page should be ruled as follows: on the left-hand side rule a column for dates, and on the right-hand side rule a column for the numbers of the Ledger folios to which the entries are to be posted, and on the right of this rule two sets of columns for dollars and cents. The wide space in the middle of the page is used for the names of the persons making payments or to whom payments are made. The specimen pages which are given here will show how the columns should be ruled. Now let the reader make the entries in the manner explained in the preceding pages, and he will have a “Cash Book” in proper shape, and will thus familiarize himself with this important branch of book-keeping. The specimen on pages 378 and 379 will show a “Cash Book” properly balanced and closed. The Petty Cash Book. It is the custom of most book-keepers to use what is called a petty cash book. Any blank book ruled with dollars and cents column will answer. The petty cash book is used for ex- penditures only, and its use Saves the book- keeper a great deal of time and labor which would be required were all the minor expenses of an establishment entered in the cash book and transferred separately to their proper ac- counts in the ledger. The book-keeper enters all the Small sums paid out day by day in the petty cash book, such as “Sundry Expenses,” “Freights,” “Interest,” money paid to employés who have no fixed pay-day, “Telegrams,” “Porterage,” etc. At the end of the week, or month, as his custom may be, he adds these expenditures in the petty cash book, and enters the aggregate amount on the credit page of the regular cash book, from which it is posted to the ledger, in the ordinary way. Bear in mind that the petty cash book is used for entering minor eapenditures only, and never for entering money received. The Day Book. The day book is used for recording the trans- actions of each day, except those which are made for cash, and which are entered in the cash book. It is frequently called the sales book, as all the sales are entered in it. It is also used to record all purchases of goods made by the merchant, and thus takes the place of a Separate book, which was formerly used, and which was known as the purchase book. The day book is ruled differently from either the cash book or the ledger. On the left of the page is a Single column, and on the right are three sets of dollars and cents columns. The date is written, day by day, at the top of the page; the column on the left is for the number of the articles sold; the wide space in the mid- dle is for the name of the purchasers and a description of the goods sold to them; the first set of dollars and cents columns is for the en- try of the amounts of the sales; and the third set is for the entry of the aggregate amount of the sales to each person. The second, or mid- dle set of dollars and cents columns, is known as the cash column, and in it are entered the aggregates of all bills for which cash is paid when the purchase is made. The use of it greatly simplifies the labor of the book-keeper, and avoids confusion in keeping the accounts. Where this column is used, all bills that are paid before the end of the month are entered in the cash column; all bills that are not paid before the end of the month, or at the time of the purchase, are entered, as has been said, in the third column. When the sale is reported to the book-keeper, he must be in- formed as to the manner of payment, in order that he may know in which column to enter the amount. It is the custom where goods are paid for at the time of the purchase, to make a “check” in red ink in the margin after the amount, and also in the margin before the name. This shows that the book-keeper is not to post these entries in the same manner that the sales on credit are to be posted. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 381 For example, let us suppose John Smith, of Camden, N. J., buys a bill of goods from the merchant to the amount of $100. This sale is entered in the day book under its proper date, with the articles and the number of them. The price of each article is written in the first set of dollars and cents columns. If the sale is for cash, the aggregate or total amount of the bill is written in the second set of dollars and cents columns, and a “check” in red ink is placed opposite the name of John Smith, and another one opposite the aggregate amount. This shows that the sale is for cash. If the sale is on credit—say sixty days' time—the ag- gregate is written in the third set of dollars and cents columns, and the account is posted in the ledger in the usual Way at the end of the month. Posting the Day Book. The entries in the day book should be posted to the ledger at the end of every week. The various entries of sales on credit are carried to the ledger and each written there in its proper account, and the number of the ledger folio or page to which the account is carried is written in red ink in the left hand margin of the page of the day book, in order that the book-keeper may refer to it promptly. These entries are carried to the debit of the accounts in the led- ger, as they are charges against the persons to whom the sales are made. The book-keeper now takes the cash sales entered in the day book. Of course, when cash is paid on the spot for goods, the transaction is complete, and there is no necessity for open- ing an account with the purchaser in the ledger. To do so would be simply to crowd the ledger with useless accounts. The book-keeper, there- fore, adds the amounts in the second or cash column of the day book, and writes the total in the third set of dollars and cents columns. The third column is then added, and the total written at the bottom. This total represents both the cash and the credit sales, and of course shows the total amount of business done during the month. The various entries having been posted as described to their proper accounts in the ledger, the total of the third column is en- tered in the credit side of the merchandise account of the house in the ledger. “Merchan- dise” is here treated, like “cash,” as a person. It has supplied the goods sold, and is therefore credited with them. This entry is also a debit against the purchasers for the goods taken out of the house during the month. Instead of posting the total of the “cash col- umn” as a debit from the day book to the ledger, the book-keeper enters it on the debit page of the cash book as follows: “Sundry sales, day book folio—,” and makes a check in red ink in the margin on the left of the entry. Cash having been paid into the concern for these Sales, “cash” is properly debited for them in the cash book. This total is included in the footing of the debit page of the cash book, and is posted from it to the ledger to the debit of “cash.” Thus the debit to “cash” balances the credit to “merchandise” in the ledger. The Merchandise Account, Merchandise, as we have said, is treated as a person. It is debited or charged with all goods received by the house, and credited with all goods sold. It is the custom to devote, every month, one or more pages of the day book, as necessity may require, to a “double entry” headed as follows: “Merchandise debtor to sundries”— that is, “Merchandise debtor to the following.” The book-keeper enters under this heading all bills of goods which the house has purchased during the month, and all other items with which it is necessary to debit or charge “mer- chandise” and credit other accounts. Each amount must be written separately in the name of its proper account, and the various entries must be placed one under the other down the page, with the dates written in the margin on the left hand side of the page. The amounts of the various entries are written in the first set of dollars and cents columns, and the total is written immediately below. In no case must the entry or entries be extended into the second or third sets of dollars and cents columns. Every transaction is complete, and must be 382 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. confined to the portions of the page indicated. or confine himself to the forms given in these The amounts of the various entries are then | pages. He should begin with the cash or day posted to the credit of their proper accounts in books, open a complete set of books, and keep the ledger, and the total of all of them is posted them as though he were actually engaged in busi- to the debit of “merchandise” in the ledger. ness, extending them as far as possible, and post- The reader is earnestly recommended to rule ing them as directed in these instructions. This Several pages of a blank book in the manner de- will give him an amount of practice which will Scribed, and to practice keeping a day book ac- be found very useful, and will enable him to cording to the Instructions herein contained. By become thoroughly familiar with all the various this it is not meant that he should simply copy transactions and requirements of book-keeping. G E N E R A L PRINCIPL ES. I. The person or persons investing in the business should be credited, under some title, for all such investments, and also for his or their share of the gains. On the other hand, he or they should be debited for all liabilities assumed by the concern for him or them, for all sums withdrawn by him or them from the business, and for such losses as he or they are entitled to share. II. Cash account should be debited for all cash receipts, and credited for all disbursements. III. Merchandise, and all species of property bought upon speculation, should be debited, under some appropriate head, with the cost of the property represented, and credited with its proceeds. IV. Bill Receivable account should be debited with other people's notes, acceptances and other written obligations, when they become ours, and credited when they are paid, or otherwise disposed of. W. Bills Payable account should be credited with our notes, acceptances or written promises to pay, when they are issued, and debited when they are paid or redeemed. VI. Personal accounts, such as the names of persons, banks, or other institutions competent to sue or be sued, should be debited under their proper titles when they become indebted to us, or we get out of their debt, and credited when we become indebted to them, or they get out of our debt. VII. All expenses, of whatever name, should be debited with the outlay, and all causes, of whatever kind, producing us value, should be credited, under Some name, for the amount thus produced. -- The foregoing principles are all embraced in the following simple formula: DEBIT WHAT GOSTS THE CONCERN WALUE, AND CREDIT WHAT PRODUCES THE CONCERN WALUE. gay- The following specimen pages will illustrate the instructions contained in the preceding pages: AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 383 Specimen Sheet of Day Book. New York, January 1st, 1882. Led. Fol. Amos Long & Son, Columbus, Ohio. 2 Bbls. Flour, No. 1. (3) $7.25 14| 50 88 5 Bbls. Brown Sugar, 600 ſps. 8 c. || 48 00 5 |Bags Coffee, 800 lbs. 20 c. || 160 00 222 50 John Peterson, Newark, N. J. 10 |Bbls. Brown Sugar, 1,200 lbs. 8 c 96 00 2 |Boxes Brown Soap, 200 lbs. § 3 || 12 & 10s 00 Samuel Little & Co., Brooklyn, N. Y. 25 |Bags Salt, 250 lbs. 3 c. 7 50 60 20 |Boxes Brown Soap, 2,000 lbs. 6 c. || 120 00 10 |Bbls. Flour, No. 1. 7.25 72 50 10 |Bags Coffee, 1,600 lbs. 20 c. || 320 00 520 00 Davis & White, Albany, N. Y. 50 |Bbls. Corn Meal, $3.50 175 00 75 Bbls. Flour, No. 1. 7.50 562 50 29 20 |Bags Coffee, 3,200 lbs. 20 c. 640 00 50 |Boxes Brown Soap, 5,000 lbs. 6 c. || 300 00 1677 50 Abner Lee & Son, Camden, N. J. 10 |Bags Coffee, 1,600 lbs. 20 c. 320 00|| 320 00 Henderson & Co., Richmond, Wa. 50 |Boxes Brown Soap, 5,000 lbs. 6 c. || 300 00 50 |Bags Salt, 500 lbs. 3 c. || 15 00 20 |Bags Coffee, 3,200 lbs. 20 c. || 640 00 84 20 Bbls. Brown Sugar, 2,400 lbs. 8 C. || 192| 00 30 |Bbls. Corn Meal, 3.50 105 00 1252 00 Hance Bros., Norwalk, Conn. 10 Bbls. Flour, No. 1. 7.50 75 00 5 Bbls. Corn Meal, 3.50 17| 50 10 Bbls. Brown Sugar, 1,200 lbs. 8 c. || 96 00|| 188 50 _4288 50 In # the above page to the Ledger, the sales on creditare debited each to its proper account in the L * > bº. the left hand margin indicating the #. folios on which the entries are made. Pºiº amount, sº. *::::: * . cash and sales, is entered in the credit side of the Merchandise Account of ###: The amount, $616.50, the total of the cash sales, is entered in the debit # e of the Cash Bºok, as Sundry Sales, Day Book Folio I.” It is posted with the toºl of e week's transactions in the Cash Book to the debit of the Cash Account in the Ledger. 3 3 4 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Specimen Page of Merchandise Account in the Day Book. MERCHANDISE DR. To SUNDRIES. January, 1882. Leu. Fol. Late. i Judson, Crane & Co., New York. 56 4th. 10 Bbls. Flour, G) $8.00 80 00 3 Bbls.Sugar, 800 lbs., 8 c. || 24| 00 104.00 90 Holloway & Co., Philadelphia. 30 Bbls. Rye Flour, $3.00 60 00 50 Bbls.Corn Meal, 3.00 150 00 500 Bus. Corn, Ö0 C. || 250 00 460 00 42 Lane Bros., Baltimore, Md. 20 Bags Coffee, 3,200 lbs., 20 C. || 640 00 10 Boxes Tea, 600 lbs., $1.00 600 00 1240 00 The book-keeper in posting the above page would enter the above amounts in the Ledger to the credit of the respective parties from whom the purchases were made, and debit “Merchandise” with the whole amount of $1804. The Ledger. The Ledger is the book to which all the transactions in the Day Book and Cash Book are transferred, in a clear and simple form, and distributed into certain heads or accounts which tell their own history; and if unbalanced must show a difference in favor of the mer- chant as an “Asset,” or against him as a “Liability.” A properly kept Ledger will exhibit at a glance the exact state of every account contained in it, and thus show the condition of the merchant's business from month to month. It contains accounts with all persons to whom goods are sold. All Sales recorded in the Day Book must be posted to, or Written in, the left hand or debit side of the Ledger, and the amounts written on the left hand page of the Cash Book must be posted to the credit of these accounts in the Ledger. It must also contain accounts with all persons from whom the merchant purchases his goods. The sums he pays them for such goods must be posted in the Ledger to the debit of these accounts, and the bills rendered for said goods must be posted to the credit of Said accounts. The Ledger also contains the Stock or the Mer- chant's Account, Merchandise, Cash, Expense, and Interest Accounts, and such other accounts as the necessities of the business may require, including an account with the bank in which the deposits of the merchant are kept. The Ledger is ruled differently from either the cash book or the day book. Each page is divided into two equal parts from top to bot- tom. Each division is ruled as follows: Two columns on the left-hand side, the first for the name of the month, and the Second for the AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 385 day of the month. On the right hand side is the dollars and cents column, to the left of which is a column for entering the numbers of the pages of the day book from which the entries are made. The wide space in the mid- dle of the page is for the description of the entry. We shall now proceed to glance at the various accounts which are usually contained in the ledger of a merchant or firm engaged in active business. The Stock Account. The first account opened in the ledger on commencing business is the “Stock Account.” This is the merchant's own account with the business. It shows the amount of capital, whether in money or merchandise, with which he began the business. This amount is posted in the ledger to the credit of the merchant in the stock account, and shows that the business is a debtor to him for so much money fur- nished it. At the same time all the liabilities of the merchant for which the business is answerable on its commencement, must be posted to the debit of the merchant in the stock account. The Merchandise Account. The merchandise account is usually the sec- ond one opened in the Ledger. In posting the books at the end of the month, the mer- chandise account in the ledger must be debited with all goods purchased during the month, and credited with all sales for the same period, whether for cash or credit. The Cash Account. The next account opened in the ledger is the “Cash Account.” All money received is posted in the ledger to the debit of this account, and all money paid out is credited to it. The Expense Account. This account in the ledger represents the expenses of the business for which there is no return. 3. expenses of this kind must be 5 posted in the ledger to the debit of this account. The entries embrace such expenses as rent of store, furniture and fixtures, clerk hire, and the like. The Bank Account. This account represents the dealings of the merchant with the bank in which the funds of his business are deposited. It is the reverse of the account kept by the bank with him. All money deposited by him is posted in the ledger to the debit of this account, and all money drawn out of the bank by him is posted in the ledger to the credit of this account. The Interest Account. This account represents the interest due on all notes of accommodation given by the mer- chant or accepted by him in the transactions of his business. The rate of interest varies in the different States. See interest table else- where in this department. All interest due by the merchant to other persons, when paid, is posted in the ledger to the debit of the interest account, and all interest due by his customers to the merchant, when paid, is posted in the ledger to the credit of the interest account. Bills Receivable Account. This account represents the notes given to the merchant for value received by his cus- tomers. It is debited in the ledger with such notes When they are given, and credited with the amounts of the notes when they are paid. Bills Payable Account. This account represents the notes given by the merchant to other parties for value received from them. It is credited with such notes When given, and debited with them when paid. Some of the pages of the ledger are ruled for one account only, some for two, three, and even four accounts. The book-keeper must use his judgment to decide how much space an account Will probably occupy before opening it. The following specimen pages of the ledger Will illustrate the principles we have stated herein: A - 386 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. le Specimen Pages of Ledger. Dr. STOCK. Cr. 1882. * 1882. Jan. | 1 |To John Hughes' Note: 1 || 1000 |00 || Jan. 1 |By Cash Invested...| 1 || 5000 || 00 “ 82 | * Balance...... ... . . ; 2 || 5525 00 “ | 31 || “ Profit and Loss...| 3 || 1525 00 l 6525 ſº 652, ſoo 2. Dr. MERCHANDISE. Cr. 1882. 1882. Jan. 12 To Sundries......... 2 || 6000 || 00 ||Jan. 8|By Sundries 5000 || 00 Feb. 25 & 6 6 || 2500 || 00 ||Feb. 20. “ 6 & 4000 || 00 Mar. 31 || “ Profit and Loss. . . . . 8 || 8000 Mar. 31. “ & & 3000 j ()0 On hand per Inventory. 4500 || 00 16500 i 30 * ºr mºº- - - — = --~ —w 16500 00 Apr. 1 On hand per Inventory. 4500 60 TE. 1-3- 3. Dr CASE Cr 1882. 1882. º Jan. 31 To Sundries... 2 Ö000 00 || Jan. 31 |By Sundries....| 8 2240 00 Feb. 28 || “ & 4 . . . 4 || 4000 00 || Feb. 28 “ 66 © tº e 5 3000 00 Mar. 31 | ** 66 ... 6 6575 00 Mar. 31 || “ & 4 7 1980 00 Apr. 30 || “ 6 (; ... 8 4280 00 || Apr. 30 || “ & 6 ....! 9 1776 00 g { “ Balance .. 10859 00 1985.5 00 May 1 |To Balance .. 10859 00 1985.5 00 | 4. Dr. ExPENSE. Cr. 1882. 1882. | Jan. 4. To Cash. . . . . 2 75 00 || Mar. 31 |By profit & loss...| 8 500 00 Feb. 28 ‘‘ ‘‘ . . . . . 4 175 00 - Mar. 31 || “ “ . . . . . 6 250 00 500 00 500 || 00 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Specimen Pages of Ledger. Dr. FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF SPRINGFIELD. Cr. 1882. • *-** *-* ** –- - - - - - - - - - - -, --- 1882. Jan. 1 To Deposit... 2 5000 00 || Jan. 31 |By Cash........ 3 750 00 Feb. 15 || “ “. . . . . 4 500 00 Feb. 28 ‘‘ “ . . . . . . . . 5 500 00 Mar. 2 “ 6 & . | 6 800 00 Mar. 31 || “ “ . . . . . . . . 7 950 00 Apr. 28. “ 66 ... 8 600 00 Apr. 30 “ “ . . . . . . . . 9 425 00 “ Balance. . . . . 4275 00 6900 00 - May 1 |To Balance... 4275 00 6900 00 6. Dr. INTEREST. Or. 1882. 1882. Jan. 8 To Cash. . . . . 1 25 || Jan. 2 By H. W. Davis. 3 1 25 Feb. 22 To Cash..... 7 T4s | Feb. |18 |By George White 5 ||Tsºſoſ & 6 28 || “ Profit & loss.. 5 2 41 7 48 7. Dr. BILLS RECEIVABLE. Cr. Dr. BILLS PAYABLE. Cr. 1882. 1882. ~~ Jan. 31 To Cash. . . . . 500 00 || Jan. | 1 |By Note to Hughes & Co. 2 500 00 388 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Specimen Pages of Ledger. 9. Dr. DAVIS, JoHNSTON & Co., BALTIMORE, M.D.” Cr. 1882. 1882. Jan. 12 To Cash..... 2 225 00 || Jam. || 2 |By Mdse........ 1 225 00 & & 28 “ “ . . . . . 2 500 00 & 4 20 | “ “ . . . . . . . . 1 500 00 Feb. 6 “ “ . . . . . 4 750 00 Feb. 1 | “ “ . . . . . . . . 2 750 00 Mar. 24 |“ “ ..... 6 875 00 || Mar. 15 “ “ . . . . . . . . 8 875 00 2350 00 2350 00 IO- Dr. HollowAY BROS., MERIDEN, CONN.t Cr. 1882. 1882. Jan. 1 |To Möse 1 845 00 || Jan. || 5 |By Cash. . . . . . . . 1 845 00 & 6 15 “ “ . . . . . 10 627 00 6 & 17 | “ “ ........ 1 627 00 6 & 22 | ** “ . . . . . . 24 329 00 66 28 “ “ . . . . . . . . 1 329 00 1801 00 1801 00 11. Dr. To ABEL NEWTON & SoNs, CoLUMBUS, OHIO. Cr. 1882. 1882. Jan'ry 2 To Mdse 2 350 | 00 ||Jan'ry 5 |By Cash. . . . . . . . 1 850 00 & £ 10 || “ “ . . . . . 7 675 || 00 “ “ . . . . . . . . 1 675 00 € $ 25 “ “ . . . . . 27 468 || 00 “ Bills Rec’ble... 1 468 00 1493 |_00 1493 00 12. Dr. THOMAS JACKSON & Co., NASHVILLE, TENN. Cr. 1882. 1882. Jan'ry 5 To Mdse. . . . . 3 329 00 ||Jan'ry 10 By Cash. . . . . . . . 1 329 00 &t 12 “ “ . . . . . 8 453 00 “ 25 “ “ . . . . . . . . 1 600 00 $6 I8 “ “ . . . . . 20 516 00 “ 28 || “ “ . . . . . . . . 1 100 00 “ 31 Balance... . . . . . 269 00 1298 00 1298 00 Feb'ry 1 |To Balance. . 269 || 00 -- - - - - - *This is the merchant's account with a firm from which he has purchased goods, #The remaining accounts are with the customers of the merchant. AN ENCYCLOPEDIA of PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 389 Opening a Set of Books. Having now described the “cash book,” “day book,” and “ledger,” and explained the uses to which they are put, we will suppose the reader about to open a set of books as book-keeper to some business house. The first step is to enter the amount of money paid in by the merchant as “capital,” on the debit page of the cash book. The merchant now purchases his stock of goods, and these being received are entered by the book-keeper in the day book, as explained under the heading “Mdse. Debtor to Sundries,” the entry being made in the names of the va- rious persons from whom the goods were pur- chased. These entries have placed the merchant (as far as his books are concerned), in a condition to commence business. “Cash” has been debited with the capital paid in, and the merchant has received credit for this amount. Merchandise has been debited with the goods purchased by the merchant, and the persons from whom they were purchased have been properly credited with the goods supplied by them. The next step is to enter the sales made and the money received and paid out in the course of business. These must be entered in the proper books and under the proper headings as explained, the book-keeper being careful to see that each entry is correctly made in the right place. The ledger is then prepared for the various accounts it is to contain, the first portion of it being given to the accounts we have described as common to every business. New accounts will have to be opened with individuals and firms as the business progresses, and the book-keeper must use discretion in the arrangement of these. Posting the Books. “Posting” is the process of transferring the various entries in the cash book and day book to their proper accounts in the ledger. It is the custom of the best book-keepers to post their books once a Week, and thus avoid an accumulation of Work at the end of the month; but in no case should the posting be delayed longer than once a month, as it is necessary to close the cash book and day book on the last day of each month, as has been already explained. The book-keeper must be careful to post each entry on the proper side of the account in the ledger, and to write the figures correctly, as the slightest error will throw the books out of balance. As each entry is posted, it must be “checked” in the margin on the left of the entry in the book from which it is taken, and the number of the ledger page to which it is carried must be written in the same margin with the check. It is best to begin the work of posting with the cash book, as it frequently happens that payments in full are made for goods purchased from the merchant before a new supply of goods is bought. Such payment in full properly posted will enable the book-keeper to close an account before entering the new purchases. All accounts should be closed as soon as prac- ticable, as this course avoids the necessity of making out a bill of many, and sometimes con- fusing, entries. The day book is then posted as has been explained. The Trial Balance. The entries in the cash book and day book having been posted to their proper accounts in the ledger, the first two books are closed for the month, and the ledger is in condition to allow the book-keeper to take what is called a “trial balance.” This should be taken every month, as it will lighten the work of the book-keeper in making the final balance sheet, and enable him to be certain from month to month that his books are correct. The test of correct book-keeping is the perfect balancing of the books concerned. If every debit has been given to its credit, the books are properly kept, and the trial balance will show this. If errors have been committed in the entries during the month, the trial balance will make them apparent, and enable the book- keeper to seek them out. In taking the “trial balance” the book-keeper adds the items in the debit and credit sides of each account in the ledger, aad writes the total under each side in pencil. He them finds the difference or “balance” in each account, and (390 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Writes it in pencil on the proper side of its account. His next step is to make a list on a separate piece of paper called the “trial bal- ance sheet,” of all the accounts in the ledger, writing opposite each its proper balance, placing the debit balances in one column and the credit balances in another. The two columns are then added, and if their totals agree the books are in balance, and the book-keeper's work has been correctly done. If they do not agree, he must at Once proceed to find the error. In doing so nis first step is naturally to make a new adóition of the columns of the “trial bal- ance sheet,” as the error may consist in a Wrong addition of them. If, however, the addition of these columns has been correct, he must turn to the ledger and compare the balances set down in the accounts in that book, with the balances written on the “trial balance sheet.” If the transfer is correctly made he must go over each account in the ledger to ascertain if the balances written there in pencil are correct. If these are correct, he must refer to the cash and day books to see if his postings to the ledger have been correctly made, as it some- times happens that an entry has been posted to the debit side of an account, when it should have been posted to the credit side, and vice versa. A careful examination will show the source of the error, and thus enable the book- keeper to get his books in proper shape. When the error is discovered, correct it wherever made, and make the change in the “trial bal- ance sheet.” This will now be correct, and the book-keeper can go on with the work of the new month, feeling sure that his books are correct. When he has verified his “trial balance sheet,” the book-keeper should submit it to his em- ployer for examination; after which it should be filed away for future reference. It is the custom of many book-keepers to keep a book especially for “Trial Balance Sheets.” This is a custom to be commended, as it preserves the sheets in a convenient form, and prevents them from getting mislaid or lost. Closing the Books. It is the custom with merchants to close their books once in six months, on the last day of June and the last day of December, and to make out a “Balance Sheet,” in order to as- certain the gains or losses of the business during the preceding six months. In order to do this the book must be posted for the months of June and December, care being taken to make all the entries in their proper places, and to include every transaction for the months named above. When the books have been posted as directed, the book-keeper must take off a trial balance sheet for June and December, as the case may be, and see that his books are in balance for that month. This done, he is ready to close the books and take off the “Balance Sheet.” His first step is to make a “Double Entry” in the day book, under the heading, “Profit and Loss Dr. to Sundries.” Under this he Writes all expense accounts, and the amounts standing to the debit of each of them. He then posts these items to the ledger to the credit of their proper accounts, and finds the total of them, which he posts to the debit of the profit and loss account in the ledger. He next turns to the merchandise account in the ledger, and on the credit side of that ac- count makes an entry of the stock of goods “On Hand for Inventory,” this amount having been previously ascertained by the merchant by an actual inventory taken at current market prices, and furnished by him to the book-keeper. The book-keeper now adds the debit and credit sides of the merchandise account, and having ascertained the “balance” or difference, writes it on the proper side, which will be the credit side, unless the business has sustained unusual losses. This “balance” will represent the total or gross profits that have arisen from the sales during the past six months. The book-keeper then turns to the day book, and operts a “Double Entry,” under this head- ing. “Sundries Dr. to Profit and Loss,” and under this writes the words “Merchandise Ac- count,” with the amount he has just found to its credit in the ledger. Here also he enters all the other accounts from which profits have been derived, such as “Interest,” “Commis- sions,” etc., Setting down opposite each the balance found to its credit. He then posts these amounts to the debit of their proper ac- counts in the ledger, and finds the total of them, and posts it to the credit of Profit and Loss in AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 391 the ledger. ledger has now been debited with all the ex- penses of the business, and credited with the gains. The balance or difference between the two columns is written in its proper place. If the debits exceed the credits, the balance shows the net loss of the business for the past six months; but if the credits exceed the debits, as is apt to be the case, the balance represents the actual or met gain of the business for that period. The profit and loss account is thus closed. The book-keeper now turns to the merchan- dise account in the ledger. It will be remem- bered that he entered on the credit side of this account the amount of goods “on hand per in- ventory.” This amount he now brings down to the debit side of the account, dating his entry the first of the next month (July or December, as the case may be). This shows that the business for the next six months is begun with this amount of goods on hand, which is prop- erly debited or charged to merchandise for that period. The merchandise account is now closed. In the above explanation we debited the mer- chandise account with the goods bought, and credited it with the goods sold. In balancing the account We added to the credit, or goods sold side, the amount of goods on hand per inventory, and so found a balance in favor of the credit side of the account, which repre- sented the gross gain of the business. This, however, does not represent the actual gain of the business, for no allowance has been made for the merchant's current expenses. To find the net gain of the business, therefore, we add the gains from the merchandise and all other Sources, and then find the total of all the ex- penses of the business. If the total of the gains exceeds the total of the expenses, the difference represents the net or actual gain of the business; if, on the other hand, the ex- penses exceed the gains, the difference repre- sents the met or actual loss. The profit and loss account in the It may happen, especially in Seasons of de- pression, that the goods on hand have fallen in price below what the merchant paid for them at the time of their purchase. Their actual value can be ascertained only by a careful inventory taken at current market prices. This is called taking stock. The amount thus ascer- tained is added to the amount of sales. Should it happen that the total of the sales and the goods on hand is less than the amount paid for the goods (or the amount to the debit of merchandise) there is a loss, and the book- keeper must open a “Double Entry” in the day book under the heading “Profit and Loss Dr. to Sundries,” and enter the amount of the loss to the debit of profit and loss. The books are now closed, every transaction of the business for the past six months having been recorded, and the book-keeper is now ready to take off the “Balance Sheet.” The Balance Sheet. The “Balance Sheet” is a concise and com prehensive statement of the condition of the business at the end of each six months of the year. It shows the amount of goods purchased, including, in the case of all balance sheets after the first, the “amount on hand per in- ventory;” the stock on hand; the amount of Sales; the gross profits or losses from sales; the gains from all other sources; the expenses of all kinds; the net profits or losses; the assets of the merchant, by which is meant cash in hand, notes, and accounts due by customers; the liabilities of the merchant, or the capital paid in, and the notes and accounts due to other parties; and the difference between the assets and the liabilities. The following specimen page shows a “Balance Sheet” properly made out, and will serve to | illustrate the principles we have laid down: 4692 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Specimen Balance Sheet. Merchandise Credits".......... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . & O C C C C C º O © O © C . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stock on hand per Inventory.............. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Merchandise Debits?............................. © o O © º O C C e e o O tº O © º e º O O G e Gross Gains from Sales......................... © e º O © º Gº e º e e Losses. Amount to debit of Profit and Loss...... © to e º 'º o © C & © e e e s e e o e e s e e © tº º O - e º 'º 66 66 Expense. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C. e. e. e º O © e º e o e º e o e o e º e º 'º e 66 & 6 Insurance........ © O C & e º e º e o O C tº e º ſº e º O & © C C C C C Q & © tº e a e e 66 66 Interest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Net Gains. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . © e e º ºs e º 'º © º e º e e º 'º e º º O & © º º C Q @ º ºx Q e e º e Assets. Cash in hand. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . © e º O e o O e º O C & © O C C C C C C C C C & Stock on hand. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . © e º ſº tº º O © tº e º gº a Store Fixtures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ----. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . John Brown & Co. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . © º O C e º C º c e º gº © º º e Watson & Son. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . © e º e º e > © C C C C & O Gº e º 'º e Thomas Harding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . © e o e º e º e º O & © e º O tº © & © O C & © e º O © e º O © e º e e Liabilities. Bills Payable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O e e º O e o O e º e s e e º O e º O e e o e s c e e a Wilson Hunt & Co e e s tº º e g º ºs & C e º º © e s e º O © e e º O C C Q @ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Net Assets, Debits. Credits. 8500 || 00 3500 || 00 12000 00 6800 00 || 6800 00 5200 || 00 200 || 00 650 || 00 60 || 00 7 || 00 917 | 00 4283 || 00 2500 00 3500 || 00 500 || 00 1500 00 125 || 00 | 275 00 8400 || 00 750 || 00 250 | 00 || 1000 || 00 7400 || 00 * Sales. * Purchases. AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 393 Monthly Statements. On the first of every month the book-keeper should make out statements of the accounts of all the customers dealing with the merchant. These statements show the condition of these accounts for the past month, and it is best not to make them out until the trial balance has been taken off and verified. The state- ments should be sent promptly to the persons having accounts with the merchant, as they serve to keep them in mind of their exact in- debtedness, and also act as gentle hints to make speedy payments. Bills Payable and Bills Receivable. As we have already stated, “bills payable” are promissory notes and bills of exchange given by the merchant to other parties; and “bills receivable” are promissory notes and bills of exchange given to and accepted by the mer- chant by his customers in settlement of their indebtedness to him. A separate record of all these is kept in a book prepared for that pur- pose, and it will be well to examine this por- tion of our subject again, as it is a very important one. Let us suppose the merchant owes Davis, Brown & Co. a bill of five hundred dollars, and they consent to accept his note at three months in settlement of it. The note is made out for the amount and delivered. The merchant's book-keeper now turns to the day book, and makes a double entry, as follows: “Davis, Brown & Co. Dr. to bills payable, $500.” This is posted to the ledger to the debit of Davis, Brown & Co. When the note is paid it is en- tered on the credit side of the cash book, and is thence posted to the ledger to the credit of cash. If the merchant is to pay interest on the note, the book-keeper calculates the amount of the interest, and makes out the note for the full amount, including the interest; the book-keeper now makes a double entry in the day book as before of the full amount of the note, including the interest. He also makes a second double entry in the day book, as follows: “Interest account Dr. to Davis, Brown & Co.” writing down the amount of the interest. This entry carries the interest to the debit of the interest account, and to the credit of Davis, Brown & Co. When the note is paid enter the amount, including the interest, on the credit page of the cash book, from which it is posted to the credit of the cash account in the ledger. Let us suppose again, that Henry Lee owes the merchant two hundred dollars, and the lat- ter consents to accept a note at three months in payment of the debt. The book-keeper makes a double entry in the day book, as follows: “Bills receivable Dr. to Henry Lee, $200.” The entry is posted to the ledger to the credit of Henry Lee's account. When the note is paid, the amount is entered on the debit page of the cash book, from which it is posted to the debit of the cash account in the ledger. If Henry Lee is to pay interest on his note, the interest is included in the note he gives the merchant. The book-keeper then makes a double entry in the day book, as follows: “Bills receivable Dr. to Henry Lee,” writing after it the full amount of the note, including the interest. This entry is posted to the ledger to the credit of Henry Lee's account. The book-keeper now makes another double entry in the day book, as follows: “Henry Lee Dr. to interest account,” writing after it the amount of the interest on the note; this entry is posted in the ledger to the debit of Henry Lee's ac- count, and to the eredit of the interest account. When the note is paid this last entry is posted in the ledger to the debit of the interest ac- count. When the note is paid, the entire amount is entered on the debit page of the cash book, from which it is posted to the debit of the cash account in the ledger. A blank book especially prepared for record- ing bills payable and receivable can be procured at any stationer's store. The following speci. men pages will show how it is kept. 394 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Specimen Pages of Merchant's Bill Book. BILLS PAYABLE–Novº MBER, 1882. Wºº In Whose Favor. For What Given. Wº Amount. Remarks. 4 Jones & McCready...|Merchandise . . . . . . . . May 1 $780 22 12 Cooper Woodruff. ...|Builders' Bill. . . . . . . . May 9 540 75 20 Ourselves. . . . . . . . . . . For Discount. . . . . . . . Aug. 17 | 1,500 00|With collaterals at City Bank 21 Walter Jones........ Merchandise . . . . . . . . June | 18 || 381 42|Payment stopped for fraud. 22 Ourselves . . . . . . . . . . . Merchandise . . . . . . . . Oct. 19 | 120 87|Holder wanted to sell it. 23 Gray, Wilson & Co...|Steam-Engine....... Sept. 21 275 00 24 |Ourselves . . . . . . . . . . . For Discount........ Aug. 21 1,360 00|Endorsed, J. W. Tappan & Co., at Park Bank. 26. B. H. Rice & Co. . . . . Merchandise ........ Aug. 23 | 720 00|Payable at Merchants' Bank. Boston. 28 Manhattan, Ins. Co.. Stock, .............. Nov. 25 | 1,000 00 29 Brown & Bates. . . . . . Merchandise . . . . . . . . July 26 | 1,242 38 30 Ourselves . . . . . . . . . . . For Discount. . . . . . . . Oct. 27 |2,500 00|Endorsed by Clark & Co. to *— TelCléW. BILLS RECEIVABLE—NovKMBER, 1882. Wºº Makers. Endorsers. A. Amount. Wherº and 4 Phillips & Co. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . May. 1 $235 22|Philadelphia, forwarded for collection. 7 |George Jones. . . . . . . . William Wilson. . . . . . June. 4 |1,445 73|In Park Bank for collection. 8 Broderick & Smith...l.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aug. 5 | 1,742 29|Discounted at City Bank. 10 Brown & Gray. . . . . . . Walter Hicks....... Jan. 7 |1,625 37|Collateral in City Bank on note due 20th. 11 Phelps & Kelsey. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . May 8 || 740 19 Discount at Park Bank. 12 Gray & Co. . . . . . . . . Hickman & Co....... July. | 9 || 350 2013oston, Mass. In bank for collection. 15 James Stevensom. ..l.................... March 12 || 172 30|Newark, N. J., forwarded for collection. 20 Oatman & Williams l. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sept. 17 450 00 24 Reavy & Crowe. . . . . . Oatman & Williams...|May. 21 || 325 73|Collateral in City Bank. 26 Jenkins, Brown & Co. Smith Brothers...... Jan. 23 | 893 54 Pºiº forwarded for CO1162C151OIl. 27 |Percy & Co. . . . . . . . . . J. B. Barry......... May. || 24 |1,225 18|To be renewed at 10 percent. off for six months. 29 Smith & Mayflower... P. Ackerman.... . . . . April. 26 || 483 91 Pºis to be credited to . A. 80 Morgan & Co. . . . A. E. Bean & Co. . . . . May. 27 | 956 62|Discounted at Park Bank. AN ENCYCLOPAET)f A OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 395 Table Showing How Many Days a Note Has to Run. The following table will be found very useful to book-keepers in calculating the number of days a note has to run : 5 Tora- # | = |g| = |* | * à | #| # | # É § * | 3 |: #| | | | | # January . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365| 31|| 59| 90 120 151] 181| 212 243| 273 304 334 February . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334|| 365| 28 59 89 120 150 181| 212 242 273| 303 March. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306897|365 31 61ſ 92.122 153184 214, 245 27: April . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 306. 334 365| 30, 61. 91 122 153, 183| 214 2442 May. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 276. 304 335, 365| 31|| 61. 92 123, 153| 184] 214. June. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214, 245 273304,334 365 30, 61 g2 122 15318; July . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184215 243274/304,385 ag;| 31|| 65||93||123. 153 August. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153, 194212 24; 273 304,384 865 all giſ 92.192 September . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 155181212 242 2.72 goal 334365 30, 61.91 October. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - * u, º, e s ∈ e 92 123, 151] 182. 212 243. 273 304 335|| 365 31 61 November... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61| 92; 120 151| 181| 212 242 273 304| 334|| 365 30- December . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31|| 62 go 121151ſ 1s2 2ſ2 24; 274 goal 395 865 The above table gives the number of days intervening between any day in any month to a similar date in any other month. To ascer- tain these intervening days, run the eye along the line designated by title of the month on the left hand, until it reaches its intersection by the column headed at the top, by the month in which the note matures, and the figures at the angle denote the number of days from the first of the respective months. To this add the day upon which the note matures, and from the sum subtract the date of the month from which it is reckoned. ExAMPLE.-A note falling due June 26th, is offered for discount on March 10th ; wanted, the number of days intervening before maturity. The figures at the angle give............. 92 Add date of note's maturity.............. 26 118 Deduct date of discount.............. 10 Days to run. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 By carefully studying and practicing the prin- ciples laid down in the forgoing pages, the reader will be able to master the art of book- keeping, and thus fitted to earn a competent living in one of the most honorable pursuits in life. 896 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. ISUSINESS FORMS. Embracing the General Principles of Business, and Giving Forms for Use in Transactions of Every Nature. A knowledge of the various forms used in the transaction of business is of importance to every one. A person may not be engaged in active business, yet the necessity may arise for him to know exactly what certain forms mean, what they bind him to, what rights or privileges they secure to him, and how they should be prepared. We propose, therefore, to give here a brief account of the forms most commonly used. Mercantile Terms. Before proceeding to describe the forms used in business transactions, an explanation of cer- tain mercantile terms must be given. Dollars. The currency of the United States, whether coin or paper, consists of dollars, cents. and mills. In writing, dollars are ex- pressed by the sign $, cents by the abbrevia- tion cts. Mills are used only in the most complicated accounts. An account in dollars, cents, and mills, would be written thus $695.56,2. Acceptance. By this is meant the act by which a person upon whom a bill of exchange is drawn, binds himself to pay it when due. He does this by writing the word accepted on the face of the bill—usually across it—and signing bis name under it. Should a person upon whom a bill is drawn refuse to accept it, the holder of it should at once place it in the hands of a notary, whose duty is to present it officially for acceptance. Should this be re- fused, the notary attaches to the bill a written statement of the reasons given for the non- acceptance of the bill, and the amount of his fees, which is added to the sum total of the bill. When the bill becomes due, the holder presents it for payment to the person upon whom it is drawn. In case of a refusal of payment, the holder delivers it to the notary, who makes an official demand for payment. Should this be refused, the bill is formally protested by the notary, under his official seal. This protest constitutes the first step in the legal proceedings necessary to recover the amount of the bill. Account Current. A running debtor and credi- tor account, bearing interest and balanced Semi-annually, or sometimes quarterly, accord- ing to the agreement between the correspondents. Account Sales. A statement of the product arising from the sale of goods received by a merchant from another party, and sold for his benefit, together with the costs and charges incurred in making such sale. Advances. Sums of money paid by a mer- chant upon goods lodged in his hands for sale at a future time. This term also covers moneys loaned by bankers on bills of lading. Advice. Notice to a person that the writer has drawn upon him for a certain amount of money, in order that he may prepare for the payment of the bill. Assets. Cash or property belonging to per- Sons or corporations, which possess a definite value. Attorney. A person appointed by another to act in his stead. Attorney, Power of. An instrument in writ- ing, authorizing a person to act in the name and on behalf of another. Such powers are either general, and authorize the attorney to act for his principal in all his affairs; or they are special, and limit the attorney's acts to the matters specified in the instrument. Award. The decision of arbitrators in a dis- puted transaction. Bankrupt. A person who, by reason of in- ability to meet his obligations, surrenders his property to his creditors and seeks the relief allowed him by law. At present there is no general law upon this subject, the laws of the several States regulating it. Bear. A stock exchange phrase used to designate a man who, having sold more stock than he possesses, endeavors to depress its value that he may buy at a low rate, and so make good his deficiency. Bill of Ea.change. An order drawn by a creditor upon his debtor demanding of him payment of a specified sum of money at a designated time. These bills are used for the AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 397 settlement of accounts between parties separa- ted by long distances. The acceptance of such a bill renders it a binding obligation upon the person upon whom it is drawn. Bill of Lading. A printed receipt given by the master of a vessel, or the agent of a trans- portation company for freight shipped by such vessel or company. Bills of lading are usually given in duplicate. Such bill is evidence of the receipt of the freight by the carrier, and in case of the loss of the freight entitles the shipper to recover his insurance. Upon the presentation of a bill of lading at the point of destination, the carrier must deliver the freight to the person presenting the bill. Bills Discounted. Promissory notes, accept- ances, or bills of exchange discounted for the accommodation of an indorser by bankers. Bills Payable. Promissory notes or drafts held by a merchant against others for future payment. Bills Receivable. Promissory notes or drafts due to merchant by others. Bull. A stock exchange phrase designating a person who seeks to raise the value of the stock he is operating in. Bullion. Uncoined gold and silver. Call Loan. Money loaned by a banker or other person, Secured by the deposit of stocks, bonds, or other marketable securities, to be re- paid when called for. A failure to make good the loan within twenty-four hours is regarded as authority to the lender to sell the securities in his possession. Check. An order upon a bank or banker, to pay on demand to the person named in the check, or to his order, the sum of money speci- fied in the body of the check in writing. Checks should be presented for payment on the day they are dated. All banks require a person presenting a check, who is unknown to the paying-teller, to be identified by some respon- sible person known to the officers of the bank. Where such identification cannot be obtained, the holder of the check should ask the bank officer to certify the check, that is, to write upon it an indorsement that the drawer has that amount of money in bank, and that the check will be paid when presented by Some person properly identified. A certified check is at once charged to the account of the drawer by the bank, and the amount is held to meet it, whatever other checks may be presented. A certified check can always be paid out as cash, or any mer- chant to whom the holder is known will give him the money for it. C. O. D. Collect on Delivery. Goods sent by express marked in this way must be accom- panied by the bill for them. This bill is col- lected and receipted by the messenger of the express company before delivering the goods. Collaterals. A term used to designate stocks, bonds, or other securities deposited to secure the payment of loans. e Composition. An agreement between a debtor and his creditors whereby they agree to accept a portion of their claims instead of the whole amount. Compromise. A settlement made by mutual concession without the aid of arbitrators. Consignee. The merchant or agent to whom goods are shipped for sale on commission. Consignment. The merchandise shipped to a consignee. Coupons. Small slips of paper attached to a bond or other security, and containing an order for the payment of a stated portion of the in- terest or dividend accruing on the bond as it matures. Coupons are printed so that they may be easily detached and presented for pay- ment. Demurrage. An allowance made to the owner or master of a vessel. for her detention in port beyond the time for which she was chartered. It is reckoned at so much per diem. Discount. In mercantile transactions, a discount means a deduction of certain amount from the face of a bill for cash. In banking, a discount means the deduction of a certain amount from the face value of a note or bill, as a payment for allowing the holder of the note the imme- diate use of the money; the rate of discount varies. Dishonored. A check or draft, or promissory note is dishonored by a failure to pay it. A bill of exchange is dishonored by a refusal to accept it. Dividend. A share in the profits of a joint stock company. Dividends are payable only to the person in whose name the stock is regis- tered on the books of the company. 398 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Draft. A bill of exchange used for domestic purposes. E. E. “Errors excepted.” A reservation made in all cases in furnishing mercantile ac- counts. Eacecution. The seizure of a debtor's goods by virtue of process of a court in satisfaction of a judgment. Face of Note. The amount of money expressed in writing in the body of a note or bill. Indorser. A person who guarantees the pay- ment of a note or bill by writing his name on the back of it. Insolvent. One who cannot pay his debts in full. Judgment Note. A promissory note containing a confession of judgment. Line of Deposit. The average amount kept by a merchant to his credit in bank. Line of Discount. The average amount bor- rowed by a merchant from a bank upon notes and bills discounted by such bank for him. Liquidation. The winding up or final settle- ment of the affairs of a commercial house. Live Paper. Paper that has not yet matured. Overdue or protested paper is termed dead. Margin. A sum of money deposited with a broker, in stock transactions, to protect him against loss by the depreciation of stocks held by him for another party. Also the difference between the value of securities deposited as collateral, and the amount loaned upon them. Notary. A person commissioned by the Gov- ernor of a State to take oaths and depositions, to attest deeds, and other legal documents, to note and protest unaccepted bills of exchange, and to protest unpaid promissory notes. A notary's attestation and Seal affixed to docu- ments or copies of documents renders them evidence in legal cases. Par. When a security will bring its full value in the market, it is said to be at par. When it will not bring as much, it is said to be below par. When it is worth more than its face value, it is said to be above par, or to command a premium. Premium. The sum paid an insurance com- pany for assuming a risk. Protest. The official written declaration of a notary, that a bill or note was presented by him for payment, and that such payment was refused, for some reasons specified in the pro- test. Price Current. A published list of the market value of certain articles of merchandise, bonds, stocks, and other securities. Quotations. A statement of the prices of ar- ticles of merchandise, given for the information of correspondonts. Revisionary Interest. A right to possession of property at the termination of a certain period, or upon the death of the holder. Scrip. Dividends issued by a stock company payable in stock. Scrip dividends are simply an increase of the capital of the company, as the stock issued to meet them is added to the capital, and in its turn is entitled to future dividends. - Sinking Fund. A fund created by a govern- ment or corporation for the extinction of its indebtedness, by the gradual purchase of its outstanding obligations, and the application of the interest saved on these obligations thus re- deemed to further purchases. Sleeping Partner. One who invests his capital in a business house and shares the profits, but takes no part in the active management of it. Silent Partner.—One who invests his capital in a business house, but whose name does not appear in the firm. His liability is limited to the extent of his contribution, except in cases where he fails to make the proper publication of his connection with the concern. Solvent. Able to pay all one's debts in full. Time Bargain. An agreement to buy or sell goods at some definite time in the future and at a fixed price. Underwriters. insurance. Usury. Excess of interest over the amount allowed by law. Those who take risks of marine sº mºssºmº PROMISSORY NOTES. A promissory note is a written promise to pay a specified sum at a designated time, both of which are stated in the body of the note. A note is made negotionable by making it payable to a person, or his order, or to his assigns, or to bearer, or to the cashier of a AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 399 bank or incorporated company. A note 80 drawn may be negotiated, or used in payment to another person by the holder, who indorses his name on the back of the note. In the event of the failure of the drawer of the note to pay it, the holder looks to the person or persons who indorsed it for payment. A note payable on a certain day is really due three days later. These three days are called days of grace. Thus a note for One month dated January 1st, need not be paid until February 4th, the last day of grace. Notes payable on demand are not entitled to upon Sunday or upon a legal holiday, it must be paid on the day previous. Thus a note due January 1st, must be paid on the 31st of December. A note made payable at a bank and held there for payment until the usual hour for closing, need not be presented to the drawer in person to bind the indorser. It may be protested immediately upon the close of bank-hours. Payment must be immediately demanded of the indorser if he resides in the same place; if he is a non-resident he must be notified at once by letter. The following forms are generally used for any grace. Should the last day of grace fall | promissory notes: •=- Negotiable Note. $400.00. JWEW YORK, October 3d, 1882. Three months after date I promise to pay to the order of Horace Green, Four Hundred Dollars at the JVational Park. Bank. : Value received. John Anderson. Form for Pennsylvania. $565.00. PHILADELPHIA, September 2d, 1882. Six months after date we promise to pay to the order of H. Rice & Co. Five Hundred and Siacty-five Dollars at Commonwealth, JVational Bank, Walwe received, without Defalcation. Parker, Fiery & Co. Note Not Negotiable. $1,000.OO ST. LOUIS, JMay 1st, 1882. Three months after date I promise to pay Howard Sanger One Thousand Dollars. |Value received. Patrick Day. Note for Two or More Persons. $1,000.00 SPRIMG FIELD, Ill., December, 1st, 1882. Three months after date we or either of w8 promise to pay to the order of John E. Allen. One Thousand Dollars. Chas. Ambs. J. R. Fiacmer. 400 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Note on Demand. $100.00 R.E.A.D.I.W.G., Pa., September 1st, 1882. On demand I promise to pay William W. Peters, or order, One Hun- dred Dollars, with Interest. Value received, without defalcation. Thomas Jones. Judgment Note –Common Form. $100.00. JWE W YORK, January 1st, 1882. Three months after date, I promise to pay Joshwa Hinds, or order, one hundred dollars with interest at the rate of seven per cent. per annwm, from matwrity wrvtil paid, withouë defalcation, And I do hereby confess judgment for the above swim, with interest and costs of swit, a release of all errors, and waiver of all rights to inquisition and appeal, and to the benefit of all laws exempting real or personal propertly from levy and Sale. Henry Jordan. [L. S.] Judgment Note, with Waiver and Power of Attorney. *m-- $500.00 JWEW YORK, JMay 6th, 1882. Four months after date, I promise to pay to the order of Henry Lewis five hundred dollars, at the JVational Park Bank, for value received, with interest at seven per cent. per annºwmv, from maturity wntil paid. Pługh Jackson. [L. S.] KNow ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That I, the undersigned, am justly indebted to Henry Lewis, upon a certain promissory note, of even date here with, for five hundred dollars, value received, with interest at the rate of seven per cent. per annum, from maturity until paid, and maturing Sept 6th, and 9th, 1882. Now, therefore, in consideration of the premises, I do hereby make, constitute, and appoius John Lee, or any attorney of any court of record, to be my true and lawful attorney, irrevoca- bly for and in my name, place, and stead, to appear in any court of record, in term time or in vacation, in any State or Territory of the United States, at any time after said note becomes due, to waive the service of process, and confess judgment in favor of the said Henry Lewis, or his assigns, upon said note, for the amount thereof and interest thereon, together with costs and ten dollars attorney's fees; and also to file a cognovit for the amount thereof, with an agreement therein, that no proceeding in error or appeal shall be prosecuted, or bill of equity filed to interfere in any manner with the operation of said judgment, and also to release all errors that may intervene in the entering up of Said judgment or issuing execution thereon; to waive all benefits which I may be entitled to by virtue of any homestead, exemption, appraisement or valuation law, now or hereafter in force, wherever such judgment may be entered or enforced, hereby ratifying and confirming all that my said attorney shall or may do, by virtue hereof. Witness my hand this 6th day of May, 1882. HUGH JACKSON. [L. s.] AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 401' Note for Indiana. $100.00. Richmond, Ind., June 1st, 1882. On demand, for valwe received, I promise to pay Henry List & Co., or order, one hºwndred dollars, with interest; payable without any relief whatever from valwation, or appraisement. I, UTHER BRIGGS. Form of Note for Missouri. $200.00. St. Lowis, JMo., June 1st, 1882. Three months after date, I promise to pay Thomas Jenkins two hºwndred dollars, for value received; negotiable and payable without defalcation, or discownt. GEORGE HOL.JMES. Note Payable in Merchandise. $500.00. Vincennes, Ind., June 1st, 1882. Three months after date, we promise to pay Hughes, Jackson & Co., or order, five hwndred dollars, in good, merchantable family flowr, at owr mill in this city, at the market value, on. the matwrity of this note. JMILLER, WRIGHT & CO. Married Woman’s Note in New York. $100.00. JWew York, June 1st, 1882. Three months after date, I promise to pay David Lane, or order, one hºwndred dollars, with interest. And I hereby charge my individual property and estate with the payment of this note. S.A.R.A.H JOH.W.S.O.W.' Bills of Exchange. A Bill of Exchange is an order addressed to ºme person at a distance, directing him to pay e, certain amount to the person in whose favor the bill is drawn, or to his order. A merchant in Chicago, owing a sum of money for goods to a merchant in London, instead of remitting money or goods to the amount of the debt, goes into the bank and buys from the banker, who keeps an account in London, a bill of exchange for the amount, and sends it to his creditor. In this way the creditor gets payment from a person in his own city, generally a banker, who keeps an account with some American banker, for the purpose of paying such drafts. Letters of Credit have come largely into use, of late years, with tourists abroad, though Bills of Exchange are yet frequently used hypersons who wish to travel in foreign countries. Thus, if A, an American, wishes to travel over Europe, he estimates the expense of the journey, and finds it to be, perhaps, $3,000. To Carry this With him, in gold, would be unsafe and trouble- Some. He, therefore, goes to a banker and gets a Bill of Exchange for a thousand dollars, Which is the amount he thinks he may require While in England. The banker also having money deposited in Paris, perhaps, and also in Vienna, he takes a bill for a thousand on a bank in each of those places. With these bills in his possession, he commences his journey, with only money in his pocket sufficient to pay the incidental expenses of the trip, and draws on the London, Paris, and Vienna bankers as oc- casion requires. The object of this arrange- ment is to Secure travelers against loss, the bankers affording this accommodation to mer- chants and travelers for a percentage, which is paid them when they sell the bill of exchange. In issuing these bills of exchange, it is cus- tomary for the banker to issue a set of two or 26 402 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. three, worded nearly alike. One of these is kept by the purchaser, to be presented by him to the foreign banker, the other two are trans- Imitted by mail, at different times, to the same bank. Thus, if the first bill is lost, the second or third, that goes by mail, will still be available, and the holder can obtain the money without being Subjected to the delay of writing to America for another bill. These bills are Worded as follows: Set of Foreign Bills of Exchange. 1. Chicago Ill., July 10, 1882. 2. Erc'h an ºf € for } Frch am me for, £200. Svarty days after sight, £200. Chtcago, July 10, 1882. Sir!y days after sight of º §: Chicago, July 10, 1882. £rc §g ge for } £20,6} Siactly days after sught of of the S our FIRST OF EXCHANGE (Second and th ºrd of the same ter...or and date un- Tº o II undred Pounds Sterlung, value re- ce ºved, and charge the same to po (l), pay to the order of Abel Currum ºn 7S, this on r SECOND OF EXCHANGE (first and thard of the same tem or and date unpaud), pay to the order of A bel (Atmºm angs, Two Hundred Pounds Sterlung, value re- ceived, and charge the same, wwthout this our THIRD of ExcFIANGE (first and secon (l of the same ten or and date wrº- pand), pay to the order of Abel (Jummings, Tujo II undred Powmo's Sterlung, º received, and charge the same, ww.thout further advvce, to LIenry Greenbaum & Co. To the Union Bank of London, U No. 840. London. Eng. JIenry Greenbaum & Co. To the Unvon Bank of London, } No. 840, I, on don, Jºng. Jºurther advvce, to IIenry Greenbantºm & Co. To the Union Bank of London, } No. 840. JLondon, Eng. Business Laws in Daily Use. The following compilation of business law contains the essence of a large amount of legal verbiage : If a note is lost or stolen it does not release the maker; he must pay it, if the consideration for which it was given and the amount can be proven. Notes bear interest only when so stated. Principals are responsible for the acts of their agents. Dach individual in a partnership is responsi- ble for the whole amount of the debts of the firm, except in cases of special partnership. Ignoramce of the law excuses no one. The law compels no one to do impossibilities. An agreement without consideration is void. A note made on Sunday is void. Contracts made on Sunday cannot be en- forced. A note by a minor is voidable. made with a minor is void. A contract made with a lunatic is void. A note obtained by fraud, or from a person in a state of intoxication, cannot be collected. It is a fraud to conceal a fraud. Signatures made with a lead-pencil are good in law. A receipt for money is not always conclusive. The acts of one partner bind all the rest. “Value received” is usually written in a note, and should be, but is not necessary. If not written, it is presumed by law, or may be sup- plied by proof. A contract The maker of an “accommodation” bill or note (one for which he has received considera- tion, having lent his name on credit for the accommodation of the holder) is not bound to the person accommodated, but is bound to all other parties, precisely as if there was a good con- sideration. No consideration is sufficient in law if it be illegal in its nature. Checks or drafts must be presented for pay- ment without unreasonable delay. Checks or drafts should be presented during business hours; but in this country, except in the case of banks, the time extends through the day and evening. If the drawee of a check or draft has changed his residence, the holder must use due or rea- Sonable diligence to find him. If one who holds a check, as payee or other- wise, transfers it to another, he has a right to insist that the check be presented that day, or at farthest, on the day following. A note indorsed in blank (the name of the indorser only written) is transferable by deliv- ery, the same as if made payable to bearer. If time of payment of a note is not named, it is payable on demand. The time of payment of a note must not de- pend upon a contingency. The promise must be absolute. A bill may be written upon any kind of paper, either with ink or pencil. The payee should be named in the note, unless it is payable to bearer. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 403 An indorsee has a right of action against all whose names were on the bill when he received it. If the letter containing a protest of non-pay- ment be put into the postoffice, and miscar- riage does not affect the party giving notice. Notice of protest may be sent either to the place of business or of residence of the party notified. The holder of a note may give notice of pro- test either to all the previous indorsers or only to one of them; in case of the latter he must select the last indorser, and the last must give notice to the last before him, and So on. Each indorser must send notice the same day or the day following. Neither Sunday nor any legal holiday is counted in reckoning time in which notice is to be given. The loss of a note is not sufficient excuse for not giving notice of protest. If two or more persons, as partners, are jointly liable on a note or bill, due notice to one of them is sufficient. If a note or bill is transferred as security, or even as payment of a pre-existing debt, the the debt revives if the note or bill be dis- honored. An indorsement may be written on the face or back. An indorser may prevent his own liability to be sued by writing “without recourse,” or similar words. An oral agreement must be proved by evi- dence. A written agreement proves itself. The law prefers written to oral evidence, because of its precision. No evidence can be introduced to contradict or vary a written contract; but it may be received in order to explain it, when such ex- planation is needed. Written instruments are to be construed and interpreted by the law according to the simple customary and matural meaning of the words used. The finder of negotiable paper, as of all other property, must make reasonable efforts to find the owner, before he is entitled to appropriate it for his own purposes. If the finder conceal it, he is liable to the charge of larceny or theft. Joint payees of a bill or note, who are not partners, must all join in an endorsement. One may make a note payable to his own order and indorse it in blank. He must write his name across its back or face, the same as any other indorser. After the death of a holder of a bill or note, his executor or administrator may transfer zº by his endorsement. The husband who acquires a right to a bill or note which was given to the wife, either before or after marriage, may indorse it. “Acceptance” applies to bills and not to notes. It is an engagement on the part of the person on whom the bill is drawn to pay it according to its tenor. The usual way is to write across the face of the bill the word “accepted.” Drafts. A draft may properly be called an inland bill of exchange. It is customary for the bank- ers in all large cities to make deposits with bankers in other large cities, and also for the banks in the interior towns to make deposits with some one bank in the nearest metropolis. Thus the bankers of Milwaukee, Chicago & St. Louis have deposits in New York, so that any person wishing to pay a certain sum of money to another person, East, has only to step into a bank and purchase a draft for the amount on New York, which he sends by mail to the creditor, who can usually get the amount the draft calls for at the nearest bank. The banker, as with bills of exchange, charges a certain commission to pay him for his trouble, which is termed “Exchange.” There being less liability to lose these inland bills, only one is usually issued. The merchant in the interior town, or other person, wishing to send money to Milwaukee, St. Louis, Cincinnati, or any other large city, can generally buy, of their home banker, drafts, thus, on the nearest me- tropolis, by the payment of the exchange. The object in purchasing a draft is to avoid the danger of loss when sending money from one part of the country to another. Such form is worded as follows, and is known as a bank draft: 404 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Form of a Bank Draft. .4wrora, Ill., JMay 5, 1883. Pay to the order of Allen C. Green, One Hundred and Fifty Dollars. DUPLICATE UNIPADD. E. A. Bradley, Cashier. To Union. JWat. Bank, Chicago. In making collections of money, drafts are pay the debt immediately. In the time draft, frequently used, which are usually sent through the same is made payable in a certain number the banks. A sight draft is used where the of days. - person upon whom it is drawn is expected to Sight Draft. $400. Cincinnati, O., June 10, 1882. 4t sight, pay to the order of Higgins & Co., Four Hundred dollars, value received, and charge the same to owr account. POLLOCK BRO” e To B. L. Smith, JMilwaukee, Wis. 0'S & CO Time Draft. $50. - JMemphis, Tenn., April 4, 1882. Thirty days after date, pay to the order of Cobb & Co., Fifty dollars, valwe received, and charge to owr account. .A. B. JMOORE º To Harmon, JMosier & Co., Buffalo, JW. Y. & CO Acceptance. Maine, North Carolina, Massachusetts, Oregon, The acceptance of a draft is effected by the Michigan, Rhode Island, drawee, or the person upon whom the same is Minnesota, South Carolina, drawn, if he consents to its payment, Writing Mississippi, Utah, across the face of the draft, thus: “Accepted, Montana, Wisconsin, June 12, 1882. B. L. Smith.” Nebraska, Wyoming, New Hampshire, Canada, New Jersey, Laws of Grace on Sight Drafts. - º Grace on Sight Drafts is NOT ALLOWED in the Grace on Sight Drafts is ALLOWED in the fol- following States: lowing States: California, District of Columbia. Alabama, Indiana, Colorado, Florida, Arkansas, Iowa, Connecticut, Georgia, Dakota, Kentucky, Delaware, Idaho, & AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 405 Illinois, Ohio, Kansas, Pennsylvania, Louisana, Tennessee, Maryland, Texas, Missouri, Vermont, Nevada, Virginia, New York, West Virginia. Matters Relating to Interest. A SIMPLE RULE FOR COMPUTING INTEREST. To find the interest on any amount at 6 per cent. for any number of days: Multiply the amount by the number of days and divide by sixty. ExAMPLE.—Find the interest on $854.50 at 6 per cent. for 30 days. $354.50 30 6,0)106350,0 sºmº ºmºmºmº-ºº: $1.77.25 Interest for 80 days. | At 6 per cent. per annum the rate per month (30 days) is one-half of one per cent., and hence 1 per cent for sixty days. The example proves itself, for the interest is just one-half of one per cent. of the principal. The interest at any other rate than 6 per cent. can be readily found by this rule. After finding the interest at 6 per cent., For 7 per cent. add one-sixth. “ 8 & 6 ‘‘ one-third. “ 9 66 “ one-half. “ 10 6& ** two-thirds. The following tables will be useful to those who desire to ascertain the amount of the inter- est upon a given sum without the trouble of making the calculation; 90% "NOILWINºHOJINI IWOILOWHöI iO WICIGºdſOIOKONGI NW 00 09 || 00 9 || 09 jg 8? Øy 98 08 jø 8I ØI 9 |! : . . . . . . Ige K I 00 99 || 09 g gg 09 ## 68 88 8% Ø 1.I II 9 |... . . . . . . , II 00 09 || 00 Q || 09 gif Of 98 08 Qö, 0% gT OI g | . . . . . . . , 0T 00 g; Og iſ g; If 98 88 16 8% 8I #I 6 g | . . . . . . . , 6 00 07 || 00 f | Of 98 38 8% jº, 0% 9I ØI 8 F - . . . . . . . , 8 00 98 || 09 9 || 93 38 8% 9% Ić, 8T #I II 1. # I. . . . . . . . » l 00 08 || 00 8 || 03 16 jº, I6 8T QI ØI 6 9 8 [.. . . . . . . , 9 00 gº, 09 (, gº, 9% 0% 8T QI 9I OT 8 g g | . . . . . . . , 9 00 0% 00 % | 0% 8I 9I #I ØI OI 8 9 # z - . . . . . . . , 7 00 QI Og I gT #I ØI II 6 8 9 Q 8 z - . . . . . . . , 8 00 OT || 00 I OI 6 8 1. 9 g # 8 6 I [.. . . . . . . . . SOW & 00 Q || 09 Q g f f # 8 & Ø I I | . . . . . . . . . OW I 88 y | 8p g # f 8 8 Ø (, I I 0 | . . . . . . . ,, 66 /9 f | Diff Q # # 8 9. Ø Ø I I 0 | . . . . . . . , 8% 09 # g; Q f f 8 8 Ø Ø I I 0 | . . . . . . . , 16 88 y | 85 # f 8 8 8 Ø Ø I I 0 | . . . . . . . , 9% /...I ſ/ | 37 # f 8 9 8 Ø Ø I I 0 - . . . . . . . ,, 93 00 j . Of f f 8 8 Ø Ø Ø I I 0 | . . . . . . . , 7% 88 8 || 88 # 8 8 9 & Ø Ø I I 0 | . . . . . . . , 8% /9 8 || 18 f 8 9 8 Ø & I I I 0 | . . . . . . . ,, 36 09 8 || Q3 f 8 8 Ø Ø Ø I I I 0 | . . . . . . . , I'6 88 8 || 39 8 9 8 Ø Ø Ø I I I 0 | . . . . . . . , 0% J.I 8 || 38 8 8 9 Ø Ø Ø I I I 0 | . . . . . . . ,, 61 00 8 || 08 9 8 Ø Ø Ø & I I I 0 | . . . . . . . , 8% 88 & 8% 9. 8 Ø Ø Ø I I I I 0 | . . . . . . . , ll 19 & | 16 8 Ø & Ø Ø I I I I 0 | . . . . . . . , 9T 09 & Q& 8 Y, Ø Ø Ø I I I I 0 | . . . . . . . , 9 I 88 & 9% Ø Ø Ø Ø I I I I 0 0 | . . . . . . . ,, ſº I II & 3% Ø Č, Ø Ø I I I I 0 0 | . . . . . . . ,, 8 I 00 & | 0% Ø Ø Ø I I I I I 0 0 | . . . . . . . ,, 3I 98 I | 8T G Ø I I I I I I 0 0 | . . . . . . . , II J.9 I | LI Ø Ø I I I I I I 0 0 | . . . . . . . ,, 0I 09 I GI Ø I I I I I I 0 0 0 | . . . . . . . , 6 98 I | 3I I I I I I I I 0 0 0 | . . . . . . . ,, 8 II I | ZI I I I I I I 0 0 0 0 | . . . . . . . » l 00 I | OI I I I I I I 0 0 0 0 | . . . . . . . , 9 88 8 I I I I I 0 0 0 0 0 | . . . . . . . , 9 19 1. I I I 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 gº tº G tº e º 'º - 99 f 09 Q I 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 | . . . . . . . , 8 88 8 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 | . . . . . . . SKBOI & DI & 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 | . . . . . . “AeCI I 000Iš 001$ | OIš 6% | 8% | 1% 9% gš ſº | 8 || 3 | Iš * CIWIN, *queo Iedſ XIS-eſqtº, 3 secrequT Q001 || 00 L | 0 | 89 99 || 65 ºf g8 86 Iz | FI | 1 |' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' JB3X I 1I jø ºf 9 #9 89 IQ g; 68 39 9% 6I 9I 9 || “. . . . . , IT 88 89 || 88 g | 89 89 /j. If Q8 6% 9% 8I ÖI 9 || ' ' ' ' * * * * OI 0g 39 gº, g | 89 /j. Číž 18 38 9% Ió 9T II g | . . . . . . . , 6 19 97 || 19 y | 1.5 Číž /8 88 8% 8% 6I #I 6 g | . . . . . . . , 8 88 Of 80 f | If 18 98 6% 9% 0% 9I ZI 8 F | . . . . . . . » l 00 98 || 09 9 gg 39 8% 96 IZ. 8T #I II 1. F | . . . . . . . , 9 AI 6% &6 & 69 9% 8% 0% 8T QI ØI 6 9 8 . . . . . . . . , 9 88 gº, 88 & 9% IK, 6I 9I #I &I 6 1. Q z - . . . . . . . , 7 09 LI 9/. I 8I 9I #I ØI II 6 1. Q f z - . . . . . . . , 8 I,9 II | LI I &I II 6 8 1. 9 Q # Ø I | . . . . . . . . SOIN 7. 88 9 || 89 9 Q G # # 8 6 Č, I I | . . . . . . . . . OW I #9 g 99 9 g g # 8 8 Ø Ø I f : . . . . . . . , 6% jºy g | #g g g # # 9 8 6 Ø I I | . . . . . . . , 8% gº, g 99 Q Q # f 8 9 K. Ø I T | . . . . . . . , 16 90 Q | IQ Q Q # # 9 8 Ø & I f : . . . . . . . , 9% 98 F | 6p. G # # 8 8 Ø % I I 0 | . . . . . . . ,, 96, 19 ſº L; g # # 8 8 Ø Ø I I 0 | . . . . . . . , 7% If f | gy # p # 9 8 Ø Ø I I 0 | . . . . . . . ,, 86 8%, 7 || 9p # # 8 9 8 Ø Ø I T 0 | . . . . . . . ,, 66 80 F | If f f 9 8 6 & Ø I I 0 | . . . . . . . , Tó 68 8 || 68 f f 9 8 Ø 6 Ø I I 0 | . . . . . . . ,, 0% 69 8 18 # 8 8 8 Č, Č, I I I 0 | . . . . . . . , 61 09 8 || 98 # 9 8 & Č, & I I I 0 | . . . . . . . , 8T I9 8 3. 8 8 8 Ø Ø Ø I I I 0 | . . . . . . . , 11 II 3 I9 8 8 Ø Ø 6 Ø I I I 0 | . . . . . . . , 9T 36 & 6% g 8 Ø Ø Ø I I I I 0 | . . . . . . . , 9 I 31, 3 || 13 8 & Ø Č, Ø I I I I 0 | . . . . . . . , 7I gg & 93 8 & Ø & Ø I I I I 0 | . . . . . . . , 8 I 98 & 8% Ø Ø Č, 6 I I I I 0 0 | . . . . . . . , Y, I FI & I& 6 Ø Ø I I I I I 0 0 | . . . . . . . , II 76 I | 6T 6 Č, Ø I I I I I 0 0 | . . . . . . . , 0I 9/. I 8I 6 Ø I I I I I I 0 0 | . . . . . . . , 6 99 I 9I Č, I I I I I I 0 0 0 | . . . . . . . , 8 99 I #I I I I I I I I 0 0 0 | . . . . . . . » l /...I I | GI I I I I I I 0 0 0 0 | . . . . . . . , 9 /6 OI I I I I I 0 0 0 0 0 | . . . . . . . , 9 8/. 8 I I I I 0 0 0 0 0 0 | . . . . . . . ,, 7 89 9 I I 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 | . . . . . . . , 8 69 # 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 | . . . . . . . SA8(I & 6I Ø 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 | . . . . . . . . Aboſ I 00013 0013 | OIš | 6% | 8% | 13 | 9% gš | #3 | 8% 3% Iš *{{WIII, *quato Ied u24.9S—eidºſ, 482.1aqu I JOy "NOILWIWRIOJINI TWOILOWłIdi AO WICIGF’d O'IOXONGI NW #38 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Interest Table—Eight Per Cent. THME $1 $2 $3 $4 $5 $6 || $7 $8 $9 || $10 || $100 || $1000 1 Day......... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 22 2 Days........ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 44 8 “ . . . . . . . . 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 l 7 67 4 “ . . . . . . . . 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1. 9 89 5 “ . . . . . . . . 0 0 0 0 1. 1 1 1 1 1 11 || 1 11 6 “ . . . . . . . . 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1. l 1. 13 || 1 38 7 “ . . . . . . . . 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 16 || 1 56 8 “ . . . . . . . . 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 18 1 78 9 “ . . . . . . . . 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 20 || 2 00 10 " . . . . . . . . 0 0 1 1 1 l 2 2 2 2 22 || 2 22 11 " . . . . . . . . 0 0 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 24 || 2 44 12 “ 0 1. 1. l 1. 2 2 2 2 3 27 2 67 18 “ . . . . . . . . 0 1 1 1. 1. 2 2 2 3 3 29 || 2 89 14 “ . . . . . . . . 0 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 8 31 || 3 11 15 “ . . . . . . . . 0 1 1. 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 33 || 3 33 16 " ........ 0 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 8 4 36 || 3 56 17 “ . . . . . . . . 0 1. 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 38 3 78 18 “ . . . . . . . . 0 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 4 4 40 || 4 00 19 “ . . . . . . . . 0 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 42 || 4 22 20 “ . . . . . . . . 0 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 4 44 4 44 21 " . . . . . . . . 0 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 '5 47 || 4 67 22 " . . . . . . . . 0 1. 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 49 || 4 89 28 “ . . . . . . . . 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 § 51 || 5 11 24 “ . . . . . . . . 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 53 || 5 33 25 “ . . . . . . . . 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 6 56 || 5 56 26 “ . . . . . . . . 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 5 5 6 58 5 78 27 “ . . . . . . . . 1 1 2 2 3 4 4 § 5 6 60 | 6 00 28 “ . . . . . . . . 1 1 2 2 3 4 4 5 6 6 62 6 22 29 “ . . . . . . . . 1 1 2 3 3 4 5 5 6 6 64 || 6 44 1 Mo... . . . . . . . . 1 1 2 3 3 4 5 5 6 7 67 || 6 67 2 Mos.. . . . . . . . 1 3 4 5 7 8 9 11 12 13 || 1 33 13 33 8 “ . . . . . . . . 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 2 00 20 00 4 " . . . . . . . . 3 5 8 11 13 16 19 21 24 27 || 2 67 || 26 67 5 “ . . . . . . . . 3 7 10 13 17 20 23 27 30 33 || 3 33 || 33 33 6 “ . . . . . . . . 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 || 4 00 | 40 00 7 “ . . . . . . . . 5 9 14 19 23 28 33 37 42 47 || 4 67 || 46 67 8 “ . . . . . . . 5 11 16 21 27 32 37 43 48 S3 || 5 33 53 33 9 “ . . . . . . . . 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 6 00 60 00 30 “ . . . . . . . . 7 18 20 27 33 40 47 53 60 67 6 67 | 66 67 11 " . . . . . . . . 7 15 22 29 37 44 51 59 66 73 || 7 33 | 73 33 1 Year . . . . . . . . 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 || 8 00 80 00 To find the amount of interest at 4 per cent, take half of above amounts. AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Interest Table-Ten Per Cent. TIME, $1 $2 $3 $4 $5 $6 $7 $8 $9 $10 || $100 $1000 1 Day. ........ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 3 28 2 Days........ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 6 56 8 “ . . . . . . . . 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1. 8 83 4 “ . . . . . . . . 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1. 1 11 || 1 11 5 “ . . . . . . . . 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 14 || 1 39 6 “ . . . . . . . . 0 0 1. 1 1 1 1. 1 2 2 17 | 1 67 7 “ . . . . . . . . 0 0 1 1 1 1 1. 2 2 2 19 || 1 94 8 “ ........ 0 0 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 22 || 2 22 9 “ . . . . . . . . 0 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 25 || 2 50 10 “ ........ 0 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 28 || 2 78 11 “ . . . . . . . . 0 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 31 || 3 06 12 “ ........ 0 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 33 3 33 18 “ . . . . . . . . 0 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 4 36 || 3 61 14 “ . . . . . . . . 0 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 4 4 3 3 89 15 “ . . . . . . . . 0 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 42 || 4 17 16 “ . . . . . . . . 0 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 4 44 || 4 44 17 “ . . . . . . . . 0 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 47 || 4 72 18 “ • - 3 - - - - - l 1 2 2 8 3 4 4 5 5 50 || 5 00 19 “ . . . . . . . . 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 53 || 5 28 20 “ ........ 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 6 56 || 5 56 21 “ ........ 1 1 2 2 3 4 4 5 5 6 58 || 5 83 22 “ . . . . . . . . 1 1 2 2 3 4 4 5 6 6 61 6 11 28 “ . . . . . . . . 1 1 2 8 3 4 4 5 6 6 64 || 6 39 24 “ ........ 1 1 2 3 3 4 5 5 6 7 67 || 6 67, 25 “ . . . . . . . . 1 1 2 3 3 4 5 6 6 7 69 || 6 94, 26 “ ........ 1 1 2 3 4 4 5 6 7 7 72 || 7 22, 27 “ . . . . . . . . 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 6 7 8 75 || 7 50 28 “ . . . . . . . . 1 2 2 3 4 5 5 6 7 8 78 || 7 78 29 “ . . . . . . . . 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 6 7 8 81 8 06' 1 Mo.......... 1 2 3 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 83 || 8 33 2 Mos......... 2 8 5 7 8 10 12 13 15 17 || 1 07 | 16 67 * “ . . . . . . . . 3 5 8 10 12 15 18 20 23 25 # 2 50 25 00: 4 “ . . . . . . . . 8 7 10 13 17 20 23 27 30 33 || 3 33 || 33 33, 5 “ . . . . . . . . 4 8 13 17 21 25 29 38 38 42 4 17 || 41 67 6 “ . . . . . . . . 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 || 5 00 50 00 7 “ . . . . . . . . 6 12 18 23 29 35 41 47 53 58 || 5 88 58 33 8 “ . . . . . . . . 7 18 20 27 33 40 47 53 60 67 || 6 67 | 66 67. 9 “ . . . . . . . . 8 15 23 30 38 45 53 60 68 75 || 7 50 75 00 10 “ . . . . . . . . 8 17 25 33 42 50 58 67 75 83 || 8 33 || 83 33 11 “ . . . . . . . . 9 18 28 37 46 55 64 73 83 92 || 9 17 | 91 67 1 Year......... 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 |$1 $10 |$100 To find the amount of interest at 5 per cent... take half of above amounts. 410 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Interest Laws of all the States and Territories in the United States. STATES AND TERRITORIES. Penalty of Usury. Legal, Specia; per cent.lper cent. Alabama.............. Loss of interest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 . . . . . . . . Arizona...... © e º e º 'º e º e e No penalty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 ||No limit. Arkansas . . . . . . . . . . . . . © & “ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 6 & 6 & California. . . . . . . . . . . . . & 6 “ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 & & & 6 Colorado. . . . . . . . . . . . . . & 6 “ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 & 6 & 6 Connecticut........... & 4 “ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 6 € 6 & Dakota . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forfeiture of contract. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 12 Delaware . . . . . . . . . . . . . & 4 & 6 “ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 6 District of Columbia... & 6 “all interest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 10 Florida . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No penalty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 ||No limit. Georgia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forfeiture of excess. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 12 Idaho. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $300 fine, or imprisonment six months, or both. . . . . . . . *10 24 Illinois. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forfeiture of all interest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. 8 Indiana. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . & 6 of interest and costs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 8 Iowa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 & of excess. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 10 Kansas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . & & of excess over 12 per cent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 12 Kentucky. . . . . . . . . . . . . & 6 of all interest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 6 Louisiana. . . . . . . . . . . . . & 6 of interest... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Maine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No penalty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 ||No limit. Maryland. ............ Forfeiture of excess. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 6 Massachusetts......... No penalty—6 per cent. On judgment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 ||No limit. Michigan . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forfeiture of excess. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 10 Minnesota ............ Forfeiture of excess. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 10 Mississippi............ No penalty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 10 Missouri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forfeiture of all interest.......... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - © 6 10 Montana .............. No penalty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 l. . . . . . . . Nebraska . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forfeiture of all interest and costs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 10 Nevada. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No penalty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 ||No limit. New Hampshire....... Forfeiture of three times interest received............. 6 6 New Jersey. . . . . 2 e º e º a º Forfeiture of all interest... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 6 New Mexico........... No penalty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 ||No limit. New York. . . . . . . . . . . . . Forfeiture of contract. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . #6 North Carolina. . . . . . . . Forfeiture of interest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 8 Ohio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . & 6 of excess. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 8 Oregon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 & of principal, interest, and costs............. 10 12 Pennsylvania. . . . . . . . . . 66 of excess, Act of 1858. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . te 6 6 Rhode Island. . . . . . . . . . & © unless by contract. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . * {6 ||No limit. South Carolina. . . . . . . . No penalty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • * > * * * * * * * * * * ~ e º 'º º º º e 7 Tennessee. . . . . . . . . . . . . Forfeiture of over 6 per cent. and $100 fine........ º 6 6 Texas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No penalty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 12 Utah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No penalty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • * e º ºs e º e º e º 'º º e º 'º º O & ... 10 ||No limit. Vermont. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forfeiture of excess on railroad bonds only.......... a º 6 6 Virginia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forfeiture of contract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 6 Washington Ter....... No penalty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 ||No limit. West Virginia. . . . . . . . . Forfeiture of excess. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Wisconsin... . . . . . . . . . . Forfeiture of all interest... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 10 Wyoming Ter.........] No penalty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 |No limit. * Liable to arrest for misdemeanor. # Also punishable as a misdemeanor. interest if charged in advance. ? Also 6 per cent, on judgment. Banks forfeit illiterest only, or double the AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 411 Statutes of Limitations. The following table will show the time allowed in each State and Territory of the Union and in the Provinces of Canada for the institution of a suit for any of the various causes named. After the expiration of these years all actions are barred by the statute. Assault, Open Not Jud t Sealed º ſº Slander, Accounts. Ot,08. udgments. witnesse STATES AND TERRITORIES. Replewin,etc. Instruments. Years. Years. Years. Years. Years. Alabama. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 3 6 20 10 Arkansas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 8 5 10 10 California. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 2 4 5 5 Colorado. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 2 3 3 Connecticut... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 6 6 17 Dakota. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 6 6 20 20 Delaware............ . . . . . . . . . . . 1 8 6 20 20 District of Columbia. . . . . . . . . . . 1 8 3 12 12 Florida. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 5 5 20 20 Georgia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4 6 7 20 Idaho. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 2 4 5 5 Illinois. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5 7 20 10 Indiana. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 6 20 20 20 Iowa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 5 10 20 10 Kansas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 3 5 5 15 Kentucky. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l 5 5 15 15 Louisiana. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i 3 5 10 20 Maine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 6 20 20 20 Maryland. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 3 12 12 Massachusetts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 6 20 20 20 Michigan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 6 6 10 10 Minnesota. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 6 6 10 20 Mississippi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 3 6 7 7 Missouri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4 5 5 10 Montana. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 2 4 5 4 Nebraska... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 6 20 20 10 Nevada. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . tº e º ſº º ºs e 2, 6 6 20 20 20 New Hampshire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 tº $ºmsºs, 10 10 New Jersey. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 6 6 20 20 New Mexico. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 3 10 10 10 New York. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 15 15 15 North Carolina. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 8 10 10 10 Ohio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 15 15 15 Ontario (Upper Canada). . . . . . . 1 § 5 30 30 Oregon... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 l 6 10 20 Pennsylvania. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 6 20 20 Quebec (Lower Canada). . . . . . . . 1, 2 5 5 30 30 Rhode Island. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 6 20 20 South Carolina. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 6 6 20 20 Tennessee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 6 20 & Cºmº Texas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 4 10 10 Utah... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 4 5 7 Vermont. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 6 14 8 8 Virginia. . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 5 6 10 20 Washington Territory.......... 2 8 6 9 20 West Virginia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 5 6 10 10 Wisconsin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 6 6 20 20 YOIIlling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 15 10 21 412 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. LEGAL BUSINESS FORMS. Forms of Agreements or Contracts. An agreement or contract is an arrangement entered into by two or more persons, by which each binds himself to perform certain specified acts within a designated time. Agreements may be verbal, but it is better in all cases, and absolutely essential in mat- ters of importance, to express them in writing. Great care should be taken, in drawing an agreement, to state explicitly and in the plainest language the various acts to be performed, and the time of such performance. Nothing should be left to doubt or uncertainty. The law requires that all the parties to an agreement shall understand its provisions in the same Sense, and does not recognize the exist- ence of a contract in which this is not the case. Thus, a person sent an order to a mer- chant for a particular quantity of goods on certain terms of credit. The merchant sent a less quantity of goods, and at a shorter credit. The goods were lost on the way, and the mer- chant sued the party who ordered them for their value. He failed to win his case, as the court held that in consequence of the failure of the merchant to send the quantity of goods ordered and to grant the credit asked, there was no common understanding between the parties, and consequently no contract. A contract must show that it is made for a valuable consideration. A failure to do this renders it void in law. Fraud annuls all contracts and obligations, and the party so wronged is relieved of his obligation by law. If both the parties to an agreement act fraudulently, neither can take advantage of the fraud of the other; nor can one who acts fraudulently set his own fraud aside for his benefit. Agreements written in pencil are binding in law, but it is best to write them with ink, as pencil marks are easily erased. Agreements should be prepared and signed in duplicate, triplicate, etc., according to the number of persons concerned in them. Each party should have a copy, and should carefully preserve it. Generally speaking, all written instruments are construed and interpreted by the law according to the simple, customary, and natural meaning of the words used. When a contract is so obscure or uncertain that it must be set wholly aside and regarded as no contract whatever, it can have no force or effect upon the rights or obligations of the parties, but all of them are the same as if they had not made the contract. No custom, however universal, or old, or known (unless it has actually become a law), has any force whatever, if the parties see fit to exclude and refuse it by words of their contract, or provide that the thing which the custom affects shall be done in a way different from the custom. For a custom can never be set up against either the express agreement or the clear intention of the parties. Punctuation is not regarded in the construc- tion or interpretation of a written instrument, or in written law. Spelling, though bad, will not avoid a con- tract, where the intention of the parties is clear. All contracts made in violation of a valid statute are absolutely void and of no effect. Where a proposition is made by letter, the mailing of a letter containing acceptance of the proposition completes the contract. It is the presumption of the law that a per- son in making a contract intends to bind not only himself but his legal representatives. Such representatives may therefore sue on a contract, although not named in it. General Form of Agreement. This agreement, made this twenty-fifth day of March, in the year of Our Lord one thou- sand eight hundred and eighty-two, between John Howard, of Townsontown, county of Bal- timore, State of Maryland, party of the first part, and Hugh Jenkins, of the same place, party of the second part. WITNESSETH, That the said John Howard, party of the first part, hereby covenants and agrees, that he will deliver to the said Hugh Jenkins, party of the Second part, during the month of September, one hundred cords of hickory wood, at the Woodyard of the said Hugh Jenkins, as follows: twenty cords to be delivered on or before the 10th of September; twenty cords more to be delivered on or before AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 413 the 15th of September; twenty cords more on or before the 20th of September; twenty cords more on or before the 25th of September, and the remaining twenty cords on or before the 30th of September; the entire quantity of one hundred cords to be delivered by the 30th of September. And the said Hugh Jenkins, party of the Second part, in consideration of the prompt fulfillment of this agreement by the said John Howard, party of the first part, agrees and binds himself to pay to the said Hugh Jenkins the sum of three dollars for each and every cord of hickory wood delivered to him by the said John Howard or his agents, and to pay for each cord of wood as soon as it is delivered at his woodyard. In case of the failure of either party to this contract to make good his promises, it is hereby stipulated and agreed that the party so failing shall forfeit to the other party the sum of one hundred dollars in cash as fixed and settled damages. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The parties to these presents have hereunto set their hands and seals, the day and year first above written. JOHN HowARD. [SEAL.] HUGH JENKINs. [SEAL.] Signed, sealed and delivered in presence of JAMES MURRAY. THOMAS WISE. General Form of Contract for Mechanics’ Work. CoNTRACT made this first day of January, A. D. 1882, by and between George Smith, of the city of Philadelphia, State of Pennsylvania, party of the first part, and Harvey Richards, of the city and State aforesaid, party of the second part. WITNESSETH, That the party of the first part, for the consideration hereinafter mentioned, covenants and agrees with the party of the Second part to perform in a faithful and work- manlike manner the following specified work, viz.: To build one brick stable, according to the plans and specifications attached to this agreement, Without varying in any way what- soever from said pian aud specifications. And in addition to the above to become responsible for all materials delivered and receipted for, the work to be commenced on or before April 1st, 1882, and to be completed and delivered free from all mechanic or other liens on or before the first day of July, 1882. And the party of the second part covenants and agrees with the party of the first part in considera- tion of the faithful performance of the above specified work, to pay to the party of the first part the sum of two thousand dollars, as fol- lows: five hundred dollars upon the comple- tion of the foundation walls; five hundred dol- lars upon the covering of said stable with the roof; and one thousand dollars upon the first day of July, 1882, provided said stable be delivered as agreed upon above, on or before that day. And it is further mutually agreed by and between both parties, that in case of disagree- ment in reference to the performance of said Work, all questions of disagreement shall be referred to Thomas Lee and John Yarnell, master builders, of the city of Philadelphia, and the award of said referees, or a majority of them, shall be binding and final on all parties. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, We, hereunto set our hands and Seals the day and year first above written. GEORGE SMITH. HARVEY RICHARDs. Executed in presence of THOMAS LANE, } [SEAL.] [SEAL.] PETER WRIGHT. Agreement for a Warranty Deed. ARTICLES OF AGREEMENT, made this first day of January, in the year of our Lord one thou- sand eight hundred and eighty-one, between William Miller, of the city of Indianapolis, State of Indiana, party of the first part, and John Wayne, of the city and State aforesaid, party of the second part. WITNESSETH, That said party of the first part hereby covenants and agrees, that if the party of the second part shall first make the payment and perform the covenants herein- after mentioned on his part to be made and performed, the said party of the first part will convey and assure to the party of the second part, in fee simple, clear of all incumbrances 414 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. whatever, by a good and sufficient warranty deed, the following lot, piece, or parcel of ground, viz.: The lot located at the intersec- tion of Walnut and Willow streets, in the city of Indianapolis, extending fifty (50) feet west- ward from Walnut street, and one hundred (100) feet northward from Willow street, lying on the north side of Willow street and on the West side of Walnut street, known as lot number twenty-nine (29) in block number sixteen (16), and recorded at Indianapolis, Marion county, Indiana. And the said party of the second part hereby covenants and agrees to pay to the said party of the first part the sum of three thousand dol- lars, in the manner following: One thousand dollars cash in hand paid, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, and the balance in two annual payments, as follows, viz.: One thou- sand dollars on the 1st of January, 1882, and, the remaining one thousand dollars on the 1st of January, 1883, with interest at the rate of ten per cent. per annum, payable on the dates specified above, annually, on the whole sum remaining from time to time unpaid, and to pay all taxes, assessments, or impositions that may be legally levied or imposed upon said land, subsequent to the year of 1881. And in case of the failure of the said party of the second part to make either of the payments, or per- form any of the covenants on his part hereby made and entered into, this contract shall, at the option of the party of the first part, be for- feited and determined, and the party of the second part shall forfeit all payments made by him on this contract, and Such payment shall be retained by the said party of the first part in full satisfaction and in liquidation of all damages by him sustained, and he shall have the right to re-enter and take possession of the premises aforesaid. It is mutually agreed that all the convenants and agreements herein contained shall extend to and be obligatory upon the heirs, executors, administrators and assigns of the vespective parties. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The parties to these presents have hereunto set their hands and seals this day and year first above written. WILLIAM MILLER. [SEAI.] Joshua WAYNE. [SEArl. Signed, sealed and delivered in presence of WALTER LEWIs, Jose,PH LANE. Contract for Barter or Trade. THIS AGREEMENT, made this second day of March, A. D. 1882, by and between Thomas White, party of the first part, and Reuben Gale, party of the second part, both of the city of Buffalo, State of New York. WITNESSETH, That the said Thomas White shall sell and deliver to the said Reuben Gale, at his store, in the city of Buffalo, on the twen- tienth day of the present month of March, one hundred barrels of fine salt, in good, substantial barrels, suitable for packing beef and pork, and for the use of the kitchen and dairy. In consideration whereof, the said Reuben Gale shall convey and deliver to the said Thomas White, at the storehouse of Walter Lewis, in the city of Buffalo, one thousand pounds of good merchantable cheese, and four hundred pounds of sweet table butter; both well packed in tierces or firkins, and made in dairies where at least fifteen cows are kept. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The parties to these presents have hereunto set their hands and seals the day and year first above written. THOMAS WHITE, [SEAL.] REUBEN GALE, [SEAL.] Executed in presence of WALTER LEWIS. JoséPH LANE. } AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 415 * * ~ *-*- : wa... →T Agreement Between a Merchant and His Clerk. THIS AGREEMENT, made this first day of Jan- uary, A. D. 1882, by and between Walker Lewis, of the city and State of New York, party of the first part, and Alfred Pleasants, of the city and State aforesaid, party of the second part. WITNESSETH, That the said Alfred Pleasants shall enter the service of the said Walker Lewis as a clerk and Salesman. That the said Alfred Pleasants shall faith- fully, honestly and diligently perform the duties of a clerk and salesman in the store of the said Walker Lewis, and well and truly obey all the reasonable commands and wishes of the said Walker Lewis, during the space of three years from this date. That he will guard his employer's interests, and keep the Secrets of his employer, absenting himself from his business only upon said em- ployer's consent. That the said Walker Lewis, in consideration of said services, will pay to the said Alfred Pleasants a yearly sum of one thousand two hundred dollars, in equal payments of one hun- dred dollars on the first day of each and every calendar month of the year, commencing on the first of February, 1882. Witness our hands, WALKER LEWIs. ALFRED PLEASANTs. Executed in the presence of JoHN HILL, FRANCIS WHITE. Agreement to Cultivate Land on Shares. THIS AGREEMENT, made this tenth day of . August, 1882, by and between John Holman, party of the first part, and Andrew Jackson, party of the Second part, both of the town of Medio, county of Chester, State of Pennsylvana. WITNESSETH, That said John Holman will, on or before the tenth day of September, break, properly fix, and Sow with wheat, all that twenty acres of field belonging to and lying immedi- ately north of the dwelling-house and garden of said Andrew Jackson, in the town of Media. That one-half of the seed wheat shall be found by said Andrew Jackson. That when said crop shall be in fit condition, he will cut, harvest, and safely house it in the barn of said Andrew Jackson. That he will properly thresh and clean the S8, IOle. That the straw shall be equally divided be- tween the parties. That he will deliver one-half of said wheat, being the produce thereof, to said Andrew Jack- son, at the granary near his dwelling-house, on or before the 15th day of July, 1882. That said John Holman shall perform all the work and labor necessary in the premises, or cause the same to be done. Witness our hands and seals, JoHN HOLMAN. [SEAL.] ANDREW JACKSON. [SEAL.] Signed, sealed and delivered in presence of RICHARD WHITE. PETER BELL. Agreement for Building a House. THIS AGREEMENT, made this twentieth day of March in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty-two, by and between Samuel W. Parker, of the city of Baltimore, State of Maryland, party of the first part, and Hugh B. Jackson, of the same city and State, party of the second part. WITNESSETH, That said party of the first part, for the consideration hereinafter mentioned, covenants and agrees to make, erect, build, and finish, in a good, Substantial, and workmanlike manner, and in conformity with the plans, drafts, specifications, and explanations thereof, which is hereunto annexed and made a part hereof, a brick dwelling-house, on lot number thirty, on Maryland avenue, in the city of Bal- timore, to be begun on or before the first day of April, 1882, and completed on or before the first day of September, 1882. That the said building shall be made, erected, built, and finished out of good and substantial materials, as stated in the specifications accom- panying and made a part of this agreement. That as soon as the roof thereof is put on and covered, said party of the first part shall effect full insurance on said building, in the Sum of four thousand dollars, the policy to be in the name and for the benefit of said party 416 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. of the second part, his heirs, executors, admin- istrators, or assigns, payable, in case of loss, to whom it may concern. That each party to this agreement shall pay one-half the cost of said insurance. In consideration of which, said party of the Second part does hereby covenant, promise, and agree, to pay, or cause to be paid, unto said party of the first part, or his legal representa- tives, the sum of five thousand dollars ($5,000), in the manner following, to-wit: One thousand dollars at the beginning of said work; one thou- Sand dollars on the first day of May next; one thousand dollars on the first day of July next; and the remaining two thousand dollars when the work shall be fully completed and the keys delivered to said party of the second part, or to his legal representatives. AND IT IS FURTHER AGREED BY AND BETWEEN THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT AS FOLLOWS : ALTERATIONS. That no charge of any kind shall be made by said party of the first part against said party of the second part beyond or in excess of the sum of five thousand dollars for the full performance of this agreement, un- less said party of the second part shall alter the aforesaid plans, drafts, specifications and explanations, in which case the value of such alterations shall be added to the amount to be paid under this contract, or deducted therefrom, as the case may require; it being expressly understood that said party of the second part may, from time to time, make any alterations of, to, and in the said plans, drafts, specifica- tions and explanations, upon the the terms aforesaid. ARBITRATION. That the parties of the first part, and of the second part, severally, respect- ively and mutually, agree to submit each, all, and every demand between them hereinafter aris- ing, if any, concerning the manner of performing or completing the work, or the time or amount of any payment to be made under this agreement, or the quantity or quality of labor or materials, or both, to be done, furnished or provided un- der this agreement, or any other cause or matter touching the work, materials, or the damages contemplated, set forth, or referred to, in or by this agreement, to the determination of Thomas W. Wright, John Hughes and Robert Greene, master builders, of the city of Baltimore, the award of whom, or any two of whom, being made in Writing and being delivered to said parties to this agreement, or either of them, Within ten days of the time hereinbefore fixed for the final completion of this agreement, shall be final. DAMAGE SUSTAINED BY PERSONS or PROPERTY. That said party of the first part shall be solely responsible for any injury or damage sustained by any and all person and persons, on property, during or subsequent to the progross and com- pletion of the works hereby agreed upon, from or by any act or default of said party of the first part, and shall be responsible over the party of the second part for all costs and dama. ges which said party of the second part may legally incur by reason of such injury or dam- age; and that said party of the first part shall give all usual, requisite and suitable notices to all parties whose estates or premises may or shall be in any way interested in or affected by the performance of said works. ExTRA work. That no extra work of any kind shall be performed, or extra materials furnished. by said party of the first part, unless first au. thorized by the party of the second part, in Writing; and That said party of the first part, or his rep- resentatives, shall not be delayed in the con- stant progress of the work under this agreement, or any of the extra work under the same or connected therewith, by said party of the sec- ond part; and for each and every day said party of the first part shall be so delayed, three additional days shall be allowed to complete the work aforesaid, from and after the day hereinbefore appointed for its entire completion, unless upon the contingency provided for below in the next clause of this agreement. That for each and every day's delay in the performance and completion of this agreement, or for any extra work under it, after the time hereinbefore fixed for the final completion of this agreement, there shall be allowed and paid by said party of the Second part to said party of the first part, or his legal representatives, damages for such delay, if the same shall arise from any act or default on the part of said party of the Second part. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 417 FoREMAN. That said party of the first part shall engage and provide, at his own expense, during the progress of the work, under, and until the complete fulfillment of, this agreement, a thoroughly competent “foreman,” whose duty it is to attend to the general Supervision of all matters hereby undertaken by said party of the first part, and also the correct marking, pre- paring, laying out and locating all patterns, moulds, models and measurements, in, to, for, and upon the work hereby agreed upon, from, and in conformity with, said plans, drafts, Speci- fications and explanations. FoRFEITURE OF CONTRACT. That if at any time during the progress of said work, said party of the second part shall find that said work is not carried forward with sufficient rapidity and throroughness, or that the materials furnished, foreman, sub-contractors or workmen employed by said party of the first part, are unskilled, incompetent, and insufficient for the completion of said work within the time and manner stipu- lated in the plans, drafts, specifications and explanations aforesaid, he shall give notice of such insufficiency and defects in progress, ma- terials, foreman, sub-contractors or workmen, to said party of the first part; and if within ten days thereafter such insufficiency and defects are not remedied, then said party of the second part may enter upon the Work and suspend or discharge said party of the first part, and all employed under him, and carry on and complete the work by “day's work,” or otherwise, as said party may elect, providing and substituting proper and sufficient materials and workmen; and the expense thereof shall be chargeable to said party of the first part, and be deducted from any sum which may be due to him on a final settlement. All questions arising out of this eighth article of this agreement, shall be subject to the final decision of the arbitrators hereinbefore mentioned. LIENS. That in case any lien or liens for la- bor or materials shall exist upon the property or estate of Said party of the second part, at the time or times when by the terms and pro- visions of this agreement a payment is to be made by said party of the second part to said party of the first part, such payment, or such part thereº shall be equal to less than double the amount for which said lien or liens shall or can exist, shall not be payable at the said stipulated time or times, notwithstanding any- thing to the contrary in this agreement con- tained; and that said party of the Second part shall, and may, be well assured that no such liens do, or can, attach or exist, before he shall be liable to make either of said payments. WoRK, wheTHER DESCRIBED OR NOT, ETC. That all the works described or referred to in the annexed specifications and explanations, are to be exe- cuted by said party of the first part, whether or not said works are illustrated by the afore- said plans or drafts; and that said party of the first part is to execute all works shown by Said plans and drafts, whether or not said works are described or referred to in said specifications or explanations. IN witness wherEOF, The said parties have hereunto set their hands and seals, the day and year first above written. SAMUEL W. PARKER. [SEAL.] HUGE B. JACKSON. [SEAL.] Signed, sealed and delivered in presence of WALTER B. GROOME, DAVID H. LANE. The specifications should be carefully written out, passed upon separately by the parties to the agreement, signed and sealed by them, witnessed by the persons who witnessed the agreement, and attached to the agreement as a part of it. It is the custom in some cases to insert these specifications in the body of the agreement. In such a case they should, in this agreement, be inserted after the second para- paragraph. BILLS OF SALE. A bill of sale is a written agreement by which a person transfers to another person, for a val- uable consideration, his entire right, title, and interest in personal property. As a general rule, in order to establish own- ership at law, the purchaser must take actual possession of the property purchased; but in Some States, if the sale was not made fraud- ulently, for the purpose of evading the payment of just debts, the bill of sale is prima facie evidence of the sale, and will hold good against the creditors of the seller. Such questions must be decided by juries, who have power to set aside the sale in cases where fraud is proved. 418 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Bill of Sale-General Form, With Warranty. KNow ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTs, That in consideration of five hundred dollars, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, I do hereby grant, sell, transfer, and deliver unto Thomas Wright, his heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns, the following goods and chattels, V17. . One set of parlor furniture, upholstered in purple velvet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $300 00 One set of black walnut chamber furni- $500 00 To have and to hold all and singular the said goods and chattels forever. And the said grantor hereby covenants with said grantee that he is the lawful owner of said goods and chat- tels; that they are free from all incumbrances; that he has good right to sell the same, as aforesaid; and that he will warrant and defend the same against the lawful claims and demands of all persons whomsoever. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said grantor has hereunto set his hand this tenth day of March, 1882. Witnesses: HENRY HALL. Joseph SMITH. GEORGE H. FLETCHER. Bill of Sale—Of a Horse, With Warranty. KNow ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTs, That in consideration of one hundred and fifty dollars, to me paid by Henry Clayton, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, I, Andrew Lewis, by these presents do bargain, sell, and convey to the said Henry Clayton, his heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns, one bay horse, of the male sex, bay color, fifteen hands high, with a white star in the forehead, known as Old Hickory, to have and to hold the same unto the said Henry Clayton, his heirs, execu- tors, administrators, and assigns forever. And, I, for myself, my heirs, executors, and administrators, will warrant and defend said horse unto him, the Baid Henry Clayton, his heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns, against the lawful claims and demands of all and every person or persons whatsover. Witness my hand this tenth day of May, 1882. * ANDREW LEWIS. Witnesses: THOMAS JACKSON. GEORGE FLINT. Bonds. A bond is a written promise, signed and sealed by a single person, to pay to another person a certain sum of money at a designated time. A promise made in writing without a seal is not a bond, but merely a simple promise. The bond must be for some boma fide consid- eration. The person giving the bond is called the obligor, the person to whom it is given is called the obligee. A bond is usually given not as a promise to pay money, for a promisory note would answer that purpose, but as a promise to pay money in case certain acts are not done. These acts are specified in the bond, and are called the condi- . tion of the bond. The faithful performance of these acts within the time specified renders the bond null and void. The amount of money named in the bond is called the penalty. It is usually sufficient to cover the debt it is intended to secure, with interest and costs added. In order to secure this, the sum is fixed at twice the amount of the actual debt. “The meaning and effect of this is, that if the obligor fails, in any respect, to do what the condition recites, then he is bound to pay the money he acknowledges him- self, in the bond, bound to pay. But now the law comes in to mitigate the Severity of this contract. And whatever be the sum which the obligor acknowledges himself, in the bond, bound to pay, he is held by the courts to pay the obligee only that amount which will be a complete indemnification to him for the dam- age he has sustained by the failure of the obligor to do what the condition recites. “For example: Suppose A B makes a bond to C D in the sum of ten thousand dollars. The condition recites that one E F has been hired by C. D as his clerk, and that A B guar- antees the good conduct of E F; and if E F does all his duty honestly and faithfully, then AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 419 the bond is void, otherwise remains in full force. Then suppose E F to cheat C D out of some money. A B is sued on the bond; C D cannot recover from him, in any event, more than the ten thousand dollars; and he will, in fact, recover from him only so much of this as will make good to C D all the loss he has sus- tained by B F's misconduct. As the obligee can recover from the obligor only actual com- pensation for what he loses, it is usual in prac- tice to make the penal sum in the bond large enough to cover all the loss that can happen.” A Simple Form of Bond, Without Condition. KNow ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTs, That I, William Jackson, of the city of Richmond, State of Virginia, am held and firmly bound unto Franklin Stearns, of the city and State aforesaid, in the sum of two hundred dollars, lawful money of the United States of America, to be paid to the said Franklin Stearns, or his certain attorney, Henry Cannon, or his assigns; to which payment, well and truly to be made on or before the first day of January, 1882, I bind myself, my heirs, executors, and administrators firmly by these presents. Sealed with my seal, dated the first day of March, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty-two. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I, William Jackson, have set my hand and Seal to this instrument, on the first day of March, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty- two. WILLIAM JACKSON. [SEAL.] Executed and delivered in presence of WILLIAM H. MYERs. } SAMUEL W. STOREs. General Form of Bond, With Condition. RNow ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTs, That I, Francis Gibbons, of the city of Covington, State of Kentucky, am held and firmly bound unto Robert Breckenridge, of the city and State aforesaid, in the sum of one thousand dollars, to be paid to the said Robert Breckenridge, his executors, administrators, or assigns, for which payment, Well and truly to be made, I bind myself, my heirs, executors, and adminis- trators, firmly by these presents. Sealed with my seal, dated the twentieth day of March, 1882. The condition of the above obligation is Such, that if the above bounden Francis Gib- bons, his heirs, executors, and administrators, or any of them, shall well and truly pay, or cause to be paid, unto the above named Robert Breckenridge, his executors, administrators, or assigns, the just and full sum of five hundred dollars, on the tenth day of March, 1882, with interest, at six per cent. per annum, payable half-yearly from the date hereof, without fraud or other delay, then the above obligation to be void; otherwise, to remain in full force. And it is hereby expressly agreed, that, should any default be made in the payment of the said interest, or of any part thereof, on any day whereon the same is made payable, as above expressed, and should the same remain unpaid and in arrear for the space of thirty days, then and from thenceforth—that is to say, after the lapse of the said thirty days—the aforesaid principal sum of five hun- dred dollars, with all arrearages of interest thereon, shall, at the option of the said Richard Jones, or his executors, administrators, or assigns, become and be due and payable immediately thereafter, although the period first above limited for the payment thereof may not then have expired, anything herein- before contained to the contrary thereof in anywise notwithstanding. FRANCIS GIBBONs. [SEAL.] Executed and delivered in presence of THOMAS PRESTON. ROBERT STEELE. Form of Bond, with Power of Attorney to Con- fess Judgment. KNow ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTs, That Robert White, of the city of Richmond, State of Virginia, is held and firmly bound unto Richard Jones, of the city and State aforesaid, in the sum of one thousand dollars, lawful money of the United States of America, to be paid, on the first day of March, 1882, to the Said Richard Jones, or his certain attorney, executors, administrators, or assigns: to which payment well and truly to be made, his heirs, executors, and administrators, are firmly bound by these presents. 420 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Sealed with his seal, dated the first day of January, 1882. The condition of this obligation is: That if the above bounden, Robert White, his heirs, executors, administrators, or any of them, shall and do well and truly pay, or cause to be paid, unto the above-named Richard Jones, or his attorney, executors, administrators, or assigns, the just sum of five hundred dollars, without any fraud or further delay, then the above obligation to be void, or else to be and remain in full force and effect. RoBERT WHITE. [SEAL.] Sealed and delivered in the presence of THOMAS WILSON, HUGH BLAIR. To George Howard, Esq., attorney of the Circuit court, at Richmond, in the county of Henrico, in the State of Virginia, or to any other attorney of the said court, or of any other court, there or elsewhere. Whereas, Robert White, in and by a certain obligation bearing even date herewith, does stand bound unto Richard Jones, in the sum of one thonsand dollars, lawful money of the United States of America, conditioned for the payment of a certain promissory note, dated January 1st, 1882. These are to desire and authorize you, or any of you, to appear for said Robert White, his heirs, executors, or administrators, in the said court or elsewhere, in an action of debt, there or elsewhere brought, or to be brought, against me, or my heirs, executors, or admin- istrators, at the suit of said Richard Jones, his executors, administrators, or assigns, on the Said obligation, as of any term or time past, present, or any other subsequent term or time there or elsewhere to be held, and con- fe88 judgment thereupon against me, or my heirs, executors, or administrators, for the sum of five hundred dollars, debt, besides costs of Suit, in Such manner as you shall seem meet; and for your, or any of your, so doing, this shall be your sufficient warrant. And I do hereby for myself, and for my heirs, executors, and administrators, remise, release, and forever quit-claim unto the said Richard Jones, or his attorney, executors, administrators, and assigns, all and all manner of error and errors, misprisions, misentries, defects and imperfections whatever, in the enter- ing of the said judgment, or any process or proceedings thereon or thereto, or anywise touching or concerning the same. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and Seal the first day of January, A. D. 1SS2. ROBERT WHITE. Sealed and delivered in presence of ALFRED PLEASANTs. ROBERT JOHNSON. (SEAL.] MIORTG. AGF.S. A mortgage is a deed conveying real estate to a creditor, as security for a debt. It coll- veys the property to him as fully and abso- lutely as though it were sold outright, with this difference, that the debtor retains by the terms of the deed the right to pay the debt and re- deem the property within a specified time. The person giving a mortgage is called the mortgagor, the person receiving one, the mort- gage6. A note is generally given by the debtor, and the mortgage is designed to secure it. In some of the States, a bond is given in place of the note. The words of the mortgage should state clearly which is given. The mortgagee has a valid title to the prop- erty conveyed, and all the mortgagor owns in relation to it is the right to pay the debt and redeem the property. Hence, unless the deed expressly stipulates that the mortgagor may remain in possession of the the property until the time for the payment of the debt arrives, the mortgagee has a perfect right to enter upon the property and take possession of it. It is, therefore, customary to include in mortgages a clause giving the mortgagor the right of posses- Sion. In former years a mortgagor lost his right to redeem his property when the mortgage was unpaid on the day it became due. Now, how- ever, the law secures to him three years after the expiration of the mortgage, in which he may pay the debt, with interest and costs, and redeem AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 421 his property. This is called his equity of re- demption. The mortgagor may sell his equity of redemption, or he may mortgage it by mak- ing a second or other subsequent mortgage of the property, and it may be attached by cred- itors, and would go to assignees as a part of his property if he became insolvent. As many persons object to lending money upon mortgages in which this equity of re- demption is reserved, it has become common of late years, to include in the mortgage a clause stipulatièg that if the money is not paid when it is due, the mortgagee may, in a cer- tain number of days thereafter, sell the prop- erty (providing also such precautions to secure a fair price as may be agreed upon), and, reserving enough to pay his debt and charges, pay over the balance to the mortgagor. This is called a power of sale mortgage, and is an arrangement sanctioned by the law. It must be remembered, however, that the equity of redemption exists in all mortgages which do not contain the above express stipulation. The three years of redemption begin on the day on which the mortgagee forecloses the mortgage, or, in other words, takes lawful possession of the property. If the mortgagee allows a dozen years to pass without foreclos- ing, he must reckon the three years of redemp- tion from the day of foreclosure. In foreclosing, he must make entry upon the property in a peacable manner, in the presence of witnesses, or by an action at law. The mode of procedure is governed by the laws of the several States. When a mortgagor wishes to redeem his property, he must make a formal tender of the debt due, together with interest and all lawful charges of the mortgagee. He is entitled to such rents or profits as the mortgagee has actually received, or would have received had he used due diligence in collecting them.-- It is usual for the mortgage to contain an agreement that the mortgagor shall keep the premises insured in a certain sum for the benefit of the mortgagee. Where no such stipulation is made, and the mortgagee insures the prem- ises, he cannot recover the cost of the insurance from the mortgagor. Should a mortgagor erect buildings upon mortgaged land, the mortgagee, upon taking possession, becomes the owner of these build- ings also. If however, the mortgagee erects buildings upon lands on which he holds a mortgage, the mortgagor, upon redeeming the land, becomes the owner of Such buildings without paying the mortgagee for them. Such matters may, and should always, be regulated by an agreement between the parties. In some of the States it is usual to release a mortgage by a quit—claim deed from the holder of the mortgage to the holder of the property or of the equity of redemption. An- other common practice is for the Registrar or Recorder of Deeds to write an acknowledgment of satisfaction, release, or discharge, on the margin of the record of the mortgage, which must be signed by the mortgagee or holder of the mortgage. Any instrument, or Writing which plainly states that the sum or sums due upon such mortgage have been faithfully paid, will constitute a valid release of the mortgage. Such instrument must be duly signed, sealed, and recorded. A release of a mortgage takes effect from the time it is placed in the hands of the Recorder of Deeds, whose duty it is to record in a book kept for that purpose all proper releases or discharges, or satisfactions of this kind. Form of Mortgage in General Use. THIS INDENTURE, Made the first day of Janu- ary, in the year of Our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty-two, between Henry A. Steele, merchant, of the city of Richmond, State of Virginia, and Mary, his wife, of the one part, hereinafter called the mortgagor, and Alfred Howard, banker, of the city and State aforesaid, hereinafter called the mortgagee, of the other part. WHEREAs, The said mortgagor seized of, or Well entitled to, the inheritance in fee-simple, of and in the lands and premises hereinafter de- scribed and released; and having occasion to bor- row, and take up at interest, the sum of ten thousand dollars, has applied to and requested the said mortgagee to lend and advance to him the same, which he, the said mortgagee, has agreed to do, on having the re-payment thereof secured to him by a mortgage of the said lands, tenements, and hereditaments, in manner here- inafter mentioned. 422 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Now THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH, That in pursuance of the said agreement, and in con- sideration of the sum of ten thousand dollars to the said mortgagor in hand paid by the said mortgagee at or immediately before the seal- ing and delivery of these presents, the receipt whereof the said mortgagor does hereby acknowl- edge, and of and from the same, and every part thereof, does acquit, release, and discharge the said mortgagee, his heirs, executors, admin- istrators, and assigns, and every of them, forever, by these presents, he, the said mort- gagor, has granted, aliened, released and confirmed, and by these presents does grant, alien, release, and confirm (and the said Mary Steele, wife of the said Robert Steele, doth hereby release all her right of dower) unto the said Mortgagee, Alfred Howard, his heirs and assigns, all that tract, piece, and parcel of land, hereditaments and premises, situate, lying and being— [Here insert a careful and accurate description of the property.] ToGETHER, with all houses, buildings, rights, members, and appurtenances thereunto belong- ing, or in anywise appertaining; and all the estate, right, title, claim, and demand of the said mortgagor in, to, or upon the said lands and hereditaments, or any part thereof. To HAVE AND TO HOLD the said lands, tene- ments, hereditaments, and premises hereby released, or intended so to be, with their appurtenances, unto the said mortgagee, his heirs and assigns, to the only proper use of the said mortgagee, his heirs and assigns, forever. SUBJECT, NEVERTHELESS, to the proviso for redemption hereinafter contained; that is to say, provided that if the Said mortgagor, his heirs, executors, administrators, or assigns, shall pay unto the said mortgagee, Alfred HOW- ard, his executors, administrators, or assigns, the full sum of ten thousand dollars of lawful money of the United States, without any abate- ment whatever, then these presents shall cease, and be void to all intents and purposes what- €Ver. And the said mortgagor, his heirs, executors and administrators, covenant with the said mortgagee, his executors, and administrators, that he, the said mortgagor, his heirs, executors, or administrators, shall and Will pay, or cause to be paid unto the said mortgagee, his execu- tors, administrators, or assigns, the said prin- cipal sum of ten thousand dollars and interest, at the times and in the manner hereinbefore appointed for payment thereof, without any deduction or abatement whatever, according to the true intent and meaning of these presents. And also shall and will, during so long as the said sum of ten thousand dollars, or any part thereof shall remain due on security of these presents, pay, or cause to be paid, to the said mortgagee, his executors, administrators, or assigns, interest for the said sum of ten thou- sand dollars, or for so much thereof as for the time being shall remain unpaid, after the rate of seven per centum per annum, on the first day of January in every year. And also that he, the said mortgagor, now has in him a good right to grant, release, and convey the hereditaments hereby released, unto the said mortgagee, his heirs and assigns, in manner aforesaid, according to the true intent and meaning of these presents. And further, that it shall and may be law- ful to and for the said mortgagee, his heirs and assigns, after default shall be made in pay- ment of said sum of ten thousand dollars and interest, or any part thereof respectively, con- trary to the proviso hereinbefore contained, peaceably to enter upon the said hereditaments, and to hold and enjoy the same, without any interruption, claim, or demand whatsoever. And, morever, that he, the said mortgagor, and his heirs, and all persons whatsoever, hav- ing any estate or interest in the premises, shall and will at all times hereafter, during the con- tinuance of said sum of ten thousand dollars and interest, or any part thereof, on this security, upon every reasonable request of the said mortgagee, his executors, administrators, assigns, but at the costs and charges of the said mortgagor, his heirs, executors and admin- istrators, make and execute and perfect all such further conveyances and assurances in the law whatsoever, for the further and bet- ter conveying and assuring the said heredita- ments hereby released, unto and to the use of the said mortgagee, his heirs and assigns; subject to the said proviso, according to the true intent and meaning of these presents, as AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 423 by the said mortgagee, his heirs and assigns, or his or their counsel in the law, shall be reasonably desired or advised and required, and tendered to be made and executed. AND IT IS HEREBY FURTHER PROVIDED, agreed and declared, by and between the said parties to these presents, that if default shall be made in payment of the said sum of ten thousand dollars, or the interest thereof, or any part thereof respectively, at the times hereinbefore appointed for payment of the same respectively, then and in any of such cases, and when and so often as any such default shall be made, the whole amount of the said principal money shall, notwithstanding any provision or condition of this mortgage to the contrary, immediately fall due and become payable, and it shall be lawful for the said mortgagee, his executors, administrators, or assigns, at any time or times after such default shall have been so made, without any further consent on the part of the Said mortgagor, his heirs and assigns (without prejudice, however, to the right of the said mortgagee, his heirs and assigns, to foreclose the equity of redemption, or to maintain any action under the covenants hereinbefore con- tained), to make sale and dispose of the said messuages, land, and other hereditaments and premises hereinbefore granted and released, or expressed or intended so to be, or any part or parts thereof, either together or in parcels, and either by public auction or private contract, with full power upon any such sale or sales to make any stipulations as to title or otherwise, which he or the purchaser shall deem neces- sary; and also with full power to buy in the said hereditaments and premises, or any part or parts thereof, at any Sale or sales by pub- lic auction, or to rescind any contract or contracts for the sale of the same heredita- ments and premises, or any part or parts thereof, and to re-sell the same hereditaments and premises which shall have been so bought in, or as to which any contract or contracts for sale shall have been rescinded as aforesaid, without being responsible for any loss which may be occasioned thereby. And, for the purposes aforesaid, or any of them, it shall be lawful for the said mort- gagee, his executors, administrators, or assigns, to make and execute, or cause to be made and executed, all such agreements, deeds, convey- ances and assurances as he or his executors, administrators or assigns, shall think fit. And it is hereby also agreed and declared, that upon any sale or sales which shall be made under the power of Sale hereinbefore con- tained by the executors or administrators of the said mortgagee or by any other person or per- sons who may not be seized of the legal estate in the hereditaments and premises to be sold, the heirs of the said mortgagee, or any other person or persons in whom the legal estate of the same hereditaments and premises, or any part thereof, shall be vested, shall make such con- veyances and assurances of the same, for the purpose of carrying the sale thereof into effect, as the person or persons by whom the same shall be made shall direct. PROVIDED ALso, and it is bereby agreed and declared, that the said mortgagee, his execu- tors, administrators, or assigns, shall not execute the power of sale hereinbefore contained (if the sale or sales thereunder be by public auc- tion) unless and until he or they shall have first given four weeks’ notice of such sale, by publishing such notice at least once in every week for four successive weeks, in Some news- paper published in the city of Richmond, Vir- ginia. PROVIDED, ALso, and it is hereby further agreed and declared, that upon any sale purporting to be made in pursuance of the aforesaid power in that behalf, the purchaser or purchasers therof shall not be bound to see or inquire whether either of these cases mentioned in the clause or provision lastly hereinbefore contained has happended, or whether any money remains due on the security of these presents, or other- wise, as to the propriety or regularity of such sale; and notwithstanding any impropriety or irregularity whatsoever in any such sale, the same shall, as far as regards the safety and protection of the purchaser or purchasers thereat, be deemed and taken to be within the aforesaid power in that behalf, and to be valid and effectual accordingly, and the remedy of the said mortgagor, his heirs or assigns, in respect of any breach of the clause or pro- vision lastly hereinbefore contained, shall be in damages only. 424 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. And it is hereby also agreed and declared, that, upon arry such sale as aforesaid, the receipt or receipts in writing of the said mort- gagee, his executors, administrators, or assigns, for the purchase-money of the hereditaments and premises to be sold, shall be an effectual discharge or effectual discharges to the pur- chaser or purchasers for the money therein respectively expressed to be received, and that Such purchaser or purchasers, after payment of all or a part of the purchase-money, shall not be concerned to see to the application of such money, or be answerable for any loss, misap- plication, or non-application thereof. And it is hereby further agreed and declared that the said mortgagee, his executors, adminis- trators, and assigns, shall hold all and singular the moneys which shall arise from any sale which shall be made in pursuance of the afore- said power in that behalf, upon the trusts following; that is to say, upon trust in the first place by, with, and out of the same moneys, to reimburse himself or themselves, and to pay or discharge all the costs and expenses attend- ing such sale or sales, or otherwise to be incurred in or about the exercise of the said power of sale or in anywise relating thereto; and, in the next place, upon trust to apply such moneys in or towards satisfaction of all and singular the moneys which for the time being shall be due on the security of these presents, and them upon trust to pay the surplus (if any) of the said moneys unto the said mortgagor, his heirs or assigns, for his and their proper use and benefit. And it is hereby also agreed and declared that the aforesaid power of Sale shall and may be exercised by any person or persons who for the time being shall be entitled to receive and give a discharge for the moneys which for the time being shall be due on the Security of these presents. PROVIDED ALWAYS, and it is hereby agreed and declared, that the said mortgagee, his execu- tors, administrators, or assigns, shall not be answerable nor accountable for any involuntary losses which may happen in or about the exer- cise or execution of the aforesaid power or trusts, or any of them. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties above men- tioned have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed their seals to two copies thereof, interchangeably at Richmond, Virginia, on the first day of January, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty-two. HENRY A. STEELE. [SEAL.] MARY STEELE. [SEAL.] ALFRED HowARD. [SEAL.] Executed and interchanged in presence of LAWRENCE WHITE. THOMAS LACEY. $10,000. RECEIVED, on the day of the date of the with- in-Written indenture, from the within-named mortgagee, the sum of ten thousand dollars, being the consideration expressed in the same indenture, to be paid by him to the within- named mortgagor. THOMAS A. STEELE. [SEAL.] Witness: LAWRENCE WHITE. THOMAS LACEY. THIS DEED was acknowledged before me by Mary Steele, therein named, apart from her husband, to have been voluntarily executed by her, and that she was aware of the nature of the contents thereof. ALFRED LANE, J. P. for Henrico County. Dated this first day of January, A. D. 1882. Chattel Mortgages. A chattel mortgage is a mortgage given upon personal property for the purpose of Securing a creditor. Formerly, if the mortgagor remained in possession of the property, it was doubtful whether the mortgagee held a valid security. Now, however, in most of the States, the mort- gagor may retain the property and the mortgagee is fully secured by recording the mortgage, according to the provisions of the statutes of the State in which it is made. All chattel mortgages should contain a clause providing for the equity of redemption. The average period allowed for redemption is sixty days. This right may be waived by including in the mortgage a power of sale clause. The mortgagee may transfer the mortgage to another party for a valuable consideration, but property thus mortgaged cannot be seized or sold until the period for which the mortgage was given has expired. AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 425 Chattel Mortgage, With Power of Sale. KNow ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That I, John F. Thomas, of the city of Wilmington, State of Delaware, in consideration of five hun- dred dollars to me paid by Henry A. Davis, of the city and State aforesaid, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, do hereby grant, bargain, and sell unto the said Heury A. Davis, and his assigns, forever, the following goods and chattels, to-wit : [Here insert an accurate list of the articles mort- gaged, giving a full description of each.] To HAVE AND TO Hold, All and singular the said goods and chattels unto the mortgagee herein, and his assigns, to their sole use and behoof forever. And the mortgagor herein, for himself and for his heirs, executors, and admin- istrators, does hereby covenant to and with the said mortgagee and his assigns, the said mort- gagor is lawfully possessed of the said goods and chattels, as of his own property; that the same are free from all incumbrances, and that he will warrant and defend the same to him, the said mortgagee and his assigns, against the lawful claims and demands of all persons. PROVIDED, NEVERTHELESS, that if the said mortgagor shall pay to the mortgagee, on the tenth day of May, in the year 1882, the sum of five hundred dollars, then this mortgage is to be void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. AND PROVIDED FURTHER, That until default be made by the said mortgagor in the performance of the condition aforesaid, it shall and may be lawful for him to retain the possession of the said goods and chattels, and to use and enjoy the same; but if the same or any part thereof shall be attached or claimed by any other per- son or persons at any time before payment, or the said mortgagor, or any person or persons whatever, upon any pretense, shall attempt to carry off, conceal, make way with, sell, or in any manner dispose of the same or any part thereof, without the authority and permission of the said mortgagee, or his executors, adminis- trators, or assigns, in Writing expressed, then it shall and may be lawful for the said mortgagee, with or without assistance, or his agent or at- torney, or his executors, administrators, or assigns, to take possession of Said goods and chattels, by entering upon any premises wherever the same may be, whether in this county or State, or elsewhere, to and for the use of said mortgagee or his assigns. And if the moneys hereby secured, or the matters to be done or performed, as above specified, are not duly paid, done or performed at the time and according to the conditions above set forth, then the said mortgagee, or his attorney or agent, or his executors, administrators, or assigns, may by virtue hereof, and without any suit or process, immediately enter and take possession of said goods and chattels, and sell and dispose of the same at public or private sale, and after Satis- fying the amount due, and all expenses, the surplus, if any remain, shall be paid over to Said mortgagor or his assigns. The exhibition of this mortgage shall be sufficient proof that any person claiming to act for the mortgagee is duly made, constituted, and appointed agent and attorney to do whatever is above authorized. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The said mortgagor has hereunto set his hand and seal this tenth day of May, in the year of our Lord, one thou- sand, eight hundred and eighty-two. JoBN F. THOMAs. Sealed and delivered in presence of WILLIAM WISE. HARRISON Wool. } STATE of DELAWARE, | SS |SEAL.] SUSSEx County. This mortgage was acknowledged before me by J. F. Thomas, this tenth day of May, A. D., 1882. ANDREW WHITE, J. P. IDEEIDS. In former times, any writing signed or sealed was termed a deed. Now, the law confines the meaning to instruments for the sale of land. In this country, no lands can be transferred excepting by a deed, which must be properly signed, Sealed, witnessed, acknowledged, delivered and recorded. In some of the States, seals are not necessary to the validity of a deed. A deed should be written or printed on parch- ment, as paper is more perishable in character. 426 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. The person making the deed is called the grantor; the person in whose favor the deed is made is called the grantee. The deed should be signed by the grantor With his full name, written clearly in ink of the best quality. A person accepting a deed signed with a lead pencil places his rights in jeopardy. If the grantor cannot write his name, he may make his mark. The name of the grantee should be written clearly, and with good ink, in the proper place in the deed. In the States which require a seal, great care must be given to see that only those recognized in law are used. Strictly speaking, a seal is a piece of paper wafered on, or a piece of seal- ing-wax pressed on the paper. In the New England States and in New York, the law does not acknowledge any other kind. In the South- ern and Western States, the written word Seal, with a scrawl around it, placed after the signa- ture constitutes a legal seal. A deed must be delivered in order to render it valid. There is no special form necessary to con- stitute a proper delivery. If the deed comes into the possession of the grantee with the knowledge and consent of the grantor, however it may have been gotten possession of, it is a valid delivery. If a man makes a deed and fails to deliver it, and dies with it in his possession, the deed is of no effect whatever. A deed to a married woman may be delivered either to her or to her husband. Some of the States require that deeds shall be attested by two witnesses. New York re- quires but one. Other States do not require any witnesses; but in all cases a deed ought to be witnessed by at least two persons, whether the law requires it or not. It is best to have adult witnesses; but minors may act in the capacity if they be of sound mind. The witness must have no interest in the deed. For this reason a wife cannot witness her husband's signature. As a general rule, deeds are valid between parties even when not acknowledged. It is always best to have them acknowledged, how- ever, as an unacknowledged deed cannot be recorded. The acknowledgment must be made before a person authorized by law to receive it. In some places a deed may be acknowled by either of the grantors, but the old custom of acknowledgment by all the grantors is the safest as Well as the most general. Where a wife joins with her husband in conveying away her land, or does so separately, a particular form and mode of acknowledgment is generally re- quired to show that she acted without undue influence from him, and of her own free will. It is the duty of the justice taking the ac- knowledgement to state in his certificate exactly how it was made before him. > A deed must be recorded to be valid: That is, the grantee must deliver it to the Recorder of Deeds, or other official appointed by law for that purpose, who must cause it to be copied in fuli in a book kept in his office for that purpose. A deed is regarded as recorded from the moment it is placed in the hands of this officer, and he generally writes upon it the year, month, day, hour, and minute when he received it. Deeds should be presented for record at the earliest possible moment. Sometimes the own- ership to the land conveyed may depend upon the exact minute at which the deed was deliv- ered for record./ This system of recording deeds enables a person to trace the title to a property with absolute certainty. All erasures or additions to a deed should be noted at the end of it, and properly witnessed. Any such change without being thus provided for renders the deed null and void. In order to make a valid deed, the grantor must be the true and lawful owner of the prop- erty; must be of legal age; and must be of sound mind. A deed takes effect, as between the parties, from the moment of its delivery. It takes effect as against the creditors of the grantor from the moment of its delivery for record. The land conveyed in the deed should be accurately described, no pains being spared in this respect. In this country it is the usual custom to refer to the previous deeds by which the grantor obtained his title. This is done by describing them, their parties, date, and book, and page of registry. A deed thus described in a deed, becomes, for most purposes in law, a part of the deed referring. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. A deed should convey land to the grantee and his heirs. Deeds conveying land to the grantee only, limit his title to his life, and he cannot leave lands thus acquired to his heirs; nor can he dispose of it during his life. Quit-Claim Deed–Simple Form. THIS INDENTURE, Made the first day of January, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty-two, between John Hughes, merchant, of the town of Westchester, State of Pennsylvania, of the first part, and Albert Nicholas, farmer, of the town and State aforesaid, of the second part, witnesseth, that the said party of the first part, for and in consideration of the sum of five thousand dol- lars, lawful money of the United States of America, to him in hand paid by the said party of the second part, at or before the enSealing and delivery of these presents, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, has remised, released, and quitclaimed, and by these presents does remise, release, and quit- claim, unto the said party of the second part, and to his heirs and assigns, forever, all— [Here insert a minute and accurate description of the lands or property granted. ToGETHER with all and singular the tene- ments, hereditaments, and appurtenances thereto belonging or in anywise appertaining, and the reversion and reversions, remainder and re- mainders, rents, issues, and profits thereof. And also all the estate, right, title, interest, property, possession, claim, and demand whatso- ever, as well in law as in equity, of the said party of the first part, of, in, or to the above described premises, and every part and parcel thereof with the appurtenances. To have and to hold all and singular the above-mentioned and described premises, together with the ap- purtenances, unto the said party of the second part, and his heirs and assigns forever. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The said party of the first part has hereunto set his hand and seal the day and year first above written. JoHN HUGHEs. Sealed and delivered in presence of HENRY THOMPson. FREDERICK WAITE. [SEAL.] STATE OF PENNSYLVANIA, SS County of CHESTER. tº On this first day of January, in the year one thousand eight hundred and eighty-two, before me personally came John Hughes, who is known by me to be the individual described in, and who executed the foregoing, instrument, and acknowledged that he executed the same. THOMAS W. JACKSON, J. P. [SEAL.] Deed, with Warranty. THIS INDENTURE, Made this first day of January, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty-two, between Thomas Jonathan Jackson, and Mary Jackson, wife of the said Thomas Jonathan Jackson, of the county of Ohio, State of West Virginia, parties of the first part, and Henry Highland Garnett, of the county and State aforesaid, party of the second part. WITNESSETH, That the said parties of the first part, for and in consideration of the sum of ten thousand dollars, lawful money of the United States, to them paid by the said party of the second part, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, do by these presents grant, bargain, and sell unto the said party of the second part, and his heirs and assigns, the following described tract or parcel of land, situate in— [Here insert a full and minute description of the land or property granted.] ToGETHER with all and singular the tene- ments, hereditaments, and appurtenances thereto belonging, or in anywise appertaining, and the reversion and reversions, remainder and remain- ders, rents, issues and profits thereof; and also all the estate, right, title, interest property, possession, claim, and demand whatsoever, as well in law as in equity, of the said parties of the first part, of, in, or to the above-deseribed premises, and every part and parcel thereof, with the appurtenances. To have and to hold all and singular the above-mentioned and described premises, together with the appur- tenances, unto the said party of the second part and his heirs and assigns forever. 428 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. And the said Thomas Jonathan Jackson and Mary Jackson, the said parties of the first part, hereby expressly waive, release and relin- quish unto the said party of the second part, and his heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns, all right, title, claim, interest, and benefit whatever, in and to the above-described premises, and each and every part thereof, which is given by or results from all laws of this State pertaining to the exemption of home- steads. And the said parties of the first part, for themselves and their heirs, executors, and administrators, do hereby covenant, promise, and agree to and with the said party of the second part, his heirs and assigns, that the said premises against the claim of all persons, claiming or to claim by, through or under them only, they will forever warrant and defend. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, The said parties of the first part have hereunto set their hands and seals the day first above written. THOMAS JoNATHAN JACKSON. MARY JACKSON. Sealed and delivered in presence of WALTER HICKs. ALFRED HOLLIDAY. STATE OF WEST VIRGINIA, $3 County of OHIO. º [SEAL.] [SEAL.] I, Francis Walker, Justice of the Peace, in and for said county, in the State aforesaid, do hereby certify that Thomas Jonathan Jackson, personally known to me as the same person whose name is subscribed to the annexed deed, appeared before me this day in person, and acknowledged that he signed, sealed, and delivered the Said instrument of writing, as his free and voluntary act, for the uses and pur- poses therein set forth. And the said Mary Jackson, wife of the said Thomas J. Jackson, having been by me examined separate and apart and out of the hearing of her husband, and the contents and meaning of the said instrument of writing having been by me fully made known and explained to her, and she also by me being fully informed of her right under the Homestead Laws of this State, acknowledged that she had freely and voluntarily executed the Same, and relinquished her dower to the lands and tenements therein mentioned, and also all her rights and advan- tages under and by virtue of all laws of this State relating to the exemption of homesteads, Without compulsion of her said husband, and that she does not wish to retract the same. Given under my hand and official seal this first day of January, A. D. 1882. THOMAS HUBBELL, J. P. [SEAL.] Deed of Gift, without Warranty. THIS INDENTURE, Made the first day of March, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty-two, between Henry A. Wilson, merchant, of the city of Baltimore, State of Maryland, of the first part, and Thomas Henry Wilson, attorney-at-law, of the city and State aforesaid, of the second part. WITNESSETH, That the said Henry A. Wilson, as well for and in consideration of the love and affection which he has and bears towards the said Thomas Henry Wilson, as for the sum of one dollar, lawful money of the United States, to him in hand paid by the said party of the second part, at , or before the ensealing and delivery of these presents, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, has given, granted, aliened, enfeoffed, released, conveyed, and confirmed, and by these presents does give, grant, alien, enfeoff, release, convey, and con- firm unto the said party of the second part and his heirs and assigns forever, all— [Here insert a minute and carefully prepared de- seription of the property granted, and refer by volume and page to the deed of the property to the grantor, under which he holds it.) ToGETHER with all and singular the tenements, hereditaments, and appurtenances thereunto be- longing or in anywise appertaining, and the reversion and reversions, remainder and remain- ders, rents, issues and profits thereof. And also, all the estate, right, title, interest, prop- erty, possession, claim, and demand whatsoever, of the said party of the first part, of, in, and to the same, and every part and parcel thereof, with their and every of their appurtenances. To have and to hold the said hereby granted and described premises, and every part and parcel thereof, with the appurtenances, unto the AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 429 said party of the second part, and his heirs and assigns, to his and their only proper use, benefit, and behoof forever. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The said party of the first part has hereunto set his hand and seal the day and year first above written. HENRY A. WILSON, [SEAL.] Sealed and delivered in presence of ROBERT RICHARDSON. OWEN C. Owens. The Rights and Duties of Landlords and Tenants. A landlord is the owner of real estate who hires or lets his property to another person for a valuable consideration. The person who oc- cupies rented property is called the tenant. The agreement between the landlord and the tenant, stating the terms upon which the latter occupies the property, is called a lease. The person granting the lease is called in law the lessor; the person to whom the lease is made is known as the lessee. Leases should be written. No particular form of words is essential, but the lease should state in the clearest manner the terms and condi- tions of the agreement, so that nothing may be left to dispute between the landlord and tenant. The law does not recognize verbal promises as binding. Therefore the lease must state explic- 3tly all the covenants between the parties. No matter how bad the condition of a house, the landlord is under no legal obligation to make the necessary repairs, unless he sees fit to do so. The lease should therefore contain a clause providing for the necessary repairs. Under an ordinary lease, should the house be destroyed by fire, the tenant must continue to pay the rent, because the law looks upon the land as the principal thing leased, and the house as merely Secondary. So also, if the tenant agrees to “return and redeliver the house at the end of the term, in good order and condi- tion, reasonable wear and tear excepted,” he is bound by this agreement to rebuild the house should it be destroyed by fire. At present all well-drawn leases provide that the rent shall cease in case the house shall be destroyed or rendered uninhabitable by fire or any other unavoidable calamity. A similar clause is also inserted with regard to the return of the house. Such a clause in a lease relieves the tenant of the obligation to rebuild the house, even though it should be burned through his own carelessness or that of his servants. Where the landlord desires to prevent his tenant from subletting a part or the whole of the premises, he must provide for it in the lease. A person holding a lease which does not con- tain this prohibition can sublet at his pleasure. The lease should definitely state the period for which it is given. If no time is specified, the tenant can hold the property for one year, but no longer. A tenant-at-will cannot vacate the property without giving notice of his inten- tion, nor can he be put out without being given notice of the landlord's desire to regain pos- Session of the property. The laws in the various States are quite uniform as to the time of no- tice required. If the rent be payable quarterly, three months' notice must be given. If it be payable at more frequent periods, then the no- tice must equal in length the period of the payment. If the rent is payable monthly, a month's notice is sufficient; if weekly, a week's notice will answer. A lease given for a specified time, as one year, expires at the end of that time, and the tenant may leave without giving notice, or the landlord may put him out without notice. A lease should be recorded, whether the law requires it or not. Such record binds a subse- quent purchaser of the property to assume all the obligations of the former landlord as ex- pressed in the lease. A lease should be drawn in duplicate, and each party to it should retain a copy. Where a tenant is induced through the willful misrepresentations of a landlord to lease prop- erty, and thereby suffers loss or inconvenience, he can deduct the amount of his damages from the rent, and the landlord is bound to bear the loss. A landlord, in accepting a new tenant in place of the original holder of the lease, can- cels by this act the original lease. A tenant is not bound to make repairs unless he agrees to do so. The landlord can, how- ever, require him to keep the roof and the windows in good order, so as to protect the house from injury by rain. 430 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. A tenant is not bound to pay the taxes on the property he occupies, unless he expressly agrees to do so. In case a lease contains a clause forbidding a tenant to sublet the property, and the tenant, in spite of this, does sublet it, the landlord may either hold the tenant for the rent and for such damages as he may sustain by such Subletting, or he may enter upon the property and take possession of it, and terminate the lease. He may avail himself of either remedy, but not of both. When the rent is in arrear, a brief notice to Quit may be given, The average period in the Several States is fourteen days. It must specify the day on which the tenant must leave. A tenant of a farm is bound to cultivate the land in the ordinary way required by good and careful husbandry and the custom of the neigh- borhood in which the farm is located. Any departure from such customs should be stipu- lated for in the lease. If the lease of a farm is terminated by any event which the tenant could not foresee or control, he is entitled to the annual crop which he sowed while the lease was running. Should the tenant purchase the property be- fore the expiration of the lease, such purchase terminates the lease, as it vests him with all the former owner's rights. A tenant is responsible for any injury a stranger may sustain by reason of his failure to keep the premises in good condition; as, by not keeping the covers of his vaults sufficiently closed so that a person walking in the street falls through or is injured thereby. If he re- pairs or improves the building, he must make such provision as will ensure the safety of the passers-by, or he is responsible for such inju- ries as they may suffer in consequence of his neglect. Should a person lease a house and use it for immoral purposes, he forfeits the lease by such act. All improvements of a permanent character made by the tenant upon property leased by him become the property of the landlord, and cannot be removed. Fences, out-houses, etc., are regarded as belonging to the land, no mat- ter who puts them there. There are things, however, that a tenant can add, and afterwards remove. The general rule is that the tenant may remove whatever he has placed upon the property that can be taken away, leaving the premises in as good condition as when he re- ceived them. Among these are ornamental chimney-pieces, coffee-mills, cornices screwed on, furnaces, fire-frames, stoves, iron backs to chimneys, looking-glasses, pumps, gates, rails and posts, out-buildings set on blocks and not fixed in the ground. Form of Lease in General Use. THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSETH, That Robert A. Walker doth hereby let unto Thomas W. Green, the dwelling and lot of ground thereunto belonging, situate on High street, Germantown, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, for the term of one year, from the tenth of April, Anno Domini one thousand eight hundred and eighty-two, at the rent of one thousand dollars per annum, payable in equal portions on the tenth day of each and every month during Said term ; and the said lessee doth hereby bind himself, his heirs, executors, and administrators, and cove- nant and promise to pay to the said lessor, his heirs, or assigns, the said rent, in proportions and at the times aforesaid; and the said lessee, his executors, and administrators, shall and will not at any time during the said term, let or demise, or in any manner dispose of the hereby demised premises, or any part thereof, for all or any part of the term hereby granted, to any person or persons whatever, nor occupy nor use the same in any other manner than as a dwelling for his family, without the consent and approbation in writing of the said lessor, his heirs, or assigns, first had for that purpose; and at the expiration of Said term, shall yield up and surrender possession of the said prem- ises, with appurtenances, unto the said lessor, his heirs, or assigns, in the same good order and condition as the same now are, reasonable wear and tear thereof, and accidents by fire and other casualties excepted; and the said lessee, his executors, and administrators, do hereby agree that all the personal property on the premises shall be liable to distress; and also all personal property, if removed there- from, shall, for thirty days after such removal, AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 431 be liable to distress, and may be destrained and sold for rent in arrear; the said lessee, his executors and administrators, hereby waiving all right to the benefit of any laws now made, or hereafter to be made, exempting personal property from levy and sale for arrears of rent; and if the said lessee shall in any particular violate any one of his said promises, or fail to comply with any of the conditions of this lease, or notice given under the terms hereof, then the said lessor may cause a notice to be left on the premises, of his intention to determine this lease; and at the expiration of ten days from the time of leaving such notice this lease shall absolutely determine, and said lessor may re-enter on the demised premises, or proceed to recover possession of the same by legal means, and in the same manner and with the same remedies as if legal notice to quit had been given three months previously. It is fur. ther agreed, that, in case the said lessee shall hold over and remain in possession of said premises after the expiration of said term, then the said lessee shall be considered a tenant for another year upon the same terms and condi- tions as are above specified, and so on from year to year until legal notice is given for re- moval. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The said Robert A. Walker and Thomas W. Green have hereunto set their hands and Seals this tenth day of April, Anno Domini 1882. ROBERT A. WALKER. THOMAS W. GREEN. Sealed and delivered in presence of ROBERT WHITwo RTH. Joseph ASHMEAD. [SEAL.] [SEAL.] Form of Lease Generally Used in the Western States. THIS INDENTURE, Made this first day of May, 1882, between David Flint, of the city of Rich- mond, State of Indiana, party of the first part, and Alexander Holmes, of the city and State aforesaid. WITNESSETH, That the said party of the first part, in consideration of the covenants of the said party of the second part, hereinafter set forth, do by these presents lease to the said party of the Second part the following described .* property, to-wit: the brick dwelling and certain parcel of land, situated on the south side of Church street, between Ninth and Tenth streets, and known as No. 920 Church street. To HAVE AND To Hold the same to the said party of the second part, from the first day of May, 1882, to the first day of May, 1883. And the said party of the second part, in considera- tion of the leasing the premises as above set forth, covenants and agrees with the party of the first part to pay the said party of the first part, as rent for the same, the sum of six hundred dollars, payable as follows, to-wit : in equal sums of fifty dollars on the first day of each and every month, payable at the residence or place of business of the said party of the first part. The said party of the second nart further covenants with the said party of the first part that at the expiration of the time mentioned in this lease, peaceable possession of the said premises shall be given to said party of the first part, in as good condition as they now are, the usual wear, inevitable accidents, and loss by fire excepted ; and that upon the non- payment of the whole or any portion of the said rent at the time when the same is above promised to be paid, the said party of the first part may, at his election, either distrain for said rent due, or declare this lease at an end, and recover possession as if the same was held by forcible detainer; the said party of the second part hereby waiving any notice of such election, or any demand for the possession of said premises. The covenants herein shall extend to and be binding upon the heirs, executors, and admin- istrators of the partes to this lease. Witness the hands and seals of the parties aforesaid. DAVID FLINT. ALEXANDER HOLMEs. Sealed and delivered in presence of LSEAL.] [SEAL.] JAMES THOMAs. ! WILLIAM MILLER. ' Form of Lease of a Farm and Buildings. THIS AGREEMENT, Made this first day of Jan. uary, 1882, between Roger Sherman, of Chester county, State of Pennsylvania, party of the 432 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. first part, and Truman Dodson, of the county and State aforesaid, party of the second part. WITNESSETH, That the said Roger Sherman lets, and the said Truman Dodson agrees to take and hold of him as tenant, all that parcel of land, with the buildings and improvements appertaining and belonging to it, situate— [Here insert an accurate and careful descrip- tion of the property.] From the first day of February next ensuing, upon the terms following, that is to say: Said tenant shall be deemed a tenant from year to year; That said tenant enter and take possession of said premises on the first day of February next ; That either party may determine the tenancy by a notice in writing, three months before the expiration of any year from the first day of February next preceding; That said tenant shall go out of possession at the expiration or determination of his term ; That the rent of said premises shall be five hundred dollars per annum, payable in half- yearly payments on, etc., and on, etc., without deduction on account of any tax or assessment now in existence or hereafter to be imposed, except, etc., which is to be paid by the said Truman Dodson; That the said tenant agrees to cause the fol- lowing repairs to be made, viz., [Here state the repairs agreed upon,) and to keep the buildings in tenantable repair; That said tenant agrees to keep the gates and fences in good repair, said tenant finding rough timber or fencing stuff; That said tenant shall not lop or cut any oak, etc., on the estate, except such as have usually been lopped, and those only to be used for making and repairing the fences to the estate, etc.; That said tenant shall not mow any grass or meadow land above once in any one year of his tenancy, and if he breaks up any old meadow or old pasture land, unless with the said landlord's consent, in Writing, then he shall pay the further yearly rent of three dol- lars for every acre So broken up, and after that rate for any part of an acre; That said tenant may crop the arable land in each year as follows, viz, ; one equal third part thereof with wheat or barley, one other equal third part with beams, peas, clover, or Oats, etc., and the remaining third part to lie in fallow ; That said land shall not be cropped with Wheat twice, or barley twice, in any period of three years; That said tenant shall use and consume on the farm all hay and straw made and grown thereon ; That said tenant shall use and spread dung and manure arising or made on the farm, in Such manner as that every acre in tillage of the farm aforesaid may be well manured once in every three years of his tenancy, except that all hay and wheat straw on the farm unconsumed at the expirtion of the tenancy may be purchased by the landlord or succeed- ing tenant, at a fair valuation by two indiffer- ent persons, one to be named by each party. That said tenant shall leave on the premises, without compensation, not only all lent and white straw arising upon or from the premises and remaining unconsumed thereon at the expi- ration of his tenancy, but also all dung and munure arising or made on the farm, and then remaining unconsumed; That said tenant shall keep clean, by well hoeing, twice at least, and weeding all the land whilst cropped with beans, peas, clover, etc.; That said tenant shall endeavor to prevent any injury by persons, cattle, or sheep, to any of the hedges, or trees, or fences, and to pre- serve the same, and not to do any injury to any timber or other trees, in taking such lop- pings, as before allowed to him; That said tenant shall not crop or sow any of the land with rape, flax, hemp, etc.; That said tenant shall not underlet or assign the premises or any part thereof, except, etc.; That said tenant on quitting the farm shall receive such pecuniary compensation for im- provements in fencing, etc., as two arbitrators (one of which arbitrators shall be nominated by each party, and if either neglect to nomi- nate his arbitrator, the other party may nominate both arbitrators) shall award, which AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF 433 PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 2– arbitrators shall abate according to the benefit derived by the tenant from such repairs, improvements, and additions, and take into consideration how far, at the expiration of the tenancy, they may be beneficial to the estate. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The said parties have hereunto set their hands and seals the day and year first above written. RogFR SHERMAN. TRUMAN DODSON. Sealed and delivered in presence of HIRAM. A. GEORGE. PETER T. SweLNEY. [SEAL.] [SEAL.] Landlord’s Certificate, THIS IS To CERTIFY, That I have this first of March, 1882, let and rented unto Frederick Thompson, my house and lot known as num- ber 529, on East Twentieth street, in the city of Wheeling, West Wirgmia, with the appurte- nances, and sole and uninterrupted use thereof, for the term of one year, to commence on the first day of April next, at the yearly rent of three hundred dollars, payable in equal sums of twenty-five dollars on the first day of each and every month. JoHN P. Holcom BE. Tenant’s Certificate. THIS IS To CERTIFY, That I, Frederick Thomp- son, have hired and taken from John P. Hol- combe his house and lot, known as number 529, on East twentieth street, in the city of Wheeling, West Virginia, with the appurte- nances thereof, for the term of one year, to commence on the first day of April next, at the yearly rent of three hundred dollars, pay- able in equal sums on the first of each and every month. And I do hereby promise to make punctual payment of the rent in manner aforesaid, except in case the premises become untenantable from fire or any other cause, when the rent is to Cea, Se. And I do further promise to quit and sur- render the premises at the expiration of the term in as good state and condition as reason- able use and wear thereof will permit, damages by the elements excepted. Given under my hand this first day of March, 1882. FREDERICK THOMPSON. In presence of GEORGE QUARRIER. THOMAS HUGHES. ILandlord’s Certificate–Fuller Form. THIs Is To CERTIFy, That I, the undersigned, have, this first day of March, let and rented to Frederick Thompson the following premises, situated in Wheeling, in Ohio county, and §tate of West Virginia, to wit: that certain brick dwelling and lot of ground known as Number 529, on East Twentieth street, in the city of Wheeling, together with the appurten- ances, and the sole and uninterrupted use and occupation thereof: For a term of one year, from the first day of April next, at the annual rent of three hun- dred dollars, payable in equal sums of twenty- five dollars on the first day of every month. And said tenant has agreed to make punctual payment of the rent in the manner aforesaid, except in case the premises become untenant- able, from fire or any other cause, when the rent is to cease; to quit and Surrender the premises at the expiration of said term, in as good a condition as reasonable use and wear thereof will permit, damages by the elements excepted. And not use or occupy said premises in any business deemed extra-hazardous on account of fire or otherwise, nor let or under- let the same, except with the consent of said landlord, in writing, under penalty of forfeiture and damages. And has mortgaged and pledged all the personal property of What kind soever which he shall at any time have on Said premises, whether exempt by law from distress for rent, or sale under execution, or upt, waiving the benefits of and from the exemp- tion, valuation and appraisement laws of said State, to secure the payment thereof. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, He has hereunto set his hand and seal this first day of March, A. D. 1882. JoHN P. Holcombe. Sealed and delivered in presence of GEORGE QUARRIER. THOMAS HUGHES. [SEAL.] 28 434 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Tenant’s Certificate–Fuller Form. THIS IS TO CERTIFY, That I, the undersigned, have hired and taken from John P. Holcombe the following premises, situated in Wheeling, Ohio county, State of West Virginia, to wit: that certain brick dwelling and lot of ground known as Number 529, on East Twentieth street, in the city of Wheeling: For a term of one year, from the first day of April, A. D. 1882, at the rate of three hun- dred dollars, payable in equal sums of twenty- five dollars on the first day of each and every month. And I do hereby agree to make punctual payment of the rent in the manner aforesaid, except in case the premises become untenant- able, from fire or any other cause, when the rent is to cease; to quit and surrender the premises at the expiration of said term, in as good a condition as reasonable use and Wear thereof will permit, damnges by the elements excepted. And not use or occupy said premises in any business deemed extra-hazardous on account of fire or otherwise, nor let or under- let the same, except with the consent of Said landlord, in writing, under penalty of forfeiture and damages. And do mortgage and pledge all the personal property of what kind Soever which I shall at any time have on said premises, whether exempt by law from distress for rent, or sale under execution, or not, waiving the benefits of and from the exemp- tion, valuation and appraisement laws of Said State, to secure the payment thereof. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and seal this first day of March, A. D. 1882. FREDERICK THOMPSON. Sealed and delivered in presence of GEORGE QUARRIER. THOMAS HUGHES. [SEAL.] Landlord’s Notice to Quit for Non-Payment of Rent. STATE of WEST VIRGINLA, CITY OF WHEELING. }ss. September 1st, 1882. To FREDERICK THOMPSON: You being in possession of the following described premises, which you occupy as my —-º tenant, namely, that certain brick dwelling and lot of ground known as Number 529, on East Twentieth street, in the city of Wheeling, county of Ohio, State of West Virginia, afore- Said, are hereby notified to quit and deliver up to me the premises aforesaid, in fourteen days from this date, according to law, your rent being due and unpaid. Hereof fail not, or I shall take a due course of law to eject you from the same. JoHN P. Holcom BE. Witness: g HENRY HARPER. Landlord’s Notice to a Tenant to Quit at the End of the Term. To FREDERICK THOMPson : SIR: Being in the possession of a certain messuage or tenement, with the appurtenances, situate in the city of Wheeling, and known as Number 529, on East Twentieth street, in said city, which said premises were demised to you by me for a certain term, to wit, from the first day of April, A. D. 1882, until the first day of April, A. D. 1883, and which said term will terminate and expire on the day and year last aforesaid, I hereby give you notice, that it is my desire to have again and re-possess the said messuage or tenement, with the appur- tenances, and I therefore do hereby require you to leave the same upon the expiration of the said hereinbefore mentioned term. Witness my hand this first day of March, city of Wheeling, A. D. 1882. JOHN P. HoLCOMBE. Witness: HENRY HARPER. Landlord’s Notice to Determine a Tenancy at Will. STATE of PENNSYLVANIA, SS County of CHESTER. & WEST CHESTER, PA., March 1st, 1882. To HENRY LEWIS: SIR: You being in possession of the follow- ing described premises, which you occupy as my tenant at Will, known as Number 565, on Mulberry street, in the town of West Chester, are hereby motified to quit and deliver up to AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 435 me the premises aforesaid on the first day of April, 1882, according to law, it being my intention to determine your tenancy at will. Hereof fail not, as I shall take a due course of law to eject you from the same. JoHN B. THOMAS. Witness: HENRY A. WHITE. Power of Attorney. A power of attorney is an instrument in writ- ing whereby one person delegates to another authority to do and act for him, with the same binding effect as though it were done by the principal. Every person who has power, in his own right, to do any act, may delegate the power to do that act to any other person; but an attor- ney cannot substitute another in his place unless express authority is given him to do so. Every person intrusted with discretionary power in respect to the business of another, should perform the duties himself; for, gener- ally speaking, he cannot give to another author- ity to exercise those discretionary powers. The authority of an attorney ceases when withdrawn by his principal; but when the attorney has an interest in the execution of the power, it is then irrevocable. The revocation of a power of attorney takes effect as to third persons from the time they have notice of it. Powers of attorney, to be used in a foreign country, should be acknowledged before a notary public, and the signature of the notary certified by the consul of the government to which the power of attorney is to be sent. When intended to be used in another State, they should be duly proved or acknowledged according to the laws of the State where they are executed. EXAMPLE OF FORM. Know all men by these presents, that I– , hereby make, constitute, and appoint , of , my true and lawful attoney, for me, and in my name, place, and stead, to (here state duty of attorney), granting unto my said attorney full power and authority to do and perform each and everything necessary and of proper to be done in the performance of his duty, as fully as I might or could do if per- Sonally present, hereby ratifying and confirming all the lawful acts of my said attorney, done under and by virtue hereof. Witness my hand and Seal this—day of— A. D. 188—. Name [SEAL.j NoTE.—To be signed and acknowledged as a deed for the conveyance of real estate. THE LAW OF PARTNERSHIP. A PARTNERSHIP is an agreement between two or more persons for joining together their money, goods, labor, and skill, or any or all of them, in some lawful commerce or business, under an understanding, express, or implied, from the nature of the undertaking, that the parties to the agreement shall share between them the profits and loss arising therefrom. As stated, a partnership may be formed by oral agreement, but it is always better and safer that it should be based upon written articles of agreement, in which the terms and conditions of the partnership must be stated explicitly. A single joint transaction, out of which, con- sidered by itself, neither profit nor loss arises, will not create a partnership. Neither is it a partnership where parties make a joint pur- chase and each then and there takes his proper share of the goods. No especial form of words is necessary in the preparation of articles of partnership. The agreement should give the full names of the parties to it, the amount of money or goods, or the nature of the services, contributed by each; should state clearly the responsibility assumed by each ; and should set forth the manner in which the profits arising from the agreement are to be divided. In the absence of such state- ment the law assigns an equal responsibilty, and presumes an equal division of the profits. The partnership dates from the date of the articles, unless otherwise expressly stated in the agreement. It is not necessary that each partner should contribute an equal amount of money to be en- titled to an equal share of the profits. An 430 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. individual may contribute his knowledge of the business to be engaged in, or his skill, or his labor, or all three; the other partner or part- ners contributing a specified sum of money, or the money and their services. The agreement must state exactly what is contributed. Each and every partner is liable for the debts or losses of the concern. A partnership may bind one or more partners to bear the losses, and exempt another partner, or other partners, from such losses. This agreement is perfectly valid between the partners, but is not good against creditors unless such creditors in dealing with the firm were aware of this agreement, and based their transactions upon it. The act of one partner binds all the others. Thus, if one partner gives a negotiable note for the use of the firm, and signs it with his individual name, such signature binds all the other partners. Each partner is absolutely responsible to every creditor of the firm for the whole amount of the debt. If his agreement with them limits the amount of his responsibility he may proceed against them to recover his loss. A person lending his name to a firm, or causing, or allowing it to be published as one of the partmers in a concern, or allowing it to be used as a partner after he has withdrawn from the concern, is in the meaning of the law a partner as regards the claims of creditors. A person who contributes his money to the capital of a firm and shares its profits, without allowing his name to be used, is termed a secret or silent partner. A person contributing to the capital and sharing the profits of the concern, but taking no active part in its man- agement, is termed a sleeping or dormant partner. Both of these are liable to creditors for the debts of the concern, even though they did not know them to be members of the firm. The test of partnership is the participation in the profits of the business. In forming partnerships it is generally the rule to form them for a stated period, which must be expressed in the agreement. This is termed a limited partnership, and expires “by limitation” at the end of the period named. The partners are then free to renew their agree- ment or not, as they may 8ee fit. Where an agreement does not specify such a period, the law presumes that a general partnership is in- tended. This may be dissolved or ended at the pleasure of either party's A sleeping or dormant partner is not liable for the debts of the firm contracted after his retirement, even though he may give no notice of his retirement, as such debts are not con- tracted upon the strength of his credit; and as he has no further participation in the profits of the firm, he cannot be called on to share its liabilities. When a general partmership is dissolved by the wanton or arbitrary withdrawal of either partner, such partner renders himself liable to the others for the loss or damage they may suffer by his action. It is usual to state in the agreement how a general partnership may be terminated, and this stipulation is binding upon all the partners. A partnership may be dissolved by the unan- imous consent of all the partners, or a court of equity may, for sufficient cause, decree the dissolution of such partnership. Dissipation on the part of a partner, dissolute or reckless habits, calculated to endanger the credit or safety of the firm, are sufficient grounds for the other partners to invoke the action of the courts, where a mutual agreement cannot be had. The death of a partner dissolves the firm, and its affairs must be adjusted as Soon as pos- sible thereafter. The interest of a partner in a business may be attached by his creditors for his private debts. Such attachment operates as a dissolu- tion of the firm. When a partnership is dissolved, notice of such dissolution should be promptly published in the principal newspapers of the place in which the business was conducted. Notice should also be sent to the correspondents of the firm. In the absence of such precautions each partner continues liable for the acts of the others to all persons who have no knowledge of the dis- solution. The property of a partnership is bound for the debts of the firm. The creditor of one of the partners cannot attach such property until the debts of the partnership are paid. If, after such payment, a surplus remain, then such AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 437 C. creditor may attach his debtor's interest in the partnership funds in payment of his private debt. The statutes of some of the states recognize another kind of partnership, known as special partnership. A special partner is one who contributes a stated sum of money to the busi- mess of the concern, for a designated period. He shares in the profits of the business accord- ing to his agreement with the general partners; but his liability is limited to the amount of money contributed by him to the capital of the firm. . In order to render a special partnership valid, the partners must publish in one or more news- papers, published in the town in which they do business, an advertisement setting forth the nature and limitation of their partnership, giv- ing the names of the general partners, the name of the Special partner, and the exact amount contributed by him to the capital of the con- cern. This statement must be verified by the signatures of all the parties, and sworn to before a magistrate, and this attestation must form a part of the advertisement. Care must be taken to see that the advertisement states the eacact amount contributed by the special partner. An error in this respect, even though it be the fault of the printer, if allowed to remain uncor- rected, destroys the effect of the agreement, and renders the special partner a general partner. In such a case he becomes liable for the whole debt of the firm. Form of Partnership Agreement. ARTICLES OF AGREEMENT, made this first day of January, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-two, between Thomas W. Hunter, of the city and State of New York, and Henry L. Clin- ton, of the city and State aforesaid, WITNESSETH, The said parties above named have agreed to become copartners in the busi- ness of buying and selling dry goods, and by these presents do agree to be copartners together under and by the name or firm of Hunter & Clinton, in the buying, selling, and Vending all sorts of goods, Wares, and merchandise, to the said business belonging, their copartnership to commence on the fifth day of January, 1882, and to continue for five years from that date, and to that end and purpose the said Thomas W. Hunter and the said Henry L. Clinton have each contributed the sum of ten thousand dol- lars as capital stock, to be used and employed in common between them for the support and management of the said business, to their mutual benefit and advantage. And it is agreed by and between the parties to these presents, that at all times during the continuance of their copartnership, they and each of them, will give their attendance, and do their and each of their best endeavors, and to the utmost of their skill and power exert themselves for their joint in- terest, profit, benefit, and advantage, and truly employ, buy, sell, and merchandise with their joint stock, and the increase thereof, in the busi- ness aforesaid. And also that they shall and Will at all times during the said copartnership bear, pay, and discharge equally between them, all rents and other expenses that may be re- quired for the support and management of the said business; and that all gains, profits, and increase that shall come, grow, or arise from or by means of their said business, shall be divided between them, in equal proportions, and all loss that shall happen to their said joint business, by ill commodities, bad debts or otherwise, shall be borne and paid between them. And it is agreed by and between the said parties, that there shall be had and kept at all times during the continuance of their copartner- ship, perfect, just, and true books of account, Wherein each of the said copartners shall enter and set down, as well all money by them or either of them received, paid, laid out, and ex- pended in and about the same business, as also all goods, wares, commodities and merchandise, by them or either of them, bought or sold by reason or on account of the said business, and all other matters and things whatsoever to the said business and the management thereof in anywise belonging; which said books shall be used in common between the said copartners, so that either of them may have access thereto, Without any interruption or hindrance of the other. And also the said copartners, once in each and every year, or oftener if necessary, shall make, yield, and render each to the other, a true, just, and perfect inventory and account of all profits and increase by them, or either of them, made, and of all losses by them, or either 438 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. of them, Sustained; and also all payments, re- ceipts, disbursements, and all other things by them made, received, disbursed, acted, dome, or suffered in this said copartnership and business, and the same account so made shall and will clear, adjust, pay, and deliver, each to the other, at the time, their just share of the profits so made as aforesaid. And the said parties hereby mutually covenant and agree to and with each other, that during the continuance of the said copartnership, neither of them shall nor will indorse any note, or otherwise become surety for any person or persons whomsoever, without the consent of the other of the said copartners. And at the end, or other sooner determination of their copartner- ship, the said copartners, each to the other, shall and will make a true, just, and final account of all things relating to their said business, and in all things truly adjust the same ; and all and every the stock and stocks, as well as the gains and increase thereof, which shall appear to be remaining, either in money, goods, wares, fixtures, debts, or otherwise, shall be divided between them. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The said parties have hereunto set their hands the day and year first above written. THOMAS W. HuntER. Witness, HENRY L. CLINTON. HENRY WILLIAMs. JoHN A. LANE. Last Wills and Testaments. A WILL is the legal declaration of what a person desires to have done with his property after his death. There is nothing more difficult than to make a proper will; nothing in which legal advice of the most trustworthy character is needed. Every man should regard it as his solemn duty to make a will, whether he have much or little to leave behind him; but no one should venture to do so unaided, where the property to be disposed of is of importance, or where it is liable to become a subject of dispute among his heirs. Any one may make a will who is of legal age and sound mind. A married Woman can- not, however, make a will unless the law of the State in which her property is situated vests her with the separate ownership of it. The legal age for making a will devising real estate is twenty-one years. In most of the States a male, aged eighteen years, or a female, aged sixteen years, may bequeath personal pro- perty by will. The person making a will, if a male, is called the testator; if a female, the testatrix. A will is of no effect during the life of the maker, and may be set aside, altered or re- placed by a new will, at any time previous to the death of the maker. The last will made annuls all previous wills. It is, therefore, the duty of the testator to state distinctly in the first part that this is his last will. If he has made other wills, he should state that by this instrument he revokes all other wills. The will should close with a formal state- ment that it is the deliberate act of the testa- tor, and that it is properly signed and sealed by him. All wills must be witnessed. This is a very important part of making a will, and should be performed in strict accordance with the laws of the State in which it is made. Some of the States require two, and some three credible witnesses. It is a good plan for the testator to have the will witnessed by three persons, in all cases, whether the law requires it or not. The witnesses to a will should see the testa- tor sign it. He should perform the act in their presence. If the testator cannot write, or is too feeble by reason of old age or sick- ness to do so, he may make his mark in the presence of the witnesses. A person who cannot write may witness a will by making his mark. The word “bequeath” applies to personal property alone; the word “devise” to real estate alone. Care should be taken to use these words properly. The testator should say in the commencement, “I give, bequeath, and devise my estate and property as follows, that is to say.” He should then state his wishes as to his property in their proper order. Where it is not intended that the interest of an heir should be limited to his life, but that he should have power to dispose of his inherit- ance at his death, it is best to say, “To A. B. and his heirs.” AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 439 Where no provision is made in a will for the children of the testator, the law presumes that such omission was an oversight, and allows such child an equal share with the other child- ren. When a testator designs to exclude a child from a share in his estate, he must state it explicitly in the will. The executors ought always to be named in the will, though an omission to name them does not invalidate the will. An administrator will in such case be appointed by the court of probate. A witness to a will should never be a legatee, as such witness cannot inherit the bequest so made. This does not interfere with the validity of the will, however. Where a will is made, and the testator sub- sequently disposes of any or all the property described in the will, the will is invalidated to the extent of the alienation of the property. Where a man makes a will, and subsequently marries and has children, the law regards the will as revoked, unless the testator, after such acts, makes a new will confirming the original ODé. A person cannot be an executor to a will if at the time of the probate of the will he is a minor, a drunkard, a convict, or of unsound mind. Witnesses are not required to know the con- tents of the will. It is sufficient that the tes- tator declares to them that the document is his will, and to see him sign it. Wills are of two kinds, written and verbal or nuncupative. ~ A codocil is an addition to a will designed to modify or add new provisions to a will. It does not revoke the will. Though there can be but one will, there may be any number of codicils. A will made by a single woman is revoked by her subsequent marriage. By the terms of her marriage settlement she may, however, provide for the right to dispose of her property. A wife cannot be deprived of her dower by any will of her husband. A husband may, however, bequeath to his wife a certain sum in lieu of her dower. She may accept this in lieu of her dower or not, at her pleasure. If the will fails to state that this bequest is in ,- lieu of her dower, she is entitled to such bequest and to her dower also. 2. In the Dominion of Canada, the laws with reference to wills are generally the same as in the United States. In the Province of Quebec, however, a will written in the handwriting of the testator and signed by him is valid with- out witnesses. After the death of the testator his property is liable for his debts. These must be paid before the provisions of the will can take effect. The laws of the various States give precedence to the various claims upon the estate, in the following order: 1 Funeral expenses, charges of the last sick- ness, and probate charges. 2. Debts due to the United States. 3. Debts due to the State in which the de- ceased had his home. 4. Any liens attaching to the property by law. 5. Debts due creditors generally. General Form of Will. I, Thomas Henry Howard, of the city of Baltimore, State of Maryland, declare this to be my last will and testament. 1. I give and bequeath to my wife, Catharine Howard, all the fixtures, prints, books, paint- ings, linen, china, household goods, furniture, chattels, and effects, other than money or secu- rities for money which shall, at my death, be in or about my house, No. 458 Park avenue, in the said city of Baltimore. 2. I give and devise to my said wife, her heirs and assigns, the dwelling-house and lot of ground, known as Number 458 (four hundred and fifty-eight) on Park avenue, in the said city of Baltimore, together with all the appurte- nances thereunto belonging; to have and to hold the same unto the said Catherine Howard, her heirs and assigns, forever. 3. I give and bequeath unto my said wife, the sum of two thousand dollars, to be paid to her within one month after my death, without interest. 4. I also give and bequeath unto my said Wife, the sum of fifty thousand dollars in the preferred stock of the Baltimore & Ohio Rail- road Company, now held by ma- 440 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 5. I give and devise to my son, George Fred- erick Howard, his heirs and assigns, forever, all that certain brick dwelling and lot of ground, known as Number 529, on St. Paul street, in the Said city of Baltimore, together with all the hereditaments and appurtenances thereunto be- longing, or in anywise appertaining; to have and to hold the premises above described to the Said George Frederick Howard, his heirs and assigns, forever. 6. I give and bequeath to my said son, George Frederick Howard, the sum of one hundred thousand dollars, in the bonds of the United States of America, known as the five-twenty- bonds, being all the securities of the United States now held by me. 7. I also bequeath the following legacies to the several persons hereafter named: To my nephew, Thomas Henry Howard, the sum of ten thousand dollars; to my cousin, Mrs. Re- becca Jackson, wife of Henry B. Jackson, of the city of Annapolis, Maryland, the sum of five thousand dollars; to my old and trusted friend and clerk, Alfred W. Lee, the sum of five thou- sand dollars. 8. I also bequeath to each of my domestic servants who may be living with me at the time of my death, the sum of two hundred dollars. 9. All the rest, residue, and remainder of my real and personal estate, I give, devise, and bequeath in equal shares, to my wife, Catherine Howard, and to my said son, George Frederick Howard, their heirs and assigns, forever. 10. I appoint my said son and my said friend, Alfred W. Lee, executors of this my will, and desire that they shall not be required to give any security for the performance of their duties. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I, Thomas Henry Howard, have hereunto set my hand and seal this twenty-fifth day of May, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty-two. THOMAS HENRY HowARD. [SEAL.] Subscribed by the testator in the presence of each of us, and at the same time declared by him to us as his last will and testament. Witness our hands, this twenty-fifth day of May, A. D. 1882. GEORGE P. FRANCIS. ROBERT L. PAGE. THOMAS F. LEWIs. Another Form. I, Henry Hubert White, of the county of Hardin, Frankfort, State of Kentucky, being of sound mind and memory, do make and publish this my last will and testament, in manner and form following, that is to say: 1. It is my will that my funeral shall be con- ducted without pomp, unnecessary parade or ostentation, and that the expenses thereof, together with all my just debts, be fully paid. 2. I give, devise, and bequeath to my beloved wife, Rachael White, in lieu of her dower, if she should so elect, the plantation on which we now re- side, situated in the township aforesaid, and con- taining two hundred and ten acres, or thereabouts, during her natural life; and all the live stock, horses, cattle, sheep, Swine, etc., by me now owned and kept thereon; also, all the household fur- niture and other items, not particularly named and otherwise disposed of, in this my will, during her said life; she, however, first dispos- ing of a sufficiency thereof to pay my just debts, as aforesaid. And that, at the death of my said wife, all the property hereby devised or bequeathed to her, as aforesaid, or so much thereof as may then remain unexpended, I give unto my three sons, Thomas White, Richard Lee White, and Alfred White, and to their heirs and assigns, forever. 3. I give and devise to my eldest son, Thomas White, the farm on which he now resides, situ- ated in Hardin county, Kentucky, and contain- ing one hundred and fifty acres, or thereabouts, and to his heirs and assigns, forever. 4. I give and devise to my second Son, Richard Lee White, the farm now in the occupancy of George P. Woods, situated in Hardin county, Kentucky, and containing one hundred and ten acres, to him, the said Richard Lee White, his heirs and assigns, in fee simple. 5. I give aud devise to my third son, Alfred White, the house and lot, in the town of Eliza- bethtown, in the county and State aforesaid, now in the occupancy of Dr. Alfred Hughes, known and designated in the plan of Said —— by No. 47, to him, the said Alfred White, his heirs and assigns, forever. And, last : I hereby constitute and appoint my said wife, Rachael White, and my said son, AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 441 Thomas White, to be the executrix and execu- tor of this, my last will and testament, revok- ing and annulling all former wills by me made, and ratifying and confirming this, and no other, to be my last will and testament. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this tenth day of October, A. D. 1882. HENRY HUBERT WHITE. Signed, published, and declared by the above- named Henry Hubert White, as his last will and testament, in presence of us, who, at his request, have signed as witnesses of the same. RICHARD Jones. THOMAs W. TucKER. PETER W. ZoDLICOFFEB, A Short Form. I, John Andrews, of the city and State of New York, do make this, my last will and tes- tament: First. It is my will that my just debts and all charges be paid out of my estate. Item. I give and devise all the residue of my estate to Susan Andrews, my wife, to be to her and her heirs forever. Item. I appoint and make the said Susan Andrews executrix of this my last will and testament. Signed and sealed the first day of January, A. D. 1882. JoHN ANDREWS. [SEAL.] Signed and sealed in presence of ANDREW LEWIS. THOMAS BLACK. JoHN JENKINs. Form of Nuncupative Will. Numcupative will of Arthur H. Pleasants, deceased: On the twelfth day of March, A. D. 1882, Arthur H. Pleasants, being in the extremity in his last sickness, in his habitation or dwell- ing, situated in Wine street, in Cincinnati, Ohio, where he had resided for more than ten days next before the making of his will, in the presence of the subscribers, did declare his last will and testament in the following words, or to that effect, viz.: He mentioned that he was the owner of the house occupied by him, and had the sum of three thousand dollars in the five-twenty bonds of the United States in his safe in the said house, and the sum of two hundred dollars, more or less, deposited to his credit in the First National Bank, of Cincinnati, Ohio. He then said: “I want my wife, Mary Helen Pleasants, to have the house in which we live, the ground on which it stands, all the furniture and personal property contained in the said house, the bonds I have mentioned, and the money lying to my credit in bank. I wish her to hold undisputed possession of all these, and to use them for her own benefit, as she may see fit, first paying my just debts and funeral expenses.” At the time the said Arthur H. Pleasants pronounced the foregoing will, he was of sound and disposing mind, memory, and understand- ing, and did bid us who were present to bear witness that such was his will. Reduced to writing this fourteenth day of March, A. D. 1882. WALTER W. WHITING. NoAH. H. PoRTER." Affidavit of Witnesses, }ss. Personally appeared before me, Thomas Hard- ing, Clerk of the Court of Probate for said county, the undersigned, Walter W. Whiting and Noah H. Porter, who, being duly sworn according to law, did depose and say, that they were present on the twelfth day of March, A. D. 1882, at the habitation or dwelling of Arthur H. Pleasants, in Wine street, in the city of Cincinnati, Ohio, in the time of his last illness, and did then and there hear the said Arthur H. Pleasants utter what is con- tained in the above writing; that he did bid them bear witness that it was his last will; and at the time of so doing he was of sound mind, memory, and understanding, to the best of their knowledge and belief. STATE OF OHIO, County of HAMILTON. 442 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Also that he had resided for more than ten days next before the making of his will at the above residence. WALTER W. WHITING, NOAH H. PortER. Sworn and subscribed before me this fifteenth day of March, A. D. 1882. THOMAS HARDING, Clerk. THE LAW OF AGENCY, An agent is a person who is employed by another to represent him in the performance of certain acts. One who is legally incompetent to act on his own account may be an agent for a person who is competent. Thus, an alien or a mar- ried woman may act as an agent. A principal is responsible for the acts of his agent when he, by his acts or Words, causes the person with whom the agent deals to believe him to be vested with lawful authority to perform such acts. A person authorized to perform certain designated acts for another is termed a special agent; one who has authority to represent his principal in all his business, or all his busi- mess of a particular kind, is termed a general agent. If a special agent exceeds his authority, the principal is not bound by his act, because the person dealing with such an agent is bound to inform himself of the extent of such agent's powers. In the case of a general agent, the principal is bound by his acts, even though he exceed his authority, provided that in such acts he does not go beyond the general Scope of his business. If, however, the person with whom the agent deals does So with the knowl- edge that the agent is exceeding his powers, he thereby releases the principal. Authority may be given to an agent either verbally or in Writing. If in Writing, it may be either under or without Seal. If given by a written instrument, this instrument is termed a Power of Attorney. A power of attorney intended to cover much time should be recorded and acknowledged. The person granting the power of attorney is termed in law the constituent; the person receiving it is called the attorney. Form of Power of Attorney in General Use. KNow ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTs, That I, Albert L. Wilson, of the city of Philadelphia, State of Pennsylvania, have constituted, or- dained, and made, and in my stead and place put, and by the presents do constitute, ordain, and make, and in my stead and place put Francis L. Hopkins, of the city of Baltimore, State of Maryland, to be my true, sufficient, and lawful attorney for me and in my name and stead to— [Here state earplicitly the things the attorney is to do, and the purpose for which the power is given.] Giving and hereby granting unto him, the said attorney, full power and authority in and about the premises; and to use all due means, course, and process in law, for the full, effect- ual and complete execution of the business afore described; and in my name to make and execute due acquittance and discharge; and for the premises to appear, and the person of me the constituent to represent before any gov- ernor, judges, justices, officers, and ministers of the law whatsoever, in any court or courts of judicature, and there, on my behalf, to answer, defend, and reply unto all actions, causes, matters, and things whatsoever relating to the premises. Also to submit any matter in dispute, respecting the premises, to arbitration or otherwise; with full power to make and sub- stitute, for the purposes aforesaid, one or more attorneys under him, my said attorney, and the same again at pleasure to revoke. And generally to say, do, act, transact, determine, accomplish, and finish all matters and things whatsoever relating to the premises, as fully, amply, and effectually, to all intents and pur- poses, as I, Albert L. Wilson, the said con- stituent, if present, ought or might personally, although the matter should require more special authority than is herein comprised, I, Albert Wilson, the said constituent, ratifying, allow- ing, and holding firm and valid all whatsoever my said attorney or his substitutes shall law- fully do, or cause to be done, in and about the premises, by virtue of these presents. AN ENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 443 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and seal, this first day of May, in the year of our Lord eighteen hundred and eighty-two. ALBERT L. WILSON. Executed and delivered in presence of ROBERT G. *} PETER CoopFR. Where a power of attorney does not give the attorney the right to substitute another in his place, he may, with the consent of the princi- pal, appoint another to take his place as the representative of the constituent. This is done by a separate instrument, as follows: [SEAL.] Power of Substitution. KNow ALL MEN By THESE PRESENTs, That I, Henry E. Warren, by virtue of the power and authority to me given, in and by the letter of attorney of Moses Y. Wheate, which is here- unto annexed [or it may be described without being annexed], do make, substitute, and appoint Hugh Blair, as well for me as the true and lawful attorney and substitute of the said con- stituent named in the said letter of attorney, to do, execute, and perform all and everything requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes, as the said constitu- ent or I myself could do if personally present; hereby ratifying and confirming all that the said attorney and substitute hereby made shall do in the premises by virtue hereof and of the said letter of attorney. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and seal the fifteenth day of May, A. D. 1882. HENRY E. WARREN. Sealed and delivered in presence of THOMAS TRUMAN. RoBERT GOODFELLOW. [SEAL.] Proxy, or Power of Attorney to Vote. KNowN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTs, That I, Joshua Barney, of New York, do hereby appoint Walter Lewis to be my substitute and proxy for me, and in my name and behalf to vote at any election of directors or other offi- cers, and at any meeting of the stockholders of the New York and New Haven Railroad, as fully as I might or could were I personally present. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and seal, this fifth day of February, 1882. Joshua BARNEY. [SEAL.] Witnesses present. ANDREW WHITE. SAMUEL F. JACKSON. Power of Attorney to Collect Debts. KNow ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That I, William H. Johnson, of Philadelphia, Penn- Sylvania, have constituted, ordained, and made and in my stead and place put, and by these presents do constitute, ordain, and make, and in my stead and place put, Samuel P. Hays, of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, to be my true, sufficient, and lawful attorney for me, and in my name and stead, and to my use, to ask, demand, levy, require, recover, and receive of and from all and every person or persons whomsoever the same shall or may concern, all and singular sum and sums of money, debts, goods, wares, merchandise, effects, and things, whatsoever and wheresoever they shall and may be found due, owing, payable, belonging and coming unto me the constituent, by any ways and means whatsoever. GIVING AND HEREBY GRANTING unto my said attorney full and whole strength, power and authority in and about the premises; and to take and use all due means, course, and pro- cess in the law, for the obtaining and recovering the same ; and of recoveries and receipts thereof, and in my name to make, seal, and execute due acquittance and discharge; and for the premises to appear, and the person of me the the constituent to represent before any gover- nor, judges, justices, officers and ministers of the law whatsoever, in any court or courts of judicature, and there, on my behalf, to answer, defend, and reply unto all actions, causes, mat- ters and things whatsoever, relating to the premises. Also to submit any matter in dis- pute to arbitration or otherwise, with full power to make and substitute one or more attorneys and my said attorney, and the same again at pleasure to revoke. And generally to say, do, act, transact. determine, accomplish and finish all matters and things whatsoever relating to the premises, as fully, amply, and effectually to all intents and purposes, as I the said con- stituent, if present, ought or might personally, 444 AN ENCYCLópºpf A Of pf: AC'ſföAf, INFORMATION. although the matter should require more special authority, than is herein comprised, I, the said constituent ratifying, allowing and holding firm and valid, all and whatsoever, my said attor- ney or his substitutes shall lawfully do, or cause to be done, in and about the premises, by virtue of these presents. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and seal, this first day or January, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hun- dred and eighty-two. WILLIAM H. JoHNSTON. [SEAL.] Signed, sealed and delivered in presence of us, THOMAS DUDLEY. JoHN W. H.ILL. | APPRENTICES. AN apprentice is a minor bound out to service to a master for the purpose of learning a trade. No one can bind an apprentice who has not a legal right to control his labor. Thus a parent or guardian may bind a son or ward. In the case of an orphan who has no legal guardian, a minor may bind himself as an apprentice. The contract of apprenticeship should bind the master to teach the apprentice his trade or business; to supply him with all the necessa- ries of life, and at the end of his term to give him money or clothes. Should the apprentice fall sick, the master must supply him with the proper medical at- tendance and medicines. A master cannot transfer or assign his responsibilities for, or his rights over, his ap- prentice. Neither can a master require of an apprentice the performance of menial Services not con- nected with the trade or business in which he is engaged. Should a master neglect his apprentice, or fail in the performance of his covenants, he forfeits his authority over the apprentice. Should an apprentice prove unable to learn a trade, through no fault of his own, such in- ability does not release the master from his obligation, because he assumed this risk in taking the apprentice. A master cannot discharge an apprentice, except for a serious failure to perform his duty. ------ms-sº Should an apprentice desert his master's Ser- vice and contract another obligation which would render him unable to return lawfully to his master, the latter is not bound to receive him should he offer to return. A person who induces an apprentice to leave his master, or one who employs him, although not knowing his relation to his master, is lia- ble to the master for the services of the apprentice. Form of Articles of Apprenticeship. THIS INDENTURE, Made the first day of Jan- uary, A. D. 1882, by and between Andrew Jackson, of the city of Boston, State of Massachusetts, and Edward Jackson, his son, of the age of sixteen years, of the one part, and John Adams, of the city and State aforesaid, of the other part, WITNESSETH, That the said Edward Jackson, by and with the consent of the said Andrew Jackson (testified by his signing and sealing these presents), hath bound out himself as an apprentice to John Adams, of the city of Bos- ton, State of Massachusetts, to be taught in the trade, science or occupation of a carpenter and builder, which the said John Adams now uses, and to live with, continue, and serve him as an apprentice from the day of the date hereof unto the full end and term of seven years from thence next ensuing and fully to be complete and ended. During all which said term of seven years, the said Andrew Jackson doth covenant and promise to and with the said John Adams that he, the said Edward Jackson, shall and will well and faithfully serve and demean himself, and be just and true to him the said John Adams as his master, and keep his Secrets, and everywhere willingly obey all his lawful com- mands; that he shall do no hurt or damage to his said master in his goods, estate, or other- wise, nor willingly suffer any to be done by others, and whether prevented or not, shall forthwith give notice thereof to his said master; that he shall not embezzle or waste the goods of his said master, nor lend them without his consent to any person or persons whatsoever; that he shall not traffic, or buy and sell, with his own goods, or the goods of others, during AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Y { 445) the said term, without his master's leave; that he shall not play at cards, dice, or any other unlawful games, whereby his said master may sustain any loss or damage, without his consent; that he shall not haunt or frequent play-houses, taverns or ale-houses, except it be about his master's business there to be done; and that he shall not at any time, by day or night, de- part or absent himself from the service of his said master without his leave; but in all things, as a good and faithful apprentice, shall and will demean and behave himself to his said master, and all his, during the said term. And for and in consideration of the sum of one hundred dollars, to him in hand paid, the receipt of which the said John Adams doth hereby acknowledge, the said John Adams doth covenant, promise, and agree to teach and in- struct his said apprentice, or otherwise cause him to be well and sufficiently taught and in- structed, in the said trade of a carpenter and builder after the best way and manner that he can ; and shall and will also find and allow unto his said apprentice meat, drink, washing, lodging, and apparel, both linen and woollen, and all other necessaries in sickness and in health, meet and convenient for such an ap- prentice, during the term aforesaid; and at the expiration of the said term, shall and will give to his said apprentice (over and above his then clothing) one new suit of apparel, viz.: coat, waistcoat, and breeches, hat, shoes, and stock- ings, and linen, fit, and suitable for such an apprentice. - IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The said parties have interchangeably set their hands and seals here- unto. Dated the first day of January, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty-two. - ANDREW JACKSON. [SEAL.] EDWARD JACKSON. [SEAL.] JoHN ADAMs. [SEAL.] Witnesses: TIMOTHY PICKERING. JoHN HANCOCK. } ASSIGNIMIENTS, An assignment is an instrument by which a person transfers a debt, obligation, bond, or wages, or any actual interest, to another. An assignment may be written on the back of the instrument it is intended to convey, or it may be written on a separate paper. Form of Assignment of a Promissory Note. (To be written on the back of the note.) I hereby, for value received, assign and trans- fer the within written note, together with all my rights under the same, to Thomas Jefferson. GEORGE WASHINGTON. General Form of Assignment, With Power of Attorney. KNow ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTs, That I, Edward Livingston, for value received, have sold, and by these presents do grant, assign, and convey unto Robert Morris— [Here insert a description of the thing or things assigned.] To HAVE AND To Hold the same unto the said Robert Morris, his executors, administrators, and assigns forever, to and for the use of the said Robert Morris, hereby constituting aud appointing him my true and lawful attorney irrevocable in my name, place, and stead, for the purposes aforesaid, to ask, demand, sue for, attach, levy, recover, and receive all such sum and sums of money which now are, or may hereafter become due, owing and payable for or on account of all or any of the accounts, dues, debts, and demands above assigned to him, giving and granting unto the said attor- ney, full power and authority to do and perform all and every act and thing whatsoever requi- site and necessary, as fully, to all intents and purposes, as I might or could do, if personally present with full power of substitution and re- vocation, hereby ratifying and confirming all that the said attorney or his substitute shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and seal the first day of May, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-two. EDWARD LIVINGSTON. [SEAL.] Executed and delivered in presence of THOMAS Jones, DAVID WELCH. 446 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. ARBITRATION. When two or more persons fail to agree in the settlement of a business transaction, it is usual to refer the matter in dispute to One Or more disinterested persons, who shall determine what is fair to each and all of the parties to the controversy. The parties to the dispute should pledge themselves to abide by the de- cision of the arbitrators. Before the award of the arbitrator or arbi- trators is made, either of the parties to the dispute may withdraw his offer to accept the decision of the arbitrators. He must, however, give formal notice to each and all of the other parties of his intention, or his withdrawal is of no effect. An agreement to submit a matter to arbitra- tion may be either verbal or in Writing. Form of Agreement to Refer to Arbitrators. KNow ALL MEN By THESE PRESENTS, That we, Richard W. Jenkins and Samuel R. Hicks, both of the city of Easton, State of Pennsyl- vania, do hereby promise and agree, to and with each other, to submit, and do hereby sub- mit the question and claim between us respecting the sale of one thousand bushels of wheat from the said Richard W. Jenkins to the said Samuel R. Hicks, on the tenth day of September, 1882, to the arbitrament and deter- mination of Henry W. Palmer, Joseph B. Howard, and Alfred T. Simpkins, of the city of Easton, whose decision and award shall be final, binding and conclusive on us; and, in case of disagreement between the said arbitra- tors, they may choose an umpire, whose award shall be final and conclusive, and in case of dis- agreement, the decision and award of a majority of said arbitrators shall be final and conclusive. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, We have hereunto Set our hands this tenth day of October, A. D. 1882. RICHARD W. J.ENKINs. SAMUEL R. HICES. Witness, GEORGE P. FRICK, ! THOMAS H. ALLEN, Form of Award of Arbitrators. ALL To whom THESE PRESENTS SHALL ComE: we, Henry W. Palmer, Joseph B. Howard, and Alfred T. Simkins, of the city of Easton, State of Pennsylvania, to whom was submitted as arbitrators the matters in controversy exist- ing between Richard W. Jenkins and Samuel R. Hicks, as by the condition of their respec- tive bonds of submission, executed by the said parties respectively, each unto the other, and bearing date the tenth day of October, one thou- Sand eight hundred and eighty-two, more fully appears. - Now, THEREFORE, KNow YE, That we, Henry W. Palmer, Joseph B. Howard and Alfred T. Simpkins, the arbitrators mentioned in the said bonds, having been first duly sworn according to law, and having heard the proofs and alle- gations of the parties, and examined the mat- ters in controversy by them submitted, do make this award in writing, that is to say: The said Richard W. Jenkins shall pay to the said Samuel R. Hicks the sum of one hundred and fifty dollars in cash as damages for his failure to deliver all the wheat sold by him to the said Samuel R. Hicks at the time he agreed to deliver it. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, We have have here- unto subscribed these presents, this fifteenth day of October, A. D., 1882. HENRY W. PALMER. Joseph B. HowARD. ALFRED T. SIMPKINs. In presence of HUGH WHITE. } JoHN W. GRAY. Subscriptions. SUBSCRIPTION is the placing of a signature at the bottom of a written or printed engagement. It is the act by which a person contracts, in writing, to furnish a sum of money for a par- ticular purpose; as, a subscription to a chari- table institution, a subscription for a book, and the like. When several promise to contribute to a common object, desired by all, the promise of each may be a good consideration for the promise of others. In general, Subscriptions on certain conditions in favor of the party subscribing, are binding when the acts stipu- lated are performed. “The law on the subject of these subscription papers,” says Parsons, and of all voluntary promises of contribution, AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 447 is substantially this: no such promises are binding unless something is paid for them, or unless some party for whose benefit they are made – and this party may be one or more of the subscribers—at the request, express or implied of the promisor, and on the faith of the Subscription, incurs actual expense or loss, or enters into valid contracts with other parties which will occasion expense or loss. As the objection to these promises, or the doubt about them, comes from the want of consideration, it may be cured by a Seal to each mame, or by one seal which is declared in the instrument to be the seal of each.” A person subscribing for a book is bound to take it when presented by the agent or can- vasser, provided it corresponds with the sample copy shown to him at the time he gave his subscription. The agent or the publisher may recover the price of the book at law should the subscriber refuse to take it when presented to him. General Form of Subscription Paper. PHILADELPHIA, June 5th, 1882. We, the undersigned, agree to pay the amounts set opposite to our names to the Reverend Arthur Stanley, for the purpose of paying, the debt due upon St. Timothy's Protestant Epis- copal Church, in the city of Philadelphia. - SUBSCRIBERS. SUBSCRIBERS. Walter Wise.......................... $100 00 Alfred Jenks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . . . 25 00 Theodore White. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $75 00 Alfred Hicks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 00 COLLECTION AND EXEMPTION LAWS. Of the Various States of the Union, and the Prov- inces of Canada. The following abstract of the laws of the various States of the Union and of the Prov- inces of Canada will show the amount and character of property exempted from attachment or levy and sale on execution. It is quoted from the Attorney's Directory of the United States; issued by the United States Reporting and Col- lecting Association. This company has offices in the principal cities of the country, and may be relied upon for the fulfillment of its promises. Alabama. Exemptions—Personal property $1,000; home- stead, not exceeding 160 acres, nor $2,000 in value, or house and lot same value. Limitation of Actions—Open or unliquidated accounts, 3 years; trespass to property, real or personal; liquidated accounts or promises in writing not under seal, 6 years; instruments under seal, 10 years; for recovery of real property, or on judgments of courts of record, 20 years. Revivor—Partial payment or an unconditional promise in writing. Redemption—Of real estate sold under execution, decree in chancery, mort- gage or for taxes, within 2 years. Justice's Jurisdiction—$100. Witness—Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution—In justices' courts, under $20, 30 days; over $20, 60 days. Mar- ried Women—Real or personal property acquired at any time by the wife, remains her separate estate and not liable for her husband's debts. Interest—8 per cent. Usury forfeits interest. Arizona. Exemptions—Homestead, $5,000. Limitation of Actions—Open account or contract not in Writing, 2 years; contract in writing, 4 years; real actions, adverse possession on judgment or decree of any court, 5 years. Redemption of land sold on execution or foreclosure, 6 months. Justices' Jurisdiction—$300. Married Women— Real and personal property acquired at any time, wife's separate estate and not subject to husband's debts. Witness—Party in interest may be. Interest—When no agreement, 10 per cent. Usury—No law. 448 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION Arkansas. Exemptions—Of resident, married or head of family, personal property, $500, in addition to Wearing apparel; homestead in country, 160 acres, not exceeding $2,500 in value, or 80 acres of any value; in city, 1 acre, not exceeding $2,500 in value, or 3 acre of any value. Limi- tation of Actions—open accounts, 3 years; promis- sory notes and written instruments not under Seal, 5 years; writings under seal, bonds, judg- ments and decrees, 10 years; for recovery of real estate, 7 years. Revivor—Part payment or new promise in writing. Redemption of lands sold under execution, 1 year; for taxes, 2 years. Justices' Jurisdiction—$300. Witness —Party in interest may be. Stay of Execu- tion—May be for 3 months. Married Women— Property, real and personal, of a feme covert, acquired at any time, remains her separate estate, and not subject to husband's debts. Interest—Legal, 6 per cent. ; 10 per cent. allowed by contract. Usury voids contract, both as to principal and interest. California. Exemption—Office furniture, $200; neces- sary household furniture, implements, teams, and live-stock of farmer or head of family; cabin of miner, mining tools, teams and machin- ery used in mining, $2,000. Limitation of actions—For a demand or obligatin, in writ- ing or not, created out of the State, 2 years; open account or verbal contract, 2 years; writ- ten contract or obligation executed in the State, 4 years; real actions, or on judgments or decrees of any court, 5 years. Revivor—New promise in writing only. Redemption of lands sold on execution or foreclosure, 6 months; for taxes, 1 year. Justices' Jurisdiction — Amy amount less than $300. Witness—Governed by rules of common law. Stay of Execution— Discretion of court. Married Women—All property acquired in any manner before mar- riage, or afterward, by gift, bequest, devise, or descent, is wife's separate property, and con- trolled as if feme sole. All property acquired after marriage by husband or wife, except as above, shall be common property. Interest— Legal rate, 7 per cent. ; by contract, any rate, simple or compound. Usury-–No law of. Colorado. Exemptions—Unmarried persons—tools and animals used in trade; head of family—house- hold effects, $100, tools, etc., $200; library and implements of professional men, $300; home- stead, $2,000. Limitations of actions—On con- tracts, express or implied, if accruing within the State, 6 years; if accruing without the State, 2 years; sealed instruments, judgments and decrees accruing out of the State, 3 years. Revivor—Part payment or promise by all the obligors, part payment or promise by one not sufficient. Redemption of land sold on execu- tion or foreclosure, 6 months by heir, and 9 months by judgment creditor; for taxes, 3 years. Justices' Jurisdiction—$300. Witness— Governed by rules of common law. Married Women—Real or personal property acquired at any time wife's separate estate, and controlled as if sole. Interest—10 per cent. Usury—No law. Connecticut. Exemptions — Personal property, selected, $200; no homestead exemption; library of any person, $500. Limitation of Actions—Open accounts and contracts not under Seal, 6 years; instruments under seal and promissory notes not negotiable, 17 years; negotiable demand notes, overdue and dishonored, after 4 months. Redemption—Under foreclosure, at the discre- tion of court; tax sale, 12 months. Justices' Jurisdiction—$100. Witness—Party in interest and person convicted of crime may be. Stay of Execution—At discretion of court. Married Women—Property of wife, if married since April 20, 1877, separate estate, and controlled as if feme sole. Interest—Legal rate, 6 per cent; by contract, any rate. Usury—No law. Dakota. Bxemptions. – Personal property, $1,500; homestead, 160 acres in country, or lot of 1 acre in city. Limitations of Actions -- On contract or obligation, 6 years; on sealed in- struments, judgment or decree of any court, and real actions, 20 years. Revivor—Part payment or acknowledgment in Writing. Re- AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 417 FoREMAN. That said party of the first part shall engage and provide, at his own expense, during the progress of the work, under, and until the complete fulfillment of, this agreement, a thoroughly competent “foreman,” whose duty it is to attend to the general supervision of all matters hereby undertaken by said party of the first part, and also the correct marking, pre- paring, laying out and locating all patterns, moulds, models and measurements, in, to, for, and upon the work hereby agreed upon, from, and in conformity with, said plans, drafts, Speci- fications and explanations. FoRFEITURE OF CONTRACT. That if at any time during the progress of said work, said party of the second part shall find that said work is not carried forward with sufficient rapidity and throroughness, or that the materials furnished, foreman, sub-contractors or workmen employed by said party of the first part, are unskilled, incompetent, and insufficient for the completion of said work within the time and manner stipu- lated in the plans, drafts, specifications and explanations aforesaid, he shall give notice of Such insufficiency and defects in progress, ma- terials, foreman, sub-contractors or workmen, to said party of the first part; and if within ten days thereafter such insufficiency and defects are not remedied, then said party of the second part may enter upon the work and suspend or discharge said party of the first part, and all employed under him, and carry on and complete the work by “day's work,” or otherwise, as said party may elect, providing and substituting proper and sufficient materials and workmen; and the expense thereof shall be chargeable to said party of the first part, and be deducted from any sum which may be due to him on a final settlement. All questions arising out of this eighth article of this agreement, shall be subject to the final decision of the arbitrators hereinbefore mentioned. LIENS. That in case any lien or liens for la- bor or materials shall exist upon the property or estate of Said party of the second part, at the time or times when by the terms and pro- visions of this agreement a payment is to be made by said party of the second part to said party of the first part, such payment, or such part thereº shall be equal to less than double the amount for which said lien or liens shall or can exist, shall not be payable at the said stipulated time or times, notwithstanding any- thing to the contrary in this agreement con- tained; and that said party of the second part shall, and may, be well assured that no such liens do, or can, attach or exist, before he shall be liable to make either of said payments. WoRK, wheTHER DESCRIBED OR NOT, ETC. That all the works described or referred to in the annexed specifications and explanations, are to be exe- cuted by said party of the first part, whether or not said works are illustrated by the afore- said plans or drafts; and that said party of the first part is to execute all works shown by Said plans and drafts, whether or not said works are described or referred to in said specifications or explanations. IN witness whEREOF, The said parties have hereunto set their hands and seals, the day and year first above written. SAMUEL W. PARKER. [SEAL.] HUGH B. JACKSON. [SEAL.] Signed, sealed and delivered in presence of WALTER B. GROOME, DAVID H. LANE. The specifications should be carefully written out, passed upon separately by the parties to the agreement, signed and Sealed by them, witnessed by the persons who witnessed the agreement, and attached to the agreement as a part of it. It is the custom in some cases to insert these specifications in the body of the agreement. In such a case they should, in this agreement, be inserted after the second para- paragraph. |BILLS OF SALE. A bill of sale is a written agreement by which a person transfers to another person, for a val- uable consideration, his entire right, title, and . interest in personal property. As a general rule, in order to establish own- ership at law, the purchaser must take actual possession of the property purchased; but in some States, if the sale was not made fraud- ulently, for the purpose of evading the payment of just debts, the bill of sale is prima facie evidence of the sale, and will hold good against the creditors of the seller. Such questions must be decided by juries, who have power to set aside the sale in cases where fraud is proved. 418 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Bill of Sale-General Form, With Warranty. KNow ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTs, That in consideration of five hundred dollars, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, I do hereby grant, Sell, transfer, and deliver unto Thomas Wright, his heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns, the following goods and chattels, V12. . One set of parlor furniture, upholstered in purple velvet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $300 00 One set of black walnut chamber furni- ture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 00 $500 00 To have and to hold all and singular the said goods and chattels forever. And the said grantor hereby covenants with said grantee that he is the lawful owner of said goods and chat- tels; that they are free from all incumbrances; that he has good right to sell the same, as aforesaid ; and that he will warrant and defend the same against the lawful claims and demands of all persons whomsoever. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said grantor has hereunto set his hand this tenth day of March, 1882. Witnesses: GEORGE H. FLETCHER. HENRY HALL. JosLPH SMITH. Bill of Sale—Of a Horse, With Warranty. KNow ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTs, That in consideration of one hundred and fifty dollars, to me paid by Henry Clayton, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, I, Andrew Lewis, by these presents do bargain, sell, and convey to the said Henry Clayton, his heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns, one bay horse, of the male sex, bay color, fifteen hands high, with a white star in the forehead, known as Old Hickory, to have and to hold the same unto the said Henry Clayton, his heirs, execu- tors, administrators, and assigns forever. And, I, for myself, my heirs, executors, and administrators, will warrant and defend said horse unto him, the said Henry Clayton, his heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns, against the lawful claims and demands of all and every person or persons whatsover. Witness my hand this tenth day of May, 1882. e ANDREW LEWIS. Witnesses: THOMAS JACKSON. GEORGE FLINT. Bonds. A bond is a written promise, signed and Sealed by a single person, to pay to another person a certain sum of money at a designated time. A promise made in writing without a Seal is not a bond, but merely a simple promise. The bond must be for some boma fide consid- eration. The person giving the bond is called the obligor, the person to whom it is given is called the obligee. A bond is usually given not as a promise to pay money, for a promisory note would answer that purpose, but as a promise to pay money in case certain acts are not done. These acts are specified in the bond, and are called the condi- tion of the bond. The faithful performance of these acts within the time specified renders the bond null and void. The amount of money named in the bond is called the penalty. It is usually sufficient to cover the debt it is intended to secure, with interest and costs added. In order to secure this the sum is fixed at twice the amount of the actual debt. “The meaning and effect of this is, that if the obligor fails, in any respect, to do what the condition recites, then he is bound to pay the money he acknowledges him- self, in the bond, bound to pay. But now the law comes in to mitigate the severity of this contract. And whatever be the sum which the obligor acknowledges himself, in the bond, bound to pay, he is held by the courts to pay the obligee only that amount which will be a complete indemnification to him for the dam- age he has sustained by the failure of the obligor to do what the condition recites. “For example: suppose A B makes a bond to C D in the sum of ten thousand dollars. The condition recites that one E F has been hired by C. D as his clerk, and that A B guar- antees the good conduct of E F; and if E F does all his duty honestly and faithfully, then AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 419 the bond is void, otherwise remains in full force. Then suppose E F to cheat C D out of some money. A B is sued on the bond; C D cannot recover from him, in any event, more than the ten thousand dollars; and he will, in fact, recover from him only so much of this as will make good to C D all the loss he has sus- tained by B. F.'s misconduct. As the obligee can recover from the obligor only actual com- pensation for what he loses, it is usual in prac- tice to make the penal sum in the bond large enough to cover all the loss that can happen.” A Simple Form of Bond, Without Condition. KNow ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTs, That I, William Jackson, of the city of Richmond, State of Virginia, am held and firmly bound unto Franklin Stearns, of the city and State aforesaid, in the sum of two hundred dollars, lawful money of the United States of America, to be paid to the said Franklin Stearns, or his certain attorney, Henry Cannon, or his assigns; to which payment, well and truly to be made on or before the first day of January, 1882, I bind myself, my heirs, executors, and administrators firmly by these presents. Sealed with my seal, dated the first day of March, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty-two. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I, William Jackson, have set my hand and seal to this instrument, on the first day of March, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty- two. WILLIAM JACKSON. [SEAL.] Executed and delivered in presence of WILLIAM H. MYERs. } SAMUEL W. STOKES. General Form of Bond, With Condition. ENow ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTs, That I, Francis Gibbons, of the city of Covington, State of Kentucky, am held and firmly bound unto Robert Breckenridge, of the city and State aforesaid, in the Sum of one thousand dollars, to be paid to the Said Robert Breckenridge, his executors, administrators, or assigns, for which payment, well and truly to be made, I bind myself, my heirs, executors, and adminis- trators, firmly by these presents. Sealed with my seal, dated the twentieth day of March, 1882. The condition of the above obligation is such, that if the above bounden Francis Gib- bons, his heirs, executors, and administrators, or any of them, shall well and truly pay, or cause to be paid, unto the above named Robert Breckenridge, his executors, administrators, or assigns, the just and full sum of five hundred dollars, on the tenth day of March, 1882, with interest, at six per cent. per annum, payable half-yearly from the date hereof, without fraud or other delay, then the above obligation to be void; otherwise, to remain in full force. And it is hereby expressly agreed, that, should any default be made in the payment of the said interest, or of any part thereof, on any day whereon the same is made payable, as above expressed, and should the same remain unpaid and in arrear for the space of thirty days, then and from thenceforth—that is to say, after the lapse of the said thirty days—the aforesaid principal sum of five hun- dred dollars, with all arrearages of interest thereon, shall, at the option of the said Richard Jones, or his executors, administrators, or assigns, become and be due and payable immediately thereafter, although the period first above limited for the payment thereof may not then have expired, anything herein- before contained to the contrary thereof in anywise notwithstanding. FRANCIS GLBBONs. [SEAL.] Executed and delivered in presence of THOMAS PRESTON. ROBERT STEELE. Form of Bond, with Power of Attorney to Con- fess Judgment. KNow ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTs, That Robert White, of the city of Richmond, State of Virginia, is held and firmly bound unto Richard Jones, of the city and State aforesaid, in the sum of one thousand dollars, lawful money of the United States of America, to be paid, on the first day of March, 1882, to the Said Richard Jones, or his certain attorney, executors, administrators, or assigns: to which payment Well and truly to be made, his heirs, executors, and administrators, are firmly bound by these presents. 420 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Sealed with his seal, dated the first day of January, 1882. The condition of this obligation is: That if the above bounden, Robert White, his heirs, executors, administrators, or any of them, shall and do well and truly pay, or cause to be paid, unto the above-named Richard Jones, or his attorney, executors, administrators, or assigns, the just sum of five hundred dollars, without any fraud or further delay, then the above obligation to be void, or else to be and remain in full force and effect. RoBERT WHITE. [SEAL.] Sealed and delivered in the presence of THOMAS WILSON, HUGH BLAIR. To George Howard, Esq., attorney of the Circuit court, at Richmond, in the county of Henrico, in the State of Virginia, or to any other attorney of the said court, or of any other court, there or elsewhere. Whereas, Robert White, in and by a certain obligation bearing even date herewith, does stand bound unto Richard Jones, in the sum of one thonsand dollars, lawful money of the United States of America, conditioned for the payment of a certain promissory note, dated January 1st, 1882. These are to desire and authorize you, or any of you, to appear for said Robert White, his heirs, executors, or administrators, in the said court or elsewhere, in an action of debt, there or elsewhere brought, or to be brought, against me, or my heirs, executors, or admin- istrators, at the Suit of said Richard Jones, his executors, administrators, or assigns, on the Said obligation, as of any term or time past, present, or any other subsequent term or time there or elsewhere to be held, and con- fe8s judgment thereupon against me, or my heirs, executors, or administrators, for the sum of five hundred dollars, debt, besides costs of Suit, in such manner as you shall seem meet ; and for your, or any of your, so doing, this shall be your sufficient warrant. And I do hereby for myself, and for my heirs, executors, and administrators, remise, release, and forever quit-claim unto the said Richard Jones, or his attorley, executors, administrators, and assigns, all and all manner of error and errors, misprisions, misentries, defects and imperfections whatever, in the enter- ing of the said judgment, or any process or proceedings thereon or thereto, or anywise touching or concerning the same. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and Seal the first day of January, A. D. 1892. ROBERT WITITE. Sealed and delivered in presence of ALFRED PLEASANTs. ROBERT JOHNSON. (SEAL.] MORTGAGES. A mortgage is a deed conveying real estate to a creditor, as security for a debt. It con- veys the property to him as fully and abso- lutely as though it were sold outright, with this difference, that the debtor retains by the terms of the deed the right to pay the debt and re- deem the property within a specified time. The person giving a mortgage is called the mortgagor, the person receiving one, the mort- gagéé. A note is generally given by the debtor, and the mortgage is designed to secure it. In some of the States, a bond is given in place of the note. The words of the mortgage should state clearly which is given. The mortgagee has a valid title to the prop- erty conveyed, and all the mortgagor owns in relation to it is the right to pay the debt and redeem the property. Hence, unless the deed expressly stipulates that the mortgagor may remain in possession of the the property until the time for the payment of the debt arrives, the mortgagee has a perfect right to enter upon the property and take possession of it. It is, therefore, customary to include in mortgages a clause giving the mortgagor the right of posses- Sion. In former years a mortgagor lost his right to redeem his property when the mortgage was unpaid on the day it became due. Now, how- ever, the law secures to him three years after the expiration of the mortgage, in which he may pay the debt, with interest and costs, and redeem AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 421 his property. This is called his equity of re- demption. The mortgagor may sell his equity of redemption, or he may mortgage it by mak- ing a second or other subsequent mortgage of the property, and it may be attached by cred- itors, and would go to assignees as a part of his property if he became insolvent. As many persons object to lending money upon mortgages in which this equity of re- demption is reserved, it has become common of late years, to include in the mortgage a clause stipulatiag that if the money is not paid when it is due, the mortgagee may, in a cer- tain number of days thereafter, sell the prop- erty (providing also such precautions to secure a fair price as may be agreed upon), and, reserving enough to pay his debt and charges, pay over the balance to the mortgagor. This is called a power of sale mortgage, and is an arrangement sanctioned by the law. It must be remembered, however, that the equity of redemption exists in all mortgages which do not contain the above express stipulation. The three years of redemption begin on the day on which the mortgagee forecloses the mortgage, or, in other words, takes lawful possession of the property. If the mortgagee allows a dozen years to pass without foreclos- ing, he must reckon the three years of redemp- tion from the day of foreclosure. In foreclosing, he must make entry upon the property in a peacable manner, in the presence of witnesses, or by an action at law. The mode of procedure is governed by the laws of the several States. When a mortgagor wishes to redeem his property, he must make a formal tender of the debt due, together with interest and all lawful charges of the mortgagee. He is entitled to such rents or profits as the mortgagee has actually received, or would have received had he used due diligence in collecting them. It is usual for the mortgage to contain an agreement that the mortgagor shall keep the premises insured in a certain sum for the benefit of the mortgagee. Where no such stipulation is made, and the mortgagee insures the prem- ises, he cannot recover the cost of the insurance from the mortgagor. Should a mortgagor erect buildings upon mortgaged land, the mortgagee, upon taking possession, becomes the owner of these build- ings also. If however, the mortgagee erects buildings upon lands on which he holds a mortgage, the mortgagor, upon redeeming the land, becomes the owner of such buildings without paying the mortgagee for them. Such matters may, and should always, be regulated by an agreement between the parties. In some of the States it is usual to release a mortgage by a quit—claim deed from the holder of the mortgage to the holder of the property or of the equity of redemption. An- other common practice is for the Registrar or Recorder of Deeds to write an acknowledgment of satisfaction, release, or discharge, on the margin of the record of the mortgage, which must be signed by the mortgagee or holder of the mortgage. Any instrument, or Writing which plainly states that the sum or sums due upon such mortgage have been faithfully paid, will constitute a valid release of the mortgage. Such instrument must be duly signed, sealed, and recorded. A release of a mortgage takes effect from the time it is placed in the hands of the Recorder of Deeds, whose duty it is to record in a book kept for that purpose all proper releases or discharges, or satisfactions of this kind. Form of Mortgage in General Use. THIS INDENTURE, Made the first day of Janu- ary, in the year of Our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty-two, between Henry A. Steele, merchant, of the city of Richmond, State of Virginia, and Mary, his wife, of the one part, hereinafter called the mortgagor, and Alfred Howard, banker, of the city and State aforesaid, hereinafter called the mortgagee, of the other part. WHEREAS, The said mortgagor seized of, or Well entitled to, the inheritance in fee-simple, of and in the lands and premises hereinafter de- scribed and released; and having occasion to bor- row, and take up at interest, the sum of ten thousand dollars, has applied to and requested the said mortgagee to lend and advance to him the same, which he, the said mortgagee, has agreed to do, on having the re-payment thereof secured to him by a mortgage of the said lands, tenements, and hereditaments, in manner here- inafter mentioned. 422 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Now THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH, That in pursuance of the said agreement, and in con- sideration of the sum of ten thousand dollars to the said mortgagor in hand paid by the said mortgagee at or immediately before the seal- ing and delivery of these presents, the receipt whereof the said mortgagor does hereby acknowl- edge, and of and from the same, and every part thereof, does acquit, release, and discharge the said mortgagee, his heirs, executors, admin- istrators, and assigns, and every of them, forever, by these presents, he, the said mort- gagor, has granted, aliened, released and confirmed, and by these presents does grant, alien, release, and confirm (and the said Mary Steele, wife of the said Robert Steele, doth hereby release all her right of dower) unto the said Mortgagee, Alfred Howard, his heirs and assigns, all that tract, piece, and parcel of land, hereditaments and premises, situate, lying and being— [Here insert a careful and accurate description of the property.] ToGETHER, with all houses, buildings, rights, members, and appurtenances thereunto belong- ing, or in anywise appertaining; and all the estate, right, title, claim, and demand of the said mortgagor in, to, or upon the said lands and hereditaments, or any part thereof. To HAVE AND TO HOLD the said lands, tene- ments, hereditaments, and premises hereby released, or intended so to be, with their appurtenances, unto the said mortgagee, his heirs and assigns, to the only proper use of the said mortgagee, his heirs and assigns, forever. SUBJECT, NEVERTHELEss, to the proviso for redemption hereinafter contained; that is to say, provided that if the Said mortgagor, his heirs, executors, administrators, or assigns, shall pay unto the said mortgagee, Alfred How- ard, his executors, administrators, or assigns, the full sum of ten thousand dollars of lawful money of the United States, without any abate- ment whatever, then these presents shall cease, and be void to all intents and purposes what- ©Věr. º And the said mortgagor, his heirs, executors and administrators, covenant with the said mortgagee, his executors, and administrators, that he, the said mortgagor, his heirs, executors, or administrators, shall and will pay, or cause to be paid unto the said mortgagee, his execu- tors, administrators, or assigns, the said prin- cipal sum of ten thousand dollars and interest, at the times and in the manner hereinbefore appointed for payment thereof, without any deduction or abatement whatever, according to the true intent and meaning of these presents. And also shall and will, during so long as the said sum of ten thousand dollars, or any part thereof shall remain due on security of these presents, pay, or cause to be paid, to the said mortgagee, his executors, administrators, or assigns, interest for the said sum of ten thou- Sand dollars, or for so much thereof as for the time being shall remain unpaid, after the rate of Seven per centum per annum, on the first day of January in every year. And also that he, the said mortgagor, now has in him a good right to grant, release, and convey the hereditaments hereby released, unto the said mortgagee, his heirs and assigns, in manner aforesaid, according to the true intent and meaning of these presents. And further, that it shall and may be law- ful to and for the said mortgagee, his heirs and assigns, after default shall be made in pay- ment of Said sum of ten thousand dollars and interest, or any part thereof respectively, con- trary to the proviso hereinbefore contained, peaceably to enter upon the said hereditaments, and to hold and enjoy the same, without any interruption, claim, or demand whatsoever. And, morever, that he, the said mortgagor, and his heirs, and all persons whatsoever, hav- ing any estate or interest in the premises, shall and will at all times hereafter, during the con- tinuance of said sum of ten thousand dollars and interest, or any part thereof, on this security, upon every reasonable request of the said mortgagee, his executors, administrators, assigns, but at the costs and charges of the said mortgagor, his heirs, executors and admin- istrators, make and execute and perfect all such further conveyances and assurances in the law whatsoever, for the further and bet- ter conveying and assuring the said heredita- ments hereby released, unto and to the use of the said mortgagee, his heirs and assigns; subject to the Said proviso, according to the true intent and meaning of these presents, as AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 428 by the said mortgagee, his heirs and assigns, or his or their counsel in the law, shall be reasonably desired or advised and required, and tendered to be made and executed. AND IT IS HEREBY FURTHER PROVIDED, agreed and declared, by and between the said parties to these presents, that if default shall be made in payment of the said sum of ten thousand dollars, or the interest thereof, or any part thereof respectively, at the times hereinbefore appointed for payment of the same respectively, then and in any of such cases, and when and so often as any such default shall be made, the whole amount of the said principal money shall, notwithstanding any provision or condition of this mortgage to the contrary, immediately fall due and become payable, and it shall be lawful for the said mortgagee, his executors, administrators, or assigns, at any time or times after such default shall have been so made, without any further consent on the part of the said mortgagor, his heirs and assigns (without prejudice, however, to the right of the said mortgagee, his heirs and assigns, to foreclose the equity of redemption, or to maintain any action under the covenants hereinbefore con- tained), to make sale and dispose of the said messuages, land, and other hereditaments and premises hereinbefore granted and released, or expressed or intended so to be, or any part or parts thereof, either together or in parcels, and either by public auction or private contract, with full power upon any such sale or sales to make any stipulations as to title or otherwise, which he or the purchaser shall deem neces- sary; and also with full power to buy in the said hereditaments and premises, or any part or parts thereof, at any sale or sales by pub- lic auction, or to rescind any contract or contracts for the Sale of the same heredita- ments and premises, or any part or parts thereof, and to re-sell the same hereditaments and premises which shall have been so bought in, or as to which any contract or contracts for sale shall have been rescinded as aforesaid, without being responsible for any loss which may be occasioned thereby. And, for the purposes aforesaid, or any of them, it shall be lawful for the said mort- gagee, his executors, administrators, or assigns, to make and execute, or cause to be made and executed, all such agreements, deeds, convey- ances and assurances as he or his executors, administrators or assigns, shall think fit. And it is hereby also agreed and declared, that upon any sale or sales which shall be made under the power of sale hereinbefore con- tained by the executors or administrators of the said mortgagee or by any other person or per- sons who may not be seized of the legal estate in the hereditaments and premises to be sold, the heirs of the said mortgagee, or any other person or persons in whom the legal estate of the same hereditaments and premises, or any part thereof, shall be vested, shall make such con- veyances and assurances of the same, for the purpose of carrying the sale thereof into effect, as the person or persons by whom the same shall be made shall direct. PROVIDED ALso, and it is bereby agreed and declared, that the said mortgagee, his execu- tors, administrators, or assigns, shall not execute the power of sale hereinbefore contained (if the sale or sales thereunder be by public auc- tion) unless and until he or they shall have first given four weeks’ notice of such sale, by publishing such notice at least once in every week for four successive weeks, in some news- paper published in the city of Richmond, Vir- ginia. PROVIDED, ALso, and it is hereby further agreed and declared, that upon any Sale purporting to be made in pursuance of the aforesaid power in that behalf, the purchaser or purchasers therof shall not be bound to see or inquire whether either of these cases mentioned in the clause or provision lastly hereinbefore contained has happended, or whether any money remains due on the Security of these presents, or other- wise, as to the propriety or regularity of such sale; and notwithstanding any impropriety or irregularity whatsoever in any such sale, the same shall, as far as regards the safety and protection of the purchaser or purchasers thereat, be deemed and taken to be within the aforesaid power in that behalf, and to be valid and effectual accordingly, and the remedy of the said mortgagor, his heirs or assigns, in respect of any breach of the clause or pro- vision lastly hereinbefore contained, shall be in damages only. 424 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. And it is hereby also agreed and declared, that, upon arry such sale as aforesaid, the receipt or receipts in writing of the said mort- gagee, his executors, administrators, or assigns, for the purchase-money of the hereditaments and premises to be sold, shall be an effectual discharge or effectual discharges to the pur- chaser or purchasers for the money therein respectively expressed to be received, and that such purchaser or purchasers, after payment of all or a part of the purchase-money, shall not be concerned to see to the application of such money, or be answerable for any loss, misap- plication, or non-application thereof. And it is hereby further agreed and declared that the said mortgagee, his executors, adminis- trators, and assigns, shall hold all and singular the moneys which shall arise from any sale which shall be made in pursuance of the afore- said power in that behalf, upon the trusts following; that is to say, upon trust in the first place by, with, and out of the same moneys, to reimburse himself or themselves, and to pay or discharge all the costs and expenses attend- ing such sale or sales, or otherwise to be incurred in or about the exercise of the said power of sale or in anywise relating thereto; and, in the next place, upon trust to apply such moneys in or towards satisfaction of all and singular the moneys which for the time being shall be due on the security of these presents, and then upon trust to pay the surplus (if any) of the said moneys unto the said mortgagor, his heirs or assigns, for his and their proper use and benefit. And it is hereby also agreed and declared that the aforesaid power of Sale shall and may be exercised by any person or persons who for the time being shall be entitled to receive and give a discharge for the moneys which for the time being shall be due on the Security of these presents. PROVIDED ALWAYS, and it is hereby agreed and declared, that the said mortgagee, his execu- tors, administrators, or assigns, shall not be answerable nor accountable for any involuntary losses which may happen in or about the exer- cise or execution of the aforesaid power or trusts, or any of them. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties above men- tioned have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed their seals to two copies thereof, interchangeably at Richmond, Virginia, on the first day of January, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty-two. HENRY A. STEELE. [SEAL.] MARY STEELE. [SEAL.] ALFRED HowARD. [SEAL.] Executed and interchanged in presence of LAWRENCE WHITE. THOMAS LACEY. $10,000. RECEIVED, on the day of the date of the with- in-written indenture, from the within-named mortgagee, the sum of ten thousand dollars, being the consideration expressed in the same indenture, to be paid by him to the within- named mortgagor. THOMAS A. STEELE. [SEAL.] Witness: LAWRENCE WHITE. THOMAS LACEY. THIS DEED was acknowledged before me by Mary Steele, therein named, apart from her husband, to have been voluntarily executed by her, and that she was aware of the nature of the contents thereof. ALFRED LANE, J. P. for Henrico County. Dated this first day of January, A. D. 1882. Chattel Mortgages. A chattel mortgage is a mortgage given upon personal property for the purpose of Securing a creditor. Formerly, if the mortgagor remained in possession of the property, it was doubtful whether the mortgagee held a valid security. Now, however, in most of the States, the mort- gagor may retain the property and the mortgagee is fully secured by recording the mortgage, according to the provisions of the statutes of the State in which it is made. All chattel mortgages should contain a clause providing for the equity of redemption. The average period allowed for redemption is sixty days. This right may be waived by including in the mortgage a power of sale clause. The mortgagee may transfer the mortgage to another party for a valuable consideration, but property thus mortgaged cannot be seized or sold until the period for which the mortgage was given has expired. .. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 425 Chattel Mortgage, With Power of Sale. KNow ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTs, That I, John F. Thomas, of the city of Wilmington, State of Delaware, in consideration of five hun- dred dollars to me paid by Henry A. Davis, of the city and State aforesaid, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, do hereby grant, bargain, and sell unto the said Heury A. Davis, and his assigns, forever, the following goods and chattels, to-wit: [Here insert an accurate list of the articles mort- gaged, giving a full description of each.] To HAVE AND TO Hold, All and singular the said goods and chattels unto the mortgagee herein, and his assigns, to their sole use and behoof forever. And the mortgagor herein, for himself and for his heirs, executors, and admin- istrators, does hereby covenant to and with the said mortgagee and his assigns, the said mort- gagor is lawfully possessed of the said goods and chattels, as of his own property; that the same are free from all incumbrances, and that he will warrant and defend the same to him, the said mortgagee and his assigns, against the lawful claims and demands of all persons. PROVIDED, NEVERTHELESS, that if the said mortgagor shall pay to the mortgagee, on the tenth day of May, in the year 1882, the sum of five hundred dollars, then this mortgage is to be void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. AND PROVIDED FURTHER, That until default be made by the said mortgagor in the performance of the condition aforesaid, it shall and may be lawful for him to retain the possession of the said goods and chattels, and to use and enjoy the same; but if the same or any part thereof shall be attached or claimed by any other per- son or persons at any time before payment, or the said mortgagor, or any person or persons whatever, upon any pretense, shall attempt to carry off, conceal, make way with, sell, or in any manner dispose of the same or any part thereof, without the authority and permission of the said mortgagee, or his executors, adminis- trators, or assigns, in Writing expressed, then it shall and may be lawful for the said mortgagee, with or without assistance, or his agent or at- torney, or his executors, administrators, or assigns, to take possession of Said goods and chattels, by entering upon any premises wherever the same may be, whether in this county or State, or elsewhere, to and for the use of said mortgagee or his assigns. And if the moneys hereby secured, or the matters to be done or performed, as above specified, are not duly paid, done or performed at the time and according to the conditions above set forth, then the said mortgagee, or his attorney or agent, or his executors, administrators, or assigns, may by virtue hereof, and without any suit or process, immediately enter and take possession of Said goods and chattels, and sell and dispose of the same at public or private Sale, and after satis- fying the amount due, and all expenses, the surplus, if any remain, shall be paid over to said mortgagor or his assigns. The exhibition of this mortgage shall be sufficient proof that any person claiming to act for the mortgagee is duly made, constituted, and appointed agent and attorney to do whatever is above authorized. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The said mortgagor has hereunto set his hand and seal this tenth day of May, in the year of our Lord, one thou- sand, eight hundred and eighty-two. JoBN F. THOMAs. Sealed and delivered in presence of WILLIAM WISE. HARRIson Wool. } STATE of DELAwarE, SS SUSSEx County. * |SEAL.] This mortgage was acknowledged before me by J. F. Thomas, this tenth day of May, A. D., 1882. ANDREW WHITE, J. P. IDEEIDS. In former times, any writing signed or sealed was termed a deed. Now, the law confines the meaning to instruments for the sale of land. In this country, no lands can be transferred excepting by a deed, which must be properly signed, sealed, witnessed, acknowledged, delivered and recorded. In some of the States, seals are not necessary to the validity of a deed. A deed should be written or printed on parch- ment, as paper is more perishable in character. 426 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. The person making the deed is called the grantor; the person in whose favor the deed is made is called the grantee. The deed should be signed by the grantor With his full name, written clearly in ink of the best quality. A person accepting a deed signed with a lead pencil places his rights in jeopardy. If the grantor cannot write his name, he may make his mark. The name of the grantee should be written clearly, and with good ink, in the proper place in the deed. In the States which require a seal, great care must be given to see that only those recognized in law are used. Strictly speaking, a seal is a piece of paper wafered on, or a piece of seal- ing-wax pressed on the paper. In the New England States and in New York, the law does not acknowledge any other kind. In the South- ern and Western States, the written word Seal, with a scrawl around it, placed after the signa- ture constitutes a legal seal. A deed must be delivered in order to render it valid. There is no special form necessary to con- stitute a proper delivery. If the deed comes into the possession of the grantee with the knowledge and consent of the grantor, however it may have been gotten possession of, it is a valid delivery. If a man makes a deed and fails to deliver it, and dies with it in his possession, the deed is of no effect whatever. A deed to a married woman may be delivered either to her or to her husband. Some of the States require that deeds shall be attested by two witnesses. New York re- quires but one. Other States do not require any witnesses; but in all cases a deed ought to be witnessed by at least two persons, whether the law requires it or not. It is best to have adult witnesses; but minors may act in the capacity if they be of sound mind. The witness must have no interest in the deed. For this reason a wife cannot witness her husband's signature. As a general rule, deeds are valid between parties even when not acknowledged. It is always best to have them acknowledged, how- ever, as an unacknowledged deed cannot be recorded. The acknowledgment must be made before a person authorized by law to receive it. In some places a deed may be acknowled by either of the grantors, but the old custom of acknowledgment by all the grantors is the safest as well as the most general. Where a wife joins with her husband in conveying away her land, or does so separately, a particular form and mode of acknowledgment is generally re- quired to show that she acted without undue influence from him, and of her own free will. It is the duty of the justice taking the ac- knowledgement to state in his certificate exactly how it was made before him. A deed must be recorded to be valid. That is, the grantee must deliver it to the Recorder of Deeds, or other official appointed by law for that purpose, who must cause it to be copied in fuli in a book kept in his office for that purpose. A deed is regarded as recorded from the moment it is placed in the hands of this officer, and he generally writes upon it the year, month, day, hour, and minute when he received it. Deeds should be presented for record at the earliest possible moment. Sometimes the own- ership to the land conveyed may depend upon the exact minute at which the deed was deliv- ered for record. This system of recording deeds enables a person to trace the title to a property with absolute certainty. All erasures or additions to a deed should be noted at the end of it, and properly witnessed. Any such change without being thus provided for renders the deed null and void. In order to make a valid deed, the grantor must be the true and lawful owner of the prop- erty; must be of legal age; and must be of sound mind. A deed takes effect, as between the parties, from the moment of its delivery. It takes effect as against the creditors of the grantor from the moment of its delivery for record. The land conveyed in the deed should be accurately described, no pains being spared in this respect. In this country it is the usual custom to refer to the previous deeds by which the grantor obtained his title. This is done by describing them, their parties, date, and book, and page of registry. A deed thus described in a deed, becomes, for most purposes in law, a part of the deed referring. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 427 A deed should convey land to the grantee and his heirs. Deeds conveying land to the grantee only, limit his title to his life, and he cannot leave lands thus acquired to his heirs; nor can he dispose of it during his life. Quit-Claim Deed–Simple Form. THIS INDENTURE, Made the first day of January, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty-two, between John Hughes, merchant, of the town of Westchester, State of Pennsylvania, of the first part, and Albert Nicholas, farmer, of the town and State aforesaid, of the second part, witnesseth, that the said party of the first part, for and in consideration of the sum of five thousand dol- lars, lawful money of the United States of America, to him in hand paid by the said party of the second part, at or before the ensealing and delivery of these presents, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, has remised, released, and quitclaimed, and by these presents does remise, release, and quit- claim, unto the said party of the second part, and to his heirs and assigns, forever, all— [Here insert a minute and accurate description of the lands or property granted. ToGETHER with all and singular the tene- ments, hereditaments, and appurtenances thereto belonging or in anywise appertaining, and the reversion and reversions, remainder and re- mainders, rents, issues, and profits thereof. And also all the estate, right, title, interest, property, possession, claim, and demand whatso- ever, as well in law as in equity, of the said party of the first part, of, in, or to the above described premises, and every part and parcel thereof with the appurtenances. To have and to hold all and singular the above-mentioned and described premises, together with the ap- purtenances, unto the said party of the second part, and his heirs and assigns forever. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The said party of the first part has hereunto set his hand and seal the day and year first above written. JoHN HUGHEs. Sealed and delivered in presence of HENRY THoMPsoN. } FREDERICK WAITE. [SEAL.] STATE OF PENNSYLVANIA, ) SS County of CHESTER. “” On this first day of January, in the year one thousand eight hundred and eighty-two, before me personally came John Hughes, who is known by me to be the individual described in, and who executed the foregoing, instrument, and acknowledged that he executed the same. THOMAS W. JACKSON, J. P. [SEAL.] Deed, with Warranty. THIS INDENTURE, Made this first day of January, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty-two, between Thomas Jonathan Jackson, and Mary Jackson, wife of the said Thomas Jonathan Jackson, of the county of Ohio, State of West Virginia, parties of the first part, and Henry Highland Garnett, of the county and State aforesaid, party of the second part. WITNESSETH, That the said parties of the first part, for and in consideration of the sum of ten thousand dollars, lawful money of the United States, to them paid by the said party of the second part, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, do by these presents grant, bargain, and sell unto the said party of the second part, and his heirs and assigns, the following described tract or parcel of land, situate in— [Here insert a full and minute description of the land or property granted.] ToGETHER with all and singular the tene- ments, hereditaments, and appurtenances thereto belonging, or in anywise appertaining, and the reversion and reversions, remainder and remain- ders, rents, issues and profits thereof; and also all the estate, right, title, interest property, possession, claim, and demand whatsoever, as well in law as in equity, of the said parties of the first part, of, in, or to the above-described premises, and every part and parcel thereof, with the appurtenances. To have and to hold all and singular the above-mentioned and described premises, together with the appur- tenances, unto the said party of the second part and his heirs and assigns forever. - 428 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. And the said Thomas Jonathan Jackson and Mary Jackson, the said parties of the first part, hereby expressly waive, release and relin- quish unto the said party of the second part, and his heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns, all right, title, claim, interest, and benefit whatever, in and to the above-described premises, and each and every part thereof, which is given by or results from all laws of this State pertaining to the exemption of home- steads. And the said parties of the first part, for themselves and their heirs, executors, and administrators, do hereby covenant, promise, and agree to and with the said party of the second part, his heirs and assigns, that the said premises against the claim of all persons, claiming or to claim by, through or under them only, they will forever warrant and defend. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, The said parties of the first part have hereunto set their hands and seals the day first above Written. THOMAs JONATHAN JACKSON. MARY JACKSON. Sealed and delivered in presence of WALTER HICEs. ALFRED HOLLIDAY. [SEAL.] [SEAL.] STATE OF WEST VIRGINIA, S3 County of OHIo. tº I, Francis Walker, Justice of the Peace, in and for said county, in the State aforesaid, do hereby certify that Thomas Jonathan Jackson, personally known to me as the same person whose name is subscribed to the annexed deed, appeared before me this day in person, and acknowledged that he signed, sealed, and delivered the said instrument of writing, as his free and voluntary act, for the uses and pur- poses therein set forth. And the said Mary Jackson, wife of the said Thomas J. Jackson, having been by me examined, separate and apart and out of the hearing of her husband, and the contents and meaning of the said instrument of Writing having been by me fully made known and explained to her, and she also by me being fully informed of her right under the Homestead Laws of this State, acknowledged that she had freely and voluntarily executed the Same, and relinquished her dower to the lands and tenements therein mentioned, and also all her rights and advan- tages under and by virtue of all laws of this State relating to the exemption of homesteads, Without compulsion of her said husband, and that she does not wish to retract the same. Given under my hand and official seal this first day of January, A. D. 1882. THOMAS HUBBELL, J. P. [SEAL.] Deed of Gift, without Warranty. THIS INDENTURE, Made the first day of March, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty-two, between Henry A. Wilson, merchant, of the city of Baltimore, State of Maryland, of the first part, and Thomas Henry Wilson, attorney-at-law, of the city and State aforesaid, of the second part. WITNESSETH, That the said Henry A. Wilson, as well for and in consideration of the love and affection which he has and bears towards the said Thomas Henry Wilson, as for the sum of one dollar, lawful money of the United States, to him in hand paid by the said party of the second part, at or before the ensealing and delivery of these presents, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, has given, granted, aliened, enfeoffed, released, conveyed, and confirmed, and by these presents does give, grant, alien, enfeoff, release, convey, and con- firm unto the said party of the second part and his heirs and assigns forever, all— [Here insert a minute and carefully prepared de- seription of the property granted, and refer by volume and page to the deed of the property to the grantor, under which he holds it.] ToGETHER with all and singular the tenements, hereditaments, and appurtenances thereunto be- longing or in anywise appertaining, and the reversion and reversions, remainder and remain- ders, rents, issues and profits thereof. And also, all the estate, right, title, interest, prop- erty, possession, claim, and demand whatsoever, of the said party of the first part, of, in, and to the same, and every part and parcel thereof, with their and every of their appurtenances. To have and to hold the Said hereby granted and described premises, and every part and parcel thereof, with the appurtenances, unto the AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 429 said party of the second part, and his heirs and assigns, to his and their only proper use, benefit, and behoof forever. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The said party of the first part has hereunto set his hand and seal the day and year first above written. HENRY A. WILSON, [SEAL.] Sealed and delivered in presence of ROBERT RICHARDSON. OWEN C. Owens. The Rights and Duties of Landlords and Tenants. A landlord is the owner of real estate who hires or lets his property to another person for a valuable consideration. The person who oc- cupies rented property is called the tenant. The agreement between the landlord and the tenant, stating the terms upon which the latter occupies the property, is called a lease. The person granting the lease is called in law the lessor; the person to whom the lease is made is known as the lessee. Leases should be written. No particular form of words is essential, but the lease should state in the clearest manner the terms and condi- tions of the agreement, so that nothing may be left to dispute between the landlord and tenant. The law does not recognize verbal promises as binding. Therefore the lease must state explic- itly all the covenants between the parties. No matter how bad the condition of a house, the landlord is under no legal obligation to make the necessary repairs, unless he sees fit to do so. The lease should therefore contain a clause providing for the necessary repairs. Under an ordinary lease, should the house be destroyed by fire, the tenant must continue to pay the rent, because the law looks upon the land as the principal thing leased, and the house as merely secondary. So also, if the tenant agrees to “return and redeliver the house at the end of the term, in good order and condi- tion, reasonable wear and tear excepted,” he is bound by this agreement to rebuild the house should it be destroyed by fire. At present all well-drawn leases provide that the rent shall cease in case the house shall be destroyed or rendered uninhabitable by fire or any other unavoidable calamity. A similar clause is also inserted with regard to the return of the house. Such a clause in a lease relieves the tenant of the obligation to rebuild the house, even though it should be burned through his own carelessness or that of his servants. Where the landlord desires to prevent his tenant from subletting a part or the whole of the premises, he must provide for it in the lease. A person holding a lease which does not con- tain this prohibition can sublet at his pleasure. The lease should definitely state the period for which it is given. If no time is specified, the tenant can hold the property for one year, but no longer. A tenant-at-will cannot vacate the property without giving notice of his inten- tion, nor can he be put out without being given notice of the landlord's desire to regain pos- session of the property. The laws in the various States are quite uniform as to the time of no- tice required. If the rent be payable quarterly, three months' notice must be given. If it be payable at more frequent periods, then the no- tice must equal in length the period of the payment. If the rent is payable monthly, a month's notice is sufficient; if weekly, a week's notice will answer. A lease given for a specified time, as one year, expires at the end of that time, and the tenant may leave without giving notice, or the landlord may put him out without notice. A lease should be recorded, whether the law requires it or not. Such record binds a subse- quent purchaser of the property to assume all the obligations of the former landlord as ex- pressed in the lease. A lease should be drawn in duplicate, and each party to it should retain a copy. Where a tenant is induced through the willful misrepresentations of a landlord to lease prop- erty, and thereby suffers loss or inconvenience, he can deduct the amount of his damages from the rent, and the landlord is bound to bear the loss. A landlord, in accepting a new tenant in place of the Original holder of the lease, can- cels by this act the original lease. A tenant is not bound to make repairs unless he agrees to do so. The landlord can, how- ever, require him to keep the roof and the windows in good order, so as to protect the house from injury by rain. 430 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. A tenant is not bound to pay the taxes on the property he occupies, unless he expressly agrees to do so. In case a lease contains a clause forbidding a tenant to sublet the property, and the tenant, in spite of this, does sublet it, the landlord may either hold the tenant for the rent and for such damages as he may sustain by such Subletting, or he may enter upon the property and take possession of it, and terminate the lease. He may avail himself of either remedy, but not of both. When the rent is in arrear, a brief notice to quit may be given, The average period in the several States is fourteen days. It must specify the day on which the tenant must leave. A tenant of a farm is bound to cultivate the land in the ordinary way required by good and careful husbandry and the custom of the neigh- borhood in which the farm is located. Any departure from such customs should be stipu- lated for in the lease. If the lease of a farm is terminated by any event which the tenant could not foresee or control, he is entitled to the annual crop which he sowed while the lease was running. Should the tenant purchase the property be- fore the expiration of the lease, such purchase terminates the lease, as it vests him with all the former owner's rights. A tenant is responsible for any injury a stranger may sustain by reason of his failure to keep the premises in good condition; as, by not keeping the covers of his vaults sufficiently closed so that a person walking in the street falls through or is injured thereby. If he re- pairs or improves the building, he must make such provision as will ensure the Safety of the passers-by, or he is responsible for such inju- ries as they may suffer in consequence of his neglect. - Should a person lease a house and use it for immoral purposes, he forfeits the lease by Such act. All improvements of a permanent character made by the tenant upon property leased by him become the property of the landlord, and cannot be removed. Fences, out-houses, etc., are regarded as belonging to the land, no mat- ter who puts them there. There are things, however, that a tenant can add, and afterwards remove. The general rule is that the tenant may remove whatever he has placed upon the property that can be taken away, leaving the premises in as good condition as when he re- ceived them. Among these are ornamental chimney-pieces, coffee-mills, cornices screwed on, furnaces, fire-frames, stoves, iron backs to chimneys, looking-glasses, pumps, gates, rails and posts, out-buildings set on blocks and not fixed in the ground. Form of Lease in General Use. THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSETH, That Robert A. Walker doth hereby let unto Thomas W. Green, the dwelling and lot of ground thereunto belonging, situate on High street, Germantown, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, for the term of one year, from the tenth of April, Anno Domini one thousand eight hundred and eighty-two, at the rent of one thousand dollars per annum, payable in equal portions on the tenth day of each and every month during said term; and the said lessee doth hereby bind himself, his heirs, executors, and administrators, and cove- nant and promise to pay to the said lessor, his heirs, or assigns, the said rent, in proportions and at the times aforesaid; and the said lessee, his executors, and administrators, shall and will not at any time during the said term, let or demise, or in any manner dispose of the hereby demised premises, or any part thereof, for all or any part of the term hereby granted, to any person or persons whatever, nor occupy nor use the same in any other manner than as a dwelling for his family, without the consent and approbation in writing of the said lessor, his heirs, or assigns, first had for that purpose; and at the expiration of Said term, shall yield up and surrender possession of the said prem- ises, with appurtenances, unto the said lessor, his heirs, or assigns, in the same good order and condition as the same now are, reasonable wear and tear thereof, and accidents by fire and other casualties excepted; and the said lessee, his executors, and administrators, do hereby agree that all the personal property on the premises shall be liable to distress; and also all personal property, if removed there- from, shall, for thirty days after such removal, AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 431 be liable to distress, and may be destrained and sold for rent in arrear; the said lessee, his executors and administrators, hereby waiving all right to the benefit of any laws now made, or hereafter to be made, exempting personal property from levy and sale for arrears of rent; and if the said lessee shall in any particular violate any one of his said promises, or fail to comply with any of the conditions of this lease, or notice given under the terms hereof, then the said lessor may cause a notice to be left on the premises, of his intention to determine this lease; and at the expiration of ten days from the time of leaving such notice this lease shall absolutely determine, and said lessor may re-enter on the demised premises, or proceed to recover possession of the same by legal means, and in the same manner and with the same remedies as if legal notice to quit had been given three months previously. It is fur- ther agreed, that, in case the said lessee shall hold over and remain in possession of said premises after the expiration of said term, then the said lessee shall be considered a tenant for another year upon the same terms and condi- tions as are above specified, and so on from year to year until legal notice is given for re- moval. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The said Robert A. Walker and Thomas W. Green have hereunto set their hands and seals this tenth day of April, Anno Domini 1882. ROBERT A. WALKER. THOMAS W. GREEN. Sealed and delivered in presence of ROBERT WHITWORTH. Joseph ASHMEAD. [SEAL.] [SEAL.] Form of Lease Generally Used in the Western States. THIS INDENTURE, Made this first day of May, 1882, between David Flint, of the city of Rich- mond, State of Indiana, party of the first part, and Alexander Holmes, of the city and State aforesaid. * WITNESSETH, That the said party of the first part, in consideration of the covenants of the said party of the Second part, hereinafter set forth, do by these presents lease to the said party of the Second part the following described * property, to-wit: the brick dwelling and certain parcel of land, situated on the south side of Church street, between Ninth and Tenth streets, and known as No. 920 Church street. To HAVE AND To Hold the same to the said party of the second part, from the first day of May, 1882, to the first day of May, 1883. And the said party of the second part, in considera- tion of the leasing the premises as above set forth, covenants and agrees with the party of the first part to pay the said party of the first part, as rent for the same, the sum of six hundred dollars, payable as follows, to-wit: in equal sums of fifty dollars on the first day of each and every month, payable at the residence or place of business of the said party of the first part. The said party of the second part further covenants with the said party of the first part that at the expiration of the time mentioned in this lease, peaceable possession of the said premises shall be given to said party of the first part, in as good condition as they now are, the usual Wear, inevitable accidents, and loss by fire excepted ; and that upon the non- payment of the whole or any portion of the said rent at the time when the same is above promised to be paid, the said party of the first part may, at his election, either distrain for said rent due, or declare this lease at an end, and recover possession as if the same was held by forcible detainer; the said party of the second part hereby waiving any notice of such election, or any demand for the possession of said premises. The covenants herein shall extend to and be binding upon the heirs, executors, and admin- istrators of the partes to this lease. Witness the hands and seals of the parties aforesaid. DAVID FLINT. ALEXANDER HOLMEs. Sealed and delivered in presence of |SEAL.] [SEAL.] JAMES THOMAs. ! WILLIAM MILLER. Form of Lease of a Farm and Buildings. THIS AGREEMENT, Made this first day of Jan. uary, 1882, between Roger Sherman, of Chester county, State of Pennsylvania, party of the 432 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. first part, and Truman Dodson, of the county and State aforesaid, party of the second part. WITNESSETH, That the said Roger Sherman lets, and the said Truman Dodson agrees to take and hold of him as tenant, all that parcel of land, with the buildings and improvements appertaining and belonging to it, situate— [Here insert an accurate and careful descrip- tion of the property.] From the first day of February next ensuing, upon the terms following, that is, to say: Said tenant shall be deemed a tenant from year to year; That said tenant enter and take possession of said premises on the first day of February next ; That either party may determine the tenancy by a notice in writing, three months before the expiration of any year from the first day of February next preceding; That said tenant shall go out of possession at the expiration or determination of his term ; That the rent of said premises shall be five hundred dollars per annum, payable in half- yearly payments on, etc., and on, etc., without deduction on account of any tax or assessment now in existence or hereafter to be imposed, except, etc., which is to be paid by the said Truman Dodson ; That the said tenant agrees to cause the fol- lowing repairs to be made, viz., [Here state the repairs agreed upon,] and to keep the buildings in tenantable repair; That said tenant agrees to keep the gates and fences in good repair, said tenant finding rough timber or fencing stuff; That said tenant shall not lop or cut any oak, etc., on the estate, except such as have usually been lopped, and those only to be used for making and repairing the fences to the estate, etc.; That said tenant shall not mow any grass or meadow land above once in any one year of his tenancy, and if he breaks up any old meadow or old pasture land, unless with the said landlord's consent, in Writing, then he shall pay the further yearly rent of three dol- lars for every acre so broken up, and after that rate for any part of an acre; That said tenant may crop the arable land in each year as follows, viz, ; one equal third part thereof with wheat or barley, one other equal third part with beans, peas, clover, or Oats, etc., and the remaining third part to lie in fallow ; That said land shall not be cropped with Wheat twice, or barley twice, in any period of three years; That said tenant shall use and consume on the farm all hay and straw made and grown thereon ; That said tenant shall use and spread dung and manure arising or made on the farm, in such manner as that every acre in tillage of the farm aforesaid may be well manured once in every three years of his tenancy, except that all hay and wheat straw on the farm unconsumed at the expirtion of the tenancy may be purchased by the landlord or succeed- ing tenant, at a fair valuation by two indiffer- ent persons, one to be named by each party. That said tenant shall leave on the premises, without compensation, not only all lent and white straw arising upon or from the premises and remaining unconsumed thereon at the expi- ration of his tenancy, but also all dung and munure arising or made on the farm, and then remaining unconsumed; That said tenant shall keep clean, by well hoeing, twice at least, and weeding all the land whilst cropped with beans, peas, clover, etc.; That said tenant shall endeavor to prevent any injury by persons, cattle, or sheep, to any of the hedges, or trees, or fences, and to pre- serve the same, and not to do any injury to any timber or other trees, in taking such lop- pings, as before allowed to him; That said tenant shall not crop or sow any of the land with rape, flax, hemp, etc.; That said tenant shall not underlet or assign the premises or any part thereof, except, etc.; That said tenant on quitting the farm shall receive such pecuniary compensation for im- provements in fencing, etc., as two arbitrators (one of which arbitrators shall be nominated by each party, and if either neglect to nomi- nate his arbitrator, the other party may nominate both arbitrators) shall award, which AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 433 Ar— arbitrators shall abate according to the benefit derived by the tenant from such repairs, improvements, and additions, and take into consideration how far, at the expiration of the tenancy, they may be beneficial to the estate. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The said parties have hereunto set their hands and seals the day and year first above written. ROGER SHERMAN. TRUMAN DODSON. Sealed and delivered in presence of HIRAM. A. GEORGE. PETER T. §:..} [SEAL.] [SEAL.] Landlord’s Certificates THIS IS To CERTIFY, That I have this first of March, 1882, let and rented unto Frederick Thompson, my house and lot known as num- ber 529, on East Twentieth street, in the city of Wheeling, West Virgnia, with the appurte- nances, and sole and uninterrupted use thereof, for the term of one year, to commence on the first day of April next, at the yearly rent of three hundred dollars, payable in equal sums of twenty-five dollars on the first day of each and every month. JOHN P. HoLCOMBE. Tenant’s Certificate. THIS IS To CERTIFY, That I, Frederick Thomp- son, have hired and taken from John P. Hol- combe his house and lot, known as number 529, on East twentieth street, in the city of Wheeling, West Virginia, with the appurte- nances thereof, for the term of one year, to commence on the first day of April next, at the yearly rent of three hundred dollars, pay- able in equal sums on the first of each and every month. And I do hereby promise to make punctual payment of the rent in manner aforesaid, except in case the premises become untenantable from fire or any other cause, when the rent is to Ce3S0. And I do further promise to quit and sur- render the premises at the expiration of the term in as good state and condition as reason- able use and Wear thereof will permit, damages by the elements excepted. Given under my hand this first day of March, 1882. FREDERICK THOMPson. In presence of GEORGE QUARRIER. THOMAS HUGHEs. Landlord’s Certificate–Fuller Form. THIs Is To CERTIFy, That I, the undersigned, have, this first day of March, let and rented to Frederick Thompson the following premises, situated in Wheeling, in Ohio county, and State of West Virginia, to wit: that certain brick dwelling and lot of ground known as Number 529, on East Twentieth street, in the city of Wheeling, together with the appurten- ances, and the sole and uninterrupted use and occupation thereof: For a term of one year, from the first day of April next, at the annual rent of three hun- dred dollars, payable in equal sums of twenty- five dollars on the first day of every month. And said tenant has agreed to make punctual payment of the rent in the manner aforesaid, except in case the premises become untenant- able, from fire or any other cause, when the rent is to cease; to quit and Surrender the premises at the expiration of said term, in as good a condition as reasonable use and wear thereof will permit, damages by the elements excepted. And not use or occupy said premises in any business deemed extra-hazardous on account of fire or otherwise, nor let or under- let the same, except with the consent of said landlord, in writing, under penalty of forfeiture and damages. And has mortgaged and pledged all the personal property of what kind soever which he shall at any time have on said premises, whether exempt by law from distress for rent, or sale under execution, or not, waiving the benefits of and from the exemp- tion, valuation and appraisement laws of said State, to secure the payment thereof. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, He has hereunto set his hand and seal this first day of March, A. D. 1882. JoHN P. Holcombe. Sealed and delivered in presence of GEORGE QUARRIER. THOMAS HUGEES. [SEAL.] 28 434 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Tenant’s Certificate–Fuller Form. THIS IS To CERTIFY, That I, the undersigned, have hired and taken from John P. Holcombe the following premises, situated in Wheeling, Ohio county, State of West Virginia, to wit: that certain brick dwelling and lot of ground known as Number 529, on East Twentieth street, in the city of Wheeling: For a term of one year, from the first day of April, A. D. 1882, at the rate of three hun- dred dollars, payable in equal sums of twenty- five dollars on the first day of each and every month. And I do hereby agree to make punctual payment of the rent in the manner aforesaid, except in case the premises become untenant- able, from fire or any other cause, when the rent is to cease; to quit and surrender the premises at the expiration of said term, in as good a condition as reasonable use and wear thereof will permit, damnges by the elements excepted. And not use or occupy said premises in any business deemed extra-hazardous on account of fire or otherwise, nor let or under- let the same, except with the consent of said landlord, in writing, under penalty of forfeiture and damages. And do mortgage and pledge all the personal property of what kind Soever which I shall at any time have on said premises, whether exempt by law from distress for rent, or sale under execution, or not, waiving the benefits of and from the exemp- tion, valuation and appraisement laws of Said State, to secure the payment thereof. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and seal this first day of March, A. D. 1882. FREDERICK THOMPSON. Sealed and delivered in presence of GEORGE QUARRIER. THOMAS HUGHES. [SEAL.] Landlord’s Notice to Quit for Non-Payment of Rent. STATE of WEST VIRGINIA, CITY OF WHEELING. } SS September 1st, 1882. To FREDERICK THOMPSON: You being in possession of the following described premises, which you occupy as my tenant, namely, that certain brick dwelling and lot of ground known as Number 529, on East Twentieth street, in the city of Wheeling, county of Ohio, State of West Virginia, afore- Said, are hereby notified to quit and deliver up to me the premises aforesaid, in fourteen days from this date, according to law, your rent being due and unpaid. Hereof fail not, or I shall take a due course of law to eject you from the same. JoHN P. HoLCOMBE. Witness: HENRY HARPER. Landlord’s Notice to a Tenant to Quit at the End of the Term. To FREDERICK THOMPSON : SIR: Being in the possession of a certain messuage or tenement, with the appurtenances, situate in the city of Wheeling, and known as Number 529, on East Twentieth street, in said city, which said premises were demised to you by me for a certain term, to wit, from the first day of April, A. D. 1882, until the first day of April, A. D. 1888, and which said term will terminate and expire on the day and year last aforesaid, I hereby give you notice, that it is my desire to have again and re-possess the said messuage or tenement, with the appur- tenances, and I therefore do hereby require you to leave the same upon the expiration of the said hereinbefore mentioned term. Witness my hand this first day of March, city of Wheeling, A. D. 1882. JOHN P. HoLCOMBE. Witness: HENRY HARPER. Landlord’s Notice to Determine a Tenancy at ill. STATE of PENNSYLVANIA, SS County of CHESTER. & WEST CHESTER, PA., March 1st, 1882. To HENRY LEWIS : * SIR: You being in possession of the follow- ing described premises, which you occupy as my tenant at Will, known as Number 565, on Mulberry street, in the town of West Chester, are hereby motified to quit and deliver up to AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 435 me the premises aforesaid on the first day of April, 1882, according to law, it being my intention to determine your tenancy at Will. Hereof fail not, as I shall take a due course of law to eject you from the same. JoHN B. THOMAS. Witness : HENRY A. WHITE. Power of Attorney. A power of attorney is an instrument in writ- ing whereby one person delegates to another authority to do and act for him, with the same binding effect as though it were done by the principal. Every person who has power, in his own right, to do any act, may delegate the power to do that act to any other person; but an attor- ney cannot substitute another in his place unless express authority is given him to do so. Every person intrusted with discretionary power in respect to the business of another, should perform the duties himself; for, gener- ally speaking, he cannot give to another author- ity to exercise those discretionary powers. The authority of an attorney ceases when withdrawn by his principal; but when the attorney has an interest in the execution of the power, it is then irrevocable. The revocation of a power of attorney takes effect as to third persons from the time they have notice of it. Powers of attorney, to be used in a foreign country, should be acknowledged before a notary public, and the signature of the notary certified by the consul of the government to which the power of attorney is to be sent. When intended to be used in another State, they should be duly proved or acknowledged according to the laws of the State where they are executed. EXAMPLE OF FORM. Know all men by these presents, that I— , hereby make, constitute, and appoint , of , my true and lawful attoney, for me, and in my name, place, and stead, to (here state duty of attorney), granting unto my said attorney full power and authority to do and perform each and everything necessary and of proper to be done in the performance of his duty, as fully as I might or could do if per- sonally present, hereby ratifying and confirming all the lawful acts of my said attorney, done under and by virtue hereof. Witness my hand and seal this—day of— A. D. 188—. Name (SEAL.j NoTE.—To be signed and acknowledged as a deed for the conveyance of real estate. THE LAW OF PARTNERSHIP. A PARTNERSHIP is an agreement between two or more persons for joining together their money, goods, labor, and skill, or any or all of them, in some lawful commerce or business, under an understanding, express, or implied, from the nature of the undertaking, that the parties to the agreement shall share between them the profits and loss arising therefrom. As stated, a partnership may be formed by oral agreement, but it is always better and safer that it should be based upon written articles of agreement, in which the terms and conditions of the partnership must be stated explicitly. A single joint transaction, out of which, con- sidered by itself, neither profit nor loss arises, will not create a partnership. Neither is it a partnership where parties make a joint pur- chase and each then and there takes his proper share of the goods. No especial form of words is necessary in the preparation of articles of partnership. The agreement should give the full names of the parties to it, the amount of money or goods, or the nature of the services, contributed by each; should state clearly the responsibility assumed by each; and should set forth the manner in which the profits arising from the agreement are to be divided. In the absence of such state- ment the law assigns an equal responsibilty, and presumes an equal division of the profits. The partnership dates from the date of the articles, unless otherwise expressly stated in the agreement. It is not necessary that each partner should contribute an equal amount of money to be en- titled to an equal share of the profits. An 436 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. individual may contribute his knowledge of the business to be engaged in, or his skill, or his labor, or all three; the other partner or part- ners contributing a specified sum of money, or the money and their services. The agreement must state exactly what is contributed. Each and every partner is liable for the debts or losses of the concern. A partnership may bind one or more partners to bear the losses, and exempt another partner, or other partners, from such losses. This agreement is perfectly valid between the partners, but is not good against creditors unless such creditors in dealing with the firm were aware of this agreement, and based their transactions upon it. The act of one partner binds all the others. Thus, if one partner gives a negotiable note for the use of the firm, and signs it with his individual name, such signature binds all the other partners. - Each partner is absolutely responsible to every creditor of the firm for the whole amount of the debt. If his agreement with them limits the amount of his responsibility he may proceed against them to recover his loss. A person lending his name to a firm, or causing, or allowing it to be published as one of the partners in a concern, or allowing it to be used as a partner after he has withdrawn from the concern, is in the meaning of the law a partner as regards the claims of creditors. A person who contributes his money to the capital of a firm and shares its profits, without allowing his name to be used, is termed a secret or silent partner. A person contributing to the capital and sharing the profits of the concern, but taking no active part in its man- agement, is termed a sleeping or dormant partner. Both of these are liable to creditors for the debts of the concern, even though they did not know them to be members of the firm. The test of partnership is the participation in the profits of the business. In forming partnerships it is generally the rule to form them for a stated period, which must be expressed in the agreement. This is termed a limited partnership, and expires “by limitation” at the end of the period named. The partners are then free to remew their agree- ment or not, as they may see fit. Where an agreement does not specify such a period, the law presumes that a general partnership is in- tended. This may be dissolved or ended at the pleasure of either party. A sleeping or dormant partner is not liable for the debts of the firm contracted after his retirement, even though he may give no notice of his retirement, as such debts are not con- tracted upon the strength of his credit; and as he has no further participation in the profits of the firm, he cannot be called on to share its liabilities. When a general partnership is dissolved by the wanton or arbitrary withdrawal of either partner, such partner renders himself liable to the others for the loss or damage they may suffer by his action. It is usual to state in the agreement how a general partnership may be terminated, and this stipulation is binding upon all the partners. A partnership may be dissolved by the unan- imous consent of all the partners, or a court of equity may, for sufficient cause, decree the dissolution of such partnership. Dissipation on the part of a partner, dissolute or reckless habits, calculated to endanger the credit or safety of the firm, are sufficient grounds for the other partners to invoke the action of the courts, where a mutual agreement cannot be had. y The death of a partner dissolves the firm, and its affairs must be adjusted as soon as pos- sible thereafter. e - The interest of a partner in a business may be attached by his creditors for his private debts. Such attachment operates as a dissolu- tion of the firm. When a partnership is dissolved, notice of such dissolution should be promptly published in the principal newspapers of the place in which the business was conducted. Notice should also be sent to the correspondents of the firm. In the absence of such precautions each partner continues liable for the acts of the others to all persons who have no knowledge of the dis- solution. The property of a partnership is bound for the debts of the firm. The creditor of one of the partners cannot attach such property until the debts of the partnership are paid. If, aſter such payment, a surplus remain, then such AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 437 creditor may attach his debtor's interest in the partnership funds in payment of his private debt. The statutes of some of the states recognize another kind of partnership, known as special partnership. A special partner is one who contributes a stated sum of money to the busi- ness of the concern, for a designated period. He shares in the profits of the business accord- ing to his agreement with the general partners; but his liability is limited to the amount of money contributed by him to the capital of the firm. In order to render a special partnership valid, the partners must publish in one or more news- papers, published in the town in which they do business, an advertisement setting forth the nature and limitation of their partnership, giv- ing the names of the general partners, the name of the special partner, and the exact amount contributed by him to the capital of the con- cern. This statement must be verified by the signatures of all the parties, and sworn to before a magistrate, and this attestation must form a part of the advertisement. Care must be taken to see that the advertisement states the eacact amount contributed by the special partner. An error in this respect, even though it be the fault of the printer, if allowed to remain uncor- rected, destroys the effect of the agreement, and renders the special partner a general partner. In such a case he becomes liable for the whole debt of the firm. Form of Partnership Agreement. ARTICLES OF AGREEMENT, made this first day of January, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-two, between Thomas W. Hunter, of the city and State of New York, and Henry L. Clin- tom, of the city and State aforesaid, WITNESSETH, The said parties above named have agreed to become copartners in the busi- mess of buying and selling dry goods, and by these presents do agree to be copartners together under and by the name or firm of Hunter & Clinton, in the buying, selling, and vending all sorts of goods, Wares, and merchandise, to the said business belonging, their copartnership to commence on the fifth day of January, 1882, and to continue for five years from that date, and to that end and purpose the said Thomas W. Hunter and the said Henry L. Clinton have each contributed the sum of ten thousand dol- lars as capital stock, to be used and employed in common between them for the support and management of the said business, to their mutual benefit and advantage. And it is agreed by and between the parties to these presents, that at all times during the continuance of their copartnership, they and each of them, will give their attendance, and do their and each of their best endeavors, and to the utmost of their skill and power exert themselves for their joint in- terest, profit, benefit, and advantage, and truly employ, buy, sell, and merchandise with their joint stock, and the increase thereof, in the busi- ness aforesaid. And also that they shall and will at all times during the said copartnership bear, pay, and discharge equally between them, all rents and other expenses that may be re- quired for the support and management of the said business; and that all gains, profits, and increase that shall come, grow, or arise from or by means of their said business, shall be divided between them, in equal proportions, and all loss that shall happen to their said joint business, by ill commodities, bad debts or otherwise, shall be borne and paid between them. And it is agreed by and between the said parties, that there shall be had and kept at all times during the continuance of their copartner- ship, perfect, just, and true books of account, Wherein each of the said copartners shall enter and Set down, as well all money by them or either of them received, paid, laid out, and ex- pended in and about the same business, as also all goods, Wares, commodities and merchandise, by them or either of them, bought or sold by reason Or on account of the said business, and all other matters and things whatsoever to the said business and the management thereof in anywise belonging; which said books shall be used in common between the said copartners, so that either of them may have access thereto, Without any interruption or hindrance of the other. And also the said copartners, once in each and every year, or oftener if necessary, shall make, yield, and render each to the other, a true, just, and perfect inventory and account of all profits and increase by them, or either of them, made, and of all losses by them, or either 438 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. of them, sustained; and also all payments, re- ceipts, disbursements, and all other things by them made, received, disbursed, acted, done, or suffered in this said copartnership and business, and the same account so made shall and will clear, adjust, pay, and deliver, each to the other, at the time, their just share of the profits so made as aforesaid. And the said parties hereby mutually covenant and agree to and with each other, that during the continuance of the said copartnership, neither of them shall nor will indorse any note, or otherwise become surety for any person Or persons whomsoever, without the consent of the other of the said copartners. And at the end, or other sooner determination of their copartner- ship, the said copartners, each to the other, shall and will make a true, just, and final account of all things relating to their said business, and in all things truly adjust the same ; and all and every the stock and stocks, as well as the gains and increase thereof, which shall appear to be remaining, either in money, goods, Wares, fixtures, debts, or otherwise, shall be divided between them. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The said parties have hereunto set their hands the day and year first above written. THOMAS W. HuntER. Witness, HENRY L. ULINTON. HENRY WILLIAMs. JoHN A. LANE. Last Wills and Testaments. A will is the legal declaration of what a person desires to have done with his property after his death. There is nothing more difficult than to make a proper will; nothing in which legal advice of the most trustworthy character is needed. Every man should regard it as his solemn duty to make a will, whether he have much or little to leave behind him ; but no one should venture to do so unaided, where the property to be disposed of is of importance, or where it is liable to become a subject of dispute among his heirs. Any one may make a will who is of legal age and sound mind. A married Woman can- not, however, make a will unless the law of the State in which her property is situated vests her with the separate ownership of it. The legal age for making a will devising real estate is twenty-one years. In most of the States a male, aged eighteen years, or a female, aged sixteen years, may bequeath personal pro- perty by will. The person making a will, if a male, is called the testator; if a female, the testatrix. A will is of no effect during the life of the maker, and may be set aside, altered or re- placed by a new will, at any time previous to the death of the maker. The last will made annuls all previous wills. It is, therefore, the duty of the testator to state distinctly in the first part that this is his last will. If he has made other wills, he should state that by this instrument he revokes all other wills. The will should close with a formal state- ment that it is the deliberate act of the testa- tor, and that it is properly signed and sealed by him. All wills must be witnessed. This is a very important part of making a will, and should be performed in strict accordance with the laws of the State in which it is made. Some of the States require two, and some three credible witnesses. It is a good plan for the testator to have the will witnessed by three persons, in all cases, whether the law requires it or not. The witnesses to a will should see the testa- tor sign it. He should perform the act in their presence. If the testator cannot write, or is too feeble by reason of old age or sick- ness to do so, he may make his mark in the presence of the witnesses. A person who cannot write may witness a will by making his mark. The word “bequeath” applies to personal property alone; the word “devise” to real estate alone. Care should be taken to use these words properly. The testator should say in the commencement, “I give, bequeath, and devise my estate and property as follows, that is to say.” He should then state his wishes as to his property in their proper order. Where it is not intended that the interest of an heir should be limited to his life, but that he should have power to dispose of his inherit- ance at his death, it is best to say, “To A. B. and his heirs.” AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 439 Where no provision is made in a will for the children of the testator, the law presumes that such omission was an oversight, and allows such child an equal share with the other child- ren. When a testator designs to exclude a child from a share in his estate, he must state it explicitly in the will. The executors ought always to be named in the will, though an omission to name them does not invalidate the will. An administrator will in such case be appointed by the court of probate. A witness to a will should never be a legatee, as such witness cannot inherit the bequest so made. This does not interfere with the validity of the will, however. Where a will is made, and the testator sub- sequently disposes of any or all the property described in the will, the will is invalidated to the extent of the alienation of the property. Where a man makes a will, and subsequently marries and has children, the law regards the will as revoked, unless the testator, after such acts, makes a new will confirming the original OD16. A person cannot be an executor to a will if at the time of the probate of the will he is a minor, a drunkard, a convict, or of unsound mind. Witnesses are not required to know the con- tents of the will. It is sufficient that the tes- tator declares to them that the document is his will, and to see him sign it. Wills are of two kinds, written and verbal or nuncupative. A codocil is an addition to a will designed to modify or add new provisions to a will. It does not revoke the will. Though there can be but one will, there may be any number of codicils. A will made by a single woman is revoked by her subsequent marriage. By the terms of her marriage settlement she may, however, provide for the right to dispose of her property. A wife cannot be deprived of her dower by any will of her husband. A husband may, however, bequeath to his wife a certain sum in lieu of her dower. She may accept this in lieu of her dower or not, at her pleasure. If the will fails to state that this bequest is in ,-- lieu of her dower, she is entitled to such bequest and to her dower also. In the Dominion of Canada, the laws with reference to wills are generally the same as in the United States. In the Province of Quebec, however, a will written in the handwriting of the testator and signed by him is valid with- out witnesses. After the death of the testator his property is liable for his debts. These must be paid before the provisions of the will can take effect. The laws of the various States give precedence to the various claims upon the estate, in the following order: 1 Funeral expenses, charges of the last sick- ness, and probate charges. 2. Debts due to the United States. 3. Debts due to the State in which the de- ceased had his home. 4. Any liens attaching to the property by law. - 5. Debts due creditors generally. General Form of Will. I, Thomas EHenry Howard, of the city of Baltimore, State of Maryland, declare this to be my last will and testament. 1. I give and bequeath to my wife, Catharine Howard, all the fixtures, prints, books, paint- ings, linen, china, household goods, furniture, chattels, and effects, other than money or secu- rities for money which shall, at my death, be in or about my house, No. 458 Park avenue, in the said city of Baltimore. 2. I give and devise to my said wife, her heirs and assigns, the dwelling-house and lot of ground, known as Number 458 (four hundred and fifty-eight) on Park avenue, in the said city of Baltimore, together with all the appurte- nances thereunto belonging; to have and to hold the same unto the said Catherine Howard, her heirs and assigns, forever. 3. I give and bequeath unto my said wife, the sum of two thousand dollars, to be paid to her within One month after my death, without interest. 4. I also give and bequeath unto my said wife, the sum of fifty thousand dollars in the preferred stock of the Baltimore & Ohio Rail- road Company, now held by me. 440 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 5. I give and devise to my son, George Fred- erick Howard, his heirs and assigns, forever, all that certain brick dwelling and lot of ground, known as Number 529, on St. Paul street, in the Said city of Baltimore, together with all the hereditaments and appurtenances thereunto be- longing, or in anywise appertaining; to have and to hold the premises above described to the Said George Frederick Howard, his heirs and assigns, forever. 6. I give and bequeath to my said son, George Frederick Howard, the sum of one hundred thousand dollars, in the bonds of the United States of America, known as the five-twenty- bonds, being all the securities of the United States now held by me. 7. I also bequeath the following legacies to the several persons hereafter named : To my nephew, Thomas Henry Howard, the sum of ten thousand dollars; to my cousin, Mrs. Re- becca Jackson, wife of Henry B. Jackson, of the city of Annapolis, Maryland, the sum of five thousand dollars; to my old and trusted friend and clerk, Alfred W. Lee, the sum of five thou- sand dollars. 8. I also bequeath to each of my domestic servants who may be living with me at the time of my death, the sum of two hundred dollars. 9. All the rest, residue, and remainder of my real and personal estate, I give, devise, and bequeath in equal shares, to my wife, Catherine Howard, and to my said son, George Frederick Howard, their heirs and assigns, forever. 10. I appoint my said son and my said friend, Alfred W. Lee, executors of this my will, and desire that they shall not be required to give any security for the performance of their duties. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I, Thomas Henry Howard, have hereunto Set my hand and seal this twenty-fifth day of May, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty-two. THOMAS HENRY HowARD. [SEAL.] Subscribed by the testator in the presence of each of us, and at the same time declared by him to us as his last will and testament. Witness our hands, this twenty-fifth day of May, A. D. 1882. GEORGE P. FRANCIS. ROBERT L. PAGE. THOMAS F. LEWIs. Another Form. I, Henry Hubert White, of the county of Hardin, Frankfort, State of Kentucky, being of sound mind and memory, do make and publish this my last will and testament, in manner and form following, that is to say: 1. It is my will that my funeral shall be con- ducted without pomp, unnecessary parade or Ostentation, and that the expenses thereof, together with all my just debts, be fully paid. 2. I give, devise, and bequeath to my beloved wife, Rachael White, in lieu of her dower, if she should so elect, the plantation on which wenow re- side, situated in the township aforesaid, and con- taining two hundred and ten acres, or thereabouts, during her natural life; and all the live stock, horses, cattle, sheep, Swine, etc., by me now owned and kept thereon ; also, all the household fur- niture and other items, not particularly named and otherwise disposed of, in this my will, during her said life; she, however, first dispos- ing of a sufficiency thereof to pay my just debts, as aforesaid. And that, at the death of my said wife, all the property hereby devised or bequeathed to her, as aforesaid, or so much thereof as may then remain unexpended, I give unto my three sons, Thomas White, Richard Lee White, and Alfred White, and to their heirs and assigns, forever. 3. I give and devise to my eldest son, Thomas White, the farm on which he now resides, situ- ated in Hardin county, Kentucky, and contain- ing one hundred and fifty acres, or thereabouts, and to his heirs and assigns, forever. 4. I give and devise to my Second Son, Richard Lee White, the farm now in the occupancy of George P. Woods, situated in Hardin county, Kentucky, and containing one hundred and ten acres, to him, the said Richard Lee White, his heirs and assigns, in fee simple. 5. I give aud devise to my third son, Alfred White, the house and lot, in the town of Eliza- bethtown, in the county and State aforesaid, now in the occupancy of Dr. Alfred Hughes, known and designated in the plan of Said —— by No. 47, to him, the said Alfred White, his heirs and assigns, forever. And, last : I hereby constitute and appoint my said wife, Rachael White, and my said son, AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 441 Thomas White, to be the executrix and execu- tor of this, my last will and testament, revok- ing and annulling all former wills by me made, and ratifying and confirming this, and no other, to be my last will and testament. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this tenth day of October, A. D. 1882. HENRY HUBERT WHITE. Signed, published, and declared by the above- named Henry Hubert White, as his last will and testament, in presence of us, who, at his request, have signed as witnesses of the same. RICHARD Jon Es. THOMAs W. TucKER. PETER W. ZoDLICOFFER, A Short Form- I, John Andrews, of the city and State of New York, do make this, my last will and tes- tament: First. It is my will that my just debts and all charges be paid out of my estate. Item. I give and devise all the residue of my estate to Susan Andrews, my wife, to be to her and her heirs forever. Item. I appoint and make the said Susan Andrews executrix of this my last will and testament. Signed and sealed the first day of January, A. D. 1882. JOHN ANDREWS. [SEAL.] Signed and sealed in presence of ANDREW LEWIs. THOMAS BLACK. JoHN JENKINs. Form of Nuncupative Will. Nuncupative will of Arthur H. Pleasants, deceased: On the twelfth day of March, A. D. 1882, Arthur H. Pleasants, being in the extremity in his last sickness, in his habitation or dwell- ing, situated in Wine street, in Cincinnati, Ohio, where he had resided for more than ten days next before the making of his will, in the presence of the subscribers, did declare his last will and testament in the following words, or to that effect, viz.: He mentioned that he was the owner of the house occupied by him, and had the sum of three thousand dollars in the five-twenty bonds of the United States in his safe in the said house, and the sum of two hundred dollars, more or less, deposited to his credit in the First National Bank, of Cincinnati, Ohio. He then said: “I want my wife, Mary Helen Pleasants, to have the house in which we live, the ground on which it stands, all the furniture and personal property contained in the said house, the bonds I have mentioned, and the money lying to my credit in bank. I wish her to hold undisputed possession of all these, and to use them for her own benefit, as she may see fit, first paying my just debts and funeral expenses.” At the time the said Arthur H. Pleasants pronounced the foregoing will, he was of sound and disposing mind, memory, and understand- ing, and did bid us who were present to bear witness that such was his will. Reduced to writing this fourteenth day of March, A. D. 1882. WALTER W. WHITING. NoAH. H. PoRTER." Affidavit of Witnesses. }ss. Personally appeared before me, Thomas Hard- ing, Clerk of the Court of Probate for said county, the undersigned, Walter W. Whiting and Noah H. Porter, who, being duly sworn according to law, did depose and say, that they were present on the twelfth day of March, A. D. 1882, at the habitation or dwelling of Arthur H. Pleasants, in Wine street, in the city of Cincinnati, Ohio, in the time of his last illness, and did then and there hear the said Arthur H. Pleasants utter what is con- tained in the above writing; that he did bid them bear witness that it was his last will; and at the time of so doing he was of sound mind, memory, and understanding, to the best of their knowledge and belief. STATE OF OHIO, County of HAMILTON. 4:42 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Also that he had resided for more than ten days next before the making of his will at the above residence. WALTER W. WHITING, NOAH H. Port ER. Sworn and subscribed before me this fifteenth day of March, A. D. 1882. THOMAS HARDING, Clerk. THE LAW OF AGENCY, An agent is a person who is employed by another to represent him in the performance of certain acts. One who is legally incompetent to act on his own account may be an agent for a person who is competent. Thus, an alien or a mar- ried woman may act as an agent. A principal is responsible for the acts of his agent when he, by his acts or words, causes the person with whom the agent deals to believe him to be vested with lawful authority to perform such acts. A person authorized to perform certain designated acts for another is termed a special agent; one who has authority to represent his principal in all his business, or all his busi- ness of a particular kind, is termed a general agent. If a special agent exceeds his authority, the principal is not bound by his act, because the person dealing with Such an agent is bound to inform himself of the extent of such agent's powers. In the case of a general agent, the principal is bound by his acts, even though he exceed his authority, provided that in such acts he does not go beyond the general scope of his business. If, however, the person with whom the agent deals does So with the knowl- edge that the agent is exceeding his powers, he thereby releases the principal. Authority may be given to an agent either verbally or in Writing. If in Writing, it may be either under or without Seal. If given by a written instrument, this instrument is termed a Power of Attorney. A power of attorney intended to cover much time should be recorded and acknowledged. The person granting the power of attorney is termed in law the constituent; the person receiving it is called the attorney. Form of Power of Attorney in General Use. KNow ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTs, That I, Albert L. Wilson, of the city of Philadelphia, State of Pennsylvania, have constituted, or- dained, and made, and in my stead and place put, and by the presents do constitute, ordain, and make, and in my stead and place put Francis L. Hopkins, of the city of Baltimore, State of Maryland, to be my true, sufficient, and lawful attorney for me and in my name and stead to— [Here state earplicitly the things the attorney is to do, and the purpose for which the power is given.] Giving and hereby granting unto him, the said attorney, full power and authority in and about the premises; and to use all due means, course, and process in law, for the full, effect- ual and complete execution of the business afore described; and in my name to make and execute due acquittance and discharge; and for the premises to appear, and the person of me the constituent to represent before any gov- ernor, judges, justices, officers, and ministers of the law whatsoever, in any court or courts of judicature, and there, on my behalf, to answer, defend, and reply unto all actions, causes, matters, and things whatsoever relating to the premises. Also to Submit any matter in dispute, respecting the premises, to arbitration or otherwise; with full power to make and sub- stitute, for the purposes aforesaid, one or more attorneys under him, my said attorney, and the same again at pleasure to revoke. And generally to say, do, act, transact, determine, accomplish, and finish all matters and things whatsoever relating to the premises, as fully, amply, and effectually, to all intents and pur- poses, as I, Albert L. Wilson, the said con- stituent, if present, ought or might personally, although the matter should require more special authority than is herein comprised, I, Albert Wilson, the said constituent, ratifying, allow- ing, and holding firm and valid all whatsoever my said attorney or his substitutes shall law- fully do, or cause to be done, in and about the premises, by virtue of these presents. AN ENCYCLOPMEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 443 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and seal, this first day of May, in the year of our Lord eighteen hundred and eighty-two. ALBERT L. WILSON. [SEAL.] Executed and delivered in presence of RoBERT G. DUNN. PETER CoopFR. Where a power of attorney does not give the attorney the right to substitute another in his place, he may, with the consent of the princi- pal, appoint another to take his place as the representative of the constituent. This is done by a separate instrument, as follows: Power of Substitution. KNow ALL MEN By THESE PRESENTS, That I, Henry E. Warren, by virtue of the power and authority to me given, in and by the letter of attorney of Moses Y. Wheate, which is here- unto annexed [or it may be described without being annexed], do make, substitute, and appoint Hugh Blair, as well for me as the true and lawful attorney and substitute of the said con- stituent named in the said letter of attorney, to do, execute, and perform all and everything requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes, as the said constitu- ent or I myself could do if personally present; hereby ratifying and confirming all that the said attorney and substitute hereby made shall do in the premises by virtue hereof and of the said letter of attorney. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and seal the fifteenth day of May, A. D. 1882. HENRY E. WARREN. Sealed and delivered in presence of THOMAS TRUMAN. } [SEAL.] RoBERT GooDFELLOW. Proxy, or Power of Attorney to Vote. RNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTs, That I, Joshua Barney, of New York, do hereby appoint Walter Lewis to be my substitute and proxy for me, and in my name and behalf to vote at any election of directors or other offi- cers, and at any meeting of the stockholders of the New York and New Haven Railroad, as fully as I might or could were I personally present. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and seal, this fifth day of February, 1882. Joshua BARNEY. [SEAL.] Witnesses present. ANDREW WHITE. SAMUEL F. JACKSON. Power of Attorney to Collect Debts. KNow ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTs, That I, William H. Johnson, of Philadelphia, Penn- Sylvania, have constituted, ordained, and made and in my stead and place put, and by these presents do constitute, ordain, and make, and in my stead and place put, Samuel P. Hays, of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, to be my true, Sufficient, and lawful attorney for me, and in my name and stead, and to my use, to ask, demand, levy, require, recover, and receive of and from all and every person or persons whomsoever the same shall or may concern, all and singular sum and sums of money, debts, goods, wares, merchandise, effects, and things, whatsoever and wheresoever they shall and may be found due, owing, payable, belonging and coming unto me the constituent, by any ways and means whatsoever. GIVING AND HEREBY GRANTING unto my said attorney full and whole strength, power and authority in and about the premises; and to take and use all due means, course, and pro- cess in the law, for the obtaining and recovering the same ; and of recoveries and receipts thereof, and in my name to make, seal, and execute due acquittance and discharge; and for the premises to appear, and the person of me the the constituent to represent before any gover- nor, judges, justices, officers and ministers of the law whatsoever, in any court or courts of judicature, and there, on my behalf, to answer, defend, and reply unto all actions, causes, mat- ters and things whatsoever, relating to the premises. Also to submit any matter in dis- pute to arbitration or otherwise, with full power to make and substitute one or more attorneys and my said attorney, and the same again at pleasure to revoke. And generally to say, do, act, transact. determine, accomplish and finish all matters and things whatsoever relating to the premises, as fully, amply, and effectually to all intents and purposes, as I the said con- stituent, if present, ought or might personally, 444 AN ENCYCLOp;DTA OF ºf AC ſtcAt, throftMATION. although the matter should require more special authority, than is herein comprised, I, the said constituent ratifying, allowing and holding firm and valid, all and whatsoever, my said attor- ney or his substitutes shall lawfully do, or cause to be dome, in and about the premises, by virtue of these presents. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and seal, this first day or January, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hun- dred and eighty-two. WILLIAM H. JoHNSTON. [SEAL.] Signed, sealed and delivered in presence of us, THOMAS DUDLEY. } JoBN W. H.ILL. APPRENTICES. AN apprentice is a minor bound out to service to a master for the purpose of learning a trade. No one can bind an apprentice who has not a legal right to control his labor. Thus a parent or guardian may bind a son or ward. In the case of an orphan who has no legal guardian, a minor may bind himself as an apprentice. The contract of apprenticeship should bind the master to teach the apprentice his trade or business; to supply him with all the necessa- ries of life, and at the end of his term to give him money or clothes. Should the apprentice fall sick, the master must supply him with the proper medical at- tendance and medicines. A master cannot transfer or assign his responsibilities for, or his rights over, his ap- prentice. Neither can a master require of an apprentice the performance of menial Services not con- nected with the trade or business in which he is engaged. Should a master neglect his apprentice, or fail in the performance of his covenants, he forfeits his authority over the apprentice. Should an apprentice prove unable to learn a trade, through no fault of his own, such in- ability does not release the master from his obligation, because he assumed this risk in taking the apprentice. A master cannot discharge an apprentice, except for a serious failure to perform his duty. Should an apprentice desert his master's Ser- vice and contract another obligation which would render him unable to return lawfully to his master, the latter is not bound to receive him should he offer to return. A person who induces an apprentice to leave his master, or one who employs him, although not knowing his relation to his master, is lia- ble to the master for the services of the apprentice. Form of Articles of Apprenticeship. THIS INDENTURE, Made the first day of Jan- uary, A. D. 1882, by and between Andrew Jackson, of the city of Boston, State of Massachusetts, and Edward Jackson, his son, of the age of sixteen years, of the one part, and John Adams, of the city and State aforesaid, of the other part, WITNESSETH, That the said Edward Jackson, by and with the consent of the said Andrew Jackson (testified by his signing and Sealing these presents), hath bound out himself as an apprentice to John Adams, of the city of Bos- ton, State of Massachusetts, to be taught in the trade, science or occupation of a carpenter and builder, which the said John Adams now uses, and to live with, continue, and serve him as an apprentice from the day of the date hereof unto the full end and term of seven years from thence next ensuing and fully to be complete . and ended. During all which said term of seven years, the said Andrew Jackson doth covenant and promise to and with the said John Adams that he, the said Edward Jackson, shall and will well and faithfully serve and demean himself, and be just and true to him the said John Adams as his master, and keep his Secrets, and everywhere willingly obey all his lawful com- mands; that he shall do no hurt or damage to his said master in his goods, estate, or other- wise, nor willingly suffer any to be done by others, and whether prevented or not, shall forthwith give notice thereof to his said master; that he shall not embezzle or waste the goods of his said master, nor lend them without his consent to any person or persons whatsoever; that he shall not traffic, or buy and sell, with his own goods, or the goods of others, during AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 445) the said term, without his master's leave; that he shall not play at cards, dice, or any other unlawful games, whereby his said master may sustain any loss or damage, without his consent; that he shall not haunt or frequent play-houses, taverns or ale-houses, except it be about his master's business there to be done; and that he shall not at any time, by day or night, de- part or absent himself from the service of his said master without his leave; but in all things, as a good and faithful apprentice, shall and will demean and behave himself to his said master, and all his, during the said term. And for and in consideration of the sum of one hundred dollars, to him in hand paid, the receipt of which the said John Adams doth hereby acknowledge, the said John Adams doth covenant, promise, and agree to teach and in- struct his said apprentice, or otherwise cause him to be well and sufficiently taught and in- structed, in the said trade of a carpenter and builder after the best way and manner that he can ; and shall and will also find and allow unto his said apprentice meat, drink, Washing, lodging, and apparel, both linen and woollen, and all other necessaries in sickness and in health, meet and convenient for such an ap- prentice, during the term aforesaid; and at the expiration of the said term, shall and will give to his said apprentice (over and above his then clothing) one new suit of apparel, viz.: coat, waistcoat, and breeches, hat, shoes, and stock- ings, and linen, fit and suitable for such an apprentice. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The said parties have interchangeably set their hands and seals here- unto. Dated the first day of January, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty-two. ANDREW JACKSON. [SEAL.] EDWARD JACKSON. [SEAL.] JoHN ADAMs. [SEAL.] Witnesses: TIMOTHY PICKERING. JoHN HANCOCK. } ASSIGNMENTS. An assignment is an instrument by which a person transfers a debt, obligation, bond, or wages, or any actual interest, to another. An assignment may be written on the back of the instrument it is intended to convey, or it may be written on a separate paper. Form of Assignment of a Promissory Note. (To be written on the back of the note.) I hereby, for value received, assign and trans- fer the within written note, together with all my rights under the same, to Thomas Jefferson. GEORGE WASHINGTON. General Form of Assignment, With Power of Attorney. KNow ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That I, Edward Livingston, for value received, have sold, and by these presents do grant, assign, and convey unto Robert Morris— [Here insert a description of the thing or things assigned.] To HAVE AND TO Hold the same unto the said Robert Morris, his executors, administrators, and assigns forever, to and for the use of the said Robert Morris, hereby constituting aud appointing him my true and lawful attorney irrevocable in my name, place, and stead, for the purposes aforesaid, to ask, demand, sue for, attach, levy, recover, and receive all such sum and sums of money which now are, or may hereafter become due, owing and payable for or on account of all or any of the accounts, dues, debts, and demands above assigned to him, giving and granting unto the said attor- mey, full power and authority to do and perform all and every act and thing whatsoever requi- site and necessary, as fully, to all intents and purposes, as I might or could do, if personally present with full power of substitution and re- vocation, hereby ratifying and confirming all that the said attorney or his substitute shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and Seal the first day of May, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-two. EDWARD LIVINGSTON. [SEAL.] Executed and delivered in presence of THOMAS JoNES, DAVID WELCH. 446 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. ARBITRATION. When two or more persons fail to agree in the settlement of a business transaction, it is usual to refer the matter in dispute to One or more disinterested persons, who shall determine what is fair to each and all of the parties to the controversy. The parties to the dispute should pledge themselves to abide by the de- cision of the arbitrators. Before the award of the arbitrator or arbi- trators is made, either of the parties to the dispute may withdraw his offer to accept the decision of the arbitrators. He must, however, give formal motice to each and all of the other parties of his intention, or his withdrawal is of no effect. An agreement to submit a matter to arbitra- tion may be either verbal or in Writing. Form of Agreement to Refer to Arbitrators. KNow ALL MEN By THESE PRESENTS, That We, Richard W. Jenkins and Samuel R. Hicks, both of the city of Easton, State of Pennsyl- vania, do hereby promise and agree, to and with each other, to submit, and do hereby sub- mit the question and claim between us respecting the sale of one thousand bushels of wheat from the said Richard W. Jenkins to the said Samuel R. Hicks, on the tenth day of September, 1882, to the arbitrament and deter- mination of Henry W. Palmer, Joseph B. Howard, and Alfred T. Simpkins, of the city of Easton, whose decision and award shall be final, binding and conclusive on us; and, in case of disagreement between the said arbitra- tors, they may choose an umpire, whose award shall be final and conclusive, and in case of dis- agreement, the decision and award of a majority of said arbitrators shall be final and conclusive. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, We have hereunto set our hands this tenth day of October, A. D. 1882. RICHARD W. JENKINs. SAMUEL R. HICKS. Witness, GEORGE P. FRICK, ! THOMAS H. ALLEN, Forry of Award of Arbitrators. ALL To WHOM THESE PRESENTS SHALL COME: we, Henry W. Palmer, Joseph B. Howard, and Alfred T. Simkins, of the city of Eastom, State of Pennsylvania, to whom was submitted as arbitrators the matters in controversy exist- ing between Richard W. Jenkins and Samuel R. Hicks, as by the condition of their respec- tive bonds of submission, executed by the said parties respectively, each unto the other, and bearing date the tenth day of October, one thou- Sand eight hundred and eighty-two, more fully appears. Now, THEREFORE, KNow YE, That we, Henry W. Palmer, Joseph B. Howard and Alfred T. Simpkins, the arbitrators mentioned in the said bonds, having been first duly sworn according to law, and having heard the proofs and alle- gations of the parties, and examined the mat- ters in controversy by them submitted, do make this award in writing, that is to say: The said Richard W. Jenkins shall pay to the said Samuel R. Hicks the sum of one hundred and fifty dollars in cash as damages for his failure to deliver all the wheat sold by him to the said Samuel R. Hicks at the time he agreed to deliver it. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, We have have here- unto subscribed these presents, this fifteenth day of October, A. D., 1882. HENRY W. JPALMER. Joseph B. HowARD. ALFRED T. SIMPKINs. In presence of HUGH WHITE. } JoBN W. GRAY. Subscriptions. SUBSCRIPTION is the placing of a signature at the bottom of a written or printed engagement. It is the act by which a person contracts, in writing, to furnish a sum of money for a par- ticular purpose; as, a subscription to a chari- table institution, a subscription for a book, and the like. When several promise to contribute to a common object, desired by all, the promise of each may be a good consideration for the promise of others. In general, Subscriptions on certain conditions in favor of the party subscribing, are binding when the acts stipu- lated are performed. “The law on the subject of these subscription papers,” says Parsons, and of all voluntary promises of contribution, AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 447 is substantially this: no such promises are binding unless something is paid for them, or unless some party for whose benefit they are made—and this party may be one or more of the subscribers—at the request, express or implied of the promisor, and on the faith of the subscription, incurs actual expense or loss, or enters into valid contracts with other parties which will occasion expense or loss. As the objection to these promises, or the doubt about them, comes from the want of consideration, it may be cured by a Seal to each mame, or by one seal which is declared in the instrument to be the seal of each.” A person subscribing for a book is bound to take it when presented by the agent or can- vasser, provided it corresponds with the sample copy shown to him at the time he gave his subscription. The agent or the publisher may recover the price of the book at law should the subscriber refuse to take it when presented to him. General Form of Subscription Paper. PHILADELPHIA, June 5th, 1882. We, the undersigned, agree to pay the amounts set opposite to our names to the Reverend Arthur Stanley, for the purpose of paying the debt due upon St. Timothy's Protestant Epis- copal Church, in the city of Philadelphia. SUBSCRIBERS. SUBSCRIBERS. Walter Wise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $100 00 Alfred Jenks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . . . 25 00 Theodore White. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $75 00 Alfred Hicks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COLLECTION AND EXEMPTION LAWS. Of the Various States of the Union, and the Prov- inces of Canada. The following abstract of the laws of the various States of the Union and of the Prov- inces of Canada will show the amount and character of property exempted from attachment or levy and sale on execution. It is quoted from the Attorney's Directory of the United States; issued by the United States Reporting and Col- lecting Association. This company has offices in the principal cities of the country, and may be relied upon for the fulfillment of its promises. Alabama. Exemptions—Personal property $1,000; home- stead, not exceeding 160 acres, nor $2,000 in value, or house and lot same value. Limitation of Actions—Open or unliquidated accounts, 3 years; trespass to property, real or personal; liquidated accounts or promises in writing not under seal, 6 years; instruments under seal, 10 years; for recovery of real property, or on judgments of courts of record, 20 years. Revivor—Partial payment or an unconditional promise in writing. Redemption—Of real estate sold under execution, decree in chancery, mort- gage or for taxes, within 2 years. Justice's Jurisdiction—$100. Witness—Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution—In justices' courts, under $20, 30 days; over $20, 60 days. Mar- ried Women—Real or personal property acquired at any time by the wife, remains her separate estate and not liable for her husband's debts. Interest—8 per cent. Usury forfeits interest. Arizona. Exemptions—Homestead, $5,000. Limitation of Actions—Open account or contract not in Writing, 2 years; contract in writing, 4 years; real actions, adverse possession on judgment or decree of any court, 5 years. Redemption of land sold on execution or foreclosure, 6 months. Justices' Jurisdiction—$300. Married Women— Real and personal property acquired at any time, wife's separate estate and not subject to husband's debts. Witness—Party in interest may be. Interest—When no agreement, 10 per cent. Usury—No law. 448 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION Arkansas. Exemptions—Of resident, married or head of family, personal property, $500, in addition to Wearing apparel; homestead in country, 160 acres, not exceeding $2,500 in value, or 80 acres of any value; in city, 1 acre, not exceeding $2,500 in value, or 3 acre of any value. Limi- tation of Actions—open accounts, 3 years; promis- sory notes and written instruments not under Seal, 5 years; writings under seal, bonds, judg- ments and decrees, 10 years; for recovery of real estate, 7 years. Revivor—Part payment or new promise in writing. Redemption of lands sold under execution, 1 year; for taxes, 2 years. Justices' Jurisdiction—$300. Witness —Party in interest may be. Stay of Execu- tion—May be for 3 months. Married Women— Property, real and personal, of a feme covert, acquired at any time, remains her separate estate, and not subject to husband's debts. Interest—Legal, 6 per cent. ; 10 per cent. allowed by contract. Usury voids contract, both as to principal and interest. California. Exemption—Office furniture, $200; neces- sary household furniture, implements, teams, and live-stock of farmer or head of family; cabin of miner, mining tools, teams and machin- ery used in mining, $2,000. Limitation of actions—For a demand or obligatin, in writ- ing or not, created out of the State, 2 years; open account or verbal contract, 2 years; writ- ten contract or obligation executed in the State, 4 years; real actions, or on judgments or decrees of any court, 5 years. Revivor—New promise in writing only. Redemption of lands sold on execution or foreclosure, 6 months; for taxes, 1 year. Justices' Jurisdiction — Any amount less than $300. Witness—Governed by rules of common law. Stay of Execution— Discretion of court. Married Women—All property acquired in any manner before mar- riage, or afterward, by gift, bequest, devise, or descent, is wife's separate property, and con- trolled as if feme sole. All property acquired after marriage by husband or Wife, except as above, shall be common property. Interest— Legal rate, 7 per cent. ; by contract, any rate, simple or compound. Usury—No law of. Colorado. Exemptions—Unmarried persons—tools and animals used in trade; head of family—house- hold effects, $100, tools, etc., $200; library and implements of professional men, $300; home- stead, $2,000. Limitations of actions—On con- tracts, express or implied, if accruing within the State, 6 years; if accruing without the State, 2 years; sealed instruments, judgments and decrees accruing out of the State, 3 years. Revivor—Part payment or promise by all the obligors, part payment or promise by one not sufficient. Redemption of land sold on execu- tion or foreclosure, 6 months by heir, and 9 months by judgment creditor; for taxes, 3 years. Justices' Jurisdiction—$300. Witness— Governed by rules of common law. Married Women—Real or personal property acquired at any time wife's separate estate, and controlled as if sole. Interest—10 per cent. Usury—No law. Connecticut. Exemptions — Personal property, selected, $200; no homestead exemption; library of any person, $500. Limitation of Actions—Open accounts and contracts not under Seal, 6 years; instruments under seal and promissory notes not negotiable, 17 years; negotiable demand notes, overdue and dishonored, after 4 months. Redemption—Under foreclosure, at the discre- tion of court; tax sale, 12 months. Justices' Jurisdiction—$100. Witness—Party in interest and person convicted of crime may be. Stay of Execution—At discretion of court. Married Women—Property of wife, if married since April 20, 1877, separate estate, and controlled as if feme sole. Interest—Legal rate, 6 per cent; by contract, any rate. Usury—No law. Dakota. Exemptions. – Personal property, $1,500; homestead, 160 acres in country, or lot of 1 acre in city. Limitations of Actions -- On contract or obligation, 6 years; on Sealed in- struments, judgment or decree of any court, and real actions, 20 years. Revivor—Part payment or acknowledgment in Writing. Re- AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 449 demption—Land sold on execution or fore- closure, 1 year; for taxes, 2 years. Justices’ Jurisdiction—$100. Witness—Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution—No law. Married Women—Real and personal property acquired at any time, wife's separate estate, and con- trolled as if unmarried; neither husband nor wife has any interest in the property of the other. Interest—Legal rate, 7 per cent. ; by contract, 12 per cent. Usury—If taken or con- tracted for above 12 per cent., interest forfeited. Delaware. Exemptions—Tools and implements for trade or business, $75; in addition thereto, to head of family, $200; no homestead. Limitation of Actions—Open accounts and contracts not in Writing, 8 years; contracts in writing, 6 years, Sealed instruments, judgments, decrees and real actions, 20 years. Revivor—Direct acknowl- edgment or distinct admission of the debt. Redemption—None on property sold on execu- tion or mortgage; for taxes, 2 years. Justices’ Jurisdiction—$100. Witness—interest excludes. Stay of Execution—In justice's court, on filing Security 9 months; in court of record, 6 months. Married Women—Real and personal property acquired from any person other than husband, Separate estate. Interest—6 per cent. Usury— Forfeits sum equal to money loaned. District of Columbia. Exemptions—For head of family; household furniture, $300, mechanics' tools and imple- ments, $200, also stock, $200; library and im- plements of professional men, $300; for farmer, necessary stock and implements, family pictures and library, $400; no homestead. Limitation of Actions —Open accounts and simple con- tracts, 3 years; bills, bonds, judgments or other specialties, 12 years. Revivor—No statute. Redemption –Land sold under execution, fore- closure, or for taxes, no provision for. Justices' Jurisdiction—$100. Witness—Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution—On filing bond, time at discretion of court. Married Women— Real or personal property acquired at any time other thºom husband, wife's separate estate. 9 Interest—6 per cent; by contract in writing 10 per cent. Usury forfeits interest if above 6 per cent. on verbal, or above 10 per cent. On writ- ten contracts. Floridae Exemptions—For head of family, personal property, $1,000, additional $1,000 for debts incurred prior to May, 1865; 160 acres of land in county, or ; acre in city. Limitation of Actions—Open accounts and verbal contracts, 3 years; contracts in writing not under seal, 5 years; judgments or decrees of any court, and instruments under seal, 20 years. Revivor— Only by new promise in writing. Redemption— Under execution or foreclosure, no statute for taxes, 1 year. Justices' Jurisdiction—$100. Witness—Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution—No statute. Married Women—All property of wife, acquired at cny time, sepa- rate estate. Interest—In absence of contract, 8 per cent. ; under contract, no limit. Usury— No statute. Georgia. fºxemptions—To head of family or guardian of minor children, personalty, $1,000; home- stead, $2,000. Limitation of Actions—Open accounts and contracts not in writing, 4 years; contracts in writing not under seal, 6 years; bonds and instruments under seal, 20 years; foreign judgments, 5 years. Revivor—New promise in writing, or payment on note indorsed by debtor. Redemption—Only when sold for taxes, then 1 year. Justices' Jurisdiction—$100. Witness—Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution—In justice's court, less than $30, 40 days; over $30, 60 days; superior court 60 days. Married Women—All property of wife acquired before or after marriage, her separate estate. Interest—7 per cent. ; under written contract, 12 per cent. Usury—Above 12 per cent. forfeits the interest and the excess charged. Idaho. Exemtions—Office furniture and library, $100; necessary household furniture, professional li- brary, homestead, $5,000. Limitation of 450 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Actions—Contracts not in writing, 4 years; instruments in writing, 5 years; judgments and decrees, 6 years. Revivor—Only by instrument in writing, part payment does not. Redemp- tion—Land sold on execution or foreclosure, 6 months; 60 days additional for each subse- quent redemption. Justices' Jurisdiction—$100. Stay of Execution—Only on appeal, with Surety. Married Women—All property, real or personal, acquired before marriage, and acquired after marriage by gift, bequest, devise or descent, wife's separate property; all other property acquired after marriage, common property; wife must record inventory of separate property. Interest—10 per cent. ; by contract in Writing, 2 per cent. per month. Usury—Forfeits three times the amount paid, and penalty, $300 fine or 7 months' imprisonment, or both. Illinois. Exemptions—Personal property of every per- son, $100, and in addition for head of family residing with the same, $300; but property so exempt does not include money or wages due the debtor; no exemption allowed when the debt is for the wages of laborer or servant; homestead farm or lot and buildings thereon, $1,000. Limitation of Actions—On unwritten contracts, 5 years; bonds, notes and judg- ments recovered in foreign states, 10 years; real actions and judgments recovered in this State, 20 years. Revivor—Part payment or new promise. Redemption—Lands sold on exe- cution or foreclosure, 1 year, for defendant; and by judgment creditor after 12 and within 15 months; no redemption under foreclosure by advertisement, under power of sale in mort- gage or trust deed; for taxes, 1 year. Justices' Jurisdiction—$200. Witness—Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution—No law. Married Women—Hold and control personal and real property, obtained by descent, gift, or purchase, as if unmarried. Interest–Legal rate, 6 per cent. ; by contract in Writing, 8. Usury for- feits entire interest; corporations cannot inter- pose this defense. Indiana. Exemptions—To resident householder, real or personal property, $600; no homestead. Limitation of Actions—Open accounts and con- tracts not in writing, 6 years; actions not lim- ited by statute, 15 years; written contracts, judgments of courts of record and real actions, 20 years. Revivor—Part payment or new promise in writing. Redemption—Of lands sold on execution, 1 year; for taxes, 2 years. Jus- tices' Jurisdiction—$200. Witness—Party in interest may be, and each party may compel the other to testify. Stay of Execution—On $6 to over $100, 30 to 180 days, on filing free- hold securities. Married Women—Hold their real and personal property absolutely as their Separate estate. Interest—Legal rate, 6 per cent. ; by agreement in writing, 8. Usury for- feits the excess above 8 per cent. Iowa. Exemptions — Tools, instruments, libraries, necessary team, etc., of mechanic, farmer, teacher, or professional man; homestead to head of family, 40 acres in country and # acre in city, including buildings, without limit as to value. Limitation of Actions—Unwritten contracts, 5 years; written instruments and real actions, 10 years; on judgments of any court of record, 20 years. Revivor—Admission that the debt is unpaid, or new promise to pay in writing. Redemption of lands sold on execution or foreclosure, 1 year, except where there has been a stay of execution or an appeal; for taxes, 3 years. Justices' Jurisdiction—$100; by consent of parties, $300. Witness—Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution—With freehold sureties, $100, 8 months; over $100, 6 months; no stay after an appeal, and no appeal after a stay. Married Women may own real or personal property acquired by descent, gift or purchase, and control the same as if feme sole. Interest—Legal rate, 6 per cent. ; by agreement in writing, 10. Usury—Contract for above 10 per cent. forfeits 10 per cent. on amount of contract. Kansas. Exemptions—To unmarried person: tools and stock, $400, or library and implements of professional man; to head of family: house- hold furniture, $500, also team, wagon, etc.; farming utensils, $800; stock and tools of AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 451 mechanic, $400; libraries, etc., of professional men; homestead, 160 acres farm land, or 1 acre in city, with improvements, without limit as to value. Limitation of Actions—Contract not in writing, 3 years; contract or promise in writing, 5 years; to recover land sold for taxes, 2 years after recording deed; on execu- tion, 5 years; in other cases, 15 years. Revi- vor—Part payment or written promise or acknowledgment. Redemption—No redemption except of lands sold for taxes, then 3 years. Justices' Jurisdiction—$300. Witness—Party in interest or convict may be. Stay of Execu- tion—In justices courts, on $20 to over $100, 30 to 120 days. Married women—Real or personal property acquired at any time (except from husband) remains sole and separate pro- perty of wife, and controlled as if unmarried. Interest—Legal rate, 7 per cent. ; by agree- ment in writing, 12 per cent. Usury—Any payment above 12 per cent. Shall be considered as principal. Kentucky. Exemptions—The usual schedule of personal effects, furniture, implements and stock, and professional libraries, etc., $500; homestead, $1,000. Limitation of Actions—Open accounts, promissory notes and contracts not in writing, 5 years; contracts in writing and judgments or decrees of any court, 15 years; real actions, 30 years. Revivor—New promise. Redemp- tion—Real estate sold under execution for less than two-thirds its appraised value, 1 year; for taxes, 2 years. Justices Jurisdiction—$50; Jefferson county, $100. Witness—Party in in- terest may be. Stay of Execution—On filing bond, 8 months. Married Women—Wife's sep- arate estate is not liable for husband's debts, but is subject to court in its control. Interest— Legal rate, 6 per cent. ; by agreement in writ- ing, 6 per cent. Usury—Above 6 per cent. forfeits whole interest. Louisiana. Exemptions—To head of family: 160 acres of land and improvements, if owned and occu- pied as residence, together with certain furni- ture; stock, implements, provisions, etc., the property not to exceed $2,000, and no exemp- tion if wife has separate property worth over $1,000 and enjoyed. Limitation of Actions— Open accounts, 3 years; notes, bills, etc., 5 years; judgments, foreign or domestic and mortgages, 10 years. Revivor—Express ac- knowledgment and promise to pay. Redemp- tion—None for property sold under execution or mortgage; tax sales, 2 years. Justices' Jurisdiction—$100. Witness—Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution—Discretion of court. Married Women—Separate property of wife controlled by her; revenues of all separate property and all property acquired by either husband or wife after marriage held in com- munity—a marriage partnership. Interest— Legal rate, 5 per cent. ; 8 per cent. by written contract; a higher rate if embodied in face of obligation. Usury—Stipulation for over 8 per cent. after maturity forfeits entire interest. Maine. Exemptions—The usual furniture, library, tools, implements, stock, team, boat, etc.; homestead to householder registering claim, $500. Limitation of Actions—Debt contracts and liabilities, express or implied, not under seal, 6 years; all other actions, 20 years. Re- vivor—New promise in writing or part pay- ment. Redemption—Land sold on execution, 1 year; under mortgage, 8 years, except when power of sale contained in mortgage; tax sales 2 years. Justices' Jurisdiction—$20. Witness —Party civil or criminal may be. Stay of Execution—Discretion of court in extreme cases. Married women—May own, manage, and convey real and personal estate acquired from any source except from husband, as if single. Interest—Legal, 6 per cent. ; by con- tract in writing, any rate. Usury—No law. Maryland. Exemptions –Wearing apparel, books, me- chanics' tools, and other property to the value of $100; no homestead. Limitation of Actions —Open accounts and simple contracts, 3 years; sealed instruments and judgments, 12 years. Revivor—No statute. Redemption—Tax sales, 452 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 1 year. Justices' Jurisdiction—$100. Witness —Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution —When under $30, 6 months; when over $30, 1 year. Married Women—Property of wife, real or personal, acquired at any time, separate estate, and not subject to debts of husband. Interest—Legai, 6 per cent. Usury forfeits all interest. Massachusetts. Exemptions—Household furniture, $300: library, $50; tools and implements, $100; stock, $100; boat and fishing tackle, $100; certain live-stock, etc.; homestead to householder, if recorded as such, $800. Limitation of Actions —Contracts or liabilities not under seal, express or implied, 6 years; real actions upon an attested note, and personal actions on contracts not otherwise limited, 20 years. Revivor—Part pay- ment (as to party making it) or new promise in Writing. Redemption—Real estate set off on execution by the debtor, 1 year; none under foreclosure ; tax sales, 2 years. Justices' Juris- diction—$300. Witness—Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution—No special stay. Mar- ried Women—Real and personal property of wife, acquired at any time, subject solely to her liabilities and control. Interest—Legal, 6 per cent. ; any rate by contract in Writing. Usury —No law. Michigan. Exemption—Warious personal property and library, $150; certain live-stock, household goods and furniture, $250; tools, implements, stock and team, etc., to carry on trade or profession. $250; homestead, 40 acres of land, or lot in city and house thereon, $1,500. Limitation of Actions—Contracts or liabilities not under seal, 6 years; on judgments or decrees of any court, and actions on contract not otherwise limited, 10 years. Revivor—Part payment or promise in writing to pay. Redemption—Real estate sold under execution and foreclosure at law, 1 year; none under foreclosure in chancery; tax sales, 1 year. Justices' Jurisdiction—$300. Witness—Party not excluded by reason of interest or crime. Stay of Execution–In justice's court, $50 four months; over $50 Six months. Mar- —-º ried Women—Real and personal property of Wife acquired from any source, at any time, held and controlled by her as if unmarried. Interest—Legal, 7 per cent. ; by contract in .ng 10. Usury—Forfeits excess over 7 per CéIlli. Minnesota. Exemptions—Personal property, household effects, etc., $500; implements and stock of farmer, $300; tools, stock, etc., of mechanic or miner, $400; library and implements of profes- Sional man; presses and material of printer or publisher, $2,000, together with stock, $400; homestead, 80 acres in country, 4 acre in village less than 5,000 inhabitants, or 1 lot in city over 5,000 inhabitants, and dwelling on each. Limitation of Actions—On contracts, express or implied, 6 years; on judgments or to forelose mortgage, 10 years; real actions, 20 years. Revivor—Part payment or new promise in writing. Redemption—Real estate sold under execution and foreclosure, 1 year; for taxes, 3 years. Justices' Jurisdiction—Any amount under $100. Witness—Party not excluded by reason of interest or crime. Stay of Execution—Judg- ment of district court, 6 months; justices’ courts, $10 to over $75, 1 to 6 months. Married Women—All property acquired by wife, before or after marriage, remains her separate estate, neither controlled by nor subject to debts . of husband. Interest—Legal, 7 per cent. ; by contract in Writing, 10. Usury—Interest taken above 10 per cent, or compounding, forfeits all interest. Mississippi, Exemptions—Necessary tools and implements of farmer or mechanic, library and implements of professional man, $250; household furniture, $100; homestead 80 acres, or residence in city, value $2,000. Limitation of Actions—Open accounts, 3 years; contracts not under seal, express or implied, 6 years; bonds, notes, and contracts under Seal, 7 years; judgments and decrees rendered in another State against resi- dent of this, 3 years; rendered in this, 7 years; real actions, 10 years. Revivor—An acknowl- edgement of the debt or new promise in writing. Redemption—No law of. Justices' Jurisdiction AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 453 —$150. Witness—Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution—Justice's court, 60 days. Married Women—Property of wife acquired in any manner and at any time, her separate property. Interest—Legal, 6 per cent., by con- tract in Writing 10. Usury—Stipulation for more than ten per cent, forfeits excess. Missouri. Exemptions—To heads of families—Personal property, various articles and stock named, or else, if chosen by debtor, in value $300; home- stead, 160 acres in country, or 30 square rods in city of less than 40,000 inhabitants, either in value $1,500; in cities over 40,000 inhabi- tants, 18 square rods, value $3,000. Limitation of Actions—Open accounts and all promises not in writing, 5 years; contracts and instru- ments in writing, 10 years; judgments and decrees of courts of record, 20 years. Revivor —New promise in writing. Redemption—Lands sold since May, 1877, under trust deed, without foreclosure, 1 year. Justices' Jurisdiction—On contracts, debts or balance due, exclusive of interest, $90; on bonds and notes, exclusive of interest $150; in counties over 50,000 inhabi- tants, the above limits are enlarged respectively, as follows: $90 to $200 and $150 to $300. Witness—Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution—Neither stay nor attachment known in this State. Married Women—Wife holds her real and personal property free from her husband and his debts, but through the inter- vention of a trustee. Interest—Legal, 6 per cent. ; by contract in writing 10. Usury—It is unlawful to take or stipulate for more than 10 per cent., if done, lender forfeits all interest, but borrower pays 10 per cent., which goes to school fund. Montana. Exemptions—Usual personal schedule, and to farmer, implements, Stock, seeds, etc., $800; tools, teams and libraries of mechanics, business and professional men; dwelling of miner, $500, his tools and machinery, $500, also team; homestead, 80 acres in country, + acre in city, value each $2,500. Limitation of Actions— Upon contract or account not in writing, 2 years; contracts, obligations or instruments in writing, judgment, and decrees of any court, 6 years. Revivor—Part payment, acknowledge- ment or promise in writing. Redemption— Lands sold under execution, 6 months. Justice's Jurisdiction—$100. Witness—Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution—Discretion of court. Married Women—Wife's property, ac- quired at any time, her separate estate, pro- vided it is specified in a list and recorded as such. Interest—Any rate by stipulation; when no contract, 10 per cent. Usury—No law. Nebraska. Exemptions—The usual schedule of furni- ture, tools, stock, etc.; homstead, 160 acres in country, or ; acre if within the town plat; if debtor has no lands, then $500 in personal property. Limitation of Action—Upon verbal contracts, express or implied, 4 years; specialty or promise in writing or foreign judgments, 5 years; real actions, 10 years. Revivor—Part payment or an acknowledgment, or any prom- ise to pay in writing. Redemption—None under execution or mortgage, except before confirma- tion of sale; after confirmation title is abso- lute, even if judgment is subsequently reversed; tax sales, 2 years. Justices' Jurisdiction— $100. Witness—Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution—$50, 3 months, $100, 6 months; all others, 9 months. Married Women —Property of wife acquired at any time from any source except from her husband her sole property and controlled as if unmarried. In- terest—Legal, 7 per cent. ; by contract in writ- ing, 7. Usury forfeits all interest. Nevada. Exemptions—Office furniture, $100; house- hold furniture, farming utensils, $200; team, etc., tools of mechanic, libraries, etc., of pro- fessional men, dwelling of miner, $500, also tools and machinery, $500; homestead to head of family, $5,000. Limitation of actions—Open or store account and contract not in writing, 2 years; upon contract or instrument of writing, 4 years; recovery of mining claims, 2 years; real actions, or judgment or decree of any court, 5 years. The above applies to contraets before March 2d, 1877; to contracts since that 454 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTIOAL INFORMATION. date (the above periods), 2 years extended to 4, and 4 and 5 respectively to six years. Revivor —Acknowledgment or new promise in writing. Redemption—Of lands sold on execution, 6 months; except for taxes, then none. Justices' Jurisdiction—$300, exclusive of interest. Wit- ness—Party in interest may be. Stay of Exe- cution—In discretion of court. Married Women —All property of the wife, owned by her before marriage, and that acquired afterwards by gift, bequest, devise or descent, her separate prop- erty; all other property acquired during cover- ture by husband or wife, common property, but controlled by husband. Interest—Legal, 7 per cent. ; any rate by agreement. Usury—No law. New Hampshire. Exemptions—Household furniture, $100; tools of mechanic, $100; library, $200, together with the usual live-stock, teams, etc.; homestead or interest therein to wife, widow and children during life or minority, $500. Limitation of Actions—Contracts not under Seal, 6 years; real actions, judgments, notes Secured by mortgage and contracts under Seal, 20 years. Revivor—New promise, verbal or written. Redemption—Lands sold under execution, fore- closure or for taxes, 1 year. Justice's Juris- diction—$13.33. Witness—Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution—Discretion of court. Married women may hold and control their separate property, real and personal, and earnings, as if sole. Interest—Legal, 6 per cent. Usury—A person receiving above 6 per cent. forfeits three times the excess. New Jersey. Exemptions—Personalty, $200; homestead under statutory notice, lot and building occu- pied as residence, $1,000. Limitation of Actions—Debt not founded on Specialty and all actions of account, 6 years; upon sealed instruments, 16 years; judgments and real actions, 20 years. Revivor—Part payment or written acknowledgement. Redemption—None except for taxes, then time governed by Special laws. Justice's Jurisdiction—$100. Witness— Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution— * Justice's court, not over $15, 1 month; over $15 and under $60, 3 months; over $60, 6 months. Married Women—Wife holds and controls her property, acquired at any time, as if she was single. Interest—Legal, 6 per cent. Usury forfeits all interest. New Mexico. Exemptions—Real estate to head of family residing on the same, provided it is claimed as exempt, $1,000; also small amount of per- sonal property, including tools, etc. Limita- tion of Actions—No statute affecting the col- lection of moneys; adverse possession, 10 years. Bevivor—No statute. Redemption—Lands sold under execution or for taxes, 1 year. Justices' Jurisdiction—Any amount less than $100. Witness—Rules of common law govern exclu- sively. Stay of Execution—No statute, except by appeal. Married Women—Wife is the sole owner of her separate property, but it is Sub- ject to the control of her husband, and the proceeds become their joint property. Interest—- Legal, 6 per cent., but any amount by agree- ment. Usury—No law of. New York. Exemptions—Necessary furniture, tools, team, library, etc., not to exceed $250; homestead lot and building, owned and occupied as resi- dence, and recorded as homestead, $1,000. Limitation of Actions—Contracts, express or implied, except those under seal, 6 years; recovery of real estate upon judgments of courts of record and sealed instruments, 20 years. Revivor—Part payment or new promise in writing. Hedemption—No law, except for lands sold for taxes, then 2 years. Justices' Jurisdiction—$100. Witness—Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution—No law, but court may order in discretion. Married Women—Wife has same rights and subject to same liabilities in relation to her separate property as if single. Interest–Legal, 6 per cent. Usury voids contract, forfeits principal and interest, and is misdemeanor. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 455 North Carolina, Exemptions—Personalty, $500, homestead, $1,000. Limitation of Actions—Contracts not under Seal, 3 years; upon instruments under seal, judgments, courts of record or foreclosure of mortgage. Revivor—New promise in writ- ing. Redemption—None for property sold on execution or mortgage; tax sales, 1 year. Justices' Jurisdiction—$200. Witness—incom- petency for interest or crime abolished. Stay of Execution—$25, 1 month ; $25 to $50, 3 months; $50 to $100, 4 months; above $100, 6 months. Married Women—Property of wife acquired at any time and in any manner her separate estate, but cannot convey without consent of husband. Interest—Legal, 6 per cent., by stipulation, 8. Usury forfeits entire interest, and party paying may recover double the amount paid. Ohio. Exemptions—The usual furniture, tools, in- struments, library, horse or team, etc., and if no homestead, to head of family $500; addi- tional personal property, homestead, $1,000. Limitation of Actions—Upon contracts not in writing, express or implied, 6 years; Specialty or any agreement in writing, 15 years; real actions, 20 years. Revivor—Part payment, acknowledgment or promise in writing. Re- demption—None for lands sold under execu- tion or foreclosure; for taxes, 2 years. Justices’ Jurisdiction—$300. Witness—Neither interest nor crime disqualifies. Stay of Execution— Only in justices' court, then on judgments from $5 to over $50 from 60 to 240 days. Married Women—Real and personal property of wife acquired at any time her separate estate and under her Sole control. Interest— Legal, 6 per cent., may contract in writing for 8; if contract is for more than 8 per cent., only principal and 6 can be recovered. Oregon. Exemptions—The usual schedule, also neces- sary tools, implements, library, team, etc., of trade or profession, $400; and further to house- holder, if kept for use; farm stock, utensils, etc., $300; no homestead. Limitation of Ac- tions—On contracts not under Seal, express or implied, 6 years; on judgments or decrees of any court and Sealed instruments, 10 years; recovery real property, 20 years. Revivor— Part payment or new promise in writing. Redemption—Lands sold under execution or mortgage may be within 60 days from sale, or last redemption; for taxes, 2 years. Justices' Jurisdiction –$250; Witness—Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution—No statute for. Married Women—Wife controls her separate estate as if single, except that it must be registered as such. Interest—Legal, 10 per cent. ; 12 by contract; above 12 per cent., illegal. Pennsylvania. Exemptions—Either real or personal prop- erty, $300; no homestead law. Limitation of Actions—Contracts, notes and instruments not under Seal, 6 years; judgments, mortgages and sealed instruments, 20 years. Revivor— Acknowledement coupled with promise to pay; promise may be implied, if acknowledgment is plain, express, and nothing to negate such implication. Redemption—None except sales for taxes and municipal doings, then 2 years. Justices' Jurisdiction—Generally $100; Erie, Wenango, Lawrence, Crawford, Mercer and Warren counties, $300. Witness—Party in in- terest may be. Stay of Execution—Judgment not exceeding $200, 6 months; $200 to $500, 9 months; over $500, 1 year. Justices' judg- ments, $20 to over $60, 3 to 9 months. Married Women—All property of wife acquired before or after marriage, held and enjoyed as her separate estate, but may be charged for neces- saries contracted by her for her family. Interest—Legal, 6 per cent. ; usurious interest cannot be collected. Rhode Island. Exemptions—Necessary working tools, $200; also, if householder, furniture, etc., $300, besides certain stock; no homestead law. Limitation of Actions—All actions of account, except be-, 456 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. tween merchants, and any contract without Specialty, 6 years; other actions of debt and conveyance, 20 years. Revivor—No statutory provision, as at common law. Redemption— None of sale on execution; under mortgage, 3 years; for taxes, 1 year. Justices' Jurisdiction –$100. Witness—Neither interest nor crime dis- qualifies. Stay of Execution—Discretion of the court. Married Women—Property of wife, ac- Quired before or after marriage, remains her Separate estate. Interest—Legal, 6 per cent., but any rate may be taken by agreement. South Carolina. Exemptions—To head of family: furniture, library, tools, farming implements, cattle, work animals, etc., $500; homestead, $1,000. Limi- tation of Actions—Upon contracts not under seal, sealed notes or personal bonds, 6 years; judgments or decrees of any court, and upon Sealed instruments (except as above), 20 years; to recover real property, 10 years. Revivor—No statute, as at common law. Redemption—No law except of sales for taxes, then 2 years. Justices' Judgment—$100. Witness—Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution—No law of ; court may grant order for. Married Women —-All property of a woman held at time of mar- riage, or acquired afterwards (except that gift or grant of husband shall not be detrimental to his creditors) held as her separate property, and controlled as if unmarried. Interest—Le- gal, 7 per cent. ; Same by contract in Writing; usury laws abolished. Tennessee. Exemptions—To head of family: various ar- ticles, food, etc., together with furniture, cattle, team, tools, etc., to value of $165; homestead in possession of head of family, $1,000. Limi- tation of Actions—Upon bonds, notes, accounts and contracts generally, 6 years; judgments or decrees of courts of record, and other cases not expressly provided for, 10 years. Revivor—Ac- knowledgment, expressed Willingness to pay or promise; part payment not in itself sufficient. Redemption—Of lands sold for cash under exe- cution or mortgage (with power of sale), 2 years; for taxes, 1 year. Justices' Jurisdic- tion—Against makers of notes, acceptors of bills, and upon liquidated accounts signed by party to be charged, $1,000; against indorsers of notes and bills, and on open or unliquidated accounts, $500. Witness—Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution—On justices' judgment, 8 months. Married Women—Wife's separate property not Subject to debt or disposition of husband, ex- cept authorized by instrument under which she acquired it. Interest—Legal, 6 per cent., prior to March 20, 1877; by contract, 10 per cent. ; since that date, excess of 6 per cent. usury. Texas. Exemptions—All furniture, implements of hus- bandry, tools, apparatus, or library belonging to trade or profession, teams, stock, etc.; home- stead, 200 acres, in one or more parcels, with improvements; in city or village, lot or lots, $5,000 at time of designation, without reference to present value of improvements. Limitation of Actions—Open accounts, except as between merchants, 2 years; contracts in Writing, 4 years; to recover land against one in posses- sion under title, 3 years; in possession without title, 10 years; judgments, courts of record, 10 years. Revivor—Acknowledgment of justice of claim in writing. Redemption—None for lands sold except for taxes, then 2 years. Justices' Juris- diction $200. Witness—Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution—-3 months on justice's judg- ments only. Married Women—All property of wife at marriage, and all acquired thereafter by gift, devise or descent, remains her separate property, but subject to the husband's management. In- terest—Legal, 8 per cent. ; by contract, 12. Usury forfeits all interest. Utah. Exemptions—Office furniture, $100; house- hold furniture, farming implements, certain cattle, team, etc, also seed, grain, etc., $100; tools, instruments and libraries of professional men; home, tools, etc., of miner, $400; horse or team, etc., when used for livelihood; home- stead to head of family, $1,000, and the further sum of $250 for each member of the family. Limitation of Actions—Open accounts and con- tracts not in Writing, 2 years; contracts or obligations founded on Writing, 4 years; judg- ments, 5 years; recovery of lands, 7 years, AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 457 Revivor—Acknowledgment of promise in writing. Redemption of lands sold under execution or mortgage, 6 months, and 60 days from last re- demption. Justices' Jurisdiction—$200. Wit- mess—Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution—Court may stay for a limited time. Married Women—All property of wife acquired at any time, held, managed and controlled as if unmarried. Interest—Legal, 10 per cent. ; by agreement, any rate. Usury—No law. Vermont. Exemptions—Necessary furniture, tools, cattle, etc.; professional library and instruments, $200; team used for work, $200; homestead to head of family, $500. Limitations of Actions—Con- tract, obligation, or liability not under seai, 6 years; instruments under seal, and judgment of court of record, 8 years; recovery of land, 15 years. Revivor—New promise in writing. Redemption—Lands sold on execution, 6 months; under foreclosure, 1 year, unless value of prop- erty less than incumbrance, then in discretion of court; for taxes, 1 year. Justices' Jurisdic- tion—$200. Witness—Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution—No general law, but court may allow. Married Women—Wife's separate property, acquired at any time, not liable for husband's debts, except created for her and family, and then chargeable only upon annual products of her separate estate. Interest— Legal, 6 per cent. Usury forfeits excess. Virginia. Exemptions—Pictures, library, etc., $100; necessary furniture, certain cattle, house, etc.; a mechanic's tools, $100; also to head of family, called homestead exemption, real or personal property, $2,000. Limitations of Actions—For articles charged in store account, 2 years; con- tracts not under Seal, 5 years; contracts under seal, 20 years; recovery of lands, 15 years. Revivor—New promise in writing; part pay- ment not sufficient. Redemption—No statutory provisions; right exists in mortgagor as at com- mon law; under tax sales, 2 years. Justices' Jurisdiction—See Stay of Execution. Witness— Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution— Only on Justice's judgment, between $10 and $20, 40 days; between $20 and $30, 60 days; over $30, 90 days. Married Women—Recent statutes not judiciálly construed, hence law uncertain; by act of April 4, 1877, property of women married since that date—or if married before, acquired since that date, shall be her separate estate, subject, however, to the cour- tesy of the husband. Interest—Legal, 6 per cent. Usury forfeits all interest. Washington Territory. Exemptions—To each householder: house- hold goods, coin value, $1,500; also certain cattle to farmer, team, utensils, etc., $200; to professional men, office furniture, also libraries and instruments, $500; boatmen, boats, $250; draymen, team ; homestead to head of family, while occupied by family, and entered in office of auditor as such, $1,000. Limitation of Action —Contracts not in writing, 3 years; contracts in writing, or liability arising out of a written agreement, or a judgment or decree of any court, 6 years; recovery of real property 20 years. Revivor—Part payment or new promise in writing. Redemption—Lands sold on execution, 6 months. Justices' Jurisdiction—$100. Witness—Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution—In superior court, under $500, 30 days; between $500 and $1,500, 60 days; over $1,500, 90 days. In dis- trict court, under $300, 2 months; between $300 and $1,000, 5 months; over $1,000, 6 months. Married Women—Property of wife acquired before marriage, and afterward by gift, devise or descent, her separate property; same with husband; property otherwise acquired during coverture held in common; all, however, subject to control of husband; to avoid liability for husband's debts, wife must record inventory of her separate estate, duly executed. Interest —Legal, 10 per cent. ; any rate by agreement in writing. Usury—No law. West Virginia. Exemptions—Parent or infant children of deceased parents may set apart personal estate, $200; mechanic or laborer, tools, $200; home- stead as against debts created since August 22d, 1872, $1,000, provided it was recorded as such before the debt was contracted. Limitation of 458 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Actions—Store account, 3 years; accounts con- cerning trade between merchants, 5 years; contracts not in writing, or in writing and not under Seal, 5 years; contracts under seal, 20 years, except that contracts eacecuted after April 1st, 1869, whether under seal or not, 10 years; to recover land, 10 years. Revivor—Acknowl- edgment of debt, or promise in writing to pay. Redemption—None for land sold under execu- tion or mortgage; for taxes, 1 year. Justices' Jurisdiction—$100, exclusive of interest. Wit- ness—Party in interest may pay. Stay of Execution—Justice's judgments, $10 to over $50, 1 to 4 months. Married Women—Property of Wife acquired at any time and from any source other than her husband, held to her sole and separate use ; provided that the husband must join in conveyance of realty. Interest—legal, 6 per cent. Usury forfeits excess. Wisconsin. Exemptions—Library, household furniture, etc., $200; firearms, $50; necessary team, cat- tle and utensils; 1 year's provisions; tools or stock in trade of mechanic, miner or other per- son, $200; library and instruments of profes- sional man, $200; printing material, presses, etc., $1,500; homestead in country, 40 acres, or in town-plat # of an acre. Limitation of Actions--On contracts not under seal, 6 years; judgments of courts within the State on sealed instruments, cause accruing within the State, 20 years; foreign judgments and specialties, cause accruing without the State, 10 years; recovery of bonds, 20 years. Revivor—Part payment or Iew promise in Writing; if by one joint debtor, it revives only as to him. Re- demption—Of lands sold under execution, 2 years; mortgage, 1 year; taxes, 3 years. Jus- tices' Jurisdiction—$200. Witness—Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution—Only on justice's judgments; $10 to over $50, exclusive of costs, 1 to 4 months. Married Women— Property of wife acquired at any time, from any source other than her husband, held to her sole and separate use and disposal. Interest—Legal, fi per cent. ; by contract, in Writing, 10. Usury frofeits all interest. Wyoming. Exemptions—Household furniture, provisions, etc., $500; tools, team, implements or stock in trade of mechanic, miner or other person, kept for his trade or business, $300; library and instruments of professional man, $300; home- stead actually occupied as such by head of family, in country, 160 acres, in town, lot or lots in value, $1,500. Limitation of Actions— On contracts not in writing, 4 years; upon specialty or agreement in writing, 5 years; on all foreign judgments or contracts made or in- curred before debtor becomes resident, within 1 year after he establishes residence in terri- tory; recovery of land, 21 years. Revivor—Part payment or acknowledgment in writing. Re- demption—Under mortgage, 6 months. Jus- tices' Jurisdiction — $100. Witness—Neither interest nor crime disqualifies. Stay of Execu- tion—Stay law repealed, except as to justice's judgments. Married Women—Wote, hold office, and control separate property as though un- married. Interest—Legal, 12 per cent. ; any rate by agreement in writing. No usury law. Quebec-Canada. Exemptions—Limited amount of furniture, fuel, food, cattle, tools of trade, etc., etc. Lim- itation of Actions—For wages of domestics, or farm servants, 1 year; by teachers for tuition, board, etc., 2 years; notes, bills of exchange, claims of a commercial nature and contracts generally, 5 years; contractor's warranty or re- cission of contracts, 10 years; judgments and mortgages, 30 years. Jurisdiction of “Circuit Court” (Similar to justices' court in the United States)—In country districts, $200; in Mon- treal and Quebec, $100. Witness—Party to suit cannot be witness in his own behalf, but may be examined by his adversary. Married Women—As a rule, unless modified by ante- nuptial contract, wife retains in her own right all the immovable property possessed at time of marriage; the same With husband, consti- tuting two separate estates; all movables, brought in or required by each, constitute the third estate, called the community, controlled by hus- band. Interest–Legal, 6 per cent. ; any rate by stipulation. AN JENCYCLOPAEDLA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 459 Ontario-Canada. Exemptions—Furniture, farm stock, tools and implements of trade, $60; free grants and home- steads in districts Algoma and Nipissing and between the river Ottawa and Georgian Bay. Limitation of Actions — Contracts, notes and instruments not under seal, 6 years; contracts under Seal, mortgages, judgments, and to recover land, 10 years; to recover wild lands never in possession of crown, grantee as against person in possession, but not claiming under original grantee, 20 years. Revivor—Part payment or written acknowledgment. Division Court's Juris- diction — $100. Witness — Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution: —Only by appeal. Married Women—Every woman married since May 4th, 1859, without marriage settlement, holds all her property, real and personal, free from debts and control of husband, except as to property received from him during marriage; women married before May 4th, 1859, same rights as to real estate not then reduced to hus- band's possession; husband must join wife in deed conveying her separate estate, otherwise she acts as feme sole. Interest—Legal, 6 per cent. ; any rate by agreement. New Brunswick. Exemptions—Homestead act gives owner of his homestead exemption to value of $600; household effects to value of $60. Limitation of Actions—On contracts not under seal, 6 years; contracts under Seal, or judgments, 20 years. Revivor—Part payment or written ac- knowledgment. Courts' Jurisdiction—Magis- trates up to $20; county courts from $20 to $200; supreme court from $200 upward. Wit- ness—Party in interest may be. Married Women—The real or personal property belong- ing to a woman before or accruing after mar- riage, except such as may be received from her husband while married, shall vest in her and be owned by her as her separate property, and cannot be seized for husband's debts; but he must join in any conveyance. If wife lives separate and apart from her husband, she can dispose of it as if unmarried. Interest—Legal, 6 per cent. ; any rate by agreement. Nova Scotia. Exemptions—The necessary wearing apparel and bedding of debtor and his family, and the tools and instruments of his trade or calling; one stove and his last cow. Limitation of Actions—On all contracts not under Seal, 6 years; judgments and contracts under Seal, 20 years; no arrear of dower, rent or interest can be recovered after 6 years. Revivor—Part pay- ment or acknowledgment in writing. Courts' Jurisdiction—Magistrates up to $20; county courts from $20 to $200 ; supreme court from $200 upward. Married Women—All personal property owned by the wife at the time of mar- riage, or acquired by her in any manner afterwards (unless trusted for her sole benefit), becomes the property of the husband. She may hold real estate in her own name, but cannot make a conveyance without he consent of her husband. Interest—Legal rate, 6 per cent. BUSINESS LETTERS. Letters relating to matters of business should be written with the most scrupulous care and exactness. The writer should determine in his mind what he wishes to say before beginning his letter, and should say it as briefly as possible. Make your Words convey your exact meaning, so that nothing may be left to doubt or uncertainty. A few complimentary or friendly phrases may be introduced, but apart from these, the letter should be restricted to the business to which it relates. The letter should be written legibly and neatly, and should be divided into paragraphs, if many Subjects are alluded to. Should the letter be a reply to one received Irom your correspondent, discuss each subject to which you reply in a separate paragraph. Business letters should be dated with the day of the month and the year at the head of the sheet. You should answer a business letter, if possi- ble, on the day of its receipt, or at the earliest 460 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. moment you can do so. Promptness in corres- Reply from the Wholesale House. pondence is one of the most useful habits of business. You should read carefully all business letters, BALTIMORE, May, 4th, 1882. and file them away for future reference, endors- || MR. ALFRED LEE, ſing upon them the date of your answer. BALTIMORE, MD. Should your letter contain a remittance of DEAR SIR: money, state in the letter the amount you send, Agreeably to your esteemed order of the first and the means by which you send it. inst., we have now the pleasure to emelose in- Money sent by mail should be in the form of voice of goods amounting to $1,500, subjeet to a draft, check, or postal order, or should be five per cent. discount for prompt cash. sent in a registered letter. To enclose a bill in an envelop and trust it to the mails is to incur a great risk. In ordering goods by letter, state plainly the l We may mention that, from the opinion en- tertained of you by the Messrs. Delaplaine, we have no hesitation in opening the accetºt, and at once placing you on our best terms. The º º: #. * ..". . goods have been despatched this day per B. & etc., so that neither the meronant nor his ºlerk | O. R. R., and we trust they will arrive safely, may be obliged to guess at your wishes. It is a good plan to make out your order on a sepa- rate sheet, and enclose it in your letter. With these suggestions, we offer several forms for business letters of different kinds: and prove satisfactory. We believe they will bear a favorable comparison with those of any house in the trade, and desire that you should satisfy yourself as to value and qualities before remitting settlement. We are, dear sir, yours respectfully, HAMILTON EASTER & SONs. From a Young Man Commencing Business to a Wholesale Merchant, with Order. Ordering Dry Goods for Eamily Use. CHARLESTown, W. W.A., May 1, 1882. MESSRs. HAMILTON EASTER & SoNS, CHICAGo, IL.L., 25th March, 1882. BALTIMORE, MD. MESSRs. LoRD & TAYLOR, NEW YORK. GENTLEMEN: Enclosed find a postoffice order for $53, for which send me by the U. S. Express the fol- lowing goods: GENTLEMEN : Having commenced business here on my own account, with every prospect of success, I shall be glad to open an aocount with your house, doubting not it will be to our mutual advan- tage. With this view, I enclose an order, which I shall thank you to execute with the least pos. 1 dozen linen handkerchiefs, 50....... $6 00 sible delay, and on your best terms as to goods | 10 yards calico, blue ground With white and prices. I beg to refer you to my late dots, 200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 00 employers, Messrs. Delaplaine & Son, of Wheel- 20 yards black silk, $100............. 20 00 ing, W. Va., who will satisfy you as to .”y | 1 dozen ladies' Balbriggan hose, No. 8, integrity and trustworthiness; but as this is a $1 50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . © & e s e e e 18 00 first transaction, on your forwarding me an . º * l º invoice of the goods, deducting discount for 20 yards white flannel, 850. . . . . . . . . . . . 7 00 cash, I shall remit a sight draft on a bank in *-ºsmº º - e $58, 00, your city for the amount, by return of mail. º Requesting your usual prompt attention, I Direct the parcel to ſam, gentlemen, Yours Respectfully, MRs. MARY GREEN, ALFRED LEE. Chicago, Ill AN ENCYCLOPMEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 461; From a Country Merchant to a Wholesale House, Requesting an Extension of Credit. WHITEHALL, IL.L., May 18th, 1882. MESSRs. BLACK & WHITE, NEW YoFK, GENTLEMEN: You have perhaps observed that my trans- actions with you have been steadily increasing in amount for a considerable time back, which I feel pleasure in assuring you is only an indi- cation of a proportionate exteasion of my gen- eral business. From the inadequacy of the capital with which I commenced to meet the growing re- quirements of my trade, and the lengthened credit I am obliged to give, generally four, and in many instances six months, I have been under the necessity of keeping but a very small stock, which has materially inconvenienced me in the execution of orders. Under the impres- sion that you have confidence in my honesty, steadiness, and unflagging attention to business, I beg to ask if you would favor me by extend- ing your term of credit from three months to six, or, say, accept my note at three months in settlement of the quarterly account. This arrangement would afford me greater facility in meeting my obligations, and enable me to keep stock sufficient for all ordinary demands. I may add that my customers are all of a highly respectable class, my trade a safe and steady one, and that anything like a reckless extension of it is very far indeed from my in- tention. I shall feel obliged by a reply at your earli- est convenience, and I am, gentlemen, yours respectfully, HENRY CASWELL. From a Book Agent, Reporting the Result of His Canvass. DAYTON, OHIo, May 12th, 1882. O. C. ST. CLAIR & Co., PUBLISHERS, SPRINGFIELD, ILL. GENTLEMEN: - I send you herewith my report for the week ending to-day. You will perceive that I am succeeding well. The Encyclopædia of Practical Information and Universal Formulary is the best book for which I ever canvassed, and I find that the sale of it repays my efforts very handsomely. Your Bible also gives entire Satisfaction, and Seſſlsº well. It is pronounced the most compkete work as to its contents, and the most beautiful and substantial as to its mechanical workmanship, offered to the public. The ministers of all the churches in my territory endorse it, and this is a great help to me in selling it. I am hopeful of making a large sale of your books, and shall spare no effort to do so. I receive many circulars from other publishers, offering me the agency of their books, but pay no attention to them. I know that a book pub- lished by your house is certain of a large sale, and I prefer to canvass for the most valuable and popular works. I expect to send you an order for books the first of next month. Thanking you for your courteous and liberak treatment of me in our numerous transactions, I am Very respectfully yours, GEORGE STEVENs. Recommending a Successor on Retiring from Business. CHARLESTON, S. C., March 20th, 1882. MESSRs. ARNOLD, CONSTABLE & Co., NEW YORK. GENTLEMEN : We flatter ourselves that there are many friends among our connection who will regret; to hear that we are just upon the point of re- linquishing business. In doing so, our premises and stock of goods will be transferred to the hands of Messrs. Harris & Co., who will, in future, carry on the business on the same ap- proved system and extensive scale as ourselves, provided they can rely on receiving the patron- age of our connection; in the hopes of which it is our pleasure and duty to present those gentlemen to your notice. We cannot speak too highly of the confidence we feel in their liberal mode of conducting business, and their strict attention and punctuality in their mer- cantile transactions; and in the hope that they may be honored with the same countenance received by ourselves from your respectable firm, We beg to subscribe ourselves, Your obliged and most obedient servants, GooD, BRIGHT & Co. 462 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Urging the Payment of a Bill. ST. Louis, Jan, 10, 1882. DEAR SIR: As I have a heavy payment to meet on the 20th of this month I must beg you to give immediate attention to my account, which has already run far beyond my usual limit of credit. You have not made any payment on this ac- count for the last three months, and I must really urge greater promptness on your part, as the nature of my business does not allow me to remain out of my capital so long. Very respectfully yours, HENRY FRENCEI. MR. STEPHEN FREE, Boston, Mass. An Urgent Application for Payment. BosTon, Jan. 20, 1882. SIR : Feeling much disappointed by your failure to settle my account according to promise, I am compelled to say that the profits on my business will not admit of longer credit. At the same time, I should be sorry to inconvenience you, and will therefore fix the 27th instant for payment, after which it will be quite impossible for me to wait, however unpleasant the alternative. I am, sir, yours obediently, HENRY FRENCB. Request for Extension of Time. DENVER, CoL., May 20, 1882. MR. JoHN GRESHAM, San Francisco, Cal. : SIR : It is with undisguised vexation that we find ourselves obliged to inform you that, after having conducted our business affairs with sat- isfactory punctuality for a series of years, we have, by reason of the untoward stoppage of the Artizan's Bank, discovered our financial matters to be 80 disarranged as to solicit at the hands of our creditors an extension of time, not only for the payment of our paper now matured, but of all outstanding liabilities. We are, at the present moment, engaged in the balancing of our books, and request that you will not only forward to us an abstract of your account cur- rent with us, but your consent that we be al- lowed the term of twelve months for the adequate adjustment of our liabilities and the collection of our assets, by the end of which we trust to be able settle to the satisfaction of our credi- tors in full of all their demands. Humiliating as this proposition is to us, rest assured that it has been forced upon us through circumstances beyond our foresight or control, and is now made with a due sense of our re- sponsibility towards the body of our creditors. Our assets, managed in our own hands, we are confident, will realize, within the time specified, not only an amount adequate for the liquida- tion of all our debts, but leave a balance in our favor, which, conjoined with the advances of friends, will doubtlessly enable us to resume business under favorable auspices. On the other hand, should we be compelled to declare our- selves bankrupts, our honor, as well as our credit and resources, will have to be sacrificed to realize but a dividend, in favor of creditors, upon an estate which, properly nursed, can be rendered productive of payments in full for all claims at present held against us. Trusting to your appreciation of our motives, and convinced of your reliance upon our probity and honor, we remain, sir, Your very humble servants, GREENWAY & Co. APPLICATIONS FOR SITUATIONS. Application for a Clerkship. KANSAs CITY, April 5th, 1882. MESSRs. ASPINWALL & Co. GENTLEMEN: Being desirous of obtaining a clerkship, and seeing, by an advertisement in the Herald, that your firm is in Want of a confidential clerk, I beg to offer myself as a candidate for the po- sition. I held a similar appointment for some years with Messrs. Turine & Medei, of San Paulo. I can write, Speak fluently, interpret and trans- late French, Spanish and German. I enclose copies of my testimonials. Should you be pleased to appoint me, no exertion on AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 463 my part shall be wanting to give you satisfac- tion. I remain, gentlemen, Your obedient servant, HENRY WILLIAMS. Application for a Clerkship at Washington. CoLUMBUS, OHIo, Jan. 1, 1882. HoN. JoHN SHERMAN, Secretary of the Treasury, WASHINGTON, D. C. SIR: I beg to submit herewith my application for a position as clerk in the Department of the Treasury of the United States, and to ask your favorable consideration of it. I am proficient in the branches of an ordi- nary English education, and am a good account- ant. This letter will show you the character of my handwriting. I enclose a number of references from gen- tlemen well known to you. Should you be pleased to give me a position in your Department, I will strive, by diligent and faithful application, to deserve your appro- val, and to discharge, to the best of my ability, the duties of the position to which I may be assigned. Hoping to receive a favorable answer, I have the honor to be, Your obedient servant, - RICHARD H. THOMPSON. A Sugar Refiner Applying for a Situation. SHOREDITCH, May 19th, 1882. MESSRs. SHARP & SWEET, NEw York. GENTLEMEN: Being out of employment at present, and hear- | ing you required a Sober, steady, active and pushing man to superintend your business up- stairs, I write to inform you that for years I was head up-stairs man at Messrs. Newhall & Co.'s. You will see by the enclosed copy of a testimonial from them, that the duties of filling out the goods up to the stoving, were carried out in such a manner as to convince them I thoroughly understood the business. A reply at your convenience will much oblige, Yours respectfully, HUGH WRIGHT. Application for a Clerkship. DETROIT, MICH., May 6, 1882. MESSRs. HooD, & Co. GENTLEMEN: Seeing an advertisment for a salesman in The Ledger, I beg to offer my application for the position. I am familiar with your line of busi- ness, having been in the employment of Messrs. H. B. Claflin & Co., of New York, for several years. I refer to them by their permission. Hoping to receive a favorable reply, I am, Very respectfully yours. ARTHUR READY. From a Person Desirous of Employment as a Manager of a Wholesale or Retail Business. LouisvilDE, Ky., April 5, 1882. MESSRs. KING, DAVIS & Co., BALTIMORE. GENTLEMEN: I beg to forward a strong recommendation from Messrs. Carter & Greene for the post of manager of your [retail or wholesale] business. For some years previous to the late war I was employed by Messrs. Carter & Greene, and was selected by them to manage a branch estab- lishment at Boston, which is now progressing most satisfactorily. I am a good correspondent in French and Italian and German, and under- stand the business well in all its branches. Trusting that you will favorably consider my friend's recommendation, I remain, gentlemen, yours faithfully, GEORGE WILLING. A Book-keeper and Accouxltant Applying for Employment. HAMPTON, WA., February 1, 1882. MR. DAVID HICKs, CHARLESTON. SIR : My late employer, Mr. Joseph Lee, having relinquished business, and hearing that you required a book-keeper, I venture to apply for the situation. For many years I have had great business experience, having been entrusted with matters of great responsibility. I am a good accountant and correspondent, and can speak German fluently. 464 AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Hoping to receive a favorable reply, I am, Slr, Yours faithfully, GERALD MASSEY. From a Coachman Seeking a Place. GERMANTown, PA., March 2d, 1882. MR. EDGAR WHITE, SIR: Having heard that you are in want of a coachman, I respectfully beg to offer myself for the situation. I am a married man and have five children. I have been used to driving since I was a boy. I have lived in my last place with John Thomas, Esq., East Walnut Lane, and hold his written certificate as to my character. If you should be pleased to engage me, I shall endeavor to do my best to serve you. Very respectfully, JOHN JAMEs. Applying for a Situation as a Gardener. CoLUMBUs, OHIO, May 1st, 1882. GEORGE BROWN, ESQ., ToLEDO. SIR: Understanding that there will be a vacancy shortly in your establishment for a gardener, I respectfully beg to offer myself for the place. From boyhood I have been under the best of gardeners. I served my apprenticeship with, and have been from time to time improving myself under the direction of, one of the most experienced landscape gardeners employed in the Central Park. I enclose you a copy of the opinion formed of my capabilities by those under whom I placed myself, and assure you my whole time and study shall be devoted to your service. I remain, yours obediently, E. GARDNER. Applying for a Situation as a Cook. CARLTON PLACE, September 8th, 1882. MADAM : Having seen your advertisement for a cook in to-day's Times, I beg to offer myself for your place. I am a thorough cook. I can make clear soups, entrées, jellies, and all kinds of made dishes. I can bake, and am also used to a dairy. My wages are $4 per week, and I can give a good reference from my last place, in which I lived for two years. I am thirty- three years of age. I remain, Madam, Yours very respectfully, ELLEN O'RourEE. A Lady Recommending a Governess to another Lady. BooBHAMPTON, April 23d, 1882. MADAM : In reply to yours of the-inst. I have much pleasure in testifying to the capabilities of Miss—as a governess. My children made the greatest improvement under her tuition. Her views are purely evangelical, her manner most refined; she teaches English thoroughly, music and drawing well. Her method of in- structing in French was most wonderful, and having been educated abroad her accent is per- fect. You may safely confide your children to her care. I remain, Dear Madam, Yours truly, ELIZABETH MonTAGUE. From a Milliner, Leaving Address. GRAHAM STREET, June 22d, 1882. MADAM: I take the liberty of leaving my address, as you kindly said you would employ and recommend me when an opportunity occurred. I am, Madam, 'Your obedient servant, E. GREENE. To a Friend, asking her to Inquire About a Nurse. HIGHGATE, June 21st, 1882. My DEAR FRIEND: I am in great distress, my nurse having suddenly left me in consequence of her father's death, and there is no probability of her com- ing back, as she will have to take charge of an invalid mother, and little family. Perhaps you AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 465 will assist me out of my difficulty by calling on Mrs. Gregory, Bloomsbury Square, to inquire the character of Ann Price, whom I have heard spoken of in very high terms. I need not mention the qualities I require. You know what a treasure my last nurse was ; I should think myself most fortunate could I meet with such another modest and good Ser- want. I would not trouble you were I able to go such a long distance, but knowing how kind and ready you always are to oblige a friend, I do not hesitate to ask you if you will do so. You really will be conferring a great favor on yOur Affectionate friend, MARGARET HAMILTON. Answer, SLOANE STREET, June 25th. MY DEAR FRIEND: I have called on Mrs. Gregory to inquire the character of Ann Price, and hasten to tell you the result, and to advise you to take her at once, for so valuable a servant is not to be met with every day. She is clean, good-tempered, civil, and very fond of children, and amongst other qualifications she is an excellent needlewoman, and I think would suit you admirably. Pray do not apologize for asking me a favor, as I feel most happy to be of use to you, and I consider it the surest mark of friendship when my friends call on me for little services. Adieu. With love, Believe me, Very sincerely yours, LAURA MIDDLETON. From a Governess, Desiring to Know the Result of her Application. Wycom BE, February 3d, 1882. MADAM : Yesterday I received a note from Mrs. Lan- berg, stating that you had written last Monday for my reference. I shall feel extremely obliged if by return of post you will let me know your decision, as I am holding myself disengaged till I hear from you. I am, Madam, Yours respectifully, MARIA GEE. From a Young Lady to a Clergyman, asking a Recommendation. NANTWICH, May 18th, 1882. REVEREND AND DEAR SIR: Having seen an advertisement for a school mistress in the Daily Telegraph, I have been recommended to offer myself as a candidate. Will you kindly favor me with a testimonial as to my character, ability, and conduct, while at Boston Normal School 2 Should you consider that I am fitted for the position, you would confer a very great favor on me if you would interest yourself in my behalf. I remain, Reverend Sir, Your most obedient and humble servant, RACHEL LEE. Thanking a Clergyman for his Assistance in Pro- curing an Appointment. WHITCHURCH, May 18th, 1882. REVEREND AND DEAR SIR: The election for schoolmistress at . . . School having resulted in my favor, I must now sin- cerely and truly thank you for the great kind- mess shown me on your part, and on that of your friends, whose support you secured for me. Without that assistance I am convinced I should not have succeeded. I beg to assure you, reverend sir, that the high character you have formed of me shall ever be maintained, and that my future conduct through life shall give you no cause to regret your recommendation. I have the honor to be, Reverend Sir, Your dutiful and grateful servant, RACHEL LEE. Engaging a Music Master. Mrs. Griffiths presents her compliments to Mr. Brewster, and will feel obliged if he will call on her in the course of the week (he can name his own day and hour), to arrange a course of music lessons for her daughters. BLooMSBURY SQUARE, May 1st. Inquiring About Drawing or Other Lessons. Mrs. Percival presents her compliments to Mr. Reubens, and will be obliged if he will send her his terms for private lessons or for classes. An early answer Will oblige. SUSSEX SQUARE, June 24th. 80 466 AN ENCYCLOPMEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Inquiring the Character of a Gardener. Mrs. Smith would feel obliged to Mr. White for the character of his gardener, Samuel Neal. She wishes to know if he is an honest, active and sober man, thoroughly master of his busi- ness, and capable of taking charge of the kitchen and flower gardens. DEECH VILLA, June 24th. Applying for a Housemaid’s Character. WESTBourne, WILLA, January 17th, 1882. MADAM : Will you kindly answer the following ques- tions respecting Elizabeth Jones, who has ap- plied to me for the situation of housemaid: Is she homest, clean, an early-riser; steady, Sober, and a good workwoman? I should be also much obliged if you would favor me with your reasons for parting with her. Believe me, Madam, yours faithfully, AMELIA WELBY. Applying for a Position as a Teacher of Music. RocBESTER N. Y., January 21st, 1882. MADAM : Seeing your advertisement in the Ledger of to-day, I write to offer my services as a teacher of music in your family. I am a graduate of the Peabody Institute, of Baltimore, where I was thoroughly instructed in instrumental and vocal music. I am a good performer, and have for the past two years given instruction in music. I refer by permission to Mrs. A. J. Davis, 1922 Walnut street; Mrs. Franklin Hill, 2021 Spring Garden street; and Mrs. William Murray, 1819 Spruce street, in whose families I have given lessons. }Hoping you may see fit to employ me, I am, Wery respectfully yours, MARY B. LANE. Letters of Recommendation. A conscIENTIOUS person Will be very careful &n recommending one person to another. It should never be done unless you have full knowledge of the person you endorse. By giving guch a letter, you make yourself, to a certain extent, morally responsible for the character and conduct of the person you recommend. You should, therefore, exercise the greatest caution in the giving of such letters, and should not hesitate to refuse one where you cannot con- Scientiously give it. A letter of recommendation should be brief and to the point. Use as few and as simple words as possible. Recommending a Clerk or Salesman. SPRINGFIELD, IL.L., May 20th, 1882. MESSRS. HooD, BonBRIGHT & Co., CHICAGo. GENTLEMEN: The bearer, Mr. Benjamin Higgins, being desirous of obtaining employment as a clerk or salesman in your house, I take great pleasure in commending him to your fullest confidence both as to ability and integrity. I have known him for many wears, and have uniformly found him a man of correct habits, irreproachable character, and decided business ability. He is a good accountant, and punctual and faithful in his attention to business. I am confident that, should you see fit to employ him, you will find him a most useful and agreeable addition to your establishment. Very truly yours, SoLOMON WISE. Another Form. NEw Yorº, May 25th, 1882. MESSRs. Scott, LEE & Co., CHICAGO, ILL. GENTLEMEN: Finding that Mr. Alexander is a candidate for a situation in your house, we beg to say that during the two years he was in our employ we had every reason to approve highly of his char- acter and services. Mr. A.'s principal duty was that of first salesman in our establishment, and while he kept our interests steadily in view, his polite manners and obliging disposition secured the good opinion of our customers. Mr. Alex- ander has frequently assisted us in the selection and purchase of goods, in which department his knowledge and taste were of great value. He is qualified to conduct correspondence, and is expert and accurate at calculations. Should any AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 467 further particulars regarding Mr. A. be required it will afford us pleasure to communicate the same on application. We are, gentlemen, Your obedient servants, SLOAN & Co. Recommending a School Teacher. GLENDALE, IL.L., February 10th, 1882. CoL. A. P. WILLIS, PRESIDENT BOARD OF TRUSTEEs, ETC : DEAR SIR: I take pleasure in recommending to your favorable consideration the application of Miss Hannah Alexander for the position of teacher in the public school at Weymouth. Miss Alexander is a graduate of the Davidson Seminary, and for the past year has taught a school in this place. My children have been among her pupils, and their progress has been entirely satisfactory to me. Miss Alexander is a strict disciplinarian, an excellent teacher, and is thoroughly competent to conduct the School for which she applies. Trusting that you may see fit to bestow upon her the appointment she seeks, I am, Very respectfully yours, THOMAS WILSON. Recommending a Cook. GEORGETown, D.C., March 10th, 1882. I take pleasure in certifying that Bridget O'Leary has lived with me two years as a cook, during which time she has given me entire sat- isfaction. She is a good plain and fancy cook, and is attentive to her work, and honest and reliable in her habits. MARGARET THOMPsoN. Recommending a Gardner. WEST CHESTER, PA., May 10th, 1881. The bearer, Lawrence Callaghan, has lived with me for the past two years as a gardener. He is honest and reliable, and a practical gardener. He has given entire satisfaction, has kept my grounds in perfect order, and has made my garden yield all that could be reasonably expected of it. I cordially recommend him as an excellent and practical gardener. ROBERT STEELE. LETTERS OF INTRODUCTION. Letters of Introduction should not be given except to persons with whom you are well acquainted, and for whom you are entirely will- ing to vouch. They should be given with great caution, and should be carefully and explicitly worded. Re- member that in introducing a person to a friend, you pledge your own character for his, to a certain extent, and any misconduct on his part will damage you in the estimation of the friend to whom you introduce him. The necessity of exercising the greatest care thus becomes appa- rent. While you are uncertain as to the propriety of giving a letter of introduction, refuse it with firmness, and let nothing induce you to alter your decision. In giving a letter of introduction, be careful to state your exact intention, in order that your friend may know what attention you wish him to show the person you introduce. If your letter is simply a business introduction, confine it to an explicit statement of the per- son's business, and your knowledge of his capacity. If you wish the bearer of the letter to receive any Social attention at the hands of your friend, say So. Leave nothing to uncer- tainty. The letter of introduction should be left un- sealed. The person delivering it should seal before presenting it. A social introduction should be sent by mes- senger to the person addressed, and accompa- nied by the card of the person introduced. It is customary to present a business introduction in person. Introducing One Gentleman to Another. BoSTON, January 10th, 1882. J. H. DUGGAN, ESQ., 112 Fifth Avenue, NEw York. MY DEAR SIR: Allow me to introduce to you my friend, Walter Hazelhurst, who visits your city for the purpose of spending a few weeks there. I commend him to your cordial hospitality, and will be grateful for any attentions you may be able to show him. Yours truly, DAVID B. WHITE. AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. A Business Introduction. PoRTLAND, ME., February, 1st, 1882. HENRY WILSON, Esq., 10 Wall Street, NEW YORK. MY DEAR SIR: This will be handed you by my friend, Mr. Walter Lewis, who visits your city for the pur- pose of making purchases in his business. Mr. Lewis is one of our largest wholesale grocers, and is a gentleman of high standing in this community. Any favor you can render him by giving him information, or by intro- ducing him to your leading wholesale houses, or otherwise, will be appreciated by Mr. Lewis, and gratefully acknowledged by Yours sincerely, HIRAM WAITE. Introduction to a Foreign House. SAN FRANCIsco, CAL., April 15th, 1882. MR. Hugh McCULLOUGH, LONDON. SIR: We beg to recommend to your favorable notice and particular attention the bearer, Mr. Anthony Wayne, son of Mr. Hugh Wayne, senior partner in the house of Wayne Brothers, of this city. Our esteemed young friend is on his way to Paris upon business connected with the house; we therefore urgently request you to extend him advice and assistance, and to render his visit to your metropolis as agreeable as possible. As he is a gentleman of intelligence, probity, and good breeding, We are convinced that a closer ac- quaintance will prove him worthy of your con- sideration and esteem. In similar cases command us freely, and rest assured that we will use our best endeavors to do justice to your introductions. We remain, with high consideration, Your obedient servants, Towns CND & Co. Another Form. ST. PAUL, MINN., January 8th, 1882. MESSRs. SCHMIDT & Co., FRANKFORT, GERMANY. GENTLEMEN: Permit me to introduce to you my very old and intimate acquaintance, Mr. Gustavus Brooke, and to bespeak for him your friendly offices and polite attentions. Mr. Brooke has been the recipient of a good mercantile education, in addition to which, through his own energies and application, he has acquired a proficient knowledge of modern languages. He has served most creditably in many confidential positions, ever giving Satis- faction to the respectable houses honoring him with their confidence. By reason of failing health, and in deference to professional advice, he is induced to seek a residence abroad, and therefore may be inclined, should opportunity offer, to accept a mercantile situation. As I am well acquainted with Mr. Brooke's character, having been with him for over ten years in the counting house of Hunt & Co., the principals of which view his departure with regret, I cannot speak too decidedly in his favor. I consequently speak with justice, and urgently request that you will afford him every assistance within your power in accomplishing the object of his present journey. And I am willing to admit that I anticipate better results from any friendly exertions you may make in his favor, than from the letters with which the house have furnished him. Satisfied that you will use every endeavor to render Mr. Brooke's stay in your city both agreeable and profitable to him, I can only ex- press the deep obligations I will be under for your kind attentions to him, while, in return, I shall be most happy to reciprocate in favor of your friends visiting America. Believe me, gentlemen, Yours faithfully, HENRY DoDGE. Introducing a Firma. CINGINNATI, O., May 2d, 1882. MESSRs. LORD & TAYLOR, NEW ORLEANs. GENTLEMEN: I have the pleastire of introducing to your acquaintance the respectable firm of Dugan & AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 46.9 Co., of the Salt Lake City, the senior of which, Mr. James Dugan, is at present in this city; but proposes extending his trip to your metrop- olis. Any civilities or attentions you may ad- judge proper to extend to him will be regarded as a personal obligation. These gentlemen deal largely in dry goods, as a branch of a miscel- laneous business; and, from conversation with Mr. Dugan, I am induced to believe that they will give your house a preference of their orders in future. Should the present introduction lead to the establishment of permanent relations, I shall be most happy. Believe me, gentlemen, Your obedient servant, THOMAS HUGHES. Taetter of Introduction and Credit. SAN FRANCISCO, May 7th, 1882. MESSRs. TAYLOR & Co. Broad St., NEW York. GENTLEMEN: We take pleasure in introducing to your acquaintance, Mr. Gonzales Orteaga, of the highly respectable firm of Vega, Orteaga & Co., of Mazatlan, Mexico, who contemplates a tour through the oil regions of Pennsylvania and the manufacturing districts of that State. Should you have the power to further his inclination in that direction, it will be a sort of gratifica- to us, as we trust that this introduction may prove productive of mutual aduantage to your- selves and to our friend. Should Mr. Orteaga find it necessary to take up any cash for traveling expenses, oblige us by accommodating him to any sum not exceed- ing $1000, coin, taking his draft upon us at three days, sight, in payment. We refer to our letter of this date, per mail, for Mr. Orteaga's signature. We remain, gentlemen, Yours very truly, STRATMAN, HILL & Co. A Business Introduction. CHICAGO, ILL., May 1st, 1882. J. W. DAWson, Esq., ST. Louis. My DEAR SIR: This will introduce to you Mr. William Chan- ning, of this city, who visits Philadelphia on a matter of business which he will explain to you in person. You can rely upon his statements, as he is a gentleman of high character; and should you be able to render him any assistance, it will be greatly appreciated by Yours truly, HAMILTON DExrer. Tintroducing One Lady to Another. UTICA, N. Y., May 5th, 1882. DEAR MARY: Allow me to introduce to you my very dear friend, Miss Nellie Lee, the bearer of this letter. You have heard me speak of her so often that you will know at once who she is. As I am sure you will be mutually pleased with each other, I have asked her to inform you of her presence in your city. Any attention you may show her will be highly appreciated by Yours affectionately, LIZZLE BRIGHT. LETTERS ASHING FAVORS. A letter asking a favor should be worded as simply and plainly as possible. The writer should avoid expressing himself too strongly. A letter granting a favor should be cordial and hearty, that the recipient may see that it is a pleasure to you to grant his request. A letter refusing a favor should be written with the greatest consideration for the feelings of your correspondent. Make the refusal as kind as possible, and state the reasons why you cannot grant the request. Request for a Loan of Money. NEw York, March 6th, 1882. DEAR GREEN : I am obliged to raise a certain sum of money by the 8th inst., and am not able to procure the whole amount. Can you, without inconvenience, lend me fifty dollars for one month? I will give you my note for that amount, and pay it promptly at ma- turity. i Let me hear from you as soon as possible. Yours sincerely, GEORGE BLACK. 470 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. A Favorable Reply. NEw York, March 7th, 1882. DEAR GEORGE: Yours of the 6th at hand. I enclose my check for fifty dollars, and am glad to be able to ac- commodate you. You can send me your note at your conven- ience. Yours sincerely, RoBERT GREEN. An Unfavorable Reply. NEw York, March 7th, 1882. DEAR GEORGE: 4. Yours of the 6th at hand. I regret that I am unable to comply with your request. I have several heavy payments to make to-morrow and on the 10th, and these will require every dollar I can raise. Were it not for this, I would take pleasire in assisting you, and sincerely regret my inability to do so. Yours sincerely, RoBERT GREEN. Roquesting the Loan of a Book. THURSDAY AFTERNoon. DEAR JENNIE : Wilt you lend me your copy of Owen Mere- dith’s Poems? I will take good care of it, and return in a few days. Yours, JESSIE FRENCB. Reply Granting the Request. THURSDAY AFTERNoon. DEAR JESSIE : I send with this the copy of Owen Meredith. I hope it may prove as great a Source of pleasure to you as it has been to me. Keep it as long as you wish, and return it at your convenience. Yours affectionately, JENNIE. Letters of Excuse. A letter of excuse should be written as promptly as circumstances will permit. Should the letter be one of apology for mis- conduct, or a failure to keep an engagement, state the cause frankly, and make your excuse in a dignified manner. Do not be to gushing; neither be too cool, nor too abject. Apology for Failing to Keep an Engagement. NASHVILLE, TENN., May 24th, 1882. MR. HUGH BLAKE, MACON, GA. MY DEAR SIR: I was very sorry to be obliged to break my en gagement with you yesterday afternoon. I would not have done so had I been able to leave my house; but yesterday morning I was seized with a sudden indisposition which rendered me unable to walk, and which still confines me to the house. Be good enough to appoint another day for our meeting. Suit yourself as to the time. Yours truly, DAVID BRANCH. To a Lady Apologizing for a Broken Engage- ment, RICHMOND, IND., May 10th, 1882. My DEAR Miss LEE: Permit me to explain my failure to keep my appointment with you this evening. I was on my way to your house, with the assurance of a pleasant evening, when I unfortunately stepped upon some slippery substance, lost my footing and fell to the ground, spraining my ankle severely. I am now confined to the house in consequence of this accident. I regret my disappointment as much as the accident, but hope that the future may afford us many pleasant evenings. Sincerely your friend, ALBERT HollſDAY. Form of Excuse for a Pupil. THURSDAY MORNING, April 4th, 1882. MR. HITCHCOCK : You will please excuse William for non-at- tendance at school yesterday, as I was com- pelled to keep him at home to attend to a matter of business. JoHN ARTHUR. From a Tenant to a Landlord, Excusing Delay in Paying His Rent. 29 W. FoETY-THIRD STREET, NEW York, March 1st, 1882. SIR: For ten years I have been your tenant, and you are aware that I never failed to pay my rent AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 471 when it was due ; but now, owing to sickness and the general business depression, which has prevented me from obtaining regular employ- ment, I am reluctantly compelled to ask your indulgence. Next month I will be in receipt of funds from a friend in the western part of this State, when I will liquidate your just demand. Your concession of this favor will be ever gratefully acknowledged by, Yours very respectfully, GEORGE HILL. To JoHN JAY, Esq., WEST FOURTEENTH ST., NEw York. PATENTS. Directions for Securing Patents. A patent may be secured by any person, whether a citizen of the United States or an alien, who is the original and first inventor or discoverer of any new and useful art, machine, manufacture, or composition of matter, or any new and useful improvement, provided the in- vention, discovery, or improvement has not been in public use or sale for more than two years prior to the application for a patent. Before completing his invention, the inventor (if a citizen of the United States, or an alien who has resided here one year and has declared his intention to become a citizen), in order to secure himself, may file a caveat (fee, ten dol- lars), which is a description of the, as yet, immatured invention or discovery. This caveat entitles him one year to an official notice of any other application for a patent of a similar or interfering nature, filed during that time. Within three months from the date of such no- tice, he will be required to complete his own application. A renewal of the caveat (fee, ten dollars) may be secured, on petition, for another year. Actual joint inventors must obtain a joint patent, for neither can claim one separately. The furnishing of capital by a man to an in- ventor does not enable them to secure a joint patent; nor can independent inventors of sep- arate improvements in the same machine take out a joint patent for their separate inventions. Every patented article must be stamped with the word “Patented,” together with day and year the patent was granted. When, from the character of the article this cannot be done, a label, containing the like notice, must be affixed to each package wherein one or more is en- closed. Every assignment of a patent, or part thereof, must be recorded in the Patent Office within three months from the date thereof, otherwise it is void. How to Apply for a Patent. The first thing is to send a petition in writing to the Commissioner of Patents, and file in the Patent Office a specification; that is to say, a Written description of it, and of the manner and process of making, constructing, compound- ing, and using it, in such clear terms as to enable any person skilled in the art or science to which it appertains, or with which it is most nearly connected, to make and use it; and in case of a machine, he must explain its principle and the best mode in which he has contem- plated applying that principle, so as to distinguish it from other inventions; and he must particularly point out, and distinctly claim the part, improvement, or combination which he claims as his invention or discovery; and the specification and claim must be signed by the inventor and attested by two witnesses. The applicant must make, at the same time, oath of invention, or affirmation, that he believes himself to be the original and first inventor or discoverer of the improvement for which he Solicits a patent; that he does not know, and does not believe that it was ever before known or used; and must state of what country he is a citizen. This oath or affirmation may be made before any person in the United States authorized by law to administer oaths; Or, When the applicant resides in a foreign coun- try, before any minister, charge d'affaires, Consul, or commercial agent, holding commission under the government of the United States, or before any notary public of the foreign country in which the applicant may be. Below are the forms to be used in making the petition, the specification, and the oath of invention: 472 AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. Form of Petition.—To the Hon. Commissioner of Patents, Washington, D. C. : Your petitioner prays that letters patent may be granted to him for the invention set forth in the annexed specification.—John Edwards. (See, of course, that the letter is dated, the full address given, and the name signed distinctly. Form of Specification.—To all whom it may concern: Be it known that I, John Edwards, of the city of—, county of—, State of L, have invented a new and improved—(Here specify the invention with great care, so as to set jorth its eacact object.) I claim as a new invention my —, as above set forth. JOHN EDWARDS. Witnesses, (two). Form of Oath of Invention (to follow the speci- fication): State of , County of . John Ed- wards, the above-named petitioner, being duly sworn, deposes and says that he verily believes himself to be the original and first inventor of [Here name the invention] described in the foregoing specification; that he does not know, and does not believe, that the same was ever before known or used ; and that he is a citizen of the United States [or, a citizen of resident in the United States, &c.] JoHN EDWARDs. Sworn and subscribed before me, this first day of Angust, 1882. 9 JOHN WILLIAMs, Justice of the Peace. In addition to the above forms, drawings, compositions, or models, may be required. Drawings must be furnished whenever the case admits of them. The applicant must furnish one copy signed by the inventor or his attorney in fact, and attested by two witnesses, which will be filed in the Patent Office and a copy of these drawings must be attached to the patent as a part of the Specification. They must be on thick, smooth drawing paper, sufficiently stiff to support itself in the portfolios of the office. They must be neatly and artistically executed, with Such detached Sectional views as to clearly show what the invention is in construction and operation. Each part must be distinguished by the same number or letter whenever it appears in the several drawings. The name of the invention should be written at the top, the shortest side being considered as such. These drawings must be signed by the applicant or his attorney, and attested by two witnesses, and must be sent with the Speci- fication. The sheets must not be larger than ten inches by fifteen, that being the size of the patent. Compositions.—When the invention or dis- covery is of a composition, the applicant, if required by the Commissioner, must furnish specimens of ingredients and of the composi- tion, sufficient in quantity for the purpose of experiment. Models.-In all cases which admit of represen- tation by model, the applicant, if required by the Commissioner, must furnish one of conve- nient size to exhibit advantageously the several parts of his invention or discovery. Such model must clearly exhibit every feature of the machine which forms the subject of a claim of invention. The model must be neatly and substantially made, of durable material. It should be made as small as possible, but not in any case more than one foot in length, width or height. If made of pine, or other Soft Wood, it should be painted, stained or varnished. Glue must not be used, but the parts should be so connected as to resist the action of heat or moisture. A working model is always desirable, in order to enable the office fully and readily to under- , stand the precise operation of the machine. The name of the inventor, and of the assignee (if assigned), and also the title of the invention, must be affixed upon it in a permanent manner. The above papers, etc., should be forwarded, pre-paid, by express, “To the Hon. Commis- sioner of Patents, Washington, D. C.” On the filing of any application and the pay- ment of the duty required by law, the Commis- sioner causes an examination to be made of the alleged new invention or discovery; and if, on such examination, it appears that the claimant is justly entitled to a patent under the law, and that it is sufficiently useful and important, the Commissioner issues a patent for it. All applications must be completed within two years after the filing the petition. AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF PRACTICAL INFORMATION. 473 Design Patents.-A patent for a design may be granted to any person, whether citizen or alien, who, by his own industry, genius, efforts and expense, has invented or produced any new and original design for a manufacture, bust, statue, alto-relievo or bas-relief, etc., etc. Patents for designs are granted for 33 years, for 7 years, or for 14 years, as the applicant may elect in his application. Patent Office Fees. The following fees are official by Act of Con- greSS : On filing every application for a design for three years and six months. . . . . . . $10 00 On filing every application for a design, for seven years. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 00 On filing every application for a design, for fourteen years. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 00 On filing every caveat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 00 On filing every application for a patent. . 15 00 On issuing each original patent. . . . . . . . 20 00 On filing a disclaimer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 00 On filing every application for a re-issue. 30 00 On filing every application for a division of a re-issue. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 00 On filing every application for ae axten- Sion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 00 On the grant of every extension. . . . . . . . 50 00 On filing the first appeal from a primary examiner to examiners-in-chief....... 10 On filing an appeal to the Commissioner from examiners-in-chief. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 00 On depositing a trade-mark for registra- tion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 00 For every copy of a patent or other in- strument, for every 100 words. . . . . . . . 10 For recording every assignment of 300 words or under... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 00 For recording every assignment of over 300 and not over 1,000 words. . . . . . . . 2 00 For recording every assignment, if over 1,000 words. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . & © e o e º e